VISTA 2D/3D Seismic Processing Software

Seismic Image Software

A Division of GEDCO

1200, 815 - 8th Avenue SW

Calgary, Alberta
Canada T2P 3P2

Telephone : +1 403 262 - 5780

Fax : +1 403 262 - 8632
E-Mail : support@gedco.com
Home Page: www.gedco.com

Copyright 2007, GEDCO

 I Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Table of Contents
Foreword 0

Part I Introduction to Vista 1

1 Installing the Program
...................................................................................................................................
on a PC 2
2 Required PC Hardware
................................................................................................................................... 3
3 Summary Description
................................................................................................................................... 3
4 Starting VISTA
................................................................................................................................... 7
5 Frequently Asked
...................................................................................................................................
Questions 7
6 Vista 7.00 Changes/Updates
...................................................................................................................................
From Vista 6.00 8
7 Program History
................................................................................................................................... 13
8 Contact GEDCO
................................................................................................................................... 14

Part II Overview of Using Vista 15

1 Windows in VISTA
...................................................................................................................................
and their Purpose 17
2 Data Types and
...................................................................................................................................
Files in VISTA 18

Part III File Menu 20

1 New Project ................................................................................................................................... 21
2 Open Project................................................................................................................................... 23
3 Close Project................................................................................................................................... 23
4 Recent Projects
................................................................................................................................... 23
5 Project Tools................................................................................................................................... 24
6 License Menu
................................................................................................................................... 25
Licensing Procedure
.......................................................................................................................................................... 27
HardKey License
.......................................................................................................................................................... 28
SoftKey License.......................................................................................................................................................... 30
Floating SoftKey..........................................................................................................................................................
License 33

Part IV Edit Menu 34

1 Ignore Dead-Trace
................................................................................................................................... 35
2 Bubble Help ................................................................................................................................... 36
3 Auto-Save ................................................................................................................................... 36

Part V Project Menu 37

1 Project Data ...................................................................................................................................
List 38
Tab Information..........................................................................................................................................................
Windows 42
Sort Tab Window
......................................................................................................................................................... 43
File Tab Window
......................................................................................................................................................... 45
Flow Tab Window
......................................................................................................................................................... 47
Flow Log Tab
.........................................................................................................................................................
Window 48
Notes Tab Window
......................................................................................................................................................... 48

GEDCO
 Contents II

History Tab Window

......................................................................................................................................................... 49
Seismic Data Tools
.......................................................................................................................................................... 50
Data Group Settings
.......................................................................................................................................................... 51
Adding Data Files
..........................................................................................................................................................
to Project 53
Deleting data sets
..........................................................................................................................................................
from the Project Data List 56
Import Other Data
..........................................................................................................................................................
into Project 57
2 Project Settings
................................................................................................................................... 57
3 Project Plotting
...................................................................................................................................
Defaults 61
4 Project Color-Bar
...................................................................................................................................
Lists 62
5 Sort Defaults................................................................................................................................... 63
6 Snap Shot Viewer
................................................................................................................................... 66

Part VI Dictionary Menu 68

1 View Master ...................................................................................................................................
Dictionary 69
2 View Vista-Header
...................................................................................................................................
Dictionary 69
3 Edit Vista-Header
...................................................................................................................................
Dictionary 70
4 Input Transfer
...................................................................................................................................
Dictionary 72
5 Output Transfer
...................................................................................................................................
Dictionary 76
6 Dictionary Header
...................................................................................................................................
Equations 76
Condition .......................................................................................................................................................... 78
Memory .......................................................................................................................................................... 79
Single Function .......................................................................................................................................................... 80
Constant .......................................................................................................................................................... 80
Item .......................................................................................................................................................... 81
Equation .......................................................................................................................................................... 81
7 Examples of...................................................................................................................................
using Dictionaries 82
8 Output SEG-Y
...................................................................................................................................
Binary Header 83

Part VII Interactive Menu 84

1 Seismic Window
...................................................................................................................................
Display 86
Seismic Plot Parameters
.......................................................................................................................................................... 89
Right Mouse Button
..........................................................................................................................................................
Menu 103
RMB Display
.........................................................................................................................................................
Options 109
Seismic Mouse
.........................................................................................................................................................
Modes 112
Velocity Options
......................................................................................................................................................... 115
Annotation .........................................................................................................................................................
Right Mouse Button 128
Seismic Window
.........................................................................................................................................................
Magnifier 130
Pre-Stack Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
Analysis 135
Swap Data.........................................................................................................................................................
Trace(s) 139
Main Seismic Tool
..........................................................................................................................................................
Bars 141
Sort Display.........................................................................................................................................................
Order 143
Pick Data Trace
.........................................................................................................................................................
Kills 145
Pick Trace .........................................................................................................................................................
Reverse Polarity 150
Pick Top/Bottom/Surgical
.........................................................................................................................................................
Mutes 153
First Break .........................................................................................................................................................
Picking 160
2D/3D XT FBP Window
......................................................................................................................................... 167
Define (Pick)
.........................................................................................................................................................
Time Gates 167
Seismic Analysis
.........................................................................................................................................................
Window 173

GEDCO

II
III Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

FK Analysis Window
......................................................................................................................................... 187
Frequency Analysis
.........................................................................................................................................
Window 196
Time Variant Frequency
.........................................................................................................................................
Anal 199
Time Variant Amplitude
.........................................................................................................................................
Spectrum 202
Signal/Noise Estimation
.........................................................................................................................................
Output 205
Signal/Noise Frequency
.........................................................................................................................................
Estimation 207
Instantaneous Attributes
......................................................................................................................................... 210
Seismic Compare
.........................................................................................................................................................
Window 213
Pick Horizon
.........................................................................................................................................................
Events 215
Annotation Display
..........................................................................................................................................................
(Top/Bottom) 228
TEXT Annotation
......................................................................................................................................................... 230
GRAPH Annotation
......................................................................................................................................................... 235
VELOCITY.........................................................................................................................................................
FILE Annotation 240
COMMENT.........................................................................................................................................................
FILE Annotation 243
TEXT Panel
.........................................................................................................................................................
Annotation 248
LOG Display
.........................................................................................................................................................
Annotation 253
2 Seismic Scaled
...................................................................................................................................
Plot Menu 257
Printer Scaled ..........................................................................................................................................................
Plot 257
Versatec Scaled
..........................................................................................................................................................
Plot 262
Side Label Edit/Viewer
.......................................................................................................................................................... 269
Versatec Settings
.......................................................................................................................................................... 274
3 Seismic Graph
...................................................................................................................................
Window Display 274
4 Attribute Window
...................................................................................................................................
Display 284
Attribute Window
..........................................................................................................................................................
Right Mouse Click Menu 288
Attribute Window
..........................................................................................................................................................
Broadcast 294
Summary of Procedure
.......................................................................................................................................................... 295
View 3D Plot .......................................................................................................................................................... 296
Station Location
..........................................................................................................................................................
Prediction 300
Velocity Tools
......................................................................................................................................................... 303
Right Display
.........................................................................................................................................................
View 306
Scaled Plot View
.......................................................................................................................................................... 310
Attribute Display
..........................................................................................................................................................
Modes 314
Plot Display Parameters
.......................................................................................................................................................... 317
Receive/Send Broadcast
..........................................................................................................................................................
Selection Range 318
Move Shot/Receiver
..........................................................................................................................................................
Stations 319
Select Shots/Receivers/Bins
.......................................................................................................................................................... 321
UnSelect Shots/Receivers/Bins
.......................................................................................................................................................... 322
Set Attribute Setting
.......................................................................................................................................................... 322
Plot at Shot/Receiver/Bin/Midpoints
.......................................................................................................................................................... 322
Header Selection
.......................................................................................................................................................... 322
5 Geometry Window
...................................................................................................................................
Display 323
2D Geometry Window
.......................................................................................................................................................... 325
Shot Spread
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sheet view 329
Receiver Spread
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sheet view 336
View Stacking
.........................................................................................................................................................
Chart 337
View Information
.........................................................................................................................................................
Displays 338
Calculate and
.........................................................................................................................................................
View sub-surface Fold 340
View Surface
.........................................................................................................................................................
Display 342
2D Geometry
.........................................................................................................................................................
Right Click Menu 344
Crooked Line
.........................................................................................................................................................
Binning 346
3D Geometry Window
.......................................................................................................................................................... 349
Read 3D Geometry
......................................................................................................................................................... 351
Write 3D Geometry
.........................................................................................................................................................
Spreadsheet 354

GEDCO
 Contents IV

View Options,
.........................................................................................................................................................
Geometry Log, View Images 356
3D Binning.........................................................................................................................................................
Procedures 357
Calculate Fold/Offset
......................................................................................................................................................... 357
Change Display
.........................................................................................................................................................
Type 358
Statistical Graphs
......................................................................................................................................................... 360
Template Scroll
.........................................................................................................................................................
Bar 362
3D Geometry
.........................................................................................................................................................
Right Click Menu 362
6 Header View/Edit
...................................................................................................................................
Window Display 367
Header Window
..........................................................................................................................................................
Basic Operation 368
Multiple Header..........................................................................................................................................................
Window Display 374
Multiple Header
.........................................................................................................................................................
Mouse Control 380
Header Window
..........................................................................................................................................................
Sort Order Display 388
Header Window
..........................................................................................................................................................
Import Header Values 393
Export Header ..........................................................................................................................................................
Values to Files 398
Header Edit/Alter
..........................................................................................................................................................
Functions 400
Manual Edit Header
.......................................................................................................................................................... 410
Search Header..........................................................................................................................................................
Functions 413
7 Seismic Cross
...................................................................................................................................
Plot Window Display 414
8 3D Seismic...................................................................................................................................
Cube Display 414
3D Seismic Cube
..........................................................................................................................................................
with Picked Horizons 423
9 Multiple 2D/3D
...................................................................................................................................
Geometry Grid View 427
10 2D Farr QC ...................................................................................................................................
Display 430
11 2D Line Tie...................................................................................................................................
Window Display 434
Seismic Window
..........................................................................................................................................................
Pane RMB 441
Geometry Window
..........................................................................................................................................................
Pane RMB 444
Cross-Correlation
..........................................................................................................................................................
Window Pane RMB 448
12 Create Data...................................................................................................................................
Set 449

Part VIII Statics 454

1 Surface Consistent
...................................................................................................................................
2-D Auto-Statics 455
2 View Vista Statics
...................................................................................................................................
File 458
3 2D Refraction
...................................................................................................................................
Statics 459
2D Refraction Static
..........................................................................................................................................................
Parameters 462
Pick the Offset..........................................................................................................................................................
Refraction Range 464
Pick Minimum ..........................................................................................................................................................
and Maximum Times 465
Statics Quality ..........................................................................................................................................................
Control Displays 465
Saving statics ..........................................................................................................................................................
to headers 469
Reading first breaks
..........................................................................................................................................................
from headers 469
Panel Scroll .......................................................................................................................................................... 469
Read FBP's Header
..........................................................................................................................................................
[Create Phantom] 470
4 Multi-Layer...................................................................................................................................
Uphole Statics 470
Uphole Spread-Sheet
..........................................................................................................................................................
View 473
Uphole Statics..........................................................................................................................................................
Parameters 474
First Break Picking
..........................................................................................................................................................
View 477
Calculate Uphole
..........................................................................................................................................................
Statics 479
Uphole Plot View
.......................................................................................................................................................... 479
Multi-Layer Right
..........................................................................................................................................................
Mouse Button 481
View Uphole Statics
..........................................................................................................................................................
Results 482
5 Elevation/Refraction
...................................................................................................................................
Statics 483

GEDCO

IV
 V Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Elevation/Refraction
..........................................................................................................................................................
Statics Window 485
Steps to Compute
..........................................................................................................................................................
Statics 487
Elevation Only
.........................................................................................................................................................
- Fixed or Floating Datum 489
LVL Only using
.........................................................................................................................................................
Uphole times and depth of shot 493
Refraction statics
.........................................................................................................................................................
- replace all near surface LVL's. 495
Elevation/Refraction
..........................................................................................................................................................
ToolBar 505
Elevation/Refraction
..........................................................................................................................................................
Statics Parameters 506
Geometry Display
..........................................................................................................................................................
Window 513
First Break Display
..........................................................................................................................................................
Window 514
Control Points .......................................................................................................................................................... 517
Version List .......................................................................................................................................................... 520
Right Mouse Button
..........................................................................................................................................................
Menu 520
Elevation/Statics
..........................................................................................................................................................
3D View 525

Part IX Velocity 526

1 Interactive Velocity
...................................................................................................................................
Analysis 526
Display Parameters
.......................................................................................................................................................... 535
Semblance Display
.......................................................................................................................................................... 540
Semblance.........................................................................................................................................................
Contour Options Dialog 547
Offset Gather Display
.......................................................................................................................................................... 548
CVS Display .......................................................................................................................................................... 550
Velocity Plot Parameters
.......................................................................................................................................................... 553
Guide Picks Details
.......................................................................................................................................................... 553
Nonhyperbolic..........................................................................................................................................................
Moveout Velocity Analysis 556
2 Migration Imaging
...................................................................................................................................
Velocity Analysis 559
Velocity Movie ..........................................................................................................................................................
Mode Display 566
Velocity Panel ..........................................................................................................................................................
Mode Display 567
3 Migration Imaging
...................................................................................................................................
Angle Analysis 568
Angle Movie Mode
..........................................................................................................................................................
Display 575
Angle Panel Mode
..........................................................................................................................................................
Display 576
4 Continuous...................................................................................................................................
Velocity Analysis 577
Continuous Velocity
..........................................................................................................................................................
Data Computation 581
5 PSTM Velocity
...................................................................................................................................
Analysis 583
PSTM Velocity ..........................................................................................................................................................
Data Example 588
6 Display Vista
...................................................................................................................................
Velocity File 592
Iso Velocity Display
.......................................................................................................................................................... 597
3D Velocity File..........................................................................................................................................................
View 601
Graph Velocity..........................................................................................................................................................
View 604
Text Velocity View
.......................................................................................................................................................... 607
Convert Velocity
..........................................................................................................................................................
to Depth 608
7 Display Other
...................................................................................................................................
Velocity File 609
8 Display Velocity
...................................................................................................................................
Data Set 610
9 Convert Velocity
...................................................................................................................................
File Format 610
10 Construct P-S
...................................................................................................................................
Velocities 612

Part X VSP 612

1 Geometry Window
...................................................................................................................................
Display 613
2 Velocity Profile
...................................................................................................................................
Display 619
3 VSP CDP Mapping
...................................................................................................................................
Window 622

GEDCO
 Contents VI

4 Sonic Log Calibration

................................................................................................................................... 623
5 Hodogram Display
................................................................................................................................... 628
6 Ray Tracing................................................................................................................................... 635
7 Q Attenuation
................................................................................................................................... 642

Part XI Job Flow 646

1 Flow Window
................................................................................................................................... 648
Flow Window Toolbars
.......................................................................................................................................................... 651
Flow Window Right
..........................................................................................................................................................
Mouse Button Menu 654
Flow Variable String
..........................................................................................................................................................
Spread-Sheet 656
Flow Notes .......................................................................................................................................................... 659
2 Vista Flow Command
...................................................................................................................................
Window 661
3 Flow Commands
................................................................................................................................... 663
4 Execution Flow
...................................................................................................................................
Log Window 667
5 Batch Flow...................................................................................................................................
Window 669
6 Vista Flow Commands
................................................................................................................................... 671
Input Data .......................................................................................................................................................... 675
Input Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 675
Input SEG-Y
.........................................................................................................................................................
Disk 678
Input SEG-2
.........................................................................................................................................................
Disk 680
Multiple Input
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data Sets 682
Velocity Analysis
.........................................................................................................................................................
Zone 685
Super Gather
......................................................................................................................................................... 688
Remote Instrument
......................................................................................................................................................... 690
Batch Input......................................................................................................................................................... 692
SCSI Tape .......................................................................................................................................................... 694
SEG-D SCSI
.........................................................................................................................................................
Tape Input 694
SEG-Y SCSI
.........................................................................................................................................................
Tape Input 700
SEG-Y SCSI
.........................................................................................................................................................
Tape Output 705
Output Data .......................................................................................................................................................... 709
Output Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 710
SEG-Y Output
.........................................................................................................................................................
File 715
Temporary .........................................................................................................................................................
Output With QUERY 717
Temporary .........................................................................................................................................................
Output No QUERY 721
Sort Alter ......................................................................................................................................................... 725
Move to Existing
.........................................................................................................................................................
Output 726
Move Headers
.........................................................................................................................................................
to Existing Output 728
Append to Existing
.........................................................................................................................................................
Output 729
Compressed
.........................................................................................................................................................
SEG-Y File Output 730
Data to ASCII
.........................................................................................................................................................
File 732
Create Data .......................................................................................................................................................... 733
Vibroseis Sweep
.........................................................................................................................................................
Generation 733
Create Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 734
Create Noisy
.........................................................................................................................................................
Time Series 736
Create Wavelet
......................................................................................................................................................... 737
Create Records
.........................................................................................................................................................
at Point Scatterer 738
Headers .......................................................................................................................................................... 741
Header Edit......................................................................................................................................................... 741
Calc. Header
.........................................................................................................................................................
Information 744
Header Function
.........................................................................................................................................................
Mapping/Interpolating 747

GEDCO

VI
VII Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

ASCII File Import

......................................................................................................................................................... 748
ASCII File Export
......................................................................................................................................................... 750
First Break .........................................................................................................................................................
Picker 752
Set Ensemble
.........................................................................................................................................................
Records based on Header ID 755
Get Data Sample
......................................................................................................................................................... 756
Insert Spike.........................................................................................................................................................
into Data 757
Ensemble Randomize
......................................................................................................................................................... 758
QC Header.........................................................................................................................................................
Monitor 759
Geometry .......................................................................................................................................................... 762
SPS Geometry
.........................................................................................................................................................
Merge 762
SEG-P1 File
.........................................................................................................................................................
Import 763
2D Auto-Marine
.........................................................................................................................................................
Geometry 765
Bin Grid ......................................................................................................................................................... 768
3-D Bin In-Fill
......................................................................................................................................................... 769
Trace Edit .......................................................................................................................................................... 770
Trace Kill ......................................................................................................................................................... 771
Reverse Polarity
......................................................................................................................................................... 773
Mute Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 774
Mute Analysis
......................................................................................................................................................... 776
NMO Altered
.........................................................................................................................................................
Trace Mute 778
Save Mute ......................................................................................................................................................... 780
Restore Mute
......................................................................................................................................................... 781
Trace Padding
......................................................................................................................................................... 781
Scaling .......................................................................................................................................................... 782
Mean Scaling
......................................................................................................................................................... 783
RMS Scaling
......................................................................................................................................................... 785
Time-Variant
.........................................................................................................................................................
Scaling 788
AGC Norm.........................................................................................................................................................
Equalization 790
Ensemble AGC
.........................................................................................................................................................
Scaling 793
Residual Gain
......................................................................................................................................................... 795
Exponential.........................................................................................................................................................
Gain 797
Exponential.........................................................................................................................................................
Gain(Panel Tests) 797
Exponential.........................................................................................................................................................
Time Power 799
Ensemble Mean
.........................................................................................................................................................
Scale 800
Surface Consistent
.........................................................................................................................................................
Scale 802
Time-Variant
.........................................................................................................................................................
Surface Consistent Scaling 805
Surface Consistent
.........................................................................................................................................................
Scale Application 807
Logarithmic.........................................................................................................................................................
Scaling (dBSC) Time-Variant 808
Logarithmic.........................................................................................................................................................
Offset Scaling - Time Variant 810
Spherical Divergence(Spreading)
.........................................................................................................................................................
Correction 811
Filtering .......................................................................................................................................................... 814
Ormsby Band-Pass
......................................................................................................................................................... 814
Time-Variant
.........................................................................................................................................................
Ormsby Band-Pass 815
Notch Filter......................................................................................................................................................... 817
ButterWorth.........................................................................................................................................................
Filter 818
Filter Panel.........................................................................................................................................................
Test 819
Shaping Filter
......................................................................................................................................................... 821
Wiener Filter
......................................................................................................................................................... 823
Resample .......................................................................................................................................................... 824
Fourier Resample(Integral
.........................................................................................................................................................
Power of 2) 825
Resample to
.........................................................................................................................................................
Non-Integral Power of 2 825
Trace Interpolation
......................................................................................................................................................... 826
3D Stack Grid
.........................................................................................................................................................
Resample 828
Deconvolution .......................................................................................................................................................... 828

GEDCO
 Contents VIII

Deconvolution
......................................................................................................................................................... 829
Surface Con.
.........................................................................................................................................................
Decon Calc/Solve 832
Surface Con.Decon
.........................................................................................................................................................
Apply 834
Decon Panel
.........................................................................................................................................................
Tests 836
Time-Variant
.........................................................................................................................................................
Spectrum Balancing 838
Kolmogoroff
.........................................................................................................................................................
Spectral Factorization 840
Shaping Filter
......................................................................................................................................................... 841
Inverse 'Q' .........................................................................................................................................................
Filter 843
Forward 'Q'.........................................................................................................................................................
Modeling 844
Time Variant
.........................................................................................................................................................
Inverse-Q Filter 845
Time Variant
.........................................................................................................................................................
Forward-Q Filter 847
Multi-Channel Filters
.......................................................................................................................................................... 848
Apply F-K Filter
.........................................................................................................................................................
File 848
Mix 3D ......................................................................................................................................................... 850
FNoise 2D ......................................................................................................................................................... 852
FK - FX Filter
......................................................................................................................................................... 854
Alpha Trim .........................................................................................................................................................
Mean Filter 855
Mix N-Trace
.........................................................................................................................................................
Weighted Mix 857
Statics .......................................................................................................................................................... 858
Apply Bulk .........................................................................................................................................................
Time Shift 859
Apply Statics
......................................................................................................................................................... 860
Apply Statics
.........................................................................................................................................................
(Headers List) 862
Read Statics
.........................................................................................................................................................
from File 864
Flatten to Header
.........................................................................................................................................................
Time Value 866
Correlation.........................................................................................................................................................
Gathers/Model (Auto Statics) 867
Stack Power
.........................................................................................................................................................
Optimization 870
Auto Residual
.........................................................................................................................................................
Statics (X-Corr) 875
Mastt Residual
.........................................................................................................................................................
Statics 878
Velocity .......................................................................................................................................................... 881
Normal Move-Out(NMO)
......................................................................................................................................................... 883
Inverse Normal
.........................................................................................................................................................
Move-Out(INMO) 886
Constant Velocity
.........................................................................................................................................................
Stack 888
MVFS +-%.........................................................................................................................................................
Velocity Stack 891
Linear Move-Out(LMO)
......................................................................................................................................................... 894
Semblance.........................................................................................................................................................
Analysis 897
PSTM Semblance
.........................................................................................................................................................
Velocity Analysis 899
3D Time-To-Depth
.........................................................................................................................................................
Conversion 903
Automatic Velocity
.........................................................................................................................................................
Estimate 906
Dix's Interval
.........................................................................................................................................................
Velocity Conversion 908
Velocity Conversion
.........................................................................................................................................................
(Time Input) 911
True Surface Velocity
.......................................................................................................................................................... 913
True Surf. Normal
.........................................................................................................................................................
Moveout 913
True Surf. Inverse
.........................................................................................................................................................
NMO 915
True Surf. Constant
.........................................................................................................................................................
Velocity Stack 917
True Surf. Semblance
.........................................................................................................................................................
Analysis 920
True Surf. MVFS
.........................................................................................................................................................
+/- % Velocity Stack 921
Stack .......................................................................................................................................................... 923
Mid-Points .........................................................................................................................................................
Stack 924
Shot Stack ......................................................................................................................................................... 927
Receivers Stack
......................................................................................................................................................... 929
Offset Stack
......................................................................................................................................................... 931
Offset Sort .........................................................................................................................................................
and Stack 933
Header Weighted
.........................................................................................................................................................
Stack 934
Header Stack
......................................................................................................................................................... 935

GEDCO

VIII
IX Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

100% Coverage
......................................................................................................................................................... 937
Vertical Shot
.........................................................................................................................................................
Stack 937
Vertical Sort
.........................................................................................................................................................
Stack 939
Adjacent Trace
.........................................................................................................................................................
Stack/Summation 940
CMP Mute .........................................................................................................................................................
Stack 941
Diversity Stack
......................................................................................................................................................... 942
DMO .......................................................................................................................................................... 943
Radon 2D DMO
......................................................................................................................................................... 943
Radon 3D DMO
......................................................................................................................................................... 948
2D Log Stretch
.........................................................................................................................................................
DMO 952
Migration .......................................................................................................................................................... 955
FK 2D Migration
......................................................................................................................................................... 956
FK 2D Pre-Stack
.........................................................................................................................................................
Migration 959
Kirchhoff 2D/3D
.........................................................................................................................................................
Pre-Stack Time Migration 961
FK 3D Migration
......................................................................................................................................................... 967
2D Kirchhoff
.........................................................................................................................................................
Migration 970
2D Finite Difference
.........................................................................................................................................................
Migration 972
3D Finite Difference
.........................................................................................................................................................
Migration 973
2D PostStack
.........................................................................................................................................................
Depth Migration(FFD or PSPI Extrapolator) 975
2D Post Stack
.........................................................................................................................................................
Depth Migration(Wave Equation) 979
GRT Migration
......................................................................................................................................................... 981
AVO .......................................................................................................................................................... 982
AVO Stack.........................................................................................................................................................
Attributes 982
AVO Regression/Slope
.........................................................................................................................................................
Stacks 984
Angle Versus
.........................................................................................................................................................
Amplitude Gathers 985
Angle Limited
.........................................................................................................................................................
Gathers 987
Signal Enhancement
.......................................................................................................................................................... 988
F-X 2D Prediction
......................................................................................................................................................... 989
F-XY 3D Prediction
......................................................................................................................................................... 991
Logifer Filter
......................................................................................................................................................... 995
Taup Forward
......................................................................................................................................................... 998
Taup Inverse
......................................................................................................................................................... 1000
Radon Transform
......................................................................................................................................................... 1001
Forward Radial
.........................................................................................................................................................
Transform 1006
Reverse Radial
.........................................................................................................................................................
Transform 1013
Non-Linear
.........................................................................................................................................................
Noise Attenuation 1018
Dip Coherence
......................................................................................................................................................... 1019
Phase Weighted
.........................................................................................................................................................
Stack 1021
General Applications
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1022
Amplitude.........................................................................................................................................................
Spectrum 1023
Phase Spectra
......................................................................................................................................................... 1023
Inverse FFT
......................................................................................................................................................... 1024
Rotate Phase
......................................................................................................................................................... 1025
Rotate Phase
.........................................................................................................................................................
Panel Tests 1026
Automatic.........................................................................................................................................................
Zero-Phase 1027
AutoCorrelations
......................................................................................................................................................... 1029
Convolve .........................................................................................................................................................
2 Time-Series 1030
Correlate .........................................................................................................................................................
2 Time-Series 1031
Vibroseis .........................................................................................................................................................
Correlation 1032
Despike Type
.........................................................................................................................................................
1 1033
Despike Type
.........................................................................................................................................................
2 1034
Debias ......................................................................................................................................................... 1035
Data Range
.........................................................................................................................................................
Set 1036
Output Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
to ASCII File 1038

GEDCO
 Contents X

Divide Trace
.........................................................................................................................................................
into Smaller Window 1039
VSP .......................................................................................................................................................... 1039
VSP Corridor
.........................................................................................................................................................
Mute 1040
VSP UnFlatten
......................................................................................................................................................... 1041
VSP Stack......................................................................................................................................................... 1042
VSP Decon
......................................................................................................................................................... 1043
VSP Decon
.........................................................................................................................................................
Design Downgoing 1045
VSP Normal
.........................................................................................................................................................
Moveout 1047
VSP CDP.........................................................................................................................................................
Mapping 1048
VSP 'Q' Inverse
.........................................................................................................................................................
Filtering 1049
VSP 'Q' Forward
.........................................................................................................................................................
Filtering 1050
VSP Time.........................................................................................................................................................
Variant Inverse-Q Filter 1051
VSP Time.........................................................................................................................................................
Variant Forward-Q Filter 1053
VSP Apply.........................................................................................................................................................
2-C Rotation 1054
VSP Time.........................................................................................................................................................
Variant Rotation 1055
VSP Create
.........................................................................................................................................................
Synthetic VSP 1057
Instrument Test
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1058
Time Variant
.........................................................................................................................................................
Amplitude Spectrum 1059
Total Harmonic
.........................................................................................................................................................
Distortion Test 1063
CrossFeed
.........................................................................................................................................................
Isolation Test 1067
Impulse Response
.........................................................................................................................................................
Test 1069
Phone Noise
.........................................................................................................................................................
Test 1073
Dynamic Range
.........................................................................................................................................................
Test 1075
Pre-Amp Gain
.........................................................................................................................................................
Accuracy Test 1079
Gain Accuracy
.........................................................................................................................................................
Test 1081
Instrument.........................................................................................................................................................
Noise Test 1085
DC Bias Test
......................................................................................................................................................... 1089
Attribute .......................................................................................................................................................... 1091
Instantaneous
.........................................................................................................................................................
Phase 1091
Instantaneous
.........................................................................................................................................................
Frequency 1092
Envelope .........................................................................................................................................................
(Hilbert Envelope) 1093
Invert Refl.
.........................................................................................................................................................
to Acoustic Impedance 1094
Invert Acoustic
.........................................................................................................................................................
Impedance to Refl. 1095
Math .......................................................................................................................................................... 1095
Apply Trace
.........................................................................................................................................................
Math Function 1096
Power Samples
......................................................................................................................................................... 1098
Apply Constant
.........................................................................................................................................................
Value 1099
Inverse Tangent
.........................................................................................................................................................
Ratio of Two Inputs 1100
Add Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1101
Subtract Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1102
Multiply Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1103
Divide Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1104
Running Average
......................................................................................................................................................... 1105
Fill Trace .........................................................................................................................................................
Samples 1106
Add a Moveout
.........................................................................................................................................................
Event 1108
Standard .......................................................................................................................................................... 1109
Combine Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
with Window Option 1110
Data Selection
......................................................................................................................................................... 1112
Time Window
......................................................................................................................................................... 1116
Linear Time
.........................................................................................................................................................
Ramp 1117
Time Merge(Two
.........................................................................................................................................................
Inputs) 1118
Print Scaled
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data(Printer) 1119
Plot Scaled
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data(Versatec Plotter) 1124
Combine Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1128

GEDCO

X
 XI Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Reverse Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
Traces 1129

Part XII Utilities Menu 1130

1 Tape Functions
................................................................................................................................... 1131
Using Tape Functions
..........................................................................................................................................................
- Tape Commands 1133
Using Tape Functions
..........................................................................................................................................................
- Data Conversion 1137
Top Menu Items
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1150
2 Tape Command
...................................................................................................................................
Window 1152
3 Plot Data File
................................................................................................................................... 1155
4 View Data ...................................................................................................................................
Headers 1157
5 LAS Log File
................................................................................................................................... 1158
View LAS Log..........................................................................................................................................................
File 1159
Edit LAS Log ..........................................................................................................................................................
File 1161
6 Compress...................................................................................................................................
SEGY File 1161
7 UnCompress
...................................................................................................................................
SEGY file 1162

Part XIII Font Menu 1163

Part XIV Window 1163

Part XV Help Menu 1165

Part XVI Miscellaneous 1169

1 Add New Notes
................................................................................................................................... 1169
2 Adding multiple
...................................................................................................................................
files to a single data set 1169
3 Axis Right...................................................................................................................................
Click Menu 1171
4 Bin Grid Dialog
...................................................................................................................................
- 2D 1171
5 Bin Grid Dialog
...................................................................................................................................
- 3D 1174
6 Color Bar ...................................................................................................................................
Overview 1178
7 Color Set Window
................................................................................................................................... 1185
8 Contour Display
...................................................................................................................................
Dialog 1185
9 Data/Header
...................................................................................................................................
Selection Spread Sheet 1187
10 Design Window
...................................................................................................................................
Dialog 1191
11 Disk File Input
...................................................................................................................................
Dialog 1192
12 Linear Moveout
...................................................................................................................................
(LMO) 1203
13 McSEIS Data
................................................................................................................................... 1204
14 Shot/Receiver
...................................................................................................................................
Display Parameters 1204
15 Seismic Graph
...................................................................................................................................
Display 1207
Graph Display..........................................................................................................................................................
Right Mouse Button 1211
16 Spread Sheet
...................................................................................................................................
Displays 1214
17 Supported...................................................................................................................................
Seismic Data Files 1215
SEG-2 Format.......................................................................................................................................................... 1215
SEG-Y Format.......................................................................................................................................................... 1217
SU - Seismic Unix
..........................................................................................................................................................
Format 1218

GEDCO
 Contents XII

18 View Tools................................................................................................................................... 1218

19 Vista Axis...................................................................................................................................
Windows 1219
20 Zoom, UnZoom,
...................................................................................................................................
Reverse and Pan Controls 1219
21 References
................................................................................................................................... 1224

Part XVII VWUser Programmer 1225

1 Overview ................................................................................................................................... 1226
2 Processing
...................................................................................................................................
Job Flow Procedures 1227
3 Compile/Debug
...................................................................................................................................
Overview 1230
4 Program Construction
...................................................................................................................................
Example 1234
Step1: Script ..........................................................................................................................................................
File Generation 1235
Step2: Job Header
..........................................................................................................................................................
Creation 1236
Step 3: Command
..........................................................................................................................................................
User Program Creation 1239
Step 4: Program
..........................................................................................................................................................
(Part 1 - Flow Control) 1242
Step 5: Program
..........................................................................................................................................................
(Part 2 - Execute) 1247
5 Other Program
...................................................................................................................................
Examples 1254
FlowTest .......................................................................................................................................................... 1255
Mean .......................................................................................................................................................... 1259
Stack .......................................................................................................................................................... 1264
Ensemble Mean
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1270
Rotation .......................................................................................................................................................... 1277
Two Input (Math)
..........................................................................................................................................................
One Output 1281
Main .......................................................................................................................................................... 1287
6 Dialog Construction
...................................................................................................................................
Procedures 1287
7 Header Data
...................................................................................................................................
Extraction 1290
8 Library, * .hpp,
...................................................................................................................................
*.h Files 1292
vwuser.h .......................................................................................................................................................... 1293
defines.h .......................................................................................................................................................... 1299
basetds.h .......................................................................................................................................................... 1302
dictdefs.hpp .......................................................................................................................................................... 1305
utilrout.hpp .......................................................................................................................................................... 1308
binaryfn.hpp .......................................................................................................................................................... 1309
carrays.hpp .......................................................................................................................................................... 1313
ccachdat.hpp.......................................................................................................................................................... 1323
cvwhmap.hpp.......................................................................................................................................................... 1329
mathfunc.hpp.......................................................................................................................................................... 1332

Part XVIII VWTutorial Projects 1335

1 Tutorial A ...................................................................................................................................
- 2D processing 1336
Initialize Project
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1337
Project Data List
..........................................................................................................................................................
Window - Initializing Input Data 1339
Dictionary Window
..........................................................................................................................................................
- Input Transfer Formulas 1348
Header Equations
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1348
Example of using
..........................................................................................................................................................
Dictionaries 1350
Command and
..........................................................................................................................................................
Flow Windows 1351
Build Processing
.........................................................................................................................................................
Flow 1352
Continuous
.........................................................................................................................................................
Velocity Computation 1358
Flow File: .........................................................................................................................................................
S20SCLFL.FLW 1358
Flow File: .........................................................................................................................................................
S20FLPAN.FLW 1365

GEDCO

XII
XIII Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Flow File: .........................................................................................................................................................

S20LMO.FLW 1372
Flow File: .........................................................................................................................................................
S20SCDFK.FLW 1376
Flow File: .........................................................................................................................................................
S20FBAL.FLW 1382
Flow File: .........................................................................................................................................................
S20VELAN.FLW 1384
Interactive.........................................................................................................................................................
Velocity Analysis 1390
Flow File: .........................................................................................................................................................
S20BRUT.FLW 1394
Flow File: .........................................................................................................................................................
S20BRUTR.FLW 1398
PSTM Velocity
.........................................................................................................................................................
Computation 1400
Seismic Header
..........................................................................................................................................................
View/Edit 1400
Seismic Window
..........................................................................................................................................................
Display 1418
2D Refraction..........................................................................................................................................................
Statics 1419
Pick First .........................................................................................................................................................
Breaks 1420
Refraction.........................................................................................................................................................
Statics Window 1422
Pick Offset
.........................................................................................................................................................
Range 1423
Set the Refraction
.........................................................................................................................................................
Statics Parameters 1424
Pick the Minimum
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Maximum Times 1425
Calculate .........................................................................................................................................................
Refraction Statics and QC 1426
Refraction.........................................................................................................................................................
Statics Quality Control Displays 1428
Saving the.........................................................................................................................................................
Refraction Statics 1430
Applying the
.........................................................................................................................................................
Refraction Statics in a Flow Chart 1431
Auto-Statics 2-D
..........................................................................................................................................................
Surface Consistent 1432
2 Tutorial B ...................................................................................................................................
- 3D processing 1438
Initialize 3D Project
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1440
Import Data Set
..........................................................................................................................................................
and Assign Headers 1440
3D Geometry .......................................................................................................................................................... 1441
Check 3D Geometry
..........................................................................................................................................................
Against Seismic Data 1450
3D Refraction..........................................................................................................................................................
Statics 1457
Velocity Analysis
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1460
Calculate corrected
..........................................................................................................................................................
gathers - DEMO3DCG.FLW 1465
Calculate automatic
..........................................................................................................................................................
statics on corrected gathers - DEMO3DMC.FLW 1465
Fully corrected
..........................................................................................................................................................
stack - DEMO3DMS.FLW 1467
FXY on final stack
..........................................................................................................................................................
- DEMO3DFX.FLW 1469
3 Tutorial C ...................................................................................................................................
- VSP Processing 1473
Start New VSP
..........................................................................................................................................................
Project 1474
Setup VSP Geometry/Headers
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1476
Pick the First-Break
..........................................................................................................................................................
Picks 1480
Apply Flow Chart
..........................................................................................................................................................
- VSPDEMO.FLW 1484
Examine VSPDEMO.FLW
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1486
Output from VSPDEMO.FLW
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1487
4 Tutorial C1...................................................................................................................................
- VSP Near Offset 1494
Start New Near
..........................................................................................................................................................
Offset VSP Project 1495
Setup Near Offset
..........................................................................................................................................................
VSP Geometry/Headers 1501
Pick the Near ..........................................................................................................................................................
Offset First-Breaks 1507
Near Offset Processing
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1512
Near Offset
.........................................................................................................................................................
Component Separation 1514
Near Offset
.........................................................................................................................................................
Velocity Profile Display 1517
Near Offset
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sonic Log Calibrate 1520
Near Offset
.........................................................................................................................................................
Wave Field Separation 1524
Near Offset
.........................................................................................................................................................
Statics Removal 1528
Near Offset
.........................................................................................................................................................
Non-Decon Stack 1531
Near Offset
.........................................................................................................................................................
Deconvolution 1536
Near Offset
.........................................................................................................................................................
Decon Stack 1540
Near Offset Q..........................................................................................................................................................
Attenuation 1544

GEDCO
 Contents XIV

5 Tutorial C2...................................................................................................................................
- VSP Far Offset 1548
Start New Far..........................................................................................................................................................
Offset Project 1548
Setup Far Offset
..........................................................................................................................................................
VSP Geometry 1552
Far Offset Processing
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1557
Far Offset.........................................................................................................................................................
Component Separation 1559
Pick the Far
.........................................................................................................................................................
Offset First-Breaks 1563
Far Offset.........................................................................................................................................................
Velocity Profile Display 1567
Far Offset.........................................................................................................................................................
Hodogram Rotation 1569
Far Offset.........................................................................................................................................................
Separate Downgoing P from Hmax' 1575
Far Offset.........................................................................................................................................................
Separate Upgoing Z and Hmax 1578
Far Offset.........................................................................................................................................................
Time Variant Orientation 1581
Far Offset.........................................................................................................................................................
Deconvolution 1587
Far Offset.........................................................................................................................................................
Process to VSPCDP 1591
6 Tutorial D ...................................................................................................................................
- Instrument Tests 1594
THD Instrument
..........................................................................................................................................................
Test 1595
Pulse Instrument
..........................................................................................................................................................
Test 1601
DC Bias Instrument
..........................................................................................................................................................
Test 1607
Cross-Feed Instrument
..........................................................................................................................................................
Test 1609
Dynamic Range
..........................................................................................................................................................
Instrument Test 1612
Gain Accuracy
..........................................................................................................................................................
Test 1615
Pre-Amp Gain..........................................................................................................................................................
Accuracy Instrument Test 1617
7 Tutorial E ...................................................................................................................................
- User Programmer Job Flows 1618
8 Tutorial F ...................................................................................................................................
- Multi-Layer UpHole Statics Data Set 1619
9 Benjamin Creek
...................................................................................................................................
Tutorial - A Large Complex Data Set Example 1619
Import SEGY ..........................................................................................................................................................
Data and Create Geometry 1621
Scaling Tests..........................................................................................................................................................
and Dead Trace Selection 1628
First Break Picks
..........................................................................................................................................................
and Statics 1632
Surface Consistent
..........................................................................................................................................................
Decon Operators 1639
Apply SC Decon,
..........................................................................................................................................................
Noise Removal, and Whitening 1644
Initial Velocity..........................................................................................................................................................
Analysis 1654
Initial Brute Stack
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1661
Different Residual
..........................................................................................................................................................
Statics Options 1667
Repeat Velocity
..........................................................................................................................................................
Analysis with Statitc 1685
Repeat Residual
..........................................................................................................................................................
Statics with New Velocities 1690
Do Additional..........................................................................................................................................................
Pass of Residual Statics 1690
Create Final CMP
..........................................................................................................................................................
Stack 1693
Create Finite Difference
..........................................................................................................................................................
Migration 1695
Preparation for
..........................................................................................................................................................
PSTM 1699
Image Velocity
..........................................................................................................................................................
Analysis for PSTM 1705
General 2D
.........................................................................................................................................................
Geometry Binning Display 1711
Pick Best Image
..........................................................................................................................................................
Velocities 1715
Migration Aperature
..........................................................................................................................................................
(Angle) Analysis 1719
Taper Parameters
..........................................................................................................................................................
for Migration Apertures 1727
Run PSTM with
..........................................................................................................................................................
Final Velocities 1728
Post Stack Clean
..........................................................................................................................................................
Up 1731
Fully Annotated
..........................................................................................................................................................
Final Section 1731
Closing Comments
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1732
10 Gilze 3D Tutorial
................................................................................................................................... 1733
Setup Project..........................................................................................................................................................
and Import SEGY Data 1734
Pick First Breaks
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1735
Surface Consistent
..........................................................................................................................................................
Decon 1741
Initial Velocity..........................................................................................................................................................
Analysis 1749

GEDCO

XIV
XV Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Initial Brute Stack_3D

.......................................................................................................................................................... 1757
Residual Static
..........................................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1763
Repeat Residual
..........................................................................................................................................................
Static 1773
Application of..........................................................................................................................................................
Trim Static 1778
Post Stack Clean
..........................................................................................................................................................
up_FXY 1782
Finite Difference
..........................................................................................................................................................
Migration 1785

Index 1791

GEDCO
 Introduction to Vista 1

1 Introduction to Vista
Vista 2D/3D Seismic Processing Version 7.00

VISTA 2D/3D Seismic Processing System

In VISTA one will find the most current seismic processing techniques and many new ideas in quality
control and quality assurance.
· Read 2D/3D data in a variety of formats from disk or attached SCSI device (Exabyte, LTO, 3480,
3590, 3592, Dat ...etc.).
· Transfer some or all of the data header information to internal VISTA headers using "dictionaries"
to "translate" them.

GEDCO
 2 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

· Enter 2D/3D geometry information.

· Create Sort Indexes to let you access or process your data in any desired order.
· Graph or cross-plot one or more header items or display them with seismic data.
· Examine and display header items on a geometry map and place them at shot, receiver, or CMP
locations.
· Use a wide variety of display tools to QC positional and seismic data together.
· Use the large inventory of seismic processing algorithms to create seismic processing "Flows"
and execute them.
· Seismic Interpretive picking for attribute Computation and Analysis.
· Extensive Interactive tools for data manipulation and graphical display.

Geophysical Exploration & Development Corporation

GEDCO
1200, 815 - 8th Avenue, SW
Calgary, Alberta
CANADA
T2P 3P2

Copyright @ 2007, GEDCO

1.1 Installing the Program on a PC

The Vista software is distributed on a DVD.
· Insert the VISTA DVD install disk and let it auto-start.
· Select "Typical" options setup and hit "Next".
· Select a directory to install VISTA for Windows.
· Hit "Finish" after installation is complete.

Uninstall Vista by using the Control Panel --> Add or Remove Program to remove it.

INSTALLING UNDER WINDOWS NT\2000\XP

Make sure to log on as Administrator before beginning the installation.
Install VISTA as described in above.

For NT/2000/XP machines, both Hardkey 28 and Softkey 30 licenses require windows drivers to be
installed.
These drivers are automatically installed when you install VISTA.

GEDCO
 Introduction to Vista 3

Note that one must be logged on as Administrator when you install VISTA.

You may have to re-boot the computer after VISTA has been installed.

1.2 Required PC Hardware

- Pentium Processor - single or multiple CPU's. (Minimum 500MHz P4).
- Microsoft Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Professional or Windows XP Professional.
- 1 Gb Minimum RAM memory.
- Graphics card and monitor supporting 1024X768 resolution or better.
- 200 Mb free disk space for program files.
Projects typically take a further 10 Mb per 1000 input traces.
- DVD drive for installation.
- VISTA security block 28 for PC.
Not required if you have chosen a software VISTA license key 30 .
- SCSI Controller (Adaptec 2940/2944 or better is recommended)
- Optional 3480/3490/3590 Tape drive (Fujitsu recommended)
- Optional Exabyte tape drive (8mm)
- Optional IKON Card for Versatec Plotter

1.3 Summary Description

The steps in using VISTA for Windows are:

1. Use File / Open 20 (or New 21 ) to start the project.

2. Use the Dictionary 68 options if it is necessary to change from the standard SEGY definitions for
your data.

3. Use Input / Project Data List 38 to open up the Project Data List Window with the Seismic Data
Tools. Once in that window:

a) Use the , icons to define the project data set names and the individual files
(SEGY or SEG2) which make up those data sets.
The Project Sort Defaults 63 in the Edit Sub-Menu 34 are normally set to automatically
build the VISTA Headers and all SORT indexes
(VISTA will do steps "b" and "c" below).

b) Use the Transfer Input Headers to VISTA Headers icon to initialize the VISTA headers.
Note that this step occurs automatically when importing data sets unless this option is disabled in the
defaults (See Project Sort Defaults 63 ). If the input data has no useful header information it will be
necessary to build all or part of the VISTA Header information from the geometry files. One can build
geometry files (VISTA Headers) from the top menu item Interactive Geometry Window Display 323 .
One can also build VISTA Headers with the various tools in the Seismic Header View/Edit 367
window.

c) Use the View Selected Object's SORT List icon in the Project Data List Window to open the

GEDCO
4 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

SORT DATA TOOLS 43 Window.

Then calculate the required Sort Indexes for the desired processing stream.

d) Check the NOTES 48 and HISTORY 49 .

Main Features of VISTA

VISTA for Windows is based upon a Windows style interface.

Tools bars are the central feature of Vista. One initiates actions by clicking on one of the icons in a
tool bar. The Seismic Display Windows contains both a horizontal and a vertical toolbar.

[Seismic Window Display Toolbars - First Break Pick Option]

Some icons will cause a new tool bar to replace the existing tool bar.
Examples of these are the Kill, Reverse, Mute icons in the Seismic Window Display.

Icon Location by Function - In general, the placement of similar icon functions have been located in
similar locations. The following general icon location map indicates the general icon functions by
location.

GEDCO
 Introduction to Vista 5

[Icon Type General Location Guide]

It is important to note that all displays do not exactly follow this form as the data presentation
requires a slightly different icon distribution.

Temporary Sub tool bars are also widely used. These are seen when one clicks on some icons (for
example, the View Options icon). One must hold down the left hand mouse button to see these
temporary tool bars.

[View Options icon sub tool bar]

If the plotter hardware is configured in Vista, the View Options has an extra icon as shown below for
accessing the plotter.

[View Option icon sub tool bar with Plotter icon]

Note also that in these sub tool bars some icons might be replaced with others that are specific to the
process being performed.

General windowing features are widespread in VISTA.

One should read the Microsoft Windows (R) User's Guide if one is unfamiliar with Windows
operations.

Cursor tracking is commonly used.

The Right Mouse Button normally provides information, but can have many other special purposes.
For example one may click the right mouse button to display a dialog which will define how to
manipulate some selected seismic object.

GEDCO
6 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Right Mouse Button Menu in Seismic Window Display]

Spread sheets occur in many places throughout VISTA.

You can Zoom in all VISTA windows - just click and drag out a rectangle.
Unzoom by double clicking anywhere in the window.

[Zoom window display using Mouse pointer]

Shift clicking in the area of scale bars (Axis) causes the display to be Reversed.

Customizing the Windows environment depends on the Control Panel set-up options.

GEDCO
 Introduction to Vista 7

1.4 Starting VISTA

After installing VISTA, create a shortcut icon to VISTA on your Windows desktop.
This short cut may already exist from the installation.
A VISTA icon is provided for use in the directory where you installed VISTA.

Double click on this icon to start VISTA.

[Vista Seismic Processing Start Icon]

VISTA is also added to the task bar start up program menu by the installation procedure.
To start VISTA from here, click on the Windows START-->Program-->Vista Seismic Processing
5.500-->Vista Processing as shown below:

[Program Window START-->Program Menu]

1.5 Frequently Asked Questions

These are answer to some frequently asked questions. The links below will step you through each
task. The location of each step will be indicated in the table of contents. This list will be expanded over
time.

How does one start?

1. Create a New Project 21 .
2. Add Data to a Project 53 .
3. Examine Tutorial's on example Processing 1335 .

How does one create Elevation or Refraction Statics for a Data Set?
1. Elevation Statics 489 .
2. Uphole statics (Using Shot Upholes and Depths) 493 .
3. Refraction Statics 495 .

How does one create a Flow Process?

1. Create a New Flow Process. 1352

When CMP stacking a data set, how are the headers modified (Is the Geometry Saved?).
1. CMP stacking header values 924 .

Does Vista contain example Data sets and flows (Tutorials)?

1. TUTORIAL A 1336 Process a 20 shot 2D line.
2. TUTORIAL B 1438 Process a small 3D(135 Shots X 59 Traces).
3. TUTORIAL C 1473 Processing a Zero Offset VSP.
4. TUTORIAL C1 1494 Processing near offset 3-Component VSP.
5. TUTORIAL C2 1548 Processing far offset 3-Component VSP.
4. TUTORIAL D 1594 Instrument Test Example.

GEDCO
 8 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

5. TUTORIAL E 1226 VWUSER Programmer Example Flows and Data

6. TUTORIAL F 1619 Uphole Test Tutorial.
7. Benjamin Creek Tutorial 1619
A 2D data set that can be used to explore a complex area with Vista tools and with
emphasis on Pre-Stack Time Migration analysis.
8. Gilze 3D Tutorial 1619
A 3D data set that can be used to explore a complex area with Vista tools and with
emphasis on 3D processing.

Vista Help Movies?

Vista movies can be installed on installation if chosen by the user, they also are located on the
DVD under directory \Vista Movies. They can be viewed by Microsoft Media Viewer or by the
application Camplay.exe located in the \Vista Movies directory.
The camplay.exe is a free viewer which display the Vista movies better then the Microsoft Media
Viewer.

1.6 Vista 7.00 Changes/Updates From Vista 6.00

New Enhancements
· Program menu’s have been modified to better organization the interface and selection of
windows.
· Input Project Data List 38 window interface changed.
o Entire window has had a new face lift. Allows ability to organize data sets in user defined “
Data Groups 51 ”. Flow files that create data sets are maintained with the data sets.
Right-Mouse menu in Data spread-sheet contains functions for deleting, protection and
modification of data groups.
· Many enhancements to Flow Window:
o GUI interface and user interface altered. Flow parameters are shown in popup window
instead of separate log window
o Ability to define variable string key words 656 which can be used to modify flow
command parameters at run time.
o New project flow key words 57 can also be used in flow control.
· Seismic Window Parameters:
o User can specify and control color bar in seismic window parameters 89 for display.
o Header time 100 items can be specified as part of the parameter window.
o New Seismic Compare Window 213 added to make comparing data quicker and easier
to do.
· Input data has separate key word to indicate the byte swapping for dictionary mapping. The
user does not have to make sure the input dictionary is properly set to match the input data
set.
· Header edit function now includes powerfulEquation Editor 81 .
· Embedded access to GEDCO’s VISTA 1167 user’s page, providing links to useful resources for
VISTA users.
· Access to the latest updates, help files and help movies through new update procedure 1165 .
· Access to the VISTA GoToAssist interactive support page and to the VISTA Users forum 1165 .
· Flow command additions/changes:
o Mean / RMS scaling flow commands have been changed to one command “Scaling”
which handles single window Mean/RMS/RMS Trim Median/Max Amplitude scaling.
o Time-variant Scaling altered to handle different types of scaling options.
o New command FNoise which works on 2D data and is designed to enhance the signal on
gathers by performing a horizontal median edit in the frequency domain.
o New command which calculates a residual gain curve for an input data set.

GEDCO
 Introduction to Vista 9

2006 October
· Possible crash on flow command SEG-Y output when output file does not exist.
· Bug in flow command Calculate Data Header Information. If time gate file is set it looses this
fact on opening the parameter dialog.
· Fixed possible problem when running long batch jobs on busy network. Disk write could
possible fail with error because of traffic on network.
· Add in ability to Tape software to output SEG-D disk files separately(Un-converted) with FFID
# created in the output disk file name.
· Add in PRIMA(TGS) velocity format to the velocity import list.
· Add ability in mapping headers(View Headers) to edit the comment field.
· Possible problem in dictionary mapping dialog when setting/altering header assignment.
· In Dictionary definition with #IF/ENDIF conditions, functions after the ENDIF condition may be
missed in some conditional statements.
· Problem in 2D Geometry when saving to headers with records containing aux traces, may
crash the system.
· Possibly problem with multiple selections together on one flow link along with combine and
stack. Incorrect number of traces may be stacked together.
· Added velocity diffraction information mouse control to stacked data set in Seismic Window
display. Added back in menu for displaying velocity on PostStack data in the background.
· Possible problem when writing 3D Geometry header information from 3D Geometry window.
Could cause corruption of the header geometry.
· Expanded remote instrument reading to allow access to extended and external headers.
· In seismic Window when receiving broadcast it may ignore dead and not find any traces in the
selection. It will now check all traces when receiving broadcasts.
· Option in Vista-Tape to be able to fix SEG-D Disk-files that have variable length traces
contained in them. Only works with input disk files.
· Added to output SEG-Y flow command ability to write current SEG-Y reel header out to text
file. Allow editing with external tool.
· Problem with some SEG-Y files that have values in the Binary header where SEG-Y revision
# and # of extended SEG-Y textual headers are indicated. Would not load some SEG-Y files.
Fixed.

2006 November
· Fixed possible problem in 3D Geometry when using X-Relational file to define templates. If
number of channels defined exceed defined receiver stations problem may occur.
· Problem in flow command for inverse/forward-‘Q’ not correctly working for single ‘Q’ value.
· Restored functionality when flow command is deleted to automatically contact the flows on
either side of the delete flow command.
· Problem in Side-label editor when user presses “return” key. The dialog
· Problem in 3D FXY ignoring bin selections fixed.
· Added in ability of Flow window to open Multiple flow files at once. First flow file is read into
current flow window. Other flow files are then read into newly created Flow Windows.
· Removed in ASCII flow command output the index count number. Caused problems with
clients who read these ASCII output files.
· Improved interpolation / extrapolation of picked mutes.
· Fixed problem in Time-Variant scaling related to interpolation of scalars.

2006 December
· Add CMP(Or Inline/XLine) annotation to Seismic graph trace window.
· Added ability to load P190 marine data files into 2D Geometry Window.
· Problems with Vistape program reading Multiplexed SEGD(0015) format. FIXED!
· Add ability in 2D Line tie window to output the shape filter for a line.

GEDCO
10 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

· Enhancements in 3D Merge to see overlap area in Window. Also allow broad cast for
selecting traces in overlapped area.
· Fixed problem with importing Western Geco 3D velocity file(Fixed).
· In 2D Geometry window when transferring coordinates from Shot to receiver. May produce
errors if some records are test records.
· Seismic Window display possible problem when using Header Information function and data
is displayed in Sorted continuous plot.
· Possible crash if trying to display data with no traces in it from Project Data List.

2007 January
· Modified SPS output in 2D/3D Geometry to better match the SPS format.
· Fixed problem in View Headers when editing the headers or applying math functions. Could
occur if the user had deleted(Removed) some of the headers from the spread-sheet. The
program could get confused and operate on the wrong header words.
· Modified window for input of SPS/SEG-P1 files in 2D/3D Geometry windows, View Header
Window. Interface for defining column locations has been changed.
· Added ability of to output bin grid to UKOOA P6/98 format.
· In Seismic window with background seismic display on. If user changes the background plot
does not update unless background display is toggled on/off.
· Fixed problem in 2D geometry in math/column edits not honoring multiple selected columns.
· Added ability in 2D geometry to interpolate receiver elevations from the shot elevations.
· Receiver geometry plotting defaults not picked up properly in Elevation/Refraction Statics
window.
· Surface consistent decon altered so that default order of components is:
o Shot, Receiver, Offset, CMP
· Problem in LMO flow command, ignored LMO bulk shift.
· Added in option for restoring mutes to Ormsby & Notch filter. Also add the ability to length the
input data in the frequency domain to help reduce affects produced by this.
· Bug in Output flow command if user specifies directory which does not exist. Program would
crash with error.
· Problem in SPSHeader merge if merging shots by time stamp and no time stamp definition
defined for SPS file. All shots would fail the merge. Problem now errors indicating the
problem.
· Problem in SPSHeader merge if shot definition read in from file defined for receiver definition.
Program would mix shot and receiver headers.
· In header mapping check if we have a circular definition and inform user. Program will crash if
allowed to proceed with this condition.Main header has reference back to another header
which references back to itself! (Circular Recursive reference).

2007 February
· Problem in SCDecon when option for limiting Offset is set. May cause some error conditions
on data set.
· Fixed error when importing deviated well in VSP Geometry window.
· Possible problem when fixing moved Vista projects that were initially create off of a root drive.
Occurs when project was originally create in a root directory(ie: C:\ or H:\).
· Fixed problem when reading/writing 3D Geometry files from 3D Geometry window when using
Receiver Point index.

2007 March
· Added in new stacking command which allows stacking based on secondary or third key sort.
Command : EnsemStk Example of it’s use is to be able to stack 3D data sorted by Inline &
Xline.
· When using Batch Window List of previous job flows run, double clicking(Opening) a previous

GEDCO
 Introduction to Vista 11

job flow will load the flow given it’s original flow name.
· Added in new Velocity import: LandMark TDQ format.
· Problem in Select commands when followed by Stacking command. Could cause some
traces to stack improperly.
· Problem in SPS reading, shots limited by max number of receivers in SPS receiver file(UPC
Bug)..
· In attribute window holding shift down will broadcast ensemble to any Seismic windows open.
Broadcast mode can be set to Shot,receiver, CMP, Inline, XLine. This option is available from
the RMB(right mouse button) menu.
· Possible problem when broadcasting from Multiple Graph header view. May not correctly find
traces in selected regions. When received is then issued in Seismic Window not traces are
found.
· Fixed problem with calculation of header word: Theoretical First-Break. Did not pickup LMO
velocity function properly.
· Enhancements to attribute window and station prediction function. Note that when in attribute
window SHIFT-Left click will broadcast the closest default ensemble. The default broadcast is
SHOT. This can be change by using the RMB menu under Geometry mouse mode.

2007 April
· Enhancements to attribute window and station prediction function. Note that when in attribute
window SHIFT-Left click will broadcast the closest default ensemble. The default broadcast is
SHOT. This can be change by using the RMB menu under Geometry mouse mode.s
· Altered Velocity zone input command. Parameters for 2D or 3D reflect total # of bins in
analysis zone.
· Adjusted Main Sort order dialog to allow multiple deletions.
· In 3D FBP display window users can press Left-Mouse button with Shift key held down to
broadcast the Field-Record/Shot or Receiver record.
· Added annotation of scalar value to 2D line tie window.
· Possibly problem with command dialog window in flow window appearing out of the window.
· Fixed problem with VISTAPE with output of separate SEGD files in SEGD reading. Changed
version to 6.008.
· When reading in SEG-2 files VISTA did not map correctly the FFID from RAW_RECORD if
file name contained a directory with numbers. Update splits file name from directory name(If
they exist) and FFID is mapped from file name.
· Fixed problem in 3D Merge Window when input data sets with different trace lengths.

2007 May
· Problem fixed on Time Power & Exponential Power. Scaling was calculated incorrectly by a
factor of .1
· Problem when binning data with bin origin offset. Possibility that receivers may lie outside of
bin grid. Occurs on large grid rotation and origin offset. (Seispro Matt).
· Adjusted list in plot parameters to better allow user to see entire list.
· More enhancements cleanup on Station Prediction tool in attribute window.
· Added ability to VISTAPE to allow user to edit the SEGY header values of a SEGY disk file.

2007 June
· Possible problem when auto picking on 2D line. When using auto picking of entire data set
program can get lost depending on current recorded being displayed.
· Fixed problem in SONIC log Calibration window when writing out the LAS file. Could be
written out improperly(Wrap format on). Also enhanced the way the pre-drift line is
created/modified.
o Simply click mouse button to add points to the pre-drift line.
o Hold SHIFT key down to move closest point.
o Hold CONTROL key down to delete closest point.

GEDCO
12 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

· Fixed problem with converting SEGD multiplexed data files(0015) from tagged disk
format(UPC). Also added check for SEGD when encountering records larger then output.
Query user on truncating data set.
· Fixed possible problem in PSTM when multiple loops required to migrate output data set.
· Solved problem when multiple GEDCO USB connected on to single machine.

2007 July
· Fixed problem in 3D Geometry in writing out Shot date - minute read in from SPS S file.
· Problem in 2D Geometry window when reading in SPS files which are not standard SPS.
Error occurs in the Source import.
· Fix bug/problem in ASCII import View Headers window.
· Enhancement to Surface line editing in 2D Geometry window.
· Added Ignore Zero samples to Mix command. Weights of samples that are zero are not
added into the mix.
· Add X file reading into SPSGeom flow command. Will mark dead any traces not defined by X
SPS file.
· Added ability in 3D CCP stacking to define output grid by GRID file and to select range on
output bin grid.
· Fixed problem when doing source time SPS merge with wrap around on seconds date.
· Fixed problems in 2D/3D Refraction statics window related to Field station / control display for
2D. Control lines and field station annotation not correct.
· Problem in CCP Stacking with user defined grid not being recognized properly.
· Adjusted time Power and Exponential Gain to remove scaling factor of 10.

2007 August
· Bug when in Seismic window when loading Plot parameters with offset restriction. Window
would not honor first record displayed with the offset limit.
· Fixed problem in 3D First-break XT display window when in Receiver mode and using Shift
to broadcast selected receiver. Selected receiver not correctly broadcast to Seismic Window.
Also add in re-calculation option for color-bar.
· Problem in ASCII read module(University of Bremen) program would crash. Fixed.
· Enhanced SEGY Tape output to have more options and allow user to modify the Binary
header on output(RXT).
· Additions to Attribute in prediction mode, keyboard(Up arrow, Down arrow) will move
selection(Shot/Receiver) index by one.
· Fixed problem with VUSER DLL commands when loading projects with differently defined
Vista header definitions. Headers would be incorrectly read.
· Changed the way floating point headers values are written out to integer header words.
Current method was to truncate the floating value(7.8 becomes 7). Floating point values are
now rounded when output is to a short integer.
· Problem in Input Multiple data set command. Bin grid headers affected if if not binning the
input data set. Results in incorrect bin information being written to headers.
· Flow command VelZone problem with 2D cmp selection. Possibility of selecting wrong traces
for CMP gathers.
· Notch filter restore option ignored, command always restores the mute. Fixed.

2007 September
· Possible display problem in seismic Window when displaying large volume of traces. Data
may appear clipped.
· Updated SPS Geometry flow command to properly read in Shot / Receiver Depths. Values
incorrectly read in as integer.
· Fix to SPS Header command ignoring the water depth values(Short int).
· Add in ability to Elev/Refraction window to output file with X,Y thickness, receiver and source

GEDCO
 Introduction to Vista 13

refraction statics.
· Add ability to SEGD reading to display External header ASCII information.
· Modified SEGD to save more SEGD information into SEGY headers.
· Problem in VISTA SEGD Disk input not importing all of the SEGD trace information.
· Fixed problem with Station prediction not calculating correct vectors.
· Problem with running multiple batch programs.

List of New Flow Commands added since 6.00 Release.

Abbreviati
GROUP Description
on
Multi-Channel Mix3D Mix3D
Filter
Multi-Channel FK-FX FK-FX noise attenuation filter.
Filter
Multi-Channel FNoise2D Enhance signal on 2D data in frequency domain.
Filter
Stack EnsemStk Ensemble Stack
General 2DDespike 2D Despike Ensemble
Scale ResGain Calculate Residual gain curve for seismic data.
Input SuperGath Create Super Gathers from Input.
DMO DMOInput Create 2D DMO gathers from Input.
VSP VSPCdp3M VSP to CDP 3D Mapping
p
VSP VSPWavSe VSP Wave by Wave Separation
p
VSP VSPRPol VSP Polarization Rotation for 3C Data.
VSP VSPZRot True Vertical rotation for deviated well.

1.7 Program History

VISTA 1.0 was written in 1984 on a 10 MHz PC 8086 with 10 Mb of memory running under DOS 3.1.

There has been many changes since then, 12 generations of PC's (8086 to Xeon and Pentium 4,
Dual-Core Xeon) and 8 or so generations of operating systems.

We've enjoyed helping our approximately +300 clients through the years.
We know we're going to enjoy helping you discover the joys of our VISTA software running under
Windows 2000, Windows XP, XP64, Windows Vista and Linux.

And we know we're going to enjoy learning more from you about seismic processing.

Many thanks to all who got us here and we sincerely look forward to another 20 years of learning and
helping where we can.

GEDCO
 14 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Vista DOS Version 7.00]

1.8 Contact GEDCO

If one has any questions or problems with installation, or usage of VISTA, contact Client Support at:

GEDCO
Software Services
1200, 815 - 8th Avenue, SW
Calgary, Alberta
CANADA
T2P 3P2

Phone : +1 403 262 5780

Fax : +1 403 262 8632
Email : support@gedco.com
Web site : www.gedco.com 1219

FTP site : Contact GEDCO for instructions on how to access the FTP site.

We respond to all reported user problems within 48 hours.

GEDCO correct errors in programs and/or documentation. Errors should be reported to GEDCO
through one authorized representative of the user, to the GEDCO contact person. GEDCO will supply
the user with a solution to the problem within 7 working days. If the problem is not solved in that
period, GEDCO will advise the user and provide an estimate of when the problem will be solved.
Regular updates containing bug fixes and enhancements applicable to all software purchased and
maintained by the user will be supplied at least once a year.

GEDCO
 Introduction to Vista 15

While GEDCO Programs have been extensively checked and tested it is possible that errors will arise.

We like to receive reports on any error you come across. It helps us considerably if the error can be
isolated as repeatable in a simple situation. The following information, while not essential in every
case, will usually be required:

· Status before the error (Appearance on the screen).

· Input sequence that caused the error(s) (What was typed?).
· Status after the error.
· Did re-booting the PC solve the problem?

In many cases, a phone call will be adequate to document a problem.

Please try to provide us with as much information as you feel we will need to solve your problem.

TELEPHONE SUPPORT
GEDCO provides at least one trained technician on staff during normal business hours to give
support, advice
and assistance on programming problems as required by the user.
Normal business hours are 8:00am – 4:30pm Monday through Friday MST. (GMT plus 7 hours.)
Telephone Support: 403-262-5780

FAX SUPPORT
GEDCO will provide a 24-hour fax line for users who wish to report software problems via fax.
GEDCO will reply to such problems within 48 hours with either a solution or an estimate of the time
required to fix the problem.
Fax Support: 403-262-8632

EMAIL SUPPORT
GEDCO will provide 24-hour email for users who wish to report software problems via email.
GEDCO will reply to such problems within 48 hours with either a solution or an estimate of the time
required to fix the problem.
Standard procedure allows users to download fixes from the GEDCO/FTP site.
Email Support: support@gedco.com

2 Overview of Using Vista

The steps in using VISTA are:

1. Use top menu item File->Open Project 20 or File->New Project to start the project.

[File Drop Down Menu]

2. Use the Dictionary 68 options if it is necessary to change from the standard SEGY or SEG2
definitions for your data.

GEDCO
16 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

3. Use top menu item Input|Project Data List to open up the Project Data List 38

3a) Once the Project Data List appears (it will initially be blank), use the , icons to
add the individual files (SEGY, SEG2) which make up those data sets. The top menu item Edit|Project
Sort Defaults are normally set to automatically build the VISTA Headers and all Sort Indexes (VISTA
will do steps 'b' and 'c' below).
3b) Use one of the Transfer Input Headers to VISTA Headers icons, to initialise the
VISTA headers. If the input data has no useful header information it will be necessary to build all or
part of the VISTA Header information from the geometry files. One can build geometry files (and
hence VISTA Headers) from the top menu item Interactive Geometry Window. 323 One can also
build VISTA Headers with the various tools in the Seismic Header View/Edit 367 window.

3c) Use the View Selected Seismic Object's SORT List icon, in Project Data List Window
to open the SORT DATA TOOLS 43 Window.
Now calculate the required Sort Indexes for the desired processing stream.

3d) Optionally Check the Notes 48 and History 49 .

4. Open the Command 661 and Flow 646 Windows.

Use Window/Tile Vertically 1163 to display them side by side. One can now:

- Drag icons from the Command Window

- Link the processing icons.
- Specify parameters for each process.
- Mark desired portion of your flow chart for execution and execute.
- Refer to the Vista Flow Charts manual for more information on how to use the Flow
Commands.

Optionally do a Right Mouse click on the Input Data Set in a Flow Chart as shown below to
display a list of options.
Major options are:
Seismic Attribute Display 284 to QC all VISTA Header values.
Seismic Window Display 86 to do all interactive trace editing, display, etc.
View/Edit Seismic Headers 367 to edit, view, calculate trace headers.

GEDCO
 Overview of Using Vista 17

[Right mouse click menu on the Input Flow Command]

The complete Input menu description is provided in the Vista Flow Commands -> Input Data ->
Input Command. 675

5. Save your project.

2.1 Windows in VISTA and their Purpose

The most important windows in VISTA are described in this section.

Dictionary Windows 68
A set of 6 windows allowing you to edit and view the various dictionaries in VISTA. These 6 are:
Master Dictionary 69
VISTA Header Dictionary 69
Edit Master 72 (No longer allowed)
Edit VISTA Header 68
Input Transfer Dictionary 72
Output Transfer Dictionary 76
Output SEG-Y Binary Header 83

Project Data List 38

This window is opened by Input / Project Data List from the top menu. It is the main window for
viewing and controlling the data contained in the project.
It also contains information tab windows at the bottom to help the user manage information related to
each data set.

GEDCO
 18 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Interactive Windows 84
A set of windows for each interactive process in VISTA - the primary in the series of such
windows is the Seismic Window Display 86 and the Geometry Window 323 which creates and edits
2D or 3D geometry. Create geometry from VISTA Headers or vice versa.

Job Flow Window 646

Perhaps the center of the system, this window is opened from the top menu - Job Flow ->
New/Open Flow File Window. Here one creates and manages flow charts which will process your
data.

Vista Flow Command Window 661

Open this using Job Flow->Vista Flow Command Window from the top menu. This window
contains all the icons for processing data. In other words each icon in this window corresponds to a
seismic processing step. The icons are dragged from this window and dropped in the Flow File
Window to create Flow Charts.

2.2 Data Types and Files in VISTA

The most important data types and files in VISTA are described in this section.

Vista Headers
In VISTA the program uses it's own user definable header values. Think of them as trace headers
very similar to SEG-Y trace headers.
In Vista one is not limited to 240 bytes and hence can easily add new definitions.
- For example header values which reflect some quality or attribute of the seismic trace itself.

These header values are maintained in files which are separate from the data files. This allows for
quick access, but will inevitably involve duplication of information - assuming the data files have some
form of attached header.

VISTA Headers are created by the program when you define the external data files to be associated
with a project data set.

Values are entered into the headers in a variety of ways:

Use the Transfer Headers icon in the Project Data List 38 window. This is the normal method.
As one defines data files which will belong to some project data set, one will use one of the
Dictionaries to "translate" any header values in the actual data files to VISTA Header values or
create a 2D or 3D Geometry and transfer the geometry information to some or all of the header
values.

Use the Seismic Header View/Edit 367 window accessible from the Flow Window 648 by right
clicking on an Input data set icon, - or from the Project Data List window, - or from the Interactive /
Header Window Display 367 .

Dictionaries
Dictionaries translate/map data headers information to or from VISTA headers. They are
documented below under Dictionary Windows 68 .

Sort Indexes
These are binary files created in the Project Data List Window 38 . They are used when you
have an Input icon in the Flow Window 646 .
One of the parameters for an Input data set is which Sort Index to use with it. In other words, the

GEDCO
 Overview of Using Vista 19

presence of a Sort Index means that the data (traces) will come from the Input data set in that sorted
order.

Project Files
These ASCII files define a project (2D or 3D). They contain all the definitions pertaining to the
project:
- Project data set names
- Data files belonging to project data sets
- Dictionaries to use for this project, etc.

Flow Files
These ASCII files define a flow chart. They are created, and saved in the Flow Window 646 . They
contain parameters for all the processes in the flow.

Other Files
File suffixes denote different file types in VISTA. A summary description is given in the File
Formats below.
Here is noted some of the most important:
*.VWN ASCII - Main project master file.
*.VWD ASCII - File describing all data files (including temporary files) for a project.
*.VWI ASCII - Dictionary definitions.
*.VLS ASCII - File containing all files created by project.
*.VL## - Vista Log files.
*.VF## - Associate log flows.
*.VSD - Project data object data files.
*.VSH - Project data object header files.
*.VNT - Project data object note file.
*.VHS - Project data object history file.
*.VAS - Project data object associated file.
*.VSA - Project data object sort files.
*.VSI - Also Project data object sort files.

*.VWN.BAK - Backup of last good project master file.

*.VWD.BAK - Backup of last good project data file.

VISTAWIN.VWC - List of all VISTA Commands.

VISTAWIN.VDF - Program Defaults
VISTAWIN.ABBREVS - List of abbreviations for Vista header words.
VISTAWIN.SE2 - SEG-2 Dictionary
VISTAWIN.HOST - Vista batch server host file.
VISTAWIN.COLORBAR- Vista default Colorbar file.

VISTAWIN.PROG.MODULES - Vista programmer user DLL interface.

GEDCO
 20 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

3 File Menu

[Vista File Menu]

Click on the File item. One will see several pull-down items as follows.
New Project 21 Start a new VISTA project.
Open Project 23 Open an existing VISTA project.
Close Project 23 Close an existing VISTA project.
Recent Projects 23 Display list of last projects opened with Vista. Click on one of these projects
to open it.
Save Project Save currently opened project.
Project Tools 24 Delete an existing VISTA project including all its files. User can only delete a
project when no projects are opened.
Fix project that has been moved to a different directory files.

License 25
This item has a side menu which allows you to set up a new license, examine the status of your
VISTA license, transfer the license to another directory which contains VISTA, or transfer the license
to another PC. The licensing procedure is described in Licenses 27

Print Prints the current active window.

Print Setup Select and initialise the printer to be used.

It is recommended one uses the Printer setup available through the Control Panel to assign
printer drivers.

Exit Exit Vista-Windows program.

All changes since the previous Save Project will be saved. Thus if one deletes a data set from the
Project Data List, it will be permanently deleted and one will have to re-create it should one later find
that it is needed.

If one deletes data sets by accident from the Project Data List, it may be recovered by exiting the
project without saving it and then re-opening the project.

When a project is saved, temporary files created by VISTA processes are deleted thus freeing up disk
space.

GEDCO
 File Menu 21

Projects are also saved automatically at the start and completion of job flow executions if the
Auto-Save 36 feature is selected.

3.1 New Project

To Create a new project, start Vista-Windows and click on File and New Project.

[New Vista Project]

One will be prompted for a new file name.

[Create New Project Dialog]

Move to the desired sub-directory where you will save all the files for this project and use a name like
TUTORIAL.
The NEW VISTA Project Dialog will appear as shown below:

GEDCO
22 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Settings

New VISTA Project - Settings

Project Type:
2-D or 3-D - This will determine when creating a new data set what the default type should be.
Units:
Define the default project units, Feet or Meters.

Initialization

New VISTA Project - Initialization

Create project Sub-Directories:

Vista will automatically setup some default directories for the project.

Load Defaults from Project:

User can automatically load project settings from another project.
Import Project Defaults - Will load all plotting, display, sort defaults from project listed.
Copy Project Flow Directory - Will copy all flow files located in projects flow directory to
current new project.
Copy Project Misc Directory - Will copy all files located in projects misc directory to current
new project.

One can also get to the Vista Project Settings 57 from Project --> Project Settings.

GEDCO
 File Menu 23

The Input Project Data List Window 38 will now appear.

3.2 Open Project

To Open an existing project, start Vista-Windows and click on File and Open Project.

[File->Open Project Menu]

After selecting the desired project directory, you will be prompted to enter the *.vwn project file name.

[Project File Open Dialog]

Use this File Open dialog to choose the appropriate existing Vista project to load.
The Input Project Data List Window 38 will now appear.

3.3 Close Project

Close the currently defined Project.

If changes have occurred in the project, then you will be queried to save changes.

3.4 Recent Projects

Use Recent Projects menu control to load a previously loaded project.

GEDCO
 24 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Recent Projects Menu Control]

Select a Project from the list and Vista will automatically load it.

3.5 Project Tools

Project Tools Menu:

[Project Tools Menu]

The following menu tools are only available (Not Greyed out) if no Vista project is currently opened.

Delete Project
Use this option to complete delete a Vista Project.
All files created by Vista in this project will be deleted.

The following menu tools are only available if a Vista project is open.

GEDCO
 File Menu 25

These cases allows one to save/read a project Plot Settings or Dictionary settings to use as the
default for any New projects.
Save Plot Defaults to Vista Project Defaults
Will save the current project plot defaults to the Vista default. These defaults will then be used
when creating new projects.

Save Dictionaries to Vista Dictionary Defaults.

Save the current project dictionary settings to the Vista default. Any new projects will then be
crated with these dictionaries defined.

Read Vista Dictionary Defaults to Project Dictionaries

Read the current Vista dictionary defaults into the current project.

View ALL Problem Project Files

Clicking on this option will open a display which will show any files not associated with the
Project.

3.6 License Menu

The various license menus help to setup and check the license (Hard Key/Soft Key) for the
Vista-Windows program.
Note that depending on the license options some sub-menu options may be grayed out.

[Vista License Sub-Menu]

GEDCO
26 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Authorize Soft Key / Direct Soft Key Transfer / Floppy Soft Key Transfer - See Softkey License.
30

Update Attached Hard Key -See Hardkey License. 28

Options Soft/Hard Key - Setups which license Vista should be checking for.
It also setups the directory for SoftKey in the case of a Floating License.

[Vista Select License Key Dialog]

[Soft-Key Tab options]

Current License Status - Displays the current state of the Vista licenses.

GEDCO
 File Menu 27

[Current License Status Dialog]

3.6.1 Licensing Procedure

There are two types of licenses provided for the VISTA program, HardKey or SoftKey licenses.

HardKey is a hardware dongle that is attached to a work station.

VISTA uses Sentinel dongles for hardware based licenses.
HardKeys are a device that must be plugged into USB port of a machine. There are 2 different types
of dongles:
- Sentinel Scribe (Larger Dongle) or Sentinel SuperPro (Smaller Dongle).
- Both keys are products from SafeNet.
- They are easily moved from one machine to another.

SoftKey is a software license. VISTA uses Crypkey software to issue licenses electronically.
Softkeys are quick to issue but more difficult to move from one machine to another.

One may use either VISTA license with a hard key (a dongle which attaches to a USB port on the
computer) or a soft key (a code is generated by GEDCO software) which are keyed for GEDO
software products that one is licensed to use.

When one evaluates or purchases VISTA, one will receive either of these licenses.

When Vista is installed on a system the soft key drivers and/or hard key drivers are installed
automatically.
You can check the license status under the Current License Status menu as shown below:

GEDCO
 28 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Vista License Sub-Menu]

This will display a dialog window with the information on the currently defined licenses.

[Current License Status Dialog]

3.6.2 HardKey License

HardKey is a hardware based license. VISTA uses SafeNet dongles for hardware based licenses.
There are 2 different types of dongles:
- Sentinel Scribe(Larger Dongle) or Sentinel SuperPro(Smaller Dongle).

GEDCO
 File Menu 29

- Both keys are products from SafeNet.

HardKeys are a device that must be plugged into the parallel (Printer) port on a machine.
They are easily moved from one machine to another.

The driver for the HardKey must be installed on systems running Windows NT/2000. This is done
automatically by the install program. To check the Sentinel drivers one can run the program
SETUPX86.EXE in the Key directory on the Vista-Windows installation CD.

There is also a README.TXT in this directory which explains how the Sentinel driver is installed and
configured.

The hard key driver requires none of the work associated with the soft key driver even if one moves
VISTA to a new directory.

Update Attached Hard Key - This license sub-menu control allows the user to reset and/or modify
the two Sentinel keys.

[Authorize Hard Key License Dialog]

First set the key type. Type may be disabled if not turned on (See Options Soft/Hard attached to the
system). Next set the Port Number (Printer port dongle is attached to) and press the 'Get Site Code'
button as shown. Contact SIS with the site code to obtain the authorization code to enter in this
dialog.

NOTE: One may wish to turn off checking for a SoftKey license if one only has a HardKey license.
This will save some response time from the program (It's does not have to check for a SoftKey
license). To do this, from the File menu select License --> Soft/Hard Key. Set this dialog to only
check for HardKey license as shown below:

GEDCO
 30 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Select License Key Dialog]

3.6.3 SoftKey License

SoftKey is a software license. VISTA uses Crypkey software to issue licenses electronically. Softkeys
are quick to issue but more difficult to move from one machine to another.

The SoftKey driver points to the VISTA installation directory.

If one moves VISTA or re-names its directory, then you will lose your SoftKey license.

The SoftKey uses 4 special files called Vistawin.ent, Vistawin.key, Vistawin.rst, and Vistawin.41s. If
these 4 files are moved or deleted, one will lose the license. Note that in Windows these files are
normally hidden.

Some disk programs (Norton Speed Disk) may move these 4 files.
To fix this problem, specify these 4 files as unmovable in the Speed Disk program.
There are number menu items under License menu, which deal with SoftKey licenses.
These are:

GEDCO
 File Menu 31

[ Vista License Sub-Menu]

Options Soft/Hard Key - License sub-menu option opens the following dialog:

[Select License Key Dialog]

Choose Key Type

Choose the type of license to check for.

Soft Key Parameters

If one's license is a FLOATING LICENSE and one is setting up a client install, set the directory to
the server directory.

GEDCO
32 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Authorize Soft Key

One will see the following dialog when this license sub-menu is selected for the first time.

[Authorize Soft Key License Dialog]

The Site Code is a code constructed on the computer by VISTA and is specific to the directory of the
hard drive where VISTA is installed. Send this code to Seismic Image Software via phone or e-mail
and SIS will send back an authorization code which one must enter into Step 3 of this dialog.

Direct Soft Key Transfer - License sub-menu item.

Follow these instructions to apply the license to another version of VISTA which must have
previously been installed on the computer (your machine) - typically in a different directory.

[Direct License Transfer Dialog]

Floppy Soft Key Transfer - License sub-menu item opens the Floppy License Transfer dialog.

Follow these instructions to "move" your license from one PC to another via floppy disk.

GEDCO
 File Menu 33

[Floppy License Transfer Dialog]

3.6.4 Floating SoftKey License

How to Setup SoftKey Floating Licenses
Requirements for a Soft-Key Server
- An installed working copy of Vista-Windows.
- Access to an Administrator account suitable for installing the Crypkey License Service.
(An ordinary users account is sufficient for running as a Soft-Key Server).
- The ability to do a network share of the installation directories. Allows Client to access this
directory.
- The SoftKey clients require Read/Write access to this installation server directory.

Requirements for a Soft-Key Client

- An installed working copy of Vista-Windows.
- The ability to connect to the shared soft-key server network directory with at least Read/Write
permission.

Setting Up the Soft-Key Server

1. If it has not been done already, install Vista-Windows on the machine to be used as the soft-key
server. It will be this copy of the software in which the floating license will be installed.
2. Determine whether CrypKey is already running on the soft-key server.
The following procedure will enable you to check whether CrypKey has already been installed:
a). From the Windows task bar select "Start", "Settings", "Control Panel".
b). On the "Control Panel" window double click on the "Services" icon.
c). On the "Services" dialog box look for a service called "Crypkey License".
(In the alphabetically sorted listing of services it should appear somewhere after the service
called "Computer Browser".)
3. At this point one should run, and obtain a Site Code, for the Vista-Windows server. In making the
request please mention that a Floating licenses is required, and specify the maximum required
number of concurrent users.
4. From SIS one should obtain an Authorization Code for the Site Code that one has sent to SIS. By
cutting and pasting the Authorization code into the Authorization License dialog box one should
enable the floating license.

GEDCO
 34 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Setting Up the Soft-Key Client

1. If it has not been done already, install Vista-Windows on the machine to be used as the soft-key
client.
2. Determine whether CrypKey driver is running as described above.
3. Run the Options Hard/Soft Key license sub-menu item (As shown below) and set the server
directory.

[Select License Key Dialog]

For floating license set to "Soft Key is on another installation" and set the server directory.

4 Edit Menu

[Vista Edit Menu]

GEDCO
 Edit Menu 35

Ignore Dead Trace 35

A dead trace in Vista has the VistaHeader DEAD_TRACE set to 1 or 2.
Set to 1 Indicates it has simply been marked as dead.
Set to 2 Marked as dead and also has had it's samples zeroed.
NOTE: When inputting a SEGY data set Vista sets the DEAD_TRACE code to 1 if the
SEGY header word TRACE_ID_CODE set not equal to 1(Seismic Data).

Click this option if you wish VISTA to ignore dead traces for the following actions:
Inputting data 53 (ie. transferring header information to Vista Headers) from SEGY or SEG2
files.
Displaying trace headers in the View Headers Window 367 .
Re-calculating the Minimum/Maximum values of trace headers. 400
Displaying (in Sorted Mode) the Minimum/Maximum/Average values. 388
Transferring header information to Vista Headers. 50
Displaying trace headers in the View Headers Window 367 for 3D data sets.
In the Flow Command 661 'Output Seismic' when calculating the Minimum/Maximum of the
headers.
Computing sort indexes 63 .
Dead traces will not be displayed in subsequent sorted displays in the Seismic Window Display
86 and Headers Window.

Seismic Refresh Mode

When a dialog is displayed on the screen, seismic data displayed in Seismic Window Display
86 will only be displayed if this option is toggled on.

Vista Splash Screen

If you do not wish to display the Vista logo in background uncheck this option.

Bubble Help 36
The bubble help is a small text message which appears when one leaves the mouse cursor on an
icon for more than half a second as shown below. Toggle this feature with this option.

[Bubble Help Example]

Auto Save 36
When this option is checked, VISTA will save a project whenever a flow chart finishes execution, or
the Project Data Window is closed.

4.1 Ignore Dead-Trace

Ignore Dead-Trace
When this option is toggled active (check mark is present), any trace marked dead (header word
DEAD_TRACE is equal to 1 or 2) will not be used in header calculations such as:
· Calc. Min. Max. Header Values
· Will not set the min/max header value when transferring headers.
· Will be ignored in View-Headers Window 367 when viewing the min/max value of a sort
record.
· In Multiple Header Display 374 , used to decide to include or exclude marked dead traces in
the display.
· In 2D Geometry Window 325 when loading from headers will not read any information from

GEDCO
 36 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

marked dead traces.

NOTE: When inputting a SEGY data set Vista sets the DEAD_TRACE code to 1 if the
SEGY header word TRACE_ID_CODE set not equal to 1(Seismic Data).

4.2 Bubble Help

Bubble Help
The bubble help is a small text message which appears when one leaves the mouse cursor on an
icon for more than half a second.
One can turn the bubble help on (tick mark) or off (no tick mark) by clicking on this menu item.
An example is shown below:

[Example of Bubble Help in Seismic Window top Toolbar]

4.3 Auto-Save

[Edit Menu -> Auto-Save]

Auto-Save
One can toggle the Auto-Save feature on (Check mark) or off (no Check mark) by clicking on this
menu item.

When it is on, VISTA will automatically save all project information whenever any of these events
occur:
- A flow chart completes.
- A new sort record is created or re-run on a data set.
- Geometry window is saved.

GEDCO
 Project Menu 37

5 Project Menu
Project Menu:

Project Menu

Project Data List

Opens the Project Data List Window 38 . This windows is used to organize the data that is part
of the project.
From the Project Data List Window, the user can add SEGY/SEG2/SU/MIRF/Generic data sets to
a new or existing VISTA project.
See Adding SEGY Data Files 53 for details on how to bring different data formats into VISTA.

Project Settings
Opens the Project settings dialog 57 . This dialog allows the user to set the Project Type, Units
and other items related to the current project loaded.

Project Plotting Defaults

Brings up submenu options related to the current Projects Plotting Defaults 61 . User can define
plotting defaults for different data sets.

Project Sort Defaults

Brings up Project Sort Defaults 63 dialog window.
This dialog defines the Sort Indexes to be created whenever VISTA brings in Input data set.

Project Color-Bar Lists

Brings up project Project Color-Bar List 62 dialog window.
This dialog is used to define the various color bars used for displaying data.

Project Snap-Shots
Opens up the Project Snap Shot 'window where the user can view snap shots created in a
project.
Snap shots are essentially screen capture images captured within VISTA and with the
Project Snap Shot Viewer 66 one may display, delete, and change the order of all snapshots
created so far.

GEDCO
 38 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

5.1 Project Data List

Display the Project Data List of a project by clicking on Project --> Project Data List as shown below.

[Input Project Data List Menu]

The Project Data List is a list of seismic objects created by Vista for the user project.
It will initially be blank until you add SEGY/SEG2 files to the project or create data through a flow
command.
Data groups(Tabs) can be setup to better organize the data.

Each line/row in the list can be a single trace, a shot(Collect of traces), amplitude spectrum of a set of
traces or even a 3D stacked cube of data.

See Adding SEGY Data Files 53 for details on how to add SEGY or SEG2 data to your project.

Data Sets will also be added to the Project Data List upon completion of processing flows and other
VISTA processes.
The main DATA Group tab contains all the data sets contained in the project. Other Group Data tabs
can be setup to help in organizing the data.

[Example of a Project Data List containing several data sets.]

GEDCO
 Project Menu 39

Seismic Data Tools Toolbar Icons

New Seismic Data set icons.

NEW 2-D Seismic Data - Opens a new 2-D project data list with the first row activated for
naming the new data set.
NEW 3-D Seismic Data - Opens a new 3-D project data list with the first row activated for
naming the new data set.
IMPORT Seismic Data from Existing VW Project - Allows importing of other data sets from
a different project into the current project.
See Import Other Data into Project 57 .

Add NEW SEGY/SEG2 or other supported seismic format data to a VISTA Project Data List. See
Adding SEGY data Files 53 .

Add Seismic Data to Selected Data Set - Add a Support Seismic Data File 1215 to a new or existing
data set in the Project Data List.

DELETE 56 Selected Seismic Data from Project - Delete highlighted data set(s) from the
Project Data List.

The Display Icons:

Open a Seismic Window 86 display for the selected data set.
Open a 2D or 3D Geometry Window 323 display for the selected data set.
Open a Attribute Window 284 display for the selected data set.
Open a Header Window 367 display for the selected data set.
View the Minimum/Maximum header value window.
View flow commands which created current data set. If icon blank then data was not created
from a flow execution.

Data# Column Right Mouse Button Functions:

Access main Right Mouse Button menu by clicking on the record number (DATA# column) and
pressing the right mouse button.

GEDCO
40 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[ Record Number Right Mouse Button Menu]

Data Group Options

This menu selection is used to access the Data Group Settings 51 . This menu allows the user to
create New Data Groups and move data items between defined data Groups.

Protect from Deletion

When seismic data has protect option set the only way to delete the data set from a project is to
toggle this setting off. When the data set is protected asterisks will appear in the record number as
shown below:

[ Record Number Item Appearance When Protected]

View All Associated Files

Clicking this options opens a window that lists all the files associated with this item # as shown
below:

GEDCO
 Project Menu 41

[Display Associated Files Data Set Window]

In the above window, icons are provided to save the data to a new file, print the information, and to
clear all the information.

Access to the Name column Right Mouse Button menu option can be reached by pressing the right
mouse button in the Name column.

[ NAME Column Right Mouse Button Menu]

With this feature the text in the NAME column can be fully edited, that is cut, copied and pasted.

Can use the mouse to drag seismic data object record to new position on the list.
Simply click and hold mouse button down on record # of data object and move to new position.

[ Record Number Used to Move Selected Row Up or Down ]

GEDCO
 42 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Can also use the and arrows to move multiple selected records up and down the list.

This button moves the selected data item(s) up the Project Data List.

This button moves the selected data item(s) down the Project Data List.

The window at the bottom of the Project Data list contains various tab windows for displaying and
modifying information on the selected data object.
These tab windows are described in the following help section. Project Data List Tab Information
42

RELATED TOPICS
Deleting data sets from a Project Data List 56
Renaming a data set in the Project Data List
Adding multiple SEGY or SEG2 files to a single data set 1169

Seismic Data Tools (Project Data List Tool Bar) 50

Seismic Sort Data Tools 43
Seismic History 49
Seismic Notes 48

5.1.1 Tab Information Windows

The Project data list contains a number of different information Tab windows at the bottom of the
window.
These tab windows reference the currently selected data set in the Project Data List 38 .

There are 6 different tab windows which allow the user to access various functions/information related
to the selected data set.

[Project Data List - Tab Information Windows]

View Seismic Object's SORT List - See Sort Tab Window 43

View/edit or create sort indexes of the selected data set of the Project Data List.

View Seismic Object's INPUT List - See Data File Window 45

View a listing and description of the input data sets for a highlighted data set of the Project Data
List.

View Seismic Object's Flow - See Flow Tab Window 47 .

View a display of the flow commands which created this data set. If no flow file was used then the
window will be blank.

View Seismic Object's Flow Log - See Log Tab Window. 48

View a listing of the Flow Log created when the flow of the selected input data set was run.

GEDCO
 Project Menu 43

View Seismic Object's NOTES List - See Notes Tab Window 48 .

View notes of a selected data set of the Project Data List.

View Selected Seismic Object's HISTORY List - See History Tab Window 49 .
View the processing history of a selected data set of the Project Data List.

5.1.1.1 Sort Tab Window

The Sort Tab Window is displayed at the bottom of the Project Data List.
The user will see Sort Data Tools window as shown below:

Adding a new sort index.

1. Click on the .
2. The following box opens up:

[Create New Sort Index]

3. Enter a descriptive Name in the Sort Options. When one changes the main sort key, Vista will
create a default sort name if the current name is blank. Also in Sort Options if one has dead traces,
(these can be auxiliary channels or traces that you have edited to be dead) the sort will ignore these

GEDCO
44 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

traces if the Ignore Dead Traces 35 option is checked. If one then views the traces in the header
spreadsheet or in the seismic display window these Dead Traces will not be displayed.

4. In the Sort Parameters select headers to use for Main Sort Key (always required) and the
Secondary Sort Keys. ID RANGE does 2 things.
- It limits the sort index to within a range of header values.
- It also selects the range of data for further processing.
For the example shown below, Field Record Numbers 1 through 20 have been selected for further
processing. Note: Depending on the ID RANGE selection sequence, the Name above might
automatically change. If the automatic name is not satisfactory, type in the desired name just before
clicking the OK Button.

The default ID RANGE is to select all the data.

[Example of using ID RANGE to select data for processing]

5. The Order button opens a dialog to add addition sort criteria and to adjust the order of sorting as
shown in the following dialog:

GEDCO
 Project Menu 45

[Main Sort Key ORDER Definition Dialog]

6. The main sort indexes one has defined from the above steps will be shown on the Sort Data
Tools List, like the following example.

[Sort index created and highlighted]

7. Create new sort index. Select the item to sort (in this case Item 4 in the SORT# column) by
clicking the item in the SORT# column. The selected line item turns red.
Then click on the CREATE All Selected Seismic Sort Indexes to create the sort index.
It will now have a 'X' in the little box beside its name to indicate that the sort index been created.
One may edit an existing Sort Index by double clicking on it to bring up the Create New Sort Index
dialog.

5.1.1.2 File Tab Window

View a listing and description of the input data sets for a highlighted data set of the
Project Data List.

Data File Tools gives a listing of the data sets that were input into a selected data set of the Project
Data List.

GEDCO
46 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[The Typical Data File Tools Window]

Data File Tools Toolbar

Add Seismic Data to List of Data Files

Unlike the "Add" option in the Seismic Data Tools the user is now dealing with individual data
sets - SEGY or other Supported File formats 1215 shown.
The individual data set consists of all the files listed for the format chosen. Choose one of the
multiple options of this icon, SEGY, SEG-2, SEG-1, Oyo McSeis, Generic or XTF. See Disk File
Input Dialog 1192 for detailed steps for inputting data a single file or Adding Multiple Files to a Single
Data Set 1169 for inputting multiple files.

Normally the SEGY file headers will be "translated" by the current Input Transfer Dictionary. So
if the input data is in IBM format (EBCDIC, IBM Float), use that dictionary. If the input is in a
workstation format (ASCII, IEEE float) use the "Stand SEGY Dictionary". The opening dialogs provide
drop down list for selecting the proper Dictionary.

SEG2
Uses the standard SEG-2 1215 Dictionary automatically if one asks for this data type.

Delete Selected Input Data

First select the name of one of the input SEGY, SEG-2 or other files for the individual data set by
clicking in the Input # column at the extreme left of the window. Then click this icon to delete.

The Display Icons:

Opens a Seismic Window 86 display for the selected data set.
Opens a Header Window 367 display for the selected data set.
Opens the View SEG-Y Real Header File window.
Opens the View SEG-Y Binary Header File window.
Opens the Examine Trace Header window.
This window has the following appearance and operates as shown below:

GEDCO
 Project Menu 47

[How to examine the trace headers using the View Data Header Description Window]

5.1.1.3 Flow Tab Window

View a display of the flow commands which created this data set. If no flow file was used then the
window will be blank.

GEDCO
 48 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Display of flow for selected data set.]

Note that user can select the icon in the data list to open the flow.

5.1.1.4 Flow Log Tab Window

View a listing of the Flow Log created when the flow of the selected input data set was run.

[Example Flow Log]

Use the icon to save the flow log to a file.

5.1.1.5 Notes Tab Window

View or edit user defined notes of a selected data set of the Project Data List.

GEDCO
 Project Menu 49

[Enter project notes for selected data set.]

Type in the Notes window any information you wish to be saved for this data set.
All text input is saved with the data set when the save icon is activated.

Use the icon to save the notes to a text file.

5.1.1.6 History Tab Window

View the processing history of a selected data set of the Project Data List.

[The highlighted data set above has the processing history shown below]

Use the icon to save the processing history to a text file.

GEDCO
 50 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

5.1.2 Seismic Data Tools

The Seismic Data Tools is the tool bar for the Project Data List Window.
This tool bar appears when one opens a Project Data List 38 Window.

Seismic Data Tools Toolbar Icons

New Seismic Data set icons.

NEW 2-D Seismic Data - Opens a new 2-D project data list with the first row activated for
naming the new data set.
NEW 3-D Seismic Data - Opens a new 3-D project data list with the first row activated for
naming the new data set.
IMPORT Seismic Data from Existing VW Project - Allows importing of other data sets from
a different project into the current project.
See Import Other Data into Project 57 .

Add NEW SEGY/SEG2 or other supported seismic format data to a VISTA Project Data List. See
Adding SEGY data Files 53 .

Add Seismic Data to Selected Data Set - Add a Supported Seismic data file 1215 to a new
or existing data set in the Project Data List.
DELETE 56 Selected Seismic Data from Project - Delete highlighted data set(s) from the
Project Data List.

Transfer All Header Items - This will transfer all header values as defined by the Input
Transfer Dictionary 72 from a SEGY or SEG2 data set.
VISTA does this when one is adding NEW SEGY or SEG2 data to your project. Use this icon for
instance, when one wants to overwrite all existing trace headers with the trace header values found in
the Input SEGY or SEG2 data set. On completion, VISTA will provide a report of the minimum and
maximum values it found for each VISTA header word.

Select Header Items to Transfer - This will let one choose a sub-set of all of the header
values to transfer to the SEGY Input data set as defined by Input Transfer Dictionary. To make a
selection, the items one wants to transfer must be highlighted (red). Use the mouse clicks in
combination with CTRL (select) and SHIFT (unselect). The list given is the entire Input Transfer
Dictionary. The Input Transfer Dictionary must be set up for this to work. The Transfer Header
Information window example is shown below:

GEDCO
 Project Menu 51

[Transfer Header Information Spreadsheet]

5.1.3 Data Group Settings

Data Groups are defined in the Project Data List and help to organize the data sets into more
manageable smaller groups.
Example shown below:

[Example Data Groups setup in Project Data List]

Use the RMB(Right Mouse Button) menu to access the Data Group menu controls.

GEDCO
52 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Right Mouse Button in Project Data List]

Data Group Options:

ADD New Data Group Dialog will appear that allows the user to set the name of the new Data
Group.

[Project Data List: Data Group Name Dialog]

MOVE Selected Data Use menu to move selected data sets to different Data Groups.
Dialog will indicate number of selected data objects. Use menu to move selected to different
data groups.

If current Project Data List is displaying a Data Group then more options will appear in the RMB
menu.

RENAME Current Group Dialog will appear that allows user to rename the current group.
REMOVE Current Group Will delete the current group. All data sets defined in current Data
Group will be removed from it.

REMOVE from Group Will remove the selected data sets from this group.

The output flow commands allow the user to define an output Data Group.

GEDCO
 Project Menu 53

5.1.4 Adding Data Files to Project

First use the , or icon to add a new data set to your Project Data ListD.
A new data set name will be added to the Project Data List.
One may change the data set name by clicking on its name and typing in a new name as shown
below:

[Adding a New Data Set Name to VISTA. The highlighted Data Set name may be edited to something more
descriptive]

Secondly, use the icon to and select the data format either SEG-Y 1217 , SEG-2 1215 , SEG-1, SU 1218 ,

GEDCO
54 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Oyo McSeis, Generic Data, or XTF Data as the new data. After clicking the type icon desired, a
standard Windows file open dialog appears to allow the opening of the desired file.

[Select either a SEGY, SEG-2, SEG-1, SU, Oyo McSeis, Generic Data, XTF or Mirf Data set to bring into VISTA]

After clicking the type icon desired, a standard Windows file open dialog appears to allow the opening
of the desired file as shown
below.

[Input SEG-Y Seismic Data File Dialog]

Note that the File Open Dialog defaults to the Project-files directory.
However, it is important to note that the input files could be in other directories if the user desires.

When one has selected one file for the data set, the dialog shown below appears.

GEDCO
 Project Menu 55

[Standard Vista Input SEG-Y/SEG-2/Generic Disk .... Typical File Dialog]

Normally VISTA will supply the correct defaults for the Trace Header Dictionary and the Data
Type.
Change these if necessary - or select a customised dictionary one has created with the Trace Header
Tab.
For more information on this dialog see Disk File Input Dialog 1192 under the miscellaneous
descriptions.

If more than one input files are selected to be loaded as one file (first file selected is the file name
for the combined set), a different Input spreadsheet dialog opens as shown below:

[Input SEG-Y Seismic Data Files(s) Spreadsheet Dialog]

It is important to note that the sample rates should be the same for all data sets. One can also
select a DICTIONARY other than the Standard SEG-Y Dictionary in column three. In this case the
Disk File Input Dialog is not shown. See Adding multiple files to a single data set 1169 under the

GEDCO
 56 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

miscellaneous descriptions.

At the completion of either of the above steps the minimum/maximum values spreadsheet for the
Vista Headers is displayed.

NOTE:
When adding data sets to the Project Data List, the options set under the top menu item Project Sort
Defaults 63 will be used to:
1) Automatically (or Manually) transfer Input Header information.
2) Automatically (or Manually) create Sort Indexes.

RELATED TOPICS
Deleting data sets from a Project Data List 56
Renaming a data set in the Project Data List
Adding multiple SEGY or SEG2 files to a single data set 1169

Seismic Data Tools Bar 50

Seismic Sort Data Tools 43
Seismic History 49
Seismic Notes 48

5.1.5 Deleting data sets from the Project Data List

To delete a single seismic object set from VISTA, you must open the Project Data List 38 .

Highlight one or multiple data sets to be deleted using the mouse.

All Spread-Sheets in Vista behave the same way in row selection.
Row Selection:
Use mouse button to select individual rows, previously select rows will be unselected.
To select nonadjacent rows or multiple rows:
Hold the CTRL key down to select multiple nonadjacent rows.
To Select a large range of rows :
Click the first cell in the range, and then hold down SHIFT and click the last cell in the range.

Click on the icon of the Seismic Data Tools Bar.

One will be asked to confirm the deletion of any data sets.

A DELETE Selected Seismic Objects from Project window will display (see below) all selected data
sets, go back and unselect any data sets one does not want to delete.

[Example of Deleting data set query]

Choose OK to delete the selected Seismic Data Objects from the project.

GEDCO
 Project Menu 57

5.1.6 Import Other Data into Project

IMPORT Seismic Data from Existing VW Project

Allows importing of other data sets from a different projects into the current project. This operation
copies and maps (if headers are different) all selected fields associated with the data selected to be
imported.

When this icon is clicked, a standard Windows open file dialog appears for the selection of the project
where the desired import data is contained. After the selection the of the project, the Import Seismic
Data Vista Project spreadsheet opens as shown below:

[Import Seismic Data Vista Project Spreadsheet]

Select the desired data set(s) by clicking on the item(s) number in the DATA# column and then click
OK.
The selected items will then be imported and the data set(s) name will appear in the original Project
Data List.

This option can be very handy in moving data sets from one project to another.
Or also for copying them into a new project.

5.2 Project Settings

Project Settings Dialog.

SETTINGS
Allows user to edit the various defaults for the current project loaded.

GEDCO
58 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Project Settings - Settings Parameters]

Project Type Enter 2D or 3D for default for newly added data sets. Optional VSP survey
setting.
Can also change the type for a seismic object in the Project Data List 38

window.
Units Enter the project units. Feet or Meters

Project Strings
User can setup project variable strings and their replacement string in this spread-sheet. These
variable names are used in output flow descriptions.

[Project Settings - Project Strings Parameters]

Variable project strings can be setup by the user to help in creating flows.
An example of using the above in a flow output command is show below:

GEDCO
 Project Menu 59

Output data set then will be set to: Alberta_West12345 Raw Data

Input Directories
Flow Files, Miscellaneous Files (e.g. FK, Statics, etc.) and Input Data files (e.g. SEGY, SEGD,
etc.) as shown in the following tab:

Output Directories
Output Data (Vista data sets - *.VSD files) and Output Header files (*.VSH files) directories can
be set with this dialog shown below:

GEDCO
60 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Temporary Files
Output Temporary File directories can be set with this dialog shown below:

In addition, one can specify the maximum size for any file. Thus on Windows 95, you are restricted to
2000 Mb. (2 Gb.).,
In Windows XP/Vista, one may choose to set this file size equal to your smallest hard disk size
(Because there is no real limit on file sizes in these Operating Systems).
Also a check option is provided to use local Windows Temp Directory for batch processing.

GEDCO
 Project Menu 61

5.3 Project Plotting Defaults

Project plotting default contains another set of menu items:

[Edit Menu -> Project Plotting Defaults - Sub-Menu]

Project Plotting Data List Options

Sets the seismic display options for the default unstacked data sets. The following dialog appears:

[Project Seismic Plotting List Dialog]

ADD Add a new plotting parameter item to the list. Plotting parameter dialog will appear
(See Seismic Parameter 89 ).
REMOVE Remove a selected plotting item from the list.
SET DEFAULT Set a plotting parameter item to be the default plot for Stacked or UnStacked
data.
Selected data set is then set according to the Selection Stacked / UnStacked.
SET NAME Set the selected plotting parameter item name.
Double click on a plotting item item to alter it's plotting parameters.

UnStacked Data Options

Sets the seismic display options for the default unstacked data sets.

GEDCO
 62 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Brings up Seismic Plot Parameter 89 window to set it.

Stacked Data Options

Sets the seismic display options for the default stacked data sets.
Brings up Seismic Plot Parameter 89 window to set it.

Shot Default Options

Sets the default display options for shot stations.
Brings up Shot Display Parameter 1204 window to set it.

Receiver Default Options

Sets the default display options for receiver stations.
Brings up Receiver Display Parameter 1204 window to set it.

Display Bin Grid

In any window displaying the Bin Grid, turning this option on allows the grid to be displayed when
the window is first displayed. This is a toggle option.

5.4 Project Color-Bar Lists

Allows the user to modify the VISTA default color bars for all projects and
set the default color bar (For VDF display of Seismic data ) for this project.

When this menu options is chosen the following dialog will appear:

[Project Color-Bar List Dialog]

The list box displays the current list of color bars for all Vista projects.
The DEF indicates the default color bar for seismic VDF plotting.

Double Click on Name of Color-Bar to alter it

Double click on color-bar to bring up the Color-Bar Dialog 1178 which will allow setting the default
parameters.

ADD Add a new color bar. The Color-Bar Dialog 1178 window will appear to allow modifications.

GEDCO
 Project Menu 63

REMOVE Remove a color bar from the list.

DEFAULT Set the default color bar for VDF plotting of seismic data.
Default/UnStacked Set the colorbar to use for UnStacked data.
Stacked Set the colorbar to use for Stacked data.

SET NAME When this button is pressed the color-bar's name will be set accordingly to the name
entry.

5.5 Sort Defaults

[Project Menu -> Sort Defaults]

The above menu Sort Defaults option opens the following dialog where one may define the sort
indexes to be created when VISTA transfers headers from a SEGY file to a VISTA data set. Note the
different default Sorts provided by VISTA for 2-D Un-Stacked and 3-D Un-Stacked.

[Data Creation Defaults Dialog]

Auto Transfer Input Header Information

Whenever data (Seismic Disk file) is added to a seismic object (In the Project Data List Window
38 ) the program will automatically transfer the header information to the Vista-Headers 69 if this is

GEDCO
64 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

set.

Auto Create Sort Indexes On Transfer

Again as above automatically create sort indexes if this is set. Use the radio buttons to view/alter
the default sorts for the 2D/3D stacked or Unstacked data sets.

NEW
Add a new sort default to this sort default type with the NEW button.
When NEW sort is selected the following sort dialog will appear:

[Create New Sort Index Dialog]

SORT OPTIONS
Name
Enter a descriptive Name for the defined sort.
Ignore Dead Traces
If one has dead traces, (these can be auxiliary channels or traces that one has edited to be
dead) the sort will ignore these traces if the Ignore Dead Traces option is checked. If
one then views the traces in the header spread sheet or in the seismic display window
these Dead Traces will not be displayed.

Sort Parameters
ID RANGE
Select headers to use for Main Sort Key (always required) and the Secondary Sort Keys. ID
RANGE button does two things.
1. It limits the sort index to within a range of header values.
2. It also selects the range of data for further processing. The default ID RANGE is to select
all the data.

GEDCO
 Project Menu 65

[Example of using ID RANGE to select data for processing]

ORDER
The ORDER button adds additional sort criteria and allows the adjustment of the order that these
additional sort criteria are applied.
Pressing this button opens the following dialog:

[Main Sort Key Order Definition Dialog]

DELETE Delete selected sort defaults from sort default type.

RESET Reset all sort defaults to what they were when this dialog was brought up.
DEFAULT Reset all sort defaults to Vista sort defaults.

GEDCO
 66 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

5.6 Snap Shot Viewer

[Project Snap-Shot Window Toolbar]

The Snap-Shot viewer displays images of snapshots taken in the program.

These snapshots can be rearranged and displayed as a movie by this viewer.

Snap Shot Toolbar Icons:

View List Current Snap Shots
View list of current snapshots in a dialog as shown below. One may re-order or delete snapshots
from this list.

[Project Snap-Shot List Dialog]

Top list is the display list of snap shots for movies, the bottom list is all project snap-shots.
Allows making of movies using part of the project list.
UP/DOWN Moves the order of a snap-shot in the movie.
TOP DELETE Deletes a snap-shot from the movie list.
BOTTOM DELETE Deletes a snap-shot from the project list of snap-shots.
<< Moves selected snap-shot to the movies display list.

Clicking on any of the display list items will display that snap shot.

GEDCO
 Project Menu 67

OPTIONS Brings up the following dialog.

[Snap-Shot Options Dialog]

Play Time Interval Time in seconds for delay between movie pictures.
Fit Image to Window Fit images to the window.
Save in True Color Should be left as TRUE.

Play Movie Snap Shots Play movie snap shots in current sequence.
Stop Snap Shots Movie Stop the snapshot movie (Can also use the escape key to stop).
Print Current Movie Print the currently display snapshot to a Windows printer.

Print ALL Displayed Snap-Shots Print all displayed snapshots to a Windows printer.
Plotter Hardcopy Current Window Plotter hardcopy of current Window.
Snap Shot Viewer
Display snapshots simultaneously using options under the top menu item Window.
For example use Main Toolbar Windows->Cascade to see multiple snap shots.

When a snap-shot is displayed, the key board can be used to display a particular snap-shot or toggle
between a number of different ones. '1' Will display the first snap-shot, '2' the next through to '0' as the
tenth snap-shot. Then can use the letters 'a' to 'z' to display any greater then 10.

One can also use the scroll bar to select snapshots.

Scroll to a snapshot.

Note: If an error dialog appears stating that "Other snap shot Window open - close all Windows" when
the View of Current Snapshots is pressed, make sure all existing snapshot windows are closed.
Sometimes a snapshot window is hidden behind other windows and it is not obvious that it is
opened.Just find all snapshot windows and close and then retry.

Snap Shot Acquisition:

All Vista Windows that allow the acquisition of a snap shot have a View Icon for adjusting the
image view and for taking snap shots.

The following image shows this View Icon with its expanded sub-icons on a typical Vista Display.

GEDCO
 68 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The icons dealing with snap shot functions are:

View Options icon.
Snap Shot of Screen Window - Snap shot acquisition of current screen Window.
Snap Shot Movies of Current Sort - Snap shot movie acquisition of current Sort. Note:
Make sure that data set has been sorted.
Snap Shot Viewer - Will only open the snap shot viewer if not already open.

6 Dictionary Menu
Dictionary Windows
The various windows which allow the user to view and edit the VISTA Dictionaries are accessed
from the top menu item Dictionary.

[Dictionary Menu with Edit Dictionary Sub-Menu]

Click on the Dictionary item. One will see several pull-down items as follows.

View Master
This is the Master Dictionary for all Vista projects. Examine the Tutorial Example Projects 1348 .
for a complete description of this dictionary.

View Vista-Header
Examine the definition of the currently defined VISTA Header 69 .

Edit Dictionary
Open a sub-menu with these items:

Vista Header 70
This is normally a subset of the Master Dictionary.
Any mistakes made here will involve redefining the Vista Header Dictionary from one of the
standard ones supplied.

GEDCO
 Dictionary Menu 69

Input Transfer 72
Opens a window where the user can change the definition of where Vista Header items are
located in the input data headers.
User can also change the type (Integer, Float, etc.). Finally one can define Vista Header
items in terms of arithmetical combinations of other items - possibly modified by a constant.

Output Transfer 76
Opens a window where the user can change the definition of where Vista Header items that
are to be placed in the output data headers.

Output SEG-Y Binary Header 83

Opens a window where the user can change the definition of where Vista Header items are to be
placed in the output SEG-Y binary data header.

In addition to the above options, Dictionary Header Equations 76 are available to facilitate header
editing.
Examples of using the Dictionary are provided in Examples of using Dictionaries 82 .

6.1 View Master Dictionary

View the Master Dictionary from the top menu.

[Dictionary Menu ->View Master]

Editing of the Master Dictionary within VISTA is NOT allowed.

The Master Dictionary is an ASCII file called Master.vwi, which defines the names and positions of all
possible header items.

The actual VISTA Header used in a particular project will be defined by the VISTA Header Dictionary
, which is a subset of the Master Dictionary.

[A Portion of the Master Dictionary]

6.2 View Vista-Header Dictionary

The VISTA Header Dictionary is an ASCII file called Vistawin.vwi, which defines the names and
positions of all possible header items.

The actual VISTA Header used in a particular project is defined by this file which is a sub-set of the

GEDCO
 70 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Master Dictionary 69 (MASTER.VWI).

View a listing of the currently defined VISTA headers for a project.

Vista headers may be different from project to project.

[Dictionary Menu -> View Vista-Header]

The beginning of the Vista-Header Dictionary view is shown below:

[ A Portion of the Vista-Header Dictionary]

6.3 Edit Vista-Header Dictionary

Editing the VISTA Header for a New Project

[Edit Dictionary -> Vista-Header Selection]

Edit a Vista Header Dictionary of a project.

Note you cannot edit the Vista Header Dictionary after you have added data to a project.
The best time to make changes to Vista Header Dictionary is immediately after one has
defined a new project.

If one opens the Edit Dictionary->Vista-Header for a project with data in it the Vista Windows Header
spreadsheet will open and on the bottom right one will see READ ONLY. Also, only two icons are
displayed on the toolbar. These are the SAVE and Hide Master Dictionary icons. Note that even
though the one cannot edit the dictionary, one can edit the Dictionary Comments column.

As mentioned previously, the Vista Header for a project is a sub-set of the Master Dictionary.

GEDCO
 Dictionary Menu 71

One edits, that is builds, the project Vista Header from the list of headers in Master Dictionary.

To build a Vista Header for a project, one must not have any data in the project.
In other words, one must start a new project, close Project Data List and all other Vista windows
and then edit the Vista Header. After editing the Vista Header Dictionary, reopen the Project Data List
to insert the desired project files. The Vista Header Dictionary is shown similar to the following:

[The Edit Vista Headers Dictionary Screen]

Edit Vista Headers Toolbar:

Read in New Dictionary File

Read in a dictionary definition file (type *.dic) to redefine the current input transfer dictionary.
Save Current Dictionary to File
Save the current dictionary to an ASCII file.
A standard Windows file save dialog opens to allows specifying the file name.
Delete Selected Items
Cut (remove) the selected highlighted items from the Dictionary spreadsheet.
Copy MASTER Items to Current Dictionary
First one must select (mark) the desired items in the Master Dictionary. Use mouse clicks in the area
at the extreme left where the Item# is listed. When one has selected the items, click this icon. The
header names and definitions will be copied to the current input transfer dictionary in blue colored
text.

The above Vista-Header Dictionary display is divided into 2 windows sections. The top section is the
current Vista Header which one will edit; the bottom section is the Master Dictionary. One will simply
cut items that one does not need from the current Vista Header by clicking in the Item column to
highlight the items and then use the scissors icon, .

Add items one needs from the Master list by clicking in the Item column to highlight the items and then
use the transfer icon, to put the Master items into the Vista Header section.

Save the dictionary to a file using the Save icon, .

GEDCO
 72 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Close the Vista Header dictionary and one will be prompted to save this dictionary to the project.

[Save your changes to a project's Vista Headers]

6.4 Input Transfer Dictionary

[Dictionary Menu -> Edit Dictionary ->Input Transfer]

When one opens an Input Transfer Dictionary window, one can change the definition of where Vista
Header items are located in the input SEGY data headers.

NOTE: SEG-2 data header import is handled differently then SEG-Y import. See SEG-2 Help 1215 .

One can also change the type (Integer, Float, etc.)

Finally one can also define Vista Header items in terms of arithmetical combinations of other header
items which may be modified by a constant.
See Dictionary Header Equations 76 .

All these modifications can be saved to a dictionary file and/or saved to the project by closing the
dictionary window or saving the dictionary.
The header items in the Input Transfer dictionary must exist in the Vista Header list, otherwise they
will not be assigned to any VISTA headers.

How to build and/or edit the Input Transfer Dictionary

The user will see this display upon selecting the Dictionary | Edit Dictionary|Input Transfer option
from the top menu.

GEDCO
 Dictionary Menu 73

[Input Transfer Dictionary List Editing Window]

The display above shows 2 ways to modify VISTA headers:

1. The first way is to edit the byte location number. For instance, if the shot point values
of a SEGY input are located in byte 21 instead of byte 17, simply edit the byte location from 17 to 21
for SHOT_POINT_NO.
2. The second method is to create equations for Header items by clicking on the box to the right
of the header's Dictionary name. Once this equation is defined, then details such as the byte location
are ignored. Creating equations for Header items is described in Dictionary Header Equations 76 .

Summarizing the steps to build an Input Transfer Dictionary:

1. Bring in one of the supplied dictionaries:
Standard SEGY Dictionary
SEGY Header Seismic (IBM)

2. Select one or more items in the VISTA Master Header dictionary displayed in the bottom part
of the window.
Use the icon to copy selected items from the Master dictionary to the Input Transfer
dictionary.

3. Use the icon to display all duplicate items in the current dictionary you are defining.
If one has such duplicates, use the icon to delete selected items from the current
dictionary.

4. Finally, save the result using the icon. One can save this definition to an ASCII file (type
*.dic) and/or to the project.

GEDCO
74 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

One can also start building the Input Transfer Dictionary by reading in some existing ASCII
dictionary file.

The icons on the top of the Input Transfer Dictionary window are described below.

Create New Dictionary

A new blank dictionary will be created in the upper part of the window. To fill this in one must
select some or all dictionary names from the Master Dictionary list in the bottom part of the window
and bring the selected items into the current dictionary window. Delete any duplicate header names
from the current dictionary and save the changes.

Read in New Dictionary File

Read in a dictionary definition file (type *.dic) to redefine the current input transfer dictionary.

Save Current Dictionary to File

Save the current dictionary to an ASCII file. A standard Windows file save dialog opens to allows
specifying the file name. The extension for this file is *.dic.

Save Defined Dictionary to Project

Save the current (displayed) Input Transfer dictionary to the current project directory.

Print Current Dictionary

Prints to the local printer the current (displayed) dictionary.

Delete Current Dictionary

Delete the current (displayed) Input Transfer Dictionary. You will be asked for confirmation.

Dictionary Drop Down List

Various established Dictionary are available as shown below:

[Dictionary Drop Down List]

Add Header Item to Dictionary

A dialog opens as shown below that allows the selection of a header item to add to the dictionary.

GEDCO
 Dictionary Menu 75

[Choose Vista-Header Item Dialog]

Delete Selected Items

After selecting items by clicking in the ITEM # column, clicking this icon will delete these selected
items.
Copy MASTER Items to the Current Dictionary
First one must select (mark) the desired items in the Master Dictionary. Use mouse clicks in the
area at the extreme left where the Item# is listed. When one has selected the items, click this icon.
The header names and definitions will be copied to the current input transfer dictionary in blue
coloured text.

Display Duplicate Items.

Click on this icon to show if any item is present two or more times in the current dictionary. Two or
more copies of the duplicated items will be highlighted blue. This can arise when transferring items
from the MASTER Dictionary with the Copy icon. It gives one a quick and easy way to check
the list of items.

Toggle Swap On/Off

Set or unset the byte swap flag for all items. This is a quick way to toggle all items to be
byte swapped (IBM format) or not byte swapped (Standard SEGY).

Set Selected Items to a Common Scale List

This icon allows you to modify the values of several header words at once. Simply
select each header word you wish to change by clicking on the Item #, then choose this option. Set
up an equation using the Operation and Constant buttons. When one presses OK, the equation will
be applied to all selected header words.

For example, use the Constant to set up the equation shown below - apply it and all the selected
header words will be multiplied by 2.
For detailed description of this dialog see Dictionary Header Equations 76 .

[Dictionary Item Scale List Dialog]

Move Item UP List

GEDCO
 76 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

An item selected in the ITEM # column will be moved up the list by clicking this icon.
Move Item DOWN List
An item selected in the ITEM # column will be moved down the list by clicking this icon.

6.5 Output Transfer Dictionary

Open this window where one can change the definition of where VISTA Header items are to be
placed in the output SEGY trace headers.

The icons and functionality of the Output Transfer Dictionary is identical to that of the Input Transfer
Dictionary 72 .

6.6 Dictionary Header Equations

Creating Header Equations or Dictionary Item Scale List

When one clicks in the small check box just to the right of the Dictionary Name, one will be allowed
to enter a definition/mapping function for this item by defining it as a combination of other header
items and arithmetical constants. An example is provided below:

GEDCO
 Dictionary Menu 77

[Dictionary Header Equations]

The steps to create a header equation are:

1. Click on the box beside the name (it will have an "X" there when finished indicating that this
item is defined by an "equation").
2. In the Dictionary Item dialog that results (showing the "Dictionary Item" or "Equation" in the
center, choose from:
CONDITION 78 , MEMORY 79 , OPERATION 80 , ITEM 81 , or CONSTANT 80 .
3. If one chooses ITEM from the above step, the Item Defn dialogue will appear. One would
normally choose Assign Item and select the actual header word from the pull-down list. Then click on
one of the buttons shown to perform the selected arithmetical function on the selected header word.
Hit OK.

GEDCO
 78 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Item Definition Dialog]

4. One will be brought back to the "Dictionary Item" window. Select additional operations
from CONDITION 78 , MEMORY 79 , OPERATION 80 , ITEM 81 , or CONSTANT 80 , or hit OK.

5. The little box beside the Dictionary Item Name will have an "X" inside it, indicating that one
has modified the Dictionary header.

6: To edit a Dictionary Item double click the item and the appropriate dialog for editing will pop
up.

6.6.1 Condition
From the main Equation dialog choose the type of Condition:

and then press CONDITION button.

This will bring up the Condition Test Dialog as shown:

[Conditional Test Dialog]

Specify the conditional test item to check and it's condition. This header word using the condition is
evaluated against a constant value or another header word.
If the conditional statement evaluates to TRUE then all the ooperations following the IF until an ELSE
or ENDIF are executed.
If the condition is evaluated to FALSE then these operations are skipped.

An example of using the conditional for importing SEG-Y data set.

In SEG-Y the coordinate scalar for elevations can be positive or negative. If it is negative then all
coordinates are divide by the scalar and if positive they are multipled by it.

GEDCO
 Dictionary Menu 79

Test for the coordinate scalars sign and then take the appropriate action.

[Example using conditional test]

6.6.2 Memory
Use the memory operation to save, restore or perform actions on values calculated in the list.

Press the MEMORY button to add the memory operation to the list.
There are 10 memory locations from which to perform operations to or from:

Have a number of operations that can be performed.

Clear - Clear/Zero selected memory location.
Save - Save current value to selected memory location.
Restore - Restore memory location to list calculation.
Add+ - Add current value to memory location.
Subtract - Subtract current value from memory location.
Multiple - Multiple current value by memory location.
Divide - Divide current value by memory location.
Clear All - Clear all memory locations.

GEDCO
 80 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

6.6.3 Single Function

Perform user defined function to current value in list.

[Add function operation to list]

Choose the specified operation in the list and press the OPERATION button to add it.

6.6.4 Constant
Pressing the Constant button will bring up the Constant definition dialog.

Enter the constant value and operation to be performed.

Can also setup an increment for each time the constant is evaluated.
Increment Constant Value - Check on to setup increment and enter the increment value.
Sync on Header Item can be used if constant operation is set to Assign Constant.
With Sync on constant value will reset back to original setting based on a header word.

Example below is set channel numbers to start at one and increment by one for each field record.

GEDCO
 Dictionary Menu 81

6.6.5 Item
Define current value by another header item.

[Item function operation]

Edit the header word to use and the function to be perform.

6.6.6 Equation
The equation button brings up the following dialog. This dialog allows the user to define the header
equation manually.

GEDCO
 82 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Header Equation editor dialog]

Enter directly into the equation test box using all standard math operations +, -, /, * and brackets.
All so can use other headers in the equation either typing the abbreviated header word or using the
INSERT HEADER button.
The INSERT FUNCTION button can be used to insert the selected function. The function CURRVAL
indicates the current value before the equation is evaluated.
An example below is shown on how to calculate the header word OFFSET from the source / receiver
coordinates.

Characters that can be used are brackets {,}, (, ), [, ].

Operations +, -, /, *, ^

Example showing calculation of offset using the source and receiver X/Y coordinates.
Note that the abbreviations are used to help shorten the equation length.

[Example Equation calculating the offset]

6.7 Examples of using Dictionaries

Examples of using Dictionaries

An example of how to set up the Input Transfer Dictionary for an unusual case is presented.

GEDCO
 Dictionary Menu 83

Example - Setting up line numbers in a 3D case

If one had a 3D data set available with complete SEGY headers, one would load it into Vista
using the Project Data List Window 38 and then go through the operation of Transfer Headers in
the SEISMIC DATA TOOLS 50 .

In this case, when one displays the geometry in the Seismic Attribute Display 284 (from a right
mouse click on the input data icon in the Flow window), the start and end of each receiver line (and
each shot line) was joined by a straight line, creating a zigzag appearance.

The problem is that the receiver line (and shot line) numbers were all equal to 1 in every trace header
- quickly verified by graphing SHOTLINE_NUMBER and RECEIVERLINE_NUMBER using the "VH" (
View Header 367 ) icon in the Project Data List window 38 .

To solve the problem, one can set the SHOTLINE_NUMBER equal to the SHOT_POINT_NO divided
by 100 ... and the RECEIVERLINE_NUMBER to FIELD_STATION_NUMBER divided by 100.

This idea was verified by graphing SHOT_POINT_NO and FIELD_STATION_NUMBER in the Project
Data List window.

To change this,
1. One opens the Dictionary / Edit Dictionary / Input Transfer Dictionary 72 window and select the
SEGY Seismic Header (IBM) rather than the Stand SEG-Y Dictionary because it is known that the
input data was in IBM format. (If you choose the wrong dictionary, the header values will be strange
powers of 2 rather than their real value (e.g. 65536 instead of 1)

2. One locates RECEIVERLINE_NUMBER in the transfer dictionary (upper part of window - blue
text) and clicks in the small box to the right of this name.

3. In the resulting dialog one clicks on DELETE DEFN. first to remove the existing definition, then
one clicks on ITEM and located the FIELD_STATION_NUMBER in the next dialog box (Item Defn).

4. Next select Assign Item and OK.

5. Now one clicks on CONSTANT and enters 0.01 and uses the Multiply option.
One could also use Divide with a value of 100.

6. Finally one clicks OPERATION and selects Integer Truncation, then exits all the dialog boxes with
OK.

7. To implement our change, one has to open the Project Data List Window and repeat the Transfer
Header step.

8. One uses the "VH" (View Header) graphing option to check that the line number was coming
across correctly.

9. And yes, one has to do the same for SHOTLINE_NUMBER, using SHOT_POINT_NO as the item
to be divided by 100. Obviously one changed both entries in the input transfer dictionary, before the
headers are transferred.

6.8 Output SEG-Y Binary Header

Opens a window where one can change the definition of where VISTA Header items are to be
placed in the output SEG-Y binary header.

GEDCO
 84 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The icons and functionality of the Output SEG-Y Binary Header Dictionary is identical to that of the
Input Transfer Dictionary 72 .

7 Interactive Menu

[Interactive Main Menu]

Interactive menus usually open a new window where the process will be applied to a selected project
data set.
The output of most interactive processes can be one or more of:
- Modified input data set (eg. muted, filtered)
- ASCII file (eg. Refraction statics, Velocities)
- Binary file (eg. modified VISTA headers)

For most of these options, one will first select one or more input data sets from the list of available
project data sets. Simply double click on the data set name(s) to select it as the input(s) to your
chosen interactive process. The Interactive item deals with all processes where one must interact with
the data, headers, etc. to create some type of output - usually a file (ASCII or binary) containing
geophysical parameters - e.g. velocity, statics, etc.

Click on the Interactive menu and one will see several pull-down items as follows:

Seismic Window Display 86

Opens the Seismic Window Display window. This window allows one to perform the following
functions:
- Plot data and header values in a variety of ways.
- Define trace kills.
- Define any reverse polarity traces.
- Define top, bottom or surgical mutes.
- Pick first breaks.
- Define time gates for processes like deconvolution, etc.
- LMO Velocity editing
- Obtain Velocity information
- Obtain Diffraction information
- Graph traces
- Header trace information.
- Compare multiple data sets.
- Swap Data trace(s)

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 85

- Perform multiple seismic analysis through the Seismic Analysis Window such as:
- Perform Frequency Analysis (amplitude and phase spectra)
- Design FK filters for later application.
- Many other analysis functions

Seismic Graph Window Display 274

Allows graphing the traces of several different data sets. Each set opens a new Seismic Graph
Window.

Attribute Window Display 284

Opens the Seismic Attribute Display window, where one may display any attribute (trace header
value) on the geometry in its correct X-Y location.

Geometry Window Display 325

Opens the 2-D or 3-D Geometry Window depending on the data type selected.

Header View/Edit Window Display 367

Opens the Seismic Header View/Edit Window depending on the data type selected.

Seismic Scaled Plot 257

Printer Scaled Plot 257
Output scaled plot to attached windows printer.
Versatec Scale Plot 262
Output scaled plot to attached Versatec plotter.
Side Label Edit/Viewer 269
Create side label for attachment to output scaled plots.
Versatec Settings 274
Plotter interface information and settings input parameters.

Create Data Set 449

3-D Time-Slice
Create and view time slices of stacked, binned 3D data.
Create 3-D Data Set
Create a set of stacked zeroed traces with the following dialog.
Single Trace Data
Create a multiple zeroed trace which will be added to the Project Data List.
Import Response [Amplitude/Phase] File
Import instrument response curves with this option.

3D Seismic Cube Display 414 Display stacked seismic data in a 3D view.

2D Farr QC Display 430 Opens a Farr Display of the 2D data.
2D Line Tie Display Window 434 Opens a Line Tie Display for 2D data.
3D Merge/Tie Stacked Data Window 434 Opens a 3D Merge/Tie Display for 3D poststack
data.
Multiple 2D/3D Geometry Grid View 427 Opens a display for viewing multiple 2D Lines and
3D bin grids.

GEDCO
 86 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

7.1 Seismic Window Display

The Seismic Window Display provides multiple displays of seismic data and header values in a variety
of ways. In addition, preliminary processing steps are available, along with specific analysis
processing algorithms for quality control and data examination.
The main Seismic Window Display is shown below displaying a shot from a raw data set.

[Seismic Window Display]

This introduction page provides a summary of access to Seismic Window Display, hot key functions,
links to many of the key features of this Window, and links to the main right-click menu, the tool bar
icons, the Seismic Analysis Window, and Annotation Display features.

Access to Seismic Window Display:

Main access to the Seismic Window Display is by way of the Interactive Menu shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 87

[Interactive Menu]

Other access is through the Right-Mouse button menu options in Attribute 284 or Geometry 323

Windows. Also From pressing the icon in Project Data List 38 Window or from a Input Flow
Command 675 menu option. The Seismic Window Display can be controlled from using Seismic
Window Tool Bars 141 or by using the Right Mouse Button Menu 103

Key Features:
The Seismic Window Display can also perform such tasks as Kill Traces 145 , Pick Reverse-Polarity
Traces 150 , First Break Picking 160 , Mute Picking 153 , Time Window Gate Picking 167 , Pick
Horizon Events 215 , and through the Seismic Analysis Window 173 multiple analysis functions can
be carried out such as FK Filter Analysis 187 and other Amplitude and Phase spectrum analysis
173 .

Seismic Window Display Hot Keys:

The following keys are always active:
Ctrl-Y Go to Analysis toolbar.
Ctrl-T Go to Time-Gate toolbar.
Ctrl-F Go to First-Break picking toolbar.
Ctrl-K Go to Kill trace toolbar.
Ctrl-M Go to Mute trace toolbar.
Ctrl-R Go to Reverse-Polarity toolbar.
Ctrl-H Go to Pick Horizon Events toolbar.

The following keys control the display of the data.

'S' Set to Amplitude Gain Mode - followed by '+' or '-' to see changes.
'G' Set to Exponential Gain Mode - followed by '+' or '-' to see changes.
'+' or '=' Increase amplitude scale by 6dB if in Amplitude Mode.
Increase Exponential Gain by .5 if in Gain Mode.
'-' or '_' Decrease Amplitude Scale by 6dB if in Amplitude Mode.
Decrease Exponential Gain by .5 if in Gain Mode.
'A' Toggle AGC application of data On or Off.
'B' Toggle First-Break picks display On or Off.
'C' Toggle Color Bar display On or Off.
'D' Toggle display of Dead traces On or Off.
'E' Toggle flatten of data on First-Break picks display On / Off.
'F' Toggle Filter application of data On or Off.

GEDCO
88 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

'H' Toggle Header Time Shift On or Off.

'I' Toggle Timing Lines On or Off (type must be selected in Timing Lines Tab -> Seismic
Plot Parameters).
'L' Toggle LMO application of data On or Off.
'M' Display movie mode of all sort records.
All sorted records will be displayed one at a time automatically.
'R' Toggle Phase Shift time shift On or Off.
'T' Toggle Theoretical First-Break display On or Off.
'V' Toggle application of NMO display On or Off.
'X' Toggle In-Line - X-Line display of In-Line or X-Line sorted data.
When key is press if in In-Line sort display switches to closest X-Line sort.
'Y' Toggle flattening of data on Picked Event display On or Off.
'LEFT' or 'RIGHT' cursor keys page the seismic display.

When displaying data as an ensemble (Using the Sort Display Order Option 143 ).
The following keys are active:
'UP' or 'DOWN' cursor keys page the seismic display.
'HOME' If in sort mode, display first sorted record.
'END' If in sort mode, display last sorted record.
'Ctrl-N' or key 'N' Next ensemble/Sort record.
'Ctrl-P' or key 'P' Previous ensemble/Sort record.

Seismic Window Display Tool Bars:

The main tool bars are located at the top and left side of the Seismic Window Display and its
many features are described in detail in the Main Seismic Tool Bars 141 subsection.

[Main Seismic Display Tool Bars]

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 89

Plot Parameters:
The top vertical tool bar icon PLOT is important as it provides access to the Seismic Plot
Parameters 89 dialogs for setting up plotting and display parameters.

Annotation:
There are multiple procedures for applying annotations to data with notes, display header values
in graphical or text form to the various Seismic Window Displays.
(See Annotation Display 228 )

Viewing Options:
The user may also view the data simultaneously in different windows (tile, cascade, vertical,
horizontal). Select trace display type (wiggle, VA, VD, etc.), apply LMO 1203 to your data, use View
Options 1218 , display data in a selected order (eg. shots, receiver, CMP, in-line). The following display
is a example of a stacked section.

[Seismic Window Display of stacked data]

7.1.1 Seismic Plot Parameters

Use of the icon button on the left vertical tool bar or the Right Mouse Button menu provides
access to the Seismic Plot Parameters Dialog. This dialog controls displaying of seismic data and
the annotation displays.

GEDCO
90 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Use the OK button to set the parameters and close this dialog.
The APPLY button will set the parameters but not close the dialog.

Each parameter tab has the ability to read or save the Seismic Plot Parameters through the READ
PARMS and WRITE PARMS buttons respectively.
These READ PARMS and WRITE PARMS buttons opens a standard Windows open or save dialog
window. The file extension for the Seismic Plot Parameters file is ' *.vwplot ".

Views Tab

[Seismic Plot Parameters View Tab]

Number of Views Specifies the number of seismic display windows to show simultaneously.
These views can be defined horizontally or vertically.
Color Bar Visible Display color-bar parameters.
Tool Bar Visible Display toolbar parameters.

For instance, a Number of Views value of 2 with the Horizontal Views set will generate 2 separately
scrolled windows as shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 91

[2 separate scrolled windows created here with # of Views set to a value of 2]

Note that the above view is a Shot Sort ordered view.

When changing views the view screen defaults to the sort order of the loaded file.

Options Tab
Controls the display of seismic traces.

GEDCO
92 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Seismic Plot Parameters Options Tab]

Trace Excursion
The number of trace positions used to represent an amplitude equal to the Maximum Amplitude.
The average amplitude is calculated by the Calc Scale Options of the SCALE TAB box
described below.
For normal plotting scale, set the Trace Excursion value to be 1.0.

Max. Clip Excursion

Any trace samples which would have to be plotted more than this number of trace positions will be
clipped.

Variable Area Bias

If the user is plotting in one of the VA modes (variable area), one may move the base line for the
wiggle "fill"
from the center of the trace (set this value to 100%) to the Max. Amplitude (set this value to 0%).
The smaller the value here, the smaller the "fill" area will be.

Display Type:
Choose one of the trace display types from the pull down list.
Wiggle Trace
Variable Area
Wiggle/Variable Area
Variable Density
Wiggle/Variable Density
VA/Variable Density
Wiggle/Variable Area with Variable Density

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 93

This works in the VDF trace type display. In this display mode, the seismic traces are displayed in
VDF and
the actual traces are shown based on the Trace Skip value. Note that the start default type is
Wiggle/Variable Area.

Use LMO Velocity Check this box to apply LMO (Linear Move Out 1203 ) to the data.

LMO Define a spatially variant LMO (Linear Move Out 1203 ) function with this button.

Display Dead Traces Display traces that have been marked as a dead trace.

Color Bar
Color Bar Visible Color bar is turned on for display.
Force Color Bar Set the color bar to use for the display.

Annotation Parameters Tab

Annotation parameters dialog is described in the Seismic Annotation Display 228 .

[Seismic Plot Parameters Annotation Parameters Tab]

See description of Annotation Parameters under Annotation Display 228 . This Annotation Display
allows the use of the drop down list to bring up New dialog for each of the Annotation items for TEXT,
GRAPH, VELOCITY, COMMENTS, TEXT PANELS, and SEISMIC QC Display.

Display Options Tab

Use these to force trace, offset, and time windows.

GEDCO
94 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Seismic Plot Parameters Display Options Tab]

Time Window
Force Time Window
Any samples of traces outside this window will not be displayed. Display will be forced to the
user defined min/max times.

Trace Display
Note you can also plot traces in offset order or trace order by using the Seismic Window Display Icon

on the toolbar in combination with the Sort Display Order sub-icons.

Offset Display
Plot traces in offset order based upon header word OFFSET_SH_REC.
Any traces outside the Force Offset Window range will not be displayed.
Force Absolute Offsets
Use if you wish offsets to be treated with no sign attached.
Trace Display
Use this option to display traces in order of the Sort Order option you have set.
Max Trcs/Panel
Sets the number of traces of a sort ensemble to be displayed on the screen at any one time.
If the number of traces within a sort ensemble is less than Max Trcs/Panel, then all traces of
the ensemble are plotted.
If the number of traces within the ensemble is greater than Max Trcs/Panel, then Max Trcs
are plotted.
Force Trace Window will force the number of traces to display to always be Max
Trcs/Panel.

Sort Tab

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 95

[Seismic Plot Parameters Display Sort Tab]

Sort Parameters
Allows the selection of the Sort Display Order. Can select the Main Sort Key, Secondary Sort
Key, and Third Sort Key.

Ensemble Display Order Turn on Ensemble Sort display.

Continuous Ensemble DisplayTurn on Continuous ensemble display.
Continuous Display Gap Add trace gaps in continuous ensemble display between records.

Process Tab

GEDCO
96 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Seismic Plot Parameters Process Tab]

Trace Process
Reverse Data Polarity
Reverse polarity of the displayed data.
Apply Exp Gain
Apply scaling of the type exp(nt) where (n) is defined as the Gain Constant and (t) is time.
This scaling could be used as an approximation to spherical divergence recovery.
Amplitude Scale
Increase or decrease amplitude of a display by specifying a scaler in dB. +6 dB will double
amplitudes.
Apply AGC Scaling
Apply AGC scaling with a moving window of length specified in Win Length.
Apply Ormsby Filter
Apply Ormsby filter to the data filter parameters here.

Scaling Tab
Control seismic amplitude display.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 97

[Seismic Plot Parameters Scaling Tab]

Scale Type
No Scaling
No change is made to trace amplitude display.
RMS Scaling
Each trace is scaled so that the RMS energy is the same for all traces.
Mean Scaling
Each trace is scaled so that the mean amplitude is the same for all traces.
Peak Value Scaling
Each trace is scaled so that the peak value is the same amplitude for all traces.
Scale Individual Trace
Each trace is scaled independently of all other traces.
Scale Ensembles (Sort Type)
The ensemble (eg. shot, receiver, offset, CMP) is scaled to a constant value.
The relative amplitudes of traces within the ensemble are preserved.

Calc Scale OPTIONS

The parameters in this section are used to calculate the average amplitude of the data.
The average amplitude is represented by one trace excursion (actually it's set to the parameter Trace
Excursion in the Seismic Plot Parameters dialog).
Trace Skip
The first 'N' traces will be skipped before calculation begins.
# Traces
The next 'N' traces after the skip are used to calculate the average amplitude.
Random Read
This option will read the next "# Traces" randomly throughout the entire data set.
(Recommended)

GEDCO
98 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Scale Amplitude Settings

The parameters in this section are used to set the trace excursion.
The user may let VISTA calculate and use the average trace amplitudes using Calculated Scaler or
you may specify the trace amplitudes yourself using User Defined Scaler.

Calculated Scaler
The two items Min. Amp and Max Amp. are calculated from the traces specified in Calc Scale
Options above. One can alter these values to change the display amplitudes. The Max Amp
represents the Trace Excursion value.

User Defined Scaler

These two items Min. Amp and Max Amp. can be set to any value you wish to change
display amplitudes. The Max Amp represents the Trace Excursion value.

NOTE Ensembles such as shots are scaled differently from other shots, thus each shot may have a
display scale different from other shots. If the user wants all the shots to be displayed with the same
amplitude scale, use the USER DEFINED SCALAR option.

Color Tab
Control the color of the traces.

[Seismic Plot Parameters Color Tab]

Seismic Trace Display

Clicking on any of the color boxes opens up the Color Set Window 1185 .
Wiggle Color:
The color of the trace wiggle.
Fill Color:
The color of the Positive and Negative wiggle fill. One may opt to Fill Negative VA type

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 99

traces.
Background
The color of the trace display background.

Display Seismic Data Set in Background.

Use to select data set from project to display in background behind the seismic data
set.
The background data set will be displayed in VDF trace mode.

Seismic Attribute Display

One can also color the traces according to a selected header (ie. attribute) value.
Select the header from the pull down list. Then color your wiggles according to values of the
selected header value by checking Wiggle Color or color your VA trace display by checking
VA Fill Color by header attribute by using the drop down list. The ATTR button sub-icons are
regularly used attributes.

In the example below, traces have been colored according to the value of DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE
for each trace. This can be an extremely useful way to match seismic data and its associated
parameters.

[Traces displayed using Attribute Color]

Refer to Lower Graph Right Mouse Button 128 Modes for graph parameter setup, title, and
annotation setup.

GEDCO
100 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Header Time
Display header time words in plot window.

[Header Time dialog parameters]

Displays Time header words such as TOTAL_STATIC, UPHOLE_SHOT onto the displayed data in
the Interactive/Window Display 86 .
Add multiple time header words to list box for displaying in the Seismic Window.

Hide All Toggle display of Time Header display items defined in list.
REMOVE Remove all select header words from Header Time display list.
NEW Define a new time header word to add to the list.
Following dialog will appear:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 101

[New Header Time Item]

Dead Trace Overlay Tab

Display dead trace overlay on the seismic data plot.

[Seismic Plot Parameters Dead Trace Overlay Tab]

Dead Trace Header Item

Header Item
Header item to use to display the overlay.
The ATTR icon's sub-icons divides the drop down list into general header categories.

Display Dead Trace Overlay

Dead trace overlay on/off.

Dead Trace Options

Start Start value of overlay.
IntervalInterval value of overlay.
Ignore NULL Header Values
If ignore NULL is on, no overlay trace will be displayed if value is equal to defined NULL
value.
Line Size Define the line thickness(Pixels) of the dead trace overlay line.
Color Button Define the color of the dead trace overlay line.

Timing Lines Tab

Sets the time grid to be displayed on your seismic data.

GEDCO
102 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Seismic Plot Parameters Timing Lines Tab]

Time Lines
Display Timing Lines
Check to display the timing lines.
Heavy, Medium, or Fine
Sets the time values for the timing line options.
Line Color
Clicking on the Line Color box sets the color of the timing lines though the use of the Color
Set Window 1185 dialog.
Auto Annotate Time Label/User Defined Annotate
Can also define the timing annotation levels or let the program annotate automatically.
Annotate Label File
Opens a Windows opens file dialog to load a custom timing label file.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 103

7.1.2 Right Mouse Button Menu

When the user right clicks anywhere in the Seismic Window Display, one will see the following menu:

[Right Mouse Button Menu]

Each menu item is summarized below. If extensive discussion on the item is required, a reference to
a sub-topic is provided.

Add Pasted Note

Allows the user to add Pasted Notes 1169 onto the displayed data.
Remove this note by right clicking directly on it and select DELETE Pasted Note.

Mouse Mode

[Mouse Mode Sub-Menu]

See Seismic Window mouse modes 112 for complete description of these modes.

Zoom Mouse
Standard zoom mouse (Default) for zooming Seismic Window View.
Pan Mouse
When set on holding left mouse button down allow mouse movement to 'PAN' the display.

GEDCO
104 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

LMO Velocity Edit 1203

Define, edit or view LMO 1203 velocity with the mouse on an offset ordered shot record (Or
Sorted Ensemble).
Velocity Information
Display velocity information on seismic sorted ensemble.
Graph Data Trace
Display selected seismic traces in Seismic Graph Window 1207 .
Trace Header Info
Display selected trace header information.
Swap Trace Data
Swap Trace Data (Swap Data Trace(s) 139 ) from one trace to another. A new window pops
that allows selection of traces to be swapped and then an another window opens up that
allows the interchange of data.

Sort Order Display

[Sort Display Order Sub-Menu]

Choose the desired Sort Order for the data display - one of No Sort Order, Shot, Receiver,
CMP, a User Defined Order, or a Define New Sort Index.
See Sorts and Sort Indexes on how to create and use Sort Indexes.

No Sort Order
Traces are displayed in sequential order, order they were created in.
Shot Order
Shot order display. Shots are sorted by Shot-Line, Shot Station, Field-Station and then
Channel number.
Receiver Order
Receiver order display. Receivers are sorted by Receiver-Line then Receiver station number.
CMP Order
CMP Order display.

If Data is 3D, menu will also have

In-Line Order
In-Line order display.
X-Line Order
Cross-Line order display.

User Defined Order

Choose one of the sort order(s) defined by the data.
Define New Sort Index
Opens the Create NEW Sort Index dialog for the naming and selection of special sort index(s)
from the Vista header variables.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 105

Toggle Order
Toggle the data plot mode between:
Trace Sequence
Display the data in trace order. Data may be displayed in sort order or unsorted
order.
Offset Ordered
The user's data must be first be displayed in some sort order for this option to appear.

This option will then arrange the sorted traces in true offset order.
Continuous Sort Plot
The user's data must be first be displayed in some sort order for this option to
appear.
This option will display the sorted ensembles as a continuous plot instead of displaying
each ensemble one at a time on the screen.

Seismic Scaled Plot

[Seismic Scaled Plot Sub-Menu]

Produces a scaled plot of the displayed data to attached printer, or Versatec plotter.
See Interactive -> Seismic Scaled plot menu 257 for the description of these related output
dialogs settings.

Velocity Options

[Velocity Options Sub-Menu]

Note that when the NMO Velocity View is active addition menu items are available. See Velocity
Options 115 for more details on all items.

LMO Velocity Edit 1203

Define, edit or view LMO 1203 velocity with the mouse on an offset ordered shot record (Or
Sorted Ensemble).
NMO Velocity View
Display selected NMO start time and NMO curve for a given reflection layer. Once selected

GEDCO
106 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

use NMO Velocity File Parameters are also entered, the user can display the NMO corrected data.
See Velocity Options 115 for complete details.
Velocity Information
Display velocity information on seismic sorted ensemble. See Velocity Options 115 for
complete details.
Diffraction Velocity Info
Display velocity diffractions curve on seismic sorted ensemble. Display must be in ensemble
offset display mode. Click on a trace to set the center of a diffraction display. Use '-' and '+' keys to
decrease or increase the velocity.
Velocity Display Settings
Set parameters for displaying velocity line and symbol attributes.
Velocity Display in Background
Allows the velocity color display to be shown in the background after loading a selected data
set velocity file. See Velocity Options 115 for complete details.
NMO Velocity File Parameters
Opens the Seismic Window Display : NMO Velocity Options dialog. This dialog allows for the
specification of the velocity file and the setting of the NMO parameters. See Velocity Options 115 for
complete details.
NMO Velocity True Surface
Toggles on/off the NMO Velocity True Surface function. This option is not active unless the
NMO display is made active. See Velocity Options 115 for complete details.

Seismic Window Sync

[Seismic Window Sync Sub-Menu]

Use this option to synchronize time and trace displays of multiple Seismic Window Displays.
Other windows that listen to this sync, are other seismic window displays, Seismic Graph Window
1207 and 3D Seismic View 414 (OpenGL) Cube Display.

Sync Time/Trace
Broadcast current time window and trace display.
Sync Time Window
Broadcast current time window.
Sync Trace Window
Broadcast current trace setting.
Sync Scroll Window
Broadcast current time/trace display and auto broadcast any time the display changes. This is
a way to link multiple seismic windows together. When one is scrolled, all others scroll too.
Sync Plotting Parameters
Sync the current plotting parameters to any other seismic windows. On slower PC's un-check

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 107

the options below, default is toggled off.

Auto Scroll Seismic
When scrolling the top/bottom annotation, also scroll the seismic.
Seismic Fast Display
When displaying seismic use PC memory to speed up display.

Geometry Binning Display

Opens up either the 2D or 3D Geometry Window 323 of the displayed data.

Seismic Attribute Display

Opens up the Seismic Attribute Window 284 of the displayed data.
Examine geometry and header values for the data set with this window.

View/Edit Seismic Header

Opens up the Header Display Window 367 of the displayed data.

2D/3D XT FBP Window

Opens up the 2D/3D XT First-Break 167 pick display window of the displayed data.
Data set must have first-break picks before opening this display.

Theoretical First Break Display

Will display theoretical first break picks based on a currently defined LMO velocity.
Details on how to define the LMO velocity are provide in the LMO Mouse Mode 1203 description.

Header Shift Display

Shifts the data according to a selected Static header word.

Header Phase Rotation

Opens the Header Phase Rotation dialog to allow application of a phase shift stored in Vista
headers (normally in one of the VWUWERXX variables).

NEW Seismic Window Magnifier

Toggles a magnified trace view of the current mouse position. See Seismic Window Magnifier
130 . Using this option in conjunction with the PICK HORIZONTAL EVENT option allows display of

various trace attributes of the picked layers in the Magnified Window.

Pre-Stack Data Analysis

For stacked data displays only. This menu item opens a window to show the offset traces utilized
to construct the stacked data. See Pre-Stack Data Analysis 135 details.

Project Plotting List

[Project Plotting List Sub-Menu]

Display Using Parameters

Will display list of defined plotting procedures for UnStacked Data Plot or

GEDCO
108 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Stacked Data Plot and items NEW Plot Parameters.

Choose one of them to set the current plotting parameters from one
of these settings. The settings for these two items is performed in
Project->Project Plotting Defaults 61 . (See project plotting data settings 61 also). The
New Plot Parameters
are generated by modifying the Seismic Plot Parameters using the Plot icon on the Seismic
Window Display..

Save to NEW Plot Parameters

Clicking this item will open up a small dialog that enables saving and current changes in the
Seismic Plot Parameters.
This new item can be edited in the Project->Project Plotting Defaults. 61

Save to Current Display Parameters

Will display list of defined plotting procedures for UnStacked Data Plot or Stacked Data Plot
and items New Plot Parameters.
Choose one of them to save the current plotting parameters to one of these settings.
The settings for these two items is normally performed in Project->Project Plotting Defaults
61 .

Display Visible

[Display Visible Sub-Menu]

Allows the user to control the different views displayed on the screen. Turn On/Off the
various display views on the Seismic Window display.

Display Options

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 109

[Display Options - Sub-Menu]

See next section on Right-Mouse Button menu on Display Options 109 .
7.1.2.1 RMB Display Options
Right-Mouse Button display options menu.

[Display Options - Sub-Menu]

Seismic Plot Parameters

Opens up the Seismic Plot Parameters 89 dialog.
Color-Bar Options
Opens up the Seismic Window Color-Bar Dialog 1178 .

Display Type

GEDCO
110 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Display Options -> Display Type Sub-Menu]

Choose type of trace display.

Traces will be displayed in color only if one of the Variable Density (VDF) options are selected.

Gain Amplitude

[Display Options -> Gain Amplitude Sub-Menu]

Attenuate or Amplify (Gain) the amplitude of the data displayed by choosing a desired dB level
from +24 dB to -24 dB.

Plot Scale Type

[Display Options -> Plot Scale Type Sub-Menu]

Choose the type of scaling to be applied to the display traces.

No Scale Displayed traces will not be scaled.
Mean Scale Perform trace to trace scaling.
Trace amplitudes will be scaled to the average trace amplitude which is calculated based on
the entire trace..
RMS Scale Perform trace to trace scaling.
Trace amplitudes will be scaled to the RMS trace amplitude which is calculated based on the
entire trace
Peak Value
Scale each trace according to the peak amplitude value found in the entire trace.

Trace Selection

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 111

[Display Options -> Trace Selection Sub-Menu]

Controls the trace selection display options. Trace selections are broadcast from the Multiple
Header Display Window 374 .

Display Timing Lines

Toggles ON/OFF the selected Timing Lines which type has been selected in the Timing Lines Tab
of the Seismic Plot Parameters dialog. Note that if none is selected this option has no effect.

Display Dead Trace

Toggles on/off the dead traces in the display.

Apply Linear Moveout (LMO)

Generates a display set of traces with the derived Linear Moveout applied. Typical output is
shown below:

[Right Menu Display Options - Apply Linear Moveout (LMO) ]

Apply Ormsby Filter

Toggles on/off the Ormsby filter with parameters set in the Process option of the Seismic Plot
Parameters 89 .
Refer to this item for a complete discussion of the various scale types.

Apply AGC xxx Ms

Apply AGC gain with a specified window length (xxx). Window length specified

GEDCO
 112 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

in the PROCESS option of Seismic Plot Parameters 89 . This option toggles on or off the
current AGC gain.

Apply Exp. Gain x.xx

Apply exponential gain with the gain factor specified in the PROCESS option of Seismic Plot
Parameters.
This options toggles the current set exponential gain factor on or off.

Interactive Process Apply

Opens the Interactive Trace Process Dialog shown below:

[Interactive Trace Process Dialog]

This dialog provides real time interactive Reverse Data Polarity, Amplitude Scaling, Exp. Gain,
AGC Scaling, and/or Ormsby Filtering at selected filter points.
7.1.2.2 Seismic Mouse Modes
Different types of Mouse control and processes can be set using the Right Mouse Button Menu 103 -
Mouse Mode.

Mouse Mode

[Mouse Mode Options]

Zoom Mouse

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 113

Standard zoom mouse (Default) for zooming Seismic Window View.

Pan Mouse
When Seismic window is zoomed hold left mouse button down to 'PAN' the display.

LMO Velocity Edit 1203

Define, edit or view LMO 1203 velocity with the mouse on an offset ordered shot record (Or
Sorted Ensemble). Simply click and drag out a line along the first breaks. Click the mouse at times
where the velocity changes. The LMO velocity and its offset range will be displayed. Double click at
the last offset of your velocity pick. A dialog will appear where one may save the defined LMO
function. See the LMO section as described in Seismic Plot Parameters 89 for a description of this
dialog box. The parameters for LMO (Linear MoveOut) are entered from the LMO Function Dialog
1203 .

Velocity Information
Similar in operation to the LMO Velocity Edit function, one simply clicks and drags the mouse
to see velocity displayed along the dragged-out line. When one releases the mouse the line will
remain displayed on the screen with the velocity information also displayed with it. To remove the
information simply change or scroll the current ensemble. The size, type and color is set using the
Velocity Display Setting Dialog described in Velocity Options 115 .

Graph Data Trace

With the mouse click on one, or click and drag across several traces.
Depending on whether you select one or several traces, the Seismic Graph Window 1207 will
appear.
Can also use RMB menu to bring up options on selecting traces.

Graph All Traces - Will graph ALL traces in the data set. Note - ALL TRACES.
Graph Screen Display Traces - Will graph only the traces displayed on the screen.

GEDCO
114 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Seismic Graph Window]

Trace Header Info

Click on a trace to display header information about the chosen trace. Example is shown
below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 115

[View Trace Header Information Window]

Swap Trace Data

This will allow the swapping of either contiguous traces and or other traces through header
editing.
See Swap Data Traces(s). 139 Note that this function will only work on data sets created by
Vista.

7.1.2.3 Velocity Options

The Velocity Options process is entered via the Right Mouse Button Menu -> Velocity Options as
shown below:

GEDCO
116 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Complete Velocity Options Sub-Menu]

The complete Velocity Options sub-menu appears after the NMO Velocity File Parameters are
entered and/or the NMO Velocity View has been activated.

Each sub-menu item is summarized below.

LMO Velocity Edit

Define, edit or view LMO 1203 velocity with the mouse on an offset ordered shot record (Or
Sorted Ensemble). Simply click and drag out a line along the first breaks. Click the mouse at times
where the velocity changes. The LMO velocity and its offset range will be displayed. Double click at
the last offset of your velocity pick. A dialog will appear where one may save the defined LMO
function. See the LMO section as described in Seismic Plot Parameters 89 for a description of this
dialog box. The parameters for LMO (Linear MoveOut) are entered from the LMO Function Dialog
1203 . A typical LMO selection display is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 117

[LMO Velocity Edit Display Window]

NMO Velocity View

The NMO Velocity View is set up in two steps:
Step 1 - Select Initial Start Time Window by clicking on Left Mouse Button as shown below:

GEDCO
118 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Initial NMO Start Time Selection Window]

Step 2: Generate NMO Curve with Mouse and use Right Mouse Button to Annotate Curve as
shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 119

[NMO Curve Generation Window]

The application of these NMO curves and the generation of various NMO displays is discussed with
the other NMO sub-menu options below.

Velocity Info
Display velocity information on seismic sorted ensemble with this option.
An example of the velocity of the low frequency direct wave is shown below:

GEDCO
120 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Velocity Information Display Window]

The above velocity information display can be deleted by scrolling the data display.

Diffraction Velocity Info

Display velocity diffractions curve on seismic sorted ensemble. Display must be in ensemble
offset display mode.
Click on a trace to set the center of a diffraction display. Use '-' and '+' keys to decrease or increase
the velocity.
A simulated data curve is shown in the example below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 121

[Diffraction Velocity Information Simulated Display Window]

The above diffraction velocity information display can be deleted by scrolling the data display.

Velocity Display Settings

Set parameters for displaying velocity line and symbol attributes. The Velocity Display Settings
Dialog is shown below:

[Velocity Display Setting Dialog]

Velocity Display in Background

GEDCO
122 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Allows the velocity color display to be shown in the background after loading a selected data set
velocity file.
This options provides the same function as the Seismic Plot Parameters 89 -> Color Tab. If the
current velocity file is not already opened a standard Windows File Open dialog appears to select the
desired velocity file. An example of the background velocity display is shown below:

[Velocity Background Display Toggled On]

NMO Velocity File Parameters

Opens the Seismic Window Display : NMO Velocity Options dialog.
This dialog allows for the specification of the velocity file and the setting of the NMO parameters.
This dialog is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 123

[Seismic Window Display: NMO Velocity Options Dialog]

NMO Velocity File

FILE - Opens a standard Windows File Open Dialog for selecting the velocity file.
VIEW - Opens a velocity display view window for reviewing the selected file.
Percent Of RMS Velocity to Use - Enter a percentage value of the input file for the velocity
display.

NMO Options
The user can select to Apply Nonhyperbolic NMO, Mute Velocity Inversion, and/or Apply
NMO Stretch Mute.
The various parameters for the Stretch Mute are available for setting.

NMO Velocity Display ON

Toggle ON/OFF the NMO velocity curves display. Example is shown below:

GEDCO
124 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[NMO Velocity Display Toggle ON]

NMO Velocity: Apply to Data

Toggle ON/OFF the NMO functions to the data. An example showing the layer horizontal is below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 125

[NMO Velocity: Applied to Data Window]

NMO Velocity: Display Hyperbola Curves

Toggles on the Hyperbola Curves over the data. An example is shown below.

GEDCO
126 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[NMO Velocity: Display Hyperbola Curves Window]

NMO Velocity True Surface

Apply True Surface process to NMO Velocity corrected data. An example is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 127

[NMO Velocity True Surface Process Applied]

GEDCO
 128 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

7.1.2.4 Annotation Right Mouse Button

The Top or Bottom Annotation Right Mouse Button functions are obtained by performing this click
operation over the annotation window
as shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 129

[Right Mouse Button for Annotation display]

The main menu has three items and the principle sub-menu has seven items.

Main Menu
Zoom Mouse Standard zoom mouse (Default) for zooming Seismic Window View.
Zooms both graph window and main Seismic Display Window.
Pan Mouse When set on holding left mouse button down allow mouse movement to 'PAN' the
display.

Properties Axis:
The principle sub-menu as described below:

Sub-Menu
Parameters Axis:
Opens the Graph Annotation Window (GRAPH Annotation 235 ) where selection of data to
be plotted, plot configuration, and fonts can be selected.

Edit Title
Opens a dialog that allows the entering the title of the graph axis as shown below:

[Axis Title Dialog]

Font
Opens a standard Windows Font dialog which allows the selection of the size and characteristics
of the font.

Background Color
Opens the Color Set Window 1185 dialog which allows the selection of the color for the graph
background.

Reverse
Reverses the horizontal axis of the bottom graph as well as the Seismic Display Window.
A second click on this item restores the graph to its original condition. The item is not checked.

Un-Zoom

GEDCO
 130 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Restores and zoomed image performed the Zoom Mouse function.

User Defined Zoom

Opens a dialog for setting user defined zoom properties as shown below:

[User Defined Zoom Dialog]

7.1.2.5 Seismic Window Magnifier

The Seismic Window Magnifier process is entered via the Right Mouse Button Menu -> NEW
Seismic Window Magnifier as shown below:

[RMB-> New Seismic Window Magnifier]

This option opens up a scalable Seismic Magnifier Window whose image is keyed to the cursor
position in the Seismic Window Display as shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 131

[Seismic Window Magnifier Example]

The Magnifier window can be moved by holding the Left Mouse Button down over the Magnifier
window and moving the mouse. Also the Magnifier window can be re sized by dragging any of the
small black squares in the direction desired.

Window Magnifier Right Mouse Button Menu

[Seismic Window Magnifier RMB Menu]

GEDCO
132 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Each menu item is summarized below and note that the Back Ground Color Bar and Seismic
Plot Parameters are only included in the menu when the Display Back Ground Seismic is toggled ON
by when the Set Back Ground Seismic item is executed.

DELETE Current Window Magnifier

Deletes (closes) the present Window magnifier.

Display Back Ground Seismic: ON

This menu item is checked when the back ground display in the Seismic Window Magnifier.
Clicking this item will close the back ground display and display the current seismic window data.

Set Back Ground Seismic

This menu item opens the Select Seismic Background Display for selecting either data or
attributes for display in the Seismic Window Magnifier.

[Select Seismic Background Display Spreadsheet]

In the above the Instantaneous Phase Final + FX has been selected by clicking on the DATA#
column. The attributes can be computed by either utilizes a job flow and/or using the Seismic
Analysis Window 173 . The display of the Instantaneous Phase is shown in the example below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 133

[Seismic Window Magnifier Displaying the Instantaneous Phase of the Final + FX Data]

In the above display, the Main Seismic Window Color Bar was setup to display the Instantaneous
Phase colors. This illustrates one of the many options for displaying data with the Main Seismic
Window Display.

Back Ground Color Bar

Opens the Color Bar Setting dialog shown below:

GEDCO
134 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Color Bar Setting Dialog]

Normally the user can select different color bars from the drop down list to display the data and/or
attribute in the Seismic Window Magnifier. Alternately, the use can use this dialog to setup a custom
color bar utilizing the Setting Tab.

Seismic Plot Parameters

Opens the Seismic Plot Parameters 89 dialog for modifying the display data.
Magnification: 1 -> 10
Allows the selection of 10 Seismic Window magnification values.
Display Cross Hair
Toggles ON/OFF the Seismic Window Magnifier cross hair.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 135

7.1.2.6 Pre-Stack Data Analysis

The Pre-Stack Data Analysis process is entered via the Right Mouse Button Menu -> Pre-Stack Data
Analysis as shown below:

[RMB-> Pre-Stack Data Analysis]

The menu item is only available with stacked data being displayed in the Main Seismic Window. Note
that the Pre-Stack Data Analysis is turned off by clicking this item again in the RMB menu.

Clicking this option for the first time opens the Pre-Stack Data Analysis: Input Corrected Gathers
spreadsheet shown below:

GEDCO
136 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Pre-Stack Data Analysis: Input Corrected Gathers Spreadsheet]

Selecting the desired data set and clicking OK opens up a scalable Window whose image is the
traces utilized to construct the stacked data as shown below:

[Pre-Stack Data Analysis Window for the Current Stacked Trace Cursor Position]

The Pre-Stack Data Analysis window displays the traces utilized for the stack along with the
cursor selected CMP number and the traces displayed versus offset. The offset scale is provided on

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 137

the bottom of the window.

The Pre-Stack Data Analysis window is scalable by placing the cursor on the small black squares
and moving the cursor to the window size desired.

Pre-Stack Data Analysis Dialog

Double click the Pre-Stack Data Analysis window opens the following dialog for control of the
window display:

[Pre-Stack Data Analysis Dialog]

Display Options
Real Time Cursor Update
Toggle on/off Real Time Cursor Update of the Pre-Stack Data Analysis window.
Note that when this option is toggled on, holding down the Shift Key prevents cursor movement
updates, and likewise when this option is toggled off, holding down the Shift Key allows cursor
movement updates.

Trace Display/Offset Display

Utilizing the radio buttons, toggle between Trace Display and Offset Display in the Pre-Stack
Data Analysis window.
Absolute Trace Offsets
Toggle on/off Absolute Trace Offset in the Pre-Stack Data Analysis window.

Calculation Options
# CDP's SuperGather
Input the number of CDP's desired in a Super Gather.
The Pre-Stack Data Analysis window below shows the Super Gather for 6 CDP's.

GEDCO
138 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Super Gather for 5 CDP's]

Common Offset Stack

Check on this option and enter the Bin Offset the user desires.
Limit Min Offset
Check on and set the limit of the minimum offset on the bottom scale for the Pre-Stack Data
Analysis window.
Limit Max Offset
Check on and set the limit of the maximum offset on the bottom scale for the Pre-Stack Data
Analysis window.

Azimuth Limit
For 3D data check on and set the # Azimuth Slices. An example for 4 Azimuth Slices for a
3D data set is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 139

[Azimuth Slices (4) Display]

In the above display the Super Gather number was 4, and the second Azimuth display was
selected by moving the cursor over the second horizontal square. The selected Azimuth is indicated
by the blue coloring in the square.

Hint: If in the Real Time Cursor Update is active, hold down the Shift Key after the trace position has
been selected to allow the cursor to change Azimuth displays in the bottom squares.

7.1.2.7 Swap Data Trace(s)

The Swap Data Trace(s) process is entered via the Right Mouse Button Menu -> Mouse Mode as
shown below:

[Right Mouse Button -> Mouse Mode Swap Trace Data Selection]

Trace Selection Process

The initial step is to use the mouse to select two or more traces for swapping as shown in the
following window that opens first.

GEDCO
140 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Mouse Picking of Traces to be Swapped Window]

At the completion of drawing the line covering the traces to be swapped a new swapping window
spread sheet appears
containing the header information to be swapped as shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 141

[Trace Swapping Spreadsheet Window]

The toolbar icons and drop lists are:

Add Header Attribute
Adds an additional header attribute to the Swap Data Trace spreadsheet.
Execute Trace Swapping
This icon executes the trace swapping.
On execution the parameters in the spread sheet are swapped.

This drop down list provides a list of header values to include in the swap spread sheet.

7.1.3 Main Seismic Tool Bars

The Main Seismic Tool Bars are located at the top and left of the Seismic Window Display.

GEDCO
142 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

From left to right, the tools of the top Main Seismic Tool Bar are:
Pick Data Trace Kills 145

Pick Trace Reverse Polarity 150

Pick Trace Top/Bottom/Surgical Mutes 153

First Break Picking 160

Define (Pick) Time Gates 167

Seismic Analysis Window 173

Seismic Compare Window 213

Pick Horizon Events 215

LMO Velocity Edit 1203

LMO Velocity Information - Velocity Options 115

NMO Velocity Information - Velocity Options 115

Diffraction Velocity Information - Velocity Options 115

From top to bottom, the tools of the left Main Seismic Tool Bar are:

Seismic Data Plot Parameters 89

Add New Notes 1169

OR Toggle ColorBar 1178 Display.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 143

View Options 1218

Current Sort Order - Sort Display Order 143 -

Displays selected one of these icons as current sort order.
Toggle Continuous Sort Spread.

or Toggle Offset order (If in Ensemble sorted order).

Graph Trace(s) - Seismic Graph Window 1207 .
Header Trace Info - Right Mouse Button Menu 103

Receive Broadcast:DISPLAY
- All selected traces in the broadcast will be displayed in the Seismic Window.
Receive Broadcast:COLOR Select
- Selected traces in the broadcast will be color code in the display.
If no selected traces are currently displayed the window will be scrolled to the closest
selected.

OR Toggle Mouse Tracking (large cross-hair) Off/On

OR Toggle Broadcast Mouse Location (to other windows) Off/On

Additional Notes
Plot the traces in trace sequential order, ie. the order they are stored on disk.
Plot the traces in increasing Offset Order. You must use a Sort Index if you use this icon.

Display color bar. This forces a color bar scale to appear on the left hand side of the plot.
Trace amplitudes are assigned a color scale if the Trace Display Type is Variable Density.
The Trace Display Type is set with the Seismic Plot Parameters 89 .

Hide the color bar. This suppresses the display of the color bar scale.
Hot key 'C' will also toggle the color bar display.

7.1.3.1 Sort Display Order

Selecting on of these icons controls the display of data according to the

defined sort indexes of the data. The selected icon is display on the left toolbar specifying the
selected sort.

The sort options available with these icons are listed below.
The user can only use Offset Display (see Offset Order in Display Options
Seismic Window Display Parameters 89 ) if display is set to a sorted display.

No Sort Order - No sort order applied, display data in trace sequential order.
One cannot use the Offset Display (see Display Options in Seismic Window Display
Parameters 89 )
with this icon.

All other sort types can use Offset Display.

Short Order - Display data in Shot Order using the values in the SHOT_POINT_NO sort

GEDCO
144 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

index.
Receiver Order - Display data in Receiver Order using the values in the
FIELD_STATION_NUMBER sort index.
CMP Bin Order - Display data in CMP order using the values in the CMP_NO sort index.
User Defined Sort Order - The data is displayed according to values of a
Sort Index created by the user in the dialog shown below:

[User Sort Selection Dialog - Choose Seismic Sort]

In the above dialog, use the drop down list to select the desired user sort index list.

NEW Seismic Sort Index - Opens the Create NEW Sort Index dialog as shown below for
creating a new user sort index set.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 145

[Create NEW Sort Index Dialog]

In the Sort Options enter the new users sort index set name or accept the name supplied when
the Main Sort Key is selected.
Then enter the desired Sort Parameters and ID RANGE.

Receive Broadcast: DISPLAY - Receives a display event broadcast in another window.

Receive Broadcast: COLOR - Receives a color event broadcast in another window.

For 3D data there are 2 additional Sort Display Order icons.

CMP X-Line Bin Order - Display data in CMP cross-line bin order. The data is displayed
according to values in the CROSS_LINE sort index.
CMP In-Line Bin Order - Display data in CMP in-line bin order. The data is displayed
according to values in the
IN_LINE sort index.

7.1.3.2 Pick Data Trace Kills

This icon brings up the Kill Trace tool bar. The user selects traces to be marked as killed (Dead
Trace) using the mouse, various options are available to save these killed traces.

[Pick Data Trace Kills Toolbar]

Main Seismic Toolbar - Exit Kill Trace tool bar back to Main Seismic Tool Bar 141 .

Pick Trace Reverse Polarity 150

GEDCO
146 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Pick Trace Top/Bottom/Surgical Mutes 153

First Break Picking 160

Define (Pick) Time Gates 167

Seismic Analysis Window 173

Seismic Compare Window 213

Pick Horizon Events 215

OPEN Kill Trace File - Read in a previously saved kill file. The file extension is *.kil.

Save Kill Picks - Save kill trace sub-tool bar options, there are several options.

UN-MARK (Not Killed) All HEADERS - Un-mark all trace headers (restores
the original traces before the kill process).
SAVE Kill Picks to KILL-FILE - Save kill picks to an ASCII kill file. Apply the
kill file in a processing flow using KillTrc 771 command.
NOTE: Trace number reflects the trace location index in the file starting from
0(Zero).
It does not represent the value contained in the header for trace number.
SAVE Kill Picks to DATA-HEADERS - Saves kill picks to data headers. The
Dead_Trace
header will be marked with a value of value of 1.
Meaning the trace has been marked as a Dead Trace.
Allows the Killing of the marked traces in a processing flow.
Mark HEADERS using Kill SELECTION - Assigning a value of 1 to the
Dead_Trace
header of the traces selected by the icon.
Allows the Killing of the marked traces in a processing flow.
APPLY Kill Picks to DATA - Apply kill picks to data created by a VISTA flow or
process.
This function will not operate for SEGY or SEG2 data that was input into
VISTA.
The Dead_Trace header will be assigned a value of 2.

Note also that kill picks saved to data headers will only be retained by data created by a Vista flow
or process.
Traces that are killed, ie. that have a Dead_Trace header value of 2, are ignored in further processing
steps.
For example, if you kill all traces belonging to Shot Point 101, this shot will not be listed or shown in
the
Seismic Window Display 86 , geometry 323 , header 367 or sort indexes 43 .

Kill Trace OPTIONS

This opens up the following dialog:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 147

[Interactive Kill Options]

Define Kill Pick

Killed Trace Picks are stored via:
Sequential Trace Number
Sequential trace number from start of record or,
Defined Header Word
The header word is selected by the combination of the drop down list and
through the use of the sub-icons (classes of header words) under the
Attribute icon for different drop lists.

Color Options
Select color for marked/picked killed traces in the kill window. Note that the killed traces
color will disappear after the file is saved or reloaded.
Display at ALL Times
Display killed traces color when not in the kill window. This function
works most of the time whether checked or not. After reload, the killed traces are always
blank

View Current Trace Kill Picks

View listing of trace kills based on trace sequential number.
In the example below, traces 90 through 96 are killed.

GEDCO
148 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[View Trace Kills Seismic Data Dialog]

The View Trace Kills Seismic Data list dialog provides icons that allow saving to ASCII file,
print to the local printer, and to clear the contents of the dialog. Note on clearing, the dialog cannot be
restored. Once the data has been saved to headers, and the kill window and seismic window closed
the killed traces are not available for viewing.

Define Kill Selection

Define traces to be killed based on selections made from a Data Selection Spreadsheet 1187 .
Provides a process to globally define trace kills. Note that trace data killed in this manner will not
appear in the above View Trace Kills Seismic Data dialog. An example of using the Data Selection
Spreadsheet for killing all the traces in shot 107 is shown below:

[Shot Selection Spread-sheet - Kill all Traces in Shot 107 Example]

Note that after applying the kill functions from the spread sheet that the Mark HEADERS
using kill selection icon under the save icon should be utilized to insure the proper marking of the
headers.

NEW Kill Trace Definition

Define New Kill Trace Definition. Start a new set of trace kills and clears (resets) the kill
process. One will be asked to delete all current kill picks. It is important to make sure that this clear
function is implemented each time a new kill process is initiated.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 149

PICK Data Trace Kills

This icon puts up a yellow message reading:

The user can click on one trace to mark it as killed - or drag a line across several traces to kill
more than one trace. If the user clicks on one or more traces that are already marked as killed,
VISTA will un-mark the trace and restore them as it was before the kill. Note that this process only
works while the colored trace line marking the killed trace is displayed. Use the Save sub-icon
Un-mark to restore the trace(s) when not marked by a colored trace line.

Exit
Return to the Kill Trace Tool bar with the Exit button at the left of the yellow message.

An example of some current killed traces being indicated by the 'red' trace line is shown below:

[Display of Shot with Kill Traces Displayed in 'red']

Note: Since some operations are irreversible, if the user wants to return to the original header
values, go to Project Data List -> Transfer All Header Items after selecting in the desired data set in
the DATA# column. This will reset all headers to original values.

GEDCO
 150 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

7.1.3.3 Pick Trace Reverse Polarity

This icon option brings up the Pick Trace Reverse Polarity Tool bar. The user can interactively
select traces to be polarity reversed.

[The Reverse Polarity Toolbar]

Main Seismic Toolbar - Exit Reverse Polarity tool bar back to Main Seismic Tool Bar 141 .

Pick Data Trace Kills 145

Pick Trace Top/Bottom/Surgical Mutes 153

First Break Picking 160

Define (Pick) Time Gates 167

Seismic Analysis Window 173

Seismic Compare Window 213

Pick Horizon Events 215

Open Rev-Pol File - Read in a previously saved Reverse Polarity file. The file extension is *.rvp.

Save Rev-Pol Picks - Save reverse polarity sub-toolbar options, there are several options.

UN-MARK (Not Rev-Pol) All HEADERS - Un-mark all trace headers (restores
the original traces before the reverse polarity process).
SAVE Rev-Pol Picks to REVPOL-FILE -Save reverse picks to an ASCII
Reverse-Polarity file.
Apply the reverse file in a processing flow using flow command RPolTrc 773 .
SAVE Rev-Pol Picks to DATA-HEADERS - Save reverse picks to data headers.
The Reverse_Polarity header will be marked with
a value of value of 1. NOTE: Trace number reflects the trace location
index in the
file starting from 0 (Zero). It does not represent the value contained in the header
for trace number.
Meaning the trace has been marked as a reverse trace.
Apply the reverse file in a processing flow using flow command RPolTrc 773 .
Mark HEADERS using Rev-Pol SELECTION - Mark headers using reverse
selection.
Assign a value of 1 to the Reverse_Polarity header
of the marked traces selected by the icon.

APPLY Rev-Pol Picks to DATA - Apply reverse picks to data created by a VISTA
flow or process.
This function will not operate for SEGY or SEG2 data that was input into
VISTA.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 151

The Reverse_Polarity header will be assigned a value of 2.

Rev-Pol Trace Options

This opens the following dialog.

[Interactive Reverse-Polarity Options]

Define Reverse Polarity Pick

Reverse Polarity Trace Picks are stored via:
Sequential Trace Number
Sequential trace number from start of record or,
Defined Header Word
The header word is selected by the combination of the drop down list and
through the use of the sub-icons (classes of header words) under the
Attribute icon for different drop lists.

Color Options
Select color for marked/picked reverse polarity traces in the reverse polarity window.
Note that the reverse polarity traces color will revert to the normal selected trace color
after the file is saved or reloaded.
Display at ALL Times Display reverse polarity traces color when not in the reverse polarity
window. This function works most of the time whether checked or not.
After reload, the reverse polarity traces are always the normal selected trace color.

View Rev-Pol Picks

View current Reverse Trace Picks. View listing of reversed polarity traces based on trace
sequential number. In the example below, traces 74 through 78 are reversed.

GEDCO
152 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[View Reverse-Polarity Trace Picks Seismic Data Dialog]

The View Reverse-Polarity Trace Picks Seismic Data list dialog provides icons that allow saving to
ASCII file, print to the local printer, and to clear the contents of the dialog. Note on clearing the dialog
cannot restore. Once the data has been saved to headers, and the reverse-polarity window and
seismic window are closed the reverse polarity traces are not available for viewing in this dialog.

Define RevPol Selection

Define traces to be reversed based on selections made from a Data Selection Spreadsheet 1187 .
Provides a process to globally define trace reverse polarity. Note that trace data reversed in this
manner will not appear in the above View Reverse-Polarity Trace Picks Seismic Data dialog. An
example of using the Data Selection Spreadsheet for reversing polarity of all the traces in shot 107 is
shown below:

[Shot Selection Spread-sheet - Reverse Polarity all Traces in Shot 107 Example]

Note that after applying the reverse polarity functions from the spread sheet that the Mark
HEADERS using RevPol selection icon under the save icon should be utilized to insure the
proper marking of the headers.

NEW Rev-Pol Defn.

Define New Reverse Polarity Trace Definition, remove all currently existing definitions. The user
will be asked to delete all current reverse picks. It is important to make sure that this clear function is
implemented each time a new reverse polarity process is initiated.

PICK Trace Rev-Pol

This icon puts up a yellow message reading:

The user can click on one trace to mark it as reversed - or drag a line across several traces to

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 153

reverse more than one trace. If the user clicks on one or more traces that are already marked as
reversed, VISTA will un-mark the trace and restore it as it was before the reversing. Note that this
process only works while the colored trace line marking the reverse polarity on the trace is displayed.
Use the Save sub-icon Un-mark to restore the trace(s) when not marked by a colored trace line.
.

Exit
Return to the Reverse Polarity Toolbar with the Exit button at the left of the yellow message.

An example of some current reversed polarity traces being indicated by the 'red' trace lines is
shown below:

[Display of Picking Reverse-Polarity Traces]

7.1.3.4 Pick Top/Bottom/Surgical Mutes

This icon option opens the Mute Pick Toolbar. In general, mutes are based on time-offset values.
Make sure one display the user's data in offset order before picking your mutes. (see Seismic
Window Display Parameters 89 on how to display data in offset order)

View these mutes on the display and save them to a file or to the trace headers for application in a

GEDCO
154 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

processing flow.

[The Surgical Mute Pick Toolbar]

Main Seismic Toolbar - Exit Surgical Mute Pick tool bar back to Main Seismic Tool Bar 141 .

Pick Data Trace Kills 145

Pick Trace Reverse Polarity 150

First Break Picking 160

Define (Pick) Time Gates 167

Seismic Analysis Window 173

Seismic Compare Window 213

Pick Horizon Events 215

OPEN Trace Mute File - Read in a previously saved mute file. The file extension for mute files is
"*.mut".

SAVE Mute Defn. - Save current mute functions. There are several options.

SAVE Mute Picks to MUTE-FILE - Save mutes to an ASCII file which can be applied with a
processing flow.
SAVE Mute Picks to DATA-HEADERS - Save mute picks to data headers. Mute times of
each
trace will be saved to header words MUTE_TIME_START and MUTE_TIME_END.
APPLY Current Mutes to DATA - Apply current mutes to data. This function will not
operate
for SEGY or SEG2 data that was input into VISTA.

Pick Mute Options.

This opens up the following dialog which allows the user to set display parameters for the desired
mutes. Note one may apply a surgical mute to ALL records. By default, the mute is displayed in red
for the record on which it was picked; interpolated or extrapolated mutes are colored blue.

Mute Options - Display Tab:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 155

[Interactive Mute Options - Display Tab]

Display Options
Display at ALL Times
Display defined mutes at all times in seismic window. Otherwise mutes are only displayed
when mute tool bar is opened.
Display Interpolated Mutes
Display interpolated mutes.
Zero Displayed Muted Data
Zero the displayed data (ie. Mute It).
Apply Surgical Mutes to ALL Records
Apply defined surgical mutes to all records.
Mute Line Options
Mute Color
Color of defined mute lines.
Interp. Mute Color
Color of interpolated mute lines.
Line Size
Line size of displayed mutes.

Mute Options - Definition Tab

GEDCO
156 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Interactive Mute Options - Definition Tab]

Mute Record Key ID's

Mute Record Key ID's
Specifies the ensemble record number. The header items are used to identify the picked
mute record. For example, a stacking mute will have CMP as a ID Key Record. It is
recommended
that one display the data in the sort order specified here. The ADD button opens a dialog
that
allows access to the header variables.
Mute Pick Parameters
Pick Item
Specifies the item on which mutes are picked. Usually this is the secondary sort order of
a mute function. For example, a shot mute will have offset as the pick item.
X and Y Location
One may have multiple mute functions for a data set. Mutes will be interpolated between
functions based on values of header items specified in the X Location and Y Location.

Mute Options - Options Tab

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 157

[Interactive Mute Options - Option Tab]

Mute Options
Apply Header Shift Value
A time shift based on values of a trace header word may be applied to mute functions.
Header value may be added or subtracted from mute functions.
Taper Mute Zones
The number of samples between mute on and off times (ie. a taper zone) may be
specified.
Default is 4 samples.
.

View Picked Mutes

View listing of offset-time pairs of the currently displayed mute function. Example of a view listing for a
top mute is shown below.

GEDCO
158 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[View Picked Mutes for Seismic Data]

The View Picked Mutes for Seismic Data list dialog provides icons that allow saving to ASCII file,
print to the local printer, and to clear the contents of the dialog. Note on clearing the dialog cannot
restore. Once the data has been saved to headers, and the mute window and seismic window are
closed the mute information are not available for viewing in this dialog.

NEW Trace Mute Defn.

Start a new trace mute definition. One will be asked to confirm deletion of current mute
definitions. The start a new trace mute definition does not remove mute data already stored in the
headers from an earlier mute. It is important to make sure that this clear function is implemented
each time a new mute process is initiated.

DELETE Top/Bottom Surgical Mutes

Delete the current defined Top/Bottom/Surgical Mutes. One must display the record for
which
the mute was picked, ie. the mute must be displayed as red, in order to delete the mute
definition.
There are 3 delete options.
DELETE Back-End (BOTTOM) Mute - Deletes bottom mute.
DELETE Front-End (TOP) Mute - Deletes top mute.
DELETE SURGICAL Mute(s) - Delete surgical mute. Double click in a surgical mute or on a
single trace mute to delete it.

The next threes icons creates mute definitions. Note that the Top and Bottom mutes are linearly
interpolated (by default) by offset. It is not necessary to get exactly to the nearest or farthest offset
when making your definition.
Pick Back-End (BOTTOM) Mute - Picks back end or bottom mute.

Pick Front-End (TOP) Mute - Picks front end or top mute.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 159

Pick SURGICAL Mute - Define a surgical mute with a mouse.

Pick Single Trace SURGICAL Mute - Define a single trace surgical mute. Click on the trace
and drag
down for the amount of trace surgical mute desired.

The following display is provided to show these three example mute picks for a given record. It is
important to perform all the mutes that are required to modify the file for further processing steps.

[Pick Top/Bottom/Surgical Mutes Example]

In the above example, the mute picks are for demonstration only and do not relate to any specific
geological features. Note that when the mute information is finally saved for further processing with
job flows or other processes that the file muting is not reversible.

GEDCO
 160 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

7.1.3.5 First Break Picking

This icon option opens the First-Break Pick Toolbar. When one selects this icon, the data will
default to be displayed by shot order and offset. Also, any existing first break picks will be displayed.
Pick first breaks automatically or manually using defined picking parameters. First break picks are
saved automatically to trace header word DATA_FIRSTBREAK.

NOTE: If the user wishes to import First-Break pick values from another program simply use the
header import 393 feature of Vista to fill in the DATA_FIRSTBREAK with these values.

[The First Break Pick Toolbar]

NOTE:
When one first goes into this toolbar, the program will try to force the data to be displayed as Shot
ensembles in offset trace mode. If the data does not have offsets set correctly all the traces will
appear displayed on top of one another.

Main Seismic Toolbar - Exit First Break Pick tool bar back to Main Seismic Tool Bar 141 .

Pick Data Trace Kills 145

Pick Trace Reverse Polarity 150

Pick Trace Top/Bottom/Surgical Mutes 153

Define (Pick) Time Gates 167

Seismic Analysis Window 173

Seismic Compare Window 213

Pick Horizon Events 215

INPUT First Break Picks from FBP File - Read in a previously saved First Break Pick file.
The file extension for mute files is "*.fbp".

SAVE First Break Picks to FBP File - Save first break to an ASCII file. The save file extension
is "*.fbp".
Use the Interactive Header View/Edit spread sheet to read in the saved file into the
DATA_FIRSTBREAK header of your data set.

First Break Pick Options

Options to pick first breaks with the following First Break Pick Options dialog.

FBP Options TAB

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 161

[First Break Pick Options - FBP Options Tab]

Algorithm The automatic picking Algorithm works by looking at the trace offset and hence
calculating a theoretical first-break time equal to OFFSET/LMO Velocity. A search window is
arranged symmetrically about that theoretical time. Then two contiguous sliding windows move inside
the search window looking for the maximum of the ratio of the RMS amplitudes of the two windows
(they move one sample at a time (- so one has a ratio at every sample position).

For manual picking, the size of these windows should be kept very small (It is recommended to
use 4 ms. for the Search Window and set the sliding window equal to the data sample rate).

Pick Options
Search Window
Enter value (ms.) for the search window length. Typical values will be in the range of 100
- 500 ms.
Sliding Window
Enter a length (ms.) for the sliding window. Typical values will be in the range of 20 - 40
ms.
Threshold Scalar
When calculating ratio, must exceed threshold.
Pick Width
Set the width and color of the pick display in pixels.
Search Mode
Choose one of Peak, Trough, Up to Zero, Down to Zero from the drop down list.
Pick to Nearest
Choose one of Sample Rate, 1/2 sample rate, 1/4 sample rate, 1/8 sample rate, 1/16
sample rate from the drop down list.
FB Pick Method
Choose method of picking: Sliding Win/Threshold, using sliding window and threshold to
find the pick. Based on Search type, simply searches for the pick(ie Peak - Finds the maximum peak
amplitude). In both cases the algorithm starts at the LMO time - Half of the defined Search Window.
Use Search Mode on Manual Pick

GEDCO
162 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

If this option is selected, manual first break picks will be located according to the Search
Mode selected, otherwise picks will be placed at the sample location closest to the mouse click.
LMO FUNC
Opens the LMO Function Definition dialog for setting the LMO Function parameters as
shown below:

[LMO Function Definition Dialog]

Display TAB

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 163

[First Break Pick Options - Display Tab]

Display Options
Display At All Times
Display the first-break picks in seismic window all the time. Only
displays FB picks when in First-Break Toolbar.
FBP Color
Set FBP pick color.
FBP Line Size
Set FBP line width.
Display Previous Ensemble FBP's
Displays the previous Ensemble FBP's
Previous FBP Color
Set previous FBP color.

X-Correlate TAB

GEDCO
164 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[First Break Pick Options - X-Correlate Tab]

X-Correlate Options
Used for manually picking with a pilot trace option (See below)
Traces are correlated and picked with the parameters specified in the following box.
X-Correlate Window
Set size of correlation window for calculation.
Pick on Search Mode
Pick correlation based on current search mode.
Band-Correlations
Apply band-pass filter before correlating with pilot.

Offset Range

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 165

[First Break Pick Options - Offset Range Tab]

Offset Limit
Limit FB Pick by Offset
Enables one to limit your picks to an offset range by choosing Limit FB Pick by Offset and
specifying the offset range from a Near Offset to a Far Offset.
Un-pick Traces outside of Offset
If one has already picked traces outside the offset range and want to delete these picks,
click on Un-pick Traces outside of Offset.

LMO FUNCTION
See the LMO section in Seismic Linear Moveout 1203 Parameters.

Manual FBreak Pick - Manually pick first breaks with the mouse.

Manual FBreak Pick with Pilot Trace - Manually pick first breaks with a pilot trace.

Auto Pick CURRENT Record - Automatically pick the current record according to the pick
options. If you have more than one Horizontal or Vertical View (see Seismic Window Display
Parameters 89 ) those shots will all be picked.

Auto Pick ALL Record(s) - Automatically pick all records according to the pick options. It is a
good idea to test the picking options by using the previous automatic pick option first before
proceeding with this option.

XT View First Break Picks - Graph first break picks as offset vs. time.

The following display illustrates the picking of the first breaks with the first break pick line having

GEDCO
166 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

been selected green with the option menu.

[First Break Pick - Example]

In the above example, the selection was started by using the Manual FBreak Pick with Pilot Trace
icon option,
then using the Auto PICK current icon option, and then the Auto Pick all Record(s). The quality of the
picks
can be seen by viewing the picks with the XT View First Break Picks icon as shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 167

[First Break Picks - XT View]

In the above QC plot the First Breaks are plotted versus FFID Number (Sort
FIELD_RECORD_NO).
7.1.3.5.1 2D/3D XT FBP Window

The 2D/3D XT First-Break pick window can be used to help in picking large data volumes from the
Seismic Window display.
Also is handy when locating bad or miss-placed source or receiver records.

7.1.3.6 Define (Pick) Time Gates

This icon option opens the Time Gate Pick Tool bar. Generally time gates are picked on
time-offset values. Make sure that one displays the data in offset order (see Seismic Window
Display Parameters 89 on how to display data in offset order) before picking the time gates.

Pick time gates interactively using the mouse. Time variant gates (ie. 2 or more gates) may be
defined. Time gates may also be imported from a file. Time gates can be displayed on the data.
Save the time gates to a file for use in a processing flow.

GEDCO
168 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[The Time Gate Pick Tool bar]

Main Seismic Toolbar - Exit First Break Pick tool bar back to Main Seismic Tool Bar 141 .

Pick Data Trace Kills 145

Pick Trace Reverse Polarity 150

Pick Trace Top/Bottom/Surgical Mutes 153

First Break Picking 160

Seismic Analysis Window 173

Seismic Compare Window 213

Pick Horizon Events 215

OPEN Time-Gate File - Read in a previously saved time-gate file. The time-gates file extension is
"*.tim".

SAVE Time-Gate Picks to File - Save current time-gate definitions to a file. The save time-gates
files extension is "*.tim".

Time-Gate OPTIONS
This opens up the Interactive Time Gate Options dialog which allows the user to set display
parameters for the picked time gates. By default, the selected time gate is displayed in red for the
record on which it was picked. Interpolated or extrapolated time gates are colored in the interpolated
gate color.

Display TAB

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 169

[Interactive Time Gate Dialog - Display Tab]

Display at ALL Times

Display defined time gates at all times in seismic window. Otherwise time gates are only
displayed when time gate tool bar is opened.
Display Interpolated Gates
Display interpolated time gates.

Gate Color
Color of defined (Not Selected) time gate lines.
Interp. Gate Color
Color of interpolated time gate lines.
Selected Gate Color
Color of currently selected time gate lines.
Line Size
Line size of displayed time gates.

The time-gate is displayed in Selected Gate Color for the record on which it was picked.
Time gates which are interpolated or extrapolated time-gates are colored blue.

Definition TAB

GEDCO
170 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Interactive Time Gate Dialog - Definition Tab]

Time Gate Record Key ID's

Time Gate Record Key ID's specifies the ensemble record number. The header items are
used to identify the picked time gate record. For example, a shot time gate will have SHOT
No.
and SHOT Line as a ID Key Record.
Time Gate Pick Parameters
Pick Item
Specifies the item on which time gates are picked. Usually this is the secondary sort
order of a ensemble record. For example, a shot time gate will have offset as the pick
item. A stacked section will have CMP as it's pick item.
X Location & Y Location
Time gates will be interpolated between functions based on values of header items
specified
in the X and Y Location.

One may have multiple time gate functions for a data set.

Options TAB

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 171

[Interactive Time Gate Dialog - Options Tab]

Time Gate Options

Apply Header Shift Value
A time shift based on values of a trace header word may be applied to mute functions.
Header value may be added or subtracted from mute functions.

View Current Time-Gate Picks - View a listing of current time gates.

GEDCO
172 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[View Picked Time-Gates for Seismic Data]

The View Picked Time-Gates for Seismic Data list dialog provides icons that allow saving
to ASCII file, print to the local printer, and to clear the contents of the dialog. Note on clearing the
dialog cannot restore. Once the data has been saved to time gates file, and the time-gates window
and seismic window are closed the time-gates are not available for viewing in this dialog. However, on
reading in the time-gates file the data can then be viewed.

NEW Time-Gate Defn. - Start a new time gate definition. The user will be asked to confirm
deletion of the current time gate definition.

DELETE Time-Gate - Delete defined Time-gates. The record for which the time gate was defined
must be
displayed in order to delete it., that is, the time-gate file must be displayed as red.

DELETE Current Time Gate - Deletes current time gate file.

DELETE Start (TOP) Time-Gate - Deletes the current top time-gate.

DELETE End (BOTTOM) Time-Gate - Deletes the current bottom time-gate.

Time-gates are stored as pairs of time and pick values (Usually Offset). When they are used, the
trace pick value is used to calculate a linear interpolation / extrapolation value from time gate function
for that trace.

Pick Start (TOP) Time-Gate - Pick the top gate with a mouse. Single click and drag the mouse.
Single click at
intermediate points along the gate. Double click to end gate.

Pick End (BOTTOM) Time-Gate - Pick the bottom gate with a mouse. Single click and drag the
mouse. Single click at
intermediate points along the gate. Double click to end gate.

Multiple time-gate definition.

The user can define multiple time gates in one file. These are needed by processes such as time
variant decon and signal to noise calculation (See the Amplitude Header 400 items calculation in the
Seismic View/Edit window).

To make a multiple time-gate:

1. Pick Top and Bottom gate.
2. Click on the right arrow in the slider bar.
The message will change to 1 Design Gate (1 Gates)
3. Pick Top and Bottom gate for this new gate.
Continue until all time gates are defined.
Each time gate will be displayed in different colors.

The following display illustrates the picking of the time-gates with the time-gates selected lines
having been chosen red with the option menu.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 173

[Pick Time-Gate Example]

7.1.3.7 Seismic Analysis Window

This icon opens up the Seismic Analysis Window toolbar.

The purpose of this window is to either make a copy of a windowed area of your data, or to
perform FK and various frequency domain analysis, amplitude analysis, attribute analysis, and various
estimates of Signal/Noise properties of your data .

Seismic Analysis Toolbar

[The Seismic Analysis Toolbar]

Main Seismic Toolbar - Exit Seismic Analysis Window tool bar back to Main Seismic Tool Bar
141 .
Pick Data Trace Kills 145

Pick Trace Reverse Polarity 150

Pick Trace Top/Bottom/Surgical Mutes 153

GEDCO
174 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

First Break Picking 160

Define (Pick) Time Gates 167

Seismic Compare Window 213

Pick Horizon Events 215

Import Analysis Window Area - Read a previously saved ASCII Analysis Region file (*.asc or
*.txt).
Export Analysis Window Area - Save the currently defined Analysis Region to ASCII format file
(*.asc or *.txt).
This file can be read in (see above icon).
or Display Analysis Window ON/OFF - Toggles the defined Analysis Region on/off.

Select Rectangle (Box) Analysis Region

A yellow bar appears instructing you to use the mouse to select a rectangular area in your
data for analysis.
Default selection is the whole displayed window data set.
A defined box may be deleted by right clicking within the rectangle when the yellow bar is
visible.
Note that some Seismic Analysis functions use the entire data set and thus ignore Analysis
Regions.
Select Polygon Analysis Region
A yellow bar appears instructing you to use a mouse to select a polygon area in your data for
analysis.
Use the left mouse to define the Analysis Region and double click at the last point to form the
Polygon.
Default selection is the whole displayed window data set.
A defined area may be deleted by right clicking within the polygon when the yellow bar is
visible.
Note that some Seismic Analysis functions use the entire data set and thus ignore Analysis
Regions.

Execute Analysis Option - Execute the selected analysis. The user should select an analysis
option in the drop down list before executing it. The selected analysis is highlighted blue. The various
analysis options are detailed below.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 175

[The Analysis Options Drop Down List]

General Spectra Definitions

In many of the drop down list items of the Analysis window, Fourier analysis is employed to obtain
the spectra amplitude and phase. In general, for an arbitrary zero mean data set, the data set in
terms of 'n' Fourier coefficients can be expressed as:
f( t ) = S (An*cos(w t) + Bn*sin(w t) )

where t = either a spatial or time series

An = real Fourier coefficients
Bn = imaginary Fourier coefficients
w = 2 p f where f is the nth frequency component

The spectra amplitude (Cn) is defined as:

Cn = sqrt( An*An + Bn*Bn)

and, the phase ( f ) is defined as:

f = arctan(Bn/An)

Analysis Options Descriptions

Copy Analysis Window
Copy the data in the window the user has defined with the defined Analysis Region to a new,
temporary data set. This new, temporary data set will also be displayed. The user has the option of
saving the copy of the data set when one closes its display. The copy of the data set will be added to
the Project Data List 38 if it's saved.

Calc. Average Data Trace

A new, temporary data set is created equal to the average of the sum of all the traces within the
selected window. The user has the option of saving this average data trace of the data set when one
closes its display. The copy of the data set will be added to the Project Data List 38 if it's saved.

The average data trace is displayed as a graph where it may be edited. See the Graph Data
Trace section in Right Mouse Click Menu 103 . If the user edits the trace, the user has the option of
keeping or discarding the changes when one closes the editing window.

FK Spectrum Analysis Window

Calculates the F-K spectrum of the data in the analysis window. For a complete description see
the help on FK Spectrum Analysis Window 187 .

GEDCO
176 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[FK Analysis Window]

Frequency Analysis Window

Display Amplitude and Phase Spectrum of the selected analysis window. The Frequency
Analysis Window 196 will open up as shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 177

[Spectral Analysis Window]

Amplitude Spectrum Create[PLOT]

View a Seismic Window Display 86 of the amplitude spectrum of all traces in the analysis
window. One may save this temporary data set to the Project Data List when you close this window.

GEDCO
178 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Amplitude Spectrum Display]

Phase Spectrum Create[PLOT]

View a Seismic Window Display 86 of the phase spectrum of all traces in the analysis window.
One may save this temporary data set to the Project Data List when you close this window.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 179

[Phase Spectrum Display]

In the above plot the amplitude of the traces corresponds to the phase of the signal at that
frequency. An added feature of Vista is to examine such a graph with a Variable Density display
(Right Mouse Click ->Display Options ->Display Type-> Variable Density) with the color bar activated
to show the phase. Such a view is shown below:

GEDCO
180 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Phase Spectrum - VDF/Wiggle Display]

Amplitude Spectrum Create[GRAPH]

View a Graphical Window Display 1207 of the amplitude spectrum of all traces in the analysis
window. One may save this temporary data set to the Project Data List when you close this window.
Make sure that the full use of the plot parameters options are used as described in the Graphical
Window Display 1207 topic.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 181

[Amplitude Spectrum Graph Display]

Phase Spectrum Create[GRAPH]

View a Graphical Window Display 1207 of the phase spectrum of all traces in the analysis
window. One may save this temporary data set to the Project Data List when you close this window.
Make sure that the full use of the plot parameters options are used as described in the Graphical
Window Display 1207 topic.

GEDCO
182 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Phase Spectrum Graph Display]

Time Variant Freq. Analysis

View a Seismic Window Display 86 of the Time Variant Frequency Analysis 199 of all traces in
the analysis window. One may save this temporary data set to the Project Data List when you close
this window. The current spectral amplitude of a computational window is displayed as a function of
time in the Seismic Window Display.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 183

[Time Variant Frequency Analysis Display]

Time Variant Amplitude Spectrum

View a Seismic Window Display 86 of the Time Variant Amplitude Spectrum 202 of all traces
in the analysis window. One may save this temporary data set to the Project Data List when you
close this window. Each Time Variant Amplitude Spectrum of each trace is shown. To see all the
traces of the input data set use the scroll buttons.

GEDCO
184 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Time Variant Amplitude Spectrum Display]

Signal/Noise Estimation Output

View a Seismic Window Display 86 of the Signal/Noise Estimation Output 205 of all traces in
the analysis window. One may save this temporary data set to the Project Data List when you close
this window. An example of the Signal/Noise Estimation is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 185

[Example of Signal/Noise Estimation Output Display]

Signal/Noise Frequency Estimation

View a Graphical Window Display 1207 of the Signal/Noise Frequency Estimation 207 of all
traces in the analysis window. One may save this temporary data set to the Project Data List when
you close this window. Make sure that the full use of the plot parameters options are used as
described in the Graphical Window Display 1207 topic.

GEDCO
186 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Example of Signal/Noise Frequency Estimation Output Display]

Instantaneous Attributes
View a Seismic Window Display 86 of one of the many Instantaneous Attributes 210 displayed
in the background of all traces in the analysis window. One may save this temporary data set to the
Project Data List when you close this window. An example of the Phase Instantaneous Attribute is
shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 187

[Example of Instantaneous Phase Attribute Output Display]

7.1.3.7.1 FK Analysis Window

F-K Spectrum Analysis Window

Calculates the F-K spectrum of the data in the analysis window.

The FK Analysis Window display is shown below:

GEDCO
188 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[FK Analysis Window]

The user may modify the colors of the FK spectrum with the Color Bar Dialog 1178 .
Double click in the color bar area to bring up the color bar dialog, or right click near the color bar and
then select Color Bar Dialog from the pop-up menu.

FK Analysis Tool-Bar

FK Display Parameters
The following dialog is opened to input F-K Filter Design Parameters.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 189

[FK Filter Design Parameters Dialog]

Power Amplitude
Normally = 1.0. This can be used to power the spectrum - a technique sometimes used to
enhance coherent events.
Smoother Traces
This is the length of the smoother in the K-axis direction. It is given in units of number of traces,
rather than some K (wave number) value. This value and the next parameter value define how the FK
filter will be smoothed in both the K and the F direction.
Smoother Freq.
Length of the smoother in the frequency axis direction [Value is in hertz]. This value and the
previous parameter value define how the FK filter will be smoothed in both the K and the F direction.
Define Reject Scalar
All FK samples lying in the 'Reject' area (the area marked by cross-hatched black lines) will be
multiplied by this value. The value must lie between 0 and 1. Default value = 0.
Pass Scalar
All FK samples not in the 'Reject' area will be multiplied by this value. The value must lie between
0 and 1. Default value = 1, ie. pass all FK samples outside the 'Reject' zone.
Trace Spacing
Distance between traces - the distance must be at regular intervals for the FK transform.
Apply Restorable AGC
Check on Restorable AGC and specify the AGC Window length in milliseconds.
Zone Color:
The color of the masking zone selected with the cursor in the design of the F-K window. This area
is usually hatched.

Read FK Definition File - Read a previously saved ASCII format FK filter that was created by
VISTA (File extension is "*.fkl").

Save Current FK Definition to File - Save the currently defined FK filter to an ASCII format file
(File extension is "*.fkl"). This file can be read in (see above icon) or it can be used in a processing
flow to apply this filter to the data set. The file is simply a description of the zone in FK space to be
deleted (or changed in amplitude). As such, this file can be applied to any grouping of traces other
than the grouping it was designed on. In other words, the user can design the FK filter on a shot and
apply it to traces in CMP order.

View Options 1218

GEDCO
190 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Box Rejection Zone - One will see this message that will replace the toolbar:
"Define Box Area for Filter Area, Single Click (and Release) to Define"
Click the mouse at the desired start point of the box and move the cursor to form the box and then
release.
Repeat this to define multiple reject regions.

Outside End FK Rejection Zone - One will see this message that will replace the toolbar:
"Define Outside Reject Area for Filter, Double Click to Define"
Move the cursor inside the FK spectrum area. The user will see a vertical line. If you single click
at a negative K value, all K values to the left (high negative wave numbers) will be rejected. If you
single click at a positive K value, all K numbers to the right (high positive wave numbers) will be
rejected. Repeat this to define multiple reject regions. All K values in the specified range will be
rejected as indicated by the black cross hatched lines.

Vertical Box Rejection Zone - One will see this message that will replace the toolbar:
"Define Box Area for Filter Area, Single Click (And Release) to Define"
Move the cursor inside the FK spectrum area. You will see a vertical line. Single click at some
low K value. Move the line to a higher K value and release the mouse button. All K values in the
specified range will be rejected as indicated by the black cross hatched lines. Repeat this to define
multiple reject regions.

Horizontal Box Rejection Zone - One will see this message that will replace the toolbar:
"Define Box Area for Filter Area, Single Click (And Release) to Define"
Move the cursor inside the FK spectrum area. The user will see a horizontal line. Single click at
some low frequency value. Move the line to a higher frequency value (Keeping the mouse button held
down) and release. All frequencies in the specified range will be rejected as indicated by the black
cross hatched lines. Repeat this to define multiple reject regions.

FK Pie Rejection - One will see this message that will replace the toolbar:
"Define Pie (Dips) for Filter Area, Single Click (And Release) to Define"
Move the cursor inside the FK spectrum area. The user will see a line that rotates about the
origin (f=0, K=0). Single click at some dip angle. Move the line to a different dip and release the
mouse button. All FK values in the specified range will be rejected as indicated by the black cross
hatched lines. Repeat this to define multiple reject regions.

FK Polygon Rejection - One will see this message that will replace the toolbar:
"Draw Line to Define Filter Area, Double Click to Define"
Move the cursor inside the FK spectrum area. Make a series of clicks at different positions. The
user will see a polygon shape developing. One does not have to click again at the first defined point
to close the polygon, one simply double clicks to close the polygon. All FK values in the specified
range will be rejected as indicated by the black cross hatched lines. Repeat this to define multiple
reject regions.

Delete all Defined Rejection Zones - The user will be asked to confirm deletion.

User Select Zones to be Deleted - Double click in the defined rejection areas to delete them.

Input Seismic Data - View the input seismic record.

Input FK Spectrum - View the FK spectrum of the input record.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 191

FK Filter - View the FK filter spectrum with FK Display Parameters applied. An example for a Pie
Rejection Zone is shown below:

[FK Filter Display Parameters Example]

Seismic Data with Applied FK Filter - View the output record from the FK filtering process.
Output FK Spectrum - View the output record FK spectrum. An example of the Pie Rejection is
shown below:

GEDCO
192 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Output FK Filter Display Pie Rejection Example]

Input and Output Split View - View the input and output records as a split screen view. One half
of the screen will display the input record, the other half will display the output record. This is to allow
easy analysis of the effect of the FK filter. An example is shown below for the Pie Rejection process:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 193

[Input and Output Data Example with Pie Rejection Applied]

Apply FK Filter to Input Data - Perform the FK filtering.

The general steps to define and apply an FK filter are to first define the rejection zones and then
click the Apply FK filter to Input Data icon to apply the data. Next, view the effect of the FK filter on
the input data by using the FK Seismic View Options described immediately above. Next save the FK
filter to an ASCII file for later use in a processing flow.

Right-Mouse Button Menu

When the user right clicks anywhere in the FK Analysis Window Display, one will see the
following menu:

GEDCO
194 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Right Mouse Button Menu FK Analysis Window]

FK Filter Parameters FK Analysis parameter dialog window.

Seismic INPUT Plot Parameters Display parameters for input seismic display.
Seismic Plot Parameters 89 .
Seismic OUTPUT Plot Parameters Display parameters for output seismic display.
Seismic Plot Parameters 89 .
Seismic Display Color-Bar Display color parameter dialog (Color Bar Settings
1178 )

FK Calculate Apply FK filter to input data.

FK Velocity Mouse Mode Use mouse to calculate and display velocity on the
display. Must have entered trace spacing for velocity calculation to work.

[Display velocity of user defined line in FK window]

FK File Brings up following menu.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 195

[FK File Menu]

Open FK File Input Vista-Windows FK Filter file.

Save FK File Save currently defined FK Filter file.
Save FK Output to Project Save current seismic output file to the project.

Display View Mode Brings up the following menu.

Choose the current display mode.

[FK Display View Mode]

FK Design Filter Brings up following menu.

[FK Design Filter Menu]

Frequency / K Box Filter Box Rejection Zone.

Low-Pass K Filter Outside End FK Rejection Zone.
Band-Reject K Filter Vertical Box Rejection Zone.
Band- Reject Frequency Filter Horizontal Box Rejection Zone.
Pie-Slice FK Filter FK Pie Rejection.
Polygon Reject FK Filter FK Polygon Rejection.

Set Reject Area Value Use mouse to pick reject area and set reject value.

Mirror Defined Pie-Slice Dips Mirror any defined Pie-Slice reject areas.

Delete FK Reject Area

Delete ALL Area(s) Delete all currently defined FK reject area(s).
Delete ONE Area Use mouse to delete reject areas individually.

GEDCO
 196 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

MIRROR Defined Pie-Slice Dips

Mirror any defined Pie-Slice reject areas.

FK Window Grid On
Toggle On/Off the FK window grid.

7.1.3.7.2 Frequency Analysis Window

Frequency Analysis Window

Display Amplitude and Phase Spectrum of the selected analysis window.

When this window is first opened the Phase Spectrum dialog will appear for initial parameter input.

[Phase Spectrum Dialog]

Time Zero Reference The time of the zero phase reference.

Un-Wrap Phase When this is checked, the phase spectrum is displayed as un-wrapped.
Remove Linear Trend
If this is checked, the accumulated linear trend for the displayed phase spectrum will be removed
and the phase and amplitude spectrum will be limited to the frequency range specified by the Trend
Start and Trend End values.

The Spectral Analysis Window will open up as shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 197

[Spectral Analysis Window]

The seismic display on the left shows the data area selected for Spectral Analysis plots on the right.

Description of toolbar icons:

Calc. Freq. Ampl/Phase - Opens the Phase Spectrum dialog for resetting analysis parameters.

Seismic Plot Parameters 89

Graph Items SEPARATELY - View the spectrum graphs of a single trace. The trace may be
selected by placing the mouse at a trace in the Seismic Window Display on the left, or by using the
scroll bar at the top of the Spectral Analysis Window. The blue colored lines on the spectral graphs
represent the average trace.

Graph Items COMBINED - View the spectrum graphs of all traces in the analysis window.

View Options 1218 .

Right Mouse Button

Right clicking in the graph or seismic trace display of the Spectral Analysis Window brings up the
following menu.

GEDCO
198 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Right Click Menu of the Spectral Analysis Window]

Display Options
See Display Options section of the Right Mouse Click Menu 103 of the Seismic Window
Display.

Amplitude Graph Parameters

Opens the Graph Data Parameters dialog:

[ Graph Data Parameters]

The Amplitude Graph Parameters are explained in the Graph Options section

Seismic Graph Window Display 274 .

This referenced section also provides background information on optimizing the Db Display and
details of the computations undertaken to generate the display.

Phase Graph Parameters

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 199

Brings up the Graph Data Parameters dialog explained above. See Seismic Graph Window
Display 274 .
Display Power Spectrum
Toggles between the Display Power Spectrum graph and the Amplitude Spectrum graph.
dB Spectrum Graph Display
Toggles between the dB Spectrum Graph and the Amplitude Spectrum Graph.
View Full Frequency Range 0 - 250 Hz
Toggles between this horizontal axis display and Zoom Trend Window 10 - 60 Hz horizontal axis
display.

Display Graph Grid

Toggles graph grid on/off.
Display All Traces
Toggles display of all traces on/off.
Display Graph Average Trace
Toggles display of average trace on/off.
Display NO Spectrum Trace(s)
Toggles on/off spectrum trace data and only displays the average spectrum data.

7.1.3.7.3 Time Variant Frequency Anal

Time Variant Frequency Analysis

Creates an output data set of spectrum amplitude as a function of travel time which it displays in
a Seismic Window Display.

Algorithm
Utilizing a window that is 'ms' long and selected traces wide, computes the peak spectral
amplitude as a function of time. The process has the ability to provide frequency band selection and
frequency smoothing.

Input Parameters
Upon selection the Time Variant Frequency Analysis, a dialog opens to define the process input
parameters as shown below:

GEDCO
200 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Time Variant Frequency Input Parameters Dialog]

# Traces in Window:
Number of traces for the input sliding window for computing the time variant frequency spectra
magnitude.

Length of Window (Ms):

The length in milliseconds of the input sliding window for computing the time variant frequency
spectra magnitude.

Length of Freq. Smooth (Hz):

A frequency smooth variable, the default of 5 Hz is normally sufficient.

Lower Freq. Limit:

The lowest frequency to process for frequency content in the sliding window.

Upper Freq. Limit:

The highest frequency to process for frequency content in the sliding window.

Typical input data for this analysis is shown below:

[Typical Input Data for Time Variant Freq. Analysis]

The Time Variant Frequency Analysis output from the above input is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 201

[Typical Output Data for Time Variant Freq. Analysis]

Time Variant Frequency Analysis display illustrated with a Variable Density display and the color
bar set to decibels (dB) provides
a more useful display.

GEDCO
 202 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Typical Output Data for Time Variant Freq. Analysis (Variable Density dB Display)]

7.1.3.7.4 Time Variant Amplitude Spectrum

Time Variant Amplitude Spectrum

Creates an output data set which it displays in a Seismic Window Display which has performed
the same function as the flow command TVAmp 1059 .

Algorithm
TVAmp works by splitting the data into overlapping windows (by default every 128 ms with a
window length of 256 ms). The amplitude spectrum of each of these short windows is computed and
displayed as a "trace" - in VDF - and posted at a time equal to the midpoint of the window. The final
appearance is of a continuously time varying amplitude spectrum with time.

The parameters for TVAmp are obtained from this dialog:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 203

[Time Variant Amplitude Spectrum Input Parameters Dialog]

As an example for generating a time varying amplitude spectrum a selected set of input data is shown
below:

[Selected Input Data Set for Demo of Time Variant Amplitude Spectrum]

The Time Variant Spectrum results of these input traces is shown below for the peak amplitude area:

GEDCO
204 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Time Variant Amplitude Spectrum Example for Multiple Traces]

To examine the time variance of a given trace, a selected trace is expanded along the horizontal axis
as shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 205

[Time Variant Amplitude Spectrum Example for Single Trace]

7.1.3.7.5 Signal/Noise Estimation Output

Signal/Noise Estimation Output

Creates an output data set of signal/noise estimations as a function of travel time which it displays
in a Seismic Window Display.

Algorithm
Utilizing a window that is 'ms' long and selected traces wide, computes correlation data sets
referenced to the center point of the window to estimate the signal to noise.

Input Parameters
Upon selection the Signal/Noise Estimation Output, a dialog opens to define the process input
parameters as shown below:

GEDCO
206 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Signal/Noise Estimation Parameter Input Dialog]

# Traces in Window:
Number of traces for the input sliding window for computing the signal/noise estimation output.

Length of Window (Ms):

The length in milliseconds of the input sliding window for computing the signal/noise estimation
output.

Window Overlap (%):

Percentage overlap of the window sliding down and across the data set for computation of the
sign/noise estimation output.

Typical input data for this analysis is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 207

[Input Data for Signal/Noise Estimation]

The Signal/Noise Estimation output from the above input is shown below:

[Typical Signal/Noise Estimation Output]

Note that the Signal/Noise Estimated is presented in the background. The color bar is displayed
to provide an reference to the Signal/Noise values. The Signal/Noise Estimate background display is
saved in the Project Data List.

7.1.3.7.6 Signal/Noise Frequency Estimation

Signal/Noise Frequency Estimation

Creates an output data set of signal/noise estimations as a function of travel time and selected
frequency bands which are displayed in a Seismic Graph Display.

Algorithm
Utilizing a window that is 'ms' long and selected traces wide and filtered in the selected frequency
bands, computes correlation data sets referenced to the center point of the window to estimate the
signal to noise.

Input Parameters
Upon selection the Signal/Noise Frequency Estimation , a dialog opens to define the process
input parameters as shown below:

GEDCO
208 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Signal/Noise Frequency Estimation Parameter Input Dialog]

End Frequency
Last Frequency point to process with the Roll Off added. The Start Frequency with Roll On is
0 Hz.
Frequency Length
The width of the Frequency band to process for Signal/Noise Estimation. This is also the
increment for the band pass filter.
Frequency Roll On/Off
The band pass roll off points for the low frequency and high frequency bandwidth points.

# Traces in Window:
Number of traces for the input sliding window for computing the signal/noise estimation
output.

Length of Window (Ms):

The length in milliseconds of the input sliding window for computing the signal/noise
estimation output.
Window Overlap (%):
Percentage overlap of the window sliding down and across the data set for computation of the
sign/noise.

Typical input data for this analysis with processing box region selected is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 209

[Input Data for Signal/Noise Frequency Estimation with Box Analysis Region Selected]

The Signal/Noise Estimation output from the above Box Analysis Region input is shown below:

GEDCO
 210 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Output Data for Signal/Noise Frequency Estimation with Box Analysis Region Selected]

In the above Graph all bandwidths have been plotted. The solid blue line is the average of all the
processed frequency bands. Note that each processed bandwidth is labeled in the same color as the
corresponding Signal Noise Estimation associated with this bandwidth. When only one bandwidth
data is displayed, the slider bar can be used to examine each band processed.

When the user closes the Graph Display, the user is asked if one wishes to save the data to the
Project Data List.

7.1.3.7.7 Instantaneous Attributes

Instantaneous Attributes
Creates an output data set of one of the many Instantaneous Attributes as a function of travel
time which it displays in the background of a Seismic Window Display.

When the Instantaneous Attributes option is selected the Phase Spectrum dialog will appear for
Attribute selection and initial parameter input as shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 211

[Instantaneous Attribute Dialog]

Attribute:
A variety of instantaneous attributes are available for selection with the drop down list. These are:

Amplitude Envelope
Imaginary Part [Hilbert]
Instantaneous Phase
Instantaneous Frequency
Cosine Instantaneous Phase
Amplitude 1st Derivative
Amplitude 2nd Derivative
Phase Acceleration
Bandwidth
Q Factor

Smooth On
Checking this options turns data smoothing on. The Smooth Length is input in milliseconds.

Display in Background
Normally checked on to display the attribute as a Variable Density display in the background of
the Seismic Window Display.

Overwrite Previous Background

Checking this options overwrites the new attribute over the exiting background. The selected
attribute data is automatically saved to the Project Data List at the end of the existing list.

An example of the Instantaneous Attribute [Phase] displayed on the background of the data is shown
below along with the color bar:

GEDCO
212 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Instantaneous Phase Displayed in Background of a Data Set]

An important feature of having attributes available is to view the attributes with the Seismic
Window Magnifier 130 . An example of viewing the instantaneous phase with the Seismic Window
Magnifier is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 213

[Example of Instantaneous Attribute [Phase] Displayed with Seismic Window Magnifier]

7.1.3.8 Seismic Compare Window

Opens the Seismic compare window toolbar.

The purpose of this window is to help the user compare different data sets quickly. The compared
data sets must match in sample rate, start time, end time and number of traces.

Seismic Compare Toolbar

[The Seismic Compare Toolbar]

Main Seismic Toolbar - Exit Seismic Analysis Window tool bar back to Main Seismic Tool Bar
141 .
Pick Data Trace Kills 145

Pick Trace Reverse Polarity 150

Pick Trace Top/Bottom/Surgical Mutes 153

First Break Picking 160

Define (Pick) Time Gates 167

Seismic Analysis Window 173

Pick Horizon Events 215

GEDCO
214 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

or Compare Window ON/OFF - Toggles the defined compare region on/off.

Select Rectangle (Box) Compare Region

A yellow bar appears instructing you to use the mouse to select a rectangular area in your
data for comparison.
Default selection is the whole displayed window data set.
A defined box may be deleted by right clicking within the rectangle when the yellow bar is
visible.

Add new data sets to compare with. This will bring up the selection window with a list of data
sets from the project which match the current data set.
Choose the data sets you wish to compare to from this list.

[Selection Window: Choose data set to compare current data set with]

Remove the current seismic data set shown in the list button from the comparison.

Once you have a number of data sets to compare with use the data list control

to select a data set to display in the Compare Region. If no Compare region is defined then the
whole screen window is used.

Key Board - Can use the numeric keys to toggle between the displays.
'1' will display the first data set(Current Data set) in the compare region.
'2' will display the second data set in the compare region.

Example Seismic Compare Window with defined Compare Region.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 215

[Seismic Window Display - Seismic Compare Tools]

7.1.3.9 Pick Horizon Events

This icon option opens the Pick Horizontal Events bar. Generally major layers are picked based
on picking options set as described below. Pick Horizontal Events can be employed in both 2D and
3D data sets with some functions specially suited for 3D.

[Pick Horizon Events Tool bar]

Main Seismic Toolbar - Exit Pick Horizon Events tool bar back to Main Seismic Tool Bar 141 .
Pick Data Trace Kills 145

Pick Trace Reverse Polarity 150

Pick Trace Top/Bottom/Surgical Mutes 153

First Break Picking 160

Define (Pick) Time Gates 167

Seismic Analysis Window 173

GEDCO
216 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Horizon Pick Event List - Opens the current Pick Events dialog. The user can ADD or
REMOVE events.

[Pick Events Dialog - Lists of Current Events]

ADD - Adds an event.

REMOVE - Removes a highlighted event.

Edit Current Horizon Pick Event - Having selected a current event with the Event with the
Horizon Pick Event List (Pick Events dialog), click this icon opens up the Pick Event dialog which has
three tabs as shown below:

Pick Event - Display Tab

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 217

[Pick Event Dialog - Display Tab]

Event Name - Current Event Name is shown.

Pick Width - The number of pixels representing the picked event can be set along with the line
color and event label FONT.

Display Event - Can toggle on/off the current Event picks.

Pick Event - Pick Options Tab

GEDCO
218 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Pick Event Dialog - Pick Options Tab]

Search Mode - Can detect layer with various options from the drop down list such as peak,
trough, up to zero, and down from zero.

Search Window - The size of the search window in milliseconds.

Amplitude Threshold - Limit search by a percentage of the amplitude.

Pick to Nearest - Can position the pick points with various options from the drop down list such
as Sample Rate, or various fractions of Sample Rate.

Pick Event - Notes Tab

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 219

[Pick Event Dialog - Notes Tab]

Event Notes - Can enter any desired text to describe the picked layer.

NEW Horizon Pick Event - Create a new Horizon Pick Event and opens the above Pick Event
Dialog with the Event number automatically indexed to the next event number. The Pick Events
dialog is automatically updated to include this new Event number.

Current Pick Event Functions - This icon has multiple sub-icons for each
of the available functions. Each is described below:

Current Layer Attributes - Opens the Horizon Attributes dialog for selection of the Current
Layer Attributes to be computed. These computed attributes for this event layer can be saved to
Header words using the WRITE Current Pick Event to Vista Header icon . The Header values
can be displayed using the Annotation Parameter Tab in the Seismic Plot Parameters dialog.

GEDCO
220 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Horizon Attributes Dialog]

Event Attributes - Desired Event Attributes are selected in the Attribute List and using the
shift button are loaded in the Event Attributes. Upon clicking the OK Button these values are
then calculated.

DELETE - Any items highlighted in the Event Attributes are deleted with this Button.

Remove All Current Picks (Invalid ALL) - Deletes all current Horizon picks.

Pick Based on Another Event - The user can pick a new event based on a previous pick
and an offset window specified by offset times provided in the Event Search dialog shown below.

[Event Search Dialog]

Search Event - Use this drop down list to select the Event to search from.

Search Time Shift - Enter the time in milliseconds from the Search Event to search for the
for the new Event.

Horizon Spectral Decomposition - Performs spectral decomposition on a 3D picked layer

(This function is not applicable to 2D data). Clicking this icon opens the Horizon Spectral
Decomposition dialog for entering the frequency range and frequency increment as shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 221

[Horizon Spectral Decomposition Dialog]

Horizon - From the drop down list select the Event on which to perform the Horizon Spectral
Decomposition.

Start Freq. (Hz) - Enter the start frequency for the spectral decomposition.

End Freq. (Hz) - Enter the end frequency for the spectral decomposition.

Freq. Incr. (Hz) - Enter the frequency increment for the spectral decomposition.

Window (ms) - Enter the window size in milliseconds for the spectral processing.

Scale Freq. Slices - Check to toggle on scaling for the frequency slices.

After clicking the OK Button the horizontal spectral display opens to show the Event spectral
decomposition.

GEDCO
222 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Horizontal Spectral Decomposition Seismic Window Display - Event 2]

In the above display the vertical axis is the InLine number and the Horizontal axis is the
XLine number of the 3D data set. There are 12 spectral panes of spectral magnitude
display determine by the frequency increment and the frequency range. The note on the
bottom left of the display provides the user with user with the pane number, the current
frequency slice, and the number of traces to make the display. Right clicking on the color
bar opens up the color bar menu, the bottom item on this menu is the Project Color Bar
List which allows the user to optimize the color range for the particular data set. Closing
this display and saving the data as a Project Data List file also allows the data to be
displayed in the 3D Seismic Cube Display 414 . The top slide bar can be used to move
between frequency slices.

READ Current Pick Event from Vista Header - Read in a previously saved Pick Horizon
Event from Vista Headers.

SAVE Current Pick Event to Vista Header - Save current Pick Horizon Event to Vista
Headers. The Horizon Attributes Transfer to Headers dialog opens to allow the selection of
desired Vista Header.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 223

[Horizon Attributes Transfer to Header Dialog]

Event Attribute
The user selects the item to be saved for the given Event from the Event Attribute drop
down list. This includes Time, Amplitude, and Pick Horizon Events chosen attributes.
Vista Header Attribute
The user selects the destination Vista header word from the Header drop down list, and
or use of the Vista Header Category Attribute sub-icons

ADD
Adds the Event Attribute >>> Vista Header word combination to the Transfer Attribute List
for the specified Event.

REMOVE
Highlight the List item to be remove by clicking on the item and then click REMOVE

Flood Pick Entire Seismic Volume - After picking a given InLine or XLine data set, clicking this icon will automatically
pick the corresponding pick in the entire 3D Volume. This option is not available with 2D data.

Create Data on Flatten Horizon - Clicking on this icon opens the Flatten on Pick dialog for creating on the selected pick
horizons. This dialog is shown below:

GEDCO
224 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Flatten on Pick Dialog]

Output Flattened Time Slice - Outputs a Seismic Display Window of the flatten time slice for
each millisecond of the Time Window range in milliseconds inputted around the horizon pick.
This data can be saved to the Project File List. An example output is shown below:

[Create Time Slice Data on Flatten Horizon Display]

The bottom left note indicates the Time Slice time from the time selected in the Flatten on
Pick dialog and the number of traces (XLine) to create the display. The top slide bar can be
used to move between time slices.

Output Flattened Data - Outputs a Seismic Display Window of the seismic data traces for the
Time Window range in milliseconds inputted about the horizon pick. This data can be saved
to the Project File List. An example output is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 225

[Create Seismic Data about the Flatten Horizon Display]

Mouse Mode: Horizon Pick - Toggle on the Mouse Mode to Horizon Picking. This function can
be performed in the RMB Mouse Mode.

Mouse Mode: Zoom Mode - Toggle on the Mouse Mode to Zoom Mode turning off the Horizon
Picking. This function can be performed in the RMB Mouse Mode.

Pick Horizon Event Point - This is the default Horizon Event picking mode. This icon can be
toggle through three additional picking modes as shown below:

Pick Horizon Event Left - Pick the horizon to the left of the mouse position.
Pick Horizon Event Right - Pick the horizon to the right of the mouse position.
Pick Horizon Event Left & Right - Pick the horizon to the left and right of the mouse
position.

Event Drop Down List - Identifies the current

Event being picked or processed. The square to the left of the drop down list has the current picking
color.

Pick Horizon Event Right Mouse Button

GEDCO
226 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Pick Horizon Events Right Mouse Button Menu]

The majority of menu items are the same as discussed in the Seismic Window Display Right
Mouse Button Menu 103 except for the Mouse Mode and Display Visible items. The difference in
these two menu items related to Pick Horizon Events are explained below:

Mouse Mode

[Mouse Mode Sub-Menu]

See Seismic Window mouse modes 112 for complete description of these modes.

Zoom Mouse
Standard zoom mouse (Default) for zooming Seismic Window View.
Pan Mouse
When set on holding left mouse button down allow mouse movement to 'PAN' the display.
Horizon Picking Mouse
Toggle on/off Horizon Picking with the mouse.
LMO Velocity Edit 1203
Define, edit or view LMO 1203 velocity with the mouse on an offset ordered shot record (Or
Sorted Ensemble).
Velocity Information

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 227

Display velocity information on seismic sorted ensemble.

Graph Data Trace
Display selected seismic traces in Seismic Graph Window 1207 .
Trace Header Info
Display selected trace header information.
Swap Trace Data
Swap Trace Data (Swap Data Trace(s) 139 ) from one trace to another. A new window pops
that allows selection of
traces to be swapped and then an another window opens up that allows the interchange of
data.

Display Visible

[Display Visible Sub-Menu]

Allows the user to control the different views displayed on the screen. Turn On/Off the
various display views on the Seismic Window display.

Pick Horizon Events Example

Using the processes discussed above an example Pick Horizon Events was constructed using
Tutorial B 3D data as shown below:

GEDCO
 228 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Pick Horizon Events Example]

The above example shows two Horizon Events. The bottom annotation display shows the
Instantaneous Frequency for Event 1. In this case the attribute data was stored in VWUSER2 in the
Vista Headers, but the user can use any of these VWUSER header words to store their selections.

7.1.4 Annotation Display (Top/Bottom)

Control seismic display window top/bottom annotations with the Seismic Plot Parameters 89 ->
Annotation Parameters tab.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 229

[Seismic Plot Parameters - Annotation Parameters Tab]

TOP/BOTTOM Annotation
To put header word annotations above or below your trace section, select TOP or BOTTOM
Annotation.
Hide Annotation
To hide a particular annotation(Top or Bottom) select Hide Annotation.
UP/DOWN
Use these buttons to change the sequence in which the header words appear on the plot.
The header values will be plotted in the order from top to bottom as seen in this dialog.
REMOVE
This button removes selected annotation items from the list.
RESET
This button resets the dialog to its default values.
NEW
To add a new item, first select the item type with the NEW drop down list. Then hit NEW to
add a new annotation type to the top or bottom annotation. Double click on an existing header word to
edit its display parameters (for example TEXT Annotation 230 ).

READ PARMS
Clicking this button opens a Windows File Open dialog to read in previously save Seismic Plot
Parameters. The file extension is *.vwplot.
WRITE PARMS
Clicking this button opens a Windows File Save dialog to save the current Seismic Plot
Parameters. The file extension is *.vwplot.

GEDCO
 230 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Types of annotation are:

TEXT Annotation Annotate header words with text values.

230
GRAPH Annotate header words graphically.
Annotation 235
VELOCITY FILE 240 Display a velocity file in the annotation.
COMMENT FILE Display a comment file in the annotation.
243
TEXT Panel 248 Annotate header words based on Panel Test parameters.
Panel test commands are:
Gain Scale Test 797 , Filter Panel Test 819 and Decon Panel Test 836 .

Note that all annotation options are available and can be applied to the Top or Bottom.
Normally text annotation is applied to the top and the graph annotations are applied to the
bottom.

Also all Annotation panels can be accessed via the Right Mouse Button click option for editing.
7.1.4.1 TEXT Annotation
The TEXT Annotation Parameters dialog is entered through either the Seismic Plot
Parameters 89 -> Annotation Parameters tab -> TEXT Annotation Selected or the use of Right
Mouse Button -> Properties Axis: -> Parameter Axis. Note that if the Top or Bottom Annotation is
disabled in the Seismic Plot Parameters 89 -> Annotation Parameters tab the Right Mouse Button
option will not be available. If the Tab is not available in the Right Mouse Button option it is so
indicated.

Text Annotation Options TAB

Set the header word to annotate.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 231

[Text Annotation Options - Annotation Options Tab]

Header Display item

HEADER ITEM Choose header item to annotate.
MAP Map the header values displayed. Opens the Define Mapping Items
dialog.

Annotation Options
Title
Auto Annotate
User Define Annotate
Start Interval
Increment Interval
Annotation Control
Header
Title to display beside the annotation window.
Auto annotate the axis.
Define were the annotation should be placed. Uses the three
parameters below to define this.
Start value to annotate from.
Increment to annotate from the start interval.
Use a different header word to annotate from.

If the header word to be annotated does not increment regularly, then control the annotation
interval with another
header word such as Trace_Seq_No. Do this by clicking the Annotation Control Header box and
selecting the header
word below this box that will be used as the annotation control.

Annotation example:
If one had a header word VWUSER20 with all values = 1, and one wants to label every 5th trace
with VWUSER20. Click on User Defined Annotate and enter a value of 5 for Increment Interval. Note
that the modulus of VWUSER20 divided by 5 is not zero, ie. it is not evenly divisible. Therefore no

GEDCO
232 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

traces will be annotated. One has to control the annotation using the Trace_Seq_No. Do this by
checking the Annotate Control Header box and below it, specify the header word Trace_Seq_No.
Now every 5th trace will be annotated with VWUSERr20.

Another annotation example:

Plotting 3D in-line stacks and one is annotating the in-line number on every 20th trace. One
would also like to annotate the cross-line number on every 20th trace, so that it is coincident with the
in-line annotation. Specify to plot the header word XLINE, click on User Defined Annotate, and enter
a value of 20 for Increment Interval. Then check the Annotation Control Header and below it, specify
the header word INLINE.

Text Display Settings TAB

Set parameters for annotation label control.

[Text Annotation Options - Display Settings Tab]

Text Display Options

Annotate First Occurrence Checking only annotates the first occurrence of value.
Ignore NULL Values Checking prevents annotating of any NULL values.
NULL Value Define NULL value if other then default (0.).
Display Text Annotation Display annotation as text
Display Tick Lines Display annotation tick above or below text label.
Vertical Annotation Label text vertically.
# Chars Maximum number of characters for labeling vertically.
# Decimal Points Number of decimal points to display in label.
Display Symbol Display annotation as symbols.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 233

Annotation
Symbol Type Selected symbol type with drop down list.
% of Defined Font Size The symbol size can be modified as a percentage of the Font
Size by changing the percent Height and Width.

Text Size Control TAB

Control the vertical size of the annotation axis. Not available with Right Mouse Button options.

[Text Annotation Options - Size Control Tab] [N/A RMB]

Vertical Size Options

Auto-Size Vertical Automatically control the vertical size.

Set Vertical Size User define the vertical size.
Pixel Defines size in terms of pixels.
Pixel Size Vertical pixel size (Or printer/plotter size in dots for scaled output).
Inches or Cm Define size in units.
Unit Size Vertical size in terms of measurement.

Text Font Control TAB

Set the FONT displayed for this annotation

GEDCO
234 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Text Annotation Options - Font Control Tab]

Font Control
Default Fonts Use currently defined default fonts for the project.
Use Defined Fonts Below Checking this options allows selection of the follow
Font Control options.
Display/Printer Font Control Using FONT button choose the font to display,
and the color 1185 button to chose font color.
Versatec Font Control Specify the font to use for Versatec plotting.

Example annotation showing shot and channel text annotation.

[Text annotation Example]

Note that many of the above features can be accessed by a Right Mouse Click on the Top Annotation
text.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 235

7.1.4.2 GRAPH Annotation

The Graph Annotation Parameters dialog is entered through either the Seismic Plot
Parameters 89 -> Annotation Parameters tab -> Graph Annotation Selected and clicking the NEW
button, or the use of Lower Graph Right Mouse Button 128 -> Properties Axis: -> Parameter Axis.
Note that if the Bottom Annotation is disabled in the Seismic Plot Parameters 89 -> Annotation
Parameters tab the Right Mouse Button option will not be available. The Size Control Tab is not
available in the Right Mouse Button option, and its function is the same as described in TEXT
Annotation 230 .

Graph Options TAB

Set the header word to annotate.

[Graph Annotation Window - Graph Options Tab]

Graph Item(s)
Hide Graph Annotation Hide the graph annotation.
ADD Add more headers to graph in this annotation window.
When ADD is pressed or double click an item in the list, the following graph
annotation window will appear:

mapping [Graph Item Annotation Window - Graph Parameters Tab]

Header Select the header to graph in the annotation window.

Map Apply a mapping to the header word before graphing it.

Graph Display
Set the display parameters for the header graph.

GEDCO
236 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Graph Item Annotation Window - Graph Display Tab]

Abbrev Abbreviation to display for this graph item.

Plot Lines Draw lines between values.
Size and color of lines can also be set here.
Plot Symbols Draw symbols at header location values.
Size, color and type of symbol (drop down list) to display can be set here.

Histogram Display
Display the graph as a histogram.

[Graph Item Annotation Window - Histogram Display Tab]

Levels
Positive Levels Set the positive display(Histogram displayed in
PASS Color).
Negative Levels Set the negative display(Histogram displayed in FAIL Color).
Level Zero Set the zero level.
Display

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 237

Display Histogram Checked displays graph as a histogram and select PASS

and FAIL colors.

Color the histogram bars according to a criteria described by Pos and Neg Threshold.
Header values that
are within the Pos and Neg Threshold values will be PASSed, values outside this range
are colored as FAIL.

The zero reference line is specified by the value of Level Zero. Values will be plotted
starting from this zero
reference. The display below shows histogram annotation of header word
OFFSET_SH_REC. The positive
and negative thresholds are 1000m and 0 m, respectively with a zero reference level of 0.

Example of Histogram Plot

[Example of Histogram Plot]

REMOVE Remove a selected header from the graph list.

Graph Display TAB

Set the header word to annotate.

GEDCO
238 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Graph Annotation Window - Graph Display Tab]

Display Options
Title Title of the annotation axis.
Display Annotation Grid Display the grid in the axis plot.
Auto Annotate Label Auto annotate label or set Label Increment.
Auto-Scale Plot Auto scale the plot or set Min/Max values to annotate axis in.

Font Control Tab

Set the FONT displayed for this annotation

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 239

[Graph Annotation Window - Font Control Tab]

Font Control
Default Fonts Use currently defined default fonts for the project.
Use Defined Fonts Below Checking this options allows selection of the follow
Font Control options.
Display/Printer Font Control Using FONT button choose the font to display,
and the color 1185 button to chose font color.
Versatec Font Control Specify the font to use for Versatec plotting.

Example graph annotation showing calculated amplitude information.

[Example Graph Annotation]

GEDCO
 240 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

7.1.4.3 VELOCITY FILE Annotation

The VELOCITY FILE Annotation Parameters dialog is entered through either the Seismic Plot
Parameters 89 -> Annotation Parameters tab -> VELOCITY FILE Annotation Selected and clicking
the NEW button, or the use of Right Mouse Button -> Properties Axis: -> Parameter Axis for editing
when the VELOCITY FILE Annotation exits. Note that if the Top/Bottom Annotation is disabled in the
Seismic Plot Parameters 89 -> Annotation Parameters tab the Right Mouse Button option will not be
available. The Size Control Tab is not available in the Right Mouse Button option, and its function is
the same as described in TEXT Annotation 230 .

Display a velocity file in an annotation window, example shown below:

[Example Velocity File Annotation]

The Velocity Annotation Window is entered from the Seismic Plot Parameters 89 ->
Annotations Parameters -> Drop Down List and clicking the NEW button.

Velocity Annotation TAB

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 241

[Velocity Annotation Window - Velocity Annotation Tab]

Velocity File
FILE Choose velocity file to annotate.
VIEW Opens a text window to view the comment file.
Display Options
Title Title of the velocity file annotation axis.
Hide Velocity Annotation Display the velocity file annotation.
Display Interval Velocity Auto scale the plot or set min/max values to annotate axis in.

Size Control Tab

Control the vertical size of the annotation axis.

GEDCO
242 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Velocity Annotation Window - Size Control Tab]

Vertical Size Options

Auto-Size Vertical Automatically control the vertical size.
Set Vertical Size User define the vertical size.
Pixel Defines size in terms of pixels.
Pixel Size Vertical pixel size(Or printer/plotter size in dots for scaled output).
Inches or Cm Define size in units.
Unit Size Vertical size in terms of measurement.

Font Control Tab

Set the FONT displayed for this annotation

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 243

[Velocity Annotation Window - Font Control Tab]

Font Control
Default Fonts Use currently defined default fonts for the project.
Use Defined Fonts Below Checking this options allows selection of the follow
Font Control options.
Display/Printer Font Control Using FONT button choose the font to display,
and the color 1185 button to chose font color.
Versatec Font Control Specify the font to use for Versatec plotting.

7.1.4.4 COMMENT FILE Annotation

The COMMENT FILE Annotation Parameters dialog is entered through either the Seismic Plot
Parameters 89 -> Annotation Parameters tab -> COMMENT FILE Annotation Selected and clicking
the NEW button, or the use of Right Mouse Button -> Properties Axis: -> Parameter Axis for editing
when the COMMENT FILE Annotation exits. Note that if the Top/Bottom Annotation is disabled in the
Seismic Plot Parameters 89 -> Annotation Parameters tab the Right Mouse Button option will not
be available. The Size Control Tab is not available in the Right Mouse Button option, and its function
is the same as described in TEXT Annotation 230 .

The Comment Annotation Window is entered from the Seismic Plot Parameters 89 ->
Annotations Parameters -> Drop Down List and clicking the NEW button.

Comment Annotation TAB

GEDCO
244 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Comment Annotation Window - Comment Annotation Tab]

Comment File
FILE Comment text file to display (Format described Here).
VIEW Opens a text window to view the comment file.
Comment Header Items Header word(s) that are defined for comment file.
ADD Opens the Choose a Vista Header Item dialog shown below
for adding a header item.

[Choose Vista-Header Item Dialog]

REMOVE Highlighting a header item in the Comment File Window and

then clicking
REMOVE deletes the header item.

Display Settings Tab

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 245

[Comment Annotation Window - Display Settings Tab]

Display Options
Title
Hide Comment Annotation
Display Text Vertical
Display Trace Overlay
can be specified.
Title for the comment annotation.
Checking hides the comment file annotation.
Checking displays the text vertical.
Checking adds Trace Overlay. Trace Line Size and color

Note that it is important to insure the first time the COMMENT FILE is employed make sure
the Title is entered.

Size Control Tab

Control the vertical size of the annotation axis.

GEDCO
246 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Comment Annotation Window - Size Control Tab][N/A RMB]

Vertical Size Options

Auto-Size Vertical Automatically control the vertical size.
Set Vertical Size User define the vertical size.
Pixel Defines size in terms of pixels.
Pixel Size Vertical pixel size(Or printer/plotter size in dots for scaled
output).
Inches or Cm Define size in units.
Unit Size Vertical size in terms of measurement.

Font Control Tab

Set the FONT displayed for this annotation

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 247

[Comment Annotation Window - Font Control Tab]

Font Control
Default Fonts Use currently defined default fonts for the project.
Use Defined Fonts Below Checking this options allows selection of the follow
Font Control options.
Display/Printer Font Control Using FONT button choose the font to display,
and the color 1185 button to chose font color.
Versatec Font Control Specify the font to use for Versatec plotting.

The following is an example of a Comment Annotation using the data file described in the link (
Format described Here).

GEDCO
 248 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Annotation Comment File Example Display]

7.1.4.5 TEXT Panel Annotation

The TEXT Panel Annotation Parameters dialog is entered through either the Seismic Plot
Parameters 89 -> Annotation Parameters tab -> TEXT Panel Annotation Selected and clicking the
NEW button, or the use of Right Mouse Button -> Properties Axis: -> Parameter Axis for editing when
the TEXT Panel Annotation exits. Note that if the Top/Bottom Annotation is disabled in the Seismic
Plot Parameters 89 -> Annotation Parameters tab the Right Mouse Button option will not be
available. The Size Control Tab is not available in the Right Mouse Button option, and its function is
the same as described in TEXT Annotation 230 .

Annotation Options TAB

Set the header word to annotate.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 249

[Text Panel Annotation Options - Annotation Options Tab]

Panel Test Display Control item

CONTROL ITEM Choose header item to define annotation location and values
Hide Text Annotation Hide or display current annotation.

Annotation Options
Title Title to display beside the annotation window.
Auto Annotate Label Auto annotate the axis.
User Define Annotate Define were the annotation should be placed. Uses the three
parameters below to define this.
Start Interval Start value to annotate from.
Increment Interval Increment to annotate from the start interval.

Display Settings TAB

Set parameters for annotation label control.

GEDCO
250 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Text Panel Annotation Options - Display Settings Tab]

Text Display Options

Annotate First Occurrence Checking only annotate first occurrence of value.
Ignore NULL Values Checking prevents annotating any NULL values.
NULL Value Define NULL value if other then default(0.).
Display Text Annotation Display annotation as text
Display Tick Lines Display annotation tick above or below text label.
Vertical Annotation Label text vertically.
# Chars Maximum number of characters for labeling
vertically.
# Decimal Points Number of decimal points to display in label.
Display Symbol Annotation Display annotation as symbols
Symbol Type Selected symbol type with drop down list
% of Defined Font Size The symbol size can be modified as a percentage of
the Font Size

Size Control TAB

Control the vertical size of the annotation axis.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 251

[Text Panel Annotation Options - Size Control Tab] [N/A RMB]

Vertical Size Options

Auto-Size Vertical Automatically control the vertical size.
Set Vertical Size User define the vertical size.
Pixel Defines size in terms of pixels.
Pixel Size Vertical pixel size(Or printer/plotter size in dots for scaled
output).
Inches or Cm Define size in units.
Unit Size Vertical size in terms of measurement.

Font Control TAB

Set the FONT displayed for this annotation

GEDCO
252 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Text Panel Annotation Options - Font Control Tab]

Font Control
Default Fonts Use currently defined default fonts for the project.
Use Defined Fonts Below Checking this options allows selection of the follow
Font Control options.
Display/Printer Font Control Using FONT button choose the font to display,
and the color 1185 button to chose font color.
Versatec Font Control Specify the font to use for Versatec plotting.

An example of TEXT Panel Annotation is provided below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 253

[Filter Panel TEXT Panel Example Display]

7.1.4.6 LOG Display Annotation

This section is under development.

The LOG Display Annotation Parameters dialog is entered through either the Seismic Plot
Parameters 89 -> Annotation Parameters tab -> LOG Display Annotation Selected and clicking the
NEW button, or the use of Right Mouse Button -> Properties Axis: -> Parameter Axis for editing when
the LOG Display Annotation exits. Note that if the Top/Bottom Annotation is disabled in the Seismic
Plot Parameters 89 -> Annotation Parameters tab the Right Mouse Button option will not be
available. The Size Control Tab is not available in the Right Mouse Button option, and its function is
the same as described in TEXT Annotation 230 .

Log Display Annotation TAB

GEDCO
254 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Log Display Window - Log Display Annotation Tab]

Log ----Selection of Data

Log Name/Log Abbreviation/User Defined

Select Log Name for output with radio buttons.
Title If user defined enter Title.

Line Size/Color Enter line size in pixels and select color by clicking the color button.

Size Control TAB

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 255

[Log Display Window - Size Control Tab]

Vertical Size Options

Auto-Size Vertical Automatically control the vertical size.
Set Vertical Size User define the vertical size.
Pixel Defines size in terms of pixels.
Pixel Size Vertical pixel size(Or printer/plotter size in dots for scaled
output).
Inches or Cm Define size in units.
Unit Size Vertical size in terms of measurement.

Font Control TAB

GEDCO
256 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Log Display Window - Font Control Tab]

Font Control
Default Fonts Use currently defined default fonts for the project.
Use Defined Fonts Below Checking this options allows selection of the follow
Font Control options.
Display/Printer Font Control Using FONT button choose the font to display,
and the color 1185 button to chose font color.
Versatec Font Control Specify the font to use for Versatec plotting.

An example of the Log Display Annotation is shown below:

"Insert"

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 257

7.2 Seismic Scaled Plot Menu

(Interactive Seismic Scaled Plot Menu)

Create a scaled, annotated plot of a chosen data set.

The plot may be output to a Windows driven (PC) printer, or a attached Versatec Plotter.

Menu options from Seismic Scaled plot :

Printer Scaled Plot 257 Output scaled plot to attached windows printer.
Versatec Scale Plot 262 Output scaled plot to attached Versatec plotter.
Side Label Edit/Viewer 269 Create side label for attachment to output scaled plots.
Versatec Settings 274 Set up Versatec plot settings and provides plotter interface
information.

7.2.1 Printer Scaled Plot

Plot a scaled plot of unstacked or stacked data to a attached Windows printer.

After selecting the data set from the Seismic Scaled Window Display spreadsheet, the Printer
Scaled Plotting Window dialog appears. Each dialog tab is described below:

Printer Options TAB

GEDCO
258 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Printer Scaled Plotting Window Dialog - Printer Options]

Plot Title Title of the scaled plot.

Fit Plot to Page Size Ignore scaling and output plot to printer default of one page.
Traces/Inch Scale for the traces.
Inches/Second Scale for time.
Overlap (%) Specifies the overlap of adjoining pages when your plot size exceeds 1 page.
Cm/Inches Units used for scale parameters.
LToR/RToL Left to right or visa-versa for output.

PLOT PARAM Plotting parameters for the data (See Plot Parameters 89 ).
COLORBAR Color bar settings. (See Color-Bar Overview 1178 Dialog).

PRINT INFO
View details of plot such as numbers of pages, resolution etc.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 259

[Printer Info Dialog]

Sort Tab

[Printer Scaled Plotting Window Dialog - Sort]

Trace Order[No Sort]

Plot data in trace sequential order (Trace Order).
Start Trace/ End Trace Set traces to be printed.

Sort Order
Plot data in a Sort Order (eg. ensembles of shot records, field records, CMP gathers, etc.).
The sort order is specified by clicking on the drop down Sort Order list. Sort Order must have
been created by Sort Indexes .

GEDCO
260 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Select Sort Record(s)

This option will plot a single ensemble record.
Select the single record number and its traces to plot using SET and specifying the number of the
Start and End Sort Trace.
All Sort Records
All ensembles will be plotted with the All Sort Records option.
Each record will be plotted on a single page unless the Continuous Sort Plot option is
chosen, in which case all ensembles will be plotted to a single page.

Side Label Tab

[Printer Scaled Plotting Window Dialog - Side Label]

Side Label Definition File

File
Side label file to plot. Create in Side Label Edit/Viewer Window.
View
Open Side Label Edit/Viewer window with this file.
Parameters
Display Side Label Plot
Display a Side Label plot with output scaled plot of data.
Horizontal/Vertical Size
Set the size of the Side Label plot. Values are multiplication factors.
Left/Right/Both Sides
Plot Side Label location relative to the scaled output of the data.

Border Tab

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 261

[Printer Scaled Plotting Window Dialog - Border]

Set the Margin for the plot and option to draw a border around the output plot.
Plot Border
Margins
Enter the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom border dimensions (Cm's) with an option to turn on
and off the Border Around Plot.
Border Size
Size of border in pixels.

Font Tab

GEDCO
 262 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Printer Scaled Plotting Window Dialog - Font]

Set the Default Font to use in the printer output. Clicking on the FONT Button opens a standard
Windows Font dialog.

Clicking the OK starts the printing process.

7.2.2 Versatec Scaled Plot

Upon selection of this plot option a spreadsheet opens for the selection of the data set to be plotted.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 263

[Seismic Scaled Window Display - Selection Spreadsheet]

After selection by clicking an Data item click OK and the Versatec Scaled Plotting Window dialog
opens with several options tabs. The parameters for Versatec plotting are entered from the this
dialog:

Versatec Scaled Plotting Window Dialog

Options Tab

[Versatec Scaled Plotting Window Dialog - Options Tab]

Input Data
The input file name is provided here.

Plot Options

GEDCO
264 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Plot Title
Title of the output plot.
Traces/Inch
Scale of traces for output plot. Units are set by Cm/Inches control.
Inches/Second:
Scale of time output plot. Units are set by Cm/Inches control.
Overlap (%)
Output plot overlap. Units are set by Cm/Inches control.
Default Font:
Versatec font display for default fonts.
Direction
Option of LToR Plot/RToL Plot.

PLOT PARM
Normal Plot Parameters 89 dialog window control.

SORT
The Data Plot Sort Order dialog allows selection of various plot sort orders. Sort Order must
have been created by Sort Indexes

[Versatec Scaled Plot->Options->Data Plot Sort Order Dialog]

Plot Sort Order

Trace Order [No Sort]
This first option plots the data in trace order, selecting the Start Trace and End
Trace to plot.
Sort Order
The available sort orders can be selected with the drop down list. Typical sort orders

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 265

are SHOT_POINT_NO, FIELD_STATION_NUMBER, CMP_NO, etc. Two sort modes can be

selected:
Single Sort Record
The SET button allows selection of the Single Sort Record to plot.
The SET button opens a dialog for selection.

[Choose Sort Index Input Dialog]

After selection of the desired Single Sort Record, the Start Sort Trace and End Sort
Trace are selected or changed from the default values.
All Sort Records
All ensembles will be plotted with this option. Each record will be plotted on a single
page unless the Continuous Sort Plot is checked. If chosen then all ensembles will be plotted on a
single page.
WINDOW
This button is not active. For future development.

Gap Tab

GEDCO
266 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Versatec Scaled Plotting Window Dialog - Gap Tab]

Gap Options
Gap Plot ON
If Gap Plot option is turned on. Output plot will place gaps on plot when a chosen header
value changes. The Attr button bring up common header value groupings for selection in the drop
down list. These common header groupings icons are shown below:

Typical header groupings contents referred to by each icon sequencing from left to right and
using the text abbreviation are:
GEN - TRACE_SEQ_NO
AMP - DATA_SNRATIO
TIME - DATA_FIRSTBREAK
GEO - OFFSET_SH_REC
HZ - ALIAS_FILTER_FREQ
VEL - CVS_VELOCITY
TYPE - DEAD_TRACE
SORT - SHOT_POINT_NO
DATE - DATARECORDED_YEAR
USER - VWUSER_1
Gap Width:
Input the desired width in inches.

Side Label Tab

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 267

[Versatec Scaled Plotting Window Dialog - Side Label Tab]

Side Label Definition File

File
Side label file to plot. Create in Side Label Edit/Viewer Window.
View
Open Side Label Edit/Viewer window with this file.
Parameters
Display Side Label Plot
Display a Side Label plot with output scaled plot of data.
Horizontal/Vertical Size
Set the size of the Side Label plot. Values are multiplication factors.
Left/Right/Both Sides
Plot Side Label location relative to the scaled output of the data.

See Side Label Dialog 269 for creating and setting side label parameters for insertion within the
plot.

Output Tab

GEDCO
268 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Versatec Scaled Plotting Window Dialog - Output Tab]

Output
Output Attached Versatec Plotter
Data and labels outputted to the attached Versatec Plotter.
Output to Bitmap File(BMP)
Data and labels outputted to a selected *.bmp file (OUTPUT PLOT FILE) rather than
being outputted to the Versatec Plotter.

If the IKON plotter interface card is not installed an error message will appear. This card should be
installed for the Versatec Plotter to work.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 269

7.2.3 Side Label Edit/Viewer

[Side Label Edit/Viewer Window]

A Side-Label is created to add information to output printer/plotter scaled plot of data.

Side-Label Creation and Editing:

This is performed with the aid of the tool-bar drop down list.

[Side Label Functions Drop Down List]

Size/Drag Mode
Size/resize or drag the label around the Side-Label edit page.
Text Edit Box Mode
Enter or edit text in a Side-Label box. This is the main box for entering text.
Rectangle Box Mode
Create the Side-Label box. The left cursor is clicked and held down while dragging out a
Side-Label box of the desired size.

GEDCO
270 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

This box is used to encompass several of the other boxes. Note that text entered in this box is not
saved.
Bit-Map Image Mode
Allows the insertion of a bit-map into the Side-Label box. When position to insert is clicked, a
Windows file open dialog appears allowing the selection of the bit-map to insert. This box is only for
bit-maps and not for text.
Title Box Mode
Same as Rectangle Box Mode above, except now a title appears inserted in the top of the box.
Again text entered into this box is not saved.
Define Line Mode
Turns on the ability to draw lines.

Note: The save function saves the data to a file of extension *.sd. This file is an ASCII file and can be
edited by the operator. Also a composite Side Label can be constructed from a combination of any or
all of the above Boxes.

Text Editing:
Double clicking with the right mouse button inside of a side-label box brings up the text box dialog
shown below:

[Side Label Text Box Dialog]

In the above dialog, text can be entered and edited as desired.

The Side label Text Box Options dialog is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 271

[Side Label Text Box Display Options Dialog]

Display Options
Title Box On
Allows insertion/editing of a title at the top of the Side Label box.
The Title Placement can be selected as left, right, or center.
Draw Box Border
Turns on/off the Side Label box border. Also allows determination of the Border Size.
Text Placement
Selection of positioning of Side Label box text, in the left, right, or center of the box.
FONT
The FONT button opens a standard Windows font dialog for selection of the Side Label font
and its attributes.

Right-Click Side-Label Menu:

Right clicking over a Side Label box, brings up a menu for aiding creation and editing. The main
menu is shown below:

[Side Label Right Mouse Button Menu]

Read Side Label File

Opens a standard Windows File Open dialog to read in a new Side Label File.
Write Side Label File
Opens a standard Windows File Save dialog to save the current Side Label data.
Layout
This item only appears if a Side Label box is active (solid black lines surrounding the box).
The layout sub-menu options are shown below:

GEDCO
272 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Side Label -> Layout-> Sub-Menu]

Align Top Main Window

Aligns the top of the Side Label box to the Top of the layout window.
Align Bottom Main Window
Aligns the bottom of the Side Label box to the Bottom of the layout window.
Fit to Window Height
Fits the Side Label box to the layout window height.

Properties
This item only appears if right button click over the Side Label box. The layout sub-menu
options are shown below:

[Side Label -> Properties-> Sub-Menu]

Set View Parameters

Opens the Side Label Text Box Dialog for entering text parameters.
Set View Font
Opens a Standard Windows Font dialog for setting font attributes.
Set View Border
Opens a small dialog for turning on/off border and setting border line widths.
Delete View
The view or portion thereof that is made active by clicking on it, will be deleted with this
option.
View Sizing/Dragging On
Toggles on/off the ability to size and drag the Side Label object with the cursor.
View Push to Bottom
Pushes the select view to the bottom of the drawing order.
View Bring to Top
Brings the selected view to the top of the drawing order.

Side Label Toolbar Icons:

NEW Side-Label View

Deletes the entire current Side Label edit window and initiates Side-Label window for a new
Side-Label. Make sure that one saves and backups the present work done while developing the
desired side label. There is no recovery from this delete.

Import Side-Label from File

Activates a standard Windows file open dialog to allow selection of a Side Label file name to
open. Side Label file extension is (*.sd).

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 273

Export Side-Label to File

Activates a standard Windows file save dialog to allow selection of the Side Label file name to
save the created/edited Side Label data window.

Print Current Window - Prints the current window to a printer. Upon clicking this icon a Side
Label Generation dialog appears. The Horizontal and Vertical sizes should be adjusted for desired
printed size output.
Clicking the OK button will generate the printed output.

Print Current Window -> Side Label Generation Dialog]

Side Label Definition File

Ignoring this options prints the current Side Label as per the Parameter options below.
alternately, the one may load in a file with the FILE button. Also one may view the newly loaded
file with the VIEW option.

Parameters
Display Side Label Plot
Not applicable for printing a Side Label draft on the windows printer.
Horizontal/Vertical Size
Controls the size of the Side Label draft on the windows printer.
Left/Right/Both
These options are for the plot options and has no effect on printing a draft output to a
Windows printer.

Plotter Hardcopy Current Window

Plots the current window to a printer. Upon clicking this icon a Side Label a Side Label
Generation dialog appears.
The Horizontal and Vertical sizes should be adjusted for desired plot size output. Clicking the OK
button will generate the plot output. This icon option is no longer available.

Output as a BMP File

Saves the current Side Label Window as a *.bmp file. Upon clicking this icon a standard
Windows File Save dialog appears, and the desired file name can be entered and saved.

GEDCO
 274 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The Side Label data file can be loaded in the printer, Versatec, CGM scaled output items.
See Printer Scaled Plot 257 , Versatec Scale Plot 262 for detailed discussion on this loading for each
procedure.

7.2.4 Versatec Settings

A Versatec Plotter capable of raster plotting is sent raster bits from the display raster image
information through a driver card (Tahoma Technology 10115/10117) driven by a special driver
supplied by Interface Consultants, Inc.

Detailed information on each of these products can be obtained from the following web sites.
Tahoma Technology -
http://www.tahomatec.com/downloads/documentation/hardware_manuals/10116.htm

Interface Consultants - http//www.ifc2.com - See Versatec Hardcopy PCI 10117 Interface Boards.
Clicking on this menu item opens up a Versatec Settings dialog as shown below:

[Versatec Settings Dialog]

Settings
Device Name Plotter device name.
Dots per Inch Plotting dots per inch resolution.
Horizontal Dots For Screen Hard Copy
Vertical Dots For Screen Hard Copy
Perform Form Feed End of Plot
Check this option for form feed at the end of the plot.

TEST
The TEST button performs a plot test. If no interface card is available a dialog indicating this will
pop up.

7.3 Seismic Graph Window Display

Allows graphing the traces of several different data sets. Each set opens a new Seismic Graph
Window.
This function is entered via the Interactive Menu as shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 275

[Interactive Menu - Seismic Graph Window Display Selection]

Clicking on this option opens the Seismic Graph Window Display spread sheet for the active Vista
project as shown below:

[Seismic Graph Window Display Spread Sheet]

Double clicking the selection or clicking OK Button after making a data selection opens the Seismic
Graph Window as shown below:

GEDCO
276 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Graph Seismic Trace Window]

The data shown in the above window is the first trace (black) and the average of the traces (blue).

Graph Seismic Trace Window Tool Bar:

Graph Parameters
The Seismic Graph Window Display Graph Options dialog opens on clicking this left most
icon and is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 277

[Graph Data Parameters]

The major Graph Data Parameters are:

Type
Select Linear Display or dB Display. In the dB Display the minimum db Value and the
Max. Amp can be input. The equation for the db Display is dB = 20*log(A/Max. Amp) where
A is the current amplitude value and Max. Amp.is the maximum amplitude in the trace data
sets. For absolute db values of the amplitude, the Max. Amp. can be set to one (1)

Scale
Checking Auto-Scale Plot provides auto scaling of the amplitude plot. When the
Auto-Scale Plot is not checked the Min. Amp. and Max. Amp. can be used to set the scale
range of the plot. In the current version, the Auto-Scale does not work for the dB Display.
The scale factors should be entered with the Min. Amp. and Max. Amp. in db values.

View
View items allow selection of three plotting options:
Plot Lines uses lines to plot the data.
Plot Symbols uses symbols to plot the data.
Plot Average Trace is a plot of the average of all the traces in the set.
The above options can be selected individually or combined.
The drop down list provides a list of allowable symbols that can be used by the Plot
Symbols options.
Further the Symbol Size and Line Size can be adjusted to the operators requirements.

Colors
The Line, Symbol, and Average plot colors can be selected under this options. See
Color Set Window. 1185

GEDCO
278 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Add New Note

Clicking this icon opens up a Note window which allows adding annotations to the graph.
See Add New Note 1169 for complete discussion of this feature.

User Edit Trace

Clicking this icon opens up the User Edit Trace toolbar as shown below:

[Graph Seismic Trace - User Edit Trace Toolbar]

NOTE: Edit mode not allowed on data sets not created by Vista.

The functions on this User Edit Trace toolbar are:

Exit Edit Trace

This icon returns the operator to the main Graph Seismic Trace window.

Import Values form ASCII File

This icon opens a standard Windows File Open Menu to load in a trace *.asc file.
The file format is a two dimensional array of travel time and amplitude of the trace.

Export Values to ASCII File

This icon opens a standard Windows File Save Menu to save a trace to a *.asc
file. The file format is a two dimensional array of travel time and amplitude of the trace.

Mouse Mode Drop Down List

The Mouse Mode Drop Down List provides various mouse functions can edit or
change the data in the displayed trace. These are:
Mouse Mode: ZOOM - Standard Vista Zoom function. See Zoom UnZoom,
etc. 1219 description.
Mouse Mode: ZERO - By pressing the left mouse button down at a start point on
the graph and moving the mouse to an end point, this function zeros all the data between the
two points.
Mouse Mode: INTERPOLATE - Using the left mouse button as a drawing tool,
one can draw a waveform between point to interpolate expected data.
Mouse Mode: BLOCK - Using the left mouse button can draw a block between
two point as a function of travel time.
Mouse Mode: SPIKE - Using the left mouse button and locating it on a give
travel time allows the creation of a spike waveform of adjustable amplitude.

Trace Data Spread Sheet

This icon opens up the Trace Spread Sheet Display as shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 279

[Graph Seismic Trace - Trace Editing Spread Sheet Display with Toolbar]

This spread sheet has three columns; the first is the sample number, the second
is the travel time, and the third is the trace amplitude. Various editing functions can be
performed with the Trace Editing Spreadsheet Toolbar on the trace amplitude. These
functions are summarized as:

Exit Edit Trace

This icon returns the operator to the main Graph Seismic Trace window. If
changes have been made a dialog appears asking if the user wishes to save or
discard the changes made.

Graph Display
This icon returns the operator to the User Edit Trace Window.

Import Values form ASCII File

This icon opens a standard Windows File Open Menu to load in a trace *.asc
file. The file format is a two dimensional array of travel time and amplitude of the
trace.

Export Values to ASCII File

This icon opens a standard Windows File Save Menu to save a trace to a
*.asc file. The file format is a two dimensional array of travel time and amplitude
of the trace.

GEDCO
280 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Zero Selected Cells

Zero out selected cells (individual, group, or entire data column). Note that if
the user returns to the graph window and accepts the changes, the user can not
recover the data. It is suggested that initially the user copies the data before
experimenting with using this function.

Fill Selected Cells

This icon allows the filling of selected cells with a sequence of values. Cells
are selected with the left mouse.

Interp. Selected Cells

This icon allows the interpolation between the selected cells. Cells are
selected with the left mouse.

Math Function of Selected Cells

This icon opens up a dialog which allows the specification of the
mathematical function to be performed as shown below:

[Trace Math Function Dialog]

Less Decimal Points

Each time this icon is clicked the number of significant decimal points are
reduce by one (1) in the trace data column.

More Decimal Points

Each time this icon is clicked the number of significant decimal points are
increased by one (1) in the trace data column.

Graph Items Combined

Clicking this icon displays all the traces in the selected data set. Each trace is presented

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 281

in a different color. The average of all the data traces is also still displayed if this option was
selected. A example of this display is shown below:

[Seismic Graph Window Display - Graph Items Combined]

The Graph Items Combined icon changes to a single graph icon, pressing this new icon
located in the same place as the original changes the graph back to a single trace.

Toggle Frequency Display

Toggles on/off the Frequency display which shows the current graph plot spectrum and
phase as shown below:

GEDCO
282 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Seismic Graph Window Frequency Display]

View Options
Clicking the View Options icon opens up multiple icons for zooming, un-zooming, printing,
plotting and snapshots. See View Tools 1218 for the complete details of the View Options
icon.

Graph Seismic Trace Toolbar Slide Bar

Moving the slide bar changes the current trace displayed in the Graph Seismic Trace
window. The current trace number (and Index number) is indicated on the right of the slide
bar.

Seismic Graph Window Right Mouse Button

When the user right clicks anywhere in the Seismic Graph Display, the user will see the following
menu:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 283

[Right Mouse Button Menu]

Add Pasted Note

Allows you to add Pasted Notes 1169 onto the displayed data. Remove this note by right
clicking directly on it and select DELETE Pasted Note.
Mouse Mode
The Mouse Mode has two options, Zoom or Pan.
Graph Window Sync
With this menu option can synchronize the scales, and the options between different
Seismic Graph Window displays.

[Right Mouse Button - Graph Window Sync]

Sync TIME (ms) Window - Synchronize the time scale between Seismic Graph
Windows.
Sync Amplitude - Synchronize the amplitude scale between Seismic Graph
Windows.
Sync Graph Options - Synchronize the options between Seismic Graph Windows.

Seismic Window Display

Opens the current Seismic Window Display.
View/Edit Seismic Headers
Opens up the Header Display Window 367 of the displayed data.
Geometry Binning Display
Opens up either the 2D or 3D Geometry Window 323 of the displayed data.
Seismic Attribute Display
Opens up the Seismic Attribute Window 284 of the displayed data. Examine geometry
and header values for the data set with this window.
Graph Parameters
Brings up Graph display window parameters.
Display Grid
Turn Off or On the display grid.
dB Graph Display
Converts the Graph Amplitude scale to decibels.

GEDCO
 284 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Display All Traces

Display all input traces in one graph.
Display Average Trace
Display the average trace of all input traces.
Display NO Trace(s)
Do not display any traces.
Color-Bar Visible
Show or Hide the color-bar window.

7.4 Attribute Window Display

The purpose of the Attribute Window is to display trace header values of a data set superimposed
on the data set's geometry.
It also has the ability to QC and calculate source or receiver positions. This is potentially a powerful
means to provide quality control for geometry and acquisition parameters.

See Header Windows 367 for details of the list of header words.
The Attribute Window Display is entered from the Interactive Menu item as shown below:

[Interactive Menu -> Attribute Window Display]

Or directly from the Seismic Window Display -> Right Mouse Button Menu 103 when the desired
data set is already in the Seismic Window Display.

Following either procedure above, opens up the Seismic Attribute Window in its initial state with only
the geometry layout as shown below for the raw data in Tutorial B.
When clicking the Seismic Attribute Display item in the Interactive Menu, the Seismic Attribute
Window Spreadsheet opens to allow selection of the data set to be examined. This spreadsheet is
shown below with the desired data set highlighted:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 285

[Seismic Attribute Window Display Spreadsheet - Data Selection]

Following either procedure above, opens up the Seismic Attribute Window in its initial state with only
the geometry layout as shown below for the raw data in Tutorial B:

[Initial Geometry Shown in Attribute Window Display]

The Attribute Window Toolbar:

The main tool bars are located at the top and left side of the Attribute Window Display as shown
below:

GEDCO
286 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

From left to right, the top icons of the Attribute Window Toolbar are:
View 3D Plot 296

Scaled Plot View 310 - Creates a scale plot image of the current Attribute Window.
Shot/Receiver Prediction 300 and Move View.
Set Attribute Setting 322

Four icons sequence at this toolbar location for Plot at

Shot/Receiver/Bin/Midpoints 322

Header Selection 322

Displayed Value Modifier drop down list. Available modifiers are Maximum,
Mean, Median, Mean-Median, and Minimum.

From top to Bottom, the left icons of the Attribute Window Toolbar are:
Shot Defaults - See Plot Display Parameters 317 .
Receiver Defaults - See Plot Display Parameters 317 .
CMP Bin Defaults - See Plot Display Parameters 317 .
Attributes Display Defaults - See Plot Display Parameters 317 .
Images - See Plot Display Parameters 317 .
View Options 1218

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 287

Attribute at Selected Locations - See Attribute Display Modes 314 .

Fill Attribute at Selected Locations - See Attribute Display Modes 314 .
Contour Attribute at Selected Locations - See Attribute Display Modes 314 .

Select Shots - See Select Shots/Receivers/Bins 321 .

Select Receivers - See Select Shots/Receivers/Bins 321 .
Select Bins - See Select Shots/Receivers/Bins 321 .
UnSelect Shots - See UnSelect Shots/Receivers/Bins 322 .
UnSelect Receivers - See UnSelect Shots/Receivers/Bins 322 .
UnSelect Bins - See UnSelect Shots/Receivers/Bins 322 .

Receive/Send Broadcast Selection Range 318

OR Mouse Tracking (large cross-hair) Toggle Off/On

OR Mouse BroadCast Location (to other windows) Toggle On/Off

Attribute Window Display Example

An example has been generated using the Summary of Procedures 295 for the basic data from
Tutorial B. This example examines a plot of the DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE header information and is
shown below. Note that using the attribute window is often a faster way to see your geometry than
using the geometry window.

GEDCO
 288 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[View of the Attribute Window - DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE]

Attribute Window Right Mouse Click Menu

The Attribute Window Right Mouse Click Menu 288 provides support of the above toolbar functions as
well as additional graphic and analysis procedures.

7.4.1 Attribute Window Right Mouse Click Menu

Right clicking anywhere in the attribute window brings up the right click menu as shown below.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 289

[Attribute Right Click Menu]

Mouse Modes

[Mouse Mode Sub-Menu]

Mouse Mode: ZOOM

Standard zoom mouse (Default) for zooming Attribute Window View.
Mouse Mode: PAN
When set on holding left mouse button down allows mouse movement to 'PAN' the display.
Mouse Mode: MEASURE
Opens up a temporary toolbar -
Use Mouse to Draw a Line on Survey. Double Click to End.
Produces a Measure data box as shown below:

[Mouse Mode: Measure Data Box]

Display Shot/Receiver Template
When Shift key is held down and left-mouse button pressed the Attribute Window will
high-light/display the current template for the closest source.
This template is the collection of receivers associated with this source. This mode can be
toggled on or off.

Broad Cast Mode

When Shift key is held down and left-mouse button pressed the Attribute Window will
broadcast the closest station or bin according to the Broad Cast mode.
This mode can be set to: Shot, Receiver, CMP, X-Line or In-Line. See topic on Attribute
Window Broadcast 294 .

Attribute Window Display Mode

[Attribute Window Display Mode Sub-Menu]

Attribute Window Only - Display only the attribute window.

Attribute+Seismic Vertical Windows - Display Attribute and Seismic Display Window tiled
vertically.
Attribute+Seismic Horizontal Windows - Display Attribute and Seismic Display Window tiled
horizontally. .

Seismic Window Display - See Seismic Window Display 86

GEDCO
290 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

View/Edit Seismic Headers - See Header Window Display 367 ..

Geometry Binning Display - See Geometry Window. Display 323 .

Rec/Shot Spreadsheet
Opens a spread sheet listing of shots or receivers and coordinates for editing.

[Edit Shot/Receiver Geometry Window Spread Sheet]

The editing functionality of this spreadsheet is identical to that of the Header Window. 367

Display Bins - Toggle display of bin grid display on/off.

Display Shots - Toggle display of shots display on/off.
Display Receivers - Toggle display of receiver stations display on/off.
Display Geometry Axis - Toggle display of geometry window top and bottom axis on/off.

Display Parameters
The Display Parameters menu item is a short cut to the shot/receiver/bin Display Parameters
dialogs.

[Display Parameters Sub Menu]

See Plot Display Parameters 317 for complete details.

Attribute Display
Control the plotting of attribute values with these options.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 291

[Attribute Window Right Mouse Button Menu - Attribute Display Control]

Attribute Display Parameters

Brings up dialog to control attribute plot, See Plot Display Parameters 317 .
Contour Attribute Parameters
Control contour display of attributes. Opens up the following dialog.

[Attribute Contour Options Dialog]

Contour Display
Allows selection of either Display Contour lines with a given Line Width or Color
Contours.
Contour Type
Allows selection of Step Contour, Specific Contour, or Boundary Contour with various
specifications.

GEDCO
292 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Auto Calculate on List Change - Auto calculate on list change.

Attribute Values - Toggles the display of the colored attribute values.
Attribute Grid - Toggles the gridding of the colored attribute values.
Grid Extrapolation - Toggles gridding of the colored attribute outside of survey.
Attribute Contours- Toggles the contour display of the attribute values.

Natural Neighbor 3D Interpolation

Selects Natural Neighbor 3D Interpolation of the attribute values. Note that the user must
recalculate the display values by clicking the Set Attribute Settings icon to see the new output.
Likewise when toggle this item off must recalculate the display again.

Display Grid Triangles - Toggles the display of the gridding triangles.

Display Convex Hull - Toggles display of convex hull of values.
Smooth Output Grid to Header Word
Opens the Alpha Trim Mean/Median Filter dialog for controlling the smoothing parameters of
the Header word as shown below:

[Smooth Header -Alpha Trim Mean/Median Filter]

Output Header Word - Select the header word to be filtered.

Size of Filter - Input the number of In-Line & X-Line Bins for the size of the filter.
Filter Type - Select Median Value, Mean Value, or Alpha Trim Percentage.

Note that this process changes the actual values in the Headers. If the user wishes to
re-establish the original values without this filter being employed, the user must go to the
Header View/Edit Window Display 367 and re-calculate the desired values.

Output In-Line Attribute Grid

Output X-Line Attribute Grid
Creates an output 2D data set of the current attribute display. If outputting in-Line then each
trace
represents a attribute In-Line and each sample an attribute value. The reverse is true if

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 293

outputting
X-Line option.

Sync Display Area

Synchronize the display area for any other attribute windows that are open.

Single Ensemble Mode

This item has the following sub-menu.

Shot Mode
Any time a shot is selected, the currently selected header word displayed at the top of the
Attribute Window is displayed at the chosen Receivers or CMP's.

Below is an example where DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE (this header word was previously

calculated in the Header Window) is chosen to be displayed at the receiver locations of a selected
shot. One obtains this display by first selecting DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE as the displayed header
word. Then one selects to plot these results at Receivers (recalculate Plot at
Shot/Receiver/Bin/Midpoints 322 l ). Next we selected our Shot Mode option of Single Ensemble
Mode and clicked on a shot. One can see the attenuation of the rms amplitudes of the traces
belonging to each receiver of the shot.

[Single Ensemble Mode - Shot Mode - DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE at selected point]

GEDCO
 294 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Recv Mode
The receiver mode has the same functionality as the Shot Mode.
Bin Mode
Suppose one wants to display the Mean Value of OFFSET_SH_RECV for a particular bin.
One selects to Plot at Bins. Then one must also select Shots and Receivers that contribute to
the bin.
Broad-Cast Ensemble
Broadcasts the ensemble data.

7.4.2 Attribute Window Broadcast

Attribute Window Broadcast
Any time the Shift key is pressed along with a left mouse button click the Attribute will broadcast
information to other Interactive Windows.
The easiest way to see how this works is open and tile a Seismic Window Display.

[The selected shot shown in left display is broadcast and displayed in the Seismic Window Display]

The Broad Cast Mode can be controlled to Broadcast Shot/Receiver/CMP/In-Line or X-Line using the
Right Mouse Button Menu as shown:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 295

When Shift key is held down and left-mouse button pressed the Attribute Window will broadcast the
closest station or bin according to the Broad Cast mode..

7.4.3 Summary of Procedure

Here is a quick summary of how to display a header value.

1. Choose a Header Item (eg.

DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE). This value is computed in the Header View/Edit Window Display.
Note that in the Tutorial B data the user only wants to compute the DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE in a
time window starting from the FBP's. Tutorial B has a Time Gate file (DEMO3DFB.tim) for
providing this information on the FBP's. It must be used to compute the proper RMS values. See
Header Edit/Alter Functions 400 .

2. Choose one of the Plot Location icons to plot the header item. ie., choose
whether to plot the header items at the Shot, Receiver, CMP bin center, or midpoint.

3. Select the range of Shots or Receivers or CMPs to display. All traces that lie in the
chosen range will have their header value displayed at the chosen location.

4. Use the Set icon to display the header item at the plot position for the selections you have
made.

5. Use other options found in the Plot Display Parameters icons to control the appearance of the
display.

6. The Receive 318 and Send or Broadcast 318 icons can be used to retrieve or broadcast
a selection of shots, receivers, CMPs in connection with another attribute window or the Data
Selection Spreadsheet 1187 .

7. Use the Right Mouse Click Menu - item Broadcast to send Shot, Receiver, etc. numbers to
other windows - particularly the Seismic Window Display 86 .

8. Use the Right Mouse Click Menu - item Single Ensemble Mode to select other single
shots/receivers/CMP's for display of the chosen header word (Attribute).

GEDCO
 296 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

9. Use the Right Mouse Click Menu - item Shot Location Prediction to calculate the predicted
position of each Shot based on either RMS-Amplitude or First Break Pick Time.

10. Use the Right Mouse Click Menu - item Display Predicted Shot Vector to display a vector
(arrow) indicating the predicted shot movement.

7.4.4 View 3D Plot

The View 3D Plot provides a 3D view of any of the Vista Header values with the present Attribute
Window data set. The X and Y coordinates are the geometry X and Y values of the Attribute Window.
The Z coordinate is the Vista Header values for this data set. An example of the
DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE is shown below in the View 3D Plot Window:

[Example View 3D Plot]

Normally the current Header value under review in the Attribute Window is displayed.

View 3D Plot Toolbars

The toolbars are located on the top and the left. Note that the left toolbar is the same as in the
Attribute Window and only Attributes Display Defaults of the Plot Display Parameters 317 and all of
the Attribute Display Modes 314 are active.

The top toolbar.

From left to right, the top icons of the View 3D Plot Toolbar are:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 297

View 3D Plot - In this display toggles off the View 3D Plot and returns the user to the
Attribute Window.

Set Attribute Settings - Compute and display the current Header selection.

- Header Selection 322

Displayed Value Modifier drop down list. Available modifiers are Maximum,
Mean, Median, Mean-Median, and Minimum. Note under development for this display.

View 3D Plot Right Mouse Button

[View 3D Plot Right Mouse Button (RMB)]

3D View Parameters

[View 3D Plot - 3D View Parameters - Sub-Menu]

Mouse 3D Rotation
Mouse movement will move the display in 3D Rotation.
Mouse Zoom Mode
Move can be used to zoom or expanded the view.
Mouse Pan Mode
Allows the panning of the image left/right or up/down.
Un-Zoom

GEDCO
298 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Restore view back to original settings.

Hard Copy Print

Generates a hard copy of the display on the local attached printer. Note that the
Mouse Zoom Mode should be used in conjunction with this selection to fit the display on
the local printer.
Set Back-Ground Color
Set color of the background.
Set Text Color
Set color of the text and lines in the view.

Reverse X Axis
Reverses the orientation of the X axis.
Reverse Y Axis
Reverses the orientation of the Y axis.
Reverse Z Axis
Reverses the orientation of the Z axis.

Color Fill On
Toggles on/off the color fill.

Draw Survey
Toggles on/off the survey data points locations on the top of the 3D plot.

Draws Only Selected Stations in Survey

Toggles on/off the Attribute Window selected survey data points locations on the top of the 3D
plot.

Draw Bin Grid

Toggles on/off the Bin Grid on the data points.

Contour Options
Opens the Attribute Contour Options dialog for setting the contour 3D contour plot
parameters.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 299

[Attribute Contour Options]

Contour Display
Allows selection of either Display Contour lines with a given Line Width or Color
Contours.
Contour Type
Allows selection of Step Contour, Specific Contour, or Boundary Contour with various
specifications.
Contour On
Toggles on/off the contour lines.

Contour Display Bottom

Toggles on/off the contour lines of the attributes on the bottom of the 3D display.

Contour Display Top

Toggles on/off the contour lines of the attributes on the top of the 3D display.

Attribute Grid On
Toggles on/off the attribute grid on the 3D display.

Attribute Grid Display Bottom

Toggles on/off the attribute grid on the bottom of the 3D display.

Attribute Grid Display Top

Toggles on/off the attribute grid on the top of the 3D display.

GEDCO
 300 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

7.4.5 Station Location Prediction

When you enter the Station prediction view the following display and toolbar will appear.

[ Shot / Receiver Station Prediction and Station Move View]

The display will show the surface geometry view along with a seismic display view.

The Prediction toolbar is described as follows:

Close the Prediction Toolbar and go back to the attribute window.

Prediction FBP and Display Options.

Seismic Display parameters for Seismic View window.

Toggles between predicting for Source or Receiver stations.

Velocity Tool Controls. 303 These controls help to create/modify/save and read
the Velocity field.

Right View Display Controls. 306 These controls determine what is displayed in
the right view window.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 301

Shot Prediction Parameters

There are three variables used as a basis for shot movement prediction. These are:
RMS-Amplitude
First-Break Pick Time
FBP Power N*Rms-Amp. where the value of N can be chosen.

Offset Bin Size:

The Offset Bin Size is used to group similar offsets together.
Ignore Bottom:
This setting will ignore the bottom input percentage (10%) of the picks.
Ignore Top:
This setting will ignore the top input percentage (30%) of the picks.
Limit Offsets
Checking this option will Limit Offsets to the Min. Offset and Max. Offset set.
Normally this is not used in order to take advantage of all data sets.
Display Predicted Shot Vector
Checking this option allows the computed vectors to be displayed on the attribute
window.
Threshold Display
Only only those vectors that are predicted to move by 175 ft. or more will be
displayed. The Line Size of the displayed vector can be set as well the color of the
vector.

Calculate Predicted Recv Vector

One needs to calculate the Predicted Receiver Vector before the user can display it. The
dialog for the input of these parameters is identical to the shot prediction variables displayed
above.

Display Predicted Shot Vector

Toggles the display of the Predicted Shot Vector.
Display Predict Recv Vector
Toggles the display of the Predicted Receiver Vector.
List Predict Shot Vector
List the Predicted Shot locations in a window.
List Predict Recv Vector
List the Predicted Receiver locations in a window.

Shot Predicted to MOVED Shot Location

Set Moved Shot location to predicted location (See Moved Stations. 319 ).
Recv Predicted to MOVED Recv Location
Set Moved Receiver location to predicted location (See Moved Stations 319 ).

An example of how to use the Stn Location Prediction for a shot is presented using the Tutorial B
raw data. First select Calculate Predicted Shot Vector.
One will see the Calc. Predicted Shot Location dialog:

GEDCO
302 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Station Location Prediction - Calc. Predicted Shot Location Dialog]

For this example, the First Break Time (the header word DATA_FIRSTBREAK must exist - one must
have previously picked first breaks) was chosen as the basis of the shot movement prediction. The
Offset Bin Size is used to group similar offsets together. In this example, the actual bin size was
chosen.

Ignore Bottom will ignore the bottom 10% of picks, Ignore Top will ignore the top 30% of our picks.
This is done in terms of fitting the picks to a regression where the new Shot Location is predicted from
the receiver coordinates and the first break time. This example choose NOT to Limit Offsets - as are
using all offset information.

The example choose to Display the Predicted Shot Vector and the Threshold Display will only
display only those vectors that are predicted to move by 175 ft. or more. We make the Line Size of
the displayed vector to be 4 pixels as well as selecting the color (green) of the vector.

The result of the calculations are shown below. The arrows indicate where the shots should move to,
if one calculated its position from a knowledge of the receiver coordinates and the first break times.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 303

[Stn Location Prediction - Calculated Predicted Shot Vectors - Tutorial B Data]

To apply these moves to the stations.

- The user must first set the Moved Shots (Or Receivers) to the predicted locations. Use Right
mouse button menu to do this.(See Move Shot/Receiver Stations 319 ).
- Then Apply the Shot (Or Receiver) moves to the actual data headers.

7.4.5.1 Velocity Tools

Velocity Tool Controls. 303 These controls help to create/modify/save and read
the Velocity field.

In order to predict the locations of the sources(Or receivers) the first step is to create a velocity field.

Create an initial velocity field. Click this icon and the following dialog will appear.
Once the user sets the parameters in this dialog a velocity field will be created based on the
parameters set.

Velocity Field

GEDCO
304 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Station Prediction Velocity Field Creation Dialog]

Constant Velocity Simply define a velocity and intercept to use for the entire field.
Header Word Velocity / Intercept can be read from a Vista header word.
Calculate from FBP Calculate by using the stations(Source Or Receivers) to calculate the velocity
field.
The Line / Stn Increment are used to define which stations to calculate a velocity on.
The radius defines a range from each station to gather other stations into it if they are within this
radius.
The FBP picks from all gathered stations are used to calculate a Velocity Field(Intercept Field) for
the project area.

Velocity Field

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 305

[Station Prediction Velocity Field Creation Options]

The velocity field can be limited by offset in the calculation.

Use the Ignore Record if to ignore any records which have a standard deviation greater then the set
amount.
Use the Ignore Trace If to ignore FBP picks that are not within a given time.

Position

[Position Options in Velocity Field Calculation]

Set what positions the velocity field is calculated at Source or Recievers.

Smooth Velocity Field - Use this option to smooth the currently defined Velocity Field.

Read/Write Velocity Field - User can save and read the current velocity field definition out to
a file.

and are used to display the Velocity Field.

GEDCO
 306 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Station Prediction Window - Velocity Field Display]

7.4.5.2 Right Display View

Right View Display Controls.

- These controls determine what is displayed in the right view window.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 307

[Right Display View in Prediction Window]

Displays the current Shot(Or Receiver) Ensemble according to the Seismic plot parameters.

GEDCO
308 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Shot Ensemble display in Station Prediction attribute Window.

Seismic Trace Display can be control by Seismic Display parameters icon.

Displays the current Shot(Or Receiver) Ensemble in a XT(Offset vs Time) display.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 309

Prediction XT View

Similar to the XT View display except it displays the FBP's of Shots(Or Receivers) in the user
defined circular area in the Geometry Window.

GEDCO
 310 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[FBP Circular station display]

7.4.6 Scaled Plot View

The Scaled Plot View window allows the generation of a scaled printer output set of attribute
images that can be adjusted in size to fit a portrait or a landscape printer output. Options are provided
for adding the attribute window, scales, lines, text, and images. A example Scaled Plot View is shown
below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 311

[An Example Attribute Scaled Plot View]

Note that the user should use the Vista File -> Printer Setup option to determine if the output is
to be portrait or landscape. The various attribute objects are placed on the Scaled plot view by
selecting an item in the Scaled Plot View Objects drop down list and then drawing a rectangle or line
to insert the object into the Scaled Plot View. The object can be resized and positioned in the Scaled
Plot View window.

Scaled Plot View Toolbars

The toolbars are located on the top and the left. Note that the left toolbar is the same as in the
Attribute Window and only Attributes Display Defaults of the Plot Display Parameters 317 and all of
the Attribute Display Modes 314 are active.

The top toolbar.

From left to right, the top icons of the Scaled Plot View Toolbar are:

Exit Scaled Printer View - Return to the Attribute Window.

Read Scaled Printer Layout File - Opens a standard Windows open file dialog for loading in
a Scaled Plot View file that has been saved. The file extension of the Scaled Plot View files is
*.vwscale_label.

GEDCO
312 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Save Scaled Printer Layout File - Opens a standard Window save file dialog for saving the
current Scaled Plot View. The file extension of the Scaled Plot View files is *.vwscale_label.

Print Current Scaled Layout - Prints the current Scaled Plot View to the attached printer.

Scaled Plot View Objects Drop

Down List - The View Objects available are:

Attribute View - The current Attribute Window display.

Color Bar - The current Color Bar in the Attribute Window.
Scale Bar - A scale bar for designating the Attribute Window scales.
Text Edit Box - A Text Edit Box for annotating the Scaled Plot View.
Image View - Any available *.bmp file image can be inserted.
Line - A line with an arrow at the end for the user use in referencing various objects.

Scaled Plot View Right Mouse Button

[Scaled Plot View RMB]

The Layout and Properties Menu options are not always available. The existence of objects and
RMB clicking on Scaled Plot View objects activates these menu items.

Canvas Properties

[Scaled Plot View - Canvas Properties Sub-menu]

Printer Scale Settings

Opens the Printer Scale Settings dialog as shown below:

[Print Scaling Setting Dialog]

Print Scaling Setting

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 313

Toggles on/off Printer Scaling for the current Scaled Plot View.
Scale Value
Enter the Scale Value.
Multi-Page Overlap %
Enter the percentage value of image overlap if the view is to extend to
multi-pages. Note if printing on multiple pages the print dialog comes up and provides
the user with information on the page numbers.

Background Color
Opens a color dialog for the user to select the Scaled Plot View background color.
Border Color
Opens a color dialog for the user to select the Scaled Plot View border color.
Border Thickness
Opens the Canvas Printer Border Thickness dialog for the user to select the border
thickness in number of pixels.
Draw Border
Toggles on/off the drawing of the border.

Layout

[Scaled Plot View - Layout Properties Sub-menu]

Align Top Main Window

Aligns the selected object with the top of the Main Window.
Align Bottom Main Window
Aligns the selected object with the bottom of the Main Window.
Fit to Window Height
Fit the selected object to the total Main Window height.

Properties

[Scaled Plot View - Properties Sub-menu]

Set View Parameters

Opens the View Setting Options dialog for setting border parameters of the selected
object.
Set View Font

GEDCO
 314 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Opens a standard Windows Font dialog for selecting font characteristics of the selected
object.
Set View Text
Opens a dialog for special text characteristics of the selected object.
Set View Border
Opens a dialog for turning on/off object selected object border and setting selected object
border thickness.

View Sizing/Dragging On
Toggles on/off View Sizing/Dragging for a selected object.

View Push to Bottom/View Bring to Top

When have overlapping object can bring the object to the top or bottom to emphasize one
object over another.

7.4.7 Attribute Display Modes

The Attribute Display Mode icons provide control of the attribute display by allowing toggling of
placing attributes at selected locations, filling attributes at selected locations, and contouring attributes
at selected locations.

Attribute at Selected Locations provides toggling on/off of attributes at selected locations. An

example of this display is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 315

[Attribute Display Mode - Attributes at Selected Locations]

Fill Attribute at Selected Locations provides toggling on/off of fill attributes at selected
locations. An example of this display is shown below:

GEDCO
316 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Attribute Display Mode - Fill Attributes at Selected Locations]

Contour Attribute at Selected Locations provides toggling on/off of contour attributes at

selected locations. An example of this display is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 317

[Attribute Display Mode -Contour Attributes at Selected Locations]

Note again for reference that selected locations in the attribute window change from red to dark
red. See Select Shots/Receivers/Bins 321 .

7.4.8 Plot Display Parameters

Plot/Display Parameters. Change plotting and display settings.

Shot, Receiver, and CMP Bin Defaults are the first three icons.

Shot Defaults 1204 - Control the appearance of shot points and annotation.
Receiver Defaults 1204 - Control the appearance of receiver points and annotation.
CMP Bin Defaults - 2D 1171 & CMP Bin Defaults - 3D 1174 - Control the appearance of the
CMP bin grid..

GEDCO
 318 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Attribute Display Defaults opens a dialog to control attribute display parameters.

Headers associated with, for example CMP's, may have more than 1 value.
The Multi-Value Option controls which type of statistical value of these multiple values will
be displayed.

[Attribute Display Defaults Dialog]

Images - Has three sub-icons for processing images within the Attribute Window.

These 3 icons, from left to right, allow the user to load TIFF files, load DXF files,
and preview DXF and TIFF files. Use the rightmost icon to geo-reference your TIFF files.

7.4.9 Receive/Send Broadcast Selection Range

Get All (Shot/Recv/Bin/Filters) Selection Broadcasts - Receive a Broadcast Selection Range.

Data selection can be made in other parts of VISTA such as Data Selection Window 1187 . The
data selection can be sent, or broadcast, to the attribute window. In the attribute window, you may
pick up or receive the broadcasted selection. The received selections will be marked on the attribute
map as being selected according to the Plot Display Parameters 317 .

Put All (Shot/Recv/Bin/Filters) Broadcast Selection - Send a Broadcast Selection Range.

Data selection made in the attribute window may be sent, or broadcast, to other VISTA attribute
or Data Selection Windows 1187 .
In these other windows, the user picks up or receives the broadcasted selection by clicking on
the icon. Also note that Filters refers to Data/Header information from the Data/Header Selection
Window.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 319

7.4.10 Move Shot/Receiver Stations

Move Shot/Receiver Stations icons.

Move Shot Stn. - Move shots interactively using the mouse. Must have seismic window
display on to work.
Move Recv. Stn. - Move receivers interactively using the mouse. Must have seismic window
display on to work.
Clear Shot/Recv. Moves - Clear all shot and receiver moves.
List Shot/Recv. Moves - Display/View all shot and receiver moves.

Apply Shot/Recv. Moves - Apply all shot/receiver moves defined.

Shot/Receiver moves can be defined by using the mouse to interactively move a station. Or they
may be defined by using the predicted shot/receiver locations. See Station Location Prediction 300 .

To apply these moves to the stations from the example in Station Location Prediction 300 .
- The user must first set the Moved Shots(Or Receivers) to the predicted locations. Use Right
mouse button menu to do this as shown below:

[Attribute Right Mouse Click -> Stn Location Prediction -> Shot Predicted to MOVED Shot Location]

The Attribute Window then shows the predicted moves with small arrows indicating the intended
move positions as shown below:

GEDCO
320 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Move Shot/Receiver Stations - Intended Moved Predicted Shot Vectors - Tutorial B Data]

- Then Apply the Shot (Or Receiver) moves to the actual data headers by clicking the Apply

Shot/Recv Moves icon . The resulting data has been moved to the headers and the final
display with the moved shot points is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 321

[Move Shot/Receiver Stations - Moved Predicted Shot Vectors - Tutorial B Data]

Note that it is sometimes necessary to reselect the Shots/Receivers for the move to work. See
Select Shots/Receivers/Bins 321 .

Note: This final move step is irreversible.

7.4.11 Select Shots/Receivers/Bins

Select Shots/Receivers/Bins icons.

Use these icons to select shots, receivers, or bins. Clicking on one of these icons brings up the
following set of options:
Select All - Select ALL shots, or receivers or bins
Select ONE - Select ONE shot, or receiver or bins.
Select BOX - Select a BOX area of shots, receivers or bins.
Select POLYGON - Select a POLYGON area of shots, receivers or bins.

The Bin selection can have 3 additional options. These are:

Select X-Line Bins - Select cross-line bins. For a 2D survey, this is the normal CMP bin.

GEDCO
 322 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Select In-Line Bins- Select In Line bins. There are no in-line bins for 2D surveys.
Select LINE of Bins - Select a line of bins defined by clicking your mouse to define points
along a line.
Double click at your last selected point.

7.4.12 UnSelect Shots/Receivers/Bins

UnSelect Shots/Receivers/Bins icons.

Use these icons to delete selected shots, receivers, or bins. Clicking on one of these icons brings up
the following set of options:

UnSelect ALL - Un-select ALL shots, or receivers or bins

UnSelect One - Un-select ONE shot, or receiver or bins.
UnSelect Box - Un-select a BOX area of shots, receivers or bins.
UnSelect POLYGON - Un-select a POLYGON area of shots, or receivers.

7.4.13 Set Attribute Setting

This icon starts the generation of display of the chosen Header word (trace attribute) as small
colored rectangles (color=header value) at the chosen location(s).

7.4.14 Plot at Shot/Receiver/Bin/Midpoints

Plot at Locations icons.

Choose to plot the attribute values at (from left to right) the Shot, Receiver, CMP Bin center, or
actual trace midpoint locations.

7.4.15 Header Selection

Select which attribute (trace header) to display by selecting the header values from the drop down list.

The drop down list may be broken into categories by clicking on the icon. This may make viewing
the header list more manageable.

Multiple Header Values

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 323

The above drop down list has options for viewing attributes that have multiple values. An example of
such a multiple value header would be OFFSET_SH_REC.

When one views multiple valued attributes, one has the option of displaying the

Mean Value
Median Value
Mean - Median Value
Maximum Value
Minimum Value

7.5 Geometry Window Display

The Geometry Window Display is entered from the Interactive 84 menu item as shown below:

[Interactive Menu -> Geometry Window Display]

The Geometry Window Display can also be entered from the Right Mouse Button Menu 103 of the
Seismic Window Display.

There are 2 Geometry Windows in VISTA, one for 2D data and another for 3D data.

2D Geometry Window 325

The initial 2-D Geometry display after the Load Dialog is activated is shown below:

GEDCO
324 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Shot Spreadsheet View of the 2D Geometry Window]

The above is the shot editing spreadsheet of the 2D geometry window. The user can view other
items such as receiver spreadsheet, surface map, etc. with other 2D geometry views.

3D Geometry Window 349

The initial 3-D Geometry display after the Load Dialog is activated is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 325

[3D Geometry Window]

7.5.1 2D Geometry Window

On clicking the Interactive->Geometry Window Display for 2D data the Seismic Geometry Display
spreadsheet opens for the selection of the data set to open as shown below:

[Seismic Geometry Display Spreadsheet]

After clicking OK the initial 2D geometry view is opened, which is the Shot spreadsheet. It will be
initially blank until the user either edits it by adding and editing rows for each shot and its receiver
spread, or until the user reads in geometry from the data's trace headers. See the shot spreadsheet
view 329 description for adding rows or reading in header information.

After the shot spreadsheet has been edited, the user can check the receiver geometry in the
receiver spreadsheet 336 . The user can view the geometry with the various information displays
338 , Calculate the fold 340 and midpoint positions.

Verify the user's geometry, then save the geometry to VISTA headers and optionally to an ASCII

GEDCO
326 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

file using the Write Geometry Spreadsheet icon (see shot spreadsheet view 329 on how to save
geometry information to headers).

The 2-D Geometry Window fully populated with data's trace headers is shown below:

[2D Geometry Window - Spreadsheet]

2D Geometry Window Toolbar

The 2D Geometry Window Toolbar is located at the top of the 2D Geometry Window Display as
shown below:

From left to right, the icons of the 2D Geometry Window Toolbar are:

Geometry Parameters (See overview below)

Shot Defaults - See Plot Display Parameters 317 .
Receiver Defaults - See Plot Display Parameters 317 .
CMP Bin Defaults - See CMP Bin Defaults - 2D 1171 . Use this to bin your line. Check your
binning in the surface display.
Crooked CMP Bin Defaults - This icon is used for crooked line binning by opening the 2D
Crooked Line Bin Layout Dialog. See Crooked Line Binning 346 .
Calculate Folds/Offsets - See Shot Spread Sheet view 329 .

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 327

Read Geometry Spread Sheet - Shot Spread Sheet view 329 .

Write Geometry Spread Sheet - Shot Spread Sheet view 329 .

View Options 1218 .

View Shot Spreadsheet

View Receiver Spreadsheet
View Stacking Chart 337 .
View Information Displays 338 .
Sub-Surface Fold - Calculate and View sub-surface Fold 340 .
View Surface Display 342 .

View Existing Geometry Log - Shot Spread Sheet view 329 .

Clear Exiting Geometry Log - Shot Spread Sheet view 329 .

Add New Rows - Shot Spread Sheet view 329 .

Delete Rows - Shot Spread Sheet view 329 .
Column Math - Multiple sub-icons are provided for spread sheet mathematics. Shot
Spread Sheet view 329 .
Calc. Info. - Multiple sub-icons are provided for generating information. Shot Spread Sheet
view 329 .

Use Mouse to Pan/Use Mouse to Zoom - Toggle mouse state. Only active in the View
Surface Display.

Test Data
Some data set occasionally have test data imbedded in the input data. Under the FIELD #
column is a check box for turning off the data row where such data existed in the Shot Spreadsheet.
An example is shown below:

[Geometry Row Toggle Off for Test Data]

Dead Receiver Station

In the Receiver Spreadsheet a check box option is provided to declare a RECEIVER # (Station)

GEDCO
328 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

dead. An example is shown below:

[Geometry Receiver Station Row Toggled Dead]

Operational Summary
Steps in entering or editing 2D geometry.
1. The shot spreadsheet will be displayed. Load information into the spreadsheet by reading
header information from the data set or by manually editing information or by loading information
from SEGP1 files.
2. View the shot spreadsheet. Edit shot spread information.
3. View the receiver spreadsheet. Enter or edit its information.
4. Check geometry by viewing the stacking chart.
5. Calculate binning and fold. View bins, fold, midpoint scatter on the surface display.
6. Optionally perform datum static corrections.
7. Save the geometry binning information to VISTA headers.

Inspect the Geometry log for errors. There must be no errors reported by the Geometry log,
otherwise the user has not described the shooting correctly.

2D Geometry Parameters

The 2D Geometry Parameters icon opens the 2D Geometry Parameters Dialog which
describes the overall parameters, titles, etc. The dialog is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 329

[2D Geometry Parameters Dialog]

Geometry Parameters
The Geometry Parameters such as #Traces/Shot, Station Interval, Shot Point Interval, and
# Aux Channels (specify if Aux channels are at Back or at Front) can be edited. In addition,
Non-Existing Receiver Defined and its Non-Existing # can also be specified. A tablet
window is provided for notes on the Line and Area.

2D Geometry Window Right Click Menu

The 2D Geometry Right Click Menu 344 provides support of the above toolbar functions as well
as additional graphic and analysis procedures.

7.5.1.1 Shot Spread Sheet view

A general rule is to read the information from headers using the Read Geometry Spreadsheet
icon and sub-icon Read from Data Headers . This information will first appear in the shot
spreadsheet. Shot information may then be edited in the shot spreadsheet.

[2D Geometry Window - Spreadsheet]

Note: If there is no gap in a shot record the defined value Non-Existing Receiver may be used.

Column Definitions of the Shot Spreadsheet

GEDCO
330 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Note that all possible columns might not be in view. Use the scroll bar at the bottom to scan
through all the columns.

Record #
A number is sequentially assigned to each shot record by VISTA. he number in the brackets [ ] is
the number of channels for the record.

FIELD #
The field record number which is stored in the VISTA header FIELD_RECORD_NO.

SHOT #
The field shot point number which is stored in the VISTA header SHOT_POINT_NO.

FIRST CHAN #
The LOWEST numbered live channel number. Normally this is the first live channel. For 96
channels, all live at the beginning of the line, the value of this parameter would be 1. For a 96
channel split spread, which rolls into the line, with channel # 96 leading, this value could be 49.

LAST CHAN #
The HIGHEST live channel number. Normally this is the last live channel. For 96 channels, all
live at the beginning of the line, the value of this parameter would be 1. For a 96 channel split
spread, which rolls into the line, with channel #96 leading, this value would be 96.

BEFORE GAP FROM

The first station number of the spread before the gap corresponding to FIRST CHAN #.

BEFORE GAP TO
The last station number of the spread before the gap. If there is no gap in the spread, the receiver
station value corresponding to the last live channel may be entered here. If this is the case then
the After Gap From/To stations should be set to Non-Existing Receiver #.

AFTER GAP FROM

The first station number of the spread after the gap. If there is no gap in the spread, this value
may be left as Non-Existing Receiver #.

AFTER GAP TO
The last station number of the spread after the gap corresponding to LAST CHAN #. If there is
no gap in the spread, this value may be left as Non-Existing Receiver (Default 0.).

SHOT BULK
The static shift required to bring the shot to the Datum. ie., move the shot to surface and strip off
the elevation to datum. The total static for each trace will be this SHOT BULK plus the STN BULK
(Station Bulk) from the Receiver Spreadsheet.

SHOT DEPTH The depth of the shot.

SHOT UPHOLE The uphole time in ms.
SHOT ELEV The elevation of the shot.
SHOT X-COORD The X coordinate of the shot.
SHOT Y-COORD The Y-coordinate of the shot.

SKID (+/-)
In-line skid a shot. The positive and negative directions depend on the order of the receivers as
they are listed in the receiver spreadsheet. Positive skids are defined as going in the direction of
down the receiver spreadsheet list. Negative skids are defined as going up the receiver
spreadsheet.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 331

OFFSET
Specify the off line distance a shot moves in the azimuth specified by BEARING.

BEARING
Used with OFFSET.

The DEF.INCR. Row

The row labeled DEF.INCR. specifies the increment to add to each column value when you add a
row (ie. shot) to the spreadsheet by using the Add New Row icon. Note you can change the
values in DEF.INCR. at any time.

Toolbar Details

Add New Rows - This icon has 4 options, these are:

Add (Append) One Row.

One row will be added to the end of the shot spread-sheet by adding the values in DEF.INCR.
to the entries in the last row.

Add (Append) Many Rows (User Defined)

A dialog will appear asking you to specify the number of rows to add to the end of the shot
spreadsheet. The entries in the row will be computed by adding the values in DEF.INCR. to
the entries in the last row.

Insert (Before Selected) One Row.

First select a row by clicking in the RECORD # column. Then click on this icon and one row
will be inserted with values equal to those of the previous row plus the values in the
DEF.INCR. row.

Insert (Before Selected) Many Rows (User Defined).

First select a row by clicking in the RECORD # column. Then click on this icon and you will
be asked how many rows to insert. Fill in a value and the requested number of rows will be
inserted with values equal to those of the previous row plus the values in the DEF.INCR. row.

Delete rows

Delete ALL Rows (entire spreadsheet).

Delete Selected Rows.

First of all, select one or more rows to be deleted by clicking in the RECORD # column.
Then select this icon. The rows will be deleted.

Column Math (Editing)

Use this icon to edit values in columns. To select column values for editing, you click on a
column(s) to highlight it. Then you double click on the first and last entries that define the
range of entries you wish to edit. This defined block will be highlighted. Next use the editing
options found under the editing icon to edit the highlighted block. These options are:

GEDCO
332 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Fill Selected Cells.

This icon will duplicate the first value in the highlighted block to all other rows of the
highlighted block.

Interpolate Selected Cells.

Create interpolated values using the first and last values in the highlighted block.
Intermediate cells will be overwritten with interpolated values.

Math Function on Selected Cells.

Clicking this icon opens up a dialog that allows the user to define a constant value and an
increment. The value used for each selected cell starts at the constant and is modified (add
the increment for each subsequent cell. The user may multiply, divide, add, subtract, set
equal to value, this value with the values in the highlighted block of cells. Also provision is
provided to set Null values.

Sort Based on Selected Column.

The spreadsheet sort is based on ascending values of the selected column.

Swap Columns.
Select the desired columns where the data is to be swapped and then click this icon.

ASCII Column Read Based on FFID/Recv.

Allows the user to read in an ASCII file containing FFID and the receiver spread for each
FFID. The number of channels defined by the ASCII file must match that indicated in the
RECORD # column of the shot spreadsheet. The FFIDs listed in the ASCII file must exist in
the FIELD # column of the shot spreadsheet.

Calc. Info.
Use to calculate/interpolate values for the shot spreadsheet.

Calc. Shot Loc. from Recv Loc.

This icon will calculate the shot locations and the shot point number from the receiver
coordinates. The shot point number is presumably the same as one of the receivers
numbers.

Calc. Recv Loc. from Shot Loc.

This icon will calculate the receiver locations and the receiver point number from the shot
coordinates.

Calc. Recv Loc.(Turn Angle/Offset). Calculate the receiver locations from any TURN
POINT
and ANGLE information in the Receiver spreadsheet.

Calc. Elev. Statics.

Calculate elevation statics will calculate the SHOT BULK, STN BULK from the supplied
values of WEATH VELOCITY, REPL. VELOCITY, DATUM, STN ELEV, SHOT ELEV, SHOT
DEPTH, SHOT UPHOLE.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 333

Calc. Shot Elev. from Recv. Elev.

Transfer receiver elevations to shot elevations. Shot elevation values will be created from
information the receiver spreadsheet. It is assumed that shot point numbers are based on the
same numbering as the receiver numbers. For example, if a shot has a shot point number of
141, then it is positioned exactly at receiver
number 141, plus or minus any offsets or skids.

Interpolate Recv. Elev.

Interpolate missing receiver elevations in the Receiver spreadsheet. Missing receiver
elevations will be filled in based on interpolation from other receiver stations.

Geometry Parameters
This icon will open up the 2D Geometry Parameters dialog shown below.

[2D Geometry Parameters Dialog]

Read Geometry Spread-Sheet.

Read from Geometry File.

Read from a previously saved ASCII file created by VISTA.

Read from Data Headers.

Shot and Receiver Spreadsheet entries will be filled with values found in the data's trace
headers.

Read Shots from SEGP1 File

Shot Spreadsheet entries will be filled with values found in the files.
The following dialog box appears.

GEDCO
334 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Input Shot -SEG-P1 File Dialog]

P1
Click this button to specify a SEGP1 file to import.
Create New Stations from SEGP1 Create and enter new station values from the SEGP1
file into the user's dataset. To read this file, follow the same procedure as described in
Header Window Import Header Values. 393

Read Receivers from SEGP1 File.

Receiver Spreadsheet entries will be filled with values found in the files. To read this file,
follow the same procedure as described in Header Window Import Header Values. 393

Open SPS Files

Opens the Input SPS Format File dialog for loading SPS files.

Read Bin Grid in from File.

Opens up a standard Windows file open dialog to read in a *.grid file.

Write Geometry Spreadsheet.

Save the geometry information from shot and receiver spreadsheet.

Write to Geometry File.

Save the information to an ASCII file. It is always a good idea to additionally save to ASCII
file.

Write Binning Info to Headers.

VISTA headers will be updated with the current geometry information. The user will see the
following dialog.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 335

[Save 2D Spread-Sheet Geometry to Headers Dialog]

The VISTA header items to be saved may be viewed by scrolling the slider. The header items
in this list are built from the 2D geometry information. If the geometry is incomplete, then so
too will the VISTA headers. Header items may be deleted by the REMOVE button. Headers
are saved on the basis of FFID numbers. VISTA will assign headers to shot records by
matching the FFID records described in the shot spreadsheet with the FFIDs of the data set.

Save Bin Grid Information to Data Set.

Saves the bin grid information to the Vista project data set.

Write Shots to SEG-P1 Files.

The functionality of writing SEG-P1 files is described in Export Header Value to Files 398 .

Write Receivers to SEG-P1 File.

The functionality of writing SEG-P1 files is described in Export Header Value to Files 398 .

Save SPS Template File.

Opens a Write Out SPS Files dialog that allow choosing type of SPS files to write out.

Save Bin Grid Info to File.

Opens up a standard Windows file save dialog to write out a *.grid file.

View Options 1218 .

View Existing Geometry Log.

A cumulative log is updated every time one writes geometry information to VISTA headers or
when you read in geometry information from headers. This log may be output to an ASCII
file. The user should review this log every time the user writes or reads VISTA headers
as it contains details that may help you track geometry errors.

GEDCO
 336 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Clear Geometry Log.

Contents of the cumulative existing geometry log are deleted.

7.5.1.2 Receiver Spread Sheet view

Choose this icon View Receiver Spreadsheet icon . The receiver 2-D geometry spreadsheet
will open as shown below:

[2D Geometry Spreadsheet - Receivers]

The description of the contents of the rows by Column Title is as follows:

RECORD # The row number generated by VISTA.

RECEIVER # The field station number.
DEAD STN Dead station flag in check box.
STN BULK The static shift required to bring the shot to the Datum. ie., move the
receiver station to surface and strip off the elevation to datum. The total
static for each trace will be this STN BULK plus the SHOT BULK (Station
Bulk) from the Shot Spreadsheet.
WEATH. VELOCITY Velocity of weathered layer.
REPL. VELOCITY Replacement velocity - replace near surface layers with this velocity.
DATUM Elevation of chosen datum. All data is brought to this level by SHOT and
STN BULK's. Note that there can be a different Datum at each station.
STN ELEV. Station elevation.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 337

STN X-COORD X coordinate of station.

STN Y-COORD Y coordinate of station.
TURN POINT The inline distance from the station to a point in the line where it turns.
TURN ANGLE The angle between the previous portion of the line vs. the next portion after
the turn. An angle of 180 will be a straight line (ie. no turn). The two
fields TURN POINT and TURN ANGLE describe the actual turn position
relative to this station number. Crooked lines are entered with these two
fields or with VISTA headers X_COORD and Y_COORD.

The icons at the top of the Receiver spreadsheet are identical in form and function to that found in
the Shot Spreadsheet 329 .

7.5.1.3 View Stacking Chart

Choose the View Stacking Chart icon . The stacking chart will open. It presents a plot of all
receiver numbers for each shot point of the line.

Quality control your geometry by checking the receiver spread for each shot with this view. Dead
receiver stations are colored differently from live receiver stations. This color may be selected from
the Receiver Default icon .

The Stacking Chart display is shown below:

GEDCO
 338 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[2-D Geometry - Stacking/Sub-Surface Fold Display]

The icons in the toolbar at the top of the Stacking Chart are almost identical in form and function
to that
found in the Shot Spreadsheet. 329 The last 5 icons on the right are not active in this display.

[ 2-D Geometry - Stacking Chart Toolbar]

Note that further control of the display can be obtained through the use of the 2D Geometry
Right Click Menu 344 .

7.5.1.4 View Information Displays

Choose the View Information Displays icon to open the Information Display View. There are 2
graphs in this View.

The first (upper) graph is of the surface elevation and shot depths. The second (lower) graph

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 339

shows the uphole times and the shot and receiver bulks (statics). Recall that bulk statics are
calculated by the Calc. Elev. Statics icon as detailed in the Shot Spreadsheet 329 . This graph
may be used for quality control of the geometry.

The Information Displays is shown below:

[2D Geometry - Information Display with Calc. Elev. Statics Calculated]

The icons in the toolbar at the top of the Stacking Chart are almost identical in form and function
to that
found in the Shot Spreadsheet. 329 The last 5 icons on the right are not active in this display.

[ 2-D Geometry - Information Display Toolbar]

Note that further control of the display can be obtained through the use of the 2D Geometry
Right Click Menu 344 .

GEDCO
 340 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

7.5.1.5 Calculate and View sub-surface Fold

Choose the Sub-Surface Fold icon to open the Sub-Surface Fold View.

There are 2 graphs in this view. The first (upper) view shows the CMP fold. The second (lower)
view shows receiver fold vs. CMP number, ie., the number of traces per receiver (the receiver fold)
that fall within each CMP bin.

Use this view to quality control your geometry. If the CMP fold appears very irregular, it may be
indicating that your geometry is not correct.

[2D Geometry - Sub-Surface Fold Display]

Calculate CMP Fold

To calculate CMP fold, do the following.

1. Calculate the bin layout by opening the CMP Bin Defaults icon found in the main
toolbar.

2. The user will see 2-D Bin Grid Layout dialog where the user describes how the CMP bin
grid is set-up or how the bin grid should be set-up.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 341

[2-D Bin Grid Dialog - Parameters Tab]

Bin Spacing
Enter In-line and X-line (cross-line) bin spacing. The natural in-line bin spacing is
one-half the receiver station spacing. Cross-line spacing should be at least equal to the
in-line value. This setting may be locked by clicking on Lock Spacing.

Total Grid Length

The dimensions of the binned line in the In-Line and cross-line (X-Line) directions.

Grid Azimuth
The in-line azimuth (Degrees). This setting may be locked by clicking on Lock Azimuth.

Grid Origin
The coordinates of one of the corners of the first bin.

Grid Origin Offset

Offset the bin grid with in-line and cross-line values.

Center Stations on Bins

Choose to center the users bins around the receiver stations in the in-line (Center on
In-Line) and cross line (Center on X-Line) directions so that midpoints fall in the center
of each bin. For 2D lines, the user should choose to center on X-line. The user may have
to experiment to find the setting for the in-line direction.

Auto-Calculate

GEDCO
 342 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Normally, to calculate the bin grid, the user should click Auto-Calculate. The bin
parameters will then be calculated automatically. Origin orientation used for 3-D only. If
user edits any of the above describe parameters, the user must then press
Auto-Calculate so that the bin grid is automatically calculated while still honoring the
edited values.

Display Bin Grid

Toggle display of bin grid. The user must supply a bin grid with this menu before the user
do Calculate Fold/offset or bring up the Views Sub-surface Fold or Surface Display.

For additional information on the other tabs of this dialog and more details on the 2-D Bin Grid
Layout dialog
see Bin Grid Dialog - 2D 1171 .

3. Calculate Fold and Offset by choosing the Calculate Fold/Offset icon .

The icons in the toolbar at the top of the Stacking Chart are almost identical in form and function
to that
found in the Shot Spreadsheet. 329 The last 5 icons on the right are not active in this display.

[ 2-D Geometry - Sub-Surface Fold Toolbar]

Note that further control of the display can be obtained through the use of the 2D Geometry
Right Click Menu 344 .

7.5.1.6 View Surface Display

Click on the View Surface Display to open the Surface Display.

This following view presents a Surface Display plot of the line azimuth along with the shot and
receiver locations based on an enlarged (zoomed) view of the 2D Tutorial data.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 343

[2D Geometry - 2-D Geometry Display (with Bin Grid and CMP Fold)]

The Bin grid may be displayed on this map along with CMP fold and receiver fold. Station
information displays such as statics and elevation may also be displayed in this View. All these
features as well as other information are described in 2D Geometry Right Click Menu 344 . Note that
the requested display information must be available in the 2-D spreadsheets and data headers for the
information to be displayed.

The icons in the toolbar at the top of the Stacking Chart are almost identical in form and function
to that
found in the Shot Spreadsheet. 329 The next last 4 icons on the right are not active in this display.

[ 2-D Geometry - 2D Geometry Surface Display Toolbar]

Note that the Use Mouse to Pan/ Use Mouse to Zoom icons are active in this display to
easily allow the user to adjust the view.

Note that further control of the display can be obtained through the use of the 2D Geometry
Right Click Menu 344 .

GEDCO
 344 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

7.5.1.7 2D Geometry Right Click Menu

The right click menu is accessible from all 2D Geometry Views except for the shot and receiver
spread sheets. The right click menu is shown below:

[2D Geometry Right Click Menu]

2D Geometry Parameters

[2-D Geometry Parameters]

Defaults, Shot Defaults, Receiver Defaults, Bin Defaults, and Crooked Bin Defaults
These are described in the Shot Spreadsheet View 329 .
Calculate Fold
Performs the fold and offset calculation.
Mid-points Parms
Controls display of mid points on the Surface Display View. Allows Display Mid-Points
toggling on/off, Mid-Point Size and Mid-Point Color selection.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 345

[Mid-Point Display Parameters]

Geometry Mouse: ZOOM Mode

Standard zoom mouse (Default) for zooming 2D Geometry Surface Display. In the other
display the zoom mouse is always active by drawing a square around the area to be
zoomed. The display can be returned to normal by double clicking the display.
Geometry Mouse: Pan Mode
When set on holding left mouse button down allow mouse movement to 'PAN' the
Surface Display. This feature is not active on the other displays.

2D Geometry View
This option is shown below and simply enables the user to select the different 2D Geometry
views.

[2-D Geometry View -> Sub Menu Select 2D Geometry Views]

Display Bin Grid

Toggles the display of the bin grid on the Surface Display View.

Display CMP Fold

Toggles the display of the CMP fold on the Surface Display View. The FOLD color bar will appear
at the upper left area of screen display. The above item Display Bin Grid must be set first to
provide the data for this option.

Display Receiver Fold

Toggles the display of the Receiver Fold on the Surface Display View. Display CMP Fold must
be toggled on in order to display the Receiver Fold. The RECV FOLD color bar will appear at the
upper left area of screen display.

Display Mid-Points
Toggles the display of midpoints on the Surface Display View. The ZOOM might have to be
increased to view these data points.

Display Shots
Toggles on/off the display of Shots in the Surface Display View. The default is ON.

Display Receivers
Toggles on/off the display of Receiver in the Surface Display View. The default is ON.

Display Station Info

GEDCO
 346 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Display Station Info - Sub Menu]

The listed options may be toggled for display on the Surface Display View. The color bar for
these items will located on the lower left area of the screen display and will show the currently
selected Station Information if available. The Interpolate Values (default on) allows
interpolation in the display of the values and normally should be set to the default on
condition.

Surface Line
This menu item and its sub-menu is described in detail in Crooked Line Binning 346 .

7.5.1.8 Crooked Line Binning

If the 2D line is crooked, the user must first calculate a surface line which defines the orientation
and location of bins. With a surface line, The user is defining a 'net' (the bin parameters) to catch the
scattered midpoints which arise from a crooked line.

The user should try to define a binning such that fold variations from bin to bin are minimized.
The bin layout may be varied by modifying the surface line parameters such as its smoothness and
the smoothness of the bin angles.

Use the Right Click Menu (shown immediately below) in the 2D Geometry Window to access
Crooked Line Binning Surface Line sub-menu shown below:

[Surface Line - Sub Menu]

Surface Line PARMS

Control the appearance of the surface line with the following dialog.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 347

[2-D Crooked Surface Line Parameters Dialog]

Toggles on/off the Display Surface Line and the user can set the Surface Symbol Size,
Surface Line Size, and Surface Line Color.

DISPLAY Surface Line

Toggle the display of the surface line. Note the line must have been calculated using Auto-Calc
Surface line below.

AUTO-CALC Surface Line

Automatically compute a line where the user assigns CMP midpoints at regular in-line intervals for
a crooked 2D line as well as a straight line. One can control the parameters of AUTO-CALC
Surface Line by clicking on the Crooked CMP Bin Defaults icon . This icon is found in the
main 2D Geometry Toolbar of the 2D Geometry Window 325 . Before using the 2D crooked line
binning dialog, user must first create a surface line. The parameters in the 2-D Crooked Line Bin
Layout dialog pertain to these surface line parameters as shown below:

The Crooked CMP Bin Defaults icon opens up the following dialog:

[2D Crooked Line Bin Layout]

Bin Spacing
These parameters are the normal bin size parameters. Remember the bins are arranged

GEDCO
348 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

along a line which are determined by the next parameters.

Bin Origin Offset
Start the bins at some distance along the sub-surface line.
Bin Origin
Choose the start coordinates of the sub-surface binning line.

Bin Calc. Parameters

The sub-surface binning line is constructed by averaging the X and Y coordinates of all
midpoints which share 7 (Surf Line Smth) consecutive surface stations (receivers). Then
the algorithm moves along 1 surface station and does it again. The bins are placed at
right angles to this line - actually at an angle which varies smoothly over 4 (Bin Angle
Smth) bins. If two bins cross to the extent that a midpoint falls in both it may be used only
once or in both bins (Bin Share Mid-Points).

MANUAL Create Surface Line

Click a series of points, finishing with a double click to define the CMP line.

EDIT Surface Line Point(s)

Double click on any of the points defined by AUTO-CALC Surface Line or MANUAL Create
Surface Line. Drag the point to re-define its position. Line and bins will be re-drawn.

DELETE Surface Line Point(s)

Draw a polygon around points to be deleted, then double click to delete enclosed points. Line will
be re-drawn without the deleted points.

Smooth Current Surface Line

The surface line will be smoothed by averaging through the coordinates using an 'N' station
smoother, where 'N' is Surf Line Smth described above in the 2D Crooked Line Bin Layout
dialog.

View Surface Line Definition

This option is available if a surface line is displayed. The option allows one to view a listing of the
surface line coordinates and optionally save the coordinates to an ASCII file and/or print out the
listing.

Read Surface Line Definition

Read in a previously saved ASCII file of the surface line definition.

Steps to 2D Crooked Line Binning

· First define a surface line for the bins to be mapped on. Use auto-calculate, manual creation or
read in a line definition.
· Then bring up Crooked Line binning Dialog to set the bin size and create the bins.
· Re-adjust the bin settings and smoothing options to adjust the bins on the surface line.
· When satisfied with bin location, bin the geometry to view fold for current geometry.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 349

7.5.2 3D Geometry Window

The 3D geometry window allows you to read in geometry from various sources, check acquisition
geometry, and write out binning information to VISTA headers.

The general procedure for using this window is the same as outlined in 2D Geometry Window
325. In summary, the user loads geometry from the headers, and/or a combination of other files such
as SPS, or SEGP1. Calculate the subsurface fold and midpoint locations. Verify the correctness of
the geometry. Then save the geometry information to VISTA headers.

When the user writes the geometry to VISTA headers, Be Sure to Carefully Check the
Geometry Log for Errors. The user should correct these errors as this will prevent lots of grief
in later processing.

On clicking the Interactive->Geometry Window Display for 3D data the Seismic Geometry Display
spreadsheet opens for the selection of the data set to open as shown below:

[Seismic Geometry Display Spreadsheet]

After clicking OK in the above dialog and OK in the dialog to load data from headers, the Read 3D
Geometry from Headers dialog shown below is opened.

[Read 3-D Geometry from Headers dialog]

Normally the default setting in the above dialog are used to read in all the required header
information. After clicking OK on this dialog the log file is displayed. Closing the log file after checking
opens the initial 3D geometry view, which is the Shot spreadsheet. It will be initially blank if the above
opening options are not used. Then the user either edits it by adding and editing rows for each shot
and its receiver spread, or until the user reads in geometry from one of the many sub-icons of the
Read Geometry Spreadsheet icon .

GEDCO
350 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The Initial 3D Window

The active template showing a shot (cyan) and its receiver patch (yellow) are shown below for the
initial 3D example
from Tutorial B. The scroll bar at the top shows that the current template is the 1st template out of a
total of 135 for the project.

[3-D Geometry Window Display - Tutorial B Header Data]

3D Geometry Window Toolbar

The 3D Geometry Window Toolbar is located at the top of the 3D Geometry Window Display as
shown below:

From left to right, the icons of the Geometry Window Toolbar are:

Read Geometry Spread-Sheet - See Read 3D Geometry files. 351

Write Geometry Spread-Sheet - See Write 3D Geometry files. 354

View Options 1218 .

View Existing Geometry Log/Clear Geometry Log - More details may be found in
Shot Spreadsheet View 329 of the 2D geometry window.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 351

Images 356 . - This allows the user to view and register DXF and tiff files into the 3D geometry
window. There are 3 options:
Tiff Image Dialog List - Add a Tiff image to the window.

DXF Image Dialog List - Add a DXF image to the window.

Image Window Viewer - Register a Tiff file to coordinates.

Select Partial Bin Coverage 357 - With the mouse, drag out an area to calculate and view 3D
bin attributes such as fold, offset, azimuths. The user must have set up the bin grid using Bin
Layout (icon immediately below) before using the partial bin.
Bin Layout 357 - This option and its dialog is discussed in View Sub-Surface Fold 340 of the
2D geometry window. For reference, the dialog box for this option is shown in 3D Binning
Procedure 357 .

Calculate Fold and Offset 357

Change Display Type 358 - Change type by choosing parameters to display on the grid in the
geometry window.

Statistical Graphs - View Statistics 360 of the geometry. The user must have fold and
offsets calculated before viewing these graphs.

Template Scroll Bar

This may be used as a geometry quality control tool. The current template displayed in the scroll
bar is highlighted by coloring the Shot cyan (by default) and the receivers yellow. Use the scroll bar to
view each template. Make sure each template is displayed as it is described by the shooting geometry
and that there are no unexpected irregularities for the templates.

3D Geometry Window Right Click Menu

The 3D Geometry Right Click Menu 362 provides support of the above toolbar functions as well
as
additional graphic and analysis procedures.

7.5.2.1 Read 3D Geometry

This icon has several options to Read Geometry information from various formats. These options
are:

Read Shots from SEG-P1 File.

This icon opens the Input Shot SEG-P1 File dialog shown below:

GEDCO
352 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Input Shot SEG-P1 File Dialog]

P1
Click this button to specify a SEGP1 file to import.

Create New Stations from SEGP1

Create and enter new station values from the SEG-P1 file into your dataset. To read this
file, follow the same procedure as described in Header Window Import Header Values.
393 , or see the section below on importing SPS files.

Read Receiver from SEG-P1 File.

Follow the same procedure as reading in a SEG-P1shot file described immediately above.
Read UKOOA P1/90 Nav files.
Read I/O Template File.
Open I/O Observer Log File (digital).
Open SPS Files
Reads SPS Template Files. Update VISTA headers with shot, receiver, and geometry values
specified by the SPS files. The following dialog will open:

[Input SPS Format Files Dialog]

Click on 'S' to specify a name of a Source file to read.

Click on 'R' to specify a name of Receiver file to read.
Click on 'X' to specify a name of a Relationship file to read.
When the user hits OK, a dialog similar to the following appears where one defines the

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 353

format of each of the S, R, and X files to be read.

[SPS file input dialog]

The contents of a SPS file are displayed within the dialog box. Use the right and bottom
slider bars to scroll through the file. Drag out and highlight columns of numbers with the
mouse and then press one of the buttons under 'SET' to defined the highlighted columns.
For the above example, the station number columns are highlighted and are assigned to
columns 20 to 26. Values will be read from lines 239 to 2348 of the file.

Press one of the buttons under 'Check' to verify the defined column values. The results
are displayed under 'Sample Value'.

Check the Header Standard box if the file one is reading contains the standard SPS
header lines. Header lines are preceded by 'H'. Checking the Header Standard box is
optional. One may simply specify the range of lines to read with values specified in
'Read Lines' or one may simply choose not to specify the range of lines to read since
VISTA will ignore all lines that begin with 'H'.

Check your column definitions by pressing 'CHECK' button. A list of assigned values for
the columns will be displayed for review. The definitions of column assignments may be
saved to a file by clicking on SAVE DEF; this definition may be read by clicking on the
READ DEF button.

Read from Data Headers.

Geometry information is obtained from data headers. The following dialog will open.

GEDCO
 354 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Read 3-D Geometry From Headers Dialog]

The user must read in Shot and Receiver Geometry information before reading in
template (script) descriptions.

Note: The 3D geometry log (yellow bar at top) will appear when one is reading geometry
information. Check the status of the geometry log carefully for error messages when the geometry
reading has finished.

7.5.2.2 Write 3D Geometry Spreadsheet

Write Geometry Spreadsheet writes the described geometry through several options which
include:

Write Binning Info to Headers

Clicking on this icon opens the following dialog:

[Save 3-D Geometry Info to Headers Dialog]

The box on the left shows the VISTA header words that will be updated when header
information is written out. Header words may be removed from the list by highlighting them
and clicking REMOVE. Geometry headers are matched to the data on the basis of one of the
methods selected under Save Headers Order drop down list shown below.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 355

[Save 3-D Geometry Info to Headers -> Save Headers Parameters Drop Down List]

No Info in Headers (Save in Template Order)

Match the shot records of the data to the order of the templates displayed in the 3D
geometry window. A template is a shot that has been fired into a receiver patch.
Templates may be viewed by scrolling the template bar.

[Template scroll bar]

Match to Headers Shot Line/Station/Channel Order

Match the geometry description in the 3D geometry window to the channels of each
shot point for each shot line.

Match to Headers Field Record/Channel Order

Match the geometry description in the 3D geometry window to the channels of each
field record.

Save Bin Grid Information to Data Set.

Saves the bin grid information to the Vista project data set.

Write Shots to SEG-P1 File.

The functionality of writing SEGP1 files is described in Export Header Value to Files 398 .

Write Receivers to SEG-P1 File.

The functionality of writing SEGP1 files is described in Export Header Value to Files 398 .

Save SPS Template File.

Opens a Write Out SPS Files dialog that allow choosing type of SPS files to write out.

GEDCO
 356 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Write Out SPS Files Dialog]

Click on the S, R. X buttons to define a name for shots, receivers, and relationship
(Template) files.

7.5.2.3 View Options, Geometry Log, View Images

View Options 1218 .

View Existing Geometry Log/Clear Geometry Log

More details may be found in Shot Spreadsheet View 329 of the 2D geometry window..

Images
This allows one to view and register *.DXF and *.tiff files into the 3D geometry window. There are
3 options here:
Tiff Image Dialog List - Add a Tiff image to the window.

DXF Image Dialog List - Add a DXF image to the window.

Image Window Viewer - Register a Tiff file to coordinates.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 357

7.5.2.4 3D Binning Procedures

Select Partial Bin Coverage.

With the mouse, drag out an area to calculate and view 3D bin attributes such as fold, offset,
azimuths. The user must have set up the bin grid using Bin Layout (icon immediately below)
before using the partial bin.

Bin Layout.
An overview of this option and its dialog is discussed in View Sub-Surface Fold 340 of the 2D
geometry window. For reference the dialog box for this option is shown below with the first
Parameter Tab displayed.

[3-D Bin Grid Layout Dialog]

For additional information on the other tabs of this dialog and more details on the 3-D Bin Grid
Layout dialog
see Bin Grid Dialog - 3D 1174 .

7.5.2.5 Calculate Fold/Offset

Calculate Fold/Offset.
Clicking this icon opens the following dialog box will open:

GEDCO
 358 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Calculate Fold/Offset/Azimuth Dialog]

The user may calculate up to 5 files numbered 1 to 5. Limit your Offsets and Azimuths range by
filling in values for the Min, Max. Click on Recalculate Fold File and Offset File to calculate
these parameters for the chosen offset and azimuth ranges.

Methods gives the user a choice of calculating fold and offsets based on Common Midpoints
(CMP's) or Converted Waves. For converted waves the user must calculate a suitable range of
offsets where the converted waves will be present. The conversion point does not lie midway
between shot and receiver. The converted point is shifted away from the CMP and towards the
receiver. The bin size will be larger than on a standard 3D. The bin size depends on the Vs/Vp
ratio which is usually approximately 0.5. Other Methods options available are
CRP-BOSS and CRP - Turbo BOSS.

Flex is an option to flex bin the survey area. Flex binning involves borrowing or overlapping trace
midpoints from neighboring bins, effectively enlarging all bins. The size of a bin will not physically
increase, however the fold and offset distribution will be smoothed because the midpoints are
being shared.

7.5.2.6 Change Display Type

Change Display Type

Change display type by choosing parameters to display on the grid in the geometry window. The
dialog opens as shown.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 359

[Display Fold/Azimuth/Offset Dialog]

The numbers 1 to 5 refer one of the 5 files calculated using the Calculate Fold and Offset 357
dialog. The circle will show the offset and azimuth limitations used in the bin calculation. Note that
if the Fold/Offset calculation has not been done, it is indicated under the circle.

Color Display
Select to display in color the following bin attributes of the displayed geometry.
Fold
The bin fold map.
Unique Fold
The total number of unique fold with respect to offset for a bin. Offsets are divided into
steps which is set under the Options... button. The number of steps that contain
midpoints are then counted. As an example, let the bin's offset range be 0 to 1000 m.,
and the unique offset step be 50m. For the first offset step of 0 to 50 m. one counts the
number of midpoints within this offset range. If there is 1 or more occurrences, the unique
fold for this offset step is 1. Then one moves on to the next step which is 50 to 100 m.
and repeat the procedure. A cumulative total of the unique fold is kept till one reaches the
final offset step of 950 to 1000 m. The final total is the unique fold for a bin.
Near Offset
Display the minimum offset value of a bin.
Far Offset
Display the maximum offset value of a bin.
Mean Offset
Display the average offset value of a bin.
Median Offset
Display the median offset value of a bin.
Scatter
If a midpoint is located at the center of the bin, it is assigned a scatter value of 0. If it is
located at the bin corner, it is assigned a scatter value of 1.
None
Turn off the color display.

Overlay Display
The user is provided options for overlaying the color display with these additional displays.
The user can overlay multiple displays.

GEDCO
 360 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Fold #
Annotate bins with the fold value.
Unique Fold #
Annotate bins with the unique fold value.
Histogram
Plot the offset mix in each bin. The vertical axis shows the amount of offset and the
horizontal axis indicates the position of the trace on an offset scale. In other words, a
perfect triangle would indicate the presence of all possible offsets.
Spider
Shows the azimuth distribution for a bin. The spider diagram indicates the offset by the
leg lengths and points in the direction from the source to receiver. The spider legs start
from the bin center and not necessarily at the midpoints. The leg lengths are scaled
so that the largest offset in the entire survey would be equal to half the bin height.
In Color
Plot the spider legs in color. Colors indicate length of offset. The Color Display
must be set to None.
First Diff
Displays the difference between each successive pair of offset. For a good offset mix,
the differences should be equal. If there is a gap in offset this would show up as a
relatively large difference.
Midpoint
Plot the midpoint scatter distribution for a bin. Control the size of the plotted midpoints
through the Options... box.
Contour
Contour the bin fold values. the contour values to plot are controlled through the
Options... box.

7.5.2.7 Statistical Graphs

Statistical Graphs
View statistics of the geometry. The user must have fold and offsets calculated before viewing
these graphs.

Display Fold Statistics.

A displayed graph shows Fold vs. Number of Bin which have a specific fold. An example of
such a graph for the 3D Tutorial B data is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 361

[Statistical Graphs - Display Fold Statistics]

The display has additional icons to provide for Change the Bar Width, toggle
Cumulative/Non-Cumulative Histogram, toggle Cumulative Backward/Forward, and
toggle Display Area/Display Counts.

Display Offset Statistics.

A displayed graph shows Offset vs. Bin Count. Not operational, future implementation.

Display Azimuth Statistics

The use can display a graph showing Azimuth vs. Number of Midpoints for a range of
azimuths. Not operational, future implementation.

Display Bin-Offset Statistics

Graph displays Offset vs. CMP Cijn Number for CMP's selected by the Partial Bins. Not
operational, future implementation.

Display Rose Diagram

Graph displays Number of Midpoints vs. Offset and Azimuth range for those CMP's selected
by the Partial Bins. An example of such a graph for the 3D Tutorial B data is shown below:

GEDCO
 362 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Statistical Graphs - Rose Diagram]

The display has an additional icon to provide for the Rose Diagram Defaults for pie
dimensions
of Offset Length and Azimuth Width.

7.5.2.8 Template Scroll Bar

This Template Scroll Bar may be used as a geometry quality control tool. The current template
displayed in the scroll bar is highlighted by coloring the Shot cyan (by default) and the receivers
yellow. Use the scroll bar to view each template. Make sure each template is displayed as it is
described by the shooting geometry and that there are no unexpected irregularities for the templates.

As the user scrolls through the various templates the examined template turns black. After
finishing the quality review the display color can be restored using the View Options->Full UnZoom
icon.
7.5.2.9 3D Geometry Right Click Menu
Right clicking anywhere within the 3D Geometry Window opens the following menu.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 363

[3D Geometry Right Click Menu]

Mouse Mode

[Mouse Mode - Sub Menu]

Info Shot/Template Mouse

Clicking this options opens a yellow toolbar with the following message. Press Mouse Button
to Get Shot/Template Information. Clicking on a selected shot location (it changes color)
opens a text window with the requested information as shown below providing the shot
location and its receiver patch information:

[Mouse Mode - Info Shot/Template Mouse - Function Output]

To close the information box, click on the button at the top left corner of the box.

GEDCO
364 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Info Receiver Mouse

Clicking this option opens a yellow toolbar with the following message. Press Mouse Button
to Get Receiver Information. Clicking on a selected receiver location opens a text window
with the requested information similar to the one above. To close the information box, click on
the button at the top left corner of the box.

Delete Shot Stns

Clicking this option opens a yellow toolbar with the following message. Draw a Polygon
Around Shots to be DELETED, Double Click to Define. The shot points enclosed in this
polygon are deleted. Using this option will change the number of templates of the data set.

Delete Receiver Stns

Clicking this option opens a yellow toolbar with the following message. Draw a Polygon
Around Receivers to be DELETED, Double Click to Define. The receiver points enclosed
in this polygon are deleted. Using this option will change the number of templates of the data
set.

Shot Broad-Cast
Clicking this option opens a yellow toolbar with the following message. Double Click Mouse
to Select SHOT Station. This performs the same function as described Broadcast Mode in
the Attribute Window Right Mouse Click Menu 288 .

Receiver Broad-Cast
Clicking this option opens a yellow toolbar with the following message. Double Click Mouse
to Select RECEIVER Station. This performs the same function as described Broadcast
Mode in the Attribute Window Right Mouse Click Menu 288 .

Bin Broad-Cast
Clicking this option opens a yellow toolbar with the following message. Double Click Mouse
to Select BIN Location. This performs the same function as described Broadcast Mode in
the Attribute Window Right Mouse Click Menu 288 .

Shot and Receiver Display Parameters

Brings up the shot and receiver plot display defaults as described in Plot Display Parameters 317

Display Bins
Toggles on/off the display of the bin grid.

Display Shots
Toggles on/off the display of the shots.

Display Receivers
Toggles on/off the display of the receivers.

Display Geometry Axis

Toggles on/off the display of the geometry axis.

Display Shot Spreadsheet

Clicking this option opens up the 3D Geometry Shot Spreadsheet as shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 365

[3D Geometry Shot Spreadsheet]

This Shot Spreadsheet includes four icons that allow the Fill Selected Cells, Interpretation
Selected Cells, Math Functions on Selected Cells, and the Sort Based on Selected Column..

Display Templates
Toggles display of templates.

Overlay Display Options

[3D Geometry RMB - Overlay Display Options - Sub-Menu]

The user is provided options for overlaying the color display with these additional displays. The
user can overlay multiple displays.

Fold #
Annotate bins with the fold value.
Unique Fold #
Annotate bins with the unique fold value.
Histogram
Plot the offset mix in each bin. The vertical axis shows the amount of offset and the horizontal
axis indicates the position of the trace on an offset scale. In other words, a perfect triangle
would indicate the presence of all possible offsets.
Histogram Color
Plot the Histogram as above but the display is in color.
Spider
Shows the azimuth distribution for a bin. The spider diagram indicates the offset by the leg
lengths and points in the direction from the source to receiver. The spider legs start from the
bin center and not necessarily at the midpoints. The leg lengths are scaled so that the largest
offset in the entire survey would be equal to half the bin height.
Spider Color
Plot the spider legs in color. Colors indicate length of offset. The Color Display must be set
to None to see the colors clearly.

GEDCO
366 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Midpoint
Plot the midpoint scatter distribution for a bin. Control the size of the plotted midpoints
through the Options... box.
Mid-Point Line
Plot the midpoint scatter distribution in Line format. Note that the Midpoint Selection must also
be selected.

Display Mode
Controls the geometry parameters displayed.

[Display Mode Sub Menu]

Shot Elevations
Displays Shot elevations on to the geometry map. This option is integrated with Color Fill
Option below.

Recv Elevations
Displays Receivers elevations on to the geometry map. This option is integrated with Color
Fill Option below.

Shot/Recv Elevations
Displays Shot and Receivers elevation. If the Color Fill Option is active, the shot information
is the fill color. When the Color Fill Option is off, the shot and receiver cells have the correct
elevation colors at their locations.

Color Fill Option

Toggles the complete screen color mapping off/on.

Seismic Window Display

Opens the Seismic Window Display 86 for the current geometry data set.

Header Window Display

Opens the Header Window Display 367 .

Calculate
Interpolate station elevations for shots and receivers or perform Ideal Stack Response.

[Calculate Sub-Menu]

Interpolate Stn Elevations

Interpolate missing station elevations for shots and receivers.

Ideal Stack Response

Generate 3D trace gathers from 2D offset traces combined with geometry. A data selection
spread sheet opens for the selection of data to be processed. A stacked or unstacked data
set will be created in the Project List as selected in a dialog that opens before computations

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 367

commence. Note that depending on the data selected this

computation could take considerable time. Note UnderDevelopment.

7.6 Header View/Edit Window Display

The purpose of the Header Window Display is to view, edit, graph, and calculate trace header
words of each trace of a data set.

The list of VISTA Headers for each project may be viewed by going to the top menu item
Dictionary|Edit Dictionary|View Vista-Header. If one cannot list or access a VISTA Header, check
that the VISTA Header is listed in the VISTA Header Dictionary 68 for the project.

The Header View/Edit Window Display can be opened from a variety of windows in VISTA. For
the current project being processed, the Header View/Edit Display can be accessed from the top
menu Interactive|Header Window Display or from the Right Click Menu View/Edit Seismic
Headers in the Seismic Window Display.

The Header Window Display is shown below:

[Seismic Header View/Edit Window Display]

The Header View/Edit Window Toolbar:

GEDCO
 368 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The Header View/Edit Toolbar is located at the top of the Header View/Edit Display as shown
below:

From left to right, the icons of the Header View/Edit Window Toolbar are:

Graph Selected Header Columns (Multiple Header Window Display 374 )

Sort Display Order (Header Window Sort Order Display 388 )

Import Header Values from File (Header Window Import Header Values 393 )
Export Header Values to File 398

Header Edit/Alter Functions 400 - For Header transfer functions and Header calculations and
statistics.
Manual Edit Header 410

Search Header Functions 413

Add Header Item Displayed in List Box (Header Window Basic Operation 368 )

- Header Drop Down List and Attribute Header

Grouping icon. See Header Window Basic Operation 368 .

Less/More Decimal Places in selected column values.

7.6.1 Header Window Basic Operation

SELECTING AND DISPLAYING HEADER WORDS

The first step in using the Header Window Display is to display a header word.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 369

[Adding header words to view]

Note that the header words are initially listed in trace sequential order.

DELETING, MOVING, RE-SIZING COLUMNS

The columns of header words may be moved, deleted, and re-sized as shown below.

GEDCO
370 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Adding, deleting, moving header word columns]

TIPS FOR SELECTING HEADER WORDS

In the following Header Window Display, first select the item to look at by using the pull down list
as shown.
Here the user should have selected SHOT_POINT_NO.
Then hit the green '+' key. The user should also select TRACE_SEQ_NO and
FIELD_STATION_NUMBER.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 371

[Pull Down List of Header Words]

There are two 'tricks' in selecting header words.

1. First when the pull down list is displayed, type the first letter of a header word. VISTA will
jump to the next occurrence of that letter in the list.
2. Secondly you may use the 'Attribute' icon and its sub-icons to create smaller lists. For
example, if user chooses the second icon ('AMP'), the pull down list of header names will be
restricted to only 'Amplitude' items.

[Use these sub-icons to display a smaller list of header words]

GRAPHING HEADER WORDS

Header items can be plotted/graphed in five different ways with the icons under the icon Graph
Selected Header Columns

Graph Items SEPARATELY - Graph all selected Items Separately with trace number as the
X range.
Graph Items COMBINED - Graph all selected Items COMBINED.
Cross Plot All Items to First Selected Item - All refers to selected columns
Three Item CROSS-Plot where:

GEDCO
372 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

First Item is the X Range.

Second Item is the Y Range.
Third Item is the color.
View 3D Plot.
Review Multiple Header Window Display 374 for more details

Select header words to graph as shown below.

[Graphing header words]

The 3 selected header words for each trace are graphed as shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 373

[Graph of 3 header words plotted separately]

For a more detailed description of this window see Graph Window Header Display 374 .

Important Note about Display Sort Order

If the user displays the trace headers in one of the Sort Modes (see Header Window Sort Order
Display 388 ) one can then view the graphs in a Sort Order sequence.

The following example shows a graph of OFFSET_SH_REC and STATIC_TOTAL in Shot Order -
the user gets one graph for each Shot. Each graph will have all values of that Shot.

GEDCO
 374 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Seismic Header View/Edit (Shot Ordered) and Multiple Header View(s) Indicating Shot Number Viewing]

7.6.2 Multiple Header Window Display

Use the Graph Selected Header Columns icon, to access 5 graphical sub-icons.
These displays can only be brought up from the Header View/Edit Window 367 .

Header items can be plotted in five different ways:

Graph Items SEPARATELY - Graph all selected Items Separately with trace number as the
X range.
Graph Items COMBINED - Graph all selected Items COMBINED, again the X-Axis is the
trace number.
Cross Plot All Items to First Selected Item - All refers to selected columns
Three Item CROSS-Plot where:
First Item is the X Range.
Second Item is the Y Range.
Third Item is the color.
View 3D Plot.

Graph Overview Discussion

An example of multiple items graphed separately is presented. Three (3) header words
(TRACE_SEQ_NO, SHOT_POINT_NO, CHANNEL). The three selected header words for each trace
are graphed as shown below.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 375

[Graph of 3 Header Words Plotted Separately]

Each horizontal and vertical Axis Window 1219 can be controlled from the mouse. Each graph's
appearance can be set individually by the right click menu within the graph area. See Multiple
Header Mouse Control 380 for a description of the right click menu which is shown below:

[The Right Click Menu for Header Graphs]

The Multiple Header View(s) Toolbar:

GEDCO
376 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The Multiple Header View(s) Toolbar is located at the top of the Multiple Header View(s)Display
as shown below:

From left to right, the icons of the Multiple Header View(s) Toolbar are:
Graph Parameters - Allows selection of the graph parameters with the Header Graph
Parameter Dialog shown below:

[Header Graph Parameters Dialog]

Add New Note 1169

View Options 1218

Box, Vertical, Horizontal, Polygon Selection Zones - Used for broadcast.

Delete All Selection Zones - Erases from the graph(s) all selection zones.

Broadcast Selection Range - Broadcast the selection zone(s) chosen above.

Mouse Tracking On/Off - Toggles on/off the Mouse Tracking.

Sort Data Only

Allows selection of selected SHOT_POINT_NO's

Header Graph Options Details:

There are 5 options for plotting header words under the Graphing Icon, .
These options are:
Graph Items SEPARATELY. See the graph of 3 header words (TRACE_SEQ_NO,
SHOT_POINT_NO, CHANNEL) displayed above in the overview example.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 377

Graph Items COMBINED. The example below shows 3 header words (TRACE_SEQ_NO,
SHOT_POINT_NO, CHANNEL) of each trace plotted with this option.

[COMBINED Header Graph Option]

Note that this COMBINED option does not have the horizontal selection icon for broadcast
selection.

Cross Plot All Items to First Selected Item. The example below shows 3 header words
(TRACE_SEQ_NO, SHOT_POINT_NO, CHANNEL) of each trace plotted with this option.

GEDCO
378 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Header Cross Plot Graph Option]

Three Item CROSS-Plot 1: X Range 2: Y Range 3: Color Value. The example below shows 3
header words (TRACE_SEQ_NO, SHOT_POINT_NO, CHANNEL) of each trace plotted with
this option.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 379

[ 3 Item Color Cross Plot. Color Indicates Channel Number of Each Trace of a Shot Point]

View 3-D Plot.

The example below shows 3 header words (TRACE_SEQ_NO, SHOT_POINT_NO,
CHANNEL) of each trace plotted with this option.

The user must select which records or rows of data to plot after selecting the 3 header columns to
plot.

Select rows by double clicking on a value under the first column, 'TRACE #'. The selected value
will appear to be 'pressed'. Scroll down the header spread sheet and double click on another
value of 'TRACE #'. The values of 'TRACE #' between the first and second selected values will
now appear 'pressed'. This defines the selection range of records or rows to be graphed. Note
that this selection feature is under development. At present select entire column(s) of data.

Un-select the selection range by double clicking on the column title 'TRACE #'.

Once the user has made the record selection one can plot the data. One can use this method of
record or row selection with the other graphing options.

In the following graph example, the first 1200 traces or records have been selected to plot as a
3D plot for the header words TRACE_SEQ_NO, SHOT_POINT_NO, CHANNEL_NO. Data input
is Tutorial A Raw Data.

GEDCO
 380 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[3D Plot for First 1200 Traces of CHANNEL_NO, SHOT_POINT_NO, TRACE_SEQ_NO]

7.6.2.1 Multiple Header Mouse Control

Right-Click mouse button in any graph window to bring up menu control.

If the input items are not in a sorted input 388 .

The header items selected from the header/edit window were not in a sorted order then a right
mouse click produces the following:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 381

[The Right Click Menu for Unsorted Header Graphs]

If input items are in a sorted input 388 .

The header items were selected with the header view/edit window in a sorted header display then
a right mouse click produces the following:

[The Right Click Menu for Sorted Header Graphs]

Add Pasted Note

Opens up a pasted note item for adding descriptive text. See Add New Notes 1169 . If right click
over a pasted note various editing options are available as shown below:

[Right Click Menu Over a Pasted Note]

These editing options include DELETE Note, Set FONT, Set COLOR, and toggle the Border
on/off.

GEDCO
382 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Graph Display Parameters

Selecting this menu item will bring up the following dialog.

[Header Graph Display Parameters]

Each graph's appearance can be set individually by the right click menu within the graph area.
Graph Item
Select the header word graph to set.

Display
Plot Lines
Check to plot lines in the graph.
Plot Symbols
Check to plot symbols in the graph. The symbols can be selected in the drop down
box, along with the Symbol Size and Line Size. Set the Line and Symbol colors by
clicking on the color boxes.
Display Scale
Toggle the Auto-Scale or set the Min and Max values.

Seismic Window Display

See Seismic Window Display 86

View/Edit Seismic Headers

See Header Window Display 367 ..

Geometry Binning Display

See Geometry Window Display 323 .

Seismic Attribute Display

See Attribute Window Display 284

Ignore Dead Traces

Toggle this to select or un-select the plotting of dead traces. Default for this is set from Project
Ignore Dead-Trace 35

Display Grid Lines

Toggle for display of grid lines in the graph window.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 383

Track Mouse Location

Toggles tracking mouse cross-hair on/off.

Delete All Selection Zones

Delete all selections zones created with the Mouse Mode or the Selection icons.

Mouse Mode
The Mouse Mode sub-menu has various broadcast and trace kill options
as shown below:

[Header Graph Mouse-Mode Sub-Menu]

Use mouse to define selection areas on the plot.

For UnSorted Header Input
BroadCast Closest Trace Selection
Clicking this options changes the toolbar to yellow with the following message: "Double
Click Mouse to Select Closest Trace". Use mouse to double click a trace selection in a
header graph view. If a seismic window display is open for the header data, the window
will scroll to center the selected trace in the window. The trace selected will be displayed
in the Trace Selection Color. See Seismic Window Display 86 for more Information.

For Sorted Header Input

The first item in the sub menu changes to:
BroadCast Sort Record
Clicking this options changes the toolbar to yellow with the following message: "Double
Click Mouse to Select SHOT_POINT_NO". Use mouse to double click in a header
graph view. If a seismic window display is open and it is in the same sorted order, then
the sorted record (SHOT_POINT_NO) in the view will be displayed in the seismic
window.

Define Selection Box Area

Box area selection, defined by X/Y axis header words.
Define Selection Vertical Area
Vertical area selection, defined by X-Axis header word.
Define Selection Horizontal Area
Horizontal area selection, defined by Y-Axis header word.
Define Selection Polygon Area
Polygon area selection, defined by cursor drawing.
Delete ALL Selection Areas
Delete all defined selection areas.
BroadCast Selection(s)
BroadCast (PUT) the current data selections. Attribute windows 284 and Data Selection
Window 1187
can then GET this broadcast. Flow commands Input 675 and Data Selection 1112
commands can get broadcasts.
Mark Selected Traces KILLED

GEDCO
384 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Marked all trace headers selected as KILLED(Dead).

Examples of Selection areas:

[Box Area Selection]

[Vertical Area Selection]

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 385

[Horizontal Area Selection]

[Polygon Area Selection]

For Sorted Header Input

Display Sort Info

Allows displaying information specific to each sorted record.

GEDCO
386 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Display Sort Info Sub-Menu]

Display Sorts Parameter

Opens the Show All Values Parameters dialog as shown below:

If displaying all sorts, then this dialog controls the values to display and their associated
graph options. Use the drop down list under the Display option check box to select the
value to graph. The symbol type, color, Symbol Size, Line Size and options to Plot
Symbols and/or to Plot Lines is provided. Note that some drop down options are still in
development.

Display All Sorts

If turned on, will display information for each sorted record. Example display shown with
Display All Sorts turned on.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 387

[Header Display, All Sorts Options On]

Note that in this plot mode the Display Sort Info sub-menu changes to allow toggling on/off
each plotted value data set as shown below:

[Display Sort Info Sub-Menu when Displaying All Sort Data]

GEDCO
 388 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

7.6.3 Header Window Sort Order Display

Use the Sort Display Order icon, to sort the order of the display of header words into
ensembles in
the same manner as one can sort the order of the display in the Seismic Window Display 86 .

There are several options (through sub-icons) for sorting and viewing the header words:
No Sort Order - Trace headers are listed in sequence order.
Shot Order - Traces are listed in shot order. The spreadsheet lists each SHOT_POINT_NO
and the number of traces for each shot.

[Shot Order Display]

In the above display, CHANNEL_NO for each SHOT_POINT_NO was selected to be displayed.
Notice that the displayed CHANNEL_NO value is 1. This is because the First Value of each
SHOT_POINT_NO has been selected to plot. There are multiple values of CHANNEL_NO for
each SHOT_POINT_NO. The drop list is the default statistical value for the any NEW header item
added to the list.

[Multiple Value List]

The user can display other statistical values for multiple values by RMB(Right-Mouse Button)
clicking on the header item in the spread-sheet.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 389

Use the RMB menu to change what each header is displaying as a statistic.

Receiver Order - One can display ELEV_REC for each receiver as in the following example.
One can vary the number of decimal places to display for ELEV_REC or any header word by
pressing on the buttons.

[Receiver Order Header Display]

CMP Bin Order - List the header words in CMP order.

GEDCO
390 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[CMP Order Header Display]

CMP X-Line Bin Order - Cross-Line Order Display (3D Data Only).

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 391

[Cross Line Order Header Display]

CMP In-Line Bin Order - In-Line Order Display (3D Data Only).

GEDCO
392 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[In Line Order Header Display]

User Defined Sort Order Spreadsheet - Order the header spreadsheet in a user defined
sort order.

Toggle Sort Spread with Continuous Sort Spread - List the display sort order as a
continuous type rather than an ensemble type. Below is an example of Continuous Sort
Spread for Shot Order display.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 393

[Continuous Sort Order Spread]

7.6.4 Header Window Import Header Values

Import values into header words by using the Import Headers Values from File icon, . There are
several options:

Import Values from ASCII File - The user may choose one or more header words and read
them from an ASCII file in the specified (by the user) format. In the following example,
SHOT_POINT_NO and CHANNEL_NO are used as 'keys' or 'dependencies' by which values
of other header words may be filled.

GEDCO
394 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Reading in Values to Trace Headers from an ASCII File]

For the above example, dependent items are SHOT_POINT_NO and CHANNEL_NO. The
Input item is DATA_FIRSTBREAK. Thus any trace header whose SHOT_POINT_NO and
CHANNEL_NO match an entry (row) in this ASCII file will have the words from the remainder
of that entry (row) read into header word DATA_FIRSTBREAK.

Read Text File into Column - After selecting the desired *.txt file from the standard
Windows open file dialog, a similar dialog as above opens. It is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 395

[Read ASCII (*.txt) File Values into Columns Dialog]

The procedures are the same as the Input Item Defn described in the first picture above
(Import Values
from ASCII File).

Open Shot/Recv Spreadsheet - This opens the shot-receiver Geometry spreadsheet where
one may view and edit shot and receiver station numbers and coordinates. Use the and
icons in this spreadsheet to toggle between shots and receivers.

GEDCO
396 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Editing in the Shot - Receiver Spreadsheet]

Read Shots from SEG-P1 File - Import shot and shot coordinate values from a SEG-P1 file.
The operation of the following SEG-P1 import dialog is similar to that of the ASCII file import
discussed above.

[Shot SEGP1 import dialog]

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 397

Read Receiver from SEG-P1 File - Import receiver and receiver coordinate values from a
SEGP1 file. This icon brings up a similar dialog as for the shot SEGP1 import discussed
immediately above.

Open I/O Template File - Import I/O script files which describe the shooting template of the
user's geometry. Shots and receivers must be defined prior to importing I/O script files.
After opening the file from a standard Windows open file dialog, the following dialog opens
for editing and review:

[Import/View I/O Script File Dialog]

Note in the above dialog the I/O Script File is not an actual script file and is only provided for
descriptive purposes.

Open SPS Template File - Import SPS (shot, receiver, and relationship) files into the user's
dataset. These files describe shot and receiver numbering and coordinates as well as the
shooting template. Clicking this SPS icon opens up the following dialog:

GEDCO
 398 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Input SPS Files Dialog]

Clicking on the S, R, and X buttons opens a standard Windows file open dialog for loading the
required files.

Open ARAM Template File - Import ARAM script files to describe shooting templates of the
user's geometry. Not yet functional.

7.6.5 Export Header Values to Files

Use the Export Header Values to File icon, to write VISTA trace header words to ASCII or SEG-P1
files.

Export Values to ASCII File - Export selected Header values to ASCII file.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 399

[Write ASCII Header Values Dialog]

Write Shots to SEG-P1 File - Assign columns to the Line, Station, X, Y, Elev Headers as
shown in the dialog below.

GEDCO
 400 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Output SOURCE SEGP1 File Dialog]

Write Receivers to SEG-P1 File - Procedures are as described above for writing out a Shot
SEG-P1 file.

Write HRS Geometry File - Writes an ASCII geometry file in Hampson Russell format. The
extension of this file is *.hrs. See Hampson Russell Software at
http://www.hampson-russell.com/hampson-russell/bins/index.asp.

7.6.6 Header Edit/Alter Functions

The purpose of the tools in Header Edit/Alter Functions is to perform editing and calculations on
VISTA Header values. Access these tools by selecting this Header Edit/Alter Functions icon,

Calculate Specific Data-Related Header Items

Clicking on this icon will open the Data Header Information dialog which allows the user to
calculate 'statistics' for each trace and place these 'statistics' into special VISTA Header words.
The Time Gate is critically important for these calculations. It can be defined in the Seismic
Window Display with the Define Time Gates 167 tool.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 401

[Calculate Specific Data Header Items - Data Header Information Dialog]

Time Gate File

SET
Choose a time gate file. These files are prepared by the Define Time Gates 167 icon, part
of the temporary tool bar off icon Seismic Data Pick Operations in the Seismic Window
Display 86 window activated from the Input icon by a right mouse click. If the user
wishes to have a correct value for DATA_SNRATIO, the user must use the second
window feature when the user is picking the time gates and to check the Signal/Noise
Calculation and input the # Traces. Note that the DATA_SNRATIO variable does not
appear in the drop down list of this dialog at this time.
VIEW
Open a small window to examine the contents of the time gate file. Note that this option
is under development.

NOTE: If a Time Gate is not specified then the program uses the entire trace to calculate the
attributes over.

REMOVE
First the user must select one or more of the header items. Then click on REMOVE to delete
the item from the list.
RESET
Click on this button to restore all the Vista header names in the list.

GEDCO
402 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Header Calculation List

This is the list of data statistics (trace attributes) calculated by this command.

DATA_MAXAMPLITUDE Maximum sample amplitude in the chosen time window (see

Time Gate Above).
DATA_MINAMPLITUDE Minimum sample amplitude in the chosen time window.
DATA_MAXABSAMPLITUDE Maximum sample absolute amplitude in the chosen time
window.
DATA_MAXAMPTIME Time of the maximum amplitude sample.
DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE RMS value of all samples within the Time Gate.
DATA_MEANAMPLITUDE Average (mean) amplitude within Time Gate.
DATA_MAXFREQ The frequency value at the maximum of the amplitude
spectrum of the Time Gate.
DATA_MAXAMPFREQ The maximum amplitude value in the amplitude spectrum,
taken over the Time Gate.
DATA_RMSAMPFREQ Average RMS value of the entire amplitude spectrum
DATA_MEANAMPFREQ Average value(mean) of the entire amplitude spectrum.
DATA_SNRATIO Signal to noise ratio. This statistic can only be calculated
correctly if the time gate file has two windows. The value
of this
statistic is then equal to the ratio of the RMS amplitudes in
each window. This variable is not shown in the drop down list
but is calculated.
DATA_EXAMPDECAY The process defines a single parameter "a" which is the
exponential decay of each trace by a least squares fit of
the curve to the peaks of the absolute trace amplitudes. This
parameter is directly related to the energy travel path - and
therefore to sub-surface geology. One can expect this
parameter to show spatial variations related to geology.

Exponential Time Window

This parameter sets the window size for DATA_EXAMPDECAY calculation.

Define Header Mapping for Header Transfer

Click on this sub-icon and the Edit/Define Header Mapping dialog opens which allows the
user to specify 'formulas' to change existing header value(s) - or to calculate new ones.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 403

[Using the Edit/Define Header Mapping Spreadsheet Dialog]

Note: For the above Constant Defn dialog, Modulo Constant returns the modulus of two
numbers. The modulus is the remainder after a number is divided by a divisor. The modulus
of 3 divided by 2 is 1. The modulus of -20 divided by 16 is -4.

The following diagram shows an example of how to use the Sync on Header Item option
found in the Constant Defn. dialog box illustrated above.

GEDCO
404 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Constant Defn. Dialog - Sync on Header Item Example]

The following diagram explains how to use the icons found in the header mapping spread sheet.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 405

[Using icons in header mapping spread sheet]

Save the header maps by clicking on icon to close the mapping spread sheet. The following
dialog opens with options for cancel, discard, or save:

[Save Header Mapper Dictionary Dialog]

SAVE will save the defined header maps and the user will be brought back to the Header spread
sheet.

One will then see this dialog:

GEDCO
406 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Apply Header Mapping Question Dialog]

One normally APPLY the changes, and the header words will be then be defined as specified in
the header mapping 'equations'.

Compute Defined Header Mapping on Current Headers

Normally you APPLY header mapping after you exit the header mapping spread sheet as
shown immediately above. However, one may choose to apply the header mapping at a later
time by using this icon.

Calculate/View Min. Max. Header Values

Click on this icon and VISTA will calculate and then display the minimum and maximum
values for all VISTA Header words. These minima and maxima are required for the various
graphs created later. Scales etc. are determined on the basis of these min/max values.
Viewing the min/max values is also a good quality control tool. A partial view of the Min./Max.
window is shown below:

[Partial View Vista-Header Min/Max Values]

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 407

Calculate / View Header Statistics

Clicking on this icon will open the Header Statistics Calculation dialog where the user may
choose a header word and analyze it over various range values, increments, and number of
ranges for all traces.

[Header Statics Calculation Dialog]

The output statistics histogram will appear as shown below:

GEDCO
408 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Statistics Header Item Histogram Output Example]

In the above display the user has several options on the Statistics Toolbar. These are:

Header Statistics Parameters - Opens the Header Statistics Calculation dialog for
setting the Header Statistics Parameters.
View Options 1218

Vertical Selection Zone - The tool bar turns yellow with the message "Define Box
Area for Selection Area, Single Click (And Release) to Define". This defines an
area for broadcast. Multiple Selection areas can be defined.
Delete All Selection Zones - Deletes all created selection zones used to broadcast.
Put All (Shot/Recv/Bin/Filters) Broadcast Selection - Broadcast the selections.

Calculate 2D DMO Offset Binning

Click on this icon and VISTA will calculate a new header word called DMO_OFFSET.
Essentially a series of Offset Bins are created. Each trace offset is examined to see which
DMO offset bin the trace falls into. This value is used to create a sort index which is applied
to the 2D data prior to 2D DMO (ie. sorts the data into sets of offset panels). Note this icon
appears with 2D data.

Calculate 3D DMO Azimuth Binning

The 3D case of DMO Binning. This will bring up the 3D CMP binning dialog (see 3D Binning
Procedures 357 ). The binning dialog is presented here as a matter of convenience. It is
recommended that you use the 3D geometry window to quality check your geometry and

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 409

binning parameters. Note this icon appears with 3D data.

Calculate 3-D CMP Binning

This option and its dialog is discussed in View Sub-Surface Fold 340 of the 2D geometry
window. For reference, the dialog box for this option is shown in 3D Binning Procedure 357

Calculate Shot/Receiver Unique Sequence Numbers

Click on this icon and VISTA will calculate two header words called
SHOT_SEQUENCE_NUMBER and RECV_SEQUENCE_NUMBER. These are required by
any of the surface consistent processes like deconvolution or statics.

VISTA will request if the user would like to re-compute whenever the user changes shot
and/or receiver numbers. These changes may come from header mapping operations,
transferring shot and receiver header items using Dictionary operations (eg. transferring
SEGY data headers to VISTA), or saving geometry information from the geometry windows to
VISTA headers. Under these conditions, it is recommended to let VISTA re-compute the
SHOT_SEQUENCE_NUMBER and RECV_SEQUENCE_NUMBER.

Calculate Elevation Statics

Clicking this icon opens the Elevation Fixed Datum Statics dialog allowing the computation of
elevations statics to a fixed datum with a specified Replacement Velocity for the layer velocity
as shown below:

[Elevation Fixed Datum Statics]

Interpolate 3D
Only select one header value to be extrapolated/interpolated. The following dialog will then
appear:

Choose the grid to interpolate to from the drop down list:

SHOT Station X,Y - Work on shot locations.
RECEIVER Station X, Y - Work on receiver locations.
CDP X, Y - Work on CMP bin center locations.
The process first creates a grid using the location mode and the non-NULL values on this
grid. Then all NULL value items are then 3D interpolated to this grid.

GEDCO
 410 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Shot/Recv QC Information
Opens a Shot/Receiver QC text window with details of the data set such as number of source
lines, field records, elevations, etc. A sample QC text window is shown below:

[Example Source/Receiver QC Information Window]

7.6.7 Manual Edit Header

Manual Edit Header. Use this feature to manually edit header values as a quick alternative to
performing the header mapping found in Header Edit/Alter Functions 400 .

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 411

[Display the Headers for Manual Editing]

[The manual editing window]

Single click on a value(Cell) to edit it, Double click to select a cell or range of cells... Double click
on a second value(Cell) to select a range of values to apply functions to.

The four editing options in manual editing toolbar are:

GEDCO
412 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Reset Currently Defined Selections.

Clear (reset) the current cell selections.

Fill Select Cells.

This icon will duplicate the first value in the highlighted block to all other rows of the
highlighted block. Can also press the 'F' key on the keyboard.

Interpolate Selected Cells.

Create interpolated values using the first and last values in the highlighted block Intermediate
cells will be overwritten with interpolated values. Can also press the 'I' key on the keyboard.

Math Function on Selected Cells

Perform math function on the selected cells (Also press the 'M' key to brings this dialog up).
The following Header Math Function dialog will appear:

[View Header Math Function Dialog]

Apply the chosen function (Constant Value/Increment) and value to the selected cells. The
options Add/Subtract/Multiply/Divide/Equal use the user defined value with the operation.
The Set Equal to Column Values will set the cells to the value of a different column in the
spread sheet. The Interpolate option allows the user you to define a NULL Data
Value(typically=0). Wherever VISTA finds a cell (or cells) with this value, it will be replaced
by an interpolated value from the cells above and below. Options for inserting Mean or
Median Value is provided. Also the user can provide Column Interpolate through the
specified Null Data Value.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 413

Exit the manual edit header mode.

The user will be prompted to save the changes when the user exits the
manual edit window.

[Changed Header Values Alert Notice - with Options]

Save - Keep the values defined while in the edit mode.

Discard - Restore the previous header values.
Cancel - Will not exit the manual edit mode.

7.6.8 Search Header Functions

Search Header Functions. This icon allows one to search for a header value in a list of displayed
headers.

For an example, one has displayed in the Header Window Display, a list of the headers
CMP_NO, SHOT_POINT_NO and FIELD_STATION_NUMBER. One would like to find the CMP
number associated with shot point number 197 and field station number 227 of the raw Shot 20
Tutorial A data.

To perform this search:

1. Select the Search Header Functions icon.

2. The user will see the Data Selection Spreadsheet 1187 . Select the View Trace Header
Filter Spread Sheet icon , and add two rows selecting SHOT_POINT_NO to be
'equal to' 197 and FIELD_STATION_NUMBER to be 'equal to' 227 with the logic set to
'AND', then hit OK and exit back to the Header Display Window. An example is shown
below of the Trace Header Filter Spread Sheet.

GEDCO
 414 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Example Search Header Filter Selection Window]

3. Click on the SEARCH button in the Search on Headers dialog. A progress bar will
indicate the search is under way. The first occurrence of the search selection will be
displayed on the first line of the header display. If the CANCEL button is clicked the
search is not undertaken.

7.7 Seismic Cross Plot Window Display

This section is under development.

7.8 3D Seismic Cube Display

Displays stacked seismic data in a 3D view.
This option is CPU intensive and requires a fast CPU and a fast graphics card that supports OpenGL.

3D Seismic Cube Display

The 3D View is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 415

[Display stacked seismic data set in 3D]

Toolbar Controls
The five Scroll-Bars on the top Toolbar control the following from left to right:
Time Slice - Set the time slice to be displayed.
X-Line Display - Set the X-Line slice to be displayed.
In-Line Display -Set the In-Line slice to display.
Start Time - Start time of the cube to display.
Start Time - Start time of the cube to display.

The four icons on the left toolbar control the following from top to bottom:

Fill Data Samples/No Fill Data Samples - Toggle between fill/no fill Time Slice
data samples.

Display In-Lines - Toggles on/off the In-Line display.

Display X-Lines - Toggles on/off the X-Line display.

GEDCO
416 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Display Time Slices - Toggles on/off the Time Slice display.

Display Picked Horizon(s) - Toggles on/off the Picked Horizons display. This icon only
appears if the data set contains picked horizons. See 3D Seismic Cube with Picked
Horizons 423 for the many options for this case.

Key board control:

The following keys are active:
'+' or '=' Increase amplitude scale by 6dB.
'-' or '_' Decrease amplitude scale by 6dB.

Right Mouse Click Menu

The right mouse click menu provides multiple options for enhancing and controlling the 3D View. If
picked horizons exist in the data set a different Right Mouse Click Menu appears with more options.
See 3D Seismic Cube with Picked Horizons 423 .

[3d Seismic Window Display - Right Mouse Click Menu]

3D View Parameters
View manipulation items.

[3D View Parameters Sub Menu]

Mouse 3D Rotation
Mouse movement will move the display in 3D Rotation.
Mouse Zoom Mode
Move can be used to zoom or expanded the view.
Mouse Pan Mode

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 417

Allows the panning of the image left/right or up/down.

Un-Zoom
Restore view back to original settings.

Hard Copy Print

Generates a hard copy of the display on the local attached printer. Note that
the Mouse Zoom Mode should be used in conjunction with this selection to fit the
display on the local printer.
Set Back-Ground Color
Set color of the background.
Set Text Color
Set color of the text and lines in the view.

Reverse X Axis
Reverses the orientation of the X axis.
Reverse Y Axis
Reverses the orientation of the Y axis.
Reverse Z Axis
Reverses the orientation of the Z axis.

Display 4D
Provides the display variable as elevation above the plane being examined. An example of
amplitude is shown in the picture below:

GEDCO
418 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Example of 4D Display - Variable Amplitude]

Display Mode
The Display Mode submenu is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 419

[Display Mode Sub Menu]

Normal 3D Chair
This option develops a display that looks like a chair. It makes the X-line and In-Line the
back of the chair and the Time-Slice the bottom of the chair. An example is provided
below:

[Normal 3D Chair Display]

In-Line Display

GEDCO
420 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Toggles on the In-Line Display only.

X-Line Display
Toggles on the X-Line Display only.
Time-Slice Display
Toggles on the Time-Slice Display only.
XL/IL/Time-Slice Display
Toggles on all X-Line, In Line, and Time Slice displays.

Time Lines On
Toggles on/off the Time Lines.
Bin Grid Lines On
Toggles on/off the Bin Grid Lines.
Time Slice Hide
Toggles on/off the hiding of the Time Slice.
In-Line Hide
Toggles on/off the hiding of the In-Line display.
X-Line Hide
Toggles on/off the hiding of the X-Line display.
Box Hide
Toggles on/off the coordinate box lines.

Hide All
Turns off all displays except for the coordinates. This item does not check it state.
Show All
Turns on all active displays including the coordinates. This item does not check it state.
Display during Mouse Movement
Displays the 3D image during mouse movement.
Movie Display Mode
The Movie Display Mode generates moving images at intervals set in the Movie Options
along the axis selected in the sub-menu shown below:

[Movie Display Mode Sub Menu]

Movie Options
Opens the 3D Viewer Movie Options dialog to set movie increments for the Time
Slice, In-Line, and X-Line.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 421

[Movie Options - 3D Viewer Move Options Dialog]

Time Slice Movie

Starts movie with the Time Slice image moving in increasing increments.
In-Line Movie
Starts movie with the In-Line image moving in increasing increments.
X-Line Movie
Starts movie with the X-Line image moving in increasing increments.

Trace Display Type

Allows selection of the Trace Display Type. The sub-menu is shown below:

[Trace Display Type Sub-Menu]

Fix Display Mode

Allows setting a In-Line, X-Line or time slice to always be displayed as shown below in the menu
for Fix Display Mode:

[Fix Display Mode Sub Menu]

Fix Current Time Slice

Fixes in place the current Time Slice display.
Fix Current X-Line
Fixes in place the current X-Line display.
Fix Current In-Line

GEDCO
422 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Fixes in place the current In Line display.

Remove All Fixed Displays

Remove all fixed display items currently defined.

The example below shows a display with a fixed time slice and a second time slice that is
obtained
by moving the time slide bar in the toolbar. Similar effects can be obtained with the X-Line
and In-Line.

[Fixed Time Slice 3D Seismic Display View]

ALPHA Parameters
This item opens up the Alpha Function Setting dialog shown below. This dialog controls which
colors are displayed. In the present example, all colors greater than 0.4 alpha value are
displayed. The other Alpha Functions can be selected from the drop down list.

[ALPHA Parameters - Alpha Function Settings Dialog]

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 423

ALPHA Display On
Toggles the Alpha function display on/off.

7.8.1 3D Seismic Cube with Picked Horizons

Displays stacked seismic data with picked horizons in a 3D view.
This option is CPU intensive and requires a fast CPU and a fast graphics card that supports OpenGL.
This section details the differences from viewing 3D Seismic Cube Display 414 without picked
horizons

3D Seismic Cube Display with Picked Horizons

The 3D View horizon is shown below:

[Display Stacked Seismic Data Set in 3D with Picked Horizons]

Toolbar Controls

GEDCO
424 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The five Scroll-Bars on the top Toolbar control the following from left to right:

Time Slice - Set the time slice to be displayed.

X-Line Display - Set the X-Line slice to be displayed.
In-Line Display -Set the In-Line slice to display.
Start Time - Start time of the cube to display.
Start Time - Start time of the cube to display.

The four icons on the left toolbar control the following from top to bottom:

Fill Data Samples/No Fill Data Samples - Toggle between fill/no fill Time Slice
data samples.

Display In-Lines - Toggles on/off the In-Line display.

Display X-Lines - Toggles on/off the X-Line display.

Display Time Slices - Toggles on/off the Time Slice display.

Display Picked Horizon(s) - Toggles on/off the Picked Horizons display. This icon
only appears if the data set contains picked horizons.

Right Mouse Click Menu

The right mouse click menu provides multiple options for enhancing and controlling the 3D View.
This section covers the items dealing with Picked Horizons only.

[3d Seismic Window Display with Picked Horizons - Right Mouse Click Menu]

Pick Horizon Display Options

Opens the for selection of previous computed Picked Horizons event to display with its available
attributes. This dialog is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 425

[Event Horizon Attributes Dialog]

Event Attribute
After selecting an Event item in the Event Horizon List, the user can select from the drop
down list the available attribute to display for that event. After selection click the APPLY
button.
Event Horizon List
The available event lists are displayed in this box. The status is indicated for each event
along with the number of attributes available and the current selected attribute for display.
HIDE/SHOW
The user can selected an event to either HIDE or SHOW in the 3D Seismic Cube. Click
the APPLY button to activate the choice.
Display Horizon Picks
Check the box to display the Horizon Picks.

Display Pick Horizon(s)

Toggle on/off the Pick Horizon(s) display.

Display Horizon(s) Bin Grid

Toggle on/off the Horizon(s) bin grid.

Display Horizon
Opens the Display Horizon sub-menu shown below to select Event(s) to be displayed. When the
Display Horizon item is clicked the corresponding Event number is shown for the active displayed
event.

GEDCO
426 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Display Horizon Sub-Menu]

Adjust Horizon Colorbars

Opens the Horizon Colorbars Events selection sub-menu as shown below to select Events that
are active to adjust the color bar for that event.

[Adjust Horizon Colorbars Sub-Menu]

Click on one of the active Event(s) open the standard Vista Color Bar Settings dialog shown
below:

[Vista Color Bar Settings Dialog]

Note that in this mode the user can change the color bar ranges for the selected horizon.
This color bar does not change the main 3D Cube color bar.

Frequency Slice
Opens the Frequency Slice Event(s) sub-menu shown below for selection of an active Event to
display Instantaneous Frequency.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 427

[Frequency Slice Sub-Menu]

7.9 Multiple 2D/3D Geometry Grid View

The Geometry Grid Window can load multiple geometry file (*.geom) that have line geometry and
tie information and
displays this data in a X - Y coordinate display. It can also load multiple 3D Bin Grids(*.grid). Though
the display's toolbar, various display visualization adjustments can be made.

On clicking this option through the Interactive -> Multiple 2D/3D Geometry Grid View menu, a
standard windows file open dialog appears in which the desired geometry file used for this
visualization can be opened.

A 2D Geometry file *.geom data is available in Tutorial A/DemoTieLineData and is shown below:

[2D/3D Multiple Geometry Grid View]

Using the zoom option under the View Options icon allows examination of one of the Tie Points as
shown below:

GEDCO
428 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[2D/3D Geometry Tie Window Display - Tie Point Example]

2D/3D Geometry Grid View Toolbar

The Geometry Grid View Window Toolbar is located at the top of the 2D/3D Geometry Grid View
Display as shown below:

From left to right, the icons of the 2D/3D Geometry Grid View Toolbar are:

Read from Geometry File - Opens up a standard Windows file open dialog for loading a
Geometry File with an extension of *.geom.
Read in 3D Bin Grid Files - Opens up a standard Windows file open dialog for loading a 3D
Bin Grid File with an extension of *.grid.

View Line Ties - Opens a the text View 2D Line Tie window which displays Line Ties.

Shot Defaults - This icon opens up a dialog to set the graphical parameters for the shots.
See Shot Defaults 1204 for control of the appearance of shot points and annotation.
Receiver Defaults - This icon opens up a dialog to set the graphical parameters for the
receivers. See Receiver Defaults 1204 for control of the appearance of receiver points
and annotation.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 429

View Options 1218

2D/3D Geometry Grid View RMB (Right Mouse Button) Menu

The right click menu is accessible from the main widow display as shown below:

[Line Tie Window Right Click Menu]

Geometry Mouse: ZOOM Mode

Standard zoom mouse (Default) for zooming Line Tie Window view.
Geometry Mouse: PAN Mode
When set on holding left mouse button down allows mouse movement to 'PAN' the display.

Shot Defaults
See Shot Defaults 1204 for control of the appearance of shot points and annotation.
Receiver Defaults
See Receiver Defaults 1204 for control of the appearance of receiver points and annotation.
Line Tie Font
Opens a standard Windows font dialog for selecting fonts.

Display Bins
Toggles on/off the display of bins if available.
Display Shots
Toggles on/off the display of the shots.
Display Receivers
Toggles on/off the display of the receivers.

GEDCO
 430 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

7.10 2D Farr QC Display

The 2D Farr QC Display displays the first milliseconds of the raw shot records in a composite
format that allows the examination of overlap and receiver location distribution. A plot parameter
dialog is available to control the plot display parameters.

On selecting the 2D Farr Display submenu option, a selection spread sheet as shown below
opens to allow selection of the input data to display by selection of the item and double clicking or
clicking OK after item selection.

[2D Seismic Farr Display Selection Spreadsheet]

After selection of the data to examine, the 2D Farr Plot window opens as shown below. The data
plot is the Shot20 raw data from Tutorial A.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 431

[2D Farr Plot - S20 Raw Data]

The 2D Farr Display plot the shot number versus field station. At each shot position the first
several milliseconds
of each shot raw data are displayed. The bottom panels provides the Field Station and Shot number
as the cursor is moved around the display. This display provides a quick overview of the shot
coverage for quality control checking.

2D Farr Plot Toolbar

There are only two icons on the 2D Farr Plot. Each is discussed below:

Seismic Data Plot Parameters (Farr)

Clicking on this icon bring up the Farr Seismic Plot Parameter dialog. Many of the tabs of this
dialog are similar to the Seismic Plot Parameters 89 . Only those tabs that are directly
applicable to the Farr plot are discussed below with links provided to the others.

Display TAB

GEDCO
432 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Farr Seismic Plot Parameters -> Display TAB]

Display
This item allows the modification of the start and length of seismic traces that are
displayed at each shot point number to form the Farr display.
Bulk Shift:
The bulk shift is the time (ms.) from the start of the trace to the beginning of trace
data to be displayed.
Length
The length is the time (ms.) to the end of the trace data to be displayed. Note that
this length time is measured from the actual trace start time ( zero ms.).

FBP Display TAB

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 433

[Farr Seismic Plot Parameters -> FBP Display TAB]

FBP Display
The First Break Picks Display option allows the overlay on the Farr display the FBP's
selected previously in the Seismic Window Display.
Display First-Break Picks
Toggle on/off the FBP display.
FBP Color
Select the color bar to change the FBP line color.
FBP Line Size
Select the line size in pixels for the FBP line.
Read/Write Parms
These button save and write the Seismic Plot Parameters for recall. Note that the
first two
display parameters are not saved in this standard Seismic Plot Parameters

Information on all of the remaining TABS can be found at Seismic Plot Parameters 89 .

View Options 1218

OR Toggle Mouse Tracking (large cross-hair) Off/On

GEDCO
 434 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

7.11 2D Line Tie Window Display

The purpose of the 2D Line Tie Window is to optimize the of a data set by matching the signal
characteristics at the Line Tie points. It is important that the user merge all lines into one file before
entering the 2D Line Tie Window.

The 2D Line Tie Window is entered from the Interactive Menu item as shown below:

[Interactive Menu -> 2D Line Tie Window]

When clicking the 2D Line Tie Window item in the Interactive Menu, the 2D Line Tie Window
Spreadsheet opens
to allow selection of the data set to be examined. This spreadsheet is shown below with the desired
data set highlighted:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 435

[2D Line Tie Window Spreadsheet]

Following the procedure above, opens up the 2D Line Tie Window in its initial state as shown
below:

[Initial 2D Line Tie Window]

The left center display above is one set of a possible four combinations the seismic lines at a tie
point. The right top display is the line geometry with the small window at each tie point being the
cross-correlation plot for that tie point. The bottom right display is the expanded current
cross-correlation data for the seismic data being displayed. Note that the small window displaying the
current cross-correlation data in this lower right display has a red border in the geometry window.

A zoomed in view of the active cross-correlation window in the geometry display is shown below:

GEDCO
436 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Zoomed Geometry View at Active X-Correlation Window]

Note that the active seismic window lines are shown in brown and the master line is shown in
blue. Non-active lines are shown in red (default color in Shot Defaults).

In the main seismic line tie window, the default of the Cross-Correlation zone (blue hatched
rectangle) defaults to be the full screen height. For best results this window should be re-drawn over
the good data portion of the seismic traces.

2D Line Tie Window Toolbars

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 437

From left to right, the icons of the top 2D Line Tie Toolbar are:

Seismic Data Plot Parameters 89 - Has all the Seismic Data Plot Parameters except the
View Tab.
Save Bulk/Phase Corrected Data - Opens the 2D Seis-Merge Output Data dialog for saving
the corrected data to the Project Data List. The dialog is shown below:

GEDCO
438 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[2D Seis-Merge Output Data Dialog]

Output 2D Lines
The user can Reset or Remove lines provided to be saved in the list provided.

Output Options

Name
Enter the corrected Project Data List file name.
Bulk Static
Check if the user wishes to save the Bulk Static corrections that has been made.
Phase Shift
Check if the user wishes to save the Phase Shift corrections that has been made.
Shaping Filter
Check if the user wishes to save the applied Shaping Filter that has been made.
Zero Phase
Check if the user wishes to save the Zero-Phase corrections that has been made.

View Options 1218

View Line Ties - Open a text Window for reviewing the 2D Tie Line Information. An example
is shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 439

[2D Line Tie Information Window]

Use Mouse to Zoom - Toggles the mouse to zoom mode.

Define X-Correlation Window - Toggles the mouse to allow definition Cross-Correlation
Window. Use the mouse to draw a rectangle box about the signals at the tie point. This box will be
blue hatched.

Calc All Masters Tie Points - This options has 5 sub-icon functions .
Each is described as follows:
Calc. Bulk Statics - Calculates the Bulk Statics for all Masters Tie Points.
Calc. Phase Rotation - Calculates the Phase Rotation for all Masters Tie Points.
Calc. Bulk & Phase Rotations (Multiple) - Calculates both the Bulk Statics and the
Phase Rotations simultaneously for all Masters Tie Points. This process is reiterative process
(multiple) and is generally more accurate than computing the Bulk Statics and Phase
Rotations individually.
Calc. Shape Filter - Calculates the Shape Filter for all Master Tie Points.
Calc. Amplitude Scalar - Calculates the Amplitude Scalar for all Master Tie Points.

Calc. Current Master Tie Point - This options has 5 sub-icon functions .
These functions are the same as in the item above except only the selected icon parameters is
computed for the red active window in the geometry window area. The selected Tie Point.

% View of Cross-Correlation (CC) Window Pane - Low percentages

expand the cross-correlation window about the center point and 100 percent allows the view of
the entire cross-correlation data for the selected (red) small tie point window in the geometry
window pane.

Tie Point Selection Drop Down List - The user

can select to activate any one of the current tie points.

From top to bottom, the icons of the left 2D Line Tie Toolbar are:

Shot Defaults - See Plot Display Parameters 317 .

Seismic Display: Swap Left/Right Ties - Swap the seismic widow displays left to right about

GEDCO
440 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

the tie point.

Left Display Line : Next Tie - Toggles the left seismic display line to the same line on the
other side of the tie point (Next Tie). Note the active display line will turn brown in the geometry
display.
Right Display Line : Next Tie - Toggles the right seismic display line to the same line on the
other side of the tie point (Next Tie). Note the active display line will turn brown in the geometry
display.

Input Time_Gate to Calc. Zero-Master Phase - Opens a standard Windows open file dialog
for input a time gate file. The file extension of a time gate file is "*.tim". See Seismic Window ->
Define (Pick) Time Gates 167 .
- OFF/ON: Apply Zero-Master Phase - Toggle off/on application of the Zero-Master
Phase.

- OFF/ON: Bulk Statics - Toggle off/on the computed or user entered Bulk Statics.
- OFF/ON: Phase Rotation - Toggle off/on the computed or user entered Phase
Rotation.
- OFF/ON: Shape Filters - Toggle off/on the set Shape Filters.
- OFF/ON: Amplitude Scalars - Toggle off/on the computed or user entered Amplitude
Scalar.

ZERO Bulk Statics - Clear to zero all computed or entered Bulk Statics.
ZERO Phase Rotations - Clear to zero all computed or entered Phase Rotations.
ZERO Bulk & Phase Rotations - Clear to zero all jointly computed Bulk Statics and Phase
Rotations.
RESET Amplitude Scalars - Resets Amplitude Scalars to their default values.
RESET X-Correlation Time Window - Resets the X-Correlation Time Window to its default
conditions (from top to the bottom of the seismic window).

- OFF/ON: Adjust Bulk by Key Stroke - When this option is on the 'p' key can be used to provide bulk phase
shift of one set of the data. The phase shift in the correlation window will change by 180 degrees.

OR Toggle Mouse Tracking (large cross-hair) Off/On

2D Line Tie Window Right Mouse Button Menus

Each 2D Line Tie Window pane has a slightly different Right Mouse Button menus. Therefore to
avoid user confusion, the complete descriptions for the Right Mouse Button Menus for each Window
pane is provided in the following sub-sections:

Seismic Window Pane RMB 441

Geometry Window Pane RMB 444

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 441

Cross-Correlation Window Pane RMB 448

7.11.1 Seismic Window Pane RMB

Seismic Window Pane Right Mouse Button (RMB)
In this window pane the RMB menu is slightly different for the Master Line and the Slave Lines.
The Master Line RMB is discussed first, and then the differences are noted for the Slave Lines at the
end of this topic.

[Seismic Window Pane - Master Line RMB Menu]

Add Pasted Note

Allows the user to add Pasted Notes 1169 onto the displayed data. Remove this note by
right clicking directly on it and select DELETE Pasted Note.

Seismic Mouse: ZOOM Mode

Toggle on standard zoom mouse (Default) for zooming Seismic Window pane view.
Seismic Mouse: PAN Mode
When set on holding left mouse button down allow mouse movement to 'PAN' the display.
Note that if the full data set is already displayed no panning will occur.
Seismic Mouse: XC Window Pick Mode
Toggle on the mouse for drawing a rectangle over the good data for selection of traces
and trace length for selecting data sets for cross-correlation computations. The
cross-correlation rectangle with be displayed in blue hatched pattern.

Swap Lines LHS: 7.0 RHS 45.0 in Seismic Display

Swap the left hand display from the tie point (LHS) with the right hand display from the tie
point (RHS). The current line numbers before the swap are indicated as to which side they
are on. Note that after the swap the line numbers change to the side they are swapped to.
Line: 45.0 Display Traces Other Side of Tie Point

GEDCO
442 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

For each tie point on each line there are two data sets that intersect the tie point. This
options toggles the seismic trace display to the opposite line data set. Note again that data
sets displayed in the seismic display are indicated in brown in the geometry display at the
current active tie point.

UNSELECT Line 45.0 as Master Line (Unique menu item to Master Line)
Allow the user to UNSELECT a line as a Master Line. Normally one un-selects a Master
Line before selecting another line as Master.
SET Master Zero Phase Value (Unique menu item to Master Line )
Opens a small dialog for checking the zero phase reference value computed from the
Time-Gate Zero Phase calculations or entering another phase reference value derived by the
user from the Master Line record. The dialog is shown below:

[Master Line - Zero Phase Reference Dialog]

Display Geometry Axis

Toggle on/off the Geometry Window pane axis.
Line Display Defaults
Opens the shot defaults dialog.
Line Tie Font
Opens a standard Windows Font dialog for selecting fonts for line tie alphanumerics.

Bulk Static Shift Data

Toggle on/off the computed or user entered Bulk Statics.
Phase Rotate Data
Toggle on/off the computed or user entered Phase Rotation.
Apply Slave Shaping Filter
Toggle on/off the set Shape Filters.
Apply Slave Amplitude Scalar
Toggle off/on the computed or user entered Amplitude Scalar.

Current Tie Point Options

Opens a the sub-menu shown below for setting Tie Point options.

[Current Tie Point Options Sub-Menu]

Reset Current X-Correlation Time Window

Resets current X-Correlation Time Window to the default (full screen).
Set All Tie Points to Current X-Correlate Window
Sets all Tie Points to the current X-Correlate Window size.
SAVE Current Cross-Correlation Defn. to File
Opens a standard Windows file save dialog to save the definition of the current
Cross-Correlation Window. The file extension for this definition file is "*.xcwindow".
READ Cross-Correlation Defn. from File
Opens a standard Window file open dialog to read in the definition of the saved
Cross-Correlation Window. The file extension for this definition file is "*.xcwindow".

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 443

Cross-Correlate Options
Opens a the sub-menu shown below for setting Cross-Correlate options.

[Cross-Correlate Options Sub-Menu]

Display X-Correlation Graphs

Toggles on/off the small Cross-Correlation windows in the geometry window
pane.
Display Only Current X-Correlation Graph
Toggles on/off the display of only the current small Cross-Correlation window in
the geometry window pane.
X-Correlation Graph Parameters
Opens the Cross-Correlation Graph Parameters dialog for setting the line size,
color and symbols size and color.
Display Cross-Correlate Axis
Toggles on/off the Cross-Correlation window pane axis (amplitude and time).

Re-Calculate All Tie Points

Re-calculates the Cross-Correlation values for all tie points. Note that this zeros
out any Bulk Statics, Phase Rotations, etc. that might have already been computed.

Bulk Static Max Absolute Value/Bulk Static Max Value

Toggles between the two methods for applying Bulk Static values.

Slave RMB Seismic Window pane differences.

[Seismic Window Pane - Slave Line RMB Menu Differences]

SELECT Line 7.0 as Master Line

The user can specify that this current line will be a new Master Line.
Shape Parameters Line: 7.0
Opens the Shaping Filter dialog shown below to set the shaping filter parameters.

GEDCO
 444 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Shaping Filter Dialog]

Shaping Parameters
The Filter Length, Pre-Whitening, and Lag values are entered, then the user
toggles through the Shape application options. A Apply Signal Band-Pass option is
also available.

Set Slave Line Values

This options opens the Slave Line Values dialog shown below for manually loading
the Tie Point values for the Slave Line.

[Slave Line Values Dialog]

Bulk Static (Ms) - Enter the cross-correlation offset. A negative sign implies and
upward shift.
Phase Shift (Deg.) - Enter the Phase Rotation value in degrees.
Amplitude Scalar - Enter the Amplitude scalar value.

7.11.2 Geometry Window Pane RMB

Geometry Window Pane Right Mouse Button (RMB)

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 445

[Geometry Window Pane - RMB Menu]

Add Pasted Note

Allows the user to add Pasted Notes 1169 onto the displayed data. Remove this note by
right clicking directly on it and select DELETE Pasted Note.

Seismic Mouse: ZOOM Mode

Toggle on standard zoom mouse (Default) for zooming Seismic Window pane view.
Seismic Mouse: PAN Mode
When set on holding left mouse button down allow mouse movement to 'PAN' the display.
Note that if the full data set is already displayed no panning will occur.

UNSELECT Line 45.0 as Master Line (Unique menu item to Master Line if the user does not
click on slave line)
Allow the user to UNSELECT a line as a Master Line. Normally one un-selects a Master
Line before selecting another line as Master.
SET Master Zero Phase Value (Unique menu item to Master Line if the user does not click
on slave line)
Opens a small dialog for checking the zero phase reference value computed from the
Time-Gate Zero Phase calculations or entering another phase reference value derived by the
user from the Master Line record.

Display Geometry Axis

Toggle on/off the Geometry Window pane axis.
Line Display Defaults
Opens the shot defaults dialog.
Line Tie Font
Opens a standard Windows Font dialog for selecting fonts for line tie alphanumerics.

Bulk Static Shift Data

Toggle on/off the computed or user entered Bulk Statics.
Phase Rotate Data
Toggle on/off the computed or user entered Phase Rotation.
Apply Slave Shaping Filter
Toggle on/off the set Shape Filters.
Apply Slave Amplitude Scalar
Toggle off/on the computed or user entered Amplitude Scalar.

GEDCO
446 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Current Tie Point Options

Opens a the sub-menu shown below for setting Tie Point options.

[Current Tie Point Options Sub-Menu]

Reset Current X-Correlation Time Window

Resets current X-Correlation Time Window to the default (full screen).
Set All Tie Points to Current X-Correlate Window
Sets all Tie Points to the current X-Correlate Window size.
SAVE Current Cross-Correlation Defn. to File
Opens a standard Windows file save dialog to save the definition of the current
Cross-Correlation Window. The file extension for this definition file is "*.xcwindow".
READ Cross-Correlation Defn. from File
Opens a standard Window file open dialog to read in the definition of the saved
Cross-Correlation Window. The file extension for this definition file is "*.xcwindow".

Cross-Correlate Options
Opens a the sub-menu shown below for setting Cross-Correlate options.

[Cross-Correlate Options Sub-Menu]

Display X-Correlation Graphs

Toggles on/off the small Cross-Correlation windows in the geometry window
pane.
Display Only Current X-Correlation Graph
Toggles on/off the display of only the current small Cross-Correlation window in
the geometry window pane.
X-Correlation Graph Parameters
Opens the Cross-Correlation Graph Parameters dialog for setting the line size,
color and symbols size and color.
Display Cross-Correlate Axis
Toggles on/off the Cross-Correlation window pane axis (amplitude and time).

Re-Calculate All Tie Points

Re-calculates the Cross-Correlation values for all tie points. Note that this zeros
out any Bulk Statics, Phase Rotations, etc. that might have already been computed.

Bulk Static Max Absolute Value/Bulk Static Max Value

Toggles between the two methods for applying Bulk Static values.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 447

Slave RMB Geometry Window pane differences. These options appear when the RMB is
used over a Slave Line.

[Seismic Window Pane - Slave Line RMB Menu Differences]

SELECT Line 7.0 as Master Line

The user can specify that this current line will be a new Master Line.
Shape Parameters Line: 7.0
Opens the Shaping Filter dialog shown below to set the shaping filter parameters.

[Shaping Filter Dialog]

Shaping Parameters
The Filter Length, Pre-Whitening, and Lag values are entered, then the user
toggles through the Shape application options. A Apply Signal Band-Pass option is
also available.

Set Slave Line Values

This options opens the Slave Line Values dialog shown below for manually loading
the Tie Point values for the Slave Line.

[Slave Line Values Dialog]

Bulk Static (Ms) - Enter the cross-correlation offset. A negative sign implies and
upward shift.

GEDCO
 448 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Phase Shift (Deg.) - Enter the Phase Rotation value in degrees.

Amplitude Scalar - Enter the Amplitude scalar value.

7.11.3 Cross-Correlation Window Pane RMB

Cross-Correlation Window Pane RMB

[Cross-Correlation Window Pane - RMB Menu]

Add Pasted Note

Allows the user to add Pasted Notes 1169 onto the displayed data. Remove this note by
right clicking directly on it and select DELETE Pasted Note.

Display Geometry Axis

Toggle on/off the Geometry Window pane axis.
Line Display Defaults
Opens the shot defaults dialog.
Line Tie Font
Opens a standard Windows Font dialog for selecting fonts for line tie alphanumerics.

Bulk Static Shift Data

Toggle on/off the computed or user entered Bulk Statics.
Phase Rotate Data
Toggle on/off the computed or user entered Phase Rotation.
Apply Slave Shaping Filter
Toggle on/off the set Shape Filters.
Apply Slave Amplitude Scalar
Toggle off/on the computed or user entered Amplitude Scalar.

Current Tie Point Options

Opens a the sub-menu shown below for setting Tie Point options.

[Current Tie Point Options Sub-Menu]

Reset Current X-Correlation Time Window

Resets current X-Correlation Time Window to the default (full screen).

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 449

Set All Tie Points to Current X-Correlate Window

Sets all Tie Points to the current X-Correlate Window size.
SAVE Current Cross-Correlation Defn. to File
Opens a standard Windows file save dialog to save the definition of the current
Cross-Correlation Window. The file extension for this definition file is "*.xcwindow".
READ Cross-Correlation Defn. from File
Opens a standard Window file open dialog to read in the definition of the saved
Cross-Correlation Window. The file extension for this definition file is "*.xcwindow".

Cross-Correlate Options
Opens a the sub-menu shown below for setting Cross-Correlate options.

[Cross-Correlate Options Sub-Menu]

Display X-Correlation Graphs

Toggles on/off the small Cross-Correlation windows in the geometry window
pane.
Display Only Current X-Correlation Graph
Toggles on/off the display of only the current small Cross-Correlation window in
the geometry window pane.
X-Correlation Graph Parameters
Opens the Cross-Correlation Graph Parameters dialog for setting the line size,
color and symbols size and color.
Display Cross-Correlate Axis
Toggles on/off the Cross-Correlation window pane axis (amplitude and time).

Re-Calculate All Tie Points

Re-calculates the Cross-Correlation values for all tie points. Note that this zeros
out any Bulk Statics, Phase Rotations, etc. that might have already been computed.

Bulk Static Max Absolute Value/Bulk Static Max Value

Toggles between the two methods for applying Bulk Static values.

7.12 Create Data Set

Create various types of Vista data files.

GEDCO
450 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

This Interactive -> Create Data Set option has the following tools.

3-D Time-Slice

Create and view time slices of stacked, binned 3D data.

Upon clicking the 3D Time-Slice sub-menu item a window opens to select the stacked 3D data as
shown below:

[Create Seismic Time Slices - Data Selection Window]

After selection of the stacked data set to Time Slice, time slices will be created on multiples
of the data sampling rate and the 3-D Data Time Slice dialog will open as shown below:

[3-d Data Time Slice Dialog - Parameter Inputs]

The above example values for Start Time, End Time, Increment will give 6 time slices at 500,
510...550 ms.

The typical output is shown below for a Tutorial B 3D data set specified in the top of the window.
The
input parameters were start time 370, end time 420, increment 10.

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 451

[Seismic Data Display of Time Slice Example]

Create 3-D Data Set

Create a set of stacked zeroed traces with the following dialog.

[Create 3-D Stacked Data Set Dialog]

GEDCO
452 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The above dialog will create 10000 stacked traces arranged at the specified in-line and
cross-lines.
The created data set will be added to the Project Data List with the name specified in the Name
box.
These zeroed traces may be used for modelling applications.

After clicking 'OK' a geometry window for the blank data appears as shown below:

[Interactive Edit Data Window - Black Created 3D Stacked Data Set]

Single Trace Data

Create a multiple zeroed trace which will be added to the Project Data List.
On clicking this options the Create New Seismic Trace(s) dialog shown below:

GEDCO
 Interactive Menu 453

[Create New Seismic Data Trace(s) Dialog]

One has the option of creating traces in Time, Frequency, Phase domain.
These traces may be used for modelling applications.

As an example, if one picks the Time Domain, when the 'OK' Button is clicked the
Graphical Display is opened with a zero amplitude trace as shown below:

[Graph Seismic Trace - Create 1 Trace Example]

GEDCO
 454 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Note that in the above example, the User Edit Trace icon can be used to either load a trace from
file
and/or generate the trace with the User Edit Trace spreadsheet.

Import Response[Amplitude/Phase File]

Import instrument response curves with this option.

When this option is clicked the

[Input Response File [Amplitude/Phase] Dialog]

The Input Response File items allow the specification of the input file containing the
desired response information. The Output portion requires a output name and the start and
end times.

8 Statics
Statics menu:

[Interactive Statics Menu]

Interactive statics menu contains these menu options:

Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Consistent 455

Used to QC and calculate surface consistent statics from the file calculated in the statics Job Flow

GEDCO
 Statics 455

example shown in the text using the Vista Flow command MCorrel.

View Vista Statics File 458

Allows user to examine Vista created statics files.

2D Refraction Statics 459

Use the First Break Picks 160 of a data set to calculate 2D refraction statics.
The method used is a one-layer ABC type and only works correctly on 2D data.

Multi-Layer Uphole Statics 470

Allows user to generate statics in the Multi-Layer Uphole 3D environment.

Elevation/Refraction Statics 483

Elevation statics and/or refraction statics using user defined model.

8.1 Surface Consistent 2-D Auto-Statics

Use the Interactive Menu to Choose the Statics -> Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con.:

[Statics Menu -> Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con. Selection]

Use this option to calculate surface consistent reflection statics for 2D/3D data. The statics
calculated here will be saved to an ASCII file and applied to data using the statics flow command
ReadStat 864 .

Before one uses this option, one must have calculated a cross-correlation time file based on input
CMP gathers and a stacked model trace for each CMP. One calculate the cross-correlation time file
using the flow command MCorrel 867 as shown below:

[Flow for calculating cross-correlation ASCII file]

The output of the above concept flow is a file with a default extension ''*.st1'. The Tutorial A -
Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Consistent 1432 has the complete example of providing the proper input file
name and parameters for setting up a typical job flow for MCorrel output.

There is another way to calculate surface consistent residual statics, and that is by using the flow
command StkPPower. In general, StkPPower will provide better statics than MCorrel, however the

GEDCO
456 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

output from the MCorrel may be used to apply CMP trim statics.

Enter the '*.st1' file as the input for the 2-D Auto Statics calculation as shown below.

[Input file for Auto-Statics 2-D]

The main Auto-Statics 2-D window now appears like that below which shows the
cross-correlation times for shots and receiver components of the CMP gathers compared to the
CMP's of the stack model. The display shows 5 shots for each panel; each panel may be viewed by
clicking on the top scroll bar. From these correlations, the process will perform Gauss-Seidel
iterations to calculate the statics for the shots and receivers.

[2-D Auto-Statics Main Window]

GEDCO
 Statics 457

Use this icon, (Calc. Surface Statics), to perform the solutions for the static problem, the
following dialog will appear.

[Solve - Surface Consistent Statics Dialog]

Solution Method Type of method used solve surface consistent problem.

Gauss-Siedel or Least Square solution.
# of Iterations Number of iterations to come up with result.
Damp Only used by LSQR method to apply a dampened value to the solution.
Should only be used after trying LSQR with dampening set to 0.

After the iterations are complete, the Auto-Statics 2-D main window will be as shown below.

GEDCO
 458 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[2-D Auto-Statics window after iterations]

The statics solution for the shots and receivers appear on the bottom portion of the display. If one
is satisfied with this result, use the 'Save' icon, , to save these results to an ASCII file with default
extension *.srs. Note that the bottom panel shows the solutions for the entire line and not just for the
selected shot panel in the top Window pane.

To apply the saved statics, use the flow command ReadStat 864 to read the '.srs' file and then
apply the statics using the flow command StatShft 860 .

2-D Auto-Statics Surface Consistent Toolbar:

2-D Surface-Statics Params.

Use this icon to change appearance of the shot and receiver symbols and to select the number of
shots per panel.
View Options 1218 .
Save Static Results to File
Opens a standard Windows save dialog to enter the desired file name for saving. The file
extension for this file is (*.srs).
View Station Static Results
Opens a text window providing a listing of shot and receiver static solutions. Options for saving,
printing and clearing are provided.
Calc. Surface Statics
Opens the Surface Consistent Statics dialog for entry of the computational method and number of
iterations. After selection of the appropriate parameters, clicking OK provides the solutions in the
lower window panel.

Shots Group Slide Bar

Allows different shot groups to be shown in the top Window panel.

8.2 View Vista Statics File

Use the Interactive Menu to Choose the Statics -> View Vista Statics File to display a chosen Vista
static(s) file.:

[Statics Menu -> View Vista Statics File Selection]

Upon choosing the 'View Vista Statics File' menu item, a standard type File Open Window
appears initiated for the static files [*.srs] as shown below:

GEDCO
 Statics 459

[Input Statics File Windows Dialog]

Selecting the desired file opens the statics file in a display as shown below. The left window panel
display various names of files.
The right panel displays selected files contents.

[Example View Statics File window]

8.3 2D Refraction Statics

Use the Interactive Menu to Choose the Statics -> 2D Refraction Statics to Calculate refraction statics
for a 2D line.

[Statics Menu -> 2D Refraction Statics Selection]

From the first break picks, the user computes a 1-layer model of the weathering layer and output

GEDCO
460 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

a set of shot and receiver static values based on this 1-layer model.

A series of windows allows one to compute refraction statics based on first-break pick times from
data set and geometry. Several QC functions are available to assist you in verifying the statics.

In the Tutorial Examples 1335 is described how to compute and apply 2-D refraction statics to the
data set shot20.sgy. One should review that section now.

A review of the steps necessary for refraction statics using the icons on the toolbar.

1. Pick first breaks which will be stored automatically in VISTA headers (First Break Picking 160 ).
2. Use the Refraction Statics windows to calculate, quality control, and finally write the statics to the
VISTA headers.
a) Pick the offset range for the refracting layer. ( Pick Refractor Offsets ).
Any first break picks outside of this offset range will not be used.

b) Pick (optionally) the minimum and maximum times to use. ( Pick Top/Bottom Time
Limits).
Any first break picks outside this time range will not be used.
c) Set the various calculation and display parameters such as weathering and replacement
velocity, datum,valid picks, etc.( 2-D Refraction Statics Parameters).
d) Calculate the statics using the icon.

e) View various quality control displays using these toolbar icons, .

f) Save the static values to VISTA header words. ( Save Statics Results).

3. Add the StaticSh 860 command to the flow chart for the brute stack and recompute the brute stack
with statics after NMO.
NOTE: Make sure one picks the same Static Header words that one originally saved the statics
to.
4. Compare the results with and without statics.

In general, if static values are small (comparable to one or two wavelengths of the average
frequency - or less that say, 100 ms.), it is OK to apply statics as soon as possible in the processing
sequence (flow). In other words, if the statics are small, apply them immediately after scaling and
certainly before NMO (or velocity analysis). This will result in improved velocity analysis and picking.

If the static values are large (usually caused by a datum which is much larger or smaller than the
average elevation - or by unusually large elevation changes), one must resort to other methods. One
of the favorites is the so called "floating datum". Here one changes the datum in some smooth
fashion at every receiver station. One then ties to keep the datum as close as possible to the
elevation values - and hence generate small static values. These statics may be applied as the first
processing step as above.

Later, one must calculate the difference between these "floating datum" statics and "fixed datum"
statics. These "difference" statics are usually large (several hundred ms.) and must be applied after
NMO - and before CMP stack.

The Refraction Statics Analysis Display Window

When one first enters the Refraction Statics window, it should look like the following (assuming
you have picked the first breaks). One sees all the first breaks plotted on a time vs. receiver station
graph. The user can select to plot all shots or groups of shots by clicking on the Statics Parameters
462 icon, (2-D Refraction Statics Parameters).

GEDCO
 Statics 461

[Refraction Statics Analysis Window]

Refraction Statics Analysis Toolbar

2-D Refraction Statics Parameters - Set the various calculation and display parameters.
Read FBP's From Headers 469 - Use this icon to read first break picks from headers into the
Refraction Statics Window display.
Read FBP's from Header [Create Phantom] 470 - Use this icon to read first break picks from
headers into the Refraction Statics Window display with the addition feature of extending missing
picks with a iteration algorithm.
Save Statics Results - Use this icon for Saving statics to headers 469 after the calculations and
quality control has been completed.

View Options 1218

Display First Break Picks on Shots (Display above)

Pick Refractor Offsets - Labeled Pick the Offset Refraction Range 464 in discussion

GEDCO
 462 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

sub-section.

Optional:

Pick Top/Bottom Time Limits - Pick of Minimum and Maximum Times 465 before
calculation is employed to limit first break picks to within a time range when large variations in direct
arrival times and other conditions.

These icons are respectively Display Pick Difference [Top Display], Display
Forward/Reverse Rel. Statics [Top Display], and Main Static Display Window. See discussion
Statics Quality Control Displays 465 . This icons are used after the calculation of the statics has been
performed.

These icons are respectively Display Forward/Reverse Picks (Bottom Display), Display
Velocity Info (Bottom Display), and Display Elevation Info - Provides additional calculation and QC
displays. See Statics Quality Control Displays 465 .

Calc. Elev. Statics - Use this icon to perform the calculation of the elevation statics. A progress
clock will show the status of the correction calculations.

- Panel Scroll 469 .

8.3.1 2D Refraction Static Parameters

2-D Refraction Statics Parameters - Use this icon to:

1. Set the Display Parameters

[2-D Refraction Statics Display Parameters Dialog]

#Shots per Panel sets the number of shots to display for the refraction windows. This value
configures the Panel Scroll bar 469 , for stepping through multiple groups of shots.

GEDCO
 Statics 463

2. Set parameters for the statics calculations by clicking on STATICS button.

[2-D Refraction Statics Calc. Dialog]

Floating Datum selection for 2D Refraction Statics is not operational in this version of VISTA.

3. Set parameters to control the use of wild picks with the WILD PICKS button.

[Eliminate Wild Picks Dialog]

K Value
Used to eliminate wild picks, as shown in description.

Minimum # of Picks to Keep

Relates to the Wild Pick Elimination. Will not eliminate picks if this minimum is reached.

Min# of Stns in Velocity Analysis

This is the minimum number of picks to have in order to be able to calculate velocity.

GEDCO
 464 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

8.3.2 Pick the Offset Refraction Range

Pick Refractor Offsets - Use this plot sub-tool to open this window - then place the mouse on
the picks, click and drag out a line from one offset to another. When one releases the mouse button,
the display should look as shown below:

[2D Refraction Offset Range Window]

One sees all first break picks displayed on an Offset vs. Time graph. The idea is to pick a range of
offsets which corresponds to picks (first break arrivals) from the top of the first refracting layer.

Where there are several layers, one simply sets the range around all of them - thus the statics
solution is an average of all the layers. In almost all cases, this will cause small errors in statics which
can be accurately corrected later through the use of surface consistent residual (reflection) statics.

Currently, one cannot select different offset ranges for individual shots or groups of shots.

Close this window when one has selected the offset range.

GEDCO
 Statics 465

8.3.3 Pick Minimum and Maximum Times

Pick Top/Bottom Time Limits - Picking the Minimum and Maximum Times is optional. One
may use this option to limit first break picks to within a time range in cases where there is
considerable variation in the direct arrival times possibly caused by topography, lateral velocity
changes, etc.

Double click at some maximum time with the TOP sub-icon to define the Top Time, and double
click at a minimum time with the BOT sub-icon to define the Bottom Time which is a shallower time.
Currently, one cannot select individual Top and Bottom times for individual shots or for groups of
shots.

Note that one can color code the valid and invalid offset picks using the Statics Parameter 462

options after picks have been made as shown below.

[Colored Coded Maximum/Minimum Times Selection]

8.3.4 Statics Quality Control Displays

Examples of Statics Quality Control Displays
The toolbar icons for the Top display and the toolbar icons for the Bottom
Display are discussed here.

GEDCO
466 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

These displays will be blank unless the refracted statics have been calculated beforehand.

Display Pick Differences(Top) - Forward picks are picks that originate from a shot that is
numerically higher than the station. Reverse picks are picks that originate from a shot that is
numerically lower than the station.

First break time differences are basically the delta t's of the first breaks between adjacent stations
of a shot point. The delta t's in the forward direction are the Forward Time Differences, those in the
reverse direction are the Reverse Time Differences.

A typical Time Difference plot summarized for each station looks is shown below. Note how the
forward and reverse time differences between stations are clustered about a constant value for each
direction. A significant deviation from the cluster values may indicate a poor first break pick. The
display at the bottom of the plot shows the number of valid picks for each station.
The bottom display was chosen by selecting the first (left-most) of these bottom display icons,
which is called Display Forward/Reverse Picks [Bottom Display].

[Display Pick Differences]

Display Forward/Reverse Relative Statics - Relative statics are based on refraction arrival
times. There are 2 ways of looking at this method. One method is based on the time differences of

GEDCO
 Statics 467

the refraction wave originating at the same shot point but received at two different receiver stations.
The second way takes into account the time differences of a refracted wave at one receiver point but
from two different shot points. The difference between the observed and theoretical arrival times
represent the static contribution from the weathering layer. This quantity is calculated for all shots in
the forward and reverse direction for all geophone stations.

VISTA plots the relative statics for receivers in both forward and reverse directions. The plot may
be used for quality control of receiver static values and hence the user's first break picks and
geometry.

[Display Relative Statics]

In the above display, the bottom display was chosen by selecting the last (right-most) of these
bottom display icons, which is called Display Elevation Info. This display shows three
important items:
· Elevation of each station with shot points and their hole depths.
· Chosen datum elevation.
· The calculated bottom of the first (weathering) layer.

Main Static Display Window - Located under the plot icon. This plot shows several

GEDCO
468 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

important parameters. First in green, at the top of the screen we have the various "T-" values of the
Plus-Minus Method. These are used to calculate the velocity of the second (first refractor) layer.

Next, in blue, is the integrated relative static. This is calculated by a cumulative sum of the
average time differences from one station to the next.

In red is the answer - the total static - equal to the sum of the elevation correction and the
weathering static This value is stored as the receiver static. The shot static is stored as this value
plus the shot Uphold time. The total static to be applied to each trace is then the sum of the
appropriate shot and receiver statics.

In black, is shown the static correction for elevations (reduce actual elevation to chosen datum).

In purple, is shown the static correction required to replace the weathering layer with its various
calculated velocities and thicknesses at each station by material of the same thickness but with
constant velocity (replacement).

And finally in yellow, one sees the picks used to calculate the statics - these are the "T+" values
of the Plus-Minus method.

[Main Statics Display Window]

In the above display, the bottom display was chosen by selecting the middle (center) of these

GEDCO
 Statics 469

bottom display icons, which is called Display Velocity Info.

Note: All plot axis's can be adjusted and edited by right clicking on the appropriate axis.

8.3.5 Saving statics to headers

Save Statics Results - Use this icon to save the statics to headers. One will see the following
dialog.

[Save Statics Results Dialog]

Choose any header word for each of the three calculated items. It is recommended that one stays
with the defaults. After saving the refraction statics, simply close the Refraction Statics 'Window in the
usual way by clicking the OK Button.

8.3.6 Reading first breaks from headers

Read FBP's From Headers - Use this icon to read first break picks from headers into the
Refraction Statics Window display.

8.3.7 Panel Scroll

If one has chosen to display incrementally display shots instead of all shots from the Refraction
Statics Parameters 462 icon, then one simply displays each grouping of shots with this scroll bar.
Note the scroll bar is practical only for the First Break Picks on Shot 459 and the Pick Refractor
Offset 464 displays.

GEDCO
 470 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

8.3.8 Read FBP's Header [Create Phantom]

Read FBP's from Header [Create Phantom] - Use this icon to read first break picks from
headers into the Refraction Statics Window display with the addition feature of extending missing
picks with an iteration algorithm. The Phantom iterations are shown in red in the following example
below:

[Illustration of Reading FBP's Header Creating Phantom Picks]

8.4 Multi-Layer Uphole Statics

Use the Interactive Menu to Choose the Statics -> Multi-Layer Uphole Statics:

[Statics Menu -> Multi-Layer Uphole Statics Selection]

One needs to correctly modify the Vista headers to contain the proper header values before going
into the Interactive ->Statics ->Multi-Layer Uphole Window. Required Header Words:
RECEIVERLINE_NO, FIELD_STATION_NUMBER, XREC, YREC, DEPTH_REC. Also need to have
DATA_FIRSTBREAK header word filled in (Using First Break Pick Window 160 ). The other header
words for OFFSET_SH_REC, ELEV_REC, XREC and YREC can be filled out manually in the Uphole
window if not available. See Tutorial F 1619 and its subdirectory for example settings and data.

Select all Upholes to be used in the calculation with 3D Uphole Statics Window in the input
spreadsheet which appears first when selecting the Multi-Layer Uphole Statics option as shown
below.

[Uphole Statics Window Spread Sheet]

Upholes must have correct header words filled in and have been selected. After selection the
Uphole Statics window will appear as shown below with the control file loaded:

GEDCO
 Statics 471

[Vista 2D/3D Multi-Layer Uphole Statics Window]

Left window displays the Uphole locations and the right window displays the picks for the selected
windows. Use the Multi-Layer Right-Mouse Button 481 to bring up the various Window View
controls.

Multi-Layer Uphole Statics Toolbar:

Parameter Options
Opens the Uphole Statics Parameters 474 Dialog for selection of processing parameters and
FBP and Uphole Display parameters.
Read Control File
Opens a standard Windows Open File dialog for inputting an existing Uphole control file. The
file extension of the Uphole control file is *.vwuphole.
Save Static Results
There are two Save options:

GEDCO
472 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Save Control File - Currently defined control points to control point file.
Save Statics Results to File - Statics results saved to a static file. This file can then be
read in by command ReadStatics 864 in a flow. This file has an extension of *.srs.
View Uphole Static Results 482
Displays text view of selected uphole static results.
Uphole Spread-Sheet 473
Opens the Vista 2D/3D Multi-Layer Uphole Statics spreadsheet. This allows editing of the
various parameters such as elevation, coordinates, velocity solutions, etc. at each uphole.
Uphole Info Plot View 479
Opens a window that can be used to create a custom view (plot) of information on each
Uphole.

View Options 1218

This option is similar for most displays and a detailed description is presented in the
Miscellaneous section.
Calc. Uphole Statics
Calculation icon to calculate all the statics information.
CALC Uphole (Based on Model)
Calculates the unpicked FBP's for the layers based on the model generated in another station
for the selected station.
CALC All Unpicked Upholes (Based on Model)
Calculates the unpicked FBP's for the layers based on the model generated in another station
for all the unpicked stations.

Uphole Rec# Selection

Use this drop down list to select Uphole Record numbers for First Break Picking or display of
these FBP's.

Layer Selection
Use this drop down list to select which layer to perform the First Break Picking on in the First
Break Pick window. Note that the First-Break Pick Window -> Mouse: Velocity Pick must be toggle on
to allow picking.

Summary Overview:
One can use the Uphole Spread-Sheet View 473 icon to access this spread-sheet view in
the Interactive Uphole Static Window. Will display all the Upholes with the associated information, can
edit/alter this spread-sheet if changes are required.

1) First use the Options icon to set the Uphole Statics Parameters 474 - number of layers to
be picked, datum and other parameters for display.

2) Need to pick the velocity layers. Make sure the Mouse for the First-Break Pick Window is in
VELOCITY Pick Mode by Right-Mouse Button clicking and selecting the Mouse:VELOCITY Pick
checked on.

GEDCO
 Statics 473

[Right Mouse Button ->First-Break Picks Sub-Menu]

The above menu is displayed by pressing the Right-Mouse Button when the mouse is located in
the Geometry or First-Break Picks window. Use the mouse to pick the velocity, press down, drag and
release.

Use the LAYER control to select the layer to pick.

To select different Upholes the user can scroll through the Uphole control List:

Or when in Zoom mode in Geometry Window press the Left Mouse Button down and hold SHIFT
key down to select the closest Uphole in the window.

In the First Break Picking View 477 the detailed steps for carrying out the First Break Picking are
performed. The icons related to First Break Picking computation are detailed in the discussion of this
topic.

3) After the First Break Picking is completed the next step is to calculate and save the Uphole
statics on. Perform the static calculation using the Calc. Uphole Statics icon. See Calculate
Uphole Statics 479 .

4) After all computations are completed the Uphole Info Plot View icon can be used to access
the Uphole Plot View 479 and the View Uphole Statics Results 482 icon.

8.4.1 Uphole Spread-Sheet View

Use the Uphole Spread-Sheet view icon to access this view in the Interactive Uphole
Static Window. Will display all the Upholes with the associated information, can edit/alter this
spread-sheet if changes are required. Use the Save Uphole Info to Headers icon to save these

changes back to the original headers. Use the Exit icon to leave the Spread-Sheet view.

GEDCO
 474 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Uphole Spread-Sheet View]

The additional icons to manipulate the data in the spread sheet are:

Add NEW Uphole Control (No Data)

Add a blank row to the Multi-Layer Uphole spreadsheet with blank data in the columns.
Add Uphole Control (Seismic Data)
Opens the Uphole Statics Window - Add Data spreadsheet for the selection of new seismic data
into Uphole Spread-Sheet view.
Remove Uphole Control Point
Deletes selected Record # row(s) in the Uphole Spread-Sheet.
Fill Select Cells
This icon will duplicate the first value in the highlighted cells to the selected cells.
Interpolate Selected Cells.
Create interpolated values using the first and last values in the highlighted block. Intermediate
cells will be overwritten with interpolated values.
Math Function on Selected Cells
Perform math function on the selected cells. The following Math Function dialog will appear:

[Edit Uphole Statics Math Function Dialog]

Apply the chosen function and value to the selected cells. The options
Add/Subtract/Multiply/Divide/Equal use the user defined value with the operation. The
Interpolate option allows one to define a NULL Data Value (typically=0). Wherever VISTA finds a
cell (or cells) with this value, it will be replaced by an interpolated value from the cells above and
below.

8.4.2 Uphole Statics Parameters

The Uphole Statics Parameters dialog is activated by pressing the 'O' icon on the 2D/3D

GEDCO
 Statics 475

Multi-Layer Uphole Statics Window. This parameter dialog has three tabs. The first shown here is the
Parameters.

Parameters Tab

[Uphole Statics Parameters - Parameter Dialog]

Normally the default parameters can be used.

FBP Display Tab

The second tab of this dialog shows the FBP Display selection items.

GEDCO
476 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Uphole Statics Parameters - FBP Dialog]

In this dialog the plotting parameters for the First-Break, Velocity Line, and Model Line displays
are set. Normally the defaults are selected.

Uphole Display Tab

The third tab of this dialog shows the Uphole Display selection items.

GEDCO
 Statics 477

[Uphole Statics Parameters - Uphole Display Dialog]

Again the defaults are selected. Items can be changed for more complex analysis to differentiate
events.

8.4.3 First Break Picking View

First Break Picking View is shown below:

GEDCO
478 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[First Break Picking View]

Use the mouse to pick the velocity, press down, drag and release.

Use the LAYER control to select the layer to pick.

To select different Upholes one can scroll through the Uphole control List:

Or when in Zoom mode in Geometry Window press the Left Mouse Button down and hold SHIFT
key down to select the closest Uphole in the window.

- The BLUE line displays the velocities for each layer.

- The RED line displays the model calculated for this Uphole.

If an Uphole is selected that has not been picked the model line will be displayed with a corridor.

The width of the corridor is defined in the Parameter Options dialog (Model Depth Range).

Use the Auto-Calculate Icons to perform a Least Square fit of picks in the model.
- The First Icon calculates for the currently selected Uphole.

GEDCO
 Statics 479

- The second icon calculates for all Non-Picked Upholes.

Once all Upholes have been picked you can View the calculated model/statics using the View
Uphole Static Results 482 icon to display the results from the Uphole computations.

8.4.4 Calculate Uphole Statics

Now press the Calculate Uphole Statics icon to calculate all the statics information.

Use the Save Statics Results icon to access the different save modes .

Save Control File

Save the currently defined Uphole model picks (Save Control File). The file extension is
*.vwuphole.

Save Static Results to File

Save statics to Vista Static files. A standard Windows File Save dialog opens to enter the file
name to save. The statics file extension is *.srs.
.

8.4.5 Uphole Plot View

This Uphole Plot view allows the user to create a custom view of information on each Uphole.
Once a view has been setup it can then be plotted to an attached printer.

GEDCO
480 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Uphole Plot View]

Use the control list box to define the type of view to add to the
window. Then use the mouse to drag out a rectangle in the window area. One can set a view's
properties by double-clicking on it. Or using the Right-Mouse Button menu as shown below for the
layout and properties sub-menus after the rectangle has been created:

Layout:

[Uphole Plot View ->Right-Mouse Button Menu->Layout]

Properties:

GEDCO
 Statics 481

[Uphole Plot View ->Right-Mouse Button Menu->Properties]

See the item Side Label Edit/Viewer 269 for a more comprehensive discussion of developing
these views.

8.4.6 Multi-Layer Right Mouse Button

The Right-Mouse Button (RMB) menu is displayed when pressing the RMB when the mouse is
located in the Geometry window.

[Multi-Layer Right Mouse Button Menu]

Geometry Window

[Right Mouse Button -> Geometry Window Sub-Menu]

This item has two options in its sub-menu:

Mouse: Geometry ZOOM
Standard mouse ZOOM feature.
Mouse: Geometry PAN
Standard mouse PAN feature.

First-Break Picks Window

[Right Mouse Button -> FBP's Window Sub-Menu]

GEDCO
 482 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

This item has three options in its sub-menu:

Mouse: ZOOM
Standard mouse ZOOM feature.
Mouse: PAN
Standard mouse PAN feature.
Mouse: VELOCITY Pick
Toggles the mouse Velocity picking feature.
FBP Velocity Display Font
Opens a Font selection Dialog.
FBP Window Grid ON
Toggles the FBP Grid ON or OFF.

Display Geometry Axis

Toggles ON or OFF the Geometry window axis.

Display FBP Window Axis

Toggles ON or OFF the FBP Window Axis.

Uphole Geometry Display Font

Opens a Font selection Dialog.

8.4.7 View Uphole Statics Results

View Uphole Static Results - Displays text view of selected uphole static results.

This options opens a text window as shown below:

[View Uphole Statics Text Window]

Toolbar options are provided for saving to an output file, printing to the local printer, and clearing
the display.

GEDCO
 Statics 483

8.5 Elevation/Refraction Statics

Use the Interactive Menu to Choose the Statics -> Elevation/Refraction Statics:

[Statics Menu -> Elevation/Refraction Statics Selection]

Calculate elevation and/or refraction statics for a 3D Pre-Stack data set. The data set discussed in
this section is the data set from Tutorial B.

[Elevation/Refraction Statics Window]

The window will display the survey geometry (Geometry Window 513 ) on the left and a display
window on the right which shows the first break picks (FBP Window 514 ).

After determining the first break picks (See First Break Picking 160 ), one defines layer velocities
used to compute a N-layer model of the weathering layer and calculate a set of shot and receiver
refraction static values based on this N-layer model. These models are defined by controls points
defined in the geometry window.

The steps necessary for 3D refraction statics are reviewed below:

NOTE: That elevation statics are automatically calculated, and redone if any parameters are changed

GEDCO
484 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

that affected them.

1. Pick first breaks which will be stored automatically in VISTA headers (See First Break Picking
160 ).

2. Use the Elevation/Refraction Statics window to calculate, quality control, and finally write the
statics to the
VISTA headers or an ASCII statics output file (See and Right Mouse Button 520 menu).

A summary of the processing steps are:

a) Set the number of layers, weathering, replacement velocities, datum through the

Parameter 506 icon. Parameter Options.

b) Use the mouse to pick/define control points 517 in the survey area.
Use Add NEW Control Point to define a new control point.
Use Right-Mouse button menu 520 and choose the selection method Shots or
Receivers.

c) Calculate the refraction statics using the icon.

Calc. LVL Replacement Static - Calculates a LVL refraction static.

Calc. Refraction Statics [Ctrl Points] - Calculates refraction statics using the
currently defined control points to define the model.
d) View various quality control displays using the right mouse button menu display.
e) Use the Smooth Control Values icon to smooth the control values for depths and
velocities of layer 1 and layer.
Recheck with the various quality control displays.
f) Save the static values to VISTA header words or output to a statics file with the save
Save Static Results sub icons.

3. Add the StaticSh 860 command to the flow chart for the brute stack and recompute the brute stack
with statics after NMO.

4. Compare the results with and without statics.

In general, if static values are small (comparable to one or two wavelengths of the average
frequency - or less that say, 100 ms.), it is OK to apply statics as soon as possible in the processing
sequence (flow). In other words, if the statics are small, apply them immediately after scaling and
certainly before NMO (or velocity analysis). This will result in improved velocity analysis and picking.

If the static values are large (usually caused by a datum which is much larger or smaller than the
average elevation
- or by unusually large elevation changes), one must resort to other methods. One of the favorites is
the so called "floating datum". The floating datum icon Calc. Floating Datum is provided for
this purpose. Here one changes the datum in some smooth fashion at every receiver station to try to
keep the datum as close as possible to the elevation values - and hence generate small static values.
These statics may be applied at the first processing step as discussed above.

Later, one must calculate the difference between these "floating datum" statics and "fixed datum"
statics. These "difference" statics are usually large (several hundred ms.) and must be applied after
NMO - and before CMP stack.

GEDCO
 Statics 485

8.5.1 Elevation/Refraction Statics Window

The Elevation/Refraction window contains two main display windows.

The Geometry Window 513 :

[Elevation/Refraction Geometry Window]

The Geometry window displays the survey (Shot, Receivers and bin grid), and the currently
defined Control Points 517 . The above display color map is for the Refraction Statics computed. The
dark circle was the first control point and the hatched lighter circle is another control point. The
bottom data bar has been inserted below and it provides information on cursor position, etc.

[Elevation/Refraction Geometry Window Bottom Data Bar]

GEDCO
486 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

In this bottom data bar shown above the geometric coordinates (X,Y), the Bin number and In Line
and X-Line numbers, the Line/Shot No., the Receiver Line/Shot No., and the Refraction Statics value
are given for the present cursor location on the plot.

The First Break Display Window 514 :

[First Break Display window]

This first break window displays the First-Break picks for the Current control point. It also displays
Model lines calculated from the current set of control points. The bottom data bar has been inserted
below and it provides information relative to the cursor position, etc.

In this bottom data bar shown above the cursor position was in the L2 zone. The cursor position

GEDCO
 Statics 487

offset and time in milliseconds is provided along with the velocity at this point and the intersection time
and thickness. The model velocity and intersection time is also provided.

8.5.2 Steps to Compute Statics

Steps to compute statics for an input data set.

Use Interactive Menu and Select Elevation/Refraction Statics menu.

[Interactive ->Elevation/Refraction Statics Selection]

One will then be prompted to select a data set which to calculate statics for.
This data set must have header values for ELEV_REC and ELEV_SHOT set.
There may also (optionally) be header values for UPHOLE_SHOT and DEPTH_SHOT.

[Selection of Input Data Set with Correct Headers]

Different types of statics can be calculated in this window.

Case 1 489 : Elevation Only - Fixed or Floating Datum.

Case 2 493 : LVL Only using Uphole times and depth of shot.
Case 3 495 : Refraction statics - replace all near surface LVL's.

Static Definitions for Vista

GEDCO
488 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Elevation/Refraction Statics Definitions Schematic Diagram]

To move the shot to a Fixed Datum at elevation = ED, apply a static = (ED - ES) / VR (
SURFACETO_FIXEDDATUM_SRC).

Where VR is the replacement velocity, normally set equal to V2

- the sub-drift velocity - or the velocity below the last refracting layer.

And for receivers, apply a static = (ED - ER) / VR (SURFACETO_FIXEDDATUM_SRC).

GEDCO
 Statics 489

[Moving the Shot from Floating Datum to Fixed Schematic Diagram]

To move the shot from a Floating Datum at elevation EFL to a Fixed Datum at elevation = ED,
apply a static = (ED - EFL) / VR (STATIC_FLOATTO_FIXEDDATUM_SRC).

And similarly for receivers, apply a static = (ED - EFL) / VR (

STATIC_FLOATTO_FIXEDDATUM_RCV).

8.5.2.1 Elevation Only - Fixed or Floating Datum

Case 1: Elevation Only - Fixed or Floating Datum.
The statics in Case 1 are based on the Elevation header data with the selection of a Fixed or Floating
Datum.

Steps to Compute Statics (Case 1 - Elevation Statics Only)

· The first time this data is used and there is no control file *.vwctrl, one would have seen the
Refraction Parameter Options dialog below.

GEDCO
490 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Elevation/Refraction Statics Dialog - Parameters]

In the above dialog enter values for Number of Layers, etc. The values in this display are the ones
used in Tutorial B.
· When one presses "OK", this will compute elevation statics - in this window only, but not save
them.

Then go to the "Floating Datum" tab and enter the method to be used for calculating the floating
datum

GEDCO
 Statics 491

[Elevation/Refraction Statics Dialog - Floating Datum]

· Either using a CMP smoother (i.e. all shot/receiver elevations which belong to one or more
contiguous CMP's
· Or using an Elevation Smoother (average all elevations within a specified Radius.
The recommended option is CMP smoother .

When one presses "OK" all header words for elevation statics and float to fix datum etc. are
computed - BUT NOT STORED for the data picked.

Parameter Options - One can re-compute the elevation and floating datum statics at any time
by bringing up the Refraction Parameters Dialog 506 and making changes in any of these
parameters. Make the changes one needs (e.g. a new value of Replacement velocity), then "OK".
Likewise, the Calc Floating Datum icon can be clicked to bring up the Floating Datum
dialog for making changes in any of these parameters. Make the changes and then click "OK".

Finally you must SAVE the statics you have computed in this window.

[Save Icon -> Sub Save Icons]

Save Statics Results - Save statics results to seismic headers. Normally one saves the
statics to the Headers for the chosen data set for system processing.

GEDCO
492 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Save Control File - Save the control file for the present static processing. The file extension
is *.vnctrl.

Save Static Results to File - A windows file save dialog opens for saving the file for latter
viewing. The file extension of the statics is *.srs.

Assuming one has followed the directions above and computed elevation statics only, this action
will create the following header words:
STATIC_SURFACETO_FIXEDDATUM_SRC
STATIC_SURFACETO_FIXEDDATUM_RCV
STATIC_SURFACETO_FIXEDDATUM_TOTAL

STATIC_SURFACETO_FLOATDATUM_SRC
STATIC_SURFACETO_FLOATDATUM_RCV
STATIC_SURFACETO_FLOATDATUM_TOTAL

STATIC_FLOATTO_FIXEDDATUM_SRC
STATIC_FLOATTO_FIXEDDATUM_RCV
STATIC_FLOATTO_FIXEDDATUM_TOTAL

Any of these statics may be applied in a VISTA Flow Chart using the Apply Statics Flow icon (
StatShft 860 ). The Apply Static Shift dialog is obtained by selecting Command PARAMETER from the
right click menu or double clicking on the StatShft command icon.

[Apply Statics in a flow]

After saving the elevation statics to the headers, one may apply them later using the VISTA Flow
Chart shown above.

GEDCO
 Statics 493

In most cases the user will check the option for: STATIC_SURFACETO_FIXEDDATUM_TOTAL

8.5.2.2 LVL Only using Uphole times and depth of shot

Case 2: LVL Replacement Statics only using Uphole times and depth of shot.

Calculation Method for Case 2 - LVL Only

First one must find out if the shot is in or below the weathered (LVL) layer.
If Depth of Shot >= Weathering Velocity,
Uphole Time

Then the shot must be below the weathered layer (because the velocity up the hole is greater
than the specified weathering velocity. Note that this test depends critically on your choice of
weathering velocity. A typical value will be around 800 m/s.

If the shot is in (or above the bottom of) the weathering layer, then we can only assume that the
depth of weathering is equal to the depth of shot.

However, if the shot is below the weathered layer, we must partition the Uphold time into 2
portions –
first the time through the weathered layer = Depth of Weathering
Weathering Velocity

secondly the time below the weathered layer = Depth of Shot – Depth of Weathering
Replacement Velocity

These two equations can be solved for the Depth of Weathering

The static value which will replace the LVL by material of velocity = Replacement Velocity is:
Static = Depth of Weathering x ( 1/ Replacement Velocity - 1/ Weathering Velocity )

Again the choice of the value for replacement velocity will affect the static. The replacement
velocity is usually chosen as the velocity of the first layer below the LVL (velocity of the first breaks at
the far offsets). It will typically be in the range of 2500 m/s. These replacement velocities and other
data inputs are entered in the Elevation & Refraction Statics -Parameter dialog.

This dialog is selected using the Parameters Option icon or is display when starting a new
data set.

GEDCO
494 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Elevation/Refraction Statics - Parameters Dialog]

Steps to Compute Statics (Case 2 - LVL Only)

· Select Interactive/Statics [Reflection/Refraction] / Elevation Refraction Statics (as above for Case
1 489 )
Select a data set which will contain the about to be computed static header words (as above for Case
1). This data set must have values for ELEV_REC and ELEV_SHOT. And in this case there must also
be values for UPHOLE_SHOT and DEPTH_SHOT.
· The first time this data is used, one will see the Statics Parameter Dialog 506 .
· Enter values for Number of Layers, etc (Same as in Case 1 489 ).
· When one presses "OK", this will compute elevation statics - exactly as before - in this window
only.

To calculate the statics which will replace the LVL layer (as computed from a combination of the
depth of shot, Uphold time and weathering velocity), one must click on this icon - Calc LVL
Replacement Static. After the calculation, you will save these statics to the Headers for the chosen
data set. This action will fill in the following header words:

STATIC_REFRACTION_SRC
STATIC_REFRACTION_RCV
STATIC_REFRACTION_TOTAL

Any of these statics may be applied in a VISTA Flow Chart using the Statics icon. After saving the
LVL replacement statics to the headers, one may apply them later using a VISTA Flow Chart with the
StatShft Flow Tool (See Apply Statics icon 860 ):

Below is shown two such Apply Statics (StatShft) icons. The first Apply Statics icon applies the
elevation statics while the second applies the LVL replacement static. In this case one would check

GEDCO
 Statics 495

the option for: STATIC_REFRACTION_TOTAL as shown below:

[Apply Static Shift (StatShft) Command Parameters]

The second would apply the Surface to Fixed Datum Total Static.

8.5.2.3 Refraction statics - replace all near surface LVL's.

Case 3: Refraction Statics - replace all near surface LVL's.
In this discussion examples provided are from various data sets where each example has been
selected to best illustrate the topic.

Calculation Method for Case 3 - Refraction Statics

Note that Case 2 493 and Case 3 are mutually exclusive - you must choose Case 2 493 or Case 3.
The last case chosen is the selected case. In either case, the value of the computed static will replace
the near surface layer(s) by a homogeneous layer of velocity = Replacement Velocity.

Before using this option (Case 3), you must pick the First Breaks - option FBP 160 in the Seismic Data
window.

Step 1 - Choose some Control Points and define a model.

In Refraction Statics, one first defines a series of Control Points 517 in the Geometry Window.
Each control point is typically a collection of many shots (10 to 20) - or groups of receivers.
The control points are spread around the survey and attempt to get a reasonably accurate long
wavelength picture of the near surface layer changes.

GEDCO
496 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The control points define a "Model", which is simply the velocity and intercept time for each layer.
The model development is initialized after the first control point is completed.
The depth of each layer can be computed from the velocity and intercept times with standard
equations (See pages 146 - 147 of the book Static Corrections for Seismic Reflection Surveys by
Mike Cox, published by SEG).

The model information is displayed in the First Break Window in red as shown below for the first
layer when choosing a new control point:

[Typical Model Data for Layer L1]

When new control point is added, one may use the existing model to automatically compute

velocities and intercept times for the new control point using the icon (CALC Control Point
[Based on Model]) on the tool bar.

Note that one has formed a "corridor" in time around the velocity line for each layer (Model Time
Range). One also forms a "corridor" in offset for each layer (Branch Point Delta Offset). Thus the
first break picks for each layer can be grouped by time and offset. Those picks falling outside these
ranges will not be used.

In this first step, one must make the model as smooth as possible - while honouring the actual first
breaks.

Step 2 - Automatically compute "fill-in" control points

Once the model in Step 1 above is reasonably smooth, one can create "fill-in" control

points on a grid defined for the entire survey, using the Auto Add NEW Control Point(s) icon.

The grid is defined in following dialog:

GEDCO
 Statics 497

[Automatically Add Control Points]

In the above dialog, the units of the variables are in either feet or meters depending on the initial
input data configuration. The radius is the radius of the control point. The Control Points can be
located on the Shot, Receiver, or the Grid positions.

The velocities and intercept times for each new control point are computed from the current "
model" (as defined in step 1 above), using only the picks which fall in the specified time and offset "
corridors". Finally, the statics which replace the various layers are computed by clicking the Calc.

Refraction Statics [Ctrl Points] icon.

As a reminder, let's define the steps necessary for 2D/3D Refraction statics.
NOTE: That elevation statics are automatically calculated, and redone if any parameters are
changed that affected them.
1. If one is calculating refraction statics then First Breaks Picks 160 must exist in VISTA headers.
2. Use the Elevation/Refraction Statics window to calculate, quality control, and finally write the
statics to the VISTA headers or an ASCII statics output file.
a) Set the number of layers, weathering, replacement velocities, datum through the

Parameter Options 506 icon.

b) Use the mouse to pick/define control points 517 in the survey area.

Use Add New Control Point to define a new control point.

Use Right-Mouse button menu 520 and choose the selection method Shots or
Receivers.

c) Calculate the refraction statics using the and icons.

Calc LVL Replacement Static -Calculates a LVL refraction static.

Calc. Refraction Statics [Ctrl Points - Calculates refraction statics using the
currently defined control points to define the model.

d) Next use the Auto Add NEW Control Point(s) icon to fill in the grid finer and refine

GEDCO
498 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

the statics solution.

e) View various quality control displays using the right mouse button menu display.

f) Use the Smooth Control Values icon to smooth the control values for depths and
velocities of layer 1 and layer 2. Recheck with the various quality control displays.

g) Save the static values to VISTA header words or output to a statics file.

3. Add the StatShft 860 (Apply Statics) command to the flow chart for the brute stack and recompute
the brute stack with statics after NMO.

4. Compare the results with and without statics.

Detailed Discussion of the Case 3 - Refraction Statics Steps:

After initializing the Interactive->Statics(Reflection/Refraction)->Elevation/Refraction Statics menu

and loading the selected file from the pop up spread sheet the Elev/Refrac Statics window appears
and allows one to start the refraction statics procedure as shown in the following images:

Step 1 - Control Point Selection Mode

Chose Control Point Selection Mode -

[Step 1 - Set the type of Control Point Selection]

GEDCO
 Statics 499

Initial Control Point Location Selection -

Click on the Add NEW Control Point icon and then select a location in the Geometry
Window as shown below:

[Define Initial Control Point in the Geometry Window]

Set Mouse Velocity Pick in First-Break Window -

Use Right Mouse Button Menu to set Mouse Mode in First-Break Window to: Mouse VELOCITY Pick

GEDCO
500 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Right Mouse Click- First-Break Window->Mouse:VELOCITY Pick Selection]

Note that once there is a control point in the geometry Window the right mouse click option has an
extra item at the top of the menu. It is DELETE ALL Control Points.

Select Velocity Picks for Each Layer -

Now click and drag a line through the first break picks that belong to Layer 1.

Then click on the Define Layer 1 Velocity icon (it will switch to Define Layer 2 Velocity

) and click and drag through the picks for Layer 2. Below is shown the typical result.

GEDCO
 Statics 501

[First Break Picks Window - Velocity Picks]

The additional display below provides additional explanation on the velocity lines (And Corridors)
for this control point picks, no model lines are shown as it is a New Control Point.

GEDCO
502 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[First Break Picks Window - Display Explanation - Velocity Picks]

Making a New Control Point

Making a new control point when there are several other control points available.

Use to add a new control point to the geometry window. The FBP Window will now look like:

GEDCO
 Statics 503

[First Break Picks Window - Model Explanation - New Control Point]

Auto-Calculate from Model -

Now apply the CALC. Control Point [Based on Model] icon for automatic calculation for
this new control point. Layer velocities and intercepts are calculated using Least Squares and the
picks within the time, offset corridors are defined by the model based on the neighboring control
points.

Step 2 - Automatically compute "fill-in" control points

Adding new (gridded), shot, receiver control points based on model created from several existing
control points. The new gridded control points will be created as a new Version Set 520 of control
points.

GEDCO
504 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Gridded Control Points - with Auto-Add Control Points Dialog]

Calculate Refraction Statics

To calculate the refraction statics using the currently defined control points

- one must click on this icon - Calc Refraction Statics [Ctrl Points].

Before saving use the Smooth Control Values icon to smooth the control values for depths
and velocities of layer 1 and layer 2. Recheck with the various quality control displays.

Then, one should save these statics to the Headers for the chosen data set.
This action will fill in the following header words:

STATIC_REFRACTION_SRC
STATIC_REFRACTION_RCV
STATIC_REFRACTION_TOTAL

Any of these statics may be applied in a VISTA Flow Chart using the Statics icon. After saving the
refraction statics to the headers, one may apply them later using a VISTA Flow Chart with the Apply
Statics icon 860 :

GEDCO
 Statics 505

Here is shown two such Apply Statics icons. The first Apply Statics (StatShft) icon
applies the elevation statics while the second applies the LVL replacement static. In this case you will
check the option for: STATIC_REFRACTION_TOTAL

[Apply Static Shift (StatShft) - Command PARAMETERS Dialog]

The second would apply the Surface to Fixed Datum Total Static.

8.5.3 Elevation/Refraction ToolBar

Elevation/Refraction Toolbar:

Parameter Options - Set the 3D Refraction window parameters 506 .

View Station Statics Results - View Statics Results.

Read Control File - Read in Control Point 517 file, this will delete all currently defined control
points. Will be queried to save currently defined controls points as a version.
Save Static Results - There are three Save options:

Save Control File - Currently defined control points to control point file.
Save Statics Results to File - Statics results saved to a static file. This file can then be
read in by command Statics Read 864 in a flow.

GEDCO
 506 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Save Statics Results - Statics results saved to Vista headers. One can then use
command Apply Static 860 in a flow.

View Options 1218

3D View Statics/Layers - Toggle display from Geometry 513 /FBP 514 Window to
Elevation/Statics 3D View 525 .
Smooth Control Values - Use to smooth the control values for depths and velocities of layer
1 and layer 2. Opens a dialog to enter the smoothing parameters and for layer selection.
Calc Floating Datum - Calculates the Floating Datum.
Calc. LVL Replacement Static - Calculate LVL Static only as described in Compute
Statics Case 2 493 .

Calc. Refraction Statics [Ctrl Points] - Calculate Refraction static using currently defined
control points (See Compute Statics Case 3 495 ).

Use list box to choose Current Control Point.

Add NEW Control Point - Add new Control Point 517 to the geometry window.

Auto Add New Control Point(s) - Automatically add grid of new Control Points 517 .
DELETE Control Point - Deletes current control point (As shown in list box and displayed in
Geometry/FBP Windows).

CALC. Control Point [Based on Model] - Automatic calculation for current Control Point.
Layer velocities and intercepts are calculated using Least Squares and the picks within the time,
offset corridors as defined by the model based on the neighboring control points.

Define Layer 1/2 Velocity - Toggle between the different Layers for setting the currently
defined layer. Used when picking velocities to decide which velocity one is defining.

Choose current Version List 520 (Set of Control Points) to use.

Copy Current Control to New Version - Copy current set of control points to a NEW
Version.
Delete Current Version - Deletes current Version List.

8.5.4 Elevation/Refraction Statics Parameters

Use Parameter Options icon to set the 3D refraction statics parameters.

The following tab dialog will appear:

Parameters Tab

GEDCO
 Statics 507

[Elevation/Refraction Statics - Parameters Tab]

Number of Layers
Enter number of layers to use in model statics calculation.
Refraction Replacement
Refraction replacement velocity.
Weathering Velocity
Velocity of first layer(Weathering) in refraction calculation.
Model Time Range
Model Time Range sets a "corridor" around the "Model" velocity line. When one chooses the
automatic "CALC control point", only picks which lie in this corridor will be used.
Branch Point Delta Offset
Branch Point Delta Offset sets a range of offsets for each layer based on the calculated branch
point(s). The branch point is the intersection of the model velocity lines for each pair of contiguous
layers. When one chooses the automatic "CALC control point", only picks which lie in this offset range
will be used.
Fixed Datum
Fixed datum for elevation calculation.
Shots in Weathering Layer
Check if shots are in the Weathering Layer.

Floating Datum Tab

GEDCO
508 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Elevation/Refraction Statics - Floating Datum Tab]

Parameters used in calculating a floating datum for the survey. The elevations of the chosen
stations are smoothed together according to the specified option. This smoothed elevation is then
used as the floating datum.

Program initially loads the floating datum from the shot and receiver headers.
Shot Floating Datum Header - ELEV_FLOATDATUM_RCV
Receiver Floating Datum Header - ELEV_FLOATDATUM_SRC
If any of the Floating Datum parameters are changed then the program will automatically calculate
a new floating datum.

Arrays Tab

GEDCO
 Statics 509

[Elevation/Refraction Statics - Arrays Tab]

Geometry configurations of special source and receiver array specifications.

FBP Display Tab

GEDCO
510 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Elevation/Refraction Statics - FBP Display Tab]

First-Break Display Parameters

Enter parameters for size, color and type of symbol to display for each first-break pick.

Velocity Line Display

Enter parameters for size and color of velocity line for current control point.

Model Line Display

Enter parameters for size and color of model line to be displayed for control point. The model
line is calculated from all other control points. Can also toggle the display of this line.

Control Display Tab

GEDCO
 Statics 511

[Elevation/Refraction Statics - Control Display Tab]

Control Point Display

Set symbol size/type and colors for control selection areas.
Display Nearest Control Points
Set nearest control point display parameters for both Geometry Window and FBP Window.

Offset Parameters Tab

GEDCO
512 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Elevation/Refraction Statics - Offset Parameters Tab]

Offset Parameters
Set First Break Pick offsets range.

Layer Parameters
Set offset display and color for each layer with range bounds.

Failure Criteria Tab

GEDCO
 Statics 513

[Elevation/Refraction Statics - Failure Criteria Tab]

Failure Criteria
Activate Check for Layer Failure and specify layer number and Minimum # Picks percentage
for goodness criteria.

8.5.5 Geometry Display Window

Elevation/Refraction geometry window, displays the survey and other information
(Statics,Elevations,...) related to the calculation of statics for the survey.

It is also where the user defines the selection control points for calculation of the refraction statics.

GEDCO
 514 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Elevation/Refraction Statics Geometry Window]

In the above Geometry Window the Receiver Refraction information is shown in color. The display
possibilities are provided through the Right Mouse Button Menu 520 .

Axis editing for image reversing, zoom functions, and axis label modifications can be performed by
right-clicking over any axis. See Axis Right Click Menu 1171 for details.

The color bars can also be edited for color scale and range by right-clicking over any of the color
bars. See Color Bar Overview 1178 for complete details.

8.5.6 First Break Display Window

Elevation/Refraction first break display window.

Display all the associated first break pick times for the currently defined control point.
It can also display:
· Current velocity picks for the current control point.
· Defined model layer velocity for the current control point.
· Model and Velocity Branch Points.

GEDCO
 Statics 515

· Neighboring control points velocity picks.

The window allows the user to pick the layer velocity for the current control point using the
first-break pick times as a guide. Refer to Refraction statics 495 .

[First Break Display Window]

First break display window parameters from the main Parameter Options Elevation/Refraction
Statics Dialog 506 .

GEDCO
516 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[First break display window parameters]

First-Break Display Parameters

Enter parameters for size, color and type of symbol to display for each first-break pick.
Velocity Line Display
Enter parameters for size and color of velocity line for current control point.
Model Line Display
Enter parameters for size and color of model line to be displayed for control point. The model
line is calculated from all other control points. Can also toggle the display of this line.

FBP Window - Right-Mouse Button Menu

Using the Right-Mouse Button and choosing the First-Break Picks Window options opens the
follow menus.

GEDCO
 Statics 517

The main features of the above menu are described in detail in Right Mouse Button Menu 520 .
The keys most used features are:
Mouse: VELOCITY Pick
Activates the mouse for drawing velocity lines along the First Break Picks.
Mouse: OFFSET Range Set
Activates a new cursor that allows setting the size of the L1, L2, ... windows in the
First Break Window. Note that after using these functions, that they are turned off by resetting to the
Mouse: ZOOM.

8.5.7 Control Points

Control points are used to select groups of shots or receivers and display the associated
first-break picks for the traces selected. The selection method is a user defined mouse controlled
circle.

Use the Add NEW Control Point icon to create a new control point.

Use the Auto Add NEW Control Point(s) icon to create a grid of new control points.

Make sure the mouse is set to either Shot or Receiver selection and not Zoom Mode.
To set mouse control selection, use right mouse button menu as shown below:

GEDCO
518 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Set Control Point Selection Mode: Shot or Receiver]

When in selection mode (Shot/Receiver) move mouse into geometry window and hold down left
mouse button to open up a selection circle as shown below. The current selection circle will be
displayed in yellow.

[Control point selection circle]

NOTE: On first creating a Control Point the click of the mouse button will define it's location. Any
other press of the mouse button will change the Size of the selection area.

All shots (Or Receivers) in the defined circle will be examined and the first-break picks from them
will be displayed in the first-break display window.

GEDCO
 Statics 519

[First Break Picks Window - All Picks in Control Point]

To select a different existing control point.

· In shot/receiver selection mode, double click to select a different selection control point.
· Or you can use the drop-down lost box to select a different selection control point.

[Control Point Drop Down List]

GEDCO
 520 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Note that when an additional control point(s) is created, the First Break Picks Display shows the

model data fit and using the CALC Control Point [Based on Model] icon. See Refraction
statics 495 .

8.5.8 Version List

Version is a saved set of control points. One can use the Version List bar to access a different set of
Version Control Points.

A Version set of control points are created when:

One reads in a new set of Control Points

- One uses the Auto Add NEW Control Point(s).

- One uses the Copy Current Controls to New Version .

- One uses the Smooth Control Values .

[Version List Control Bar]

One can use the Version List bar to access a different set of Version Control Points.

8.5.9 Right Mouse Button Menu

The static window right mouse button menu can be accessed from the either the Geometry Display
Window 513 or the First Break Display Window 514 .

Main Elevation/Refraction Right-Click Button Menu

GEDCO
 Statics 521

[Right Mouse Button Menu]

DELETE ALL Control Points

This item appears on the menu once there is at least one Control Point. Clicking on this item
deletes all Control Points. Note when right clicking over a control point, the above Menu has the
control point number with a SELECT or DELETE that is specific to the control point in place of the
DELETE ALL control points.

Geometry Window
Opens a sub-menu for various Geometry Window control and mouse functions.
First-Break Picks Window (FBP)
Opens the FBP Window if closed and opens a sub-menu for various FBP control and mouse
functions.

Display Control Points

Toggles the Control Points plot on/off.
Display Nearest Control Points
Toggles the nearest Control Points fill on/off.
Display Bin Grid
Toggles the bin grid on/off.
Display Shots
Toggles the shots position markers on/off.
Display Receivers
Toggles the receiver position markers on/off.
Display Geometry Axis
Toggles the Geometry Window axis on/off.
Display FBP Window Axis
Toggles the FBP Window axis on/off.

Shot Parameters
Opens the Shot Station Display Parameters dialog for definition of Symbols, Annotation,
Lines, and Colors. Refer to Shot/Receiver Display Parameters 1204 for details.
Receiver Parameters
Opens the Receiver Station Display Parameters dialog for definition of Symbols, Annotation,
Lines, and Colors as shown below. Refer to Shot/Receiver Display Parameters 1204 for details.

Geometry Display Mode

Opens a sub-menus with multiple display options. See below.

GEDCO
522 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Geometry Window Sub-Menu Mouse Modes

Set the mouse behavior for the geometry window.

[Geometry Window Sub-Menu]

Mouse: Geometry ZOOM

Mouse control is standard zoom mode.
Mouse: Geometry PAN
Mouse control is standard pan mode.
Mouse: Selections SHOTS
Mouse defines Control Point circle selection for shots.
Mouse: Selections RECEIVERS
Mouse defines Control Point circle selection for receivers
Mouse:DELETE Control Points
Use mouse to delete control points. A special yellow toolbar appears with instructions of how
to delete a Control Point by drawing a polygon around the control point circle that is to be deleted.
After completion return to main toolbar.
Auto Calculate New Control Points
Based on the existence of some model data calculate New Control Points.
Display Problem Control Points
Display only control points with no velocity picks (Or Problem Velocities). An information
dialog appears notifying of no problem points if there are none.
Remove Problem Control Points
Removes problem control points if there are any.
Sync Geometry Display Area
Synchronizes the geometry display with the seismic window.

First Break Picks Window Sub-Menu Mouse Modes

Set the mouse behavior for the First Break Picks window and various FBP window options.

GEDCO
 Statics 523

[First-Breaks Picks Window Sub-Menu]

Mouse: ZOOM
Mouse control is standard zoom mode.
Mouse: PAN
Mouse control is standard pan mode.
Mouse: VELOCITY Pick
Use mouse to pick velocity for current layer by tracing the FBP's in each layer.
Mouse: OFFSET Range Set
Use to set the widths of the L1 and L2 display areas in the First-Break Picks Window.
Display Offsets
Toggles Display Offsets L1, L2, ... display on/off.
Model Lines
Toggles Model Lines display on/off.
Velocity Lines
Toggles Velocity Lines in the display on/off.
Nearest Lines
Toggles the Nearest Control Point Velocity Lines on/off in the display.
Offset Area
Same as Display Offsets above. Toggles Display Offsets L1, L2, ... display on/off.
Offset Area Color
Opens up the Color Dialog for selection of the Offset Area color. Default color is grey.

Geometry Display Mode - Sub Menu

Select the multiple of displays available for the Geometry Window. The sub-menus is shown
below:

GEDCO
524 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Right Mouse Button Menu - Geometry Display Mode Options]

Color Fill Options

Toggles the Color Fill Option on/off. If on the color fill uses the bin distribution to interpolate
the selected display option between the data points. If off the colors for the selected display
option are provided in a small box around the data points.
LVL Calculation Mode USA
Special LVL Calculation mode (in development).
Calculate Theoretical FBP

Display Floating Datum

Displays the elevation of the Floating Datum in color.
Layer Thickness Display
Displays the estimated or computed surface Layer Thickness.
Layer Velocity Display
Displays the top layer velocity distribution.
Shot Elevations
Display the Shot Elevations from the header files.
Shot Floating Datum
Displays the elevation of the Floating Datum in color. Note this is the same as the Display
Floating Datum if the Control Point selection was based on shots.
Shot Elevation Statics
This option has a sub-menu with three items. Each one displays the difference in elevation:
Surface to Fixed Datum
Surface to Floating Datum
Floating to Fixed Datum

Shot Uphole
Displays the Shot Uphole distance. As with all displays the information must be in the header
values for the information to be displayed.
Shot Depth
Displays the Shot depth. As with all displays the information must be in the header values for
the information to be displayed.
Shot Refraction Statics

GEDCO
 Statics 525

Displays the current Shot Refraction Statics.

Receiver Elevations
Display the Receiver Elevations from the header files.
Receiver Floating Datum
Displays the elevation of the Floating Datum in color. Note this is the same as the Display
Floating Datum if the Control Point selection was based on receivers.
Receiver Elevation Statics
This option has a sub-menu with three items. Each one displays the difference in elevation:
Surface to Fixed Datum
Surface to Floating Datum
Floating to Fixed Datum
Receiver Refraction Statics
Displays the current Receiver Refraction Statics.

In all of the above Geometry Display Mode options it is important that the desired values must
have been inserted into the headers.

8.5.10 Elevation/Statics 3D View

Elevation/Refraction statics layers view window:

[3D Statics/Layers View]

Allows displaying statics and layer information in a 3D view. Use right mouse button menu to control
the display of this view.

GEDCO
 526 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

9 Velocity
Interactive velocity tools.

[Interactive Velocity Tools Menu]

There are several options available for Velocity Tools.

Interactive Velocity Analysis 526
Pick velocities for 2D/3D data using semblance, CVS, MVFS and offset stacks.
Migration Imaging Velocity Analysis 559
Pick migration velocities from migration velocity panels.
Migration Imaging Angle Analysis 568
Interactively pick an angle (aperture) for how far out to accept data during migration
computations.
PSTM Velocity Analysis 583
Pick 2D/3D PSTM velocities.
Continuous Velocity Analysis 577
Pick 2D velocities using constant velocity stacks for the entire data set.

Display Vista Velocity File 592

Display and edit velocity files.
Display Other Velocity File 609
Display other velocity formatted files.
Display Velocity Data Set 592
Display Vista velocity data set.
Display Velocity Data Set 592
Convert from one velocity format to another.
Display Velocity Data Set 592
Manually create a Vp / Vs ratio velocity file.

9.1 Interactive Velocity Analysis

Before one picks velocities, you must generate a semblance, common offset stack, and constant
velocity stack (CVS or MVFS) data sets from your CMP gathers.

Generate these 3 required data sets by using a flow such as s20velan.flw given in the Tutorial A
directory of your Vistawin directory. In this flow example the raw data files are used as input with the
CMP bin selection spread sheet set up for 3 CMP's 50, 100, 150 as center 2D bins. Does not require
all of the data set(ie. could pick from just semblance and or CVS plots).

GEDCO
 Velocity 527

The flow file s20velan.flw is shown below for your convenience.

[The flow file s20velan.flw is an example of generating semblance, common offset stacks, and common velocity
stacks for velocity analysis.]

Choose the Velocity Analysis option and select the 3 generated data sets as highlighted below.
One can select more than one data set by holding down the shift key while clicking on the data set.

[Select Semblance, CoffStack, CVS data sets to pick velocities.]

One will now be in the Velocity Picking Window for the first CMP location. Scroll to other CMP
locations by clicking on either arrow, or located just above the displays. Also use the arrow
bars located under each data set to pan the display.

GEDCO
528 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[The Velocity Analysis Picking Window]

Note that when picking velocity points with the cursor, turned on either by the proper icon in the
tool bar or by the right click of the mouse in Mouse mode options, that as the cursor is moved over the
velocity semblance window, a estimated curve representing that velocity is displayed in the common
offset window. Note that the velocities picked in the semblance display are indicated by Red (or
chosen colors) in the CVS display. Note also that when a velocity point is picked in the Semblance
display, the indicated (Red) point in the CVS display is automatically centered in the CVS display. The
Guide Picks options provides assistance in picking velocities by providing an indication of the
maximum of the semblance values. For additional technical display information refer to the following
subsections; Semblance Display 540 , Offset Gather Display 548 , CVS Display 550 , Guide Picks 553 ,
and Nonhyperbolic Moveout Velocity Analysis 556 (access when Offset Gather Display
Nonhyperbolic NMO is on through the semblance parameters).

Velocity Analysis Toolbar Functions:

The functions of the icons across the top of the window are explained below:

Velocity Anal. Plot Parameters - Set the velocity analysis plotting and picking options. (See
Display Parameters 535 ).

Display Current Velocity Picks - Display current velocity picks as a listing and as a graph , (
See Display Velocity File Window 592 ). One of the many possible displays is shown below.

GEDCO
 Velocity 529

[Display current velocity picks]

NEW Velocity File - Start a new velocity (ASCII) file. A dialog will ask if the current file
should be discarded if one is already loaded.
OPEN Existing Velocity File - Read an existing velocity file into the current velocity picking
session. VISTA reads its own velocity file format as well as the velocity file format known as 'handvel'
where 4 velocity-time pairs are listed per successive line of text. In the 2D velocity format, the CMP
location of each velocity function precedes the listing of the velocity time pairs.
SAVE Current Velocity File - Save the picked velocity functions to an ASCII file in VISTA
format. An example of Vista format for the 2D data set above is shown below for Tutorial A file -
S20VEL.VEL.
3-D: No
CDP: 50
444.000000 2400.000000
488.000000 2400.000000
610.000000 2500.000000
753.000000 2600.000000
801.000000 2900.000000
881.000000 3000.000000
1162.000000 3200.000000
1549.000000 3800.000000
1888.000000 4200.000000
CDP: 100
440.000000 2300.000000
623.000000 2400.000000
718.000000 2500.000000
753.000000 2600.000000

GEDCO
530 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

827.000000 2800.000000
1019.000000 3200.000000
1230.000000 3200.000000
1805.000000 4400.000000
CDP: 150
466.000000 2400.000000
629.000000 2400.000000
738.000000 2700.000000
875.000000 2900.000000
1047.000000 3400.000000
1785.000000 4600.000000
[Example of Vista format 2D velocity file]

View Options 1218 - This option is similar for most displays and a detailed description is
presented in the Miscellaneous section.

Pick Velocity - Toggles the Right Click Mouse Mode to the Pick Mode if it has not already
been set. If Pick Mode already set it remains set. NOTE: If Offset Gather option 548 Non Hyperbolic
moveout is set, then mouse will be used to calculate non hyperbolic moveout coefficients .
Use Mouse to Zoom - Toggles the Right Click Mouse Mode to the Zoom Mode if it has not
already been set. If Zoom Mode already set it remains set.

Delete Velocity Picks - Toggles the Right Click Mouse Mode to the Delete Mode if it has not
already been set. If Delete Mode already set it remains set. Outline the picks you want to delete by
clicking and dragging out an area that covers the picks one wants to delete. NOTE: When picking if
you pick on top of a existing pick, this will delete the underlying pick.
Display Uncorrected Gather - Display the common offset stack gathers uncorrected for
NMO.
Display Corrected (NMO Applied) Gather - Display the common offset stack gathers
corrected for NMO for current velocities.
Re-Calculate NMO Corrected Gather - Re-calculate NMO corrected common offset stack
gathers for current velocities.
ON: Display Guide Picks - Toggles ON and OFF the display of the Guide Picks 553 . The
Guide Picks are the maximum of the semblance plots at times intervals selected the Velocity Analysis
Plot Parameters -> Guide Picks tab.
Transfer Guide to Velocity Picks - Transfer the Guide values to the Velocity Picks based
on the criteria selected in the Velocity Analysis Plot Parameters -> Guide Picks tab.

Use Scroll Bar to move/scroll between CDP picks.

Right Mouse Button Menu and Sub-Menu Options

Pressing the Right-Mouse Button in any of the views, brings up the following menu:

[Velocity Pick Right Click Mouse Menu]

GEDCO
 Velocity 531

Mouse-Mode Options

[Mouse Mode -> Sub-Menu]

Zoom Mode
Zoom mouse mode.
Delete Mode
Delete velocity pick mouse mode.
Pick Mode
Picking mouse mode.

Top Axis Annotation Visible

Toggles on/off the Interactive Velocity Analysis window Top Axis Annotation. The Top Axis
annotation is shown below on:

GEDCO
532 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[2-D Velocity Pick Window - Top Axis On]

Velocity Analysis Window Sync

[Velocity Analysis Window Sync -> Sub-Menu]

Sync Time Window

With multiple Interactive Velocity Analysis Windows open allows synchronization of the
time axis only in both displays.
Sync Time/Velocity Window
With multiple Interactive Velocity Analysis Windows open allows synchronization of the
time axis and Velocity Window axis in both displays.
Update/Refresh Velocity Viewer
If the Velocity File Viewer window is also open, changes in selected velocity points can be
updated in the Velocity File Viewer with this options.

Semblance Options

[Semblance Parameters ->Sub-Menu]

Plot Parameters
Set plot parameters for Semblance plot (Seismic Plot Parameters 89 ).
Contour Options
Display a contour plot over the Semblance display(See Contour Dialog 1185 ).
Color-Bar
Set the Semblance color-bar display (Color Bar Overview 1178 ).
Visible

GEDCO
 Velocity 533

Display Semblance view.

Reverse Display
Higher to Low velocities in the semblance graph versus the normal Low to High
Velocities. Note that the Reverse Display item is not checked when this option is on.
Semblance Graph Visible
Turns on and off the display of the maximum semblance values.
Auto-Search Pick
Auto-Search for Maximum value pick within search radius See Display Parameters 535 -
Semblance Options above). Internal Velocities
Toggles on/off the display on the semblance plot of the internal velocities.
Display Guide Function
Toggles on/off the display Guide Pick function
Auto Pick Records (UnPicked) based on Guide Function
Auto pick all unpicked records based on the Guide Pick function.
Pick ALL UnPicked Records based on Guide Function
Pick All unpicked records based on Guide Pick function.
Pick ALL Records based on Guide Function
Pick All records based on Guide Pick function based on criteria selected in Velocity
Analysis Parameters -> Guide Pick tab.
Transfer Current Record Guide Picks to Velocity Picks
Transfer current record Guide Picks to velocity picks.

For MVFS Data

Display Center MVFS

Display center MVFS pick, else display all MVFS picks. NOTE: Options only appears for
MVFS data.

For Nonhyperbolic NMO Analysis

If gather option Nonhyperbolic NMO is on (See Gather Display Options 548 ) and the Mouse
Mode is in the Pick Mode then mouse option Nonhyperbolic NMO Analysis will be one of the
semblance options.

Nonhyperbolic Moveout Analysis

In this mode use mouse to choose Nonhyperbolic fourth order Nonhyperbolic. See
Nonhyperbolic Moveout Velocity 556 .

Gather Options

GEDCO
534 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Gather Parameters -> Sub-Menu]

Plot Parameters
Set plot parameters for Gather plot (Seismic Plot Parameters 89 )
Color-Bar
Set the Gather color-bar display (Color Bar Overview 1178 ).
Auto Apply NMO
When the common offset stack gathers corrected for NMO for current velocities is set the
Gather Display is automatically updated when the velocity picks are selected changed.
True Surface NMO
Applies the True Surface NMO process to the computation of the NMO in the common
offset display.
Visible
Display Common Offset Gather.
Reverse Display
Higher to Low velocities in the semblance graph versus the normal Low to High
Velocities. Note that the Reverse Display item is not checked when this option is on.
Gather Zoom Mouse
This selection is always on.
Gather Mute Pick
When set allows the selection of a mute line on the Gather display. The end of the mute
line is set by double clicking the mouse. This mute data is saved for use by other flow tools.
Save Mute Picks
A Windows save file dialog is opened to allow for naming of the current mute data with a
file extension of (*.mut).
Read Mute Picks
A Windows open file dialog is opened to allow for the selection of a mute data file to load
with a file extension of (*.mut).

CVS Parameters

GEDCO
 Velocity 535

[CVS Parameters -> Sub-Menu]

Plot Parameters
Set plot parameters for CVS/MVFS plot (Seismic Plot Parameters 89 ).
Visible
Display CVS/MVFS view.
Color-Bar
Set the CVS/MVFS color-bar display (Color Bar Overview 1178 ).
Reverse Display
Higher to Low velocities in the semblance graph versus the normal Low to High
Velocities. Note that the Reverse Display item is not checked when this option is on.

9.1.1 Display Parameters

Velocity Anal. Plot Parameters - Set the velocity analysis plotting and picking options.

Velocity Display Parameters Dialog.

Display View Tab

GEDCO
536 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Velocity Display View Options]

Set the data sets to display.

CVS Display Tab

[CVS Panel Display Parameters]

GEDCO
 Velocity 537

# of Display Panels
Set the number of CVS velocity panels to display in the view.
Symbol Size / Type/ Line Size/ Color
Set the size, color and symbol type of picks displayed in CVS panel.

Gather Display Tab

[Common Offset Stack Gather display parameters]

NMO Options
The parameters above affect the NMO corrected gather record display
Apply Nonhyperbolic NMO
Apply Nonhyperbolic moveout using fourth order term in NMO equation. This fourth order
coefficient is calculated by checking this option and setting the mouse control mode to Nonhyperbolic
Moveout Analysis.
Ignore Velocity Inversions
Option to ignore velocity inversions when velocity versions occur.
Apply NMO Stretch Mute
One can apply an optional stretch mute by clicking in the Mute Data box and entering a
percentage under Stretch Mute (%). The Stretch Mute Ramp will apply linear ramp to the stretch
mute area. The Scale Output by NMO Stretch Factor scales the traces as a function of the Stretch
Mute parameters.

Display Parameters
Line Size / Symbol Type/ Color
Set the size, color and symbol type of picks displayed in Gather panel.

Semblance Display Tab

GEDCO
538 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Semblance Panel Display Parameters]

Pick Velocity Incr:

Select the velocity increment in meters/second for velocity picking.
Pick Semblance to Max Value
When picking this option automatically searches for the maximum semblance value within
the search window specified(Auto-Pick).
Symbol Size / Type/ Line Size/ Color
Set the size, color and symbol type of picks displayed in Semblance panel. Set colors for
picks on semblance window and options to display interval velocities and next/previous picks.
Display Check Boxes
One can toggle on and select the color for the plots of Previous CDP Function, Next CDP
Function, and Interval Velocities.

Guide Picks Tab

GEDCO
 Velocity 539

[Guide Picks Parameters]

Guide Pick Parameters

Guide Window
Enter the Guide Window interval in milliseconds.
Percent Velocity
Enter a weighting percentage for using guide picks to estimate velocity when already
have velocity picks.
Start Window
Enter start time in milliseconds to apply guide picks.
End Window
Enter end time in milliseconds to apply guide picks.
Auto Pick Records (Unpicked) using Guide
Check to auto pick records (unpicked) using guide picks.

Display
Display Semblance Guide Picks
The GUIDE button allows one to display semblance guide picks. Can be used as a
guide in picking or can use above options to automate picking.
Symbol Size / Type/ Line Size/ Color
Set the size, color and symbol type of guide picks displayed in Semblance panel.

Semblance Contour

GEDCO
 540 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Semblance Contour Parameters]

Display Contour
Check the Display Contour button for contours of the semblance plot.
Line Width/Color
Set the desired contour line width and color.
Step/Specific/Boundary
Set contour step size, or specific contour lines, or a boundary line.

9.1.2 Semblance Display

Common semblance plots are shown below:

GEDCO
 Velocity 541

[Semblance Display in Velocity Analysis with Guide Picks]

GEDCO
542 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Semblance Display with MVFS]

Semblance is calculated using flow command - Semblance 897 .

If in the Mouse Mode -> Pick Mode, velocity picks can be made in this window.
The graph to the right of the semblance displays the maximum semblance values.

Semblance Display Options from Velocity Anal. Plot Parameters Dialog:

GEDCO
 Velocity 543

[Semblance Panel Display Parameters]

Pick Velocity Incr:

Select the velocity increment in meters/second for velocity picking.
Pick Semblance to Max Value
When picking this option automatically searches for the maximum semblance value within
the search window specified(Auto-Pick).
Symbol Size / Type/ Line Size/ Color
Set the size, color and symbol type of picks displayed in Semblance panel. Set colors for
picks on semblance window and options to display interval velocities and next/previous picks.
Display Check Boxes
One can toggle on and select the color for the plots of Previous CDP Function, Next CDP
Function, and Interval Velocities.

Guide Pick Options from Velocity Anal. Plot Parameters Dialog:

GEDCO
544 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Guide Display Parameters]

Guide Pick Parameters

Guide Window
Enter the Guide Window interval in milliseconds.
Percent Velocity
Enter a weighting percentage for using guide picks to estimate velocity when already
have velocity picks.
Start Window
Enter start time in milliseconds to apply guide picks.
End Window
Enter end time in milliseconds to apply guide picks.
Auto Pick Records (Unpicked) using Guide
Check to auto pick records (unpicked) using guide picks.

Display
Display Semblance Guide Picks
The GUIDE button allows one to display semblance guide picks. Can be used as a
guide in picking or can use above options to automate picking.
Symbol Size / Type/ Line Size/ Color
Set the size, color and symbol type of guide picks displayed in Semblance panel.

Semblance Contour Options from Velocity Anal. Plot Parameters Dialog:

GEDCO
 Velocity 545

[Semblance Contour Parameters]

Display Contour
Check the Display Contour button for contours of the semblance plot.
Line Width/Color
Set the desired contour line width and color.
Step/Specific/Boundary
Set contour step size, or specific contour lines, or a boundary line.

Right-Mouse Button Semblance Menu:

GEDCO
546 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Semblance Parameters ->Sub-Menu]

Plot Parameters
Set plot parameters for Semblance plot (Velocity Plot Parameters 553 ).
Contour Options
Display a contour plot over the Semblance display (See Semblance Contour Options
Dialog 547 ).
Color-Bar
Set the Semblance color-bar display (Color Bar Overview 1178 ).
Visible
Display Semblance view.
Reverse Display
Higher to Low velocities in the semblance graph versus the normal Low to High
Velocities. Note that the Reverse Display item is not checked when this option is on.
Semblance Graph Visible
Turns on and off the display of the maximum semblance values.
Auto-Search Pick
Auto-Search for Maximum value pick within search radius (See Display Parameters 535 -
Semblance Options above).
Interval Velocities
Display Interval velocities.
Display Guide Function
Toggles on/off the display Guide Pick function
Auto Pick Records (UnPicked) based on Guide Function
Auto pick all unpicked records based on the Guide Pick function.
Pick ALL UnPicked Records based on Guide Function
Pick All unpicked records based on Guide Pick function.
Pick ALL Records based on Guide Function
Pick All records based on Guide Pick function based on criteria selected in Velocity
Analysis Parameters -> Guide Pick tab.

For MVFS Data

Display Center MVFS

GEDCO
 Velocity 547

Display center MVFS pick, else display all MVFS picks. NOTE: Options only appears for
MVFS data.

For Nonhyperbolic NMO Analysis

If gather option Nonhyperbolic NMO is on (See Velocity Anal. Plot Parameters -> Gather
Display Options 548 ) and the Mouse Mode is in the Pick Mode then mouse option Nonhyperbolic
NMO Analysis will be one of the semblance options.

Nonhyperbolic Moveout Analysis

In this mode use mouse to choose Nonhyperbolic fourth order Nonhyperbolic. See
Nonhyperbolic Moveout Velocity 556 .

9.1.2.1 Semblance Contour Options Dialog

The Semblance Contour Options Dialog is accessed by the Right Mouse Button Click over any of the
semblance windows through the Semblance Parameters->Contour Options.

The dialog is shown below:

[Semblance Contour Options Dialog]

Contour Display
Display Contour Check the Display Contour button for contours of the

GEDCO
 548 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

semblance plot.
Color Contours Check for colored contours.
Line Width Set the desired contour line width.

Contour Type
Step Contour Select either Step Using Color Scale, or a User Defined
Step Size.
Specific Contour Select and specify bounds.
Boundary Contour Select and set boundary line.

9.1.3 Offset Gather Display

Offset gather plot is display below:

[Velocity Analysis Offset Gather Display]

Offset gather is calculated using flow command - Common Offset Sort and Stack 933 command.

Gather Display Options from Velocity Anal. Plot Parameters Dialog:

GEDCO
 Velocity 549

[Common Offset Stack Gather Display Parameters]

The parameters above affect the NMO corrected gather record display
Apply Nonhyperbolic NMO
Apply Nonhyperbolic moveout using fourth order term in NMO equation. This fourth order
coefficient is calculated by checking this option and setting the mouse control mode to Nonhyperbolic
Moveout Analysis.
Ignore Velocity Inversions
Options to ignore velocity inversions when velocity versions occur.
Apply NMO Stretch Mute
One can apply an optional stretch mute by clicking in the Mute Data box and entering a
percentage under Stretch Mute (%). The Stretch Mute Ramp will apply linear ramp to the stretch
mute area. The Scale Output by NMO Stretch Factor scales the traces as a function of the Stretch
Mute parameters.
Line Size / Symbol Type/ Color
Set the size, color and symbol type of picks displayed in Gather panel.

Right-Mouse button Gather Menu:

GEDCO
 550 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Gather Parameters -> Sub-Menu]

Plot Parameters
Set plot parameters for Gather plot (Velocity Plot Parameters 553 )
Color-Bar
Set the Gather color-bar display (Color Bar Overview 1178 ).
Auto Apply NMO
When the common offset stack gathers corrected for NMO for current velocities is set the
Gather Display is automatically updated when the velocity picks are selected changed.
True Surface NMO
Applies the True Surface NMO process to the computation of the NMO in the common
offset display.
Visible
Display Common Offset Gather.
Reverse Display
Higher to Low velocities in the semblance graph versus the normal Low to High
Velocities. Note that the Reverse Display item is not checked when this option is on.
Gather Zoom Mouse
This selection is always on.
Gather Mute Pick
When set allows the selection of a mute line on the Gather display. The end of the mute
line is set by double clicking the mouse. This mute data is save for use by other flow tools.
Save Mute Picks
A Windows save file dialog is opened to allow for naming of the current mute data with a
file extension of (*.mut).
Read Mute Picks
A Windows open file dialog is opened to allow inputting saved mute data with a file
extension of (*.mut).

9.1.4 CVS Display

Constant Velocity Stack plot is display below:

GEDCO
 Velocity 551

[CVS Display in Velocity Analysis Window]

CVS stacked is calculated using flow command - Constant Velocity Stack 888 command.

CVS Display Options from Velocity Anal. Plot Parameters Dialog:

GEDCO
552 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[CVS Panel Display Parameters]

# of Display Panels
Set the number of CVS velocity panels to display in the view.
Symbol Size / Type/ Line Size/ Color
Set the size, color and symbol type of picks displayed in CVS panel.

Right-Mouse Button CVS Menu:

[CVS Parameters -> Sub-Menu]

Plot Parameters
Set plot parameters for CVS/MVFS plot (Velocity Plot Parameters 553 ).
Visible
Display CVS/MVFS view.
Color-Bar
Set the CVS/MVFS color-bar display (Color Bar Overview 1178 ).
Reverse Display
Higher to Low velocities in the semblance graph versus the normal Low to High
Velocities. Note that the Reverse Display item is not checked when this option is on.

GEDCO
 Velocity 553

CVS(Or MVFS) Options

Plot Parameters Set plot parameters for CVS/MVFS plot (Velocity Plot Parameters 553 ).
Visible Display CVS/MVFS view.
Color-Bar Set the CVS/MVFS color-bar display (Color Bar Overview 1178 ).
Reverse Display Higher to Low velocities in the semblance graph versus the normal Low
to High Velocities. Note that the Reverse Display item is not checked when this option is on.

9.1.5 Velocity Plot Parameters

The Plot Parameters dialog is accessed via the right mouse click for each Interactive Velocity
displays and is the same as the Seismic Plot Parameters 89 except that the View tab is not
available.

Also see Display Vista Velocity File 592 for procedures for plotting and displaying the velocity picks.

9.1.6 Guide Picks Details

Guide Pick icons are used to aid in both manual and auto velocity picking. This discussion provides
some graphic examples.

When processing a new data set with no velocity information, one can click on the ON:
Display Guide Picks , which toggles ON and OFF the display of the Guide Picks 553 . The Guide
Picks are the maximum of the semblance plots at the time intervals selected in the Velocity Analysis
Plot Parameters -> Guide Picks tab. The Guide Picks are as shown below:

GEDCO
554 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[The Velocity Analysis Picking Window with Guide Pick Option ON]

The user then can click on the Transfer Guide to Velocity Picks to transfer the Guide
values to the Velocity Picks based on the criteria selected in the Velocity Analysis Plot Parameters ->
Guide Picks tab as shown below:

GEDCO
 Velocity 555

[The Velocity Analysis Picking Window with Guide Pick Option Applied]

The normal velocity pick can be toggled on to improve the velocity picking estimates by manual
selection as shown below. This display was generated by loading the Tutorial A velocity file.

GEDCO
 556 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[The Velocity Analysis Picking Window with Guide Pick Option Applied with Picked Velocities]

In the above display the bounds of the Guide Picks is a function of the Percentage Velocity
selected in the Velocity Anal. Display Parameters -> Guide Pick Tab. In all the above the Offset
Gather Display and CVS Display are reviewed to determine the optimum velocity selection.

The Semblance Right Mouse Button menu has additional options for applying the Guide Picks to
the data. See Semblance Display 540 .

9.1.7 Nonhyperbolic Moveout Velocity Analysis

If gather option Nonhyperbolic NMO is on (See Velocity Anal. Plot Parameters ->Gather Display
Options 548 ) and the Mouse Mode is in the Pick Mode then mouse option Nonhyperbolic NMO
Analysis will be listed as one of the semblance Right Mouse Button menu options as shown below.

GEDCO
 Velocity 557

[Semblance Parameters ->Sub-Menu with Nonhyperbolic Moveout Analysis Active]

Nonhyperbolic Moveout Analysis

In this mode use mouse to choose an existing velocity pick to analysis.
When a velocity point is picked, the following window will appear.

GEDCO
558 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Nonhyperbolic Moveout Analysis]

The time of the velocity pick is analyzed, a time window is centered on the pick and semblance
plot created for it. The semblance is based on velocity and fourth order Nonhyperbolic coefficient. The
maximum value of the display has a triangle displayed on it.
Choose the Nonhyperbolic Moveout Apply icon to compute and save this coefficient for this
velocity pick. The velocity semblance plot is automatically upgraded.

Use the Pick Coefficient Location icon to choose a different coefficient location with mouse
.

Use the Close Nonhyperbolic Analysis Window icon to close the Nonhyperbolic Moveout
Velocity Analysis Window

Both the Use Mouse To Zoom icon for zooming with the cursor and the View Options
icon are provided.

Note that the supplied Tutorial A data set does not have a major long offset data set which is
required to make this process effective.

GEDCO
 Velocity 559

9.2 Migration Imaging Velocity Analysis

Use the flow command Pre-Stack Time Migration 961 (PSTM) to create a number of PSTM
output data sets at various velocity percents. A example of the use of this flow tool is provided in
Benjamin Creek Tutorial under subsection Image Velocity Analysis for PSTM 1705 .

These set of image gathers can then be used to pick the optimal velocities for PSTM.

[Interactive -> Velocity Tools ->Migration Imaging Velocity Analysis]

When Migration Image Velocity Analysis is first selected, it takes as input data sets that were
previously run with the PSTM command (Tutorial example flow files vmixX.flw, where X is the velocity
percentage).

[Migration Imaging Velocity Analysis Window Spread Sheet for Data Selection]

Select the PSTM input data sets. After choosing the data sets the Migration Imaging Velocity
Analysis Window will then be displayed:

GEDCO
560 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Migration Imaging Velocity Analysis Window - Movie View]

Note that all picks are velocity percents of the original PSTM velocity file. The arrows pointing to the
right indicate that the present velocities are less than the input velocity and visa versa.

Migration Imaging Velocity Analysis Window Toolbar:

Image Analysis Options - Opens the Imaging Velocity Analysis Options dialog window.

Movie Mode Tab

GEDCO
 Velocity 561

[Imaging Velocity Analysis Parameters - Movie Mode]

Sets the display parameters for the Movie Panel display.

Panel Mode Tab

[Imaging Velocity Analysis Parameters - Panel Mode]

Sets the Display parameters for Panel Mode display.

Panel Mode Graph Tab

GEDCO
562 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Imaging Velocity Analysis Parameters - Panel Mode Graph]

Sets display options for Panel Mode velocity graph view.

Display Current Velocity Picks - Displays current velocity picks as a listing and as a graph (
See Display Velocity Vista File 592 ).

NEW Velocity File - Create new velocity picks and file, this removes all old existing picks.
Note must activate Pick Velocities icon below if not already toggled.

Create Composite Migration File - Creates output composite PSTM data set. Data is
created from current PSTM data sets. Each trace is created by picking a data sample from the data
set that is closest to the velocity pick for that data set. The result is plotted in the Seismic Window
Display 86 .

OPEN Existing Velocity File - Reads in a previously picked velocity file.

Save Current Velocity File - Saves current velocity picks to a file. A standard Windows File
Save dialog opens for the naming of the velocity file to save. The file extension is (*.vel).

View Options 1218

Panel Display Mode - Toggles to the Panel Mode display 567 . When toggled the Movie
Display symbol replaces the Panel Display symbol. An example of the panel mode is shown below:

GEDCO
 Velocity 563

[Migration Imaging Velocity Analysis Window - Panel View]

Movie Display Mode - Toggles to the Movie mode display 566 . When toggled the Panel
Display symbol replaces the Movie Display symbol.

The following tools are common in both the Movie and Panel mode displays.

Pick Velocity - Picking mouse mode.

Use Mouse To Zoom - Zoom mouse mode.

Delete Velocity Picks - Delete velocity pick mouse mode. Outline the picks one wants to
delete by clicking and dragging out an area that covers the picks to delete.

Pick Control Points - Opens a temporary toolbar that allows the addition or deletion of
control points. Control points are the locations where velocity points are displayed. The inverted
triangle on the top of the Window. This icon is not display in the Panel Mode Display.

Previous/Next Movie Panel - In Movie Display these icons used to select Previous and
Next Movie Panel. In the Panel Display these icons are used to select Previous and Next CMP Panel.

GEDCO
564 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Drop down list for selection of percent velocity, or CMP panels depending if Movie Display or
Panel Display.

OR Toggle Mouse Tracking (large cross-hair) Off/On

OR Toggle Mouse Broadcast Location (to other windows) Off/On

Migration Imaging Velocity Analysis Window Right Mouse Button Menu and
Sub-Menus:
Pressing the Right-Mouse Button in any of the views, brings up the following menu:

[Right Mouse Button Menu]

Plot Parameters

[Right Mouse Button -> Plot Parameters Sub-Menu]

Movie Mode/Panel Mode Plot Parameters

The Plot Parameters opens a dialog that is the same as the Seismic Plot Parameters 89
except that the View tab is not available. Also see Display Vista Velocity File 592 for procedures for
plotting and displaying the velocity picks.
Color-Bar Options
Not used in present displays, utilize the icon Image Analysis Options to modify
Movie/Plot data points and velocity plots in the Panel Mode.
Create Movie Mode Images
This options only appears in the Movie Mode. This options creates bitmaps of the CMP
panels which allow faster scanning from one CMP data set to the next when very large data sets are
being examined.

Seismic Data Sync

GEDCO
 Velocity 565

[Right Mouse Button -> Seismic Window Sync Sub-Menu]

Sync Time/Trace
With multiple Imaging Velocity Analysis Windows open allows synchronization of the time axis
and trace (CMP) numbers in both displays.
Sync Time Window
With multiple Imaging Velocity Analysis Windows open allows synchronization of the time axis
only in both displays.
Sync Trace Window
With multiple Imaging Velocity Analysis Windows open allows synchronization of the trace
(CMP) numbers only in both displays.

Track Mouse On
Toggles on/off mouse from a pointer to a cross hair tracking mode. Must toggle off the BroadCast
Mouse Location to toggle off the Track Mouse On.

BroadCast Mouse Location

Toggles on/off mouse broadcast to a second opened window. The second window should have
the Track Mouse On option activated.

Update/Refresh Velocity Viewer

If the Velocity File Viewer window is also open, changes in selected velocity points can be
updated in the Velocity File Viewer with this options.

Load Original PSTM Velocity File

Opens a standard Windows File Open dialog for selecting and loading the original velocity file.
These files have an extension of (*.vel). A dialog appears to confirm that one desires to load a new
file.

Write PSTM Percent Velocity File

Writes the existing PSTM Percent velocity selections to a ASCII file. A standard Windows File
Save dialog opens for entering the file name. The file extension is (*.velper).

Open PSTM Percent/RMS Velocity File

This options opens a Import Velocity File dialog as shown below.

GEDCO
 566 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Import Velocity File Dialog]

FILE
Opens a windows file input dialog for selection of the velocity file to load.

Velocity File Type:

The drop down list offers several different velocity file types to import.

Velocity Type
Select the Velocity file data type with the radio buttons.

9.2.1 Velocity Movie Mode Display

Movie mode display is the default display of the Migration Image Velocity Analysis Window.

Velocity Movie Mode Display

GEDCO
 Velocity 567

[Migration Imaging Velocity Analysis - Movie Mode Display]

Each PSTM panel is displayed in sorted order by it's percent PSTM velocity. The CMP top axis
displays a symbol at each picked CMP location. It also displays the time pick for each location. The
right arrows indicate that the velocities are lower than the loaded reference velocities and visa versa.
If the velocity equal the loaded reference velocity the arrows are replaced by circles.

Use the forward/back buttons to move from panel to panel.

Or use the drop down list to jump to a particular velocity panel.

9.2.2 Velocity Panel Mode Display

The panel mode displays each CMP record separately. It is divided into two different views.

Left View - CMP Velocity Panel View

The left view displays traces from each velocity panel centered around the defined CMP location.
The user specifies the number of traces/CMP's to display on each side of the CMP location and the
number of dead traces between each velocity panel.

The Panel Mode Display

GEDCO
 568 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Migration Imaging Velocity Analysis - Panel Mode Display]

Right View - Velocity Graph View

The right view displays the Velocity Graph for the selected CMP.

Use the forward/back buttons to move from CMP to CMP location.

Or use the drop down list to jump to a particular CMP panel.

9.3 Migration Imaging Angle Analysis

Use the flow command Pre-Stack Time Migration 961 (PSTM) to create a number of PSTM output
data sets at various aperture limits with the velocities determined in Migration Imaging Velocity
Analysis to optimize the migration computation. A example of the use of this flow tool is provided in
Benjamin Creek Tutorial under subsection Migration Aperture (Angle) Angle Analysis 1719 .

These set of aperture (angle) image gathers can then be used to pick the optimal apertures for
PSTM as a function of travel time.

GEDCO
 Velocity 569

[Interactive -> Velocity Tools ->Migration Imaging Angle Analysis]

When Migration Image Angle Analysis is first selected, it takes as input data sets that were
previously run with the PSTM command (Tutorial example flow files "pstm angX.flw", where X is the
aperture limits from 30 to 80 degrees). Note that when running these examples for generating the
angle data that each panel has only one constant angle range.

[Migration Imaging Angle Analysis Window Spread Sheet for Data Selection]

Select the angle PSTM input data sets. After choosing the data sets the Migration Image Angle
Analysis Window will then be displayed:

GEDCO
570 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Migration Imaging Angle Analysis Window - Movie View]

Note that all picks are aperture angle of the process PSTM angle file. The arrows pointing to the right
indicate that the present angles are less than the input angle and visa versa. The circle indicates that
the angle value is the current selected panel. Normally when this window is opened no picks are
displayed. The user must pick a control point and proceed to the Panel Display and pick the desired
angles. One control point was sufficient for this example.

Migration Imaging Angle Analysis Window Toolbar:

Image Analysis Options - Opens the Imaging Velocity Analysis Options dialog window.

Movie Mode Tab

GEDCO
 Velocity 571

[Imaging Velocity Analysis Parameters - Movie Mode]

Sets the display parameters for the Movie Panel display.

Panel Mode Tab

[Imaging Velocity Analysis Parameters - Panel Mode]

Sets the Display parameters for Panel Mode display.

Panel Mode Graph Tab

GEDCO
572 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Imaging Velocity Analysis Parameters - Panel Mode Graph]

Sets display options for Panel Mode velocity graph view.

Display Current Angle Picks - Displays current angle picks as a listing and as a graph (See
Display Velocity Vista File 592 ).

NEW Migration Angle File - Create new angle picks and file, this removes all old existing
picks. Note must activate Pick Angles icon below if not already toggled.

Create Composite Migration File - Creates output composite PSTM data set. Data is
created from current PSTM data sets. Each trace is created by picking a data sample from the data
set that is closest to the velocity pick for that data set. The result is plotted in the Seismic Window
Display 86 .

OPEN Existing Angle File - Reads in a previously picked angle file.

Save Current Angle File - Saves current angle picks to a file. A standard Windows File Save
dialog opens for the naming of the angle file to save. The file extension is (*.pangle).

View Options 1218

Panel Display Mode - Toggles to the Angle Panel Mode display 576 . When toggled the
Movie Display symbol replaces the Panel Display symbol. An example of the panel mode is shown
below:

GEDCO
 Velocity 573

[Migration Imaging Angle Analysis Window - Panel View]

Movie Display Mode - Toggles to the Angle Movie Mode display 575 . When toggled the
Panel Display symbol replaces the Movie Display symbol.

The following tools are common in both the Movie and Panel mode displays.

Pick Angle - Picking mouse mode.

Use Mouse To Zoom - Zoom mouse mode.

Delete Velocity Picks - Delete velocity pick mouse mode. Outline the picks one wants to
delete by clicking and dragging out an area that covers the picks to delete.

Pick Control Points - Opens a temporary toolbar that allows the addition or deletion of
control points. Control points are the locations where velocity points are displayed. The inverted
triangle on the top of the Window. This icon is not display in the Panel Mode Display.

Previous/Next Movie Panel - In Movie Display these icons used to select Previous and
Next Movie Panel. In the Panel Display these icons are used to select Previous and Next CMP Panel.

GEDCO
574 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Drop down list for selection of percent velocity, or CMP panels depending if Movie Display or
Panel Display.

OR Toggle Mouse Tracking (large cross-hair) Off/On

OR Toggle Mouse Broadcast Location (to other windows) Off/On

Migration Imaging Angle Analysis Window Right Mouse Button Menu and
Sub-Menus:
Pressing the Right-Mouse Button in any of the views, brings up the following menu:

[Right Mouse Button Menu]

Plot Parameters

[Right Mouse Button -> Plot Parameters Sub-Menu]

Movie Mode/Panel Mode Plot Parameters

The Plot Parameters opens a dialog that is the same as the Seismic Plot Parameters 89
except that the View tab is not available. Also see Display Vista Velocity File 592 for procedures for
plotting and displaying the velocity picks.

Create Movie Mode Images

This options only appears in the Movie Mode. This options creates bitmaps of the CMP
panels which allow faster scanning from one CMP data set to the next when very large data sets are
being examined.

Seismic Data Sync

[Right Mouse Button -> Seismic Window Sync Sub-Menu]

Sync Time/Trace
With multiple Imaging Velocity Analysis Windows open allows synchronization of the time axis
and trace (CMP) numbers in both displays.
Sync Time Window

GEDCO
 Velocity 575

With multiple Imaging Velocity Analysis Windows open allows synchronization of the time axis
only in both displays.
Sync Trace Window
With multiple Imaging Velocity Analysis Windows open allows synchronization of the trace
(CMP) numbers only in both displays.

Track Mouse On
Toggles on/off mouse from a pointer to a cross hair tracking mode. Must toggle off the BroadCast
Mouse Location to toggle off the Track Mouse On.

BroadCast Mouse Location

Toggles on/off mouse broadcast to a second opened window. The second window should have
the Track Mouse On option activated.

Update/Refresh Angle Viewer

If the Angle File Viewer window is also open, changes in selected Angle points can be updated in
the Angle File Viewer with this options.

9.3.1 Angle Movie Mode Display

Movie mode display is the default display of the Migration Image Angle Analysis Window.

Angle Movie Mode Display

[Migration Imaging Angle Analysis - Movie Mode Display]

GEDCO
 576 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Each PSTM panel is displayed in sorted order by it's PSTM angle. The CMP top axis displays a
symbol at each picked CMP location with only one being used for this data set. It also displays the
time pick for each location. The right arrows indicate that the angles are lower than the picked angles
and visa versa. If the angle equals the picked angles the arrows are replaced by circles.

Use the forward/back buttons to move from panel to panel.

Or use the drop down list to jump to a particular velocity panel.

9.3.2 Angle Panel Mode Display

The panel mode displays each CMP angle record separately. It is divided into two different views.

Left View - CMP Angle Panel View

The left view displays traces from each angle panel centered around the defined CMP location.
The user specifies the number of traces/CMP's to display on each side of the CMP location and the
number of dead traces between each velocity panel.

The Angle Panel Mode Display

[Migration Imaging Angle Analysis - Panel Mode Display]

Right View - Angle Graph View

GEDCO
 Velocity 577

The right view displays the Angle Graph for the selected CMP.

Use the forward/back buttons to move from CMP to CMP location.

Or use the drop down list to jump to a particular CMP panel.

9.4 Continuous Velocity Analysis

Continuous Velocity Analysis Picking of 2D Data.

[Interactive -> Velocity Tools -> Continuous Velocity Analysis Selection]

This process allows the generation of a CVS velocity panel and then selecting a layer to assign
that panel velocity at a given picked travel time and CMP position.

The picking Stack Continuous Velocity Analysis Display is shown below:

GEDCO
578 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Continuous 2D Velocity Picking Window]

Use the VelZones 685 and CVS 888 velocity flow command to create the output for this Interactive
command. Set the VelZones 685 data selection to be the center CMP of the data and the # of bins
center on this equal to total CMP's in data set divided by 2. An example job flow and typical Input
Parameters for these commands are provided (Continuous Velocity Data Computation 581 ). This
process will create a series of CVS panels of the entire data set where each panel is a constant
velocity stack of the entire data set.

Continuous Velocity Analysis Toolbar

Seismic Data Plot Parameters - See the Seismic Display Parameters 89 . Note that in
this option the View tab of the Seismic Display Parameters is not shown.

Display Current Velocity Picks - View Current Velocity Picks 592 .

NEW Velocity File - Starts a New velocity pick session. Note that the old velocity picks are
deleted.

GEDCO
 Velocity 579

OPEN Existing Velocity File - Read an existing 2D velocity file into the current velocity
picking session. Opens a standard Windows File Open dialog to open files with extension (*.vel).

SAVE Current Velocity File - Save the picked velocity functions to an output velocity file.
The following Dialog will appear:

[2D Continuous Velocity Analysis Output Dialog]

FILE - Enter the Output velocity file name. A standard Windows File Save Dialog is
provided to specify the file name. The file extension is (*.vel). Specify the Start/End Times, the #
CMPs, and Time Sampling interval to use for creating the velocity file. The file created is based on
the velocity picks made.

View Options 1218 .

Use Mouse to Zoom - Toggles Zoom mouse mode.

Delete Velocity Picks - Delete velocity picking mouse mode. Draw a small rectangle around
picks one wishes to delete. Can also use the right mouse click over a pick.

Pick Velocities - Picking mouse mode. Velocity pick is based on a pick time, CMP number
and Velocity Scroll bar Panel setting:

Zoom into a section of the data set one wishes to pick on. Using the Velocity Panel Scroll to scroll
the panels and pick based on the current display.

Toggle Display - Velocity/Seismic - Toggle display of Seismic Pick window and display of
velocity field. Example velocity field is shown below:

GEDCO
580 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Display Velocity Field]

Note that the Stack Velocity Analysis routine uses the special Display Vista Velocity File 592
portion of Vista to display the velocity information. Also note that the CMP axis is different in the
Stack Velocity Analysis velocity display than in the normal Display Vista Velocity File display. This
difference is to allow the CVS and Velocity displays to have the same horizontal axis in this process.

Continuous Velocity Analysis Right Mouse Button Menu

[Right Mouse Button Menu - Main Sub Menu]

This Right Mouse Button Menu and sub-menus are a subset of the Seismic Window Display ->
Right Mouse Button -> Display Options. (See Seismic Window -> Right Mouse Button Menu 103 ).

When the Right Mouse Button is clicked over a velocity pick, a added menu item is displayed
allowing the user to delete that velocity pick.

GEDCO
 Velocity 581

9.4.1 Continuous Velocity Data Computation

The data for the Continuous Velocity Analysis was generated using the job flow file S20contvel.flw.
The job flow diagram is shown below:

[Continuous Velocity Computation Job Flow - S20contvel.flw]

The critical input and parameter settings in the flow commands are:

VelZone:
Data INPUT Control -> Data INPUT

GEDCO
582 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Velocity Analysis Zone Selection - Input Menu]

In the above Input Data List dialog the seismic data being processed is shown. This data set has
287 CMP's with a mid-point CMP number of 142. To get complete coverage of the line the # Bins
from Center Bin would then be set to 140, which is approximately 1/2 the total number of CMP's.

Data INPUT Control -> Data/Header SELECTIONS

The Data/Header Selection data spread sheet is shown below:

[Velocity Analysis Zone Selection - CMP Bin Selection Spread Sheet]

GEDCO
 Velocity 583

The mid-point CMP (value 140) is entered as shown above in the XLine-Form and XLine-To
columns. See Data/Header Selection Spreadsheet 1187 for a complete description of this
spreadsheet.

Geometry Binning Display:

Checking that binning has been set up properly by invoking the Geometry Window Display 323

which has available multiple graphical displays that allow checking of this parameter.

CVS:

Command PARAMETERS:

[CVS -Constant Velocity Stack, Command Parameters Dialog]

For the demo a velocity range of 1000 to 5000 with a velocity increment of 250 has been chosen.
In actual applications a smaller increment might be used. Also the number of dead traces between
velocity sets has been chosen to be 10 traces.

Finally the Output flow tool command is used to name the output file from this processing.

9.5 PSTM Velocity Analysis

Pre-Stack Time Migration velocity analysis window.

GEDCO
584 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Interactive -> Velocity Tools -> PSTM Velocity Analysis Selection]

Requires output created from the PSTM Semblance 899 flow command. Output will be a PSTM
Semblance data set and an optional PSTM offset panels. On selection of this analysis option a PSTM
Velocity Files spreadsheet opens for the selection of the two required data sets.

[PSTM Velocity Files Selection Spreadsheet]

An example display is shown below, input data set was synthetic.

GEDCO
 Velocity 585

[PSTM Velocity Analysis Display Window]

The Pre-Stack Kirchhoff time migration velocity analysis is based on the paper by Kamal Al-Yahya
Geophysics Vol 54, No. 6 Velocity analysis by Iterative profile migration. (See References 1224 ).

The difference is that in this process one is working in time and not depth. Defined CMP locations
are used to migrate the shot records. The velocity analysis is based on the principle that after
Pre-Stack migration (With correct velocity model), an image in a common-receiver gather (CRG or in
this case a CMP) is aligned horizontally regardless of structure. The deviation from horizontal
alignment is then a measure of error in the velocity. If the migration velocity is lower then the correct
velocity, events will curve upward. Whereas if the migration velocity is higher then events will curve
downward.

Both display panels above have time as the vertical axis. The semblance panel has Gamma as
the horizontal axis. The chosen gamma can be converted to a precent of RMS velocity. The velocity
is provided in the Gamma output under the PSTM semblance plot as one moves the cursor over the
semblance plot. The value of 1.000 corresponds to the velocity input to construct this PSTM
semblance plot for the given CMP. When one is picking in the semblance panel one is picking
the precent change in migration velocity.

PSTM Velocity Analysis Toolbar.

GEDCO
586 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

SAVE Current Velocity File - Save the picked velocity functions to an ASCII file in VISTA
format. The file extension is (*.vel).
Velocity Anal. Plot Parameters - Set the velocity analysis plotting and picking options. (See
Display Parameters 535 ). Note that the CVS Tab is missing from this option as it is not applicable to
the PSTM Velocity Analysis.

Display Current Velocity Picks - Display current velocity picks in the Velocity Display File
window. (See Display Vista Velocity File 592 ).

[Display current velocity picks]

NEW Velocity File - Start a new velocity (ASCII) file.

View Options 1218 .

Pick Velocity - Toggles picking mouse mode option. Also can be toggled with the Right
Mouse Button -> Mouse Mode.
Use Mouse to Zoom - Toggles zoom mouse mode.

Delete Velocity Picks - Toggles the velocity picking mouse mode. Outline the picks one
wants to delete by clicking and dragging out an area that covers the picks you want to delete. NOTE:
When picking if the user picks on top of a existing pick, this will delete the underlying pick.

Use scroll bar to move between velocity CMP zones.

GEDCO
 Velocity 587

The section PSTM Velocity Data Example 588 provides the steps involved in generating these
displays along with examples of the sensitivity of this Velocity picking technique.

Right Mouse Button Menu and Sub-Menus

Mouse Mode

The Mouse Mode->Sub-Menu is shown below:

[PSTM Velocity Analysis-> Mouse Mode]

Zoom Mode
Toggles on the mouse zoom mode.
Delete Mode
Toggles on the mouse delete mode.
Pick Mode
Toggles on the mouse pick mode.

Semblance Parameters

The Semblance Parameters->Sub-Menu is shown below:

[PSTM Velocity Analysis-> Semblance Parameters]

Plot Parameters
Opens the Seismic Plot Parameters 89 Dialog.
Contour Options
Opens the Semblance Contour Options Dialog 547 .
Color-Bar
Set the Semblance color-bar display (Color Bar Overview 1178 ).
Visible
Toggles the Semblance Display view.
Auto-Search Pick
Auto-Search for Maximum value pick within search radius.

Gather Parameters

The Gather Parameters->Sub-Menu is shown below:

GEDCO
 588 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[PSTM Velocity Analysis-> Gather Parameters]

Plot Parameters
Opens the Seismic Plot Parameters 89 Dialog.
Color-Bar
Set the Gather color-bar display (Color Bar Overview 1178 ).
Visible
Toggles the Gather Display view.

9.5.1 PSTM Velocity Data Example

The data example for the PSTM Velocity Analysis is generated using the job flow file
S20ClnPSTMvel.flw and is contained in Tutorial A. The job flow diagram is shown below:

GEDCO
 Velocity 589

[PSTM Velocity Analysis Job Flow - S20ClnPSTMvel.flw]

In this simple example the PSTM Semblance 899 flow command is the primary processing
function. The input data is the raw shot 20 data in the tutorial. The Output command is used to
define the file name for the output PSTM semblance plot. The key parameters for processing are
entered in the PstmSemb flow command by right clicking the command.

Data PARAMETERS:

PSTM Velocity Analysis Dialog

GEDCO
590 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[PSTM Velocity Analysis - PreStack Kirchhoff Time Migration Velocity Analysis Dialog]

In the above dialog the S20vel.vel file is used for the Migration Velocity File. Note that for this first
example the Percent of RMS Velocity of 80% is used to show deviations in the PSTM Velocity
Analysis window. The seismic cross-section sample Migration Profile name should be entered to
reflect the current data being processed. All other settings can be accepted as defaults for this
example. Note that the input data must have been binned for the CMP range of interest before the
flow file is executed.

The PSTM Velocity Analysis Display can be brought up the Interactive->Velocity Tools menu as
shown:

GEDCO
 Velocity 591

[Interactive ->Velocity Tools -> PSTM Velocity Analysis Selection Menu]

The first window to appear on selecting PSTM Velocity Analysis is the input data selection
spreadsheet.

[PSTM Velocity Files Selection Spread Sheet]

Note that in the above selection spreadsheet that 2 items are selected. The top one being the
seismic data for the right display in the PSTM Velocity Analysis window, and the bottom one being the
PSTM semblance plot. After selection of the OK Button brings up the PSTM Velocity Analysis window
shown below:

[2-D PSTM Velocity (Gamma) Pick Seismic Data Display Window -- 80 % Velocity]

GEDCO
 592 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

In the above display, the PSTM Semblance is on the left and the corresponding seismic
cross-section on the right. Note that this display was generated with the Percent of Velocity at 80 %.
The plot picked point on a strong reflector above curves upward indicating a lower velocity. This is as
it should be with the 80 % input Percent of Velocity selection.

For comparison the input parameters were changed with the Percent of Velocity being at 100 %.
This is shown in the next plot below:

[2-D PSTM Velocity (Gamma) Pick Seismic Data Display Window -- 100 % Velocity]

In the above screen display the plot picked point on the same strong reflector shows a curve (red
line) that is almost horizontal, indicating that our original velocity estimate was good. Note that the
Gamma value approaches 1.000 for a perfect velocity pick.

9.6 Display Vista Velocity File

The Vista Velocity Display File Window can be brought up from the Interactive Velocity menu as
shown:

GEDCO
 Velocity 593

[Display Vista Velocity File -> Display Vista Velocity File Selection]

One will then be prompted to enter the VISTA Velocity file to display.
An empty Velocity File Display Window will appear with the Set 2D Velocity Parameters Dialog as
shown below in the center of the display.

[Set 2D Velocity Parameters Dialog]

The default values in the above dialog are based on the data stored in the velocity file. These
parameters can be modified to change the display if desired. Then the Velocity File Display Window
will appear as shown below:

GEDCO
594 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Iso-Velocity Display/Edit Window]

Velocity Display File Toolbars:

The Velocity Display File window can display the file in a number of different ways. Depending on
the options selected different tools bars appear with some icons common to all displays. The Velocity
Display toolbar will be discussed first.

Iso-Velocity Display Toolbar:

From left to right, the tools of the top Iso-Velocity Display Tool Bar can be used for the type of display
and are:

GEDCO
 Velocity 595

Graph Velocity View 604 - Displays each velocity picks from the file in a graphical display.
3D Velocity View 601 - Display the velocity field in a 3D cube view.

Display Current Velocity Picks - Display the velocity file in text format. (See Text Velocity
View 607 ).

3-D Iso-Velocity Display Toolbar:

When displaying 3-D velocity file data sets two addition items are added to the toolbar as shown
below:

CMP In-Line Bin Order - Displays the In-Line data selected by the adjacent slide bar.
Clicking on this icon toggles to the CMP X-Line Bin Order icon for displaying the X-Line data
selected by the adjacent slide bar.

From top to bottom, the tools of the left Iso-Velocity Display Tool Bar are:

View Options 1218

Import Velocity File - Imports an existing velocity file into the current velocity picking
session. The following Import Velocity File dialog opens:

[Import Velocity File Dialog]

This FILE button opens the standard Windows File Open dialog for selecting the velocity file
name open. If not a Vista velocity file, input *.* to show all possible files in the File Open dialog. For
velocity files that are not Vista, select the type from the Velocity File Type: drop down list. Also
select Velocity Type.

Save Velocity to Project - Save current defined velocity field to Velocity file or output data
set. The following dialog will appear:

GEDCO
596 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Save Velocity File - Velocity Display File Window]

Output either a VISTA velocity file or a Vista data set of the velocity field.
Set the Start/End Time and Time Sampling of the output.
Output Velocity File - Enter the Output Velocity File Name with the dialog that is opened with
FILE. Enter either the Output Sampling Same as Input Velocity File or the bin increment to
sample the field with under Output as Defined below.
Output Velocity Data Object - Enter the name of the output velocity field. This generates a Vista
project list file that can be viewed in the Seismic Window Display in variable density.

Save to Different Velocity Format - Save to different velocity format with a tie in to existing
velocity related project files. A spreadsheet of existing related files pops opens and on selection of
one of these files, a standard save file Windows Dialog opens. Enter the desired file name and click
OK.

Tie to Seismic Data Set - Arranges the iso-display coordinate parameters to match a seismic
data set selected from the Vista spread sheet that opens when this icon is clicked.

Smooth Velocity Field

Smooth the velocity field by applying time and bin smoothing.

GEDCO
 Velocity 597

[Smooth Velocity Field Dialog]

Convert Velocity to Depth 608 - Converts the velocity field to depth scale and output the data
in the Project Data List file to allow the velocity data to be displayed with the seismic section. Also,
can convert Vrms to and from Vint.

9.6.1 Iso Velocity Display

Iso Velocity View

Displays the velocity in CMP(2D Velocity File) or In-Line/X-Line(3D Velocity File).

3D Iso-Velocity Display

On opening a 3-D project Display Vista Velocity File, an empty Velocity File Display Window will
appear with the Set 3D Velocity Parameters Dialog as shown below in the center of the display.

GEDCO
598 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Set 3D Velocity Parameters Dialog]

The default values in the above dialog are based on the data stored in the velocity file. These
parameters can be modified to change the display if desired. These parameters illustrated are for
example only.

Then the Velocity File Display Window will appear as shown below:

GEDCO
 Velocity 599

[3D Iso-Velocity Display in Velocity File Display Window]

Additional 3-D Toolbar Items

CMP X-Line Bin Order

Used to display the X-Line Velocity data.

CMP In-Line Bin Order

Used to display the In-Line Velocity data.
When displaying 3D velocity fields, use the (In-Line) and (Cross-Line) to switch between
displaying In-Line and X-Line.

The scroll bar controls which In-Line/X-Line to currently display.

2D Iso-Velocity Display

On opening a 2-D project Display Vista Velocity File, an empty Velocity File Display Window will
appear with the Set 2D Velocity Parameters Dialog as shown below in the center of the display.

GEDCO
600 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Set 2D Velocity Parameters Dialog]

The default values in the above dialog are based on the data stored in the velocity file. These
parameters can be modified to change the display if desired. These parameters illustrated are for
example only.

Then the Velocity File Display Window will appear as shown below:

[2D Iso-Velocity Display in Velocity File Display Window]

Iso-Velocity Right Mouse Button Menu

GEDCO
 Velocity 601

Press the right mouse button to access the Right-Mouse Button menu as shown:

[Right Mouse Button Menu]

Velocity Extrapolation
Used to extrapolate between missing points. Under development.
Display Velocity Locations
Display the velocity picks in the Iso-Velocity and 3D display. Draw as a solid black line.
Display Iso-Velocity Grid Lines
Display grid lines on Iso-Velocity display.

Note: As with all displays, Right Mouse Button clicking on scales and color bars opens additional
menus for editing the properties of the axis and color scales.

9.6.2 3D Velocity File View

3D Velocity View
Display the velocity field in a 3D cube view.
Layers of velocity time slices may be 'stripped away' to show variation of velocity functions.

[3D Velocity View]

The five Scroll-Bars at the Top of the display for 3-D velocity data sets are:

GEDCO
602 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Time Slice
Set the time slice to be displayed.
X-Line Display
Set the X-Line slice to be displayed.
In-Line Display
Set the In-Line slice to display.
Start Time
Start time of the cube to display.
End Time
End time of the cube to display.

The Scroll-Bars at Top change for 2-D velocity data sets with the X-Line Display being replaced with
CMP number set, and the In-Line Display becoming inactive.

3D Velocity File View - Right Mouse Button Menu and Sub-Menus

Right-Mouse button brings up the following menu:

[Right Mouse Button Menu]

3D View Parameters

[3D View Parameters -> Sub-Menu]

Mouse 3D Rotation
Set mouse control rotate cube, when left-mouse button is pressed and moved.
Mouse Zoom Mode
Set mouse control zoom cube, when left-mouse button is pressed and moved.
Mouse Pan Mode
Set mouse control pan cube, when left-mouse button is pressed and moved.
Un-Zoom
Un-Zoom view back to original display.
Hard Copy Print
Generates a hard copy print on the local printer.

GEDCO
 Velocity 603

Set Back-Ground Color

Set color of back-ground.
Set Text Color
Set color of text displayed in view.
Reverse X Axis
Flip/Reverse X axis (Time).
Reverse Y Axis
Flip/Reverse Y axis (Time).
Reverse Z Axis
Flip/Reverse Z axis (Time).

Fill On
Display the volume in continuous color.

Display Mode

[Display Mode - Sub Menu]

The following options control what is displayed in the view and the type of view.

In-Line Display
Only display In-Line slice.
X-Line Display
Only display X-Line slice.
Time-Slice Display
Only display time-slice.
XL/IL/Time-Slice Display
Display XL/IL/Time slice display(Default).

The other options allow turning on or off objects in the view. Time Lines, Bin Grid On, Any of
the data slices, ...etc

Fix-Display Mode

GEDCO
 604 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Fix Display Mode -> Sub-Menu]

Can fix (Remains On) any of the display slices, In-Line, X-Line or Time-Slice. The slice will then
be fixed and always displayed. Shown in blue when moving or manipulating the view.

9.6.3 Graph Velocity View

Graph Velocity View

Displays each velocity picks set from the file in a graphical display. The Velocity graph View
displays each(Or All) velocity picks sets in a time verses velocity graph.

Example display of Velocity Graph Window is shown below:

GEDCO
 Velocity 605

[Velocity Graph Display]

Graph Velocity View Toolbar:

The new icons on the top toolbar are:

Iso Velocity View 597

Displays the iso-velocity view for CMP(2D Velocity File) or In-Line/X-Line(3D Velocity).

Display All CDP Functions

Displays the graphs of all CDP data sets in the velocity file. After selection toggles to the next

GEDCO
606 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

icon.

Display One CDP Function

Displays the graph of one selected CDP data set.

This scroll bar controls the selection of which CDP velocity pick set to display.

For 3D velocity data sets the slide bar changes as below to allow selections along both the InLine and
XLine data sets.

This scroll bar controls the selection of which 3D velocity pick set to display.

Graph Velocity Display Right-Mouse Button Menu

[Graph Display Right Mouse Button Menu]

Velocity Extrapolation
Used to extrapolate between missing points. Under development.
Display Grid Lines
Toggles on or off the grid lines in the Velocity Graph.
Display All Functions
Toggles to display all the velocity pick sets available on this one display or single velocity
set.
Display Internal Velocity
Toggles on or off the display of the Internal Velocity.
Display Previous CMP Velocity
Toggles on or off the display of the Previous CMP Velocity.
Display Next CMP Velocity
Toggles on or off the display of the Next CMP Velocity.
Velocity Color
Select the color for the main Velocity RMS.
Internal Velocity Color
Select the color for the Interval Velocity.
Previous Velocity Color
Select the color for the Previous CMP Velocity.
Next Velocity Color

GEDCO
 Velocity 607

Select the color for the Next CMP Velocity.

9.6.4 Text Velocity View

Text Velocity View

Displays the velocity file in text format.

Example display of Text Velocity View is shown below:

[Velocity Display File -> Text Velocity View]

Note that the toolbar icons are described in Display Vista Velocity File 592 .

GEDCO
 608 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

9.6.5 Convert Velocity to Depth

Convert Velocity to Depth

Converts the velocity field to depth scale and output the data in a Project Data List file to allow the
velocity data to be displayed with the seismic section. Also, can convert Vrms to and from Vint and
visa versa.

When the user clicks on the Convert Velocity to Depth icon, the Velocity Conversion (Time Input)
dialog opens as shown below:

[Velocity Conversion (Time Input) Dialog]

Input Time

Interval Velocity - Select when the input data pairs are time/internal velocity.

RMS Velocity - Select when the input data pairs are time/RMS Velocity.

Depth Function - Select when the input data pairs are time/depth.

Output Function
The user can select for data output either Time versus Internal Velocity, RMS Velocity, or
Depth Function, or Depth versus Internal Velocity, or Time Function.

Time

Interval Velocity - Select when the desired output data pairs are time/internal velocity.

RMS Velocity - Select when the desired output data pairs are time/RMS Velocity.

GEDCO
 Velocity 609

Depth Function - Select when the desired output data pairs are time/depth.

Depth

Interval Velocity - Select when the desired output data pairs are depth/internal velocity.

Time Function - Select when the desired output data pairs are depth/arrival time.

With Depth output selection the user also has the option to set Depth Maximum or #
Depth Samples along with the Start Depth and Depth Interval.

Note: This process is under development at this time and is not fully
operational.

9.7 Display Other Velocity File

Window is the same as in the Display Vista Velocity 592 file except on activation an Import Velocity
File dialog opens to allow selection of the other types of velocity files from a drop down list as
discussed below.

[Import Velocity File Dialog]

FILE
This button opens the standard Windows File Open dialog for selecting the velocity file name to
open.
If not a Vista velocity file input *.* to show all possible files in the File Open dialog.

Velocity File Type

For velocity files that are not Vista, select the type from this Velocity File Type drop down list.

Velocity Type
Select the type (RMS, Interval, Average, or Percent of Current Velocity) and indicate whether the
data is 2D or 3D.

GEDCO
 610 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Clicking OK processes the velocity data in the same manner as the Display Vista Velocity.

9.8 Display Velocity Data Set

Window is the same as in the Display Vista Velocity 592 file except the input is a velocity data set
from the project data list.

When this item is selected the Velocity Data Set Display/Edit spreadsheet appears for selection of
data sets. Some care in selection is required as the form has been setup in order to access velocity
data that might be contained within an external SEG-Y model file that has been brought into Vista.
Otherwise, look for project files that contain the Vista formatted velocity files with (*.vel) extensions.

Note that when load velocity data set from the project data list, there is not CMP picks and hence
the graph function in the Display Vista Velocity does not work.
The user can load a corresponding velocity file, and/or use the Seismic Window Graph icon to graph
the velocity data.

9.9 Convert Velocity File Format

The convert velocity file dialog allows the user to convert varies type velocity files and convert to
another type.
Convert velocity file dialog:

GEDCO
 Velocity 611

[Convert Velocity file types]

GEDCO
 612 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

9.10 Construct P-S Velocities

Construct Vp / Vs ratio velocity file.

10 VSP
VSP - Vertical Seismic Processing commands.

This option is opened from the Interactive menu as shown below:

[VSP -> Sub-Menu]

VSP 612
Vertical Seismic Profile Interactive Windows.

GEDCO
 VSP 613

Geometry Window Display 613 Use this window to enter zero offset VSP geometry.
Velocity Profile Display 619 Displays the velocity profile.
VSP CDP Mapping Window 619 Perform interactive VSP CDP mapping on a VSP data set.
Sonic Log Calibration 623 Allows calibration of the sonic log.
Integrated Interpretive Display 619 Perform interactive VSP CDP mapping on a VSP data set.
Hodogram Display 628 VSP Hodogram analysis window.
Ray Tracing 635 Constructs various ray tracing displays.
Q Attenuation 642 Allows computation of attenuation.

10.1 Geometry Window Display

The Geometry Window Display is accessed through the
VSP -> Geometry Window Display as shown below:

[VSP - > Geometry Window Display]

This Geometry Window Display is used to create/edit the VSP Geometry for the VSP Offset data
and put the necessary values into the VISTA headers of the demo data set. See Tutorial C1 1494 for a
complete example of the use of this process.

Clicking the VSP Interactive -> Geometry Window Display first opens the VSP Geometry
Window opening selection spreadsheet as shown below:

[Selection of Input VSP data set to VSP Geometry Window]

Double click on the desired file name ("Zero_offset XYZ"), or select the item in the DATA# and click
OK, and one will open the VSP Geometry Window 613 as shown below:

GEDCO
614 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Initial Setting of VSP Geometry Window]

VSP Geometry Window Display Toolbar

Save VSP Geometry to Headers - This opens the Save VSP Geometry dialog where the user
can select the header items to be saved. Normally, the default headers are chosen.

View Options 1218 - Note that this icon is only active when the VSP Geometry Plot is in the
window.
VSP Spread Sheet View - Toggle to the spread sheet view from the VSP Geometry Plot view.
VSP Geometry Plot View - Display the VSP Geometry in 3-D as shown below:
Math Function on Selected Cells - Has three sub-icons to Fill Selected Cells, Interp. Select
Cells, Math Function on Selected Cells.

In the VSP Geometry Window the top row of the spread sheet is the reference geometry
parameters. Normally in this above window KB_ELEV, which refers to Kelly Bearing Elevation, and
the DATUM must be entered from the field log data and MD refers to Measured Depth and TVD refers
to True Vertical Depth. The other variables are self explanatory. Enter the KB_ELEV and the
DATUM values.

After entering the above 2 variables, the TVD is automatically calculated and displayed. The equation
for the computation of TVD is:
TVD = MD - (KB ELEV - DATUM)

The VSP Geometry Window with the correct values is shown below for this example:

GEDCO
 VSP 615

[VSP Geometry Window Tutorial C1 - Correct Parameters and Depths]

When one is satisfied with the values use the icon Save VSP Geometry to Headers icon. This
opens the VSP Geometry Header Items to Save dialog. One may choose which VISTA header words
to create from the geometry. Note in this example use the defaults.

[VSP Geometry Header - Headers Items to Save Dialog]

Note that the ELEV_REC header item is not shown in the above dialog list as the variable
DEPTH_RECV is used instead. This dual header use is to maintain past compatibility while allowing
newer tools to use the DEPTH_RECV header variable.

GEDCO
616 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The user can use the VSP Geometry Plot icon to view of graphic of the VSP configuration.
An example of the VSP Geometry Plot is shown below:

[VSP Geometry Plot View]

In the above plot the RED square is the shot elevation and offset, the BLUE square is the
elevation and location of the Kelly Bushing, and the GREEN squares are the down hole receiver array
elements depths.

When the geometry has been written to the headers, close the VSP Geometry Window and return to
the Project Data List window.

One can check the geometry by using the icon just to the left of the NAME in the Project Data
List. Check such things as DEPTH_RECV, SHOT_POINT_NO, OFFSET_SH_REC, etc. A check on
the items above in the Seismic Header View/Edit Display is shown below for the this project.

GEDCO
 VSP 617

[Seismic VSP Selected Headers for VSP QA]

Sort Indexes are normally created when the "VSP Geometry Header Save"icon was executed
above. However, in some sequence of operation, all sort indexes are not created. Open the Project
Data List -> Sort Data Tools and confirm that all have been created correctly as shown below:

GEDCO
618 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Sort Data Tools - VSP Sort Settings]

If there are some sort items missing, insert the proper sorts as shown.
If one is satisfied with all the header values it is now time to pick the first breaks.

VSP use of Vista Header Words

VISTA header words are used a bit differently in VSP than normal seismic processing.

Here is a list of the most important header words and their contents.
TRACE_SEQ_NO Logical Trace Count (1,2,3... N)
TRACE_SEQ_REEL Normally supplied on the raw input
FIELD_RECORD_NO Normally supplied on the raw input
SHOT_POINT_NO Set equal to 1.0.
CMP_NO NULL
CMP_SEQ_NO Usually set to channel number from *.sgy file.
TRACE_ID_CODE Sequential set to identify 3-Component axis type
ELEV_REC Not used - Insure input depth is copied to DEPTH_RECV if not corrected by
input dictionary
DEPTH_RECV Set by input dictionary when loading *.sgy file.
ELEV_SHOT Set to elevation of shot above Mean Sea Level
ELEV_DATUM_REC Not used.
XSHOT Shot coordinate
YSHOT Shot coordinate
XREC Receiver coordinate in same units as shot coordinate
YREC Receiver coordinate in same units as shot coordinate
OFFSET_REC_SH Offset in project units to shot
ABSOFFSET_REC_SH Offset in project units to shot and set by the VSP Geometry Window
KB_ELEVATION Kelly Bushing elevation set by the VSP Geometry Window
TV_DEPTH True Value Depth below Kelly Bushing

GEDCO
 VSP 619

10.2 Velocity Profile Display

The Velocity Profile Display is accessed through the
VSP -> Velocity Profile Display as shown below:

[VSP - > Velocity Profile Display]

This Velocity Profile Display is used to create/edit the VSP Velocities for the VSP Offset data and
generate the VSP Velocity file *.vspvel for use in other processes. See Tutorial C1 1494 for a complete
example of the use of this process.

Clicking on this Interactive function opens the Velocity Profile Display window as shown below:

[VSP Velocity Profile Display]

Velocity Profile Display Toolbar

GEDCO
620 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

VSP Data: Read 'P' Velocity

Opens the VSP 'P' Profile Input spreadsheet for selecting the Vista file for loading and calculating
the 'P' velocity information as a function of True Vertical Depth.
VSP Data: Read 'S' Velocity
Opens the VSP 'S' Profile Input spreadsheet for selection the Vista file for loading and calculating
the 'S' velocity information as a function of True Vertical Depth.
VSP File: Read 'P' Velocity - Opens a standard Windows file open dialog for reading a 'P'
*.vspvel file.
VSP File: Read 'S' Velocity - Opens a standard Windows file open dialog for reading a 'S'
*.vspvel file.

Save Current Velocity File - Opens a standard Windows file save dialog for saving the Velocity
file.
The file extension is *.vspvel.
Display Current Velocity Picks - Opens a text window display the current velocity picks in text
formats.
Icons are provided for saving this text file, printing this data, and clearing the text window.
Use Mouse to Zoom - Standard zoom feature. Draw a rectangle around the area the user wishes
to enlarge. Double clicking the display restores the original display.
Toggle 'P'/'S' Edit Mode - Toggles between the 'P' and 'S' Velocity Profile displays.

View Options 1218

Velocity Profile Display Right Mouse Button Menu

Allows editing of the First Break Line data and setting the display options.

[VSP Right Mouse Button Menu]

Mouse: ZOOM Mode

Standard Vista zoom option.
Mouse: DELETE Velocity Pick Mode
In this mode a rectangle is drawn around the one or more velocity points to delete in the left FB
Line window.
This allows editing of erroneous points.
First-Break Line Display
Opens an Option dialog for settings of the First Break Line such as Line Size, Line Color, and
Symbols type and size.
Velocity Line Display
Opens an Option dialog for settings of the Velocity Line such as Line Size, Line Color, and
Symbols type and size.
Interval Velocity Line Display
Opens an Option dialog for settings of the Interval Velocity Line such as Line Size, Line Color,
and Symbols type and size.

GEDCO
 VSP 621

Example Velocity Profile Display Data

Clicking on the VSP Data: Read 'P' Velocity icon open up the VSP 'P' Velocity Profile Input
spreadsheet for selecting the Vista file for loading and calculating the velocity information as a
function of True Vertical Depth.

[VSP 'P' Velocity Profile Input Spreadsheet]

Selecting the Vertical component 'Raw Vertical' and clicking OK computes and loads the velocity
information as shown below:

GEDCO
 622 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VSP Velocity Profile with File vertical Raw Loaded]

In the above display the left pane is the Travel Time versus True Vertical Depth curve (FB Line),
and in the right pane is the Velocity and Interval Velocity versus True Vertical Depth. Note that the
bottom panes provide both Time and Depth, and First Break Pick time, Measured Depth and True
Vertical Depth as a function of the cursor position.
If the user is satisfied with the data quality, one may use the Display Current Velocity Picks icon
to open the VSP Velocity Profile text window as shown below:

[VSP Velocity Profile Text Window]

This window has icon options for saving the data to a *.asc file, printing the data, or clearing the data.

Finally, the user should use the Save Current Velocity File icon to save the data for future use. A
standard Windows save dialog is opened for entering the save file name. The saved file has an
extension of *.vspvel.

At any time one can use the VSP File: Read 'P' Velocity icon to read in VSP files with extensions
of *.vspvel.

10.3 VSP CDP Mapping Window

The VSP CDP Mapping Window is accessed through the
VSP -> VSP CDP Mapping Window as shown below:

GEDCO
 VSP 623

[VSP - > VSP CDP Mapping Window]

10.4 Sonic Log Calibration

The Sonic Log Calibration is accessed through the
VSP -> Sonic Log Calibration as shown below:

[VSP - > Sonic Log Calibrate]

This Sonic Log Calibration is used to correct for drift in the VSP *.LAS log for the VSP Offset data
and generate drift calibrated new *.LAS log file for use in other processes. See Tutorial C1 1494 for a
complete example of the use of this process.

The sonic log drift calibration can be derived from vertical VSP velocity data with the Interactive ->
VSP Interactive -> Sonic Log Calibrate 623 window. Clicking on this Interactive function opens up a
Windows file open dialog for loading the required VSP velocity file (*.vspvel).

The VSP velocity file that is entered is the one that has been verified by the Velocity Profile
Display. Clicking open after selecting the desired file opens the Sonic Log Calibrate display as shown
below:

GEDCO
624 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Initial VSP Sonic Log Calibrate Window]

Sonic Log Calibration VSP Profile Toolbar

Open LAS Sonic Log - Opens a standard Windows file open dialog for reading the LAS Log Info
file. The file extension is (*.las). This options opens the Input LAS Log File dialog for reviewing the
parameters of the file before loading.
Save Calibrated LAS Sonic Log - Opens a standard Windows save dialog for saving the drift
correct LAS Sonic Log.

View Options 1218

Example Sonic Log Calibration Summary

After opening the required *.vspvel file, the next step to calculate the Sonic Log drift correction is
to use the Open LAS Sonic Log icon to load in the Sonic Log to calibrate.

GEDCO
 VSP 625

[Input LAS Log File Dialog]

This dialog above provides various tabs to provide the user with all of the Sonic Log parameters.
If the user is satisfied that this is the correct log just click OK and proceed with the calibration after this
data is loaded and the log is integrated and pre-drift computed as shown below:

GEDCO
626 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VSP Sonic Log Calibrate Window with LAS Data Loaded]

Now use the mouse on the above figure in the Pre-Drift pane and draw long straight line
segments near the pre-drift curve. Double click when finished and the post calibration drift will appear
in the Post-Drift pane as shown below:

GEDCO
 VSP 627

[VSP Sonic Log Calibrate Window with Post-Drift Displayed]

Normally the Post-Drift under optimum conditions should be +/- 1 millisecond. Practically this
Post-drift can be larger depending on the quality of the data used. This completes this calibration
process and the data computed should be saved using the Save Calibrated LAS Sonic Log icon .
This icon opens a Windows save dialog to save the calibrated data in a *.las file.

The sonic log, calibrated sonic log, and VSP internal velocities are displayed in the above window.

GEDCO
 628 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

10.5 Hodogram Display

The Hodogram Display is accessed through the VSP -> Hodogram Display as shown below:

[VSP - > Hodogram Display]

Two Hodogram Rotations are required for optimum Far Offset processing. The first
rotation is of the X and Y geophone's to orient the horizontal components toward to source
(Hmax and Hmin). The second rotation is in the plane of the well and source using the
oriented horizontal (Hmax) from the first rotation and Z (vertical component). This
maximizes the down going P wave energy onto one channel (Hmax') with the down going SV
on the other (Z') contains predominately up going P wave energy with down going SV. See
Tutorial C1 1494 for a complete example of the use of this process. Also note that the data should
contain First-Break Picks.

Clicking on this Interactive menu item opens, the VSP Hodogram Analysis input spreadsheet
as shown below:

[Hodogram Display - VSP Hodogram Analysis Input Spreadsheet]

There are two modes of input selection for processing in the Hodogram Display:

1) Use the original 3-component file as input to the Hodogram process with the vertical FBP's
transferred to the X and Y components.

GEDCO
 VSP 629

When the user selects a 3 component file the VSP Hodogram Analysis Dialog for selecting the
components to process.

[VSP Hodogram Analysis Dialog - Select Input Trace ID's]

Component One # - Two # - Specify the TRACE_ID_CODE's for the two components to process in the
Hodogram Display.
First-Breaks Component # - Specify the TRACE_ID_CODE for which component is to be used for
DATA_FIRSTBREAK data.
Load Rotation angles - Load saved rotation angles from specified header.

2) Use the separated components as input to the Hodogram process with the vertical FBP's
transferred to the X and Y components. When the separated components are used to demonstrate
the Hodogram process. Choose the appropriate first component data set and read rotation angles
from headers if
they exist.

Clicking OK opens the Hodogram Display for the X - Y rotation as shown below:

GEDCO
630 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VSP Hodogram Analysis Display - Input Data X - Y]

On opening this window all processing for all traces is performed.

The contents of each window pane in the display is summarized for the user below for the horizontal
rotation:

1) Center Left Pane - The colored line is the cross plot of the two input signals with the line
coloring changing as a function of time.
The black line is the slope of the cross plot of the two input signals.

2) Center Right Pane - This pane is divided into 4 vertical sub-panes. From top to bottom the
signals displayed are:
a) Input Y Component Signal or Vertical Component
b) Input X Component Signal or Hmax.
c) Hodogram Maximum Signal - The computed slope angle solution is provided.
This signal is the maximum signal in the X-Y plane pointed towards the source.
d) Hodogram Minimum Signal - The computed slope angle solution is provided.
This signal is the minimum signal at 90 degrees from the Maximum Signal (c).

The cross-hatched vertical boxes in each pane is the window about the
DATA-FIRSTBREAK to select data for the Hodogram computations.
This window can be re sized with the RMB 'Seismic Mode: Define Window'.

3) Far Right Pane - A graph of the Hodogram slope angle. Note that the computed slop angle has
been modified by the following equation for plotting purposes:
Plot Angle = 90 - Computed Angle

GEDCO
 VSP 631

The angle provided by the display 'View Current Rotation Angles' icon employs the same equation
above.

Hodogram Toolbar

Calculate Current Angle - Used to calculating angle on the current trace.

Calculate ALL Angles - Used to calculate angle on all traces.
- Toggle between Hodogram: Pick Rotation Mode / Hodogram: Zoom Mouse Mode.
- Toggle between Seismic Input: Define Window Mouse Mode / Seismic Input: Zoom
Mouse Mode.
Save Output to Project - Save the calculated output traces as an output data set.
View Current Rotation Values - Open a text Window of current rotation values as shown
below:

[VSP Hodogram Analysis - View Current Values]

View Options 1218

- Trace Selection Slide Bar - Allows the user

to scan through and edit, if necessary, the various Hodogram Rotation solutions for all traces
(Receiver Depths). The Receiver Depth and Rotation Angle for each trace is provided to the right of
the Slide Bar.

Hodogram Right Mouse Button

GEDCO
632 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Hodogram - Right Mouse Button Menu]

Hodogram Mouse: Zoom - The user can apply Vista Zoom features to the Hodogram display.
This item toggles with the next item.
Hodogram Mouse: Manual Angle - Allows manual editing of the Angle solution. When in this
Mode, holding down the left mouse button over the Hodogram Display and moving it will both change
the angle solution and display the effects of the angle change on the output displays.

Seismic Mode: Zoom - The user can apply Vista Zoom features to the seismic Trace displays.
This time toggles with the next item.

Seismic Mode: Define Window - Allow manual editing of the window about the First Break Pick.
This window selects the data for the computation of the Hodogram Rotation. Click and hold down the
left mouse button and slide to the left or right to define the new window size. Releasing the left mouse
button defines the window size. After defining a new window select the appropriate Calculate Angle
icon to recompute the proper Hodogram Rotation angles. Remember to save the data to the Project.

Example Horizontal Hodogram Rotation [X-Y Output (Hmax)]

The saved data is labeled in the Project list as two files:

1) 1 - Hodogram: 'First Input File Name' - Maximum values. Normally, this file name is re-labeled
to 'Hmax', for Tutorial C1 it is labeled 'Hmax [X-Y]'.
2) 2 - Hodogram: 'Second Input File Name' - Minimum values.

The 'Hmax [X-Y]' display is shown below:

GEDCO
 VSP 633

[Far Offset Hodogram - Hmax [X-Y] Horizontal Rotation Output Example]

For comparison the 'Hmin' display is shown below to illustrate how the Hologram process maximizes
the signal in the source -receiver plane for the X - Y components.

GEDCO
634 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Far Offset Hodogram - Hmin [X-Y] Horizontal Rotation Output Example]

GEDCO
 VSP 635

10.6 Ray Tracing

The Ray Tracing is accessed through the VSP -> Ray Tracing as shown below:

[VSP - > Ray Tracing]

The VSP Ray Tracing generates a set of direct and reflected rays to generate a ray trace file
(*.vwrays) for input to the Time Variant Rotation flow command process. The ray trace file contains
arrival times and incident angles for the TVRot flow command. The velocity file input to the ray trace
program is usually the near (zero) offset velocity file. The Time Variant Orientation (TVRot) operates
on the Z up going (frt) and Hmax up going (frt) data sets to provide the P wave energy on one data set
and up going SV wave energy on another data set. See Tutorial C2 for an example of the application
of the output of the ray trace program. It should be noted that for display purposes the user usually
generates only 100 rays for display purposes. However, the user should use between 1000 and 2000
rays for generating the output file for the Time Variant Orientation processing file (*.vwrays).

Clicking on this Interactive menu item opens, the VSP Ray Tracing input spreadsheet as
shown below:

[VSP Ray Trace Window - Data Selection Spreadsheet]

One of the Up going (frt) files are selected as the input file. This file is used to provide the
geometry of the VSP for the ray trace computations.
Clicking OK opens a standard Windows Input dialog for entering the velocity file needed for the
ray trace computations as shown below:

GEDCO
636 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Enter Input VSP Velocity File Dialog]

Note that experience has shown that the user should use the Near (Zero) Offset velocity file for
optimum final VSP-CDP stacking even though the data being processed is the Far Offset data.

After opening the velocity file the Ray Trace window is opened. Note that if the user has not
inserted the REPLACE_VEL in the Geometry Window Display and error dialog will be displayed. This
value is the VELOCITY_SUBWEATHER Vista header values. This item is the velocity of the layer
above the DATUM. This value is only used if the shot elevation is above the DATUM and it not used
in ray trace computations example provided in Tutorial C2 as the shot elevation is the DATUM. If the
user has forgotten to enter this value the header values for the VELOCITY_SUBWEATHER can
readily be manually entered in the desired file using the Header View/Edit Window Display 367 .

The VSP Ray Trace Display is shown below:

GEDCO
 VSP 637

[VSP Ray Trace Display - Far Offset Geometry, Near Offset Velocity]

The velocity of the layers is shown in color with the velocity values provided by the color bar on
the left. The receiving array is shown in GREEN on the left of the main display next to the True
Vertical Depth scale. For the above example the 'Ray Trace VSP Shot' icon was used to select 100
rays. The horizontal axis is the shot offset. Many ray trace displays selections are provided.

VSP Ray Trace Toolbar

Save VSP Ray File - Opens a standard Windows save dialog to Save the final ray trace data
to a file for input to the Time Variant Orientation (TVRot) flow command. Note that the final data set
for processing in this flow command should have between 1000 and 2000 rays. Also note that this
output file should have both the direct and reflected rays.
Ray Trace VSP Shot - Opens the VSP 2D Ray Trace dialog for the selection of the type of
rays and the number of rays to compute as shown below:

GEDCO
638 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VSP 2D Ray Trace Dialog]

Angle Start: - Input the desired start angle. The angle orientation is such that the horizontal shot to
receiver angle is 270 degrees and the shot to depth (vertical) is 360 degrees. Note that only the
angles that arrive at the vertical axis are shown for Direct Arrivals and Reflections, and if Show
Surface Rays is selected then these additional rays are displayed.

Angle End: - Input the desired end angle. Noting that the normal to the surface pointing in the depth
direction is 360 degrees.
Number of Rays: - Input the number of rays to display. Note that for the final output for the TVRot
processing select 1000 to 2000 rays.
Show Reflects - Display the rays reflected from the layers.
Direct Arrivals - Display the direct arrivals to the vertical at the array location.
Show Surface Rays - Display the rays that are reflected from the layers to the surface (top horizontal
plane).

Create Data Set From Ray Trace - Creates a data set of ray arrival times for each trace (array
elements depth points). An example of a Data Set from the Far Offset geometry with the Far Offset
velocity as input is shown below:

GEDCO
 VSP 639

[VSP Ray Trace - Created Data Set Displayed with Corresponding FBP's]

View Options 1218

Ray Selection Drop Down Menu - Clicking on the drop down menu opens up the entire menu as
shown in part below:

GEDCO
640 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VSP Ray Trace Drop Down Menu]

In addition to the first 2 selections (Display All rays and Display Direct Only rays), the user has the
option of selecting a given layer to observe the up going reflected rays from that layer. A example of
the up going reflections from the layer at depth 1505 meters is shown below:

GEDCO
 VSP 641

[VSP Ray Trace Display - Selection Up going Reflection from Specified Layer]

VSP Ray Trace Right Mouse Button

Clicking the Right Mouse Button at any place in the display creates the rays from a source at this
location with the rays being received by the down hole receivers with all of the selection options in the
VSP 2D Ray Trace Dialog discussed above. An example is shown below:

GEDCO
 642 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VSP Ray Trace Display - Right Mouse Button Selection Source at 1505 meters/ 350 meters
Offset]

The use of the VSP Ray Trace output file is discussed in Tutorial C2 1548 .

10.7 Q Attenuation
The Q Attenuation is accessed through the VSP -> Q Attenuation as shown below:

[Interactive -> VSP Interactive - > Q Attenuation]

The availability of Near Offset down going VSP data allows the implementation of the VSP Q
Attenuation Calculation display for estimating Q as a function of depth. For optimum Q estimates
the filter separating the down going wave field from the Raw Vertical data should have the minimum
number of traces employed in the median filter to keep the role off at the edges to a minimum, while
also keeping the up going wave field to a minimum. A typical flow to prepare the down going data for
Q Attenuation processing is shown Tutorial C1.

Clicking on this Interactive menu item opens, the Q Attenuation input spreadsheet as shown
below:

GEDCO
 VSP 643

[VSP Q Attenuation Window - Data Selection Spreadsheet]

One of the prepared down going (-tt) files is selected as the input file.
Clicking OK opens a standard Windows Input dialog for entering the velocity file needed for the Q
depth computations as shown below:

[Enter Input Near Offset VSP Velocity File Dialog]

After opening the velocity file the VSP Q Attenuation Calculation window is opened as shown
below:

GEDCO
644 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VSP Q Attenuation Calculation Window - Down Going (-tt) Data]

There are 3 data panes in the VSP Q Attenuation Calculation display. They are:

1) Left Pane - Near Offset seismic down going data display. The vertical BLUE line indicates which
trace is being used as the reference frequency. A different reference trace can be selected by holding
down Shift Key and clicking on a new trace in this seismic display pane. The two horizontal BLUE
lines defined the time window around the direct arrivals as a function of depth.

2) Center Pane - This pane displays the reference spectrum (BLUE) and the depth spectrum
(BLACK). The latter spectrum changes by the slide bar in the toolbar and by moving the cursor
between the traces in the seismic window. The vertical BLUE lines define the spectrum width to be
used. The RED line indicates the absorption ratio computed within the selected spectrum window.

3) Right Pane - This pane displays the Cumulative Attenuation as a function of depth. Using the
mouse to pick constant straight line segments of 'Q' values as shown.

VSP Q Attenuation Calculation Toolbar

Q Attn. Calc. Options - Clicking this icon opens the Q Attenuation Calculations Dialog shown
below:

GEDCO
 VSP 645

[VSP Q Attenuation Calculations Options Dialog]

Start Window (ms)/End Window (ms) -

Sets the BLUE horizontal lines in the Seismic pane to define a time window around the
direct arrivals as a function of depth.
Start Freq (hz)/End Freq (hz) -
Sets the BLUE vertical lines in the Spectrum pane to define the bandwidth to perform the
Q Attenuation calculations.

Save Q Output File (Q,T,Pairs) - Opens a standard Windows Save dialog for inputting a file
name to save the Q, T, pairs data from the 'Q' picks in the Cumulative Attenuation pane. This file can
save the data in either a *.asc or *.txt format. On clicking OK to save, a text window opens displaying
the picked Q data as a function of travel time, Q value and depths range, and velocity as shown
below:

[VSP Q Attenuation Calculation - Display Text File Window]

The above window provides an addition save icon, print icon, and window clear icon.

View Options 1218

- Receiver Depth Slide Bar - Selects the

depth for the spectrum and absorption display in the center pane of the VSP Q Attenuation
Calculation window. Moving the cursor horizontally in the seismic window pane or vertically in the
Cumulative Absorption pane will have the same effect as the slide bar. Note that the current receiver
depth and the reference signal depth are shown to the right of the slide bar.

GEDCO
 646 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

VSP Q Attenuation Calculation Right Mouse Button

Clicking the RMB in any of the panes of the VSP Q Attenuator Calculation window opens the
following menu:

[Q Attenuation RMB Menu]

Q Line Display - Opens the 'Q' Line Display dialog for setting Line Size, Color, and Symbols
size and type for Q calculated data.

['Q' Line Display Settings Dialog]

Window Line Display - Opens the Window Line Display dialog (similar to above) for setting
Line Size, Color, and Symbols size and type for reference trace, window size, and spectrum
bandwidth.

11 Job Flow
The "Job Flow Menu" allows user to create, edit, modify and save job flows for VISTA.
User can also setup and run Batch flows in the Batch Flow Window 669

Open an old processing flow or create a new processing flow using the Job Flow Window.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 647

Process data by building batch processing flows using the commands found in the Vista Flow
Command Window 661 .

Vista Flow Command Window 661

Opens the VISTA command window.
Drag commands from the Vista Flow Command Window 661 to a Flow File, thus creating
processing flows.

New Flow File Opens a blank flow file where you create, edit, and save Vista processing flows.
Open Flow FileOpens an existing Vista flow file.
Recent Flows A list flow files of the 10 most recently flow files will be shown for selection.

Open Flow File + Command Window

Display the Vista Flow Command Window 661 and a Flow File 648 vertically side-by-side for
easy creation of flows.

Batch Flow Window

Will open and display the Batch Flow Window 669 .

View Execution Flow Logs

Will open and display the Execute Flow Log Window 667 .
When a flow has finished processing or when it has terminated either by itself or by the user, a
flow log is generated.
One may select and view from a list of up to #(User Defined) flow logs. Flow logs are named
projectname.vxx.

Example of Flow File: An example of a flow file using linked Commands is shown below.

GEDCO
 648 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Example of Flow File]

11.1 Flow Window

A Flow Window is structured as shown below:

[Interactive Flow Window]

Top toolbar icons are used to create new flows, save current flows and read existing flow files.
The side toolbar is used to set the mouse mode for the flow window and toggle the display of the flow

GEDCO
 Job Flow 649

Variable String Spread-Sheet 656 .

[Interactive Flow Window with Variable String spread-sheet displayed]

The variable string spread-sheet can be used to define parameters in some flow commands.

In the flow window a user can build and execute processing flow charts or simple processing "flows".

These job flows can be built by inserting flow commands(Icons) and linking these commands.
Using the Flow Variable String Spread-Sheet 656 the user can setup different string definitions of
variables used in flow commands.

There are two ways to add flow commands to a flow window.

1. Either drag the icons from the Vista Flow Command Window 661 to the flow command view
area.
You need both the Flow window and the Vista Flow Command Window 661 on screen at the
same time.
Go to the Command window, click on an icon and hold the mouse button down.
Now drag the icon over to the Flow window and release(Drop) it in the flow window.
2. Or one can use Right-Mouse Button menu option to also create (assemble) them.

[Right Mouse Button Menu for Flow Window can Assemble Commands.]

Once a flow command icon has been created in a Flow window, it can be moved anywhere by clicking
and dragging it.
Parameters can be accessed by double clicking on the command icon or using the Right Mouse
Button menu for the command.

Parameters for a flow command can be quickly seen by moving the mouse pointer over a flow
command.
A popup help window will display the current parameters for flow command the mouse is centered
over.
Below is an example of this parameter window for flow command Mean Scale.

GEDCO
650 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Help parameter display window]

Next create links between the icons using the Create Links button described below.
Once the links are built, you must set the Setup Parameters.
· Double click on each icon in turn and fill in the process parameters
· Use the right click menu for each icon (position the mouse on the icon and hold the right mouse
button down).
Now activate each job flow icons execution by using the Mark/UnMark for Execution Button .
- or once again use the icon's right click menu to set the icon to green(Execute).
Finally click on Execute Current Flow icon.

Flows can be as simple or complex as one desires.

There are a few basic rules.
1. As many links as one likes can come out of an Input 675 or process icon.
VISTA sends the traces down each "branch" of the flow.
2. Output 709 icons can only have one link into them.
One can create many outputs at the same time by using many branches - each with an output
at the end.
3. Any part of the flow chart not marked in "green" will not be executed.
Thus one may mark and unmark sections of your flow chart as you desire
- changing parameters each time(usually you will change the Input definition).
One can even mark two sections of the existing flow chart which are not connected to
each other
(i.e. two independent flows can be executed simultaneously). However if the input to
one depends on the
output of another, this will not work correctly.
4. To change the trace Sort Index in the middle of a flow, requires an output command to
change the sort.
Thus if the traces come from the Input in CMP order (you specify the Sort Index = CMP), they
will stay
in that order until processing reaches an Output.
Of course, if there is a stack process between Input and Output, then less traces will be
present after the
stack.
5. Some processes (in particular all the stacking ones like CMPStk, etc.) require the trace order
to be
suited to their own unique algorithm. If one gets an error message that says "Input Data not
in
expected Sort Order", then one must change the Sort Order in the Input parameters.
6. The right mouse button can be used to enter or view parameters for each icon, to turn
QUERY MODE
on or off and to mark / unmark icons for execution.
7. One can move a group of icons by pointing to each in turn and making a Shift-click.
(Hold the keyboard Shift key down and click the mouse). This marks each icon with a heavy
border.
You can now drag this group anywhere within the Flow Window.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 651

NOTE
You can "insert a process icon into an existing flow chart by simply clicking on it in the
Command Window, dragging it to the Flow Window and dropping it over one of the
arrows.
It will then be automatically connected. You also can drag an unconnected flow in the
flow window and place it between two linked flows. It will be automatically connected.

When a flow process has finished running one can view it's Log by using the Execution Flow LOG
Window 667 .
These logs allows one to check for correct flow operation, parameters and output information.

11.1.1 Flow Window Toolbars

The top flow window toolbar allow users to create new flow process, read an existing flow in or save
current flow processing sequence.

[Flow Window top toolbar]

New Create a new Flow file.

All existing commands are removed. The program will request the user for a new file name.
If a set of flow process commands exist in the flow window, the program will query the user to
save or discard the current commands.

Open Open an existing Flow file.

User will be queried for flow file name.
If a set of flow process commands exist in the flow window, the program will query the user to
save or discard the current commands.

Save Save to Flow File.

Save the current flow processing commands to a Flow file.

Save As
Save the current flow chart to a new Flow file. User will be queried for flow output file name.

Execute
Click this icon to begin execution of all processes and links marked green (ready for
execution).
A status window will be opened to show the progress of this flow.

The side toolbar allow users to set the current mouse mode for the flow window. They can also toggle
the display of the flow Variable String spread-sheet 656 window.
The top toolbar will indicate the current mouse mode setting. The icon for setting the mouse mode will
be displayed pressed down as well.

GEDCO
652 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Current mouse setting in Flow Window]

Flow Window side toolbar description.

[Flow Window side toolbar]

Set Parameters
This mode allows the user to select flow commands for copying, deleting(Cut) or for dragging
to a new location as a group.
Use the selection rectangle 663 to select a group of flow commands(Or pasted notes). The
Cut & Copy Flow Right Mouse Menu 654
commands when used in the flow window and not on a flow command pertain to the selected
group of commands(Or pasted notes).
Note: Double click the mouse in a blank part of the flow window will set the current mouse setting
back to this Parameter Mode.

Delete Commands

In this mode the all flow commands located in the user defined selection rectangle 663 are
deleted along with all links to it.
To define a selection rectangle hold the left mouse down while moving the mouse.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 653

[Flow delete flow commands mouse mode]

Create Links

Click on this icon to create the links between the process icons. When one is creating links,
you must start the cursor inside an icon.
Hold the left mouse key down, drag an arrow inside the icon one wishes to link to, and
release the mouse button.
Delete Links

When one clicks this icon or double clicks on or near one of the linking arrows in the flow
chart to delete the link

Set the status of flow commands. See Flow commands 663 help for description of the command
status modes.

Use the selection rectangle 663 to set the flow commands status.

Set all selected flow commands which are currently set to Execute, set status to Inactive
Execute status.
Flow commands marked as Inactive have traces pass through them with out affected the
traces. Hold Shift-Key down to toggle
flow commands marked as Inactive.
Set all selected flow commands which are currently set to Execute status, set to off(not
marked for Execution).
Set all selected flow commands which are set to off, change status to Execute.

Execute Current Flow

Click this icon to begin execution of all processes and links marked green (ready for
execution).
A status window will be opened to show the progress of this flow. Close this progress window
when the flow has finished.

GEDCO
 654 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.1.2 Flow Window Right Mouse Button Menu

While in the Flow Window, clicking the RMB (Right Mouse Button) in a blank area of the Flow
Window will produce the following menu:

[Flow Window Right Mouse Button Menu]

These menu functions both supplement and substitute for the standard icons in the Flow Window
- and the process icons in the Command Window.

One can operate within the Flow Window by using the control icons and dragging and dropping the
Vista
Flow Command icons. Or one can create flow charts, enter parameters for each icon and execute
the flow chart entirely from the items in this right mouse click menu.

Below are a summary of the main items in this menu - with the various sub menus for each:

NEW Flow Note Add new Flow Note 659 to the flow window.
Create flow notes to annotate the job flows project.
Delete notes by right clicking on them to display an option to DELETE Flow Note.

Flow Window Mouse Mode

The Flow Window Mouse Mode has a number of settings.

[Flow Window Mouse Mode Sub-Menu]

These Mouse Mode options are identical to the following toolbar icons:
Set Parameters.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 655

This mode allows the user to select flow commands for copying, deleting(Cut) or for
dragging to a new location as a group.

Delete Flow Commands

Delete commands in the flow window.

Create Flow Links

Create the links between the process icons.

Delete Flow Links

Delete the links between the process icons.

Mark Active Execution: Off

Set all selected flow commands which are currently set to Execute, set status to
Inactive Execute status.
Un-Mark Execute Commands.
Set all selected flow commands which are currently set to Execute status, set to off
(not marked for Execution).
Mark commands for Execution.
Set all selected flow commands which are set to off, change status to Execute.

Create Flow Command

The sub-menus from this item allow you to define any process icon that also exists in the Vista
Flow Command Window 661 .
Thus instead of using the drag and drop concept (Command Window icon is moved to the Flow
Window) one can essentially \
create the icon here - at the point in the flow chart defined by the cursor when one clicks the right
mouse button.

[Right Click Button Menu -> Create Flow Command Sub-Menus]

Flow Window Options

[Flow Window Options Sub-Menu]

Snap SELECTED Commands to a Grid

GEDCO
 656 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Align placement of all selected commands in the flow window.

Snap Commands to a Grid
Align placement of all flow commands in the flow window.
Alternate Input Commands
When one creates separate flows in the same window, there is a choice over how the two (or
more) flows execute
1. One trace through the first flow, then one trace through the second etc.
2. All traces through the first flow, then all traces through the second etc.
Control the trace flow with this flag.
This may be used to control the input order for flow commands such as Combine or DataFun
.

Leave Execution Log Window Up

By default, the Log Window disappears (If no errors occur) when the flow has completed.
This flag will leave the window active.

Set All Execute ON

Mark all process icons(That are ready, Yellow in color) in the flow window as Ready to Execute
(green).

Set All Execute OFF

Un-mark all process icons(That are marked for execution, Green) in the flow window to
Un-Mark for Execution (yellow).

NEW Vista Windows Flow Clear this flow window and start a new flow chart.

OPEN Existing Flow File Open an existing Flow file. One will be requested for a file name.

SAVE Flow Save the current flow chart to a Flow file. One will be requested for a file
name.

SAVE-AS New Flow Save the current flow chart to a new Flow file. One will be requested for a
file name.

READ (Paste) Existing Flow File

The Flow window is not cleared. An existing Flow file (file name specified by the operator) is
added to the flows already in the window.
The location of the pasted flow commands is determined by the location of the RMB(Right-Mouse
Button) menu location.

Cut Commands Cut all selected flow commands in the window.

Copy Commands Copy all selected flow commands in the window to the clipboard.
Paste Commands Paste all flow commands that exist in the clipboard to the flow window.

11.1.3 Flow Variable String Spread-Sheet

The Flow variable string Spread-Sheet can be used to define variables string names that can be used
by flow commands to set parameters.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 657

[Interactive Flow Window with Variable String spread-sheet displayed]

Most flow command parameters can be defined by a variable string name. An example is shown
below for AGC flow command.
The RMB menu for flow command AGC.

[AGC right mouse button menu]

Variable String Defn Access the Variable String flow command dialog for setting the flow
command strings.

GEDCO
658 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Variable string example showing AGC Variable String Definition dialog]

Enter definition for variable string parameter in dialog and turn check box on.

Variable String ON Turn all defined variable string definitions on/off.

Define the variable string the the flow window variable string spread-sheet.

[Flow window variable string spread-sheet]

In the spread-sheet set the starting value of the variable string. When a flow is run if
is checked
on then variable string parameters which match the spread-sheet are replaced with the values
defined.

If an ending value is also set, then the flow will be execute multiple times until the ending values is
exceeded.

[Flow variable string spread-sheet with ending and incremnt set]

Each run the flow will have the current value of AGCLEN incremented by the defined INCREMENT(In
this case 100.).

If a variable is defined in a flow command without any matching definition in the spread-sheet then the
flow will error with a message.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 659

Output flow commands can also make use of defined Project Variable Strings 57 .

[Project Settings - Project Variable String Definition]

11.1.4 Flow Notes

Flow notes or annotation notes can be added by the user to a flow window.
They can help to describe the flow to other users.

[Example flow with flow notes]

Flow notes can be created at any time using the RMB menu in the flow window.

GEDCO
660 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[RMB Menu - Create NEW Flow Note]

Once a Flow Note has been created it can be moved, selected, copied, pasted and deleted just like
any other flow command.
Use the mouse to modify it's position or move it to a new location. Click on the Flow Note to select it
and enter text into the window.

Flow notes also have their own RMB menu as shown below:

[Flow Note RMB menu]

Delete Note Delete the note from the flow.

The following menu selections on affect the text in the flow note.
Cut Cut selected text in the flow note.
Copy Copy the selected text in the flow note.
Paste Paste(If available) text from the clip board into the flow note.
Delete Delete the selected text in the flow note.

The other options can be used to set the style of the notes(Font, color, border)
Set Font Set font type and size.
Set Color Set font color.
Border Toggle border on/off.
Note Sizing Dragging On Toggle on/off ability to size and drag the note.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 661

11.2 Vista Flow Command Window

[Vista Job Flow Menu]

Build processing flows in a flow window by assembling and linking commands from the Flow
Command Window 646 .
Flow commands are dragged and dropped from the flow Command window to the flow window.

Note: When in the Vista flow Command Window, clicking the Right-Mouse Button on the flow
command icons will
perform the user define function depending on tool bar icon selections. The current selection is
shown to the right of the icons.
Each Right-Mouse Button functions are:
1. Toggle Help status. Bring up Vista help on selected flow command.
2. Toggle defaults status. Bring up selected command parameter window to allow setting it's
Vista defaults.
Using this dialog user can define the default parameters for any flow command.
3. Toggle clear defaults status. Clear the current parameter defaults of the selected
command.

Use the Clear All Defaults toolbar icon to clear all default command settings.
As noted above, use the flow command toolbar to alter the control of the right-mouse button
setting.
Double click Left-Mouse Button on flow command to Set Default Parameters.

Setting Vista defaults for some commands may be usefully is the defaults do not match the user's
preference.
Example shown if for Ormsby Filter:

GEDCO
662 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Now change parameters to better match user's preference.

Command now indicates that parameters have been set to different defaults.

The Flow Command Window is shown below:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 663

[Display of some of the VISTA Commands in Command Flow Window]

Note: One can change the position of the icons within the Command Window.
If the ordering is not satisfactory, one can change it to something more suitable to the style of
processing that is comfortable:
i.e. keeping the most commonly accessed icons at the left hand side of each row.

Please study the Flow Chart Examples in the Tutorial

Examples . 1335

11.3 Flow Commands

Flow Command details are reviewed in this Section.

Selecting Flow Commands with Mouse

Commands can be selected by clicking the mouse on them. Multiple commands can be selected
by holding the Shift-Key down when selecting a command.
All selected commands can be moved together by dragging in the flow window. They can also be

GEDCO
664 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

copied from a flow and pasted into a new flow window.

[Use Mouse to Select Multiple Commands for Moving, Deleting, or Copying]

Flow Command Right-Mouse Button Menu

The RMB(Right Mouse Button Menu) for a flow command can be accessed by clicking the right
mouse button on the flow command.

[Flow command Right Mouse Button Menu]

The above right-click menu applies to most flow icons. Some commands may have extra menu
commands that can be accessed from this menu.
They are detailed in their sections in the Vista Flow Commands 671 .
Some examples are shown below:

[Input Flow Command RMB menu]

GEDCO
 Job Flow 665

The RMB menu in Input command can be used to set the Input Data set, access the Sort List
and modify or set the header selection.

[Selection flow command RMB menu]

The RMB menu in Selection command can be used to swap the pass and fail outputs.

Command Parameters
The parameters required by each command are entered via dialog boxes in the Flow Window.
Right click on a flow icon to enter parameters for the command. You can also double click on the
command to access this dialog window at any time.
For example, right clicking on the Butterworth Filter icon brings up the following:

[Butterworth Flow Command - Right Click Menu]

Select Command PARAMETERS by clicking on it to bring up its dialog box where you can enter
parameters for this flow.
For example, the dialog box for Butterworth Filter is shown below:

GEDCO
666 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Butterworth Flow Command Parameters]

Command PARAMETERS
Dialog boxes may also be quickly accessed by double clicking on the command icon.
For example, double clicking on the icon Butterworth Filter will also bring up the above dialog
box.

The other items in the right click menu are:

COPY Command
Copies this flow command to the Vista-Windows flow command clipboard. Once in the
clipboard one can then paste this flow command into this flow, copy it or paste it into another flow
window.

DELETE Command
Delete this command from the flow window.

QUERY Mode
Set the QUERY Mode on or off for this icon (process).
When the flow chart executes, one will be prompted for this icon's (process) parameters.
A process must also be marked for execution before the QUERY Mode takes effect.

Active for Execution

Set the ACTIVE Mode on or off for this icon (process).
When the flow chart executes all data will simply pass through this icon's process.
A process must be marked for execution before the ACTIVE Mode takes effect.

Mark for Execution

If the icon has parameters, but is not yet ready for execution (yellow stripe), this option
will turn it green (ready for execution) and vice versa.

Color convention for Status of Process Icons

GEDCO
 Job Flow 667

RED
When icons are dragged from the Vista Flow Command Window 661 to the Flow Window
they
have a red colored bar at the left hand side.
Command parameters not set.

YELLOW
When you complete the parameters for a process, in the Flow Window, using the Setup
Parameters, the process icon will have a yellow colored bar at the left hand side.
Command parameters set but not marked for execution.

GREEN
When you mark a process icon as being ready for Execution, it will have a green colored
bar at the left hand side.
Command parameters set and command marked for execution.

GREEN and BLUE

When you mark a process icon as Turn QUERY MODE ON it will have a green and
blue colored bar at the left hand side. Only commands marked as execute will have this
ability.
Command parameters set, marked for execution and query turned on.

GREEN and GRAY

When you mark a process icon as Active for Execute ON it will have a green and
gray colored bar at the left hand side. Only commands that are not input commands and are
marked for execution have this ability.
Command parameters set, marked for execution but not active.

11.4 Execution Flow Log Window

To bring up the Execution Flow Log Window go to Job Flow Menu and select it.

[Job Flow Menu]

This window displays all currently created project flow logs and the associated flows that created
them.
Flow Logs and the associated flows are created when ever a flow is run.
All parameters in the flow are written to the log as well as execution times.

GEDCO
668 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Execution Flow Log Window]

The left side allows one to select a log file to view. It also displays when the log was created (Flow
was Executed).
The right side displays two different windows accessed by using the Window Tab.
- Flow Command window displays the flow commands that were run.
- Flow Log window displays the log created during the flow execution.

When the mouse is centered on a command icon the parameters for it are displayed in a help window.

Flow Log Window Toolbar Icons

Clear All Flow Logs - Clear/Delete all existing flow logs.
Clear All Selected Flow Logs - Clear/Delete all selected flow logs in the list.

Set # of Flow Logs - Set limits on maximum number of flow log files created.
If a limit is set on the number of the program over-writes the oldest flow log once the limit is
exceeded.

[Execute Flow Log Dialog]

GEDCO
 Job Flow 669

Open the current log process in a Flow Window 648 .

This allows one to edit/alter the flow commands/parameters and re-run this process flow.
One can also Double-Click the Mouse Button on a flow in the Left-Side to bring up the Flow
Window 648 .

11.5 Batch Flow Window

Click on the Batch Flow Window options opens the following window spreadsheet:

[Vista Flow Batch Window]

The Batch Flow Window is used to run flow files separately from the currently running VISTA.
Note that the Vista Server program must be running on either the local machine or on a server for
this Flow Batch processing to operate properly.

Selected flow files are selected and have two options are how them may be executed.
1. Queued list of selected flows to be run one after the other.(ie When one finishes the next in
line starts).
2. Batch run were all selected flows are executed at the same time.

Advantage to running BATCH jobs.

- May have multiple flows to be run consecutively (ie Migrations with different parameters).
- When computer has multiple CPU's, batch will be run in another CPU.
- Can be run across a network, so as not to tie up the current machine.

Spread-Sheet Description:

Flow File
Specifies the flow file to be run in batch.
Use to bring the flow file up in the Flow Window 648 to allow editing/viewing of it.

STATUS - Indicates current status of flow

READY - Ready to be selected.
DONE - Has finished running and displays time it took.
QUEUED - Flow is queued to run after the currently running flow is finished.
EXECUTING - Flow is currently running. Time will display its current executing time.
HOST-PORT - Can be set to LOCAL. In which case the program VWBATCH.EXE will be run
locally.
Or can be set to run on another workstation on the network.
The HOST-PORT is read from the file VISTAWIN.HOSTS, this file should be edited to add host
PC's to the list.

GEDCO
670 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Use to 'Ping' to test if the Vista-Batch-Server is functioning and connected.

Time
Current time of executing flow or time of completion.

HOST-PORT
Workstation to run the flow on.
NOTE: To run on another workstation, requires VWSERVER.EXE to be running on the other
machine.
Requires a complete VISTA to be installed on the machine (With license to run). The project
should
also be available and accessible in the same directory-tree structure.

Batch Flow Window Toolbar Icons:

Flow Batch Options - Clicking this icon opens the Vista Batch Flow Parameters Dialog as
shown below:

[Vista Batch Flow Parameters]

If connected to the server, the server name will appear, otherwise clicking add will open
the Add Vista Servers on Network Dialog. This dialog allows for automated search of the
Vista servers, or for manual setting of the Vista server.

Add Flow File to List - Adds a flow file to the current batch window.

Reset Currently Defined Selection - Has two sub - icons:

Remove ALL Flows from List
Remove ONLY Selected Flows from List

Move selected flow files up or down the queue.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 671

Search VW Servers on Network - Check network for all running VISTA servers.
Will also list all HOST systems on the network.

Batch Execute Selected Flows - Executes selected flow files by status conditions.
ABORT Running/Queued Flows - Aborts all selected flows.

Execution Example:
Example of local batch execution is show below:

[Display of Batch Flow Window, with Batch running]

Currently running flow file is shown in GREEN, queued flows are shown in YELLOW.

11.6 Vista Flow Commands

List of Defined Vista Commands - Version 6.000 - October-18-07

INPUT 675

SCSI 694

OUTPUT 709

CREATE 733 DATA

GEDCO
672 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

HEADERS 741

GEOMETRY 762

TRACE EDIT 770

SCALING 782

FILTERING 814

RESAMPLE 824

DECONVOLUTION 828

MULTI-CHANNEL 848

STATICS 858

GEDCO
 Job Flow 673

VELOCITY 881

TRUE SURFACE VELOCITY 881

STACK 923

DMO 943

MIGRATION 955

AVO 982

SIGNAL ENHANCEMENTS 988

GENERAL APPLICATIONS 1022

GEDCO
674 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

VSP 1039

INSTRUMENT TESTS 1058

ATTRIBUTE 1091

MATH 1095

STANDARD 1109

USER COMMANDS 1225

Click on the above link to view the VWUSER Help Manual section to see how Vista allows
user flow commands development.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 675

11.6.1 Input Data

Input commands are the starting flow commands in a flow. They cannot have any links into them as
input.

The Input Flow Commands are:

Input 675 -Input data from project to flow.

SegyDisk -Input SEGY data to flow. The SEGY file(s) name(s) will be requested when the flow
678 chart is executed.

Seg2Disk -Input SEG2 data to flow. The SEG2 file(s) name(s) will be requested when the flow
678 chart is executed.

SegdDisk Input SEGD data to flow. The SEGD file(s) name(s) will be requested when the flow
678 chart is executed.

InputMult -Input multiple data sets from a project to a flow.

682

VelZones -Input data to flow. Traces will be passed from this icon to all other icons connected
685 to it. This icon is very similar to Input, but is used primarily for Velocity Analysis (or
rather it is the first icon in a series of icons leading to CVS 888 and / or Semblance
897 .

SuperGath - Create Super-Gather Ensembles based on user defined parameters.

RemotInst -Remote Instrument Input Disk File.

690

BatchInput -Input data to a flow by specifying the name of the input. Used in Batch Flow
692 Window 669 with queued batch flows.

11.6.1.1 Input Data

The Input icon supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links, It is the
starting flow command. An Input may be connected to more than one other process, and such a flow
may be executed all at once.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
676 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Input Flow Command RMB Menu and SubMenu]

Data INPUT Control

Data INPUT
This brings up the standard Flow Input Command dialog. The dialog box shown below opens
up.
The dialog also is accessible by double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Input Data parameters Dialog]

Input Data List

GEDCO
 Job Flow 677

Choose one of the available data sets. These data sets are managed by the Project
Data List Window 38 .

Sort Order
Choose one of the available Sort Indexes for this data. The sort indexes are created by
the SORT DATA TOOLS in the Project Data List Window. When the user asks for NO
SORT ORDER, the traces come out of the Input icon in the same order as they were
originally stored. If the user asks for any Sort Index, the traces will come out of the Input
icon in the specified order.

HINT
Setting the Data Order may speed up the user operations. For instance, suppose the
user has a 3D dataset from which the user would like to extract data of one in-line using
the Data Selection parameters. Specify in-line as the data sort order. If no sort order
was specified Vista would have to search ALL traces to determine its in-line value which
could be a time-consuming process. By specifying the sort order, Vista can restrict it's
search of the traces in the data.

Window Input Data

Check this box if you wish to limit the time window of the Input data. Enter values for
Start Window and End Window.

Data SORT
The Sort Data Tools 43 window will appear, allowing the user to edit an existing Sort Index
or create a new one.

Data/Header SELECTIONS
The Data SELECTION 1187 window will appear allowing the user to limit the number of traces
coming from the Input.
Cache ON(Sort Record Input)
Only use this option if the data is trace sequentially in the same order as the chosen sort
order. This will help to speed-up reading of the input data when using a Sort Order input.

Clear Existing SELECTIONS

Rremove all currently defined header selections.

BROADCAST Data/Header Selections

Broadcast the current data/header selection that is defined for this Input command. Other
VISTA window (usually the Attribute Window, Data SELECTION window of the Input
Command, or the DataSel Command) can use RECEIVE to retrieve this broadcast.

RECEIVE Data/Header Selections

Retrieve a data selection that was made by using the BROADCAST icon in some other
VISTA window (usually the Attribute Window, Data SELECTION window of the Input
Command, or the DataSel Command) to this Input window.

Geometry Binning Display

Open a window enabling one to view, edit, and bin the Geometry for 2D and 3D 323 data.

Seismic Attribute Display

Open a window enabling one to view the Attribute Window Display 288 for this input data set.

Seismic Graph Display

Open a window enabling one to view traces in the Seismic Graph trace Window 274 .

GEDCO
 678 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Seismic Window Display

Open a window to display the current data in the Seismic Window Display 86 .

View/Edit Seismic Headers

View and/or edit VISTA headers of the users current data set in the View Header Window
Display 368 .

11.6.1.2 Input SEG-Y Disk

The SegyDisk icon supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links.
SegyDisk may be connected to more than one other process, and such a flow may be executed all at
once.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[SegyDisk RMB Menu]

SEG-Y parameter dialog.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 679

[Input SEG-Y (Or Compressed Input SEG-Y Disk Files) Dialog]

Parameters
Data/Header SELECTIONS
The Data SELECTION 1187 window will appear allowing the user to limit the number of traces
coming from the Input.

2D or 3D Data
Indicates initial 2D or 3D setup for data sets.

Un-Stacked or Stacked
Indicate default dictionary to use for mapping headers.

Default Input Dictionary

Indicates data set is un-stacked or stacked.

Data WINDOW
Force/set the output data window start and end times.

User Query at Start of Flow Run

Bring up SEGY dialog parameters when flow runs.

SEG-Y Files

GEDCO
 680 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

List of currently defined SEG-Y files for input into SEG-Y command. Press ADD Button to add more
data files.
REMOVE button to remove selected from the list box.

Sort Output

User may define sort order for input disk files.

11.6.1.3 Input SEG-2 Disk

The Seg2Disk icon supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links.
SegyDisk may be connected to more than one other process, and such a flow may be executed all at
once.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 681

[Seg2Disk RMB Menu]

SEG-2 parameter dialog.

[Input SEG-2 Dialog]

Parameters
Data/Header SELECTIONS
The Data SELECTION 1187 window will appear allowing the user to limit the number of traces
coming from the Input.

2D or 3D Data
Indicates initial 2D or 3D setup for data sets.

Un-Stacked or Stacked
Indicate default dictionary to use for mapping headers.

Default Input Dictionary

Indicates data set is un-stacked or stacked.

Data WINDOW
Force/set the output data window start and end times.

User Query at Start of Flow Run

Bring up SEGY dialog parameters when flow runs.

SEG-2 Files

GEDCO
 682 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

List of currently defined SEG-2 files for input into SEG-2 command. Press ADD Button to add more
data files.
REMOVE button to remove selected from the list box.

Sort Output

User may define sort order for input disk files.

11.6.1.4 Multiple Input Data Sets

The InputMult icon supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links.
InputMult may be connected to more than one other process, and such a flow may be executed all at
once.

InputMult allows defining multiple input data sets from the project to behave as one Input data
set. This command helps to replace setting up many Input commands into a Combine command.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 683

[InputMult RMB Menu and Sub-Menu]

Data/Header SELECTIONS
The Data SELECTION 1187 window will appear allowing you to limit the number of traces
coming from the Input.

Clear Existing SELECTIONS

Remove all currently defined header selections.

BROADCAST Data/Header Selections

Broadcast the current data/header selection that is defined for this Input command. Other
VISTA window (usually the Attribute Window, Data SELECTION window of the Input
Command, or the DataSel Command) can use RECEIVE to retrieve this broadcast.

RECEIVE Data/Header Selections

Retrieve a data selection that was made by using the BROADCAST icon in some other
VISTA window (usually the Attribute Window, Data SELECTION window of the Input
Command, or the DataSel Command) to this Input window.

Multiple Data INPUT Control

INPUT
This opens the Multiple Input Data List dialog box shown below.
The dialog also is accessible by double clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
684 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Multiple Input Flow Command Dialog]

Options

Sort Order
Choose one of the available Sort Indexes for this data. The sort indexes are created by the SORT
DATA TOOLS in the Project Data List Window. When the user asks for NO SORT ORDER, the traces
come out of the InputMult icon in the same order as they were originally stored. If the user asks for
any Sort Index, the traces will come out of the InputMult icon in the specified order. Note that the sort
order must exist in ALL defined input data sets.

Window Input Data

Check this box if you wish to limit the time window of the Input data. Enter values for Start

GEDCO
 Job Flow 685

Window and End Window.

CMP Bin

Define a new CMP bin grid definition for the input data sets. New CMP bin information is calculated
before sorting.

Memory

Define input cache for each data set.

11.6.1.5 Velocity Analysis Zone

The VelZones icon is very similar to Input and supplies traces to all other process icons
connected to it by links. A VelZones may be connected to more than one other process, and such a
flow may be executed all at once.

The VelZones sets up the input data for processing for Velocity Analysis Zones or other
processes that might require CMP binning.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
686 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VelZones ->Right Click Menu & Data INPUT Control Sub-Menu]

Data INPUT Control

Data INPUT
This opens the Velocity Analysis Zone Selection dialog box shown below. The dialog also is
accessible by double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Velocity Analysis Zone -> Input Data List Dialog]

GEDCO
 Job Flow 687

Essentially, the combination of this dialog and the Header SELECTIONS (reached by
also using a right mouse button click on this icon) are used to construct a set of traces which
will be passed to all other icons connected to this one.

For example, if the Header SELECTIONS lists 3 CMP ranges which are each only 1
CMP long - say 50,150,250 and the #Bins from Center Bin is set to 5, then all traces in the
following CMP's will be passed from the VelZones icon:

45,46,47,48,49,50,51,52,53,54,55,
145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155 and
245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255

The traces will always be supplied in CMP order.

In the case of 3D data, the CMP's will form a rectangle of the specified InLine and
CrossLine size.

If the data from VelZones is to be fed into Semblance 897 (or is to be used to create a
Common Offset Stack which is input to Semblance) one must use the OffSortS 933 icon
somewhere between VelZones and Semblance. The OffSortS 933 icon is unique in that it
performs both an Offset Sort of the incoming data, followed by a Stack (i.e. a Common Offset
Stack).

Header SELECTIONS
The Header SELECTIONS window will appear allowing the user to select the CMP range of
the data coming from Data INPUT described. This window is described in the Data/Header
Selection Spread Sheet 1187 section of this manual.

Clear Existing SELECTIONS

Remove all currently defined header selections.

BROADCAST Data/Header Selections

Broadcast the current data/header selection that is defined for this Input command. Other
VISTA window (usually the Attribute Window, Data SELECTION window of the Input
Command, or the DataSel Command) can use RECEIVE to retrieve this broadcast.

RECEIVE Data/Header Selections

Retrieve a data selection that was made by using the BROADCAST icon in some other
VISTA window (usually the Attribute Window, Data SELECTION window of the Input
Command, or the DataSel Command) to this Input window.

Geometry Binning Display

Open a window enabling one to view, edit, and bin the Geometry for 2D and 3D 323 data.

Seismic Attribute Display

Open a window enabling one to view header values of this data set superimposed on geometry.

Seismic Window Display

Open a window to display current data and its header values in a variety of ways and perform
trace editing.

View/Edit Seismic Headers

View and/or edit VISTA headers of your current data set.

GEDCO
 688 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.1.6 Super Gather

The SuperGath icon is very similar to Input and supplies traces to all other process
icons connected to it by links. A SuperGath may be connected to more than one other process, and
such a flow may be executed all at once.

Super Gather Input dialog:

Input

[Super Gather Input Dialog]

Define the input data set to have Super Gathers created from.

Binning

GEDCO
 Job Flow 689

Define the type of new binning.

Circular
Specify the circular radius for the size of the bins.
Rectangular Bins
Specify X and Y bin dimensions.
Flex Bin - Interpolated
Specify the flex bin % and offset to interpolate a linear changing bin basec on offset.

Radial Weighting

Window

GEDCO
 690 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Change the data window for output from this command.

11.6.1.7 Remote Instrument

The RemotInst icon reads input sent to it from a Remote Instrument acquisition system
file. The RemotInst command can either be waiting on a specified disk file or communication on a
TCPIP socket.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[RemotInst RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
The Remote Instrument File Input dialog box shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking in the flow command icon also.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 691

[Remote Instrument Parameter Dialog]

The parameters of this dialog are:

Continuous Remote Input Mode
If this option is selected then data will be input from a remote system continually until terminated
by the user or the remote system.

Input Mode
Specified Input File
DIR - Specify directory to search for file name in.
File Name - Enter the name of the BOX file containing traces.
Wait Time after Reading Time in seconds before looking for file again.
Delete File after Reading Delete file after reading into memory.

TCPIP Socket connection

Port# - Enter the TCPIP port # for the program to listen on.

Type

GEDCO
 692 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Input Dictionary either SEG-Y or SEG-D.

Specify the dictionaries to be used to input data from the remote system with the specific drop
down lists.

11.6.1.8 Batch Input

The BatInput icon supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links. A
BatInput may be connected to more than one other process, and such a flow may be executed all at
once.

The BatInput command behaves the same as the Input Data 675 command except the input data set
is defined by it's name at run time. This can be helpful when running multiple flows in the Batch Flow
window 669 and input data from one flow is created during the flow of a previous flow.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[BatInput RMB Menu and Sub-Menu]

Data INPUT Control

GEDCO
 Job Flow 693

Data INPUT
The Batch Flow Input Command dialog box shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Batch Flow Input Command Dialog]

Input Data Object Name

Enter name of input data set.
Data Order
Define the order of the input data set.
Window Input Data
Check this box if you wish to limit the time window of the Input data. Enter values for Start
Window and End Window.

Data/Header SELECTIONS
The Data SELECTION 1187 window will appear allowing you to limit the number of traces
coming from the Input.

Cache ON (Sort Record Input)

Toggles the Cache on/off.

Clear Existing SELECTIONS

Remove all currently defined header selections.

BROADCAST Data/Header Selections

Broadcast the current data/header selection that is defined for this Input command. Other
VISTA window (usually the Attribute Window, Data SELECTION window of the Input
Command, or the DataSel Command) can use RECEIVE to retrieve this broadcast.

RECEIVE Data/Header Selections

Retrieve a data selection that was made by using the BROADCAST icon in some other
VISTA window (usually the Attribute Window, Data SELECTION window of the Input
Command, or the DataSel Command) to this Input window.

GEDCO
 694 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.2 SCSI Tape

SCSI Tape commands are the starting flow(Or Output Commands) commands in a flow.

The SCSI Input Flow Commands are:

SEGDTape Input data to flow from a tape connected as a SCSI device. The data on the tape will
694 be in SEGD format. Traces will be passed from this icon to all other icons connected
to this one.

SEGYIn 700 -Input data to flow from a tape connected as a SCSI device. The data on the tape
will be in SEGY format. Traces will be passed from this in to all other icons
connected to this one.

SEGYOut - Output data to an attached SCSI device (Exabyte/3480/Dat Tape/...).

705

11.6.2.1 SEG-D SCSI Tape Input

The SegDTape icon supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links.
SegDTape may be connected to more than one other process, and such a flow may be executed all
at once.

The SegDTape flow command allows input of SEG-D data from a tape system connected to the
computer by a SCSI device.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[SEG-D Tape RMB Menu and SubMenu]

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

Data INPUT Control

Data Parameters
The Input SEG-D from SCSI Tape dialog box shown below opens up. This dialog describes
how all the data will be input from the SCSI device. This dialog can also be activated by
double clicking on the flow command.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 695

[SEGD Tape Parameter Dialog]

When the flow chart is executed, the user may change the DATA DESCRIPTION as the first
shot is read - provided the user selected QUERY Mode on (recommended). Thus for
example, if your data length is longer than the Time End value then you can change it by
typing in another value in the Time End box.

The user should also select the Tape Command Window to position the tape prior to any
reading. This allows the same flow chart to be used for any SEGD Tape.

The parameters of this dialogue are:

Input SCSI Tape Device

Choose available SCSI tape devices available on your computer through the drop-down
list. If no SCSI tape devices are connected to your computer, the drop-down list will be
empty.

SEG-D File Read Parameters

# Files to Skip - The number of files to skip at the beginning of the tape.
# Files to Read - The number of files to read.
# Files to Incr. - The number of files to increment.

Example
To skip 10 files at the beginning of the tape, and then read every second file for the next
99 files, enter the values 10, 99, 2 for the 3 file read parameters.

GEDCO
696 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Read ALL Traces

Click this box to read all traces for each file.

SEG-D Data Parameters

Trace Start - The first trace to read of each file.
Trace End - The last trace to read of each file.
Trace Incr - The trace increment to read of each file.
Time Start - The beginning time of a record to be read.
Time End - The end time of a record to be read.

DATA DESCRIPTION
The following dialog box will open. Use this box to force a data description or to select
files to be output.
It is strongly recommended that the user allows the flow chart to execute with QUERY
Mode turned on. VISTA will then read the first shot header and set these parameters
automatically. Otherwise click on Force Data Description to make the data conform to
your selected parameters.

[SEG-D Data Description Dialog]

Choose a SEG-D format by selecting a Format Code from the drop-down list. Enter the
Sample Rate, Time Length, # of Traces of each file in the data set.

Click on Ignore All AUX Channels if the users do not want to read in the auxiliary
channels otherwise AUX channels will be output. AUX Channels are marked as negative
channel numbers. To view AUX channels turn on the Display Dead Traces option.

Click on Force # of Traces/Record to default the number of traces for each record to the
value in the # Traces/Record box.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 697

SELECT FILES
This button opens the Select File Record dialog box. Use this box to select files to be
read in non-incrementally. Specify the consecutive files the user wishes to delete by
entering values in the From File# and to use this box to select files to be read in
non-incrementally.

[Select File Records Dialog]

Specify to read in files starting From File # and ending at To File # with an increment
of File Incr#.
Then click on ADD to see these files in the file list window. Click on DELETE to
delete highlighted files in the file list window.

To stop reading in files when a file number is greater than the file number specified
by To File#, check the option If Encounter File# Greater STOP Operation.

OMIT FILES
This button opens the Omit Test Records dialog box shown below.

[Ignore File Records Dialog]

GEDCO
698 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

ADD
File# boxes and then clicking on the ADD button. These files will appear in the file
list window.

DELETE
Remove files from the file list window by clicking them in the file list window and then
clicking DELETE.

SEGD DICTIONARY MAPPER

If the user has defined a SEGD dictionary for SEGD File and/or Trace header
mapping specify it can be selected using the drop down lists as shown below.

[Dictionary Selection with Drop Down Lists]

Data Selection
The Data Selection window will appear allowing the user to limit the number of traces coming
from the SegDTape. This window is described in the Data/Header Selection
Spread-Sheet 1187 section of this manual.

Tape Command Window

Clicking on this option opens the Vista Tape Commands Window as shown below:

[Vista-Tape Command Window]

This window controls the reading of the input tape. The buffer bytes and address are shown.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 699

Vista-Tape Command Toolbar

The functions of the icons and drop down lists across the top of the window are explained below:

- - Display ASCII View/Display EBCDIC View - Toggles between two data views.

- View Data Buffer - This icon has multiple sub-icons for the specifications of the various
headers in the buffer displays as shown below:

Where:
'C' - View as SEG-Y Real Header.
'B' - View as SEG-Y Binary Header.
'T' - View as SEG-Y Trace Header.
'R' - View as SEG-D Record Header.
'D' - View as SEG-D Trace Header.

- Execute Current Command - Execute the current tape command selected in the drop
down list to the right of this icon. Typical available commands are shown below:

[Vista-Tape Typical Executable Commands]

Tape Drive Selection List - Lists the current attached tape drives for selection of which one to
use. If no tape drive is attached, the default setting shown above appears.

GEDCO
 700 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.2.2 SEG-Y SCSI Tape Input

The SegYTape icon supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links.
SegYTape may be connected to more than one other process, and such a flow may be executed all
at once.

The SegYTape flow command allows input of SEG-Y data from a tape system connected to the
computer by a SCSI device.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[SEG-Y Tape RMB Menu and SubMenu]

Data INPUT Control

Data Parameters
The Input SEG-Y from SCSI Tape dialog box shown below opens up. This dialog describes
how all the data will be input from the SCSI device. This dialog can also be activated by
double clicking on the flow command.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 701

[Input SEG-Y SCSI Parameter Dialog]

When the flow chart is executed, the user may change the DATA DESCRIPTION as the first
shot is read - provided you selected QUERY Mode on (recommended). Thus for example, if
the users data length is longer than the Time End value then the user can change it by typing
in another value in the Time End box.

The user should also select the Tape Command Window to position the tape prior to any
reading.
This allows the same flow chart to be used for any SEG-Y Tape.

The parameters of this dialog are:

Input SCSI Tape Device

Choose available SCSI tape devices available on your computer through the drop-down
list.
If no SCSI tape devices are connected to your computer, the drop-down list will be empty.

SEG-Y File Read Parameters

# Files to Skip - The number of files to skip at the beginning of the tape.
# Files to Read - The number of files to read.
# Files to Incr. - The number of files to increment.
Read ALL Traces - Click this box to read all traces for each file.

Example
To skip 10 files at the beginning of the tape, and then read every second file for the
next 99 files, enter the values 10, 99, 2 for the 3 file read parameters.

SEG-Y Data Parameters

Trace Start - First trace to read of each file.

GEDCO
702 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Trace End - Last trace to read of each file.

Trace Incr. - Trace increment to read of each file.
Time Start - Beginning time of a record to be read.
Time End - End time of a record to be read.

DATA DESCRIPTION
The SEG-Y Data Description dialog box will open.

[SEG-Y Data Description Dialog]

It is strongly recommended that the user should allow the flow chart to execute with
QUERY Mode turned on. VISTA will then read the first shot header and set the
parameters of this dialog box automatically.

Choose a SEG-Y Trace Header Dictionary from the drop-down list. Enter the Sample
Rate, Start Time, and End Time. Also select the Data Type from the drop down list.
Check the Byte Swap box if applicable.

REEL
The REEL button opens the View SEG-Y Reel Header text window shown below:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 703

[View SEG-Y Reel Header Dialog]

The data in the above window can be Saved to an output file, or printed.

BINARY
The BINARY button opens the View SEG-Y Binary Header text window shown below

[View SEG-Y Binary Header Dialog]

GEDCO
704 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The data in the above window can be Saved to an output file, or printed. Note that the
values displayed in this example are only dummy values.

Data Selection
The Data Selection window will appear allowing the user to limit the number of traces coming
from the SegYTape. This window is described in the Data/Header Selection Spread-Sheet
1187 section of this manual.

Tape Command Window

Clicking on this option opens the Vista Tape Commands Window as shown below:

[Vista-Tape Command Window]

This window controls the reading of the input tape. The buffer bytes and address are shown.

Vista-Tape Command Toolbar

The functions of the icons and drop down lists across the top of the window are explained below:

- - Display ASCII View/Display EBCDIC View - Toggles between two data views.

- View Data Buffer - This icon has multiple sub-icons for the specifications of the various
headers in the buffer displays as shown below:

Where:
'C' - View as SEG-Y Real Header.
'B' - View as SEG-Y Binary Header.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 705

'T' - View as SEG-Y Trace Header.

'R' - View as SEG-D Record Header.
'D' - View as SEG-D Trace Header.

- Execute Current Command - Execute the current tape command selected in the drop
down list to the right of this icon. Typical available commands are shown below:

[Vista-Tape Typical Executable Commands]

Tape Drive Selection List - Lists the current attached tape drives for selection of which one to
use. If no tape drive is attached, the default setting shown above appears.

11.6.2.3 SEG-Y SCSI Tape Output

The SEGYTape icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. Data simply "passes through" the SEGYTape icon and be passed on to one or more "output"
icons. This command outputs a Vista file to a SEG-Y SCSI tape drive. A SCSI tape interface must be
installed on the user's computer.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
706 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[SEGYTape RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETER
Opens the Output SEG-Y Seismic Data File dialog box shown below. This dialog can be opened
by double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Output SEG-Y Seismic Data File Dialog]

Output SCSI Tape Description

Available Output SCSI Devices
First choose an available output SCSI device from the pull-down list. If no SCSI devices
are attached to your computer, the pull-down list will be empty.

Rewind Tape before Starting

Select this item as desired.

Output Reel/Binary SEG-Y Headers

Select this item as desired. It is possible to simply write the traces (plus trace headers)
only. The Reel and Binary headers are carried with each VISTA data set (first SEG-Y
tape/disk file of the data set).

Write File-Marks When Finished

Normally one file mark is sufficient to show the end of this data set. Two file marks are
often interpreted as "end of all data".

GEDCO
 Job Flow 707

Rewind Tape When Finished

Check this box if the user desires the output tape to be rewound when finished.

Output Description
Choose the Data Type, Dictionary Mapper and Byte Swap as outlined below.

Data Type
Choose the data type (sample value):
Floating Point (NATIVE)
Fixed Point Long (4 bytes)
Fixed Point Short (2 bytes)
Floating Point DOUBLE
Fixed Point with GAIN
Floating Point IEEE
Floating Point IBM

Dictionary Mapper
Choose the Output Dictionary 76 to map from Vista-Headers 69 to output SEG-Y
headers from the options below:
OUT: SEG-Y Header Seismic (IBM)
OUT: Stand SEG-Y Dictionary

Byte Swap
Byte swap the trace data according to the type.

REEL HEADER
Opens a text window displaying the Reel Header. An options is supplied to READ a
SEG-Y file Reel
Header.

Tape Command Window

Clicking on this option opens the Vista Tape Commands Window as shown below:

GEDCO
708 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Vista-Tape Command Window]

This window controls the reading of the input tape. The buffer bytes and address are shown.

Vista-Tape Command Toolbar

The functions of the icons and drop down lists across the top of the window are explained below:

- - Display ASCII View/Display EBCDIC View - Toggles between two data views.

- View Data Buffer - This icon has multiple sub-icons for the specifications of the various
headers in the buffer displays as shown below:

Where:
'C' - View as SEG-Y Real Header.
'B' - View as SEG-Y Binary Header.
'T' - View as SEG-Y Trace Header.
'R' - View as SEG-D Record Header.
'D' - View as SEG-D Trace Header.

- Execute Current Command - Execute the current tape command selected in the drop
down list to the right of this icon. Typical available commands are shown below:

[Vista-Tape Typical Executable Commands]

Tape Drive Selection List - Lists the current attached tape drives for selection of which one to
use. If no tape drive is attached, the default setting shown above appears.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 709

11.6.3 Output Data

The processes in this section are:

Output 710 - Output data from a flow to a VISTA project data set.

SEG-YOut - Output data from a flow to a standard SEG-Y disk file, complete with user defined
715 SEG-Y headers..

TmpQuery - Temporary output from a flow. These files will be deleted immediately after
717 plotting - unless you choose to keep them.

TempNoQue - Temporary output from a flow. These files will be deleted immediately after
ry 721 plotting.

Sort 725 - Change the sort order of an executing flow in mid-stream.

MoveData 726 - Move the output traces onto an existing data set. The traces which come into this
process will overwrite (partially) the traces of the specified (already existing) Output
Data Set.

MoveHeader - Move the output headers onto an existing data set. The headers which come into
s 728 this process will overwrite the headers of the specified (already existing) Output
Data Set.

AppendData - Append the output traces onto an existing data set. The traces which come into
729 this process will be appended to the traces of specified (already existing) Output
Data Set.

SEGYTape - Output data to an attached SCSI device (Exabyte/3480/Dat Tape/...).

705

CMP_SEGY - Output data from a flow to a compressed SEG-Y disk file, complete with headers.
730

ASCData 732 - Output data samples to an ASCII File.

GEDCO
 710 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.3.1 Output Data

The Output icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link.

Output command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. When the flow is
complete, the Output data will appear as a data set in the Project Data List. Traces will be passed to
this icon by any icon connected to the output. Output may only be connected to one other input icon
(i.e. no multiple inputs are allowed to Output). Output may be connected to other icons on the output
side. In other words data (traces) simply "pass through" the Output icon.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Output RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Flow Output Command dialog box shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

Flow Output Command - Plot Parameters Tab

GEDCO
 Job Flow 711

[Flow Output Command Dialog - Plot Parameter Tab]

Output Name
Enter up character name for the output data set. This name will appear in the Project
Data List when the flow has executed. If the name is left blank, Vista will created a string
displaying the time and date of creation for the name.

Special Key Words in Output Name:

$DATE - To insert the time and date into the name.
$SERVER - To insert the name of the current workstation (Remote Batch runs).

Create Sort Indexes

Check this box if the user is going to use this output file as the name for some input data
(input icon) sometime in the future - or if the user simply wants to see sort-ordered plots
of the Output data in, for example, the Seismic Window Display 86 . For small to
medium sized data sets, this option hardly adds any noticeable time to the time taken to
run a flow. For large data sets (e.g. over 50,000 traces) it will add several minutes to a run
that may take an hour or more.
NOTE:
If the user only wishes to change the sort order of the data in the flow check out the
Geometry/Headers

Display Data after Output

Check to display the data after the output is created.

Plot Data After Output or Graph Data After Output

When the output is complete, VISTA will open a Seismic Window Display 86 or
Graph Window Display 1207 with the output data as the chosen data set.

User Defined Plot Parameters

If checked when plotting data set the user defined plot parameters are used. If
not checked then the project defined plot parameters are used to plot the data.

PLOT PARAMS
The standard dialog for Plot Parameters 89 in the Seismic Window Display lets
the user pick the display parameters ahead of time. These defined plot
parameters are only used if appropriate check box is set and data is being
plotted.

Display Window
Options as to where to plot/graph on the screen the plot (If this option is on). Full
Screen, Vertical 1 or 2, Horizontal 1 or 2, Quadrant 1, 2, 3, or 4.

Flow Output Command - Output Tab

GEDCO
712 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Flow Output Command Dialog - Output Tab]

Output Location
Checking the Specify Output Directory Location and selection of the OUTPUT
DIRECTORY send the output data to a user specified directory and not to the Vista
default directory.

Flow Output Command - Interpolate Tab

[Flow Output Command Dialog - Interpolate Tab]

Header Words

Interpolate Header Words

Checking this selection allows interpolation of the Header Words selected with the
ADD button.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 713

ADD
Clicking on the ADD button opens the

[2D/3D Interpolate Header Word Dialog]

Header Word
Select the control Header Word to Interpolate from the top drop down list.

Null Value:
The default Null Value is zero. The user can enter a desired Null Value here.

2D Interpolate/3D Interpolate
The selected value defaults to the data set being processed.

X-Axis/Y Axis
From the drop down list for each axis, select the values to be interpolated.

Note
The following two options allow changing the sort order of a flow in mid-stream. To achieve this
Alter Sort Output must be set and Sort Output Setting must have a new (Or Old) sort index. All
commands before this output command then run until they are finished (New output data set is
created and added to the project). The new data traces are then output according to the newly defined
sort order.

Alter Sort Output

This option allows changing of the output sort in the middle of a flow by toggling on/off the setting
selected in the Sort Output Settings.

Sort Output Setting

Only if Alter Sort Output is checked does this option work. Choose the new sort order coming
out of this output command. If the Sort does not exist in the output, then it will be created
with the output. When the user chooses this option the Edit Existing Sort Index dialog will appear
as shown:

GEDCO
714 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Edit Existing Sort Index Dialog]

Sort Options

Name
Enter a Name for the Sort Options and check Ignore Dead Traces if the user wishes
to ignore the dead traces.
Ignore Dead Traces
Check Ignore Dead Traces if the user wishes to ignore the dead traces.

Sort Parameters
Select the Sort Keys from the drop down lists of each sort type and then select the
desired ID RANGE and ORDER of Sort.

EXAMPLE

GEDCO
 Job Flow 715

[Note that input data sort order is Shot, but after the first output command it is CMP]

Temporary Data Output

Toggle on/off Temporary Data Output. Note that this is the same as Temporary Output with
Query 717 .

11.6.3.2 SEG-Y Output File

The SEG-Y icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link.
Data simply "passes through" the SEG-Y icon and be passed on to one or more "output" icons. The
parameters for SEG-Y are entered from this dialog box.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[SEGYOut RMB Menu]

GEDCO
716 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Output SEG-Y Seismic Data File dialog box shown below. This dialog can be opened
by double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Output SEG-Y Seismic Data File Dialog]

The parameters of this dialog are:

Output SEG-Y File

FILE
Click this button and the user will be requested for the output SEGY file name.

Output File Description

Byte Swap
Byte swap the trace data according to the type. NOTE: That this byte swap is also
done on the output dictionaries.

Data Type
Choose the data format type (sample value) from the drop down list:
Floating Point (NATIVE)
Fixed Point Long (4 bytes)
Fixed Point Short (2 bytes)
Floating Point DOUBLE
Fixed Point with GAIN
Floating Point IEEE
Floating Point IBM
Byte Data (8 bits)

Trace Header
Chose the data format type from the drop down list:
OUT: SEG-Y Seismic Header (IBM)
OUT: Standard SEG-Y Header

GEDCO
 Job Flow 717

Binary Reel Header

Choose the Output Dictionary 76 to map from Vista-Headers 69 to output SEG-Y
Binary header. Only one selection.

ASCII Reel Header/EBCDIC Reel Header

Toggle between these two types of Reel Headers. Output a user defined Reel
Header.

REEL HEADER
Opens a text window displaying the Reel Header. An options is supplied to READ a
SEG-Y file Reel Header.

11.6.3.3 Temporary Output With QUERY

The TmpQuery icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. The only difference between TmpQuery and Output is that temporary outputs are always
displayed using a Seismic Window Display 86 or Graph Window display 1207 . After the user closes
one of these windows, the user will have a choice to keep this data set or not.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[TmpQuery RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Flow Output Command (Temporary) dialog box shown below. This dialog can be
opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

Flow Output Command - Plot Parameters Tab

GEDCO
718 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Flow Output Command (Temporary) Dialog - Plot Parameter Tab]

Output Name
Enter up character name for the output data set. This name will appear in the Project
Data List when the flow has executed. If the name is left blank, Vista will created a string
displaying the time and date of creation for the name.

Special Key Words in Output Name:

$DATE - To insert the time and date into the name.
$SERVER - To insert the name of the current workstation (Remote Batch runs).

Create Sort Indexes

Check this box if the user is going to use this output file as the name for some input data
(input icon) sometime in the future - or if the user simply wants to see sort-ordered plots
of the Output data in, for example, the Seismic Window Display 86 . For small to
medium sized data sets, this option hardly adds any noticeable time to the time taken to
run a flow. For large data sets (e.g. over 50,000 traces) it will add several minutes to a run
that may take an hour or more.
NOTE:
If the user only wishes to change the sort order of the data in the flow check out the
Geometry/Headers

Display Data after Output

The data is always displayed after the output is created. After the user closes one of
these windows, the user will have a choice to keep this data set or not.

Plot Data After Output or Graph Data After Output

When the output is complete, VISTA will open a Seismic Window Display 86 or
Graph Window Display 1207 with the output data as the chosen data set.

User Defined Plot Parameters

If checked when plotting data set the user defined plot parameters are used. If
not checked then the project defined plot parameters are used to plot the data.

PLOT PARAMS
The standard dialog for Plot Parameters 89 in the Seismic Window Display lets
the user pick the display parameters ahead of time. These defined plot

GEDCO
 Job Flow 719

parameters are only used if appropriate check box is set and data is being
plotted.

Display Window
Options as to where to plot/graph on the screen the plot (If this option is on). Full
Screen, Vertical 1 or 2, Horizontal 1 or 2, Quadrant 1, 2, 3, or 4.

Flow Output Command (Temporary) - Output Tab

[Flow Output Command Dialog - Output Tab]

Output Location
Checking the Specify Output Directory Location and selection of the OUTPUT
DIRECTORY send the output data to a user specified directory and not to the Vista
default directory.

Flow Output Command (Temporary) - Interpolate Tab

GEDCO
720 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Flow Output Command Dialog - Interpolate Tab]

Header Words

Interpolate Header Words

Checking this selection allows interpolation of the Header Words selected with the
ADD button.

ADD
Clicking on the ADD button opens the

[2D/3D Interpolate Header Word Dialog]

Header Word
Select the control Header Word to Interpolate from the top drop down list.

Null Value:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 721

The default Null Value is zero. The user can enter a desired Null Value here.

2D Interpolate/3D Interpolate
The selected value defaults to the data set being processed.

X-Axis/Y Axis
From the drop down list for each axis, select the values to be interpolated.

Alter Sort Output

This option allows changing of the output sort in the middle of a flow by toggling on/off the setting
selected in the Sort Output Settings. After data has been output you can view them in the
specified sort order using the Sort Display Order in the Seismic Display Window

Sort Output Setting

Only if Alter Sort Output is checked does this option work. Choose the new sort order coming
out of this output command. If the Sort does not exist in the output, then it will be created
with the output. When the user chooses this option the Edit Existing Sort Index dialog will appear
as shown:

QUERY Mode
Set the QUERY Mode on or off for this icon (process). When the flow chart executes, you will be
prompted for this icon's (process) parameters. A process must also be marked for execution
before the QUERY Mode takes effect

11.6.3.4 Temporary Output No QUERY

The TmpNoQuery icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it
by a link.
The only difference between TmpNoQuery and TmpQuery is that temporary outputs are always
displayed using a Seismic Window Display 86 or Graph Window display 1207 . After the user closes
one of these windows the data set (And all associated files) are deleted.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
722 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[TmpNoQuery RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Flow Output Command (Temporary) dialog box shown below. This dialog can be
opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

Flow Output Command - Plot Parameters Tab

[Flow Output Command (Temporary) Dialog - Plot Parameter Tab]

Output Name
Enter up character name for the output data set. This name will appear in the Project
Data List when the flow has executed. If the name is left blank, Vista will created a string
displaying the time and date of creation for the name.

Special Key Words in Output Name:

$DATE - To insert the time and date into the name.
$SERVER - To insert the name of the current workstation (Remote Batch runs).

Create Sort Indexes

Check this box if the user is going to use this output file as the name for some input data
(input icon) sometime in the future - or if the user simply wants to see sort-ordered plots
of the Output data in, for example, the Seismic Window Display 86 . For small to
medium sized data sets, this option hardly adds any noticeable time to the time taken to
run a flow. For large data sets (e.g. over 50,000 traces) it will add several minutes to a run

GEDCO
 Job Flow 723

that may take an hour or more.

NOTE:
If the user only wishes to change the sort order of the data in the flow check out the
Geometry/Headers

Display Data after Output

The data is always displayed after the output is created. After the user closes one of
these windows the data set (And all associated files) are deleted.

Plot Data After Output or Graph Data After Output

When the output is complete, VISTA will open a Seismic Window Display 86 or
Graph Window Display 1207 with the output data as the chosen data set.

User Defined Plot Parameters

If checked when plotting data set the user defined plot parameters are used. If
not checked then the project defined plot parameters are used to plot the data.

PLOT PARAMS
The standard dialog for Plot Parameters 89 in the Seismic Window Display lets
the user pick the display parameters ahead of time. These defined plot
parameters are only used if appropriate check box is set and data is being
plotted.

Display Window
Options as to where to plot/graph on the screen the plot (If this option is on). Full
Screen, Vertical 1 or 2, Horizontal 1 or 2, Quadrant 1, 2, 3, or 4.

Flow Output Command (Temporary) - Output Tab

[Flow Output Command Dialog - Output Tab]

Output Location
Checking the Specify Output Directory Location and selection of the OUTPUT
DIRECTORY send the output data to a user specified directory and not to the Vista
default directory.

GEDCO
724 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Flow Output Command (Temporary) - Interpolate Tab

[Flow Output Command Dialog - Interpolate Tab]

Header Words

Interpolate Header Words

Checking this selection allows interpolation of the Header Words selected with the
ADD button.

ADD
Clicking on the ADD button opens the

[2D/3D Interpolate Header Word Dialog]

Header Word
Select the control Header Word to Interpolate from the top drop down list.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 725

Null Value:
The default Null Value is zero. The user can enter a desired Null Value here.

2D Interpolate/3D Interpolate
The selected value defaults to the data set being processed.

X-Axis/Y Axis
From the drop down list for each axis, select the values to be interpolated.

Alter Sort Output

This option allows changing of the output sort in the middle of a flow by toggling on/off the setting
selected in the Sort Output Settings. After data has been output you can view them in the
specified sort order using the Sort Display Order in the Seismic Display Window

Sort Output Setting

Only if Alter Sort Output is checked does this option work. Choose the new sort order coming
out of this output command. If the Sort does not exist in the output, then it will be created
with the output. When the user chooses this option the Edit Existing Sort Index dialog will appear
as shown:

11.6.3.5 Sort Alter

The SortAlter icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. The SortAlter command allows changing the sort order of a flow in mid-stream. All commands
before this command then run until they are finished. Then the specified sort is executed on the new
data set. The new data traces are then output according to the defined sort order.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[SortAlter RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Create NEW Sort Index dialog box shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 726 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Sort Alter Command Parameter Dialog]

Sort Options

Name
Enter a Name for the Sort Options and check Ignore Dead Traces if the user wishes
to ignore the dead traces.
Ignore Dead Traces
Check Ignore Dead Traces if the user wishes to ignore the dead traces.

Sort Parameters
Select the Sort Keys from the drop down lists of each sort type and then select the
desired ID RANGE and ORDER of Sort.

11.6.3.6 Move to Existing Output

The MoveData icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. One can think of this command as an "update" command, ie., it changes (partially or wholly
overwrites) the named output data set.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 727

[MoveData RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETER
Opens the Move Data to Output dialog box shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Move Data to Output Dialog]

Output Data List

The traces which come into this process will overwrite (partially) the traces of the
specified (already existing) Output Data Set. This output data set must match the sample
rate, start and end time of this input data set.

Trace Output Match

Sort Order
Each input trace will overwrite the samples of the "next" trace of the data set - taken
in specified Sort Order.

GEDCO
 728 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Start Time Destination

If the Start Time Destination is other than 0, a partial overwrite will happen. If the
Start Time Destination is set to 0, a full overwrite will happen.

11.6.3.7 Move Headers to Existing Output

The MoveHeader icon receives headers from the (one only) process icon connected to it
by a link. The user can think of this command as an "update" command, ie., it changes (partially or
wholly overwrites) the named output headers.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[MoveHeader RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETER
Opens the Move Data to Output dialog box shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 729

[Move Headers to Output Dialog]

Output Data List

The headers which come into this process will overwrite the headers of the specified
(already existing) Output Data Set.

Trace Output Match

Sort Order
Each input header will overwrite the headers of the "next" header of the output set -
taken in specified Sort Order.

11.6.3.8 Append to Existing Output

The AppendData icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
a link. This command appends the current data to an existing output.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[AppendData RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETER
Opens the Append Data to Output dialog box shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 730 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Append Data to Output Dialog]

Append Data List

The traces which come into this process will be appended to the specified (already
existing) Output Data Set. This output data set must match the sample rate, start and
end time of this input data set.

11.6.3.9 Compressed SEG-Y File Output

The CMP_SEGY icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
a link.
Data passed to this command will be output as a compressed SEG-Y file.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[CMP_SEGY RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Output Compressed File dialog box shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 731

[Output Compressed File Dialog]

Compressed File

FILE
The name of the compressed output file. A Windows File dialog opens for naming the
output file.

Output File Description

Data Type
Select the format of the output data. Options are Floating Point NATIVE or Fixed Point
Short.

Dictionary Mapper
In this case, the Output Transfer Dictionary 76 is used to map ("translate") the VISTA
Headers to the SEG-Y headers. Use the Output SEGY dictionary 76 to map VISTA
headers 69 to SEG-Y byte locations.
Options are:
OUT: SEG-Y Header Seismic (IBM)
OUT: Stand SEG-Y Dictionary

Compress Parameters

Compression Ratio
Specify the compression ratio. Specifying to high a compression ratio may result in the
users data being corrupted.

Compress by Ensembles/Compress by Number of Traces

CMP_SEGY will compress the users data set a segment at a time instead of compressing
the entire data set at one pass. One can choose the compression segments to be in
ensemble order (eg. shots, CMP) with the Number of Ensembles to be in a compressed

GEDCO
 732 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

segment, or simply by the Number of Traces in a compressed segment.

REEL HEADER
Edit/View the 40 line EBCDIC reel header to output with compressed SEG-Y file.

11.6.3.10 Data to ASCII File

The ASCData icon receives headers from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. This command outputs the data trace samples out to an user defined ASCII text file.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[ASCData RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETER
Opens the Output Data Samples to ASCII File dialog box shown below. This dialog can be
opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Output Data Samples to ASCII File Dialog]

ASCII Output File

OUTPUT FILE
Enter the output text file to contain the data sample information.

Output Format

# Of Digits

GEDCO
 Job Flow 733

Input the number of digits to represent the samples in the ASCII file.

Automatic Format/Scientific Notation/Floating Point

Choose the type of format for the data samples.

11.6.4 Create Data

The processes in this section are:

VibSweep 733 -Input a synthetic vibroseis sweep to flow. The synthetic sweep will be passed from
this icon to all other icons connected to this one.
CreatData 734 - Create a new data set with one or more "dead" (zero samples) traces.

Noise 736 - Input synthetic noise traces to flow. Traces will be passed from this icon to all
other connected icons.
Wavelet 737 - Create a zero-phase or Ricker wavelet trace.

ShotImp 738 - Generate records over a point scatterer.

11.6.4.1 Vibroseis Sweep Generation

The VibSweep icon supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links.
A VibSweep may be connected to more than one other process, and such a flow may be executed all
at once.

The VibSweep generates a Vibroseis Sweep based on the Command PARAMETERS input data.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[VibSweep RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
The Vibroseis-Sweep Creation dialog box shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 734 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[ Vibroseis Sweep Creation Dialog]

Enter the Sample Rate, Length of Sweep (Ms), Start Frequency, End Frequency, and # of Traces
to create a linear or non-linear sweep following the paper by Landrum and Norris (Western
Geophysical).

Sweep Types :
Linear Generates a sweep with a linear frequency-time dependence.
Decibel Per Octave
This subroutine generates a nonlinear sweep with a boost in decibels per octave. Sweep
constant is the boost.
Decibel Per Hertz
This subroutine generates a nonlinear sweep with a boost in decibels per hertz. Sweep
constant is the boost.
t - Power
This subroutine generates a nonlinear sweep with a time to sweep constant power boost.

Start Taper, End Taper and Sweep taper type are used to taper the generated sweep mainly to
reduce Gibbs phenomena.
Taper could be one of following:
NO Taper, Linear, Sine, Cosine, Gaussian (+/-3.8), Gaussian (+/-2.0)

11.6.4.2 Create Data

The CreatData icon supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links.
CreatData may be connected to more than one other process, and such a flow may be executed all at
once. This process creates a new data set consisting of one or more dead (zero value samples)
traces.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 735

[CreatData RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Create New Seismic Data Trace(s) dialog box shown below.
This dialog can be opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Create new Seismic Data Trace(s) Dialog]

Description
Sample Rate Output sample rate of created data(uS).
Start Time Start time of the data.
End Time End time of the data.
# of Traces Total number of traces to create.

Domain
Time Indicate if the data set to be created is a time series.
Amplitude Indicate if the data set to be created is an amplitude series (every sample is the
amplitude of a frequency).
Phase Indicate if the data set to be created is a phase series.

If one chooses Amplitude or Phase, one still needs to complete the time information, so that
VISTA knows how many samples to create. The frequency increment is derived from the number of
time samples rounded up to a power of 2 of the sample rate (this fixes the Nyquist frequency).

All samples of every "trace" are equal to zero. One can use the "Edit Trace" option in Graph Data
from the right click menu in the Seismic Window Display 86 to create real samples.

GEDCO
 736 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.4.3 Create Noisy Time Series

The Noise icon supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links. A Noise
may be connected to more than one other process, and such a flow may be executed all at once.
This command uses the Lambda parameter of a Poisson distribution. This value must be between 0
and 1. This command computes a set of noise samples using a random number generator. The
samples will have amplitudes which are Bernoulli–Gaussian in distribution and have a mean value as
specified by the user.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Noise RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Create Noise Time Series dialog box shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Create Noise Time Series Dialog]

Sample Rate
The sample rate of the created noise data.
Length
The time length of the created noise data.
Desired Mean
The mean amplitude value of all samples in the time series.

Lambda
Lambda is the parameter for a Poisson distribution. This value must be between 0 and 1. This

GEDCO
 Job Flow 737

command computes a set of noise samples using a random number generator. The samples will
have amplitudes which are Bernoulli–Gaussian in distribution and have a mean value as specified by
the user. For a pure Gaussian distribution, set lambda to 1, and for a sparse distribution, set lambda
close to zero. (Note: A value of zero will result in all zero samples).

Number of Traces
Enter the number of traces to create.

11.6.4.4 Create Wavelet

The Wavelet icon supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links.
Wavelet may be connected to more than one other process, and such a flow may be executed all at
once. Wavelet outputs a user defined wavelet, i.e., a Ricker Wavelet or Zero Phase Wavelet.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Wavelet RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Create Wavelet dialog box shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 738 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Create Wavelet Dialog]

Wavelet Size
Sample Rate Sample rate of created wavelet.
Start Time Start time of created wavelet.
End Time End time of created wavelet.

Type of Wavelet
Ricker Wavelet
Create Ricker wavelet with defined Dominant Frequency.

Zero Phase Wavelet

Create Ormsby filter defined by inputting the 4 frequencies (Low Trunc:, Low Cut:, High
Cut:, and High Trunc:).

11.6.4.5 Create Records at Point Scatterer

The ShotImp icon supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links.
ShotImp may be connected to more than one other process, and such a flow may be executed all at
once.

Algorithm - Generate in-plane shot records for a point scatterer embedded in three dimensions using
the Born integral equation. Use the 3D Born integral equation, use 2-D delta function for alpha and do
remaining y-integral by stationary phase. Reference: Geophysics, v51, n8, p1554.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 739

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[ShotImp RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Generate 2D Shot Records (Born Integral Equation) dialog box shown below. This
dialog can be opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

Generate 2D Shot Records - Parameters Tab

[Generate 2D Shot Records - Parameters Tab]

Parameters
# of Shots Number of shots in the 3D field.
# of Receivers Number of receivers in the 3D field.
Sample Rate Sample rate of created wavelet.

# of Samples The number of samples in the record.

Constant Reference Velocity
A reference velocity in meters/second.
Scatter Point Location X
The 'X' location of the scatter point in meters.
Scatter Point Location Z
The 'Z' (depth) location of the scatter point in meters.

Generate 2D Shot Records - Shots Info Tab

GEDCO
740 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Generate 2D Shot Records -Shot Info Tab]

Shot Location Info

First Shot X Location First shot 'X' location in meters.
First Shot Z Location First shot 'Z' location in meters.
Shot X Increment Subsequent shot 'X' increment in meters.
Shot 'Z' Increment Subsequent shot 'Z' increment in meters.

Generate 2D Shot Records - Recv Info Tab

[Generate 2D Shot Records -Recv Info Tab]

Receiver Location Info

First Recv X Location First receiver 'X' location in meters.
First Recv Z Location First receiver 'Z' location in meters.
Recv X Increment Subsequent receivers 'X' increment in meters.
Recv 'Z' Increment Subsequent receivers 'Z' increment in meters.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 741

11.6.5 Headers

The processes in this section are:

EditHead 741 - A "spread-sheet" to edit header values for one or more traces.

CalcHead 744 - Header function mapping and interpolation with an input *.asc file.

MapFunc 747 - Header function mapping and interpolation with an input *.asc file.

AsciiRead - "Stuff" values in the trace headers of all traces coming through this flow icon, using
748 any ASCII file. The ASCII file will have columns of values corresponding to certain
header words. One will set up the list of header words to use, following the same
dialog as found in the Seismic Header View/Edit 367 window.

AsciiWrite - Output values of one or more trace headers of all traces coming through this flow
750 icon to an ASCII file. One will set up the list of header words to use, following the
same dialog as found in the Seismic Header View/Edit 367 window.

FPicker 752 - Automatically pick first breaks of all records using first break pick options specified
in this command.

HDEnsemble- Set an ensemble of traces according to a header item. Examples of header items
755 are shot, receiver, offset, etc.

DataSam 756 - Extract values from a data trace and write to a header word.

InSpike 757 - Insert spike into data based on a header word.

ERandom 758 - Randomize input ensemble. Does not alter headers, just randomly scrambles the
order of traces in each ensemble.

QCMonitor - Select header items and their values to monitor and optionally write a log file of
759 header items that have been selected to be monitored. Optionally monitor additional
header items.

11.6.5.1 Header Edit

The EditHed icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of EditHed to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The EditHed icon opens a spread-sheet where you may re-define the values of single or multiple
header items. These new definitions will then be calculated as the Flow is run.

GEDCO
742 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[EditHed RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Edit/Define Header Mapping spreadsheet shown below. This spreadsheet can be
opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Edit/Define Header Mapping Spreadsheet]

This is identical to the spread-sheet used in the Seismic Header View/Edit 367 window as
opened by the icon Define Header Mapping for Header Transfer. The only difference is that this
option can be run in Batch Mode.

A EditHed Example
An simple example is discussed below. The first Figure shows the data from the input being
modified by the EditHed command.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 743

[Simple Flow Using EditHed to Modify the SHOT_POINT_NO Value]

[Dictionary Item Scale List Dialog to Modify the SHOT_POINT_NO Value]

In the example above, the header word SHOT_POINT_NO of the input data set has been
multiplied by a constant value of 0.1. The modified data set is then output to the current project. This
multiplication will occur as the flow is executed.

GEDCO
 744 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.5.2 Calc. Header Information

The CalcHed icon opens a dialog where one may calculate, for each trace, the trace
statistics listed in the Header Calculation List in the Data Header Information dialog.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[CalcHed RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Data Header Information dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 745

[Data Header Information Dialog]

Header Calculation List

Header Information Drop Down List
This is the list of data statistics (trace attributes) calculated by this command.

GEDCO
746 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

DATA_MAXAMPLITUDE - Maximum sample amplitude in the chosen time window (see

Time Gate below).
DATA_MINAMPLITUDE - Minimum sample amplitude within the Time Gate.
DATA_MAXABSAMPLIT - Maximum absolute amplitude within the Time Gate.
UDE
DATA_MAXAMPTIME - Time of the maximum amplitude sample.
DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE - RMS value of all samples within the Time Gate.
DATA_MEANAMPLITUD - Average (mean) amplitude within Time Gate
E
DATA_MAXFREQ - The frequency value at the maximum of the amplitude
spectrum of the Time Gate
DATA_MAXAMPFREQ - The maximum amplitude value in the amplitude spectrum,
taken over the Time Gate.
DATA_RMSAMPFREQ - Average RMS value of the entire amplitude spectrum.
DATA_SNRATIO - Signal to noise ratio. This statistic can only be calculated
correctly if the time gate file has two windows. The value of this
statistic is then equal to the ratio of the RMS amplitudes in each
window (See Signal/Noise below).
DATA_EXAMPDECAY - One defines a single parameter "a" which is the exponential
decay of each trace by a least squares fit of the curve to the
peaks of the absolute trace amplitudes. This parameter is
directly related to the energy travel path - and therefore to
sub-surface geology. One can expect this parameter to show
spatial variations related to geology. Exponential Time Decay
-> Window Length sets the window size for this calculation.

Note that these parameters can be displayed with the Bottom Annotation Visible option of
the Seismic Window Display 86 .

Exponential Amplitude Decay

Window Length
Enter the window length for the computation of the exponential amplitude decay
value.

Signal/Noise
Signal/Noise Calculation
For the Signal/Noise calculation check this box and select the number of traces the
user wishes to use for this calculation.

Time Gate File

SET
Opens a standard Windows File Open dialog to choose a time gate file. These files are
prepared by the Define Time Gates 167 icon, part of the temporary tool bar off icon
Seismic Data Pick Operations in the Seismic Window Display 86 window. If the user
wishes to have a correct value for DATA_SNRATIO, the user must use the second
window feature when the user is picking the time gate.

VIEW
Open a small text window to examine the contents of the time gate file.

NOTE: If a Time Gate is not specified then Vista uses the entire trace to calculate attributes
over.

REMOVE
First the user must select one or more of the header items. Then click on REMOVE to delete

GEDCO
 Job Flow 747

the item from the list. The removed items will not be calculated.

RESET
Click on this button to restore all the names in the Header Calculation list.

11.6.5.3 Header Function Mapping/Interpolating

The MapFunc icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of MapFunc to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The MapFunc maps the Output Header Word to a value pointed to by the Input Mapping Header
value. These pointed to values are stored in the Mapping Function ASCII file that is loaded with the
FILE button.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[MapFunc RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Header Mapping Function dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 748 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Header Mapping Function Dialog]

Header Mapping Definition

Input Mapping Header

Select the Mapping Header Word from the header drop down list that is used as a pointer
to a desired value that is stored in the Mapping Function ASCII file.

Output Header Word

Select the Header Word from the header drop down list where the pointed to value is to
be store. Normally these locations is one of the VWUSER variables in the Vista header.

Mapping Function
Use the FILE button to open a Windows File Open dialog to load in the ASCII text file that
contains the mapped functions relating the Input Mapping Header word to a desired value
to be placed in the Output Header Word.
11.6.5.4 ASCII File Import

The AscRead icon opens an ASCII file. One specifies which columns of values in this
ASCII file are the "Depends" items and which are the "Input" items. Each trace coming through the
icon will have its header modified if the "Depends" value matches the existing value. The words to be

GEDCO
 Job Flow 749

modified are the "Input" words.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[AscRead RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Input ASCII File (Header Defn) dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Input ASCII File (Header Defn) Dialog]

Input ASCII File

Press the button to locate the ASCII file to be read.

INPUT DEFN
Press the button and the following Read ASCII File Values dialog will appear. Use this
dialog box to read in the header values contained in the ASCII file. The data in the
bottom window of this dialog opened by INPUT DEFN is identical to that found in the
Seismic Header View/Edit window.

GEDCO
 750 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Read ASCII File Values Dialog]

This example below shows one is assigning CMP_NO to columns 8 - 13. One is also
keying, ie., associating values of TRACE_SEQ_NO [Columns 1 - 9] to each value of the
header word CMP_NO. Note that values for TRACE_SEQ_NO must exist in the data set.

Every TRACE_SEQ_NO 1 will have it's CMP_NO set to 8.

Every TRACE_SEQ_NO 2 will have it's CMP_NO set to 9.
.... etc.

Note that the multiple Input Item Defn items can be defined with the NEW button if the
associated From/To columns are defined.
11.6.5.5 ASCII File Export

The AscWrite icon writes out trace headers to an ASCII file. The user specifies the name
and format of the ASCII file.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 751

[AscWrite RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Write ASCII Attribute Values dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Write ASCII Attribute Values Dialog]

ASCII Attribute Output File

Specify the name of the ASCII file to be saved by clicking the button. A standard Window File
Save dialog opens to specify the saved file name.

Overwrite Existing File/Append to Existing File

Select which options the user wishes to implement.

Output Header Attribute

NEW
Click on NEW to choose a header item to be saved with the ASCII file. More than 1

GEDCO
 752 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

header item may be saved to an ASCII file.

FROM/TO
Then enter a value under FROM and TO to assign columns to this header item. This
locates the data on each horizontal line of the file.

Multiplier
Enter a Multiplier value for the header item.

<< >>
Increase or decrease the number of Decimal Points for this header item by clicking on
the >> and << respectively.

Left Justify Numeric Fields

Left justify output format.

Scientific Notation
Output using Scientific notation.

Comment Delimit
Delimit the comment.

Repeat Item on Line

Repeat another column of the header value by clicking on Repeat Item on Line and
specifying the # Repeats per Line and the # Spaces Between each repeat.

READ DEF
Read in an ASCII file definition format by clicking on READ DEF.

SAVE DEF
The user may save the ASCII file definition format by clicking on the SAVE DEF.

11.6.5.6 First Break Picker

The FBPicker icon allows one to specify parameters for automatic first break picking.
FBPicker works by actually sliding 2 contiguous windows within a user defined search window. The
sliding windows are moved from sample to sample and the ratios of amplitudes within the sliding
windows are computed. The first break is selected as a maximum ratio. The header
DATA_FIRSTBREAK will be modified for the data set..

Algorithm
The automatic picking Algorithm works by looking at the trace offset and hence calculating a
theoretical first-break time equal to OFFSET/LMO Velocity. A search window is arranged
symmetrically about that theoretical time. Then two contiguous sliding windows move inside the
search window looking for the maximum of the ratio of the RMS amplitudes of the two windows (they
move one sample at a time - so one has a ratio at every sample position).
See Interactive First-Break Picking 160 for more information. For manual picking, the size of these
windows should be kept very small (we recommend 4 ms. for the Search Window and set the sliding
window equal to the data sample rate).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 753

[FBPicker RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the First Break Pick Options dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

First Break Pick Options - FBP Options Tab

[First Break Pick Options Dialog - FBP Options Tab]

Pick Options

Search Window
Enter value (ms.) for the search window length. Typical values will be in the range of
100 - 500 ms.
Sliding Window
Enter a length (ms.) for the sliding window. Typical values will be in the range of 20 -
40 ms.
Threshold Scalar
When calculating ratio, must exceed threshold.

GEDCO
754 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Search Mode
Choose one of Peak, Trough, Up to Zero, Down to Zero with the drop down list.
Pick to Nearest
Choose one of Sample Rate, 1/2 sample rate, 1/4 sample rate, 1/8 sample rate, 1/16
sample rate with the drop down list.
FB Pick Method
Choose method of picking with the drop down list:
- Sliding Win/Threshold, using sliding window and threshold to find the pick.
- Based on Search type, simply searches for the pick (ie. Peak - Finds the
maximum peak amplitude).
In both cases the algorithm starts at the LMO time - Half of the defined Search
Window.
Use Search Mode on Manual Pick/Auto Pick Un-Picked FBP's Only
These two options are not active in the flow command.

First Break Pick Options - Offset Range Tab

[First Break Pick Options Dialog - Offset Range Tab]

Offset Limit
Enables the user to limit the picks to an offset range.

Limit FB Pick by Offset

Check this option to limit to an offset range and specify the offset range.
Near Offset
Specify the Near Offset in meters.
Far Offset
Specify the Far Offset in meters.
Un-pick Traces Outside of Offset
Check this option to invalidate any picks outside of the defined range.

Note: Suppose that the user has already picked first breaks for the complete range of

GEDCO
 Job Flow 755

offsets and one wants to limit the first breaks to an offset range. First check the
Un-pick Traces Outside of Offset box, then check the Limit FB Pick by Offsets
box, and finally specify the Near and Far offsets.

LMO FUNC
Define Linear Move out function to pick on.
See Linear MoveOut LMO dialog 1203 description for complete details of this option.

11.6.5.7 Set Ensemble Records based on Header ID

The HDEnsem command sets a input set of unsorted data traces to a sorted ensemble.
The ensemble of traces is set according to a header item. When the header value changes, this
indicates
a new ensemble to subsequent attached commands. This command will affect subsequent
commands
which use an ensemble sort, eg. plotting in the TmpQuery command.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[HDEnsem RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Choose Vista-Header Item dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Chose Vista-header Item Dialog]

Select a header item from the pull down header list to set the trace ensemble.

Example:
The user has data being read from tape. It is in Shot order. The user may have a process one
wishes to use off tape but requires a different sort order (FK Filter). Use the command HDEnsem set
to SHOT_POINT_NO to set the trace order for this process.

GEDCO
 756 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.5.8 Get Data Sample

The DataSam icon takes amplitude values from the trace samples at times that are
associated
with a time header and puts these amplitude values into another selected header word.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[DataSam RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Get Header Data Sample dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Get Header Data Sample Dialog]

Input Header Item (Time/Frequency of Data Sample)

Click the button to open the Chose Vista-Header Item dialog to select a Input Header
time/frequency item from this dialog's drop down list.
Output Header Item
Click the button to open the Chose Vista-Header Item dialog to select a Output Header
data sample value item from this dialog's drop down list.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 757

EXAMPLE
In the example below, one is taking amplitude values of the uphole times (UPHOLE_SHOT
DATA) and putting them into the header word VWUSER1. For example, if the uphole time was 20 ms
for all traces of a shot, the amplitude value at 20 ms for all traces of that shot will be written to
VWUSER1. One could then analyze VWUSER1 in the Attribute Window.

[DataSam Example Flow]

Another example may be the use of DATA_FIRSTBREAK to study first break amplitudes versus
trace or CMP number as a means of data quality control.

11.6.5.9 Insert Spike into Data

The InSpike icon takes times from a header word (ms) and puts a spike in the data at
amplitude values specified from the trace samples at times that are associated with the time header.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[InSpike RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Header Spike Insert dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 758 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Header Spike Insert Dialog]

Input Header Item (Time to Insert Start of Spike)

Click on the button to open the Chose Vista-Header Item dialog to select a time header
item. Header time must be in milliseconds.

Spike Amplitude
Spike amplitude to place at the time location.
Spike Width
Spike width in number of samples.

11.6.5.10 Ensemble Randomize

The ERandom icon takes input ensembles and randomly scrambles the order of the
traces. Data must be in a sorted/ensemble order, otherwise the ERandom command will not run.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[ERandom RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
No dialog parameters are required.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 759

11.6.5.11 QC Header Monitor

The QCMonit command enables the user to monitor values of selected headers.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[QCMonit RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the QC Header Values dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

[QC Header Values Dialog]

Monitor Header Items

ADD
The ADD button opens the Monitor Header Item dialog which allow the user to select
headers and set their values to be monitored.

GEDCO
760 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Monitor Header Item Dialog]

Monitor Header Item

From the drop down list select the header word to be monitored.
Operation
From the Operation drop down list select the operation desired.
Minimum
Enter the minimum acceptable value.

In the dialogs above, the delay times have been selected and delay time values
greater than 20 ms will be monitored. Any values less than 20 ms will be flagged.
These flagged or failed values can be written or logged to a text file specified in the
Header Alarm dialog shown below.

DELETE
Delete monitor header words from the list. Click on the item to be deleted and then press
this DELETE button.

OPTIONS
The QC Monitor Header Alarm dialog is accessed by clicking OPTIONS and is shown
below.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 761

[QC Monitor Header Alarm Dialog]

Log File
Clicking on the FILE button opens a standard Windows Open File dialog for naming
the QC log file where the failed header values are to be written. Additionally one may
log or write out headers and their values that are concurrent with the monitored
headers that failed. For example the user can ADD the SHOT_POINT_NO and
FIELD_RECORD_NO which will also be output when a failed header value has been
logged. SHOT_POINT_NO and FIELD_RECORD_NO can be chosen by clicking on
the ADD button.

ADD
Clicking on this ADD button opens up the Chose Vista-Header Item dialog for
selecting the header word to monitor for the alarm characteristics set up in the
earlier dialogs.
REMOVE
Delete monitor header words from the list. Click on the item to be deleted and
then press this REMOVE button

Track by Individual Headers

The values of each selected header can be logged individually by selecting this
option. Suppose the user had 4 records of 24 traces each and the user choose to
monitor a header for each of the 96 traces. Additionally one has selected to also
write out SHOT_POINT_NO to the log file.

GEDCO
 762 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Thus the log file would output results on a trace by trace basis.
Track by Sort Record (First Header)
If user selects this option, the log file would output results based on the first trace
of each sort ensemble.
Stop Process when Exceeding Alarm Count
Check this option and entering a value for Count causes the logging process to
stop when the number of failed header values for each monitored header
exceeds the Count amount.

11.6.6 Geometry

The processes in this section are:

SPSgeom 762 - Input SPS Geometry files to help merge geometry information into headers.

Segp1Head - Fill either shot or receiver locations (coordinates) and optionally elevations from a
763 standard SEG-P1 file. "Stuff" values in the trace headers of all traces coming
through this flow icon.

2DMarine 765 - Fill in headers based on a simple 2D marine geometry.

Bin Grid 768 - Fill traces using user defined Bin Grid parameters.

3DFill 769 - Pad 3D stacked data sets with dead traces to fill In-Line and X-Line.
11.6.6.1 SPS Geometry Merge

The SPSgeom icon reads in SPS files and fills trace headers with appropriate geometry
information.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[SPSgeom RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Input SPS Geometry dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 763

[SPS Geometry Flow Command]

Station missing from SPS

Ignore Trace No information in placed in headers.
Omit Trace Traces are removed from flow.
Mark Trace as Dead Traces are marked as dead traces.

Missing Information Setting will add detail information of missing stations to log file.

Input Receiver File, Source File and Relational file as required.

Source file can time stamp merge between existing time stamp in data trace and SPS file.

11.6.6.2 SEG-P1 File Import

The Segp1Hed icon reads a SEG-P1 file and fills trace header words containing either shot
or receiver locations (coordinates) and optionally offsets and elevations.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Segp1Hed RMB Menu]

GEDCO
764 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Input SEG-P1 dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

[Input SEG-P1 Dialog]

Input SEG-P1 File

Specify the SEG-P1 file to input by clicking the button which opens a standard Windows
File Open dialog to select the desired SEG-P1 file.

Source SEG-P1 File/Receiver SEG-P1 File.

Specify whether the SEG-P1 file is a Source SEG-P1 File or Receiver SEG-P1 File.

Auto Calculate Shot-Recv Offsets

The user can choose to calculate the shot-receiver offsets as the SEG-P1 files are read in
by checking this option.

SEG-P1 DEFN
Define columns of the SEG-P1 file using the SEG-P1 Input dialog box shown below. This
dialog box is documented in the VISTA reference manual. See Export Header Values 393
out to Files under View Header Window.

[SEG-P1 File Import Command Parameter Dialog]

GEDCO
 Job Flow 765

11.6.6.3 2D Auto-Marine Geometry

The 2DMarine icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of 2DMarine to more than one other icon. This command has
various options for setting up the geometry and configuration of the 2-D Marine survey parameters.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[2DMarine RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the 2D Auto-Marine Geometry dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

2D Auto-Marine Geometry - Survey Tab

[2D Auto-Marine Geometry Dialog - Survey Tab]

GEDCO
766 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Survey Definition
Shot Interval
Shot interval in project units.
Group Interval
Group/Receiver interval.
First Shot Station
First shot station number.
Shot Station Increment
Increment of shot number between shot points.
CMP Bin Spacing
Bin Spacing.

2D Auto-Marine Geometry - Streamer Tab

[2D Auto-Marine Geometry Dialog - Survey Tab]

Stream Definition
Number of Streamers
Number of streams.
Channels per Streamer
Channels per streamer.
Distance between Streamers
Distance between streamers.
Channel No of Near Trace
Channel number of nearest trace.
InLine Distance Source to Near Trace
Distance Inline from shot to nearest trace of the group.
Perpendicular Distance Source to Streamer
Perpendicular distance shot to streamer.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 767

2D Auto-Marine Geometry - Antenna Tab

[2D Auto-Marine Geometry Dialog - Antenna Tab]

Antenna Parameters
Add actual recorded position to calculated position.
Antenna Position in Headers
Check this box to activate this function.
Antenna X-Location
Use the drop down list to select the parameter to assign the X-Location.
Antenna Y-Location
Use the drop down list to select the parameter to assign the Y-Location.
Antenna to Shot Point
Enter the Shot Point Antenna distance in meters.
Survey Angle
Enter the Survey Angle in degrees.

2D Auto-Marine Geometry - Shot Mapping Tab

GEDCO
 768 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[2D Auto-Marine Geometry Dialog - Shot Mapping Tab]

Field-Record Shot Number List

ADD
Enter the Field Record # from and to as well as the Shot Number Start and then
click the ADD button to add data to this Mapping List.

11.6.6.4 Bin Grid

The BinGrid icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of BinGrid to more than one other icon. This command
performs 2D or 3D bin gridding of trace data input.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[BinGrid RMB Menu]

GEDCO
 Job Flow 769

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Bin-Grid dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on the flow
command icon.

[Flow Command BinGrid Dialog]

Check out 2D/3D Bin grid parameters 1174 help information.

11.6.6.5 3-D Bin In-Fill

The 3DFill icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link.
It is permissible to send the output of 3DFill to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
3DFill takes as input an In-Line or X-Line sorted 3D. It then fills all gaps and edges according to
the user parameters entered.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[3DFill RMB Menu]

GEDCO
 770 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the 3D Bin Grid InFill dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

[3D Bin Grid InFill Dialog]

3D Bin Limits
Automatic Bin Fill
All other parameters are ignored and the 3D is filled out to the maximum and minimum
defined for the InLine/XLine header words.
User Defined 3D Bin Fill
The 3D is filled out according to the user defined Min/Max values of InLine/Xline.

3D Header Bin Information

Recalculate 3D Bin Grin Information
Checking this option allows the program after padding can recreate the binning values
according to the input data Bin Grid (file) or by a user define bin grid. This re-gridding will
affect the header words CDP, INLINE, XLINE, CMP_CENTERX & CMP_CENTERY.
Use Currently Defined Bin Grid
Check this option to use the user's defined Bin Grid Fill.
Use Input Bin Grid File
Check this option to use the user's Bin Grid File. Click the INPUT GRID FILE button to
open a standard Windows File Open dialog to select the grid file. The file name will over
write the INPUT GRID FILE text.

11.6.7 Trace Edit

The processes in this section are:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 771

KillTrc 771 - Kill (set all samples to zero) traces specified in an ASCII file created by the
Interactive/Window Display 86 using the Kill 145 icon

RPolTrc 773 - Reverse traces (flip the polarity) specified in an ASCII file created by the
Interactive/Window Display 86 using the Reverse-Polarity 150 icon.

MuteTrc 774 - Apply mutes to a data set. The mutes are stored in an ASCII file created by the
Interactive/Window Display 86 using the Mute 153 icon.

NmoTrMut - Design mutes on NMO data and apply to non-NMO corrected data.
778

MuteSave - Save currently defined data mutes.

780

MuteRest 781 - Restore mutes defined by command MuteSave.

PadTrc 781 - Add dead traces to a sorted data set to pad the input ensembles to a user
controlled size.

11.6.7.1 Trace Kill

The KillTrc icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link.
It is permissible to send the output of KillTrc to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
Kill (set all samples to zero) traces specified in an ASCII file created by the Interactive/Window
Display 86 using the Kill 145 icon.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[KillTrc RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Trace Edit: Kill Traces dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
772 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Trace Edit: Kill Traces Dialog]

Kill Trace Mark Method

If traces have not previously been selected to be killed the user may flag these traces here.
There are 3 options of flagging these traces.
Do Not Mark Any Traces
No traces will be marked.
Mark All Traces
Mark all traces.
Mark Traces by File Input
Kill (set all samples to zero) traces specified in an ASCII file created by the
Interactive/Window Display 86 using the Kill 145 icon.
SET
Specify the ASCII file with the this SET button. This button opens a standard Windows
Open File dialog to select the desired ASCII file.
VIEW
This button opens a small window to inspect the ASCII file.

NOTE: Trace number reflects the trace location index in the file starting from 0 (Zero). It does
not represent the value contained in the header for trace number.

Kill Trace Action

Select one of the buttons for the Kill Trace Action.
No Action
Take no action.
Kill (Zero Data) All Marked Traces
Select this option if the user has previously marked traces to be killed in the
Interactive/Window Display 86 using the Kill 145 icon or if the user selected to mark
traces from the above options.
Omit All Marked Traces
Omit marked traces.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 773

11.6.7.2 Reverse Polarity

The RPolTrc icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link.
It is permissible to send the output of RPolTrc to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
Reverse traces (flip the polarity) specified in an ASCII file created by the Interactive/Window
Display 86 using the Rev 150 icon.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[RPolTrc RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Trace Edit:Reverse-Polarity dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Trace Edit: Reverse-Polarity Dialog]

Mark RevPolarity Method

If traces have not previously been selected to be polarity reversed one may flag these traces
here.
There are 3 options of flagging these traces.

Do Not Mark Any Traces

No traces will be marked.
Mark All Traces

GEDCO
 774 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Mark all traces.

Mark Traces by File Input
Reverse traces specified in an ASCII file created by the Interactive/Window Display 86
using a the Rev icon.
SET
Specify the ASCII file with the this SET button. This button opens a standard Windows
Open File dialog to select the desired ASCII file. The FILE NOT-SET text is replaced with
the opened file name when the file is opened.
VIEW
This button opens a small window to inspect the ASCII file.

NOTE: Trace number reflects the trace location index in the file starting from 0 (Zero). It does
not represent the value contained in the header for trace number.

Reverse All Marked Traces

Select this option if one has previously marked traces to be reversed in the
Interactive/Window Display 86 called Trace Edit or if one has selected to mark traces
from the above options.

11.6.7.3 Mute Data

The MuteTrc icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of MuteTrc to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
Apply mutes to a data set. The mutes are stored in an ASCII file created by the
Interactive/Window Display 86
using the Mute 153 icon. There is a user defined mute ramp of samples at the front and end of the
mute. Normally the data should be in Shot Order.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[MuteTrc RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Mute Data Traces dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 775

[Mute Data Traces Dialog]

Mute Type
Mute by file to define the mutes or use the mute header words to mute the data.

Mute by File

FILE
Specify the mute ASCII file by clicking on FILE. Opens a standard Windows File
Open dialog to open the mute file (*.mut). MUTE FILE NAME is replaced by the file
path and name if the file is successfully opened.
VIEW
Review the file by clicking on VIEW.

Write Times to Headers

One has the option of writing the Mute times to the header words
MUTE_TIME_START and MUTE_TIME_END for top, bottom, and surgical mutes by
clicking on the Write Times to Headers option. Apply these mutes with the
option Mute by Header Values.

Apply Surgical Mutes Defined to All Records

If option is on, all surgical mutes defined in file will be applied to all the input data.

Mute By Header Values

Apply Top/Bottom Mute Header

Apply the specified mute using the user defined header words. Use the drop down list
for the top and bottom to select the header words. Default mute header words:
MUTE_TIME_START and MUTE_TIME_END.

GEDCO
 776 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Mute Options
Taper Mute Zones
Apply a linear taper to all the mute edges. Size of this taper is defined by Taper
Length.

11.6.7.4 Mute Analysis

The MuteAna icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of MuteAna to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The idea behind Mute Analysis is to allow the user to see how a CDP stacked trace looks with
various mutes applied to it.
Input is CDP gathers and output are progressive muted stacked traces.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[MuteTrc RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Mute Analysis dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 777

Specify if the Mute is Top or Inside Mute. Restrict the offset range for analysis with an offset
increment.
Can also insert dead traces between successive stacks.

Stack

GEDCO
 778 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Specify the style of stacking for the mute analysis.

11.6.7.5 NMO Altered Trace Mute

The NmoTrMut icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
a link. It is permissible to send the output of NmoTrMut to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
This command is equivalent to the following processing steps:
1. Apply NMO function to data.
2. Design a mute on the NMO corrected data.
3. Remove the NMO function.

Mute times are shifted when the NMO function is removed. Use this command when one is
generating the CVS, Semblance, and Common Offset Stacks for your interactive velocity analysis.

Generally one would like to pick the velocity function based on muted data; however the best
mute is generally not available until after one has selected a NMO function. The NMO Altered
Trace Mute command allows one to apply a mute designed on a NMO function, and then apply
that mute to data that have not been corrected for NMO.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 779

[NmoTrMut RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the NMO Altered Trace Mute Data dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[NMO Altered Trace Mute Data Dialog]

Mute File
Specify the mute ASCII file.
FILE
Load the Mute File by clicking on this option. Opens a standard Windows File Open
dialog to open the mute file (*.mut). The blank space above the FILE is replaced by the
file path and name if the file is successfully opened.
VIEW
Review the file by clicking on VIEW. Apply the mutes in the file by clicking on Mute by

GEDCO
 780 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

File.

Velocity File
Specify the NMO velocity file.
FILE
Load the NMO velocity file by clicking on this option. Opens a standard Windows File
Open dialog to open the mute file (*.vel). The blank space above the FILE is replaced by
the file path and name if the file is successfully opened.
VIEW
Review the file by clicking on VIEW. This option opens the Velocity Display File graph
Window to show plot(s) of the velocity data.
Percent of Velocity File to Use
Percent of velocity file to use.

Mute Options

Write Times To Headers

One has the option of writing the Mute times to the header words MUTE_TIME_START
and MUTE_TIME_END for top, bottom, and surgical mutes by clicking on the Write
Times to Headers option. Apply these mutes with the option Mute by Header Values.
See write mute times to Mute header words.

Taper Mute Zones

Apply a linear taper to all the mute edges. Size of this taper is defined by Taper Length.

Mute by File / Mute By Header Values

Use file to define the mutes or use the mute header words to mute the data. Mute
Header Words are MUTE_TIME_START and MUTE_TIME_END.

11.6.7.6 Save Mute

The MuteSave icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of MuteSave to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The MuteSave command simply saves the start and end times of the first live sample. It places
these values in the Mute Header words.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[MuteSave RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS

GEDCO
 Job Flow 781

There are no parameters for MuteSave .

11.6.7.7 Restore Mute

The MuteRest icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of MuteRest to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The MuteRest command is used to restore the previously saved mute. It uses the values in the
Mute Header words to define the mute.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[MuteRest RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
There are no parameters for MuteRest .
11.6.7.8 Trace Padding

The PadTrc icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of PadTrc to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
PadTrc command is used to pad traces of an input ensemble. It pads each ensemble with traces
to fill in gaps and the outer edges according to user defined values. The input must be sorted.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[PadTrc RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Trace Pad Ensemble Records dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by

GEDCO
 782 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Trace Pad Ensemble Records Dialog]

Pad Options

Auto Pad Record Size

Pads each ensemble record out to the maximum for that sorted ensemble.
Fixed Pad Size
Pads each ensemble record out to user specified size specified in # Trace Pad To.
Padded by Fixed Number of Traces
Pads each fixed number of traces to the start (Pad to Front) and end (Pad to End) of
each ensemble record.
Pad by Header Word
Define the header word on which to pad each ensemble record by. Select the header
word from the drop down list. The parameters for Minimum Value, Maximum Value and
Increment Value define how to pad each record.

11.6.8 Scaling

The processes in this section are:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 783

Mean 783 - Apply Mean amplitude scaling.

RMS 785 - Apply RMS amplitude scaling.

TVScale 788 - Apply time variant mean amplitude scaling.

AGC 790 - Apply L1/L2 AGC (Automatic Gain Control).

AGCEnsemb - Apply AGC to an Ensemble (Shot, Receiver, etc.).

793

ResGain - Calculate Residual Gain curve for input data set.

ExpGain 797 - Apply t * e^(nt) scaling, where n is user specified.

GainPanel 797 - Output a panel of gain tests where the gain is of the form (^ent) and 'n' is user
specified.

ExpTPow 799 - Exponential Time power.

MeanEnsem - Apply mean scaling to ensembles (shot, CMP, etc.).

800

SCScale 802 - Compute surface consistent scaling for all data (Compute separate shot, receiver,
CMP and Offset scalars).

TVSCScale - Compute time-variant surface consistent scaling for all data (Compute separate
805 shot, receiver,
CMP and Offset functions - scalars vs. time).

SCApply 807 - Apply surface consistent scaling (calculated in flow commands SurfScal 802 or
TVSurfSc 805 ) to a data set.

DbScale 808 - Logarithmic scaling - Time variant.

DbOffSc 810 - Offset dependent logarithmic scaling - Time variant.

SphDiv 811 - Apply spherical divergence by specifying time-velocity pairs.

11.6.8.1 Mean Scaling

The Mean icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link. It
is permissible to send the output of Mean to more than one other icon.

Algorithm

GEDCO
784 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Mean works by calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace samples within the Mean
Scale Window. The entire trace (all samples) are then multiplied by Scale / Average.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Mean RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Mean Amplitude Scaling dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Mean Amplitude Scaling Dialog]

Parameters

Output Scale Factor

Enter the average output Scale Factor level. Increase the output amplitude by entering a
large value here.

DESIGN WINDOW
Opens the Mean Scale Time Window Defn. dialog shown below to define the Mean scale
time window:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 785

[Mean Scale Time Window Defn. Dialog]

This dialog allows the user to select the Time Window for the calculation of the mean.
See the following Design Window 1191 details of this dialog.

Apply Signal Bandpass

Calculate the mean scale value based on a bandpass filtered data set of the original input
data set. The calculated scale value is then applied to the original data set.

NOTE: The calculated scale value for the MEAN computation is placed in the Vista Header
word SCALE_SURFACECONAMP_CMP. By utilization of the MATH->CONSTANT Flow
Command and selecting this header word to divide by, the user can remove the mean
scaling of the trace(s).

11.6.8.2 RMS Scaling

The RMS icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link. It
is permissible to send the output of RMS to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
RMS works by calculating the root means square absolute amplitude of all trace samples within
the RMS Scale Window. The entire trace (all samples) are then multiplied by Scale / Average.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
786 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[RMS RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the RMS Amplitude Scaling dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

Parameters

Output Scale Factor

Enter the average output Scale Factor level. Increase the output amplitude by entering a
large value here.

DESIGN WINDOW
Opens the Mean Scale Time Window Defn. dialog shown below to define the RMS scale
time window.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 787

[Mean Scale Time Window Defn. Dialog]

This dialog allows the user to select the Time Window for the calculation of the mean.
See the following Design Window 1191 details of this dialog.

Apply Signal Bandpass

Calculate the RMS scale value based on a bandpass filtered data set of the original input
data set. The calculated scale value is then applied to the original data set.

NOTE: The calculated scale value for the RMS computation is placed in the Vista Header
word SCALE_SURFACECONAMP_CMP. By utilization of the MATH->CONSTANT Flow
Command and selecting this header word to divide by, the user can remove the RMS
scaling of the trace(s).

Output Scale Factor

Enter the average output amplitude level.
Increase the output amplitude by entering a large value here.
Apply Signal Bandpass
Calculate the RMS scale value based on a bandpass filter of the original input data set. The
calculated scale value is then applied to the original data set.
DESIGN WINDOW
Define RMS scale time window through the following Design Window 1191 dialog.
NOTE:

GEDCO
 788 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The calculated scale value for the RMS computation is placed in the Vista Header word
SCALE_SURFACECONAMP_CMP.
By utilization of the MATH->CONSTANT Flow Command and selecting this header word to divide
by can remove the RMS scaling of the trace(s).

11.6.8.3 Time-Variant Scaling

The TVScale icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of TVScale to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
TVScale works by building a "trace" of multipliers. The parameters supplied by the user are a
series of triplets - (start time, end time, apply time). Each of these triplets defines a data window -
(start time, end time), The mean amplitude of the data is calculated within this window.

The value of the scalar quantity = Scale Factor / Mean is posted at the time = "Apply time" in the
"trace" of multipliers. When all the triplets have been handled in this way, the undefined values in
the "trace" of multipliers are interpolated from the defined ones - at times given by the various "apply
times".

Finally the trace is multiplied sample by sample with the "trace" of multipliers.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[TVScale RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Time Variant Scaling dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 789

[Time Variant Scaling Dialog]

TV Scaling List
The list of time values displayed in the window are generated by the ADD button. These
parameters can be edited by double clicking on an entry in the window. Multiple time triplets
values are allowed.

ADD
This option opens the TV Scale Parameters dialog shown below:

[TV Scale Parameters Dialog]

Start Time
Enter start time of the time triplet.

GEDCO
 790 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

End Time
Enter end time of the time triplet.
Apply Time
Enter the apply time of the time triplet. This time is normally centered in the time
window as shown in the example at the end of this description.

REMOVE
Click on one of the triplets (select it) and click REMOVE to delete it from the list.

Scale Parameters

Mean Scale/RMS Scale

Choose one of the two methods of scaling.
Output Scale Factor
Enter the average output Scale Factor level. Increase the output amplitude by entering a
large value here.
This affects the "multiplier" value posted at the "apply time".

Apply Signal Bandpass

Calculate the Mean/RMS time variant scale values based on a bandpass filtered data set
of the original input data set. The calculated scale value is then applied to the original
data set.

Adjust Scaling Times by Header Values

Allows adjustment of scaling times by the various static header words. Use the drop down
list to select the appropriate static header word.

EXAMPLE
In this basic example have applied a TVScale function to the filtered CMP stack before outputting
it. This TVScale window has been defined with 5 windows.

11.6.8.4 AGC Norm Equalization

The AGC icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link. It
is permissible to send the output of AGC to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
AGC (Automatic Gain Control L1 or L2) works by calculating the average absolute amplitude of
all trace samples within a moving AGC Window. The sample at the center of the window is then
multiplied by Scale / Average. The whole process moves down one sample and starts again. Note

GEDCO
 Job Flow 791

that muted areas at the start of a trace are avoided. Calculation starts at the first non-zero sample. At
the start or end of the trace, the scalar used for the center sample in the AGC window is also used for
all samples before it (to the start of trace) or all samples after it (to the end of trace). AGC works on a
trace-by-trace basis.

In equation form:

Some points to note about AGC:

1. When AGC runs over a trace, it can create a so-called "shadow zone" behind any large
amplitude samples(e.g. First breaks). This is an area of weaker amplitude caused by the large
amplitudes being included in the AGC calculation window for some time after the strong burst.

2. AGC windows will typically be around 0.5 to 1.0 seconds. Never use an AGC window less
than the wavelength of the dominant frequency (typically around 50ms. or less). This avoids the case
where the AGC window is positioned only over a peak or trough, and may cause strange behavior.

3. AGC can have an undesirable effect when it is applied to a trace with front end muting. Use
the option Skip Initial Hard-Zero to avoid this.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[AGC-L1 RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the AGC Scaling (L1 Norm Equalization) dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened
by double clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
792 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[AGC Scaling (L1 Norm Equalization) Dialog]

AGC Parameters
Norm Equalization
Specify type of AGC calculation L1 or L2.
Length of AGC Window
Enter the length of the moving AGC window in ms.
Output Scale Factor
Enter the scale factor to apply to the entire output amplitude level.
Skip Initial Hard-Zero
This flag will cause the AGC to start from the first non-zero sample in the trace. (Always
recommended)
Apply Signal Bandpass
Calculate the AGC scalars based on a bandpass filter of the original input data set
(Signal). The calculated scalars are then applied to the original data set.

Output Scalars Link ON/Output Scalars Link Off/Switch Output Scalars Link
AGC-L1 command also has ability to save the scalars calculated, use the flow command RMB menu
to access this feature.
Choose the Output Scalars Link ON to output the scalars to the highlighted link as shown below:

[AGC-1 Output Scalars Link On]

Use Switch Output Scalars Link to switch to the other output link, and use Output Scalars Link Off
to de-activate the output link.
This example is for illustrative purposes only of the links.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 793

To remove the scalars divide the output data set the scalars as shown below.

[Example to Remove Scalars]

11.6.8.5 Ensemble AGC Scaling

The AGCEnsem icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of AGCEnsem to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
In the AGCEnsem it is assumed that the traces are coming into the AGCEnsem in a sorted order
(using one of the Sort Indexes that has been built for the Input data.) Thus, for example, if one
chooses "Shot" sort order in the Input parameter dialog, then the average of the absolute smoothed
amplitudes of all traces of the shot ( "smoothed" means - use the AGC window as a running average
on the trace amplitudes) are calculated.

All traces (of the shot) are then multiplied by Scale / Average.

Thus, the user can think of this process as equalizing the amplitude (in a time variant sense) from
shot to shot
- or receiver group to receiver group - or CMP to CMP - etc.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[AGCEnsem RMB Menu]

GEDCO
794 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the AGC Ensemble Scaling dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[AGC Ensemble Scaling Dialog]

AGC Parameters
Norm Equalization
Specify type of AGC calculation L1 or L2.
Length of AGC Window
Enter the length of the moving AGC window in ms.
Output Scale Factor
Enter the scale factor to apply to the entire output amplitude level.
Skip Initial Hard-Zero
This flag will cause the AGC to start from the first non-zero sample in the trace. (Always
recommended)
Apply Signal Bandpass
Calculate the AGC scalars based on a bandpass filter of the original input data set
(Signal). The calculated scalars are then applied to the original data set.

Output Scalars Link ON/Output Scalars Link Off/Switch Output Scalars Link
AGCEnsem command also has ability to save the scalars calculated, use the flow command RMB
menu to access this feature.
Choose the Output Scalars Link ON to output the scalars to the highlighted link as shown below:

[AGCEnsem Output Scalars Link On]

GEDCO
 Job Flow 795

Use Switch Output Scalars Link to switch to the other output link, and use Output Scalars Link Off
to de-activate the output link.
This example is for illustrative purposes only of the links.

To remove the scalars divide the output data set the scalars as shown below.

[Example to Remove Scalars]

11.6.8.6 Residual Gain

The ResGain icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of ResGain to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
ResGain is used to adjust the gain curve applied to all traces on the line. The idea is to compensate
for attenuation and changes in wavelet frequency content without down weighting the strong seismic
events. Thus the input is generally a line of post decon data without weathering
statics. The output is a single trace - the gain curve. Apply this to your data by inputting the data
(without statics) and inputting the scalar into MultInput (math routine). Internally we filter to remove
ground roll and high frequency noise. We also ask that the user input a
mute to remove the first breaks. The user then inputs a series of overlapping windows. The
amplitudes are computed in these (we require 70% live data) and the resulting gain curves are
normalized and stacked. The normalization window is also user input. To avoid contaminating the
amplitude calculation within a window with high amplitude signal or noise we split the window into 45
millisecond sub windows and compute the rms amplitude in each. We then sort these amplitudes and
average only the middle third. (RMS Trim Median option in TVScale) Thus to
preserve signal amplitude it helps to use large windows but for the near surface where you need to
change amplitudes quickly you are forced to use smaller windows. Hence the default windows.

Note that windows may run off the end of the trace without causing a problem. Values between apply
points are interpolated linearly in the logarithm of the value so that the % change between points is
constant. This % change is extrapolated before the first apply point and after
the last. After being converted back to amplitudes the values are smoothed with a triangular filter of
270 milliseconds.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
796 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[AGCEnsem RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Residual Gain dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

[Residual Gain flow command Dialog]

The Time variant scale window is used to define where in time the scalars are calculated and
applied.
These scalars computed on each trace are normalized and stacked to form the output scalar trace.
A window requires 70% live data to be included.

The Normalization Window is used to correct each trace to the same level so that the scalars can
be stacked. The level computed in this window is a trim median as are the time variant windows.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 797

Apply Signal Bandpass - If this is turned on then the data is filtered before the scalars
are calculated. We wish to gain for the signal not the noise.

Mute by File - This is used to remove the first breaks from the input. Again we are scaling for signal
not the noise.

11.6.8.7 Exponential Gain

The ExpGain icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of ExpGain than one other icon.

Algorithm
ExpGain works by multiplying the traces by an exponential function of the form = t * e^(nt). This
approximates the effect of absorption with some transmission loss.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[ExpGain RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Exponential Gain Function dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Exponential Gain Function Dialog]

Exponential Gain Constant

Enter the value for "n" - the exponent. A value of "1.0" implies a value of exp(t) for the
multiplier to be used on the sample at time "t". i.e. multiply the sample at 1.0 seconds by
2.71828 and multiply the sample at 2.0 seconds by 7.389056, etc. (i.e. multiply the trace
by an exponential curve).
11.6.8.8 Exponential Gain(Panel Tests)

The GainPanel icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of GainPanel than one other icon.

GEDCO
798 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Algorithm
GainPanel works by gaining a selected ensemble a number of times. A sequence of gains of the
form t * e^(nt) is applied to the ensemble where n is user specified. The output is a set of gain panels
where each panel represents a gain value of 'n' applied to the ensemble.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[GainPanel RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Exponential Gain Tests dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Exponential Gain Tests Dialog]

Exp Gain Panel Tests

Specify the 'n' values of each test. If there are 'm' number of 'n' values, then there will be 'm'
number of output panels.

Exponential
Enter a value in the exponential for the 'm' panel and hit ADD.
ADD
Hitting this button adds the current exponential to the panel list.
REMOVE
Click the desired exponential value to be removed in the panel list and then click this
button to remove the value from the list.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 799

EXAMPLE:
One performs a set of 4 panels gain tests on the input data.

[Exponential Gain Tests Flow Example]

11.6.8.9 Exponential Time Power

The ExpTPow icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of ExpTPow to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
ExpTPow works by multiplying the traces by a power function of the form t^(n).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[ExpTPow RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS

GEDCO
 800 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Opens the Exponential (Time Power) dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Exponential (Time Power) Dialog]

Exponential (Time Power)

Enter the value for "n" - the time exponent. .

11.6.8.10 Ensemble Mean Scale

The MeanEnsem icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
a link. It is permissible to send the output of MeanEnsem to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
In the MeanEnsem it is assumed that the traces are coming into the MeanEnsem in a sorted
order (using one of the Sort Indexes that has been built for the Input data). Thus, for example, if the
user chooses "Shot" sort order in the Input parameter dialog, then the average absolute amplitude of
all traces of the shot (within the Mean Scale Window) is calculated. All traces (of the shot) are then
multiplied by Scale / Average.

Thus, the user can think of this process as equalizing the amplitude from shot to shot - or receiver
group to receiver group - or CMP to CMP - etc.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[MeanEnsem RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Mean Amplitude Scaling (Ensemble) dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened
by double clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 801

[Mean Amplitude Scaling (Ensemble) Dialog]

Parameters

Output Scale Factor

Enter the output scale factor level. Increase the output amplitude by entering a large
value here.

DESIGN WINDOW
Opens the Mean Scale (Ensemble) Time Window Defn. dialog for selecting the entire
trace, a fixed window or a Time Gate file for determining the scaling. Refer to the main
manual Design window dialog 1191 for details.

[Mean Scale (Ensemble) Time Window Defn. Dialog]

Apply Signal Bandpass

Calculate the mean scale value based on a bandpass filter of the original input data set.
The calculated scale value is then applied to the original data set.

GEDCO
 802 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.8.11 Surface Consistent Scale

The SCScale icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of SCScale to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
In the SCScale the average amplitude (Mean or RMS) of each input trace is computed. Each
trace scalar is assumed to be of the form:

Trace Multiplier = Shot multiplier x Receiver Multiplier x Offset dependent Multiplier x

CMP Multiplier.

By utilizing logarithms, this equation becomes a sum of factors rather than a product. The sum
can then be solved by the usual Gauss-Seidel iterative process (the equations are identical to those
used in surface consistent statics - Interactive / Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con. 455 for the individual
shot, receiver, offset and CMP components).

Thus one can derive a multiplier for each shot, each receiver, each offset (grouped into offset
ranges) and each CMP. In application, one generally only applies the shot and receiver components
of the solution. There have been several papers in recent years on surface consistent processes such
as statics, deconvolution and scaling.
Most of the work in this process is based on; Surface Consistent Deconvolution, Peter Cary, 1995
CSEG Convention

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[SCScale RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Surface Consistent Scaling dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 803

[Surface Consistent Scaling Dialog]

Parameters

# Iterations
Number of Gauss-Seidel iterations (i.e. average by shot, receiver, offset and CMP counts
as one iteration). The value of 5 is recommended.

Offset Bins Size

Offsets will be grouped in ranges. Thus if this value is 100, then offsets will be grouped
into ranges (0,100), (100,200), (200, 300), etc. This parameter will generally be set equal
to the receiver group interval.

Output Scale Factor

Set the output scale factor. After application of the shot and receiver scalars, traces will
have an average amplitude equal to this value.

Mean Scale/RMS Scale

Choose one of these radio buttons to select the type of amplitude average desired. In
general Mean is recommended.

Output Scalars

Shot Scale Name/Recv Scale Name/Offset Scale Name

The three scalars output by SCScale use these names (defined by the entries here) in
the project. These same scalars (names) are then used as input in the SCApply 807
command to apply them to the data. Furthermore, the scalars values are written to the
header words:
SCALE_SURFACECONAMP_SRC
SCALE_SURFACECONAMP_RCV
SCALE_SURFACECONAMP_OFFSET

In other words 3 scalar values are assigned to the above headers for each trace of the
data set upon completion of the SCScale command. An output plot will be generated, if

GEDCO
804 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

requested, of the 3 output scalars. This plot will appear to be "empty" because the plots
are of a single value, namely the scalar value.

DESIGN WINDOW
Opens the SurfaceCon Scaling Time-Gate File dialog selecting the time window. Refer to the
main manual Design Window 1191 for specific details.

[SurfaceCon Scaling Time-Gate Dialog]

The amplitude can be calculated over a portion of each trace rather than the whole trace. The
user may use a fixed window or an offset dependent window. If the user selects an offset
dependent window, the time gate must be designed over CMP ordered data - so that each
trace time window is interpolated on a CMP basis.

EXAMPLE
Shown below is a simple flow chart to compute the Surface Consistent Scaling and the to apply
the scaling.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 805

[Surface Consistent Scaling Flow Example]

The top flow in the above Figure is used to calculate and output surface consistent scalars. Then
the bottom flow with SCApply is used to apply these scalars to the input data set. Output is scaled
traces.

11.6.8.12 Time-Variant Surface Consistent Scaling

The TVSCScale icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of TVSCScale to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
In the TVSCScale the average amplitude (Mean or RMS) versus time of each input trace is
computed. Each trace scalar at each time step is assumed to be of the form:

Trace Multiplier = Shot multiplier x Receiver Multiplier x Offset dependent Multiplier x

CMP Multiplier.

By utilizing logarithms, this equation becomes a sum of factors rather than a product. The sum
can then be solved by the usual Gauss-Seidel iterative process (cf surface consistent statics) for the
individual shot, receiver, offset and CMP components. Thus although one now has many scalars for
each trace (at each time step), the calculations proceed exactly as in SCScale 802 command.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[TVSCScale RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Time Variant Surface Consistent Scaling dialog shown below.
This dialog can be opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
806 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Time-Variant Surface Consistent Scaling Dialog]

Parameters
# Iterations
Number of Gauss-Seidel iterations (i.e. average by shot, receiver, offset and CMP counts
as one iteration). It is recommended that 5 be used.
Window Length
"Time Step" - length of each portion of each trace to be used in calculating each of the
scalars versus time.
Window Overlap
Percentage overlap between "time step" windows. Thus if the two parameters are Length
= 200 and Overlap =50%, then for a trace with a record length of 1000ms., 9 windows
will be used: (0,200), (100,300), (200,400), (300,500), (400,600), (500,700), (600,800),
(700,900), (800,1000).
Offset Bins Size
Offsets will be grouped in ranges. Thus if this value is 100, then offsets will be grouped
into ranges (0,100), (100,200), (200, 300), etc. This parameter will generally be set equal
to the receiver group interval.

Output Scalars

Shot Scale Name/Recv Scale Name/Offset Scale Name

The three scalars output by TVSCScale use these names (defined by the entries here) in
the project. These same scalars (names) are then used as input in the SCApply 807
command to apply them to the data.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 807

11.6.8.13 Surface Consistent Scale Application

The SCApply icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of SCApply to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
In the SCApply the Shot, Receiver and optionally Offset scalars (or "scalar traces") are
computed by the processes SCScale 802 or TVSCScale 805 and are applied to each trace. Normally it
is recommended to apply only the shot and receiver components as noted by Peter Cary (1995).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[SCApply RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Surface Consistent Scaling Application dialog shown below.
This dialog can be opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Surface Consistent Scaling Application Dialog]

Output Scale Factor

Enter the output scale factor level. Increase the output amplitude by entering a large
value here.

GEDCO
 808 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Shot Multiplier, Receiver Multiplier, Offset Multiplier

Check the scalars that are to be used and then enter the scalar names. The names must
be the names of one of your data sets - in fact, it should be (must be!) the same as
the data set used to compute the scalars in processes SCScale 802 or TVSCScale 805 .

EXAMPLE
Shown below is a simple flow chart to compute the Surface Consistent Scaling and the to apply
the scaling.

[Surface Consistent Scaling Flow Example]

The top flow in the above Figure is used to calculate and output surface consistent scalars. Then
the bottom flow with SCApply is used to apply these scalars to the input data set. Output is scaled
traces.

Note again that the user must apply 2 separate flows to calculate and then apply the surface
consistent scalars. SCApply 807 may be used to apply scalars calculated by either SCScale 802 or
TVSCScale 805 .

11.6.8.14 Logarithmic Scaling (dBSC) Time-Variant

The DbScale icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of DbScale to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
DbScale works by applying time-variant logarithmic (ie., decibel) scaling to input data traces

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 809

[DbScale RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Time-Variant Logarithmic Scaling (Decibel Scaling) dialog shown below.
This dialog can be opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Time-Variant Logarithmic Scaling (Decibel Scaling) Dialog]

Time/Decibel Pairs
ADD
Add time-scaling pair describing a time-variant logarithmic scaling function. Enter a Time
and Value, then click the ADD button. As many pairs as the user wishes may be added.
The initial value is shown.
REMOVE
Remove time-scaling pair from the list. Click on the pair to be removed, then click on the
REMOVE button.

Time control points are specified in milliseconds, while scaling values are specified in
decibels. A positive decibel value will increase data amplitude while a negative decibel
value will reduce data amplitude.

NOTE:
Linear interpolation will be performed between control points. If a control point is not
inserted for 0 seconds, a control point of 0 seconds and 0 decibel is assumed. The last
specified decibel will be used to extend beyond the last control point.

GEDCO
 810 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.8.15 Logarithmic Offset Scaling - Time Variant

The DbOffSc icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of DbOffSc to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
DbScale works by applying time-variant logarithmic (ie., decibel) scaling by offsets to the input
data traces. Each defined offset can have a defined set of time-variant logarithmic scaling pairs.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[DbOffSc RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Offset Dependent Time Variant Logarithmic Scaling dialog shown below.
This dialog can be opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Offset Dependent Time-Variant Logarithmic Scaling Dialog]

Offset Dependent dB Scaling Settings

Offset
Enter the desired offset (Feet) for the Time-Variant Logarithmic Scaling at that offset.
ADD
Opens the Time-Variant Logarithmic Scaling (Decibel Scaling) dialog shown below to
add time-decibel pairs describing a time-variant scaling function. These pairs will be
associated with the current user defined offset parameter. Multiple offsets - scaling pairs

GEDCO
 Job Flow 811

can be applied.

[Time-Variant Logarithmic Scaling (Decibel Scaling) Dialog]

See Time-Variant Logarithmic Scaling 808 for this dialog's parameters description.

REMOVE
Click on the desired Offset, Time-Decibel Pair to highlight this pair. Then click the
REMOVE button to delete the currently selected offset, time-decibel scaling functions
from the list.

11.6.8.16 Spherical Divergence(Spreading) Correction

The SphDiv icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link.
It is permissible to send the output of SphDiv to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
SphDiv works by approximating the effect of amplitude loss due to square law spherical
spreading. The user enters a velocity function which is described by time-velocity pairs. For a
constant velocity the amplitude loss is inversely proportional to the distance from the source point.
For a more accurate solution one can take into account the true velocities of the earth based on the
following equation (Newman, Geophysics 1973, Vol.3.):

Amp. Factor (Inverse Divergence) = V1/t*V2^(n)

where V1=velocity of first layer, V2 = RMS velocity in subsequent layers and ^(n)
represents to the 'n' power.

Ideally the value of 'n' is 2 (the square).

Provision is supplied to adjust the time and velocity power factor to optimize the amplitude of the
display.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
812 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[SphDiv RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Spherical Divergence dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Spherical Divergence Dialog]

Time/Velocity (RMS) Pairs

Specify time-velocity pairs by specifying a velocity function using the READ FILE button or by
entering values of TIME and VELOCITY and then clicking on the ADD button

READ FILE
Read time-velocity files from a file (*.vel). Opens a standard Windows file open dialog to
specify the file to read into the dialog.
WRITE FILE
Write out current time-velocity pair list.
ADD
Specify time-velocity pairs to add to the list with the Time and Velocity variables.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 813

REMOVE
Remove selected time-velocity pair(s) from the list by clicking on the time-velocity pair the
user wishes to remove and then clicking on the REMOVE button.

Time/Velocity Power
The user may use the following variables to optimize the display.
Time Power
Enter a power value to modify the time variable.
Velocity Power
Enter a power value to modify the velocity. The default value is 2 for near normal
incidence.

EXAMPLE
SphDiv command is used here prior to applying surface consistent scaling.

[A Simple Example of Using Spherical Divergence]

GEDCO
 814 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.9 Filtering

The processes in this section are:

OrmsbyBP - Ormsby Band Pass (Normal filter to use)

814

TVOrmsby 815 - Time variant Ormsby filter.

Notch 817 - Notch filter - Remove a single frequency.

BWorth 818 - Butterworth filter - Approximation to an electronic filter.

FiltPanel 819 - Filter Panels. Create many input copies through different band-pass filters.

Shape 821 -Shaping Filter. Compute the Wiener Levinson shaping filter from the
cross-correlation of some input trace and a desired output trace.

Wiener 823 - Wiener Filter. Computes the output filter coefficients or the output prediction error
operator.

11.6.9.1 Ormsby Band-Pass

The OrmsbyBP icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of OrmsbyBP to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
OrmsbyBP works by computing the Forward Fast Fourier Transform of each trace. The
frequency samples are then multiplied by a function which is specified in the Ormsby Band-Pass Filter
dialog. After this multiplication (which will set some low and high frequency samples to zero), the
result is passed through an Inverse Fast Fourier Transform to arrive at a time domain result.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[OrmsbyBP RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS

GEDCO
 Job Flow 815

Opens the Ormsby Band-Pass Filter dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Ormsby Band-Pass Filter Dialog]

Low Truncation Freq

Enter the low truncation frequency (Hz)
Low Cut Freq
Enter the low cut frequency (Hz)
High Cut Freq
Enter the high cut frequency (Hz)
High Truncation Freq
Enter the high truncation frequency (Hz)
Restore Mutes after Filtering
Restore mutes applying filter.

11.6.9.2 Time-Variant Ormsby Band-Pass

The TVOrmsby icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link.
It is permissible to send the output of TVOrmsby to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
TVOrmsby (Time Variant Ormsby Band-Pass) works by first splitting the trace into overlapping
segments. Each segment is filtered according to the different filter specifications. Then the filtered
segments are linearly blended in the overlap zones and the final trace is output.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
816 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[TVOrmsby RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Time Variant Filter dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

[Time-Variant Ormsby Band-Pass Dialog]

Filter List
A list of the individual filters and their applications times are shown in the window.
REMOVE
To delete a filter, highlight it by clicking on it, then click the REMOVE button.
ADD
To edit a filter double click on it or to add a filter click on ADD. Both these actions will pop
up the Filter Window dialog shown below, which will allow one to specify a filter over a
time period. Note one can arrange the Start and End Times to be overlapping.

[Filter Window Dialog]

GEDCO
 Job Flow 817

Start Time
Enter the desired Start Time of this filter settings.
End Time
Enter the desired End Time of this filter settings.
Low Truncation Freq
Enter the low truncation frequency (Hz)
Low Cut Freq
Enter the low cut frequency (Hz)
High Cut Freq
Enter the high cut frequency (Hz)
High Truncation Freq
Enter the high truncation frequency (Hz)

FILE
Not operational in this version of VISTA.
11.6.9.3 Notch Filter

The Notch icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link.
It is permissible to send the output of Notch to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
Notch works by filtering the data twice - Once with a filter from 0 Hertz to Freq. At Start of Notch
, with a half cosine roll-off from Pass Freq. Before Notch to Freq. At Start of Notch, and once with a
filter from Freq. At End of Notch to Nyquist Freq., with a half cosine roll-off from Pass Freq. After
Notch to Freq. At End of Notch. The two filtered outputs are then added together.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Notch RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Notch Filter dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on the
flow command icon.

GEDCO
 818 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Notch Filter Dialog]

Pass Freq. Before Notch

Enter the Pass before Notch frequency (Hz).
Freq. at Start of Notch
Enter the Start Notch frequency (Hz).
Freq. at End of Notch
Enter the End Notch frequency (Hz).
Pass Freq. After Notch
Enter the Pass after Notch frequency (Hz).

11.6.9.4 ButterWorth Filter

The BWorth icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of BWorth to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
BWorth works by computing a "poles only" filter from the input parameters. The poles are
computed to most closely match the frequency and amplitude characteristics desired. Note that it is
impossible to drive the amplitude at any particular frequency to zero. The filter is then applied as a
time-domain recursive filter. The phase is either set to zero (if that user option is chosen) or to
minimum phase otherwise.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[BWorth RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Butterworth Bandpass Filter dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 819

[Butterworth Bandpass Filter Dialog]

Low Cut Filter

This is the specifications for the filter on the Low Cut Stop and Low Cut Pass
frequencies. The amplitude settings (Upper Bound Amp, Lower Bound Amp) are
suggested defaults. These amplitude settings determine the sharpness of the cutoff.

High Cut Filter

This is the specifications for the filter on the High Cut Stop and High Cut Pass
frequencies. The amplitude settings (Upper Bound Amp, Lower Bound Amp) are
suggested defaults. These amplitude settings determine the sharpness of the cutoff.

Zero Phase Filter

The phase is either set to zero (if that user option is chosen) or to minimum phase
otherwise.
11.6.9.5 Filter Panel Test

The FiltPanel icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of FiltPanel to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
FiltPanel works by filtering the whole input data set a number of times. Thus there will be "N"
times more output traces than input traces to this process, where "N" is the number of filters in the
Filter List. Specify a set of filters to use. Typically these will be band pass filters with a fairly narrow
pass band and moving up regularly in frequency.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
820 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[FiltPanel RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Filter Panel Test Parameters dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Filter Panel Test Parameters Dialog]

Filter List
In the dialog box, the user will see a list of filter settings displayed. Each setting is of the form
10/15/25/30, where these are the 4 frequencies corresponding to a standard Ormsby filter
(see OrmsbyBP 814 ). Each line of this list is built by using the ADD button.

REMOVE
Highlight one or more lines of the list by clicking on it and then click REMOVE to delete.

ADD
When one clicks on this button, the Ormsby Band-Pass Dialog opens for to entering 4
band-pass frequency values. This dialog is shown below:

[Ormsby Band-Pass Dialog]

GEDCO
 Job Flow 821

See the OrmsbyBP 814 section for specific parameters description.

FILE
Not operational in this version of VISTA.

Note
The output of this process will have a new VISTA header word - PANEL_TEST_COUNT.
The value of this will be 0, 1, 2, 3, etc. The output will be "N+1" times larger than the input
- depending on how many filters the user chooses. The first set of traces will all have
PANEL_TEST_COUNT equal to 0. This is the Original Record. The next set of traces
(second filter) will have PANEL_TEST_COUNT equal to 1 and so on. This new VISTA
Header word can be used to help in separating or annotating the output Filter Panels.
It can also be used to make "movies" of the filter panel - as described in the Tutorial
manual.

11.6.9.6 Shaping Filter

The Shape icon receives traces from the two process icon connected to it by links. It is
permissible to send the output of Shape to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
Shape works by computing, then applying a Wiener Levinson shaping filter to two data sets. The
first data set (first link to the Shape icon) is the "Input". The second data set (second link to the Shape
icon) is the "Desired Output". Using the equations which equate the Autocorrelation of the Input
convolved with the "Shaping Filter" to the Cross-correlation of the Input and the Desired Output.
Shape computes a filter (one for each trace of the Input), then possibly applies it. The data which
leaves the Shape icon is either the Shape filtered Input data or the calculated filters.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Shape RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Shaping Filter dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

GEDCO
822 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Shaping Filter Dialog]

Shaping Filter Output

Toggle between output 'shaped input data or output 'shape' Filters.
Output 'Shaped' Input Data
Output the shaped input which is the input data convolved with the calculated shaping
filters.
Output 'Shape' Filters
Output the calculated shaping filters.

Shaping Parameters
Filter Length
Length of computed filter (Ms).
Pre-Whitening
Percentage of pre-whitening to be used on input auto-correlation prior to computing
Wiener filter.
Lag
Lag to use when computing cross correlation of input with desired output (Ms).
Apply Signal Bandpass
Check to apply band-pass filtering to both inputs before calculating the output. Specify the
band-pass values.

Type of Output Calculation. Toggle between the following options:

Shape Amplitude & Phase
Calculate shaping filter based on amplitude and phase of inputs.
Shape Amplitude Only
Calculate shaping filter based only on the Amplitude of the inputs.
Shape Phase Only
Calculate shaping filter based only on the Phase of the inputs.
Linear Phase Shift
Calculates the time shift and phase difference between the two inputs. The header values
that contain the results of these calculations are:
VW_USER1 - Contains phase difference in degrees.
VW_USER2 - Contains bulk static shift in Ms.

Note:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 823

Both inputs must be time series that have the same sample rate and number of traces. The
filter length must be less than the input length.

11.6.9.7 Wiener Filter

The Wiener icon receives traces from the process icons connected to it by a link. It is
permissible to send the output of Wiener to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
This command allows the user to perform the classical Weiner-Levinson recursion. The set up for
this command will be quite lengthy as the inputs involve the computation of auto and cross
correlations. The actual algorithm solved is the usual Wiener-Levinson matrix equation:

R.f=g

Input 1 Data - Input autocorrelation function - the values r0,r1,r2 etc. as shown in the matrix
equation above.
Input 2 Data - Cross correlation function of the input and some desired output the values g0,g1,g2
etc as shown above.

Output filter - the values f0,f1,f2 etc.

It is important that the input data must be the same length and the same sample rate.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Wiener RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Wiener Filter dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on the
flow command icon.

GEDCO
 824 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Wiener RMB Menu]

Parameters
Window Length
Length of computed filter (Ms).
Pre-whitening
Factor to be applied to r0 - first sample of the input 1 auto-correlation.

Output
Toggle between the following two output options:
Output Filter Coefficients
Output filter coefficients.
Output Prediction Error Operator
Output the prediction error operator parameters.

11.6.10 Resample

The processes in this section are:

ResFFT 825 - Resample traces in powers of 2 using Fast Fourier Transforms. In other words,
resample from 1 to 2ms, or 2 to 4, or 4 to 2 or 2 to 1.

ResNonI 825 - Resample traces to non-integral powers of 2 using time domain approximations to
the required anti-alias filters.

TrcIntr 826 - Trace Interpolation. Create more (or less) traces in a stack section.

GridRes 828 - 3D Stack grid resample.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 825

11.6.10.1 Fourier Resample(Integral Power of 2)

The ResFFT icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of ResFFT to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
ResFFT works by taking a Forward Fast Fourier Transform of each input trace. If the new output
sample rate is greater than the input (e.g. 2ms. to 4ms.), the top half of the Fourier transform is
ignored (effectively zeroed). Consequently on the Inverse Transform, the process computes half the
number of samples, effectively high cut filtered to the new Nyquist. If the new output sample rate is
less than the input (e.g. 2ms to 1 ms), the process adds zeros to the Fourier Transform, thus
effectively adding more frequency samples. Hence on the Inverse Transform, the process creates
more time samples.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[ResFFT RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Resample (Fourier Method) dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Resample (Fourier Method) Dialog]

New Sample Rate

Enter the new sample rate in milliseconds (ms).

11.6.10.2 Resample to Non-Integral Power of 2

The ResNonI icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of ResNonI to more than one other icon.

Algorithm

GEDCO
 826 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

ResNonI works by convolving the appropriate anti-alias filter with the input data and posting the
new samples in the output trace. If the new output sample rate is greater than the input (e.g. 2ms. to
3ms.), there will be less samples output than input. The anti-alias filter only creates the samples
necessary to fill the exact times of the output samples.

If the new output sample rate is less than the input (e.g. 3ms to 1 ms), one creates more samples
by combining the properly (output) sampled anti-alias filter (corresponding to the input data) only with
the live input samples. It is thus not necessary to create zero data between samples.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[ResNonI RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Resample (Non-Integral Power) dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Resample (Non-Integral Power) Dialog]

New Sample Rate

Enter the new sample rate in milliseconds (ms).
11.6.10.3 Trace Interpolation

The TrcIntr icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of TrcIntr to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
TrcIntr works by convolving the appropriate spatial anti-alias filter with the input data and posting
the samples in the (new) output trace.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 827

[TrcIntr RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Trace Interpolation dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

[Trace Interpolation Dialog]

Parameters
The user toggles between the two interpolation options below:
Resample Traces to New Spacing
If the New Trace Spacing is greater than the Old Trace Spacing (e.g. 25m. to 50 m.),
there will be less traces output than input. The anti-alias filter removes spatial
wavelengths less than the new (greater) trace spacing and posts the spatially filtered
samples on the new (sparser) output traces.

If the New Trace Spacing is less than the Old Trace Spacing (e.g. 50m to 25 m), the
process creates more traces by combining the properly (output) sampled spatial anti-alias
filter (corresponding to the input data) with the live input samples (taken from several
traces all at the same sample position). It is thus not necessary to create zero data
between traces.

Interpolate by Header Word

The process will use the defined header (selected from the drop down list) to interpolate
the traces from. User can specify a Minimum/Maximum Values to handle the out side
edges. The Increment Value is used to determine where the traces are to be interpolated
to.

GEDCO
 828 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.10.4 3D Stack Grid Resample

The GridRes icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of GridRes to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
GridRes takes as input a In-Line or X-Line sorted stacked 3D data set. It then re-grids the data
set according to the input ratios. It will also fill in any gaps in the data grid.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[GridRes RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the 3D Stack Grid Resample dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[GridRes RMB Menu]

In-Line Grid Ratio

Enter the desired In-Line grid ratio.
X-Line Grid Ratio
Enter the desired X-Line grid ratio.

Note
A value of 1 will not do anything, except fill in gaps.

11.6.11 Deconvolution

GEDCO
 Job Flow 829

The processes in this section are:

Decon 829 - Perform deconvolution (either spiking, predictive or zero-phase) on single traces.
The data used to design the operator may lie in a sloping (with trace offset) time
window.

SCDecon 832 - Calculate surface consistent deconvolution operators. These may be zero-phase,
spiking or predictive. There will be one operator for each shot, one for each
receiver and one for each offset range. The data used to design the operators may
lie in a fixed or sloping (with trace offset) time window.

SCDApply 834 - Apply (convolve) surface consistent deconvolution operators (derived by

SCDecon) to each trace. That is, convolve each trace with the appropriate shot
operator and the appropriate receiver operator.

DeconPan 836 - Create deconvolution panels. Design and apply deconvolution tests on a set of
traces. The traces should be sorted into shots, CDP gathers, etc. There is no limit
on the number of sort ensembles for input.

TVSpBal 838 - Apply a time variant spectral balancing. Analogous to zero-phase post-stack
decon.

KolSFact 840 - Kolmogoroff spectral factorization.

Shape 841 - Shaping Filter. Computes a Wiener shaping filter with multiple options on the
application of the filter to amplitude and phase.

QInver 843 - A Inverse 'Q' Filter. Remove the effects of 'Q' filtering.

QForwr 844 - Forward 'Q' Filtering. Apply desired 'Q' filtering.

TV_InvQ 845 - Inverse time variant 'Q' filtering.

TV_ForQ 847 - Forward 'Q' time variant 'Q' filtering.

Shape 841 Shaping Filter. Computes a Wiener shaping filter with multiple options on the
application of the filter to amplitude and phase.

11.6.11.1 Deconvolution

The Decon icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link.
It is permissible to send the output of Decon to more than one other icon.

GEDCO
830 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Algorithm
Decon works as follows for each of the 3 cases:

Spiking Decon:
This is a standard Wiener Levinson algorithm. The auto-correlation of the design time gate (a
segment of the trace which normally varies with offset because Decon is done before NMO) is
computed. There is a specified taper on the design gate before the auto-correlation is done. Then the
standard equations are set up, pre-whitening is added to the zeroth lag value of the auto-correlation
and the matrix is inverted to derive the spiking operator.

Predictive Decon:
In this case the desired output is a lagged version of the input. Hence more lags of the
auto-correlation are calculated. The later lags are used as the cross-correlation of the input and
desired output. The standard equations are solved for the predictive operator.

Zero-Phase:

In this case, the spiking operator is derived as above. One then calculates the Forward Fourier
Transform and hence the amplitude and phase spectrum. One then sets the phase spectrum to zero
and performs an Inverse Transform, thus deriving the zero-phase equivalent of the spiking (minimum
phase) operator. The zero-phase operator is then convolved with the data.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Decon RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Deconvolution dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 831

[Deconvolution Dialog]

Decon Parameters
Decon Type
Choose the type of deconvolution from the pull down list. Available types are:
Zero-Phase Deconvolution
Spiking Deconvolution
Predictive Deconvolution
Operator Length
Length of deconvolution operator (ms). Most authors recommend one and a half to two
times the length of the average wavelength in the user's data.
Pre-Whitening(%)
Amount of pre-whitening to add to zeroth lag of auto-correlation. Typical values here will
be 1%, implying that the zeroth lag of the auto-correlation will be multiplied by 1.01
Prediction Lag
Required only for Predictive Decon. The lag is typically thought of as the lag between
multiples - or as the period of ringing where it is being used as de-reverberation
deconvolution. Choose the prediction lag definition, user defined, 2nd zero crossing or by
a header word (Time in Ms).
Apply Taper
Check this box if the user wishes to apply a taper (recommended!) to the design gate
before auto-correlation. If the user checks this box, the user must supply the Length
below. (Recommended value here should be around 20 ms.)
DESIGN WINDOW
Define Design Window using the Decon Time Gate File dialog. (See Design Window
dialog) 1191 . The auto-correlations can be calculated over a portion of each trace rather
than the whole trace. One may use a fixed window or an offset dependent window. If the
users uses the second option, the time gate must be designed over CMP ordered data -

GEDCO
 832 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

so that each trace time window is interpolated on a CMP basis. This time gate can also
be designed over offset ordered data. The time gate would then simply be a list of offset
and time pairs.

Save Operator
Save Decon Operator
Check this box and type in a name under Op. Name. This will be a data set with "traces"
which are in fact the deconvolution operators for each input trace. The number of
samples in each trace is equal to the Operator Length (above).

11.6.11.2 Surface Con. Decon Calc/Solve

The SCDDecon icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
a link. It is permissible to send the output of SCDDecon to more than one other icon. Dead traces
(zeroed) traces are not permitted for this flow module.

Algorithm
SCDDecon works as follows:
The average wavelet of each input trace is assumed to be of the form::

Trace wavelet = Shot wavelet « Receiver wavelet « Offset dependent wavelet « CMP
wavelet « Other Components.

Where « means convolution.

By computing the auto-correlation of each trace, then the square root of the zero-phase amplitude
spectrum and finally taking logarithms, this equation becomes a sum of factors rather than a series of
convolutions. The sum can then be solved by the usual Gauss-Seidel iterative process (cf surface
consistent statics) for the individual shot, receiver, offset, CMP etc. Thus one derives an
auto-correlation function for each component defined. These components are then input into the
SCDApply (Surface Con. Decon Apply) command to derive the decon operators and applies it to the
input data. In application, the user generally only applies the shot and receiver components of the
solution. There have been several papers in recent years on surface consistent processes such as
statics, deconvolution and scaling. Most of the work in Vista is based on the paper: Surface
Consistent Deconvolution, Peter Cary, 1995 CSEG Convention

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[SCDDecon RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Surface Consistent Decon (Calc./Solve Components) dialog shown below. This dialog
can be opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 833

[Surface Consistent Decon (Calc./Solve Components) Dialog]

SC Decon Parameters
Auto Correlation Length
Length of auto correlation (ms). Most authors recommend one and a half to two times the
length of the average wavelength in your data.
Apply Taper
Check this box if the user wishes to apply a taper (recommended!) to the design gate
before auto-correlation. If the user checks this box, the user must supply the Length
below. (Recommended value here should be around 20 ms.)
DESIGN WINDOW
Define Design Window using the Decon Time Gate File dialog. (See Design Window
dialog) 1191 . The auto-correlations can be calculated over a portion of each trace rather
than the whole trace. One may use a fixed window or an offset dependent window. If the
user uses the second option, the time gate must be designed over CMP ordered data - so
that each trace time window is interpolated on a CMP basis. This time gate can also be
designed over offset ordered data. The time gate would then simply be a list of offset
and time pairs.
OFFSET LIMITS
Opens the Calc./Solve Decon Offset Limits dialog shown below for setting the minimum
and maximum offset limits.

GEDCO
 834 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[SC Calc/Solve Decon Offset Limits Dialog]

Limit Offset Range

If the user wished to limit the offset range, check this box and enter the Min
Offset and Max Offset values.

SC Solve Parameters
# Iterations
Number of Gauss-Seidel iterations (i.e. average by shot, receiver, offset and CMP counts
as one iteration). A recommended iteration value is 5.
Add Components to Project
Should always be checked to be able to use the output. Enter a user output name.

Components to use in Solution

A drop down list of the DEFAULT header values to use in the solution is provided. The user
can scroll through the header selections by using the UP and DOWN buttons. Addition header
values can be added using the ADD button (which opens the Header Component to Add dialog)
or selections can be removed using the REMOVE button.

11.6.11.3 Surface Con.Decon Apply

The SCDApply icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
a link. It is permissible to send the output of SCDApply to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
SCDApply works as follows:

The Shot, Receiver, Offset or other user defined components frequency spectrums are used to
derive a decon operator. These operators may be convolved with each trace of the input data. In
application, one generally only applies the shot and receiver components of the solution.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 835

[SCDApply RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Surface Consistent Deconvolution (Operator Calc./Apply) dialog shown below. This
dialog can be opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Surface Consistent Deconvolution (Operator Calc./Apply) Dialog]

Decon Parameters
Decon Type:
Choose the type of deconvolution from the pull down list. Available types are:
Zero-Phase Deconvolution
Spiking Deconvolution
Predictive Deconvolution
Operator Length
Length of deconvolution operator (ms.).Most authors recommend one and a half to two
times the length of the average wavelength in your data. Must be less then

GEDCO
 836 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

auto-correlation length used in SCDDecon command.

Pre-Whitening(%)
Amount of pre-whitening to add to zeroth lag of auto-correlation. Typical values here will
be 1%, implying that the zeroth lag of the auto-correlation will be multiplied by 1.01

Prediction Lag
Required only for Predictive Decon. The lag is typically thought of as the lag between
multiples - or as the period of ringing where it is being used as de-reverberation
deconvolution.

Input Solved Spectrums

Choose Input Components to use
Use ADD button to open the SC Decon Apply Operators spreadsheet to choose the
components the user wishes to use to calculate the deconvolution operators. These
operators must have been previously calculated.
Apply Line Solution Spectrum
When calculating the components a average spectrum for all the data is also calculated.
This should be applied to the input data set as one of the components.
Save Calculated Operators to Project
Check this box if the user wishes to save the calculated deconvolution operators for each
component. These deconvolution operator "traces" are used as quality control displays.
Thus one can compare these operators to those derived by the standard (single trace)
deconvolution algorithm (Decon above). Then one can check the receiver operators, for
example by comparing them to the single deconvolution operators traces by plotting them
in receiver order and comparing their appearance to the traces in neighboring receivers.
Output Name
If saving operators to project, enter a name to use for them.

11.6.11.4 Decon Panel Tests

The DeconPan icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of DeconPan to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
DeconPan applies a set of deconvolution operators to an input ensemble or a set of input
ensembles. The deconvolution operators are described earlier in this section (Decon 829 ). Thus if
there are "N" number of deconvolution operators there will be "N" number of output panels.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[DeconPan RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS

GEDCO
 Job Flow 837

Opens the Decon Panel Test dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

[Decon Panel Test Dialog]

Decon Type
Decon Type
Specify the type of deconvolution operator with the Decon Type drop down list. One can
specify more than 1 type of deconvolution. There are 3 options:
Zero-Phase Deconvolution
Spiking Deconvolution
Predictive Deconvolution

DESIGN WINDOW
Specify the deconvolution window with the Design Window 1191 button. This opens the
Decon Panel Time Gate File dialog.

Decon Panel Options

ADD
Design and ADD deconvolution panels with the Decon Panel Options dialog shown
below.

GEDCO
 838 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Decon Panel Options Dialog]

Operator Length
Length of deconvolution operator (ms). Most authors recommend one and a half to
two times the length of the average wavelength in the user's data.
Pre-Whitening(%)
Amount of pre-whitening to add to zeroth lag of auto-correlation. Typical values here
will be 1%, implying that the zeroth lag of the auto-correlation will be multiplied by 1.01
Prediction Lag
Required only for Predictive Decon. The lag is typically thought of as the lag
between multiples - or as the period of ringing where it is being used as
de-reverberation deconvolution. Choose the prediction lag definition, user defined,
2nd zero crossing or by a header word (Time in Ms).
Apply Taper
Check this box if the user wishes to apply a taper (recommended!) to the design gate
before auto-correlation. If the user checks this box, the user must supply the Length
below. (Recommended value here should be around 20 ms.)

The output of DeconPan will have a new VISTA word - PANEL_TEST_COUNT. The
value of this will be 0,1,2,3,...n-1 where n = number of deconvolution operators specified.
The output will be "N+1" times larger than the input - depending on how many filters one
chooses. The first set of traces will all have PANEL_TEST_COUNT equal to 0. This is
the Original Record. The next set of traces (second operator) will have
PANEL_TEST_COUNT equal to 1 and so on. This new VISTA Header word can be used
to help in separating or annotating the output Decon Panels. It can also be used to make
"movies" of the decon panels.

REMOVE
Highlight a Decon Panel Option and click REMOVE to delete an item.

11.6.11.5 Time-Variant Spectrum Balancing

The TVSpBal icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of TVSpBal to more than one other icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 839

Algorithm
TVSpBal works as follows:
Each trace is processed independently. The trace is broken into a series of traces, each of which
corresponds to a different band-pass range. Typically the trace is broken into 10Hz. components.
Thus the first component trace is 0 - 10Hz, the second is 10 - 20Hz and so on. Then each
"component trace" is AGC'd. Thus the amplitudes are equalized at all times (this is the "time variant"
part of the algorithm). Finally all of the trace components are added back together to create the output
trace.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[TVSpBal RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Time-Variant Spectrum Balancing dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Time-Variant Spectrum Balancing Dialog]

Spectrum Balancing Parameters

Band Width

GEDCO
 840 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Set the size of the frequency bands for the trace "components".
Slope
A slope is applied to the frequency bands.
Top Frequency to Nyquist/Set Top Frequency
Toggle between trace components are computed from 0 Hz to Nyquist Frequency or trace
components are computed from 0 Hz to the last frequency to use (top frequency of last
component).
AGC Window
Standard AGC definition for window length. The user can adjust for specific projects.
AGC Scale
Standard definition for AGC Scale. The user can adjust for specific projects.

ADVANCE
Click on the this button opens the Advance Options Spectrum Balancing dialog shown
below:

[Advance Options Spectrum Balancing Dialog]

Options
Set AGC Start Time
Check this option to set the start time for AGC using an input Gate File. The FILE
button opens a standard Window input file dialog for loading the file. The file
name then appears adjacent to the FILE button.
Smooth by Envelope.
Check this option to set the Smooth Envelope by the number of samples in the
Smoother window.

True Amplitude Output

Check this option for True Amplitude Output and set the True Amplitude Signal Band to
the desired range.
11.6.11.6 Kolmogoroff Spectral Factorization

The KolSFact icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of KolSFact to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
Given an arbitrary input trace (wavelet) the KolSFact command retrieves the minimum phase
wavelet using the Hilbert transform.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 841

There are no parameters for KolSFact .

11.6.11.7 Shaping Filter

The Shape icon receives traces from the two process icon connected to it by links. It is
permissible to send the output of Shape to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
Shape works by computing, then applying a Wiener Levinson shaping filter to two data sets. The
first data set (first link to the Shape icon) is the "Input". The second data set (second link to the Shape
icon) is the "Desired Output". Using the equations which equate the Autocorrelation of the Input
convolved with the "Shaping Filter" to the Cross-correlation of the Input and the Desired Output.
Shape computes a filter (one for each trace of the Input), then possibly applies it. The data which
leaves the Shape icon is either the Shape filtered Input data or the calculated filters.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Shape RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Shaping Filter dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

GEDCO
842 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Shaping Filter Dialog]

Shaping Filter Output

Toggle between output 'shaped input data or output 'shape' Filters.
Output 'Shaped' Input Data
Output the shaped input which is the input data convolved with the calculated shaping
filters.
Output 'Shape' Filters
Output the calculated shaping filters.

Shaping Parameters
Filter Length
Length of computed filter (Ms).
Pre-Whitening
Percentage of pre-whitening to be used on input auto-correlation prior to computing
Wiener filter.
Lag
Lag to use when computing cross correlation of input with desired output (Ms).
Apply Signal Bandpass
Check to apply band-pass filtering to both inputs before calculating the output. Specify the
band-pass values.

Type of Output Calculation. Toggle between the following options:

Shape Amplitude & Phase
Calculate shaping filter based on amplitude and phase of inputs.
Shape Amplitude Only
Calculate shaping filter based only on the Amplitude of the inputs.
Shape Phase Only
Calculate shaping filter based only on the Phase of the inputs.
Linear Phase Shift
Calculates the time shift and phase difference between the two inputs. The header values
that contain the results of these calculations are:
VW_USER1 - Contains phase difference in degrees.
VW_USER2 - Contains bulk static shift in Ms.

Note:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 843

Both inputs must be time series that have the same sample rate and number of traces. The
filter length must be less than the input length.

11.6.11.8 Inverse 'Q' Filter

The QInver icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
links. It is permissible to send the output of QInver to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The QInver command calculates the Q response for each Q value entered in the list.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[QInver RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Inverse Q Filter dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 844 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Inverse 'Q' Filter Dialog]

QList
List of input Q Values.

Q Value
Input desired Q Value and click the ADD button.
ADD
Clicking on the ADD button inserts the current Q Value into the Q List.
REMOVE
Click on a Q List item to highlight it and the click the REMOVE button to delete the item.

11.6.11.9 Forward 'Q' Modeling

The QForwr icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
links. It is permissible to send the output of QForwr to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The QForwr command first calculates the Q response for each Q value entered in the list. The
input data is then simply multiplied by the calculate responses.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[QForwr RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Forward Q Modeling dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 845

[Forward Q Modeling]

QList
List of input Q Values.

Q Value
Input desired Q Value and click the ADD button.
ADD
Clicking on the ADD button inserts the current Q Value into the Q List.
REMOVE
Click on a Q List item to highlight it and the click the REMOVE button to delete the item.

11.6.11.10Time Variant Inverse-Q Filter

The TV_InvQ icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
links. It is permissible to send the output of TV_InvQ to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The TV_InvQ command calculates the Q response for each Time - Q Value pair entered in the list

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[TV_InvQ RMB Menu]

GEDCO
846 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Inverse Time-Variant 'Q' dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[ Inverse Time-Variant 'Q' Dialog]

Time/Q Pairs
ADD
Fill in Time and 'Q' value and press ADD to add the time/Q pair to the table.
REMOVE
Select Time/'Q' items (Multiple Selection is allowed) and press REMOVE to remove items
from the list.
One-Way/Two Way times
Toggle between the two options to specify the time description.

Solve
Two methods to performing the inverse-Q calculation.
Direct Solve (Fast)
This method is fast but can become unstable under certain data conditions. Enter the
Condition value.
Iterative Solution (Slow)
This method (Conjugate Gradient) is very slow but stable. Enter the number of Iterations.

FILE
Used to load time/'Q' pairs file created from VSP command.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 847

11.6.11.11Time Variant Forward-Q Filter

The TV_ForQ icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
links.
It is permissible to send the output of TV_ForQ to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The TV_ForQ command first calculates the Q response for each Time - Q value entered in the
list. The input data is then simply multiplied by the calculate responses.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[TV_ForQ RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Forward Time-Variant 'Q' dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Forward Time Variant 'Q' Dialog]

Time/Q Pairs

GEDCO
 848 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

ADD
Fill in Time and 'Q' value and press ADD to add the time/Q pair to the table.
REMOVE
Select Time/'Q' items (Multiple Selection is allowed) and press REMOVE to remove items
from the list.
One-Way/Two Way times
Toggle between the two options to specify the time description.

FILE
Used to load time/'Q' pairs file created from VSP command

11.6.12 Multi-Channel Filters

The processes in this section are:

FK_Filter - Apply a previously designed and stored FK Filter.

848

Mix3D 850 - Mix input 3D stack data.

FNoise2D - Nonlinear program to enhance signal of the data in frequency domain.

852

FK-FX - FX-FK filter for ground roll and random noise.

Filter 854

WghtMix - Perform a weighted mix of several traces to create on output trace.

857

AtmFilter - Apply an Alpha trim Mean Filter. (Median filter is a special case of this filter).
855

11.6.12.1 Apply F-K Filter File

The FKFilter icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of FK to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The FKFilter command works by performing a 2D Fourier Transform on the input data ordered by
some index (Shot, Receiver, CMP etc.). The filter will be stored on disk - by the FK Analysis Window
187 - reached from the Interactive/Window Display 86 described earlier.

The data and the filter need not match exactly - e.g. same number of samples, same sample rate,
same number of traces per "Group" (Shot, Receiver or CMP - whatever the desired sort method is).
However FK Filters are normally designed on Shots. It's recommended that the input to FK also be in

GEDCO
 Job Flow 849

shot order. The FK Filters are stored as ASCII file descriptions of which FK "regions" must be zeroed
or otherwise rescaled.

When the first data traces come into the FK icon (process), the actual FK filter is computed (i.e.
the FK filter samples are computed, ready to be multiplied by data FK samples). Once the filter is
computed, it will remain the same for all shots (or CMP's or whatever) that are subsequently passed
through the FK process icon. Each FK sample of the data is multiplied by the corresponding FK point
of the filter. Then a 2D Inverse FK Fourier Transform is applied.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[FK_Filter RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Apply F-K Filter dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

[Apply F-K Filter Dialog]

F-K Filter File

File
Opens a standard Windows file open dialog to specify the FK Filter file that was
generated in the FK Analysis Window.
View
View the selected FK Filter file. The following display window will appear:

GEDCO
 850 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[F-K Filter File Display Window (VIEW)]

F-K Filter Attributes

Power Amplitude
Use this parameter to attenuate or amplify trace amplitudes.
Smoother Traces
This is a smoothing parameter for the wave number, ie. trace dimension. Use a high
number to perform spatial smoothing and the output will look more continuous from trace
to trace than if a low number was used.
Smoother Freq
This is a smoothing parameter for the frequency dimension. The output traces will look a
bit cleaner or smoother when one uses a high number compared to a low number.
Apply Restorable AGC
Check this box to apply AGC before applying FK filter to input, then remove this AGC
after applying the filter.

11.6.12.2 Mix 3D

The Mix3D icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of Mix3D to more than one other icon.

Algorithm

GEDCO
 Job Flow 851

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Mix 3D RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Mix 3D dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on the flow
command icon.

[Mix 3D Flow Command]

Weighting

GEDCO
 852 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.12.3 FNoise 2D

The FNoise icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of FNoise to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
FNoise is a nonlinear program working for now on 2D data and designed to enhance the signal on
your cmp gathers by performing a horizontal median edit in the frequency space domain. Thus the
input to FNoise must be cmp ordered and in filled so that you have a trace at each cmp.
The data is normally muted nmoed and staticed so that we can expect true signal to be relatively flat.
The data is normally supergathered internally so that the fold is 2 or 3 times the filter length. It is
sorted in offset to allow you to preserve amplitude changes with offset.

This will also tend to keep bad nmo and multiple. If you can tolerate removing the AVO then turn
on the random sort
option and this module becomes a strong multiple remover. FNoise treats each frequency (sine and
cosine) separately.
Typically we run in small 50% overlapping time windows so that each amplitude contains a significant
portion of the signal and thus we can expect values adjacent in offset to be similar. (ie 128 msec =
7.81 hertz
per value) Because we operate this way we may well remove noise at some frequencies on a given
trace while leaving
other frequencies untouched. FNoise finds a median for a given amplitude. It compares it to the actual
value for
the trace and modifies it only if the difference exceeds the user defined threshold. The rate at which

GEDCO
 Job Flow 853

the new
value approaches the median is also user controlled. This allows you to use FNoise as anything
between an editor and a mixer.
If you wish to vary the threshold in time/space simply multiply the data by a scalar before processing
and remove it after.
FNoise restores all mutes both internal and external. It does not process any window containing less
than 50% live data
(it will be covered by other windows) and scales the fft amplitudes for the amount of live data.

Usage:
FNoise is typically used to clear your cdp gathers of string noise(First break energy, off line sources,
spikes and noise bursts)
without affecting most of your data prior to stack/migration. If you wish to use it as a median mixer you
may do so but for white noise we generally recommend WNoise.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Mix 3D RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the FNoise2D dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on the
flow command icon.

Window Length - This controls the length of the fft window in time. Shorter windows put more data in

GEDCO
 854 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

each
frequency sample (df=1000/len) so unless you wish to have greater resolution in frequency
use the default.

N Cmps to Smash - this is the number of cmps that you wish to combine
before finding the medians.
Watch your dip and spatial resolution needs. You typically want a
supergather fold of about 1/2 of the filter length if you wish to preserve
avo.

Median Length - This is the number of traces to use in constructing your

medians for any given trace.
Use a large number if you are so inclined - the signal is supposed to be
flat. Warning - If this length exceeds the number of traces in the
supergather the median for each trace in a cmp will be the same.
The result will be blocky.

Threshold Amplitude - The data should be well scaled. Set this somewhere
near the scale level.
If you code it smaller then more data will be replaced with the median
while a value of say 2 times the rms level will restrict FNoise to removing
bright noise.

Attenuation Multiplier - Once the difference between the median and the
value of an amplitude exceeds threshold FNoise starts to move the value
towards the median. The factor looks like exp(diff/thresh*atten). If you
wish to edit more quickly increase atten.

Random Internal Sort - Normally we sort the supergather in offset and run
the median over it.
This allows us to preserve slow changes with offset. If you turn this on
then the gather is resorted so that each 1/2 median length has a trace from
each offset range. This will remove avo but also multiples and bad nmo. Use
with care.

Minimum Apply Frequency - This is the minimum frequency you wish to touch.
Frequencies below this will not be altered.

Maximum Apply Frequency - This is the maximum frequency you wish to touch.
Frequencies above this will not be altered. Use to speed up FNoise.
11.6.12.4 FK - FX Filter

The FKFX icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of FKFX to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
First we build the filter in the FK domain. For this we calculate min and max slopes in FK domain
using min and max apparent slowness.
Next we convert the filter to the FX domain. Then the input data is sorted by absolute offset and
converted to FX.
Interpolate the filter and apply in FX, then convert data back to TX.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 855

[FK - FX RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the FK-FX dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on the flow
command icon.

Trace Distance - Average step for offsets.

Max Offset - Maximum offset(Can be taken from data). For VSP it should be the receiver depth.

11.6.12.5 Alpha Trim Mean Filter

The AtmFilter icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of AtmFilter to more than one other icon.

Algorithm

GEDCO
856 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The AtmFilter command works by looking at the samples of several adjacent traces for each time
step. The samples are examined and the mean (average) and the median (middle in size) values are
calculated for that time step. Then an output sample is calculated as:

Output sample = Median + (Mean - Median) * Alpha Trim Factor

Thus, if the Alpha Trim Percentage is 100%, the output is equal to the Mean and the AtmFilter
becomes the same as WghtMix. If the Alpha Trim Percentage is 0%, the output is equal to
the median value, and the filter becomes a Median Filter.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[AtmFilter RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Alpha Trim Mean/Median Filter dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Alpha Trim Mean/Median Filter Dialog]

Size of Filter
Number of traces Number of traces to use in the calculation.
Number of Samples Number of samples to use in the calculation.

Filter Type
MedianSample is set to the median value.
Mean Sample is set to the mean value.
Alpha Trim Percentage
Sample is set according to the Alpha Trim Percentage value..

GEDCO
 Job Flow 857

11.6.12.6 Mix N-Trace Weighted Mix

The WghtMix icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of WghtMix to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The WghtMix command works by adding several traces together with specified weighting to
create one output trace. The weighted amplitudes of the sample number are summed and assigned to
the center trace of the mix. The filter is moved to the next trace and the procedure is repeated. At the
start or end of a dataset the first or last trace is assigned to the center weight. WghtMix can be
thought of as a smoothing function across traces.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[WghtMix RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the N-Trace Weighted MIX dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[N-Trace Weighted MIX Dialog]

Mix Weights
Weight
Enter a weighting value under Weight for the current trace. Click ADD.
ADD

GEDCO
 858 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Click the ADD button to add the current Weight to the weight list.
REMOVE
To remove any unwanted entries, click on them, then on the REMOVE button.
Normalize Output
When checked the process will divide the output by the sum of the weights.

NOTE:
The number of weights in the list will indicate how many traces will be mixed and what
weights apply to each, ie. to weight 5 traces specify 5 weights. VISTA always assumes a
centered mix, so the number of weights should be an odd number (e.g. 3, 5, 7, ....).

11.6.13 Statics

The processes in this section are:

BulkShift 859 - Apply a bulk shift static, i.e. apply the same time shift to all traces of the data set.

StaticSh 860 - Apply static values stored in the trace headers to a data set.

StatLShft - Apply static values stored in trace headers list to a data set.
862

ReadStat 864 - Read a Vista Receiver/Shot static file (Format created by Interactive options
Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con. 455 /StkPower 870 ). Place these values in user
defined VISTA header words, possibly STATIC_SRC, STATIC_REC,
STATIC_TOTAL. Once this process is done, one can apply the static values in those
header words to the data using the StaticSh 860 icon.

Flatten 866 - Flatten to a specified datum, using a VISTA header word with the units of two way
time.

Mcorr 867 - For 2D data sets only. Perform Model cross-correlations - Model Stack to NMO
corrected CMP Gathers. The output of this process is used to calculate Surface
Consistent (Automatic) Statics via Gauss-Seidel iterations. CDP trim statics for
2D data sets may also be calculated using Mcorr.

StkPower - Calculate surface consistent statics by Ronen - Claerbout Stack Power

870 Optimization.

SumXCorr - Automatic Residual Statics (X-Correlation Summations).

875

Mastt 878 - Techco Mast Residue Statics program calculations.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 859

11.6.13.1 Apply Bulk Time Shift

The BulkShft icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of BulkShft to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
BulkShft works by supplying a time shift to each trace according to the value entered in the
dialog.

By convention (Vista Procedure):

A Negative static value moves the trace towards time zero (strips off shallow data).
A Positive static value moves the data away from time zero (creates dead data at shallow
times).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[BulkShft RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Apply Bulk Static dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

[Apply Bulk Static Dialog]

Time Static
Enter the value of the Time Static in milliseconds (Ms).

NOTE:
Data will be lost when applying this command, depending on the direction of the time
shift.

GEDCO
 860 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.13.2 Apply Statics

The StatShft icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of StatShft to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
StatShft works by supplying a time shift to each trace according to the value in the header word
chosen.

By convention (Vista Procedure):

A Negative static value moves the trace towards time zero (strips off shallow data).
A Positive static value moves the data away from time zero (creates dead data at shallow
times).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[StatShft RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Apply Static Shift dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 861

[Apply Static Shift Dialog]

Vista Defined Header Statics

Choose the appropriate static definition to apply. Note that all values are defined to be in
Ms (Milliseconds). For the defined header statics the header word is described below. The
most commonly used statics corrections are provided in this dialog. Other statics selection
should use the User Defined Static for selection of the proper static header word.

Example: Source Statics defined as STATIC_SRC header word.

The static values in question have the following VISTA Header names:

STATIC_SRC
Source static correction
STATIC_REC
Group or Receiver static correction
STATIC_TOTAL
The sum of the source and receiver static at this trace.
STATIC_REFRACTION_TOTAL
Total refraction statics correction. May have be calculated from 2D Refraction Window
459 or Elevation/Refraction Window 483 .

There are two types of elevation statics possibly calculated from the Elevation/Refraction
Window 483 .
Short wavelength component of elevation static. This is the static correction to a floating
datum.
Surface station to floating datum static words are:

STATIC_SURFACETO_FLOATDATUM_SRC
Source to floating datum static.
STATIC_SURFACETO_FLOATDATUM_RCV

GEDCO
 862 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Receiver to floating datum static.

STATIC_SURFACETO_FLOATDATUM_TOTAL
Total of above words.

Long wavelength component of total static. This is the static correction from a floating datum
to a fixed datum.
Floating datum to fixed datum static words are:
STATIC_FLOATTO_FIXEDDATUM_SRC
Source floating datum to fixed datum.
STATIC_FLOATTO_FIXEDDATUM_RCV
Receiver floating datum to fixed datum.
STATIC_FLOATTO_FIXEDDATUM_TOTAL
Total source/receiver floating datum to fixed datum.
STATIC_SURFACETO_FIXEDDATUM_SRC
Source station to fixed datum.
STATIC_SURFACETO_FIXEDDATUM_RCV
Receiver station to fixed datum
STATIC_SURFACETO_FIXEDDATUM_TOTAL
Source/Receiver station to fixed datum.

STATIC_SURFACETO_FIXEDDATUM_SRC =
STATIC_SURFACETO_FLOATDATUM_SRC +
STATIC_FLOATTO_FIXEDDATUM_SRC

STATIC_FLOATTO_FIXEDDATUM_RCV =
STATIC_SURFACETO_FLOATDATUM_RCV +
STATIC_FLOATTO_FIXEDDATUM_RCV

User Defined Static

Click on the Header Static button and choose the header word from which static values will
be applied. Choose the particular header word the user wishes to use as a time shift in the
pull-down list.

Here are some other possible header words the user could use:
DATA_FIRSTBREAK
First Break Pick Time.
STATIC_REFRACTION_SRC
Refraction source static.
STATIC_REFRACTION_RCV
Refraction receiver static.
STATIC_APPLIED_TOTAL
Total applied statics to this trace.

11.6.13.3 Apply Statics (Headers List)

The StatLShft icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of StatLShft to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The StatLShft command works by adding up the time shift of a number of user defined header
words and applying this total to the data.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 863

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[StatLShft RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Apply Static Header Shifts dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Apply Statics Header Shifts Dialog]

Static Header List

List of static header words to apply to the data.

ADD
Click on the ADD button adds the Header selected in the drop down list to alter the Static
Header List.
REMOVE
Click on the Static Header List item to be removed to highlight it, and then click on the
REMOVE button to delete the selected item.

NOTE:
Data will be lost when applying this command, depending on the direction of the time
shift.

GEDCO
 864 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.13.4 Read Statics from File

The ReadStat icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of ReadStat to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The ReadStat command works by reading a specified ASCII file containing shot and receiver
statics in a format identical to the output file created by Interactive / Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con
455 - or by the command StkPower 870 . The values are placed in three header words which are

defaulted to STATIC_SRC, STATIC_REC and STATIC_TOTAL (these can be changed if the user
wishes).

Note that all traces of a common shot will have the same value of STATIC_SRC. All traces of a
common receiver will have the same value of STATIC_REC. The STATIC_TOTAL will be the sum of
the STATIC_SRC for the shot that the trace belongs to and the STATIC_REC for the receiver that the
trace was on.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[ReadStat RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Read Static Shifts dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 865

[Read Static Shifts Dialog]

Shot/Receiver Static File

Choose the header words to update with the receiver/source statics and whether to apply the
specific static. Can also save the total static to a user defined header word. After opening the
file the opened file name appears.

FILE
Clicking on FILE opens a standard Windows file open dialog to select an ASCII file to
read. The Shot/Receiver Static files have an extension of *.srs.
VIEW
Clicking on VIEW opens a text window to view the file contents as shown below:

GEDCO
 866 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Shot/Receiver Statics File VIEW]

NOTE:
ReadStat can be followed by the StatShft 860 command which will apply the newly
created header word values if application of static not performed here.

11.6.13.5 Flatten to Header Time Value

The Flatten icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of Flatten to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The Flatten command works by supplying a time shift given by the equation:

Time Shift = Time Datum - (value in the header word chosen)

By convention (Vista Procedure):

A Negative static value moves the trace towards time zero (strips off shallow data).
A Positive static value moves the data away from time zero (creates dead data at
shallow times).

The effect is to move a picked event (e.g. the first breaks) to a specified constant time (e.g. time
zero).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 867

[Flatten RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Flatten To Datum dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

[Flatten To Datum Dialog]

Header Value to Flatten On

Select the Header Value to Flatten On from the drop down list. The dialog box above
shows that one will move the first-breaks (DATA_FIRSTBREAK) to time zero.
Time Datum to flatten To
Enter the time to flatten to in milliseconds (Ms).
Flatten on Reverse of Time Value
Click on Flatten on Reverse of Time Value to reverse the flatten direction. That is if one
flattens on a DATA_FIRSTBREAK of 10 ms, one will produce a static shift of -10 ms.
Flatten on Reverse of Time Value will produce a static shift value of +10 ms.
11.6.13.6 Correlation Gathers/Model (Auto Statics)

The MCorrel icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of MCorrel to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The MCorrel command uses model correlation techniques to provide an output statics file.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
868 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[MCorrel RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Model Correlation (Automatic Statics) dialog shown below.
This dialog can be opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Model Correlation (Automatic Statics) Dialog]

Statics Correlation File

SET FILE
Assign a filename for the output statics correlation file. The file name will appear above
the button. This file will later be used by the top menu item Interactive/Auto-Statics 2D

GEDCO
 Job Flow 869

Con 455 to calculate 2D surface consistent statics using the Gauss-Siedel (Or LSQR)
iterative method. The output from these iterations will be read by the ReadStat 864 flow
and applied using StatShft 860 flow.

Parameters
Correlation Window
Set the correlation search window length in milliseconds (Ms).
Pick Window
Set the size of the pick window in milliseconds (Ms).
Output Correlation Traces
Check to elect to output and name the correlation traces between the pre-stack and
post-stack data. The correlation traces will added to the project data list.
Band-Pass Correlations
Check to elect to restrict the correlations to a specified frequency range. This may help
one to avoid correlating noisy data.
WINDOW
The WINDOW button leads to this Design Window dialog 1191 where one may specify
the data area where there is good (correlated) data.

Static Solution
The user has three (3) options to choose from.
Output Statics Correlation File
Output the statics correlation file to be used by Interactive/Auto-Statics 2D Con 455 to
calculate the surface consistent statics.
Display Auto-Statics Window
Automatically bring up the Interactive/Auto-Statics 2D Con 455 window using the statics
correlation file calculated in this command.
Solve Statics and Output Statics File
Solve and output the statics solution as defined by the parameters below:
In this case can now use the output file immediately by the command ReadStatics 864 to
import the calculated statics.
Solution Method
Type of method used solve surface consistent problem. Gauss-Siedel or Least
Square solution.
# of Iterations
Number of iterations to process to generate the results.
Damp
Only used by LSQR method to apply a dampened value to the solution. Should only
be used after trying LSQR with dampening set to 0.

INPUT MODEL
The Input button leads to this Input STACKED MODEL Data Set dialog for specifying the
input stacked model file to use for the correlations as shown below:

GEDCO
 870 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Flow Input Command Dialog for Specifying Model Data]

Notes:
The Output Statics Correlation File will be an ASCII file with extension "st1" containing shot and
receiver static correlation values. Here is an example of such a file with the columns annotated
for clarity:

Shot_Seq No Recv_Seq_No Cmp_No static_Shift Amplitude Shot_line Shot_No Recv_Line Recv_No

6 95 70 3.006 0.000 1.00 135.00 1.00 136.00
5 99 70 2.151 0.000 1.00 131.00 1.00 140.00
4 105 70 23.939 0.000 1.00 125.00 1.00 146.00
3 111 70 6.762 0.000 1.00 119.00 1.00 152.00
2 117 70 8.921 0.000 1.00 113.00 1.00 158.00

11.6.13.7 Stack Power Optimization

The StkPower icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of StkPower to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The StkPower command works on 2D or 3D data to compute surface consistent statics using
stack power optimization. For a description of the algorithm in StkPower see the following paper:

"Surface Consistent Residual Statics Estimation by Stack Power Maximization,

1985 Geophysics, v 50 no 12 pp 2759-2767, Ronen J. and Claerbout J.F."

Input data for StkPower is NMO corrected, muted and properly gained for Auto-Statics. Data
must be in CMP order. Partial line processing may be computed for 2D or 3D data by selecting a

GEDCO
 Job Flow 871

range of CMPs or a selecting a range of inline and cross-line numbers.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[StkPower RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Tracker (Residual Statics) dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Stack Power- Tracker (Residual Statics) Dialog]

Output Static File

FILE
Specify the file name which will contain the output statics file data. An standard Windows
file save dialog will open to name this file. The opened file name will appear next to the
FILE button.

GEDCO
872 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

File format is the same for shots and receivers.

Station_Sequence_No Station_Static Station_Line_No Station_Number

An example of the format of this file is shown below:

#Shots: 1 135
0 –5.18 1.0 111
1 –2.00 1.0 112
2 –3.75 1.0 113
3 –5.07 1.0 114
4 –5.00 1.0 115
10 –6.30 1.0 116
11 –3.32 1.0 117
.
.
.
135 –4.57 14.0 141
#Receivers: 1 59
0 –8.20 1.0 101
1 –6.07 1.0 102
2 –8.36 1.0 103

Processing Parameters
Start Time
Specify the start of the time in milliseconds of the window used to calculate statics. This
is the start time for the correlation window.
End Time
Specify the end time end of the time in milliseconds of the window used to calculate
statics. This is the end time for the correlation window.
# Iterations
Specify the number of processing iterations for the solution. One iteration consists of
finding shot statics and then finding receiver statics. On the first iteration only 50% of the
found static is applied. This is to keep the static evenly spread between shot and
receivers. The second iteration applies 75% and then 100% on the rest of the iterations.
TRACKER converges on most data in three to five iterations. 100% of the static will
always be used on the last iteration. Over-iterating may cause end effects and cycle
skips. Default: 3
Max. Shift First
Specify the Maximum first solution static shift in milliseconds. This is the maximum time
shift to look for on the first iteration. Generally for most data, start off with a shift smaller
than the maximum you are trying to use. Since TRACKER is an iterative process, all of
the static does not need to be found all at once. This parameter is usually half of the
max. shift last parameter. The maximum shift will be interpolated between the first and
last iteration. Default: 12
Max. Shift Last
Specify the Maximum last solution static shift in milliseconds on last iteration. Default: 24

Constraining Parameters
Min. CDP Fold
Specify the Minimum CDP fold allowed. This is the minimum CDP fold required to cross
correlate with. An individual trace is cross correlated with a stack CDP. If the CDP
doesn't meet the Min. CDP Fold the cross correlation for the trace is not used in the
analysis.
Min. Shot Fold
Specify the Minimum shot fold allowed. Statics for a shot are calculated provided the shot
has at least this many live traces. The number of live traces for each shot is influenced by
the percentage value of the best cross correlations and the CDP Fold constraint. The

GEDCO
 Job Flow 873

static for a shot will be set to zero if there aren't enough traces to calculate a static.
Default: 4
Min. Rec. Fold
Specify the Minimum receiver fold allowed. Integer value. Statics for a receiver are
calculated provided the shot has at least this many live traces. The number of live traces
for each receiver is influenced by the percentage value of the best cross correlations and
the CDP Fold constraint. The static for a receiver will be set to zero if there aren't enough
traces to calculate a static. Default: 4
% XCorr. First
Specify the percentage Cross-Correlation allowed for first solution. All traces that pass the
min CDP fold are written to a temporary file. An analysis is done on the cross correlation
coefficients for each trace. This parameter specifies the percentage of the best cross
correlations to use. Starting out with less than 100% prevents poor cross correlation from
contaminating the static picked. If 100% is used the cross correlation's are not written to
a file. Using 100% of the cross correlation makes the program run faster and uses
less scratch disk space. This limit is interpolated between the first and last iterations.
% XCorr. Last
Specify the percentage Cross-Correlation allowed for last solution.

Tracker Params.
Min. Offset
Specify the Minimum offset allowed in the solution. The lowest offset would be 0. All
offsets are considered positive by the program. Default 0.
Max. Offset
This is the maximum offset to use. Default 99999.0
Apply Filter
Check this box to apply the standard four corner filter. The four frequency values are
input below this box.

MODEL BUILD
Clicking this button brings up the Model Building Tracker (Residual Statics) dialog box. Build
an enhanced stack using the CDP stack.

[Model Building Tracker (Residual Statics) Dialog]

GEDCO
874 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Model Building
No Model Building
This is the default option. In most cases this will give good results in the quickest time.
F-X Decon Model/Coherency Model
If using a model, check which model to implement.
Save Models to Project
Will save model created on each iterations to the project, with the associated Name.

Coherency Model Parameters

For relatively flat data with poor S/N, this option may be used. If this parameter is set to true,
a model is built
after the data is stacked. The modeling increases the S/N so the cross correlations are better.
The modeling also helps stabilize the long wave structure. This is a coherency model building
technique. This is a brute force method that forces signal from one area to another across
noisy areas. Amplitude and phase of the data may be distorted.
Model length
Number of stack traces used to build a model.This is a two sided length of pilot for
building the coherency model. It may be thought of as the length to spread data from one
signal area to another signal area. The longer the model length, the more extreme the
spreading. This number must be odd, ie. a length of 7 means the current trace and 3
traces on either side. Default: 13
InLine Dip Ranges/XLine DipRanges:
The modeling will use the dips provided to help build the model. Supply the range of dips
and TRACKER will try to model all the dips in that range. Positive dip is defined as an
event that increases with time as the CDP number increases. The first pair separated by
a slash is the range for the in-lines. The next pair is for the cross-lines, the numbers are
ms of dip per CDP.

For 2D data, enter the range in the InLine Dip Ranges boxes. Leave the XLine
DipRanges set to 0.
Traces of the model will be stacked for each dip range. For a 13 trace model length with
a dip range of -3 to +3 ms/trace there will be 7 models.
Data Quality
This is a general description of the data. Choices are Noisy, Average and Clean. This is
used to set some of the internal parameters for model building.

F-X Decon Model Parameters

A model is built by passing the CDP stack through an FXDecon filter. For 3D data a
model is built with 2
passes of the FXDecon filter - once in the in-line direction and once in the cross-line
direction. FXDecon will provide a model that is as good or better than the Coherency
Model.
Design Length
The number of traces used in designing the FX operator. Design lengths around 50 are
used for data where events are flat or have linear dips. For data that have curving
structures, use a shorter design length of around 20.
Operator Length
The length of 1 side of the two sided FX operator. Normal values range from 3 to 5.
% Noise AddBack
Noise is the difference between the FX predicted trace and the actual trace. This
parameter determines the percent of the difference that is addbed back into the model
trace. Normal choices are between 10 and 30.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 875

11.6.13.8 Auto Residual Statics (X-Corr)

The SumXcorr icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of SumXcorr to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The SumXcorr command works on 2D or 3D data to compute surface consistent statics using
cross-correlation techniques. Note that this command is still under development.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[SumXcorr RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Automatic Residual Statics (XCorr Summations) dialog shown below. This dialog can
be opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
876 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Auto Residual Statics (XCorr Summations) Dialog]

Statics Correlation File

SET FILE
Specify the file name which will contain the output statics file data. A standard Windows
file save dialog will open to name this file. The opened file name will appear above the
SET FILE button. The output Vista Static file with an extension of *.srs is used.

Method
Input Model Traces/Create Model Traces
Toggle between these two options to select the Model to be used. Each Model has Input
parameters for each option.

INPUT MODEL
For the Input Model Traces options this button opens the Input Stacked Model Data
Set dialog shown below:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 877

[Input Stacked Model Data Set Dialog]

Input Data List

From the drop down list select a Stacked Data Set for the this Input Model.

INPUT GATHER
For the Create Model Traces option this button opens the Input Un-Stacked GATHER
Data Set dialog as shown below:

[Input Un-Stacked GATHER Data Set Dialog]

GEDCO
 878 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Input Data List

From the drop down list select a Un-Stacked GATHER Data Set for the this
Input Model.

Parameters
Correlation Window
Enter the size of the Correlation Window in milliseconds (ms).
Pick Window
Enter the size of the Pick Window in milliseconds (ms).
Max. Static
Enter the Maximum size of the static output for each process loop in milliseconds (ms).
# Of Iterations
Number of iterations to process to generate the results.
WINDOW
The WINDOW button leads to this Design Window dialog 1191 where one may specify
the data area where there is good (correlated) data.
Remove Autocorrelation from Pilot
Removes the Autocorrelation from Pilot. The default is checked on.
Output Correlation Traces
Check to Output Correlation Traces and enter a project name for this data set.

11.6.13.9 Mastt Residual Statics

The Mastt icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link. It
is permissible to send the output of Mastt to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
Mastt command works on 2D or 3D data to compute surface consistent statics by calling the
third-party software from TECHNO SDCON. Visit TECHCO web site at http://www.techco.ab.ca/ for
more information. This command will not work without obtaining the license and supporting software
from TECHCO.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 879

[Mastt RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Techno Geophysical MASTT Statics dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened
by double clicking on the flow command icon. The main dialogs are provided below for reference.
Refer to the Mastt documentation for complete details.

Mastt Save Tab

Mastt Solve Tab

GEDCO
880 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Mastt Solve Smoothing Tab

GEDCO
 Job Flow 881

11.6.14 Velocity

The processes in this section are:

GEDCO
882 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

NMO 883 - Perform normal move-out on 2D or 3D data.

InvNMO 886 - Perform Inverse normal move-out on 2D or 3D data.

CVS 888 - Do a constant velocity stack for a range of velocities on 2D or 3D data.

MVFS 891 - Do a variable velocity stack for a range of percentage changes to a central
velocity function on 2D or 3D data.

LMO 894 - Perform linear move-out on 2D or 3D data.

Sembl 897 - Calculate semblance for a range of velocities on 2D or 3D data.

PstmSem 899 -Calculate PSTM semblance for a range of velocities on 2D or 3D data for PSTM
migration velocity picking.

3D_T2D 903 - 3D time to depth conversion.

AVEVel 906 - Automatic velocity estimate using semblance.

DixConv 908 - Convert RMS velocity traces to interval velocities using DIX's equation.

VelConv 911 - Velocity conversion of input time velocity traces.

True Surface Velocity Analysis:

To use these flow commands any unstacked data set must have gone through Geometry and
Elevation/Refraction Statics processing first. The following Header words MUST be setup before
using any True Surface commands:
FIXED_DATUM
ELEV_SHOT
ELEV_REC
VELOCITY_SUBWEATHER
DEPTH_SHOT
STATIC_REFRACTION_SRC
STATIC_REFRACTION_RCV
STATIC_REFRACTION_SRC
UPHOLE_SHOT

SurfNMO 913 - Perform True Surface normal move-out on 2D or 3D data.

SurfINMO 915 - Perform inverse True Surface normal move-out on 2D or 3D data.

SurfCVS 917 - Calculate True Surface semblance for a range of velocities on 2D or 3D data.

SurfSemb 920 - Calculate True Surface semblance for a range of velocities on 2D or 3D data.

SurfMVFS 921 - Do a True Surface variable velocity stack for a range of percentage changes to a
central velocity function on 2D or 3D data.

Note:
Note that the results of CVS 888 and Semblance 897 can be picked by the Interactive process
Velocity Analysis 526 .

Please study the example of Velocity Analysis in the Tutorial

GEDCO
 Job Flow 883

Manual.

[Example Velocity Analysis window from Tutorial A]

11.6.14.1 Normal Move-Out(NMO)

The NMO icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link. It
is permissible to send the output of NMO to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
NMO works by reading the velocities from an ASCII file. When the input data is 2-D, the velocities
are characterized by CMP number and (time, velocity) pairs. That is, one velocity function at specified
CMP's (or possibly Shot numbers, etc.) When the input data is 3-D, the velocities are characterized
by the X-Y coordinates of the CMP where the velocity analysis was performed and subsequently
picked and (time, velocity) pairs. i.e. one velocity function at specified X-Y coordinates. When the
trace to be operated on is read in from the previous process, VISTA determines its CMP number (for
2D input) or the X-Y coordinate of the CMP (for 3D input).

For 2-D input:

A velocity function is created at this CMP number based on linear interpolation of RMS velocities
at two neighboring CMP's.

GEDCO
884 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

For 3-D input:

A velocity function is created at this CMP position (X-Y coordinates) based on areal interpolation
(Delauny triangles) of RMS velocities at neighboring CMP positions.

Once the velocity is computed, an RMS velocity is derived for every sample of the trace. The
Vista process then uses the standard NMO equation to calculate where each output sample must
come from. In general, the output sample will come from a position between two input samples.
Interpolation is used to create the output amplitude from the input samples.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[NMO RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the NMO dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on the flow
command icon.

[NMO Dialog]

GEDCO
 Job Flow 885

NMO Velocity File

FILE
Clicking on FILE opens a standard Windows file open dialog to select the name of the
velocity (*.vel) ASCII file for this flow.
VIEW
Clicking on VIEW opens up the Vista Velocity Display file option as shown below. See
Display Vista Velocity File 592 for the many features of this display.

[Velocity Display File Display -VIEW]

NMO Options
Apply Nonhyperbolic NMO
Apply nonhyperbolc move-out using fourth order term in NMO equation. This fourth order
coefficient is calculated in the Velocity Analysis Window 526 .
Mute Velocity Inversions
Anywhere that velocity inversions occur, the output data is muted.
Apply NMO Stretch Mute
Can apply an optional stretch mute by turning on the Apply NMO Stretch Mute box.
Entering the percentage under Stretch Mute (%). A typical value for a stretch mute might
be in the range 15 to 30%, depending on the data, the offsets and so on.
Length Stretch Mute Ramp
Will apply linear ramp to the stretch mute area. Input the number of samples.
Scan from Top for Stretch Mute
In some cases it is helpfully to scan for stretch mute starting at end of the data.
Check for this option.
Scale Output by the NMO Stretch Factor
Checking this option allows the application of the scaling by this factor.

GEDCO
 886 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.14.2 Inverse Normal Move-Out(INMO)

The INMO icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link. It
is permissible to send the output of INMO to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The INMO command works by reading the velocities from an ASCII file (*.vel). As described in
the NMO command, the velocities are characterized by CMP number (2-D data) or CMP position
(3-D data) and (time, velocity) pairs. i.e. one velocity function at specified CMP's (or possibly Shot
numbers, etc.)

When the trace to be operated on is read in from the previous process, VISTA determines its
CMP number. A velocity function is created at this CMP number based on linear interpolation of RMS
velocities at two neighboring CMP's (2-D data) or areal interpolation (3-D data). Once the velocity is
computed, an RMS velocity is derived for every sample of the trace. One then use the standard NMO
equation to calculate where each output sample must come from. This equation will reverse the
effects of NMO. One must be careful in the shallow areas, where NMO stretch is high. It is strongly
suggested that data be muted prior to INMO.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[INMO RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Inverse NMO dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 887

[Inverse NMO Dialog]

Inverse NMO Velocity File

FILE
Clicking on FILE opens a standard Windows file open dialog to select the name of the
velocity (*.vel) ASCII file for this flow.
VIEW
Clicking on VIEW opens up the Vista Velocity Display file option as shown below. See
Display Vista Velocity File 592 for the many features of this display.

GEDCO
 888 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Velocity Display File Display -VIEW]

Percent of RMS Velocity to Use

Checking this option allows the use to increase or decrease the velocity set by a
percentage.

Inverse NMO Options

Apply Nonhyperbolic NMO
Apply nonhyperbolc inverse move-out using fourth order term in NMO equation. This
fourth order coefficient is calculated in the Velocity Analysis Window 526 .
Ignore Velocity Inversions
Any where that velocity inversions occur, the output data is muted. The default option
is checked.
Apply Inverse NMO Stretch Mute
Can apply an optional stretch mute by turning on the Apply Inverse NMO Stretch
Mute box. Entering the percentage under Stretch Mute (%). A typical value for a stretch
mute might be in the range 15 to 30%, depending on the data, the offsets and so on.
Scan from Top for Stretch Mute
In some cases it is helpfully to scan for stretch mute starting at end of the data.
Undo NMO Stretch Factor Scaling
Checking this option will undo NMO Stretch Mute Factor Scaling.

11.6.14.3 Constant Velocity Stack

The CVS icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link. It
is permissible to send the output of CVS to more than one other icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 889

Algorithm
CVS works by taking the entire input data set, in the specified sort order and with any data
selection, and applying the steps of NMO, CMP Stack. The NMO is performed with the next velocity
from the Velocity Function List and will be constant for the entire trace length. Thus the output
traces for one velocity corresponds to the CMP Stack of the input traces. The entire exercise is then
repeated for the next velocity in the velocity function list. The total number of output traces is equal to
the (number of velocities) times the (number of stack traces) in the input data set (i.e. number of
CMP's).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[CVS RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Constant Velocity Stack dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
890 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Constant Velocity Stack Dialog]

Velocity Function List

A velocity function list of Start Velocity, End Velocity and Velocity Increments for the CVS
display.
NEW
Clicking on the NEW button opens the Constant Velocity Function dialog shown below for
the user to fill in the Velocity Function list with the needed values to control the display.

[Constant Velocity Function Dialog]

GEDCO
 Job Flow 891

When the user clicks OK, the user will see the velocity entry added to the Velocity
Function List.
Velocity Function
Start Velocity
Enter the Start Velocity for the CVS display.
End Velocity
Enter the End Velocity for the CVS display.
Velocity Incr.
Enter the Velocity Increment between each CVS velocity display panel.
Increase Velocity Increment
One may vary the velocity increment increases by checking the box beside
Increase Velocity Incr. and specify a value in the Incr. % Increase box.

REMOVE
To remove entries from the Velocity function List, click on them to highlight, then click on
REMOVE. One may also edit the current CVS velocities by double clicking on them to
bring up the Constant Velocity Function box again.

CVS Options
Mute Data
The user may check the Mute Data check box, not forgetting to supply a Stretch Mute
(%) (Use a value like 30% if one is not sure) and a Stretch Mute Ramp (number of
samples).
Insert Dead Traces
The Insert Dead Traces is used to separate one CVS "panel" from the next. Enter the #
Dead Traces desired for the separation. A CVS Panel is the set of stack traces for one
velocity.

11.6.14.4 MVFS +-% Velocity Stack

The MVFS icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link.
It is permissible to send the output of MVFS to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The MVFS command works by taking the entire input data set, in the specified sort order and with
any data selection, and applying the steps of NMO, CMP Stack. The NMO is performed with a
velocity derived by applying the next percentage from the % of Function list to the supplied NMO
Velocity File. Thus the output traces for one velocity corresponds to the CMP Stack of the input
traces. The entire exercise is then repeated for the next velocity in the % of function list.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
892 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[MVFS RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the MVFS Central Function +/-% dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[MVFS Central Function +/- % Dialog]

NMO Velocity File

FILE
Clicking on FILE opens a standard Windows file open dialog to select the name of the
velocity (*.vel) ASCII file for this flow.
VIEW
Clicking on VIEW opens up the Vista Velocity Display file option as shown below. See
Display Vista Velocity File 592 for the many features of this display.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 893

[Velocity Display File Display -VIEW]

% of Central Function
NEW
To enter velocities for MVFS into the % of Central Function box, click on NEW, then fill in
the MVFS Function dialog shown below with +Percent of Central Function.

[MVFS Function Dialog]

When one clicks OK, one will see the entry added to the % of Central Function List.
The percent values shown are both positive and negative from the Central Velocity
Function. For instance, the values shown in the above % of Central Function List will
generate 7 CMP stacks or panels (+/- 10%, +/- 15%, +/- 20% and the central velocity
function) for each selected CMP.
REMOVE
To remove entries from the % of Central Function List, click on them to highlight, then
click on REMOVE.

MVFS Options
Mute Velocity Inversions
Anywhere that velocity inversions occur, the output data is muted.
Mute Data
The user may check the Mute Data check box, not forgetting to supply a Stretch Mute
(%) (Use a value like 30% if one is not sure) and a Mute Ramp (number of samples).
Insert Dead Traces

GEDCO
 894 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The Insert Dead Traces is used to separate one MVFS "panel" from the next. Enter the
number of traces desired for separation. A MVFS Panel is the set of stack traces for one
velocity.

Example
When using Velocity analysis with MVFS as one of the inputs, the velocity picks for each percent
will appear on the semblance plot as shown below:

[Display MVFS Picks on Semblance Plot]

11.6.14.5 Linear Move-Out(LMO)

The LMO icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link. It
is permissible to send the output of LMO to more than one other icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 895

Algorithm
The LMO command works by applying a static shift to each trace. The amount is provided by the
following:

Static Shift = Trace Offset / LMO Velocity.

NOTE:
When this command is run it places the calculated static (From equation above) into the
static header word STATIC_TOTAL. If the wish to reverse the affect (Reverse LMO), then apply this
static
to the data.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[LMO RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the LMO Function Definition dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon. Review LMO Parameter Dialog 1203 .

GEDCO
896 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[LMO Function Dialog]

NOTE: When picking 2D data sets, user can pick sperate LMO velocity functions for
positive and negative offsets.

LMO Function 1 (1 Functions)

The user can add multiple functions or LMO data sets. When more than one is added the
Function number changes.
NEW
Add 1 or more LMO functions to your dataset by clicking on NEW then specifying the
X-Location and Y-Location for the LMO function. Automatically defined when using the
Seismic Mouse Modes 112 in Seismic Window Display 86 .
<< >>
Scroll through the LMO function list by pressing the << and >> buttons.
DELETE
Press DELETE to remove the current LMO function.
DELETE ALL
Press DELETE ALL to remove all current LMO functions.

Function T/V Pairs

Positive Offsets/Negative Offsets
The user can toggle between selecting Positive or Negative Offsets.
NEW PAIR
Add velocity-offset pairs to a LMO function by clicking on NEW PAIR button to bring up
the
Linear Move-out Velocity/Offset Pair dialog box shown below.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 897

[Linear Moveout (Velocity/Offset Pair Dialog]

With this box the user enters a Refractor Velocity and the Max Offset Refractor to
which this velocity applies. Edit an existing velocity-offset pair by double-clicking on it to
bring up the dialog box as shown above.

REMOVE PAIR
Remove a velocity-offset pair by clicking on REMOVE PAIR after highlighting the pair by
clicking on them.

LMO Time Shift

Time shift the LMO corrected breaks for each velocity-offset pair by the amount entered in
the LMO Time Shift box.

WRITE
Output the current LMO functions to a file for editing or to use for later LMO functions.
READ
Input the LMO file previously saved.

Note:
A simpler method of specifying LMO functions is to use the right mouse menu Seismic
Mouse Modes 112 in the Seismic Display Window.

11.6.14.6 Semblance Analysis

The Semblance icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of Semblance to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The Semblance command works by calculating the "Semblance Function" for the entire set of
input traces at each sample position across the hyperbola defined by the current velocity. The entire
exercise is repeated for the next velocity. Thus the number of output "traces" is equal to the number of
different velocities defined. Each output "trace" has samples, whose values are the value of the
semblance function at that time. The "Semblance Function" is defined as:

GEDCO
898 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Where N is the number of non-zero samples after muting. Smoothing (Smoothing Window) is
applied separately to the numerator and denominator before computing this semblance quotient.
Then, the semblance is set to the power of the parameter Output Power. With Output Power > 1,
the difference between semblance values is stretched in the upper half of the range of semblance
values [0,1], but compressed in the lower half of, it. Thus, the few large semblance values are
enhanced. With Power < 1 the many small values are enhanced, thus more discernible against
background noise. Of course, always at the expense of the respective other feature.

Note that the input to Semblance will normally be a set of Common-Offset Stacked traces. (I.e. all
the traces from a "zone" of several CMP's stacked by common offset). If one wishes to do this, use
the OffSortS icon before Semblance.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Sembl RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Semblance Output dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 899

[Semblance Output Dialog]

Semblance Input Velocities

Start Velocity
Start velocity of semblance.
End Velocity
End velocity of semblance.
Velocity Increment
Velocity increment for semblance.

Parameters
Smoothing Window
Length of semblance smoothing window in milliseconds (Ms) (Set to 0 for no Window).
Cosine Taper Smoothing
If window smoothing is on, type of tapering in smoothing window.
Output Power
Semblance value to the power specified.
Stretch Mute
Apply stretch mute to input data.
Stretch Mute Percent
Samples with NMO stretch exceeding stretch mute percent are zeroed.

11.6.14.7 PSTM Semblance Velocity Analysis

The PstmSemb icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of PstmSemb to more than one other icon.

Algorithm

GEDCO
900 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

In the PstmSemb the PreStack Kirchhoff time migration velocity analysis is based on the paper
by:

Kamal Al-Yahya Geophysics Vol 54, No. 6 Velocity analysis by Iterative profile migration.(
See References 1224 ).

The difference is that one is working in time and not depth. Defined CMP locations are used to
migrate shot records over time. The velocity analysis is based on the principle that after prestack
migration (With correct velocity model), an image in a common-receiver gather (CRG or in our case a
CMP) is aligned horizontally regardless of structure. The deviation from horizontal alignment is then a
measure of error in the velocity. If the migration velocity is lower then the correct velocity, events will
curve upward. Whereas if the migration velocity is higher then events will curve downward. The output
of PstmSemb is then used as input into Interactive PSTM Velocity Analysis.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[PstmSemb RMB Menu]

Time Migration Parameters

Opens the sub-menu shown above. Note that double clicking on the PstmSemb command will
take the user directly to the Data PARAMETERS dialog which also has an INPUT button for the Data
INPUT item in the above menu.

Data INPUT
Opens the PSTM Velocity Analysis Input Data Set shown below. Select the desired data set
from the top drop down list. If the user is entering the process with a right click the other
menu items will not open without having first entered this Data INPUT.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 901

[PSTM Velocity Analysis Input Data Set Dialog]

Data PARAMETERS
This menu item opens the PreStack Kirchhoff Time Migration Velocity Analysis dialog shown
below. This dialog can also be opened by double clicking on the command icon.

GEDCO
902 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[PreStack Kirchhoff Time Migration Velocity Analysis Dialog]

Migration Velocity File

FILE
Click on FILE and enter the name of the ASCII file where the velocities are stored.
VIEW
One may click on VIEW to see the contents of the velocity file as shown in See
Display Vista Velocity File 592 .
Percent of RMS to use
Multiplies RMS velocity values by this percentage.

Analysis Parameters
Gamma Range
Set the Gamma Range value (from, TO, and INCR.).
Time Smoothing Window
Set the size of the Smoothing Window, the Power value, and the Cosine Taper
on/off.
Save Migrated Offset Panel
Should be checked on to output offset panel to help in pick velocities in PSTM
Velocity Window 583 .
Migration Profile Name. Enter name for offset output panel.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 903

Migration Parameters
The following options limit the traces used in calculating the stacked output CMP traces.
This will increase the speed of the process but may not output the best stacked data set.
Limit Shot/CMP Aperture
Checking this option and set limit traces to a set distance from shot to CMP output
image point. Enter the Aperture distance.
Perform Weight Limit Check
Check this option to perform a shallow weighted time limitation check to the input
traces. Enter the Weight Threshold value desired.
Alter Output Window Time
Check this option to change the output Start/End time of the migrated data.
Fresnel Zone Limit Migration
Check this option to use Fresnel zone size to limit the input traces. See paper by
Shuan Sun and John Bancroft (See References 1224 ). Enter the desired values for
Dominant Frequency and Fresnel Zone Multiplier.

INPUT Assign (select) the unstacked 2D/3D input data set. Opens the same Input dialog as
Data INPUT above.

Data SELECTION
The Data/Header Selection Spreadsheet allow the global organization of the data for
selection of defined parts of the data. With this process the Defined Data/Header Selection is
used. See Data Selection Spreadsheet 1187 for details.

Clear Existing SELECTION

Clears the existing SELECTION data made above.

Get SELECTION Broadcasts

Get the SELECTION data broadcast by other Vista modules.

Geometry Binning Display

See Geometry Window 323 and the binning icon for binning the data if necessary.

Seismic Attribute Display

See Attribute Window 284 for implementing data quality control and binning examination.

Seismic Window Display

See Seismic Window Display 86 for the multiple displays to examine the user data.

View/Edit Seismic Headers

See Header View/Edit Window Display 367 for editing and monitoring the data headers.

11.6.14.8 3D Time-To-Depth Conversion

The Tim2Depth icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of Tim2Depth to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The Tim2Depth command works by first interpolating a velocity function for every CMP in the
survey. First the CMP's where a velocity function is defined are used to determine "triangles" of CMP

GEDCO
904 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

numbers where velocities are defined. Using linear interpolation, a velocity function is built at every
CMP within each "triangle".Then a "Bin smoother" is applied to these velocity functions. Each velocity
(CMP) function is smoothed using a CMP radius = "Top Bin Smoother" at time zero and a CMP
radius of "Bottom Bin Smoother" at the end of data. Finally these bin-smoothed velocities are
time-averaged (smoothed) using a length of "Time Smoother". Now one has a velocity function at
each CMP position, one can build a the appropriate conversion table which will define the input
samples required for each output sample.

Note: Inverse Conversion

By inputting the Depth data (output from this process) the flow command provides a conversion
back to time (A Depth-To-Time Conversion) can be obtained. If the input data is in time then the
program will use a time to depth conversion on the data and the output will be in depth. If the input
data is in depth then the program will use a depth to time conversion on the data and the output will
be in time. The "depth sample rate" will be "Largest sample depth in the whole survey" divided by the
number of time samples. This "Depth sample rate" is constant.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Tim2Depth RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the 3D Time/Depth Conversion dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 905

[3D Time/Depth Conversion Dialog]

Velocity File
FILE
Opens a standard Windows input file dialog for entering the velocity file.
VIEW
Opens the Display Vista Velocity File 592 Window for reviewing the plot of the input
velocity file.

Parameters
Base Velocity
Enter the Base Velocity or accept the default value.
Time Smoother
Enter the time window for the Time Smoother calculations.
Top Bin Smoother
Enter the number of bins for the Top Bin Smoother calculations.
Bottom Bin Smoother
Enter the number of bins for the Bottom Bin Smoother calculations.
Use Stolt Velocities W-Factor
Check this option to use the Stolt Velocities W-Factor in the calculations. Enter the
desired W-Factor.
Define Output Increment
Check this option to define the data points output increment and enter the desired Output
Increment.

Output Velocity File

Save Velocity File
If the user desires to save the output file, check this options and enter the output velocity
file name.

GEDCO
 906 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

BIN LIMITS
This button opens up the 3D Time to Depth Conversion Bin Limits dialog as shown below.
Check the Limit InLine/XLine Bins box and enter the minimum and maximum InLine and
X-Line bin limits.

[3D Time to Depth Conversion Bin Limits Dialog]

11.6.14.9 Automatic Velocity Estimate

The AVEVel icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link.
It is permissible to send the output of AVEVel to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
AVEVel works by reading the RMS velocities from an input velocity file. The user then decides on
a list of percentages to be applied to the velocities (Similar to MVFS Velocity Analysis 891 ). Each
velocity and percent creates a Guide velocity function to be used in the analysis of each input
ensemble gather.

For 2-D input, a velocity function is created at this CMP number based on linear interpolation of
RMS velocities at two neighboring CMP's.

For 3-D input, a velocity function is created at this CMP position (In-Line, X-Line) based on areal
interpolation (using Delauny triangles) of RMS velocities at neighboring CMP positions.

The output of AVEVel is a number of different types of traces that can be identified by the value in
TRACE_ID_CODE. Each ensemble input will produce (2 * NGuides) + 2 output traces. Where
NGuides is number of defined central functions.
TRACE_ID_CODE =
0 - Raw input velocity trace with applied percent. One velocity trace for each guide.
1 - Raw semblance as created for input velocity function. One raw semblance for each guide.

The next traces are created by picking the maximum semblance for each sample.
2 - Picked velocity for maximum semblance. One picked velocity trace per ensemble.
3 - Maximum semblance value. One maximum semblance trace per ensemble

The picked velocity (TRACE_ID_CODE = 2) can be used as input into the Dix flow 908 command

GEDCO
 Job Flow 907

for conversion to Interval velocities.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[AVEVel RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Automatic Velocity Estimate dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Automatic Velocity Estimate Dialog]

NMO Velocity File

FILE

GEDCO
 908 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Opens a standard Windows input file dialog for entering the velocity file.
VIEW
Opens the Display Vista Velocity File 592 Window for reviewing the plot of the input
velocity file.

% of Central Function
ADD
To enter velocities percentages for AVEVel command, click on ADD, then fill in
the AVE Function dialog as shown below with a +Percent of Central Function.

[AVE Function Dialog]

When one clicks OK, one will see the entry added to the % of Central Function List.
The percent values shown are both positive and negative from the Central Velocity
Function. For instance, the values shown in the above % of Central Function List will
generate 7 CMP stacks or panels (+/- 10%, +/- 15%, +/- 20% and the central velocity
function) for each selected CMP.
REMOVE
To remove selected velocity percentages from the list highlight a item and click REMOVE.

Parameters
Semblance S/N Ratio
Used to reduce the effect of low signal to noise.
Output Power
Semblance value to the power.
Smoothing Window
Length of semblance smoothing window in milliseconds (Ms) (Set to 0.0 for no Window).
Cosine Taper Smoothing
If window smoothing is on, type of tapering in smoothing window.
Stretch Mute
Apply stretch mute to input data.
Stretch Mute Percent
Samples with NMO stretch exceeding stretch mute percent are zeroed.
Interpolate Velocities
Check to allow interpolation of the velocities.

11.6.14.10Dix's Interval Velocity Conversion

The DixConv icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of DixConv to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The DixConv command takes input velocity traces and converts to interval velocities. Input
should be smoothed RMS velocities. Output from AVEVel 906 (Automatic Velocity Estimate) could be

GEDCO
 Job Flow 909

used as input once the velocities have been smoothed. Input parameters are minimum/maximum time
pairs of interval velocities and min/max time interval. The interval velocity calculated is median of all
interval velocities within time boundaries.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[DixConv RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Dix Velocity Conversion dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Dix Interval Conversion parameter Dialog]

Dix Conversion List

Output Inter Velocity/Output Average Velocity
Toggle between the to processing options which are:
Interval - Output is interval velocity.
Average - Output is average velocity.
ADD
Press ADD to add in the velocity conversion list. Double click on an item in the list to edit.
In either case the Dix Velocity Conversion dialog will appear as shown below:

GEDCO
910 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Dix Velocity Conversion Dialog]

Time Window
Start Time
Start time of the conversion in milliseconds (ms).
End Time
End time of the conversion in milliseconds (ms).

Interval/Average Range
Min Interval Velocity Allowed
Enter the minimum Interval Velocity in meters/second (M/S).
Max Interval Velocity Allowed
Enter the maximum Interval Velocity in meters/second (M/S).

Calculation Windows
Small Time Window
Enter the Small Time Window for computation in milliseconds (ms).
Large Time Window
Enter the Large Time Window for computation in milliseconds (ms).

REMOVE
To remove selected velocity conversion data sets from the list highlight a item and click
REMOVE.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 911

11.6.14.11Velocity Conversion (Time Input)

The VelConv icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link.
It is permissible to send the output of VelConv to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
VelConv takes input velocity traces in time and converts to interval velocities. Input should be
smoothed RMS velocities.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[VelConv RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Velocity Conversion (Time Input) dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
912 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Velocity Conversion Parameter Dialog]

Input Time
Describes the type of input time traces.
Interval Velocity
Input is interval velocity as a function of time.
RMS Velocity
Input is RMS velocity as a function of time.
Depth Function
Input is depth as a function of time.

Output Function
Describes the type of conversion to be applied to the input traces.
Interval Velocity
Output is interval velocity as a function of time.
RMS Velocity
Output is RMS velocity as a function of time.
Depth Function
Output is depth as a function of time.

Depth
Output traces are to be versus depth.
Internal Velocity/Time Function
Output is either interval velocity versus depth or time function versus depth. Toggle
between the options. If output is to be depth traces set either a depth maximum or
number of depth samples to limit output. Also enter start depth and depth interval.
Depth Maximum
If the output is depth, enter a Depth Maximum or the following:
# Depth Samples
Enter the number of Depth Samples if output is Depth.
Start Depth

GEDCO
 Job Flow 913

Enter the start depth in meters (m).

Depth Interval
Enter the depth interval in meters (m).

11.6.15 True Surface Velocity

Enter topic text here.
11.6.15.1 True Surf. Normal Moveout

The SurfNMO icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link.
It is permissible to send the output of SurfNMO to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The SurfNMO command works the same as standard NMO 883 (Same Parameters) but the
calculation of the NMO equation is done by calculating the source-receiver ray paths separately.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[SurfNMO RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the True Surface Normal Move-Out dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
914 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[True Surface Normal Move-Out Dialog]

NMO Velocity File

FILE
Clicking on FILE opens a standard Windows file open dialog to select the name of the
velocity (*.vel) ASCII file for this flow.
VIEW
Clicking on VIEW opens up the Vista Velocity Display file option as shown below. See
Display Vista Velocity File 592 for the many features of this display.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 915

[Velocity Display File Display -VIEW]

NMO Options
Apply Nonhyperbolic NMO
Apply nonhyperbolc move-out using fourth order term in NMO equation. This fourth order
coefficient is calculated in the Velocity Analysis Window 526 .
Mute Velocity Inversions
Anywhere that velocity inversions occur, the output data is muted.
Apply NMO Stretch Mute
Can apply an optional stretch mute by turning on the Apply NMO Stretch Mute box.
Entering the percentage under Stretch Mute (%). A typical value for a stretch mute might
be in the range 15 to 30%, depending on the data, the offsets and so on.
Length Stretch Mute Ramp
Will apply linear ramp to the stretch mute area. Input the number of samples.
Scan from Top for Stretch Mute
In some cases it is helpfully to scan for stretch mute starting at end of the data.
Check for this option.
Scale Output by the NMO Stretch Factor
Checking this option allows the application of the scaling by this factor.

11.6.15.2 True Surf. Inverse NMO

The SurfINMO icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of SurfINMO to more than one other icon.

GEDCO
916 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Algorithm
The SurfINMO command works the same as standard INMO 886 (Same Parameters) but the
calculation of the NMO equation is done by calculating the source-receiver ray paths separately.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[SurfINMO RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the True Surface Inverse NMO dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[True Surface Inverse NMO Dialog]

Inverse NMO Velocity File

FILE
Clicking on FILE opens a standard Windows file open dialog to select the name of the
velocity (*.vel) ASCII file for this flow.
VIEW
Clicking on VIEW opens up the Vista Velocity Display file option as shown below. See
Display Vista Velocity File 592 for the many features of this display.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 917

[Velocity Display File Display -VIEW]

Percent of RMS Velocity to Use

Checking this option allows the use to increase or decrease the velocity set by a
percentage.

Inverse NMO Options

Apply Nonhyperbolic NMO
Apply nonhyperbolc inverse move-out using fourth order term in NMO equation. This
fourth order coefficient is calculated in the Velocity Analysis Window 526 .
Ignore Velocity Inversions
Any where that velocity inversions occur, the output data is muted. The default option
is checked.
Apply Inverse NMO Stretch Mute
Can apply an optional stretch mute by turning on the Apply Inverse NMO Stretch
Mute box. Entering the percentage under Stretch Mute (%). A typical value for a stretch
mute might be in the range 15 to 30%, depending on the data, the offsets and so on.
Scan from Top for Stretch Mute
In some cases it is helpfully to scan for stretch mute starting at end of the data.
Undo NMO Stretch Factor Scaling
Checking this option will undo NMO Stretch Mute Factor Scaling.

11.6.15.3 True Surf. Constant Velocity Stack

The SurfCVS icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a

GEDCO
918 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

link. It is permissible to send the output of SurfCVS to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The SurfCVS command works the same as standard CVS 888 (Same Parameters) but the
calculation of the NMO equation is done by calculating the source-receiver ray paths separately.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[SurfCVS RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the True Surface CVS dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

[True Surface Constant Velocity Stack Dialog]

Velocity Function List

GEDCO
 Job Flow 919

A velocity function list of Start Velocity, End Velocity and Velocity Increments for the CVS
display.
NEW
Clicking on the NEW button opens the Constant Velocity Function dialog shown below for
the user to fill in the Velocity Function list with the needed values to control the display.

[Constant Velocity Function Dialog]

When the user clicks OK, the user will see the velocity entry added to the Velocity
Function List.
Velocity Function
Start Velocity
Enter the Start Velocity for the CVS display.
End Velocity
Enter the End Velocity for the CVS display.
Velocity Incr.
Enter the Velocity Increment between each CVS velocity display panel.
Increase Velocity Increment
One may vary the velocity increment increases by checking the box beside
Increase Velocity Incr. and specify a value in the Incr. % Increase box.

REMOVE
To remove entries from the Velocity function List, click on them to highlight, then click on
REMOVE. One may also edit the current CVS velocities by double clicking on them to
bring up the Constant Velocity Function box again.

CVS Options
Mute Data
The user may check the Mute Data check box, not forgetting to supply a Stretch Mute
(%) (Use a value like 30% if one is not sure) and a Stretch Mute Ramp (number of
samples).
Insert Dead Traces
The Insert Dead Traces is used to separate one CVS "panel" from the next. Enter the #
Dead Traces desired for the separation. A CVS Panel is the set of stack traces for one
velocity.

GEDCO
 920 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.15.4 True Surf. Semblance Analysis

The SurfSemb icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of SurfSemb to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The SurfSemb command works the same as standard Semb 897 (Same Parameters) but the
calculation of the NMO equation is done by calculating the source-receiver ray paths separately.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[SurfSemb RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the True Surface Semblance Output dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[True Surface Semblance Output Dialog]

GEDCO
 Job Flow 921

Semblance Input Velocities

Start Velocity
Start velocity of semblance.
End Velocity
End velocity of semblance.
Velocity Increment
Velocity increment for semblance.

Parameters
Smoothing Window
Length of semblance smoothing window in milliseconds (Ms) (Set to 0 for no Window).
Cosine Taper Smoothing
If window smoothing is on, type of tapering in smoothing window.
Output Power
Semblance value to the power specified.
Stretch Mute
Apply stretch mute to input data.
Stretch Mute Percent
Samples with NMO stretch exceeding stretch mute percent are zeroed.

11.6.15.5 True Surf. MVFS +/- % Velocity Stack

The SurfMVFS icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of SurfMVFS to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The SurfMVFS command works the same as standard MVFS 891 (Same Parameters) but the
calculation of the NMO equation is done by calculating the source-receiver ray paths separately.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[SurfMVFS RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the True Surface MVFS Central Function +/- % dialog shown below. This dialog can be
opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
922 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[MVFS Central Function +/- % Dialog]

NMO Velocity File

FILE
Clicking on FILE opens a standard Windows file open dialog to select the name of the
velocity (*.vel) ASCII file for this flow.
VIEW
Clicking on VIEW opens up the Vista Velocity Display file option as shown below. See
Display Vista Velocity File 592 for the many features of this display.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 923

[Velocity Display File Display -VIEW]

% of Central Function
NEW
To enter velocities for MVFS into the % of Central Function box, click on NEW, then fill in
the MVFS Function dialog shown below with +Percent of Central Function.

[MVFS Function Dialog]

When one clicks OK, one will see the entry added to the % of Central Function List.
The percent values shown are both positive and negative from the Central Velocity
Function. For instance, the values shown in the above % of Central Function List will
generate 7 CMP stacks or panels (+/- 10%, +/- 15%, +/- 20% and the central velocity
function) for each selected CMP.
REMOVE
To remove entries from the % of Central Function List, click on them to highlight, then
click on REMOVE.

MVFS Options
Mute Velocity Inversions
Anywhere that velocity inversions occur, the output data is muted.
Mute Data
The user may check the Mute Data check box, not forgetting to supply a Stretch Mute
(%) (Use a value like 30% if one is not sure) and a Mute Ramp (number of samples).
Insert Dead Traces
The Insert Dead Traces is used to separate one MVFS "panel" from the next. Enter the
number of traces desired for separation. A MVFS Panel is the set of stack traces for one
velocity.

11.6.16 Stack

The processes in this section are:

GEDCO
 924 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

CMPStk 924 - CMP Stacking. Input Data must be in CMP order. (i.e. there must be a CMP Sort
Index attached to the Input Data set.)

ShotStk 927 - Shot Stacking. Input Data must be in Shot order. (i.e. there must be a Shot Sort
Index attached to the Input Data set.)

RecvStk 929 - Receiver Stacking. Input Data must be in Receiver order. (i.e. there must be a
Receiver Sort Index attached to the Input Data set.)

OffsetStk 931 - Offset Stacking. Input Data must be in Offset order. (i.e. there must be an Offset
Sort Index attached to the Input Data set.)

OffSortStk - Offset Sorting and Stacking. Input Data must be in CMP order. The input stream of
933 traces is sorted by common offset and stacked. This process should normally be
used exclusively with Velocity Analysis.

WghtStk 934 - Receiver Stacking. Input Data must be in Receiver order. (i.e. there must be a
Receiver Sort Index attached to the Input Data set.)

HeaderStk - Header Item Stacking. Input Data must be in Header Item order. (ie. there must be
935 a Header Item Sort Index attached to the Input Data set.)

100%Stk 937 - Create a so-called 100% section or single fold stack. (Take the nearest trace in
each CMP bin).

VShotStk 937 - Vertical Shot Stack. Add "N" adjacent shots together to create one output shot.

VSortStk 939 - Stack traces from one ensemble with another ensemble.

VertStk 940 - Trace Vertical Stacking - add "N" adjacent traces to create one output trace.

CmpMutStk - CMP Mute Stack - Stacking user defined # CMP ensembles together. Sort order
941 must be CMP

DiverStk 942 - Diversity Stacking using either average power or peak power within windows.
Input put must be a sorted ensemble.

Not all of the commands have options that require parameters with the exceptions exception of the
following; OffSortS, HeaderStk, VShotStk, and VertStk. Thus when you drag CMPStk icon from the
Command Window to the Flow Window, it will have a yellow color bar, indicating no parameters
required and the primary option is set. In these cases if additional options are available, the user can
modify the default option by right clicking on the command or double clicking the command.

11.6.16.1 Mid-Points Stack

The CMPStk icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of CMPStk to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
CMPStk works by stacking traces received in CMP sorted order. A new stack trace is started
when in VISTA a new CMP ensemble is encountered in the input. The input to this process must be

GEDCO
 Job Flow 925

in CMP order. The second and third sort indexes are not important and may be any value (typically
they will be Offset and nothing).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[CMPStk RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the CMP Stack dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on the
flow command icon. As noted in the introduction page, this command opens with the default
Command PARAMETER set.

[CMP Stack Dialog]

Stack Option
One can set the stack normalization as noted below. The third option is sometimes used in
very noisy data.
No Normalization
Do not provide normalization of the stacked data.
Stack Option 1/N
Normalize the stacked data by 1/N where N is the number of traces stacked.

GEDCO
926 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Stack Option 1/Sqrt(N)

Normalize the stacked data by 1/(sqrt(N)) where N is the number of traces stacked.
Median Stack
Normalize the stacked data by the Median stacked traces.
Alpha Trim Stack
Normalize using Alpha Trim Mean techniques. See Alpha Trim Mean Filter 855 for
discussion of this technique.
Alpha Trim Options
Alpha Trim %
Normalization is set according to the Alpha Trim Percentage value..
Use Alpha Trim Range
Checking this option allows the setting of the range of traces (# Traces < , # Traces
>) and the respective Trim % for the set trace ranges.

NOTE: 2D/3D CMP Stacking Command Only

When the data is stacked using this command CMPStk, the output headers are modified as
shown below. Except for the header modifications described below all other values will be set to the
last header of the CMP sort.

The basic header items as modified are:

TRACE_SEQ_NO Current trace output count.

TRACE_SEQ_REEL Current trace output count.
CMP_SEQ_NO Set to 1(one).

The following headers all set to 0.0 (Zero).

CHANNEL_NO
OFFSET_SH_REC
MUTE_TIME_START
MUTE_TIME_END
REVPOL_TRACE
DATA_SNRATIO
DATA_MAXAMPLITUDE
DATA_MAXAMPTIME
DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE
DATA_MEANAMPLITUDE
DATA_MAXAMPFREQ
DATA_RMSAMPFREQ
DATA_MEANAMPFREQ
DATA_MAXFREQ
DATA_EXPAMPDECAY
DATA_FIRSTBREAK
FIRST_BREAK_VELOCITY
CVS_VELOCITY
INTERVAL_VELOCITY
PANEL_TEST_COUNT
STATIC_SURFACECON_RNMO
SCALE_SURFACECONAMP_OFFSET

Using the current CMP the CMP stack process finds the associated shot and receiver that exist on
this CMP (Surface location above CMP).

Set the shot values if the shot exists above CMP. If shot does not exist above CMP all

GEDCO
 Job Flow 927

values will be set to 0.

FIELD_RECORD_NO
SHOTLINE_NO
SHOT_POINT_NO
SHOT_SEQUENCE_NUMBER
XSHOT
YSHOT
ELEV_FLOATDATUM_SRC
ELEV_SHOT
DEPTH_SHOT
WATER_DEPTH_SHOT
CALE_SURFACECONAMP_SRC
UPHOLE_SHOT
STATIC_SRC
STATIC_REFRACTION_SRC
STATIC_SURFACECON_SRC

Set the receiver values if the receiver exists above CMP. If receiver does not exist above
CMP all values will be set to 0.

RECVLINE_NO
FIELD_STATION_NUMBER
RECV_SEQUENCE_NUMBER
XREC
YREC
ELEV_REC
ELEV_FLOATDATUM_RCV
WATER_DEPTH_REC
SHOTRECV_AZIMUTH
STATIC_SURFACECON_RCV
SCALE_SURFACECONAMP_RCV
UPHOLE_REC
STATIC_REC
STATIC_REFRACTION_RCV
STATIC_SURFACETO_FLOATDATUM_RCV
STATIC_SURFACETO_FIXEDDATUM_RCV
STATIC_FLOATTO_FIXEDDATUM_RCV
STATIC_SURFACETO_FLOATDATUM_SRC
STATIC_SURFACETO_FIXEDDATUM_SRC
STATIC_FLOATTO_FIXEDDATUM_SRC

11.6.16.2 Shot Stack

The ShotStk icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of ShotStk to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The ShotStk command works by stacking traces received in Shot sorted order. A new stack trace
is started when VISTA senses a new Shot number in the input stream of traces. The input to this

GEDCO
928 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

process must be in Shot order. The second and third sort indexes are not important and may be any
value (typically they will be Offset and nothing).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[ShotStk RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the SHOT Stack dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on the
flow command icon. As noted in the introduction page, this command opens with the default
Command PARAMETER set.

[SHOT Stack Dialog]

Stack Option
One can set the stack normalization as noted below. The third option is sometimes used in
very noisy data.
No Normalization
Do not provide normalization of the stacked data.
Stack Option 1/N
Normalize the stacked data by 1/N where N is the number of traces stacked.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 929

Stack Option 1/Sqrt(N)

Normalize the stacked data by 1/(sqrt(N)) where N is the number of traces stacked.
Median Stack
Normalize the stacked data by the Median stacked traces.
Alpha Trim Stack
Normalize using Alpha Trim Mean techniques. See Alpha Trim Mean Filter 855 for
discussion of this technique.
Alpha Trim Options
Alpha Trim %
Normalization is set according to the Alpha Trim Percentage value..
Use Alpha Trim Range
Checking this option allows the setting of the range of traces (# Traces < , # Traces
>) and the respective Trim % for the set trace ranges.

11.6.16.3 Receivers Stack

The RecvStk icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of RecvStk to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The RecvStk command works by stacking traces received in Receiver sorted order. A new stack
trace is started when VISTA senses a new Receiver number in the input stream of traces. The input to
this process must be in Receiver order. The second and third sort indexes are not important and may
be any value (typically they will be Offset and nothing).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[RecvStk RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the RECEIVER Stack dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon. As noted in the introduction page, this command opens with the default
Command PARAMETER set.

GEDCO
930 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[RECEIVER Stack Dialog]

Stack Option
One can set the stack normalization as noted below. The third option is sometimes used in
very noisy data.
No Normalization
Do not provide normalization of the stacked data.
Stack Option 1/N
Normalize the stacked data by 1/N where N is the number of traces stacked.
Stack Option 1/Sqrt(N)
Normalize the stacked data by 1/(sqrt(N)) where N is the number of traces stacked.
Median Stack
Normalize the stacked data by the Median stacked traces.
Alpha Trim Stack
Normalize using Alpha Trim Mean techniques. See Alpha Trim Mean Filter 855 for
discussion of this technique.
Alpha Trim Options
Alpha Trim %
Normalization is set according to the Alpha Trim Percentage value..
Use Alpha Trim Range
Checking this option allows the setting of the range of traces (# Traces < , # Traces
>) and the respective Trim % for the set trace ranges.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 931

11.6.16.4 Offset Stack

The OffsetStk icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of OffsetStk to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The OffsetStk command works by stacking traces received in Offset sorted order. A new stack
trace is started when VISTA senses a new Offset value in the input stream of traces. The input to this
process must be in Offset order. The second and third sort indexes are not important and may be any
value (typically they might be CMP or Shot and nothing).

The offset ordered stack consists of negative and positive offsets.

An OFFSET_SHOT_REC sort index should be created with the range and range increment (set
equal to even multiples or fractions of the normal offset) specified prior to using OffsetStk.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[OffsetStk RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the OFFSET Stack dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon. As noted in the introduction page, this command opens with the default
Command PARAMETER set.

GEDCO
932 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[OFFSET Stack Dialog]

Stack Option
One can set the stack normalization as noted below. The third option is sometimes used in
very noisy data.
No Normalization
Do not provide normalization of the stacked data.
Stack Option 1/N
Normalize the stacked data by 1/N where N is the number of traces stacked.
Stack Option 1/Sqrt(N)
Normalize the stacked data by 1/(sqrt(N)) where N is the number of traces stacked.
Median Stack
Normalize the stacked data by the Median stacked traces.
Alpha Trim Stack
Normalize using Alpha Trim Mean techniques. See Alpha Trim Mean Filter 855 for
discussion of this technique.
Alpha Trim Options
Alpha Trim %
Normalization is set according to the Alpha Trim Percentage value..
Use Alpha Trim Range
Checking this option allows the setting of the range of traces (# Traces < , # Traces
>) and the respective Trim % for the set trace ranges.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 933

11.6.16.5 Offset Sort and Stack

The OffSrtStk icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of OffSrtStk to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The OffSrtStk command works by sorting CMP ordered traces into Offset order, then stacking
these sorted traces by offset. A new group of stack traces is started when VISTA senses a new set of
CMP's in the input stream of traces. The input to this process must be in CMP order. The second and
third sort indexes are not important. This process should normally be used exclusively with Velocity
Analysis.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[OffSrtStk RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Offset Sort/Stack - Records dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Offset Sort/Stack - Records Dialog]

Options
Note that the trace offsets will be grouped in "sets" of traces which are within "Offset

GEDCO
 934 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Increment" of each other.

After stacking the Offset Header is set to either Center of Offset Bin or Average of
Contributing Traces.
Use Absolute Offsets
Check to use Absolute Offsets and enter the Minimum Offset, the Maximum Offset and
the Offset Increment. Note that these values are in meters.
Center Of Offset Bin
Check to set the Offset Header Word to the center of the Offset Bin.
Average of Contributing Traces
Check to use the Average of Contributing Traces for the Set Offset Header Word.

11.6.16.6 Header Weighted Stack

The WghtStk icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of WghtStk to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The WghtStk command works by stacking traces received in Header item sorted order. Before
each trace is stacked it is multiplied by the user defined header word.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[WghtStk RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Header Weighted Ensemble Stack dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Header Weighted Ensemble Stack Dialog]

GEDCO
 Job Flow 935

Parameters
Weighted Header Word
Vista Header word to multiply by ensemble input trace. Use the drop down list to select
the desired header word.
Normalize by sum of Weights
Check this option to divide resulting stack by sum of the header weights.
11.6.16.7 Header Stack

The HeadStk icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link.
It is permissible to send the output of HeadStk to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The HeadStk command works by stacking traces received in Header item sorted order. A new
stack trace is started when VISTA senses a new Header item value in the input stream of traces. The
input to this process must be in Header item order. The second and third sort indexes are not
important and may be any value.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[HeadStk RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Sort ENSEMBLE Stack dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon. As noted in the introduction page, this command opens with the
default Command PARAMETER set.

GEDCO
936 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Sort ENSEMBLE Stack Dialog]

Stack Option
One can set the stack normalization as noted below. The third option is sometimes used in
very noisy data.
No Normalization
Do not provide normalization of the stacked data.
Stack Option 1/N
Normalize the stacked data by 1/N where N is the number of traces stacked.
Stack Option 1/Sqrt(N)
Normalize the stacked data by 1/(sqrt(N)) where N is the number of traces stacked.
Median Stack
Normalize the stacked data by the Median stacked traces.
Alpha Trim Stack
Normalize using Alpha Trim Mean techniques. See Alpha Trim Mean Filter 855 for
discussion of this technique.
Alpha Trim Options
Alpha Trim %
Normalization is set according to the Alpha Trim Percentage value..
Use Alpha Trim Range
Checking this option allows the setting of the range of traces (# Traces < , # Traces
>) and the respective Trim % for the set trace ranges.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 937

11.6.16.8 100% Coverage

The 100%Stk icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link.
It is permissible to send the output of 100%Stk to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The 100%Stk command works by looking at the traces in each CMP bin and selecting the trace
with the smallest offset. Thus it amounts to a single fold near-trace stack. There are no parameters
for 100%Stk.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[100%Stk RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
There are no parameters for 100%Stk.

11.6.16.9 Vertical Shot Stack

The VShotStk icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link.
It is permissible to send the output of VShotStk to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The VShotStk command works by stacking the traces of one ensemble with the traces of
adjacent ensembles. It is assumed that the number of traces per ensemble is always the same and
that the ensemble geometry does not change (the process does not wish to stack traces with different
offsets). Input must be in shot order.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
938 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VShotStk RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Vertical Shot Stack dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

[Vertical Shot Stack Dialog]

# Shots to Stack
Enter the number of ensembles the user wishes to stack.

EXAMPLE

GEDCO
 Job Flow 939

In this example the user has input 4 shots and each shot has 120 channels.

VShotStk takes channel 1 of all 4 shots and outputs a stack trace. Next it takes channel 2 of the
4 shots and stacks it. The end result is 1 shot with 120 channels. VShotStk then stacks the next 4
shots, ie. shots 5 to 8 inclusive in this manner.

11.6.16.10Vertical Sort Stack

The VSortStk icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link.
It is permissible to send the output of VSortStk to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The VSortStk command works by stacking the traces of one ensemble with the traces of adjacent
ensembles. It is assumed that the number of traces per field record is always the same and that the
record geometry does not change (one does not wish to stack traces with different offsets). Input must
be in ensemble order.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 940 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VSortStk RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Vertical Sort Record Stack dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Vertical Sort Record Stack]

# Records to Stack
Enter the number of ensemble one wishes to stack. This command VSortStk works in the
same manner outlined in VShotStk 937 .
11.6.16.11Adjacent Trace Stack/Summation

The VertStk icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link.
It is permissible to send the output of VertStk to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The VertStk command works by stacking traces received in any defined sorted order. A new
stack trace is started when VISTA has stacked the user defined number of traces.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[VertStk RMB Menu]

GEDCO
 Job Flow 941

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Adjacent Trace Summation dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Adjacent Trace Summation Dialog]

# Traces to Stack
Enter the number of adjacent Traces to Stack.

11.6.16.12CMP Mute Stack

The CMPMutStk icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
a link. It is permissible to send the output of CMPMutStk to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The CMPMutStk command works by stacking user defined # CMP ensembles together. Sort
order must be CMP.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[CMPMutStk RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the CMP Mute Stack dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 942 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[CMP Mute Stack Dialog]

No. CMP's to Stack

Enter the number of CMP's to stack.

11.6.16.13Diversity Stack

The DiverStk icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of DiverStk to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The DiverStk command (Diversity stacking) is a noise reduction technique used in the summation
of duplicate data. Each trace is scaled by the inverse of its average power prior to stacking. The
composite trace is then re-normalized by dividing by the sum of the scaler's used. Input must be a
sorted ensemble data set.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[DiverStk RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Diversity Stacking dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 943

[Diversity Stacking Dialog]

Calculate Diversity Stack using

Average Power within Window/Peak Power within Window
Toggle between the two options for method for calculation of the diversity stack.
Define Window Length
Check to define the Window Length in milliseconds (Ms) to use in the diversity stack. If
Define Window Length is not checked then the entire trace is used.

11.6.17 DMO

The processes in this section are:

2DDmoRado - Apply DMO using the Radon transform. (2D data only).
n 943

3DDmoRado - Apply DMO using the Radon transform. (3D data only).
n 948

DmoLog 952 - Apply DMO using a conventional Log stretch method.(2D data only).

11.6.17.1 Radon 2D DMO

The Rad2DDMO icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
a link. It is permissible to send the output of Rad2DDMO to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The Rad2DDMO command works by first computing the Radon transform of the data (Tau-p).
The operation of DMO, which involves moving energy along ellipses in the T-X domain, becomes an
operation involving hyperbolas in the Tau-p domain. Events which form by the tangency of lines to

GEDCO
944 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

families of ellipses becomes a matter of intersections of hyperbolas to create single points in (tau-p).
The method is non-aliasing and extremely robust under conditions of sparsely sampled data ("holes"
in the offset domain).

Dip-move-out (DMO) correction is a dip-dependent partial migration applied so that nonzero-offset

seismic data exhibit the same zero-offset reflection times and reflection points for all offsets. This
transformation from non zero-offset to zero-offset yields improved (less dip-dependent) velocity
estimates and higher lateral resolution as well as attenuation of coherent noise.

Rad2DDMO preserves true amplitude and high frequency resolution. The input data for this DMO
process must first be passed through Common Offset Binning. To do this, create a Sort Index where
the primary sort key is OFFSET_SHOT_REC, and the secondary sort key is CMP. Specify the
minimum and maximum range and increment (usually the group interval) for the
OFFSET_SHOT_REC primary sort key.

The input data set for 2DDmoRadon should be sorted by DMO_BIN (as the primary key) and
CMP_NO (as the secondary key). DMO_BIN can be obtained from the 2-D DMO icon function
(shown below) in the Seismic Header View/Edit window.

[Seismic Header View/Edit -> Header Edit/Alter Functions Icon -> 2D DMO Icon Display]

The 2D DMO sub-icon will cause the 2-D Offset DMO Binning dialog to appear as shown below:

[2-D Offset DMO Binning Dialog]

Distance to Center of Nearest Offset Bin

Distance to center of nearest DMO-offset bin (always positive). Dimensions (m (ft)):
Default=100.

Bin increment
The increment for DMO-offset binning (always positive). Dimensions (m (ft)):
Default=300.

Absolute Offsets
This check box determines one or both signs for DMO-offset, where Absolute Offsets =
Off, both "+" and "-" kept unchanged ; = On, "+" only (absolute value of DMO-offsets
taken). Default = Off.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 945

After a Radon DMO 2D is performed, each output trace corresponds to an input trace, the header
is unchanged, and amplitude is preserved. Any subsequent processes can maintain proper
information.

References
Deregowski, S. M., 1986, What is DMO?: First Break, 4, 7.
Wang, C. S., 1995, DMO in Radon Domain, SEG annual meeting at Houston, Expanded abstract,
1441-1444.
Wang, C. S., 1996, Radon DMO amplitude and frequency preservation, SEG annual meeting at
Denver, Expanded abstract.

Rad2DDMO applies dip-move-out (DMO) correction to pre-stack NMO corrected datasets. The
output Radon DMO corrected datasets can be inverse NMO corrected and used for input to a velocity
analysis program or directly to stack.

Usage
Ideally, in the processing flow, DMO should follow statics and NMO corrections. However,
because the user may not be able to reliably estimate these velocities without first applying DMO, a
useful processing sequence is:

NMO (using the best estimate of velocities)

Common Offset Binning
2DDmoRadon
Inverse NMO (using the same velocities as for the initial NMO)
Velocity Analysis

NMO and Common Offset Binning can be organized together to get an output file. Rad2DDMO
and Inverse NMO can also be organized in one process. However, Common Offset Binning and
Rad2DDMO must be separated in different process loops.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Rad2DDMO RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Radon 2-D DMO dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

GEDCO
946 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Radon 2-D DMO Dialog]

CDP Interval
The distance between common-midpoint bins. Default = 100 m(ft).

Maximum Dip
Enter the maximum dip in ms/trace for the dataset. Smaller dips will reduce the run time.
In addition, the Radon transform will eliminate dips greater that the value entered here.
Default = 8 ms / trace.

DMO Top Time Taper

Enter the length of top taper for DMO window in milliseconds (ms). DMO will be partial
for the period of time defined here, increasing from 0% at the window start-time
(previously defined) to 100% at the taper end. For example, if a user has defined a
window from 100 ms to 2000 ms and then defines a taper value of 400 ms, the taper will
start at 100 ms (applying 0% DMO) and increase DMO application until 500 ms (where
100% DMO is reached). 100% DMO is then applied to the remaining window. This
parameter allows the user to smooth the DMO result in the mute zone and is especially
useful on shallow data with steep dip. Default = 400 ms.

DMO Bottom Time Taper

Enter the length of bottom taper for DMO window in milliseconds (ms). In the taper
interior, The DMO output and input will be mixed with variant fraction. This makes stacked
section smoother.

Noise Reducing Threshold

This parameter is reserved for special cases where the S/N ratio is high (strong signal).
Its purpose is to reduce low amplitude random noise. It is recommended either for
synthetic data or for pre-stack analysis of high S/N real data. For synthetic data, we
recommend trying 0.5. When using this on real data, we strongly suggest running a test
sequence to determine an appropriate value. Default = 0.0. Maximum = 0.5.

High Frequency Taper

Enter a frequency (Hz) for the High Frequency Taper. An internal linear taper is applied to

GEDCO
 Job Flow 947

the high frequencies. The taper will help reduce high frequency noise without eliminating
these frequencies. This value is particularly useful for low S/N ratio datasets where
choosing a taper from 8 (Hz) to 30 (Hz) will decrease noise. For higher S/N ratio
datasets, choose zero. Using a value other than zero will slightly increase the run time.
Default = zero.

Radon Scale (Multiplier for number of transforms)

Enter this Radon Scale as a multiplier for number of transforms This parameter helps
balance high frequency preservation and run time. Extreme caution should be taken
when coding this parameter because it can significantly increase run time. If the user
chooses a value other than one, check a small data subgroup first to make sure it is
useful. Default = 1. Maximum = 2 (doubles the run time compared to default).
Suggested Radon Scale Values:
1.0 if highest frequency < 70 Hz
1.0 - 1.5 if highest frequency < 100 Hz
1.5 - 2.0 if highest frequency > 100 Hz

True Amplitude Preservation

This flag allows the user two options: maintain amplitude on all dips or on 3/4 of the
maximum dip. As in all true amplitude techniques, full preservation is sensitive to the S/N
ratio; therefore, unless the S/N ratio is above average. It is recommended that 0.75 be
input to obtain a more averaged response. Default = full.
Note at the present time this item is only a checked item as the user cannot enter a value.

Zero (Kill) Far DMO Offsets

Check this option to zero (kill) Far DMO Offsets.

LIMITS
This button opens the 2D Radon DMO Limits dialog for setting minimum/maximum values
for Offset Range, Time, and Frequency.

[2D Radon DMO Limits Dialog]

Limit DMO Offset Range

Check this option to limit the DMO Offset Range and enter the desired Min Offset
and Max Offset values.
Limit DMO Time Range
Check this option to limit the DMO Time Range and enter the desired Min Time and

GEDCO
 948 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Max Time values. Note that the default is having this option checked.
Limit DMO Freq. Range
Check this option to limit the DMO Frequency Range and enter the desired Min Freq
and Max Freq values.

11.6.17.2 Radon 3D DMO

The Rad3DDMO icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
a link. It is permissible to send the output of Rad3DDMO to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The Rad3DDMO command works on the same basis as described above for the Rad2DDMO 943

except for the binning procedure.

DMO_BIN can be obtained from the 3D DMO icon shown below in the Seismic Header
View/Edit window.

[Seismic Header View/Edit -> Header Edit/Alter Functions Icon -> 3D DMO Icon Display]

Choosing 3D DMO icon will open the 3D Azimuth Radon DMO Binning dialog shown below:

[3D Azimuth Radon DMO Binning Dialog]

3D DMO Binning Parameters

# of Azimuth Bins
Choose from the drop down list 10, 14, or 18 Azimuth bins.
Limit DMO Offset Range
Check this option to limit DMO Offset Range. If checked make sure that the Min Offset

GEDCO
 Job Flow 949

and Max Offset are set to the desired values.

BIN LIMITS
Clicking this button will open the 3D DMO (Binning) Bin Selection dialog shown below.
This allow the user to limit the range of bins in the in-line and cross line directions.

[3D DMO (Binning) Bin Selection Dialog]

3D Bin Limits
Limit InLine/Xline Bins
Checking this option will provide limits on the InLine/XLine Bins. Enter the Min
InLine/XLine and Max InLine/XLine desired values.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Rad3DDMO RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Radon 3-D DMO dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

GEDCO
950 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Radon 3-D DMO Dialog]

Number of Azimuth Bins

Each trace has been assigned to an azimuth bin in Radon DMO 3D Binning. The angle
width of each azimuth bin is 180/(number of azimuth bins) degrees. The choices are: 10,
14, & 18. For a Steepest dip value greater than 8, you must choose 18. Default = 18.

Steepest Dip
Enter the maximum dip in ms/trace for the dataset. Smaller dips will reduce the run time.
In addition, the Radon transform will eliminate dips greater that the value entered here.
Default = 8 ms / trace.

DMO Top Time Taper

Enter the length of top taper for DMO window in milliseconds (ms). DMO will be partial for
the period of time defined here, increasing from 0% at the window start-time (previously
defined) to 100% at the taper end. For example, if a user has defined a window from 100
ms to 2000 ms and then defines a top taper value of 400 ms, the taper will start at 100 ms
(applying 0% DMO) and increase DMO application until 500 ms (where 100% DMO is
reached). 100% DMO is then applied to the remaining window. This parameter allows
the user to smooth the DMO result in the mute zone and is especially useful on shallow
data with steep dip. Default = 400 ms.

DMO Bottom Time Taper

Enter the length of bottom taper for DMO window in milliseconds (ms). In the bottom
taper interval, the program will mix the DMO result and the DMO input as the DMO
output. This parameter allows the user to smooth the DMO result in the bottom zone.
Default = 400 ms.

The next two parameters define the frequency range over which to perform DMO. By
including the fewest frequencies, you can reduce your run time. However, you must set the
frequency-domain limits to include the entire band of interest. NOTE: Frequencies outside
the user defined range will be set to zero.

High Frequency Taper

An internal linear taper is applied to the high frequencies. The taper will help reduce high

GEDCO
 Job Flow 951

frequency noise without eliminating these frequencies. This value is particularly useful for
low S/N ratio datasets where choosing a taper from 8 (Hz) to 30 (Hz) will decrease noise.
For higher S/N ratio datasets, choose zero. Using a value other than zero will slightly
increase the run time. Default = zero.

Spectral Smoothing
This parameter is generally reserved for noisy data. Its purpose is to do some smoothing
in the Radon domain, reducing random noise. For noisy data, it will make the output
results appear cleaner. For high S/N ratio data, it may reduce the resolution, since, in
effect, the user can alter the match between input data amplitude spectra and output by
modifying this parameter. This parameter is not very sensitive. Most data will give good
results when using the Default; for noisier data you may try -0.2 to -0.5. We strongly
suggest running a test sequence comparing the DMO input spectra with the DMO output
spectra to determine an appropriate value. Default = 0.0. Minimum = -1.0.

True amplitude preservation

This flag allows the user two options: maintain amplitude on all dips or on 3/4 of the
maximum dip. As in all true amplitude techniques, full preservation is sensitive to
the S/N ratio; therefore, unless the S/N ratio is above average, it is recommended that
0.75 be input to obtain a more averaged response. Default = full. Note at the present
time this item is only a checked item as the user cannot enter a value.

LIMITS
This button opens the 2D Radon DMO Limits dialog for setting minimum/maximum values
for Offset Range, Time, and Frequency.

[2D Radon DMO Limits Dialog]

Limit DMO Offset Range

Check this option to limit the DMO Offset Range and enter the desired Min Offset
and Max Offset values.
Limit DMO Time Range
Check this option to limit the DMO Time Range and enter the desired Min Time and
Max Time values. Note that the default is having this option checked.
Limit DMO Freq. Range
Check this option to limit the DMO Frequency Range and enter the desired Min Freq
and Max Freq values.

GEDCO
 952 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.17.3 2D Log Stretch DMO

The LogDMO icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of LogDMO to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The LogDMO command Dip-move-out (DMO) correction is a dip-dependent partial migration
process which transforms nonzero-offset seismic data set to zero offset so that each common
midpoint (CMP) gather of traces actually contains events from the same depth point. The
transformation yields improved (less dip-dependent) velocity estimates and higher lateral resolution as
well as attenuation of coherent noise.

Theoretically, DMO process may be applied only to common-offset gathers. Practically, pseudo
common-offset gathers which a range of source-receiver offsets have been binned so that the binned
offset (call it "DMO-BIN" in the following) would be constant. Input traces will always be through this
binning process prior to the DMO process.

LogDMO (Logarithmic Stretch DMO) Implementation

The efficient DMO algorithm by Notfors and Dodfrey is implemented in this package. First,
time-domain on a common-offset section is stretched logarithmically to tau-domain. Then, FFT is
applied from tau to frequency for each trace and then FFT from space to wave number for each
frequency of interest. It follows phase shift and amplitude adjustment. Finally, the FFTs and stretching
are inverted to obtain the DMO-corrected common-offset gather. Multiple DMOs in both time and
space domains are employed automatically, if necessary, to improve efficiency (reduce CPU time).

The LogDMO icon receives traces from the process icon connected to by a link. The input traces
should be sorted by DMO_BIN (obtained from the DMO function in Seismic Header View/Edit) as
the primary key, and CMP_NO as the secondary key.

References
Deregowski, S. M., 1986, What is DMO?: First Break, 4, 7.
Hale, D., 1988, Dip move-out processing - course notes: SEG Continuing Education.
Norfors, C. D., Dodfrey, R. J., 1987, Dip move-out in the frequency-wave number domain: 52,
1718-1721.
Wang, C. S., 1993, DMO batch (Log-Stretch) program notice.

DMO_BIN can be obtained from the Calc 2-D DMO Binning function (shown below) in the
Seismic Header View/Edit window.

[Seismic Header View/Edit -> Header Edit/Alter Functions Icon -> 2D DMO Icon Display]

The 2D DMO sub-icon will cause the 2-D Offset DMO Binning dialog to appear as shown below:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 953

[2-D Offset DMO Binning Dialog]

Distance to Center of Nearest Offset Bin

Distance to center of nearest DMO-offset bin (always positive). Dimensions (m (ft)):
Default=100.

Bin increment
The increment for DMO-offset binning (always positive). Dimensions (m (ft)):
Default=300.

Absolute Offsets
This check box determines one or both signs for DMO-offset, where Absolute Offsets =
Off, both "+" and "-" kept unchanged ; = On, "+" only (absolute value of DMO-offsets
taken). Default = Off.

Usage:
Ideally, in the processing flow, DMO should follow statics and NMO corrections. However, due to
the difficulties of estimating these velocities without first applying DMO, a practical processing
sequence looks like:

NMO:
Use the best estimate of velocities;
Common Offset Binning:
Input data must be sorted by two keys - DMO_BIN and CMP_NO
LogDMO:
(This process);
Inverse NMO:
Use the same velocities as for the initial NMO;
Velocity Analysis.
Repeat this after DMO.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[LogDMO RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Logarithmic Stretch DMO dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double

GEDCO
954 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

clicking on the flow command icon.

[Logarithmic Stretch DMO Dialog]

CDP Interval
The (typical) distance between traces. This parameter and DMO-offset (obtained from
Dmosort2d) determine the width of the DMO operator. Default = 25.

Maximum Dip
The steepest dip in ms/trace. The dip greater than this parameter will be cut (i.e., zeroed).
Default = 10.

Taper Length
This parameter determines the length in milliseconds (Ms) for applying taper at the end
time (maximum time) of DMO processing. Default =400.

LIMITS
This button opens the 2D Radon DMO Limits dialog for setting minimum/maximum values
for Offset Range, Time, and Frequency. The values below the minimum and greater than
the maximum will not be processed or if frequency will be zeroed out.

[2D Radon DMO Limits Dialog]

Limit DMO Offset Range

Check this option to limit the DMO Offset Range and enter the desired Min Offset (
Default = 100) and Max Offset (Default =4000) values.
Limit DMO Time Range
Check this option to limit the DMO Time Range and enter the desired Min Time (

GEDCO
 Job Flow 955

Default = 500) and Max Time (Default=2000) values. Note that the default is having
this option checked.
Limit DMO Freq. Range
Check this option to limit the DMO Frequency Range and enter the desired Min Freq
(Default = 8) and Max Freq (Default =80) values. The default case is having this item
checked.

11.6.18 Migration

The processes in this section are:

FKMig2D 956 - FK (Stolt) 2-D Post Stack Time Migration.

Pre2DFK 959 - FK (Stolt) 2-D PreStack Time Migration.

PreKirk 961 - Kirchhoff 2D/3D PreStack Time Migration.

FKMig3D 967 - FK (Stolt) 3-D Post Stack Time Migration.

KirkMig2D - Kirchhoff 2-D Post Stack Time Migration.

970

FDMig2D 972 - Finite difference (15/45 degree) 2-D Post Stack Time Migration.

FDMig3D 973 - Finite difference (15/45 degree) 3-D Post Stack Time Migration.

2DPSDept - 2D Post Stack Depth Migration (FFD or PSPI Extrapolator).

975

PosDm2D 979 - Post Stack 2D Depth Migration (Wave Equation).

GRTMig 981 - Generalized Radon Transform Migration.

GEDCO
 956 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.18.1 FK 2D Migration

The FKMig2D icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of FKMig2D to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The FKMig2D command works by calculating the 2-D Fourier Transform of the input stack traces
after undergoing the Stolt Pseudo-depth conversion. FK points are then mapped to lower frequencies
along lines of constant K - according to the published equations (Yilmaz - Seismic Data Processing,
SEG Publication, 1987). The mapped FK Transform is then transformed back to time and the depth
conversion is reversed to give the final 2-D time migrated section. Stolt's original classic paper
appeared in 1978, Geophysics V 43, p.23–48. Chun and Jacewitz wrote a most readable paper on
the physical interpretation of the F–K migration method in 1981, Geophysics V 46,p. 717–733.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[FKMig2D RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the F-K Migration dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 957

[ F-K Migration Dialog]

Velocity File
File containing RMS velocities versus 2–way time (NMO file).
FILE
Clicking on FILE opens a standard Windows file open dialog to select the name of the
velocity (*.vel) ASCII file for this flow.
VIEW
Clicking on VIEW opens up the Vista Velocity Display for viewing the velocity file. See
Display Vista Velocity File 592 for the many features of this display.

Output File
Save Velocity File
Check to save the velocity file and enter the Velocity File name.
Save Depth File
Check to save the created depth file and enter the Depth File name.

W-Factor
Enter the W Factor as described by Stolt for variable velocity. Default value is 1.000.
Trace Distance
Enter the CMP distance.
Base
Enter the Velocity of stretched (Pseudo–depth) traces.
Use Stolt Velocities
Check to use Stolt velocities in the solution.

Processing Summary
FKMig2D will perform the following steps to the input traces.
– depth conversion and depth to frequency FFT
– sample re–ordering to trace no. vs. frequency

GEDCO
958 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

– FFT to wave number vs. frequency

– re–ordering to frequency vs. wave number
– migration (mapping each constant wave number "trace" to lower frequency)
– re–ordering to wave number vs. frequency
– inverse FFT to trace no. vs. frequency
– and finally re–order to frequency vs. trace no., inverse FFT, depth to time conversion and
output.

Some notes on the various stages:

1. The input velocities are RMS values at various CMP's along the line. FKMig2D will linearly
interpolate velocities for each time sample position – then use those to linearly interpolate a
velocity "trace" corresponding to every input trace (CMP).

2. Time to depth conversion can be done using the RMS velocities or the so–called Stolt
pseudo–velocities. These are derived by calculating the time averaged, squared RMS velocities
– the square root of this quantity is then the Stolt velocity. In general, they are lower than the
RMS velocity – about 95% in most cases. In almost all cases you should use Stolt velocities
for FK migration.

To use the Stolt velocities for time to depth conversion check the box marked Use Stolt
Velocities. Note that the depth converted output is available as specified in the Depth File
Name. Thus FKMig2D can be used as a depth conversion program. If one is using this option
and do not care about the migrated result (i.e. one is doing pure time to depth conversion),
one should not use Stolt velocities (i.e. use RMS).

3. The W factor can range from 0 to 2 – the usual value will be close to 1.0 A value of W < 1
implies under–migration of steep dips and W > 1 implies over–migration of steep dips. Or to put it
another way (See "Yilmaz" page 298 ff.) W < 1 compresses the impulse response on steep dips
and W > 1 opens it up.

4. The actual migration process is a mapping (for each constant wave number or K) from higher
frequency to lower frequency. It has been compared to a sort of Normal Move–out on the "K–
trace".

5. There is a check on the Base Velocity. In other words if one uses a Base Velocity that is very
high, the depth sample rate will be large and the possibility of decimating (under–sampling) the
input is real. Too much under–sampling means that data will be lost! On the other hand a very
low Base Velocity will cause over–sampling which will not cause any harm but may lead to
excessively long run times. So one has to compromise. VISTA will suggest a value positioned 1/3
from the lowest to the highest velocity if the number of depth samples becomes excessive.

6. The user may have to pad trace samples or pad traces to the user's data to prevent data from
wrapping around from side-to-side or top to bottom. Pad trace samples up to the next power of 2
so that the number of samples in a trace = 2^n. Do this by using the flow command WindowData
. Pad extra traces at the start and end of the stacked dataset by using the flow command
TracePad.

7. Input data should be in trace or UNSORTED order.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 959

11.6.18.2 FK 2D Pre-Stack Migration

The Pre2DFK icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of Pre2DFK to more than one other icon

Algorithm
The Pre2DFK command performs 2D frequency domain migration on common-offset seismic
sections. FK migration processes common-offset data. This method employs Stolt's stretching
technique to account for vertical and
lateral velocity variations. The program first reads in the velocity functions which should be in RMS
format. Velocities are linearly interpolated in time domain. These velocity functions are then converted
into pseudo-velocities as defined by Stolt.

These pseudo-velocity functions are linearly interpolated to produce a function for every CDP.
The time and space functions may then be spatially smoothed by a trapezoidal smoothing function.
The smoothed pseudo-velocities are used to create a pseudo depth section. The number and the
sample-rate of depth samples in the section are determined by parameter "highest frequency to
migrate", and the velocity. Input traces are first mapped into depth, and 2D FFTs are applied. This is
followed by translation and scaling of the Fourier coefficients. Finally, FFTs and stretching are
inverted to obtain migrated traces for output.

In a pre-stack implementation, F-K migration is applied to common-offset data, which has had
NMO and, generally, DMO applied. The input data must be always sorted to common-offset bins prior
to pre-stack migration.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Pre2DFK RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Pre-Stack F-K 2D Migration dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
960 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Pre=Stack F-K 2D Migration]

Velocity File
The input data should be in RMS format.
FILE
Clicking on FILE opens a standard Windows file open dialog to select the name of the
velocity (*.vel) ASCII file for this flow.
VIEW
Clicking on VIEW opens up the Vista Velocity Display for viewing the velocity file. See
Display Vista Velocity File 592 for the many features of this display.

Output Files
Save Velocity File
Check this to output the actual velocities used in the migration for each CDP of interest.
The output is just like a seismic dataset. The output is performed after migrations have
been completed. If there is only one velocity function, then the output is comprised of only
one velocity "trace".

Parameters
Trace Distance
Enter the (typical) distance between adjacent traces.
Highest Freq. to Migrate
Enter the maximum frequency (Hz) of interest in the input data. This parameter is used to
compute a "migration velocity" which is used to calculate the sample rate and the number
of samples in the depth domain.
W-Factor:
Stolt stretch W-factor controls the accuracy of the approximation to the full wave equation
and may be used to compensate for the over migration of steep dips. The range of
permissible values is [0, 1]. The default is 1.0.
Min Padding Traces:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 961

Enter the minimum number of dead traces to be padded at the end of the line, or on the
right of last trace of each migration for multiple migrations, to prevent wrap-around of the
2D transformed data. These traces are for internal use only and will not be output. The
default is 0, which means the number of dead traces to be padded will be dynamically
determined by the program.
Velocity Scalar:
Enter the fraction by which to scale input RMS velocities before migration. This parameter
may be used to observe the effects of decreasing or increasing velocities. Suggested
values of this scalar range from 0.0 to 3.0. The default is 1.0 (no scaling).
Restore Trace Mutes
This parameter controls whether the top and bottom trace mutes will be restored after
migration. Check the box to restore the mute. This is the default case.

11.6.18.3 Kirchhoff 2D/3D Pre-Stack Time Migration

The PreKirch icon supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links, It is
the starting flow command. An PreKirch may be connected to more than one other process, and such
a flow may be executed all at once. PreKirch cannot have any links into it as input.

Algorithm
PreKirch (2D/3D PreStack Time migration) processes raw unstacked seismic data. The data
must have been binned in the 2D or 3D Geometry Window 323 for this process to work. The
geometry window sets up the correct bin grid for the data. The output will be time migrated stacked
traces. The input data to PreKirch should be 2D/3D un-stacked data.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[PreKirch RMB Menu]

Time-Migration Parameters
Opens the sub-menu shown above. Note that double clicking on the PreKirch command will take
the user directly to the Data PARAMETERS dialog.

Data PARAMETERS

GEDCO
962 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Opens the PreStack Kirchhoff Time Migration dialog that has several Tabs.

Input TAB

[Kirchhoff 2D/3D PSTM -> Data PARAMETERS->Input Tab Dialog]

Input Data Set

Define the input data set to use for the PreKirch command using the drop down project
data list. If a Input Panel Sort-Order is defined then each sorted record will be migrated
separately.

Velocity Tab

[Kirchhoff 2D/3D PSTM -> Data PARAMETERS ->Velocity Tab Dialog]

GEDCO
 Job Flow 963

Migration Velocity File

The input Velocity File contains RMS values at various CMP's along the line.
FILE
Clicking on FILE opens a standard Windows file open dialog to select the name of the
velocity (*.vel) ASCII file for this flow.
VIEW
Clicking on VIEW opens up the Vista Velocity Display for viewing the velocity file.
See Display Vista Velocity File 592 for the many features of this display.
Percent of RMS Velocity to Use
Multiplies RMS velocity values by this percentage.

Parameters Tab

[Kirchhoff 2D/3D PSTM -> Data PARAMETERS ->Parameters Tab Dialog]

Options
Apply PSTM Weighting
Check to apply a PSTM weighting function to the data.
True Surface PSTM
Check to calculate based on True-Surface station locations. Note: For True Surface
the following header words must be filled out properly. FIXED_DATUM,
ELEV_SHOT, ELEV_RECV, VELOCITY_SUBWEATHERING, DEPTH_SHOT.
Normalize Sum By Fold Raised to Power:
When normalizing the output data by the fold divide the samples by 1/N raised to this
power.
Fold Normalization Ignores Samples Equal to Zero
SHOULD Not Be Turned Off, only use if required for Synthetic Data. If set samples
that are Zero are not counted in the fold count.

GEDCO
964 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Only Migrate to Live CMP's

If checked this option only outputs traces which are live on the input data set.
Prestack Operator Muting (Requires Mute File)
If checked, this option requires the loading in a Mute file with the button below this
option. This mute operation applies the defined mutes on input traces before
migration.
Restore Mutes on Stack (Requires a Mute File)
If checked, this option requires the loading in a Mute file with the button below this
option. This mute operation calculates the mute on the input CMP traces. It is then
applied to the output stacked PSTM traces.

Aperture Limits

[Kirchhoff 2D/3D PSTM -> Data PARAMETERS ->Aperture Limits Tab Dialog]

Aperture Limits
The following options limit the traces used in calculating the stacked output CMP traces.
This will increase the speed of the process but may not output the best stacked data set.
Limit Migration Aperture
Checking this option limit traces to a set distance from shot to CMP output image
point.
Limit by Aperture Angles
Define time/angle pairs to restrict the input traces by their aperture angle.
Angle List
Select for inputting a manual angle list of Time/Angle Pairs.
ADD
The ADD button opens up the PSTM Time/Angle Pairs dialog for inputting
the Time/Angle pairs.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 965

[PSTM Time/Angle Pairs Dialog]

REMOVE
Highlight a Time/Angle pair by clicking on the pair and then using the
REMOVE button to delete a pair.
Angle File
Select for inputting the Time/Angle Pairs from a file. Use the button to open a
standard Windows open file dialog to input the desired file. These Time/Angle
Pairs files have an extension of *.pangle.
Angle Options
Automatic Aperture Limit
Check to use this option and enter a Percent of Calculated Aperture value.
Limit by True Migrated Dip Angle
Check to limit by True Migrated Dip Angle.

Aperture Taper

[Kirchhoff 2D/3D PSTM -> Data PARAMETERS ->Aperture Taper Tab Dialog]

Aperture Taper
Apply Aperture Taper
Checking will apply a taper to the migrated data. Select either a Linear Taper or
Cosine Taper with the value for the Percent of Aperture.

Output Tab

GEDCO
966 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Kirchhoff 2D/3D PSTM -> Data PARAMETERS -> Output Tab Dialog]

Output Bin Limits

Limit Output CMP Bins
Checking this option will confine the CMP output space to a user defined bin
region. Input the desired Min InLine/XLine and Max InLine/XLine limits.

Output Time Window

Alter Output Time Window
Checking this option will change the output Start/End Window time of the
migrated data. Enter the desired times.

Memory Tab

[Kirchhoff 2D/3D PSTM -> Data PARAMETERS -> Memory Tab Dialog]

Memory Size (MBytes)

Define the memory requires of the PSTM. The program will try to hold as much of the
Output CMP bins in memory as possible. Try to set this value to a maximum for you
system.

Data SELECTION
Opens the Data/Header Selection 1187 window. This allows access to the Shot, Receiver, Bin, and
Trace Header selection spreadsheets.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 967

Geometry Binning Display

Opens up either the 2D or 3D Geometry Window 323 of the displayed data.

Seismic Attribute Display

Opens up the Seismic Attribute Window 284 of the displayed data. Examine geometry and
header values for the data set with this window.

Seismic Window Display

Opens the main Seismic Window Display 86 .

View/Edit Seismic Header

Opens up the Header Display Window 367 of the displayed data.

11.6.18.4 FK 3D Migration

The FKMig3D icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of FKMig3D to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The FKMig3D command (3D F-K migration) processes stacked seismic data. This method
employs Stolt's stretching technique to account for vertical and lateral velocity variations. The program
first reads in the velocity functions which should be in RMS format. Velocities are linearly interpolated
in time domain. These velocity functions are then converted into pseudo-velocities as defined by Stolt.

These pseudo-velocity functions are linearly interpolated to produce a function for every trace of
interest. The time and space functions may then be spatially smoothed by a trapezoidal smoothing
function. The smoothed pseudo-velocities are used to create a pseudo depth section.

Prior to migration, all input data (dataset and velocity field) should be corrected to a flat datum.
Input traces should be sorted prior to migration by INLINE_NO as the primary key, and
CROSSLINE_NO as the secondary key. Moreover, velocity functions should be in increasing CDP
order.

References
Robinson, E. A., 1983, Migration of Geophysical Data: Int. Human Resources Development Corp..
Stolt, R. H., 1978, Migration by Fourier transform: Geophysics, 43, 23--48. (See References 1224 )

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
968 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[FKMig3D RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the 3D F-K Migration dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

[3D F-K Migration Dialog]

Velocity File
Input RMS velocity file to migrate input data set at. The input Velocity File contains RMS
values at various CMP's along the line.
FILE
Clicking on FILE opens a standard Windows file open dialog to select the name of the
velocity (*.vel) ASCII file for this flow.
VIEW
Clicking on VIEW opens up the Vista Velocity Display for viewing the velocity file. See
Display Vista Velocity File 592 for the many features of this display.

Parameters
Stolt W-Factor
Stolt stretch W-factor controls the accuracy of the approximation to the full wave equation
and may be used to compensate for the over migration of steep dips. The range of
permissible values is [0, 1]. The default is 1.0.
Velocity Scalar
Enter the fraction by which to scale input RMS velocities before migration. This parameter
may be used to observe the effects of decreasing or increasing velocities. Suggested
values of this scalar range from 0.0 to 3.0. The default is 1.0 (no scaling).
InLine Distance
Enter the (typical) distance between adjacent traces on an InLine. The distance must be
in compatible units with the velocity input units.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 969

XLine Distance
Enter the (typical) distance between adjacent traces on a XLine. The distance must be in
compatible units with the velocity input units.
Restore Input Mutes
This parameter controls whether the top and bottom trace mutes will be restored after
migration. Check the box to restore the mute, this is the default.
Highest Freq to Migrate
Enter the maximum frequency of interest in the input data. This parameter is used to
compute a "migration velocity" which is used to calculate the sample rate and the number
of samples in the depth domain.
Min Trace Padding
Enter the minimum number of dead traces to be padded at the end of each line to prevent
wrap-around of the transformed data. These traces are for internal use only and will not
be output. The default is 0, which means the number of dead traces to be padded will be
dynamically determined by the program.
Time Smoother
Smoother applied to velocities in time. This value is in milliseconds (Ms).
Top Bin Smoother
Smoother applied to CDP's at start time, used in conjunction with Bottom Bin Smoother.
Bottom Bin Smoother
Smoother applied to CDP's at end time, used in conjunction with Top Bin Smoother.

Output Files
Save Velocity File
Check this to output the actual velocities used in the migration for each trace of interest.
The output is performed after migrations have been completed. If there is only one
velocity function, then the output is comprised of only one velocity "trace".
Save Depth File
Check this to output the depth converted input data.

BIN LIMITS
Opens the 3D FK Migration Bin Limits dialog shown below:

[3D FK Migration Bin Limits Dialog]

3D Bin Limits
Limit InLine/XLine Bins
Checking this option limits the InLine/XLine Bins to the ranges set in the Min
InLine/XLine and Max InLine/XLine values.

GEDCO
 970 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.18.5 2D Kirchhoff Migration

The KirMig2D icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of KirMig2D to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The KirMig2D command works by the conventional diffraction sum method (i.e. summing energy
along diffractions (hyperbolas) corresponding to the local velocity).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[KirMig2D RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the 2-D Kirchhoff Migration dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 971

[ 2-D Kirchhoff Migration Dialog]

Migration Velocity File

The input Velocity File contains RMS values at various CMP's along the line. KirMig2D will
linearly interpolate velocities for each time sample position – then use those to linearly
interpolate a velocity "trace" corresponding to every input trace (CMP).
FILE
Clicking on FILE opens a standard Windows file open dialog to select the name of the
velocity (*.vel) ASCII file for this flow.
VIEW
Clicking on VIEW opens up the Vista Velocity Display for viewing the velocity file. See
Display Vista Velocity File 592 for the many features of this display.
Percent of RMS Velocity to Use
Multiplies RMS velocity values by this percentage.

Parameters
Trace Distance
Distance between CMP's in units compatible with the velocity units.
Max Dip Angle
The maximum dip angle to migrate. The diffraction (migration operator) will be truncated
according to this parameter. This can save run time, but of course always leads to less
than totally accurate migrations.
Apply RJW Filter
Checking this option applies a phase shift to compensate for the summing algorithm -
recommended!
Apply Cosine Taper
Checking this option applies a cosine amplitude scaling to the diffraction values and
should be used. The effect is to reduce the amplitudes of the steeper dips.
Max (One Sided) # of Traces in Diffraction
Define the maximum lateral extent of the migration operator in terms of traces. This can
save run time. It also provides a pad at the edges of the section.

GEDCO
 972 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.18.6 2D Finite Difference Migration

The FDMig2D icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of FDMig2D to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The FDMig2D command works by using the so-called 45 degree approximation to the wave
equation. Many papers have been written on this method - see the SEG publication "Migration" - a
collection of many classic papers.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[FDMig2D RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the 2D Downward Continuation (Finite Difference) Migration dialog shown below. This
dialog can be opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

[2D Downward Continuation (Finite Difference) Migration Dialog]

GEDCO
 Job Flow 973

Velocity File
The input Velocity File contains RMS values at various CMP's along the line. FDMig2D will
linearly interpolate velocities for each time sample position – then use those to linearly
interpolate a velocity "trace" corresponding to every input trace (CMP).
FILE
Clicking on FILE opens a standard Windows file open dialog to select the name of the
velocity (*.vel) ASCII file for this flow.
VIEW
Clicking on VIEW opens up the Vista Velocity Display for viewing the velocity file. See
Display Vista Velocity File 592 for the many features of this display.
Percent of RMS Velocity to Use
Multiplies RMS velocity values by this percentage.

Settings
Trace Distance
Distance between CMP's traces.
Tau Step
Integration step (finite difference interval). It is recommended this be kept fairly small (e.g.
4 times the sample interval) to avoid inaccuracy, but large enough to keep run times
reasonable.
Taper Pad
Make the size of the Taper Pad big enough to avoid unwanted edge effects.
Type of Solution
Choose one of 15 degree (fast), 45-65 degree (more accurate) or Filtered 45-65 degree
(most accurate and slowest).
Restore Trace Mutes
Restore input trace mutes on output migrated data set. Default is checked.
Migration from Irregular Surface
Check to define how input velocities are referenced from. The toggled options are:
Floating Datum, Fixed Datum, or True Surface - Vista uses a "Zero velocity" to help
resolve the referencing problem.

11.6.18.7 3D Finite Difference Migration

The FDMig3D icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of FDMig3D to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The FDMig3D command works by using the so-called 45 degree approximation to the wave
equation in a two-pass migration. Many papers have been written on this method - see the SEG
publication "Migration" - a collection of many classic papers.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
974 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[FDMig3D RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the 3D Downward Continuation (Finite Difference) Migration dialog shown below. This
dialog can be opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

[3D Downward Continuation (Finite Difference) Migration Dialog]

Velocity File
The input Velocity File contains RMS values at various CMP's along the 3D lines. FDMig3D
will linearly interpolate velocities for each time sample position – then use those to linearly
interpolate a velocity "trace" corresponding to every input trace (CMP).
FILE
Clicking on FILE opens a standard Windows file open dialog to select the name of the
velocity (*.vel) ASCII file for this flow.
VIEW
Clicking on VIEW opens up the Vista Velocity Display for viewing the velocity file. See
Display Vista Velocity File 592 for the many features of this display.
Percent of RMS Velocity to Use
Multiplies RMS velocity values by this percentage.

Settings
In-Line Trace Distance

GEDCO
 Job Flow 975

Distance between In-Line traces in the data.

X-Line Trace Distance
Distance between X-Line traces in the data.
Tau Step
Integration step (finite difference interval). It is recommended this be kept fairly small (e.g.
4 times the sample interval) to avoid inaccuracy, but large enough to keep run times
reasonable.
Taper Pad
Make the size of the Taper Pad big enough to avoid unwanted edge effects.
Type of Solution
Choose one of 15 degree (fast), 45-65 degree (more accurate) or Filtered 45-65 degree
(most accurate and slowest).
Restore Trace Mutes
Restore input trace mutes on output migrated data set.
Migration from Irregular Surface
Check to define how input velocities are referenced from. The toggled options are:
Floating Datum, Fixed Datum, or True Surface - Vista uses a "Zero velocity" to help
resolve the referencing problem

11.6.18.8 2D PostStack Depth Migration(FFD or PSPI Extrapolator)

The 2DPSDepthMig icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it
by a link. It is permissible to send the output of 2DPSDepthMig to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The 2DPSDepthMig command works by using either a PSPI or FFD Extrapolator to perform
depth migration.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[2DPSDepthMig RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the PostStack 2D Depth Migration dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon. There are four dialog tabs and each are described below;

Parameters Tab

GEDCO
976 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[PostStack 2D Depth Migration Dialog - Parameters Tab]

Migration Parameters
Input Velocity Depth Field
Choose input velocity depth field from the drop down list.
CDP Distance
Enter the CDP distance in meters.
Left Aperture
Enter the distance in meters from center of receivers to the left edge of the migration
aperture,
Right Aperture
Enter the distance in meters from center of receivers to the left edge of the migration
aperture,

Extrapolator Tab

GEDCO
 Job Flow 977

[PostStack 2D Depth Migration Dialog - Extrapolator Tab]

Extrapolator Options
Choose type of extrapolator for migration.
PSPI Extrapolator
Phase Shift Plus Interpolation. If PSPI chosen enter the PPS Background Velocity Ratio
of adjacent background velocities for PSPI.
FFD Extrapolator
Fourier Finite-Difference. If FFD chosen the user has options to choose background
velocity for the FFD propagator. Options are: Maximum Slowness, Minimum Slowness,
Average Slowness, Alpha Trimmed Mean slowness.

Frequency Tab

GEDCO
978 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[PostStack 2D Depth Migration Dialog - Frequency Tab]

Frequency Options
Frequency Percentage
Enter the percentage of frequencies involved in the migration.
Frequency Incr
Enter the frequency interval used for migration.
F1/F2/F3/F4
Frequency values of the band-pass filter applied before migration.

Output Tab

GEDCO
 Job Flow 979

[PostStack 2D Depth Migration Dialog - Output Tab]

Output Options
Match Output to Input Velocity Model
Output migration depth section matches input depth model.
User Define Output Settings
User specifies output parameters for depth output. If selected enter the Depth Interval
and the Depth Maximum in meters.

11.6.18.9 2D Post Stack Depth Migration(Wave Equation)

The PosDm2D icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of PosDm2D to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The PosDm2D (2D Post Stack Depth migration) command processes stacked seismic data
performing the depth migration based on the wave equation.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
980 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[PosDm2D RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the PostStack Depth Migration dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Post Stack Depth Migration Dialog]

Migration Velocity File

The input Velocity File contains RMS values at various CMP's along the line. PosDm2D will
linearly interpolate velocities for each time sample position – then use these to linearly
interpolate a velocity "trace" in depth.
FILE
Clicking on FILE opens a standard Windows file open dialog to select the name of the
velocity (*.vel) ASCII file for this flow.
VIEW
Clicking on VIEW opens up the Vista Velocity Display for viewing the velocity file. See
Display Vista Velocity File 592 for the many features of this display.
Percent of RMS Velocity to Use
Multiplies RMS velocity values by this percentage.

Parameters
Depth interval
Enter the depth increment in meters.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 981

Trace Interval
Enter the CDP trace increment in meters.
Velocity Panel Incr
Enter the velocity panel increment in percent of maximum velocity.
Start Freq
Enter the start frequency to perform migration over, all frequencies below this are zeroed.
End Freq
Enter the end frequency to perform migration over, all frequencies above this are zeroed.
# Depth Samples
Enter the number of depth samples to output.

11.6.18.10GRT Migration

The GRTMig icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of GRTMig to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The GRTMig command works by calculating the possible positions in the Output Grid where input
samples of a shot could have come from. In other words the possible origins of an input time sample
is represented by a diffraction curve in space. Thus each input sample (of a raw shot with statics
applied - but no NMO) which lies on a time and offset grid is converted to a whole set of points in an
offset (X) and depth (Y) output grid according to the specified velocity function.

Normally individual shots will be put through GRTMig and the output "grids" of data from several
shots will then be stacked together.

Reference: "Prediction ahead of the tunnel face by seismic methods - pilot project in Centovalli
Tunnel, Locarno, Switzerland" by G. Sattel, P. Frey, and R. Amberg in First Break Vol 10, No 1,
January 1992
This is a pre-stack migration.

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Migration Generalized Radon Transform (GRT) dialog shown below. This dialog can
be opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 982 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Migration Generalized Radon Transform (GRT) Dialog]

11.6.19 AVO

The processes in this section are:

AVOStks 982 - Calculate attributes based on regression analysis of offset versus amplitudes.

AVORegr 984 - Calculate Regression/Slope stacks.

AVAGath 985 - Calculate Angle Verse Amplitude gathers (AVA Gathers).

AngLimit 987 - Calculate Angle Verse Amplitude limited gathers.

11.6.19.1 AVO Stack Attributes

The AVOStks icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of AVOStks to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The AVOStks command works by fitting a least squares line to the amplitudes (samples) of all the
traces in a CMP gather. Thus, for example, if there are 1000 samples per trace and 12 traces per
CMP, the AVO command will create two "traces" of 1000 samples. At each sample position, the 12
samples (corresponding to the 12 traces of the CMP) will be used in a standard linear regression fit to
derive the slope and intercept values. Then the user defined attribute will be calculated for each

GEDCO
 Job Flow 983

sample position.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[AVOStks RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the AVO Amplitude Versus Offset Calculation dialog shown below. This dialog can be
opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

[AVO Amplitude Versus Offset Calculation Dialog]

AVO Output
Select the # of Live Samples and then the Attribute to Output.
Minimum # Live Samples
If number of traces per CMP is less then this value, the associated attribute will be set to
zero.
Offset Slope
Calculate slope of linear regression line.
Regression Stack
The Regression Offset will be used along with the slope and intercept values to compute
a "trace" at the given offset. Enter the Regression Offset in meters.
Standard Deviation
Calculate standard deviation of regression line.
Correlation Coefficient
Calculate correlation coefficient of regression line.

GEDCO
 984 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.19.2 AVO Regression/Slope Stacks

The AVORegr icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of AVORegr to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The AVORegr command works by fitting a least squares line to the amplitudes (samples) of all
the traces in a CMP gather. Thus, for example, if there are 1000 samples per trace and 12 traces per
CMP, the AVO command will create two "traces" of 1000 samples. At each sample position, the 12
samples (corresponding to the 12 traces of the CMP) will be used in a standard linear regression fit to
derive the slope and intercept values. The user supplied parameter (Regression Offset) will be used
along with the slope and intercept values to compute a "trace" at the given offset.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[AVORegr RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the AVO Regression/Slope Stack dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[AVO Regression/Slope Stack Dialog]

Offset Slope Output

Enter the name for the Offset Slope Output data set or accept the default name.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 985

Regression Stack
Enter the name of the Regression Stack data set or accept the default name.
Regression Offset
Enter the value for the Offset for Regression Stack.

11.6.19.3 Angle Versus Amplitude Gathers

The AVAGath icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of AVAGath to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The AVAGath command works by transferring offset gathers into Angle Domain gathers. This
type of record is termed AVA (Amplitude versus Angle).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[AVAGath RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Angle Gather Create dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
986 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Angle Gather Create Dialog]

Velocity File
Input the velocity file to calculate angle of incidence from.
FILE
Clicking on FILE opens a standard Windows file open dialog to select the name of the
velocity (*.vel) ASCII file for this flow.
VIEW
Clicking on VIEW opens up the Vista Velocity Display for viewing the velocity file. See
Display Vista Velocity File 592 for the many features of this display.
Smooth Velocities
Check to select this option and enter the size of the Time Smoother window in
milliseconds.

Gather Angle Range

Specify the number and range of angle gathers to be created. Also the overlap of angles
between each Angle gather. Also select Output Values.
# Angles
Specify the number of angle gathers to create.
Angle Range
Specify the range of allowable angles to be used in the gather creation.
Automatic Angle Overlap/User Defined Overlap
Toggle between these two options to define angle overlap procedure. If the user selects
User Defined Overlap enter Angle Spread in +/- degrees.
Output
Toggle between Amplitude Values or Fold Values to select output values type.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 987

11.6.19.4 Angle Limited Gathers

The AngLimit icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of AngLimit to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The AngLimit command works by muting offset gathers by it's calculated incident angle.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[AngLimit RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Angle Limited Gather dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Angle Limited Gather Dialog]

Velocity File
Input velocity file to calculate angle of incidence from.
FILE
Clicking on FILE opens a standard Windows file open dialog to select the name of the
velocity (*.vel) ASCII file for this flow.

GEDCO
 988 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

VIEW
Clicking on VIEW opens up the Vista Velocity Display for viewing the velocity file. See
Display Vista Velocity File 592 for the many features of this display.
Smooth Velocities
Check to select this option and enter the size of the Time Smoother window in
milliseconds.

Angle Limited Range

Either output the muted gathers or the angles calculated for them.
Output Angle Limited Gathers/Output Angle Values
Toggle between these two options to determine the output type.
Angle Range
Specify the range of allowable angles to be used in the gather creation.

11.6.20 Signal Enhancement

The processes in this section are:

FXPred 989 - FX Prediction (Deconvolution).

FXYPred 991 - FXY Prediction (Deconvolution).

Logifer 995 - Logical Filter - linear noise detection and suppression.

TaupFor 998 - Forward Tau-P transform.

TaupInv 1000 - Inverse Tau-P transform.

RadonTr 1001 - Radon transform, forward, inverse, and multiple removal.

RTFor 1006 - Radial trace forward transform.

RTRev 1013 - Radial trace inverse transform.

NoiseAtt 1018 - Non-linear noise attenuation.

DipCoh 1019 - Dip coherence stack.

PhasWS 1021 - Phase weighted stack.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 989

11.6.20.1 F-X 2D Prediction

The FXPred icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of FXPred to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The FXPred command works by first calculating the Fourier Transform of every trace. The
complex frequency samples are then multiplexed so that one gets a series of mono-frequency values
across space (F-X transform).
Next Vista calculates a two-sided complex Wiener Prediction Filter for each Mono-frequency series.
This filter is then applied and the inverse F-X transform calculated. The effect is to "smooth" the data
across space (X). The method used here is described in Canales, L.L. 1984, Random Noise
Reduction, 54th Annual SEG meeting, Atlanta.

As a general rule, the effects of F–X prediction are harsher on smaller windows – ie. fewer traces
and short time intervals. The big disadvantage of F–X is of course the inability to handle conflicting
dips such as "curving" structure, so split the data into sections each containing only consistent dips
prior to inputting to F–X prediction.

The input data are normally CMP stacked traces, but they can also be pre-stack data sorted by
some key (e.g. Shot, Receiver or CMP sort indexes). In these cases, FXPred will automatically stop
at the end of each "group" (be it Shot, Receiver or CMP gather). In other words, no "mixing" will occur
between adjacent shots, receivers or CMP's.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[FXPred RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the FX-Prediction Design dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
990 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[FX Prediction Design Dialog]

FX Parameters
Filter length
The number of traces to use in design and application of the filter. In fact a 2–sided filter
is used so that a value of 3 here would use 3 traces on each side of the trace being
computed. Default = 3. As a rule of thumb make this number equal to the number of
distinct sets of dipping events in the design window. It will usually be in the range of 1 to
5.
Design Window
The number of traces in the design window. This will usually be less than the total number
of traces in the data set. As a rule, filters should be re–designed every 50 to 100 traces.
Cut–off Frequency
This value acts as a high–cut filter. It can also shorten the run time by only computing up
to this value.
Power
Output frequency amplitudes will be increased by this exponential value. Phase will be
unchanged.
Restore Trace Mutes
Restore the input trace mutes.
Design Signal Window
Define window to calculate prediction filters over. They are then applied to the entire data
set. Helps to ignore noise at start or end of input traces. If checked enter the Start Time
and End Time of the processing window in milliseconds.

Threshold

GEDCO
 Job Flow 991

Create Threshold Output

Checking this option creates a threshold version of Output. Using the noise data, only the
noise above a certain threshold is subtracted from the input. This optional output data set
will therefore be the input minus large noise amplitudes.
Name
Output Name in project of threshold output data set. Enter a user name or accept the
default.
Factor
All noise values greater than the average noise sample times this Threshold Factor
(number) will be subtracted from the input to create the threshold output data set.

11.6.20.2 F-XY 3D Prediction

The F-XYPred icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of F-XYPred to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The F-XYPred command works by first calculating the Fourier Transform of every trace. The
complex frequency samples are then multiplexed so that one gets a series of mono-frequency values
across space (F-XY transform). Next the process calculates a two-dimensional two-sided complex
Wiener Prediction Filter for each Mono-frequency series. This filter is then applied and the inverse
F-XY transform calculated. The effect is to "smooth" the data across space (X-Y).

The method used here is a 3D extension to the original algorithm as described in Canales L.L.
1984, Random Noise Reduction, 54th Annual SEG meeting, Atlanta.

As a general rule, the effects of F–XY prediction are harsher on smaller windows – ie. fewer
traces and short time intervals. The big disadvantage of F–XY is of course the inability to handle
conflicting dips, so split the data into sections each containing only consistent dips prior to inputting to
F–XY prediction.

The input data are 3D stacked traces sorted by Inline (X-Line is the secondary key).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[FXYPred RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the 3D F-XY Prediction Design Parameters dialog shown below. This dialog can be
opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
992 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[3D F-XY Prediction Design Parameters Dialog]

F-XY Design Parameters

Filter size
The number of traces to use in design and application of the filter. In fact, a 2–
dimensional filter is used so that a value of 1 here would use 3 traces on each side of the
trace being computed - in both the X and Y directions. Thus each output trace would be
derived from 3 x 3 input traces (i.e. 9 input traces for one output trace). Default = 1.
X-Line Design
The number of traces in the design window - in the X-Line direction. This will usually be
less than the total number of traces in the data set. As a rule, filters should be re–
designed every 50 to100 X-Line traces.
X-Line Step
Step between designs. For processing adjacent subsets of a dataset, the step size is the
number of traces to apply the calculated filter to. In general this should be set to 1, in very
large survey increase this value to speed up the process.
In-Line Design
The number of traces in the design window - in the In-Line direction. Normally this will be
equal to the X-Line Design. Unusual structure which is dominant in one direction may
cause one to make these parameters different.
In-Line Step
Step between designs. For processing adjacent subsets of a dataset, the step size is the
number of traces to apply the calculated filter to. In general this should be set to 1, in very
large survey increase this value to speed up the process.
Design Window

GEDCO
 Job Flow 993

Define window to calculate prediction filters over. They are then applied to the entire data
set. These Design Window helps to ignore noise at start or end of input traces. The
Design Window button opens the 3D F-XY Prediction Time-Gate File dialog shown below:

[3D F-XY Prediction Time-Gate Dialog]

The user has the option of selection the Entire Trace, a Fixed Window, or to load a
Time-Gate File. See the following Design Window 1191 details of this dialog.

Cut–off Low Freq

This value acts as a low–cut filter. It can also shorten the run time by only computing only
frequencies up from this value.
Cut–off High Freq
This value acts as a high–cut filter. It can also shorten the run time by only computing up
to this value.
Solve Method
Select the Method to use in solve for the filters from the drop down list. There are three
(3) selections:
LU Decomposition
Complex Conjugate Gradient
LSQR
The # of Iterations applies to both Gradient and LSQR methods. The Damping factor
only applies to the LSQR method. Enter the desired values depending on the method
selected.
Interpolate Dead Traces for Filter Design
If checked interpolate all marked dead traces before calculating F-XY filters.
Interpolate Trace Box Side
3D box size to use for interpolating dead traces.
Minimum Percent Live
Percent of traces in box that must be live to be interpolated.

Output
% Addback
This value will add back some percentage of each input trace to the output (FXY filtered)
trace. A value of 100 means that the output trace will be the same as the input trace. A
value of 50 means that the output trace is half filtered and half the input trace.
Restore Trace Mutes

GEDCO
994 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Restore the input trace mutes on to the output data. Default is checked.
Re-Kill Dead Traces
Zero all output trace that started out as dead traces. Default is checked.

BIN LIMITS
Opens the 3D FXY Prediction Bin Limits dialog shown below:

[3D FXY Prediction Bin Limits Dialog]

3D Bin Limits
Limit InLine/XLine Bins
Checking this option limits the InLine/XLine Bins to the ranges set in the Min
InLine/XLine and Max InLine/XLine values.

EXAMPLE
The input to FXYPred is 3D stacked data.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 995

[3D FXY Prediction Example Flow]

11.6.20.3 Logifer Filter

The Logifer icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link.
It is permissible to send the output of Logifer to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The Logifer command works by performing slant stacks on the input data according to some
velocity. These are "smoothed" according to the operator specification. A probability is calculated at
every sample position that the sample there belongs to a noise train or not. The final output is scaled
according to a blend of the Input samples, detected noise samples and their difference.

The input data to Logifer can be sort order however SHOT ORDER is the normal choice.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
996 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Logifer RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Logifer Filter dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on the
flow command icon.

[Logifer Filter Dialog]

Settings
Input Velocity (V-Noise)
Linear velocity approximating position of noise train to be removed.
Operator Length
Physical length (lateral dimension) of operator. Typically the user should aim to include
approximately 6 to 10 traces.
Smoother Operator
Typically this will be 2 to 4 times the wavelength of the average frequency.(e.g. 40Hz.=
25ms.)
Output Probability File

GEDCO
 Job Flow 997

If the user wishes to see the "probability traces", check this box and supply a name for the
output data set. These traces will have values (samples) in the range of 0 to 100% and
indicate the probability that Logifer has detected noise.

Percent Setting (0-100%)

Threshold Percent
Enter a percentage. If the probability trace samples exceed this value, the noise will be
suppressed in this region.
Input-Trace/Noise-Trace/Signal-Trace Scalars
These 3 parameters form an equation where the output amplitude (sample) is computed
as follows:

Output sample = Input trace x I + Noise trace x N + Signal trace x S

where:
I = Input Trace Scalar
N = Noise Trace Scalar
S = Signal Trace Scalar

In the above equation the Input trace is simply what came into Logifer. The Noise trace
is a slant stack of the input trace according to the operator specification. The Signal trace
is the Input Trace minus the Noise trace.

EXAMPLE
When using the Logifer the Input data should be in SHOT ORDER.

[Logifer Filter Example Flow]

GEDCO
 998 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.20.4 Taup Forward

The TAUPFor icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of TAUPFor to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The TAUPFor command works by using an FK or TX (slant-stack) method to calculate the
forward tau-p transform of the input traces. The output of this process is a set of traces (possibly but
not necessarily equal to the number of input traces) whose samples are amplitudes corresponding to
a certain tau (usually equal to the input time) and a certain "p" or slope(each trace has constant "p")
interpolated for each trace between the minimum and maximum desired slope.

There are many references in the literature to this transform. For example, one can look up the
SEG web site <seg.org> under the "Digital Cumulative Index" for a comprehensive list. A good review
can be found in the paper by - Dunne, J. and Beresford, G., 1995, "A review of the tau-p transform, its
implementation and its applications in seismic processing": Expl. Geophys., 26, no. 01, 19-36.

The input data are normally raw uncorrected shots (no NMO), but they can also be pre-stack data
sorted by some key (e.g. Shot, Receiver or CMP sort indexes). In these cases, TAUPFor will
automatically stop at the end of each "group" (be it Shot, Receiver or CMP gather). In other words, no
"mixing" will occur between adjacent shots, receivers or CMP's.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[TAUPFor RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Tau-P Forward Mapping dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 999

[Tau-P Forward Mapping Dialog]

Tau-P Parameters
Forward Tau-P Transform
There are two options for the user from the drop down list:
Forward Tau-P Transform in F-K domain
Use this option if the user wishes to use a Fourier transform method to calculate
the forward tau-p transform.
Forward Tau-P Transform in T-X domain
Use this option to calculate the tau-p transform in the T-X domain - in other words
calculate the components of the tau-p transform by slant stacks.
Horizontal Sample Interval
The distance between traces of the input data.
Minimum Freq. of Interest
Enter the lowest frequency the user wishes to keep. All lower frequencies will be set to
zero.
Minimum Tau-P Slope
This value has units of seconds/meter - in other words it is "slowness" or the reciprocal of
velocity. So this is the reciprocal of the highest velocity expected in the data.
Maximum Tau-P Slope
This value also has units of seconds/meter. So this is the reciprocal of the lowest velocity
expected in the data.
Number of Slopes
There are two "radio" buttons options for selection the Number of Slopes. Select one or
the other.
Number of Input Traces
Choose this option if one wishes the Forward Tau-P transform to have the same
number of "traces" as the input data. Each "trace" of the forward tau-p transform
corresponds to a "slope" - or "p" value. These "p" values are linearly interpolated
between the Minimum Tau- P Slope and the Maximum Tau-P Slope entered
above.
Specify Number

GEDCO
 1000 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Choose this option if the user wishes to enter the number of "traces" for the
Forward Tau-P transform. If one uses this option, one must enter a value in the
field to the right.

11.6.20.5 Taup Inverse

The TAUPInv icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of TAUPInv to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The TAUPInv command works by using an FK or TX (slant-stack) method to calculate the inverse
tau-p transform of the input traces. The output of this process is a set of traces (possibly but not
necessarily equal to the number of input traces) whose samples are amplitudes corresponding to a
certain tau (usually equal to the input time) and a certain "p" or slope (each trace has constant "p")
interpolated for each trace between the minimum and maximum desired slope.

The cascade of a forward and inverse tau-p transform preserves the relative amplitudes in a data
panel, but not the absolute amplitudes meaning that a scale factor must be applied to data output by
such a cascade before the output may be compared to the original data. This is a characteristic of the
algorithm employed in this program.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[TAUPInv RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Tau-P Inverse Mapping dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1001

[Tau-P Inverse Mapping Dialog]

Inverse Tau-P Parameters

Inverse Tau-P Transform
There are two options for the user from the drop down list:
Inverse Tau-P Transform in F-K domain
Use this option if the user wishes to use a Fourier transform method to calculate
the inverse tau-p transform.
Inverse Tau-P Transform in T-X domain
Use this option to calculate the tau-p transform in the T-X domain - in other words
calculate the components of the tau-p transform by slant stacks.
No. Points in rho Filter
Number of points in rho filter to be applied to inverse Tau-P data.
Restore to Original Record
Check this option to use original parameters to calculate the inverse Tau-P.
Parameters Specified below
Check this option to use the defined parameters below to define the inverse operation.
Horizontal Sample Interval
The distance between traces of the input data.
Number of Traces to Output
Choose this option if one wishes the Inverse Tau-P transform to have a different
number of "traces" then the input.

11.6.20.6 Radon Transform

The RadonTrn icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of RadonTrn to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The RadonTrn command performs the generalized radon transform, including linear and

GEDCO
1002 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

non-linear transforms. Input is a "group process" such as a shot or CMP gather or a group of these
gathers which has NMO applied. The input data is then fitted or modeled to the curves specified by
the reference offset, move-out range and move-out increment parameters. The modeled data is then
output through the inverse radon transform. Noise attenuation - choose "compute forward and reverse
transform". Input parabola models. Noise will not fit the parabolas so they will not be modeled and
hence will not be output. Multiple attenuation - choose "compute data minus multiples". Input parabola
models. Any events which match the model parabolas move-out range will be deleted. Any events
which fall outside this move-out range will not be deleted. The inverse transform outputs multiple
attenuated data.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[RadonTrn RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Radon Transform dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

[Radon Transform Dialog]

Radon Transform Option

There are two (2) drop down list for choosing the Radon Transform processing options.
The first is the processing application and the second is the Transform selection:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1003

Forward Radon Transform

Output is the input data converted to data in the Radon domain (space).
Compute Data Minus Multiples
Output is multiple attenuated. Multiples attenuated according to the modeled
curves. Events within move-out range will be eliminated.
Compute Estimate of Multiples
Output modeled multiple events.
Compute Forward and Reverse Multiples
Output will be events that match the model curves. Other events such as noise
will not be output. Use this option to attenuate noise.
Compute Inverse Radon Transfer
Compute and output the inverse radon of an input data set. Presumably the input
data set is in radon space.

Parabolic Transform
Use this option to model NMO corrected events.
Hyperbolic Transform
Use this option to model hyperbolic events - i.e., events which do not have NMO
applied.
Linear Transform
Use this option to transform linear events such as NMO corrected data, or
refraction events.

Reference Max. Offset

Maximum Offset at which move-out is specified. Move-out at offsets greater than this
value are extrapolated.
Intercept Offset
The time zero offset from the linear transform of the form t= Tau+pX.
Min Moveout on reference Offset
Minimum move-out value for the range of modeling curves to be generated. This value
and Max Moveout on reference offset define the move-out range for generating the
modeling curves.
Max Moveout on reference Offset
Maximum move-out value for the range of modeling curves to be generated. This value
and Min Moveout on reference offset define the move-out range for generating the
modeling curves.
Moveout Incr on reference Offset
Generate modeling curves in move-out increments defined here. Thus the increment and
move-out range define the number of modeling curves that will be generated. That is an
offset range of -30 - 200 ms with an increment range of 6 defines 22 modeling curves.
Reference Depth (Hyperbolic)
Use for hyperbolic transform only.
Moveout on Ref Offset where Multiples begin at Max Time
Move-out at the end time of the gathers at the reference offset. General rule: Keep this
value equal to the value used for Min Moveout on reference offset.
Moveout on Ref Offset where Multiples begin at Zero Time
Moveout at the beginning time of the gathers at the reference offset. General rule: Keep
this value equal to the value used for Min Moveout on reference offset.
# Windows to Use through Mute Zone
Keep at 1.
High End Freq. Before Taper Off
The high frequency cut-off.
Max Non-Zero Freq Component
The high frequency truncation.
Pre-Whitening Factor
Enter the per-cent pre-whitening.

GEDCO
1004 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

LINEAR OPTIMIZATION PARMS

Use only for linear transform. Clicking on this button opens the Optimizing Parameters
(Linear Tau-P Transform) dialog as shown below:

[Optimizing Parameters (Linear Tau-P Transform) Dialog]

# Traces to Interpolate between Each Input Trace

Usually 0, one does not normally want to interpolate between traces.
Low End Frequency for Picking
Define low frequency end of filter for picking the data.
High End Frequency for Picking
Define high frequency end of filter for picking the data.
Length of AGC Op for Picking
AGC scale of the data with an operator of this length in milliseconds.
Length of Time Smoother for Picker
Smooth input over this number of time samples.
Length of Space Smoother for Picker
Number of traces used for smoothing the input events.
Use Differences for Spatial Derivative/Use FFT Derivative for Spatial
Derivatives
Toggle between these two options for the Spatial Derivative Selection.

GENERAL USAGE SUMMARY

The user chooses the type of output, eg. forward, inverse, multiple or noise attenuation, desired
from the radon transform. The modeling method is chosen from the list of Parabolic, Hyperbolic or
Linear Tau-P Transform options. Modeling parameters are specified. Usually de-multiple deep
data where there are longer offsets.

Notes:
1. Input is pre-stack ensembles. Radon transform operates on all the data samples - no
windowing option yet. Can get around this by bottom muting shallow data and top muting the
radoned deep data with a long mute taper.
2. Can't use too many parabolas - results in artifacts. General rule of thumb - No. of parabolas

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1005

approximately
equal to half the number of traces in a gather. So for a 60 trace input process group, input
parameters such that you input 30 modeling parameters.
3. No option to specify a minimum fold value required for radon transform. If you have only 3
traces in an ensemble, then modeling will be attempted on the 3 traces.
4. No taper or ramp yet. See Note 1. above.

2-D Data:
Input in CMP or shot order corrected for NMO and first breaks muted. Need adequate number of
traces or fold in each CMP gather. To avoid this problem, gather CMP's into super gathers which are
gathers from multiple CMP's.

Or do radon transform in shot domain by taking each side of a split spread as an input gather.
Create a negative and positive shot point in Vista. In cases where one side of a shot spread contains
less than adequate number of traces, add those traces to the other side's gather. Three reasons for
doing radon on shot gathers.

1) Avoid issue of low fold data - usually each side of a shot contains adequate number of traces
for adequate offsets.
2) Multiple amplitudes more uniform in shots than in CDP gathers.
3) Shots preserves structure whereas in CDP gather, a NMO corrected event would be flat and
thus contain no structure.

3-D data
Input Data corrected for NMO and first breaks muted. Break data into super gathers of
neighboring CMP gathers surrounding a central CMP. Or process shot gathers but break it into
azimuth groups.

EXAMPLE:
Radon command parameters:
Radon Transform Option options selected here refer to the output from radon command.

Forward Radon Transform

Output an amplitude plot of the modeled curves (eg. parabolas) versus time at zero offset for the
sample times. An
example of an output plot from the forward radon option is shown by the following::

GEDCO
 1006 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Forward Radon Output Plot Example]

The forward radon plot shows 25 traces representing the 25 parabolas that used to model the
input data. The move-out increment was specified to be 5 ms, with a move-out range from -20 to 100
ms. Thus trace #1 represents the -20 ms parabola, and trace #25 represents 100 ms move-out. The
time axis represents the modeled input event at zero offset.

The input events are fitted to each of the model curves. If an input event (which has a zero offset
time of t) fits one of the model curves, this fit will be represented as a high amplitude at time t on the
trace representing the model curve. In other words, high amplitudes represent good fit of a model
curve to the input event at time t.

11.6.20.7 Forward Radial Transform

The RTFor icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of RTFor to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The RTFor command (radial trace transform) is a re-mapping of the normal X-T seismic domain
with co-ordinates of source-receiver offset and two-way travel time into a domain whose co-ordinates
are apparent velocity and two-way travel time. Traces in this domain all share the same X-T origin and
hence are "radial" with respect to that origin (often the shot origin). Because the radial transform has
the same time co-ordinate as the original X-T domain, the transform operation can be posed as a

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1007

simple interpolation of trace samples from X-T time slices to R-T time slices. A major effect of
re-mapping seismic data into the R-T domain is that linear events which have apparent velocity and
origin in common with those of radial trace trajectories have their apparent frequencies dramatically
lowered in the radial domain; while events, such as reflections, which do not share apparent velocity
and origin with any radial traces, are unaffected

A reference for this process is: Henley, D. C., 1999, The radial trace transform: an effective
domain for coherent noise attenuation and wave field separation: 69th Annual Internat. Mtg., Soc.
Expl. Geophys., Expanded Abstracts, 1204-1207.

Usage
The RTFor command is intended to be applied to seismic trace ensembles representing shot
gathers, receiver gathers, or CDP gathers, although other ensembles are also possible to process.
The one requirement for any ensemble to be processed by RADTRAN is that it have legitimate offset
(or velocity) values in the 'OFFSET' trace header field for each trace, and that all ensembles be sorted
according to 'ascending' OFFSET value. Any panel of seismic traces can be made to conform to this
standard by appropriate use of 'trace header math' operations, and some operation to properly define
ensembles. The notes at the end of this help file disclose a set of operations that will convert a
stacked section into an ensemble acceptable to RTFor .

The default parameters in RTFor have been chosen to give reasonable results for arbitrary input,
but close attention to the parameter descriptions below can lead to better performance and more
appropriate parameter choices

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[RTFor RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Forward Radial Transform (X-T to R-T) dialog shown below. This dialog can be
opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
1008 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Forward Radial Transform (X-T to R-T) Dialog]

Forward R-T Parameters

Number of Traces
This is the number of traces in the R-T forward transform domain.
Time Reverse X-T Traces before Transform
Checking this option causes the input panel traces to be time-reversed before
transformation to the R-T domain and restored after transformation back to X-T. This
effectively allows a radial trace transform to be applied as if its origin were below the
original X-T panel at a 'virtual source' for 'back-scattered' noise.

Two toggle radio buttons allows the user the choice of either the conventional fan radial trace
transform mode or the dip transform mode.
Radial Fan Transform
Minimum Radial Trace Velocity
This is the apparent velocity of the first trace of the radial fan used to extract samples
from the X-T panel. It is usually less than or equal 0.0. For a transform of an entire
split-spread shot gather, it is typically the apparent velocity of the first arrivals of the
trailing spread. In the dip-filter mode, this parameter is computed by the module.
Maximum Radial Trace Velocity
This is the apparent velocity of the last radial trace in the transform. It is usually
greater than or equal to 0.0 and MUST be greater than the minimum velocity above.
For a split-spread gather, it is typically the apparent velocity of the first arrivals. In the
dip-filter mode, this parameter is computed by the module.
Time Coordinate R-T Origin
This is the two-way travel time of the APPARENT origin of the linear noise to be
filtered. Negative values place the origin above the time zero axis of conventionally
displayed seismic traces, while positive values place it below (down into the gather).
In the dip-filter mode, this parameter is computed by the module.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1009

Offset Coordinate R-T Origin

This is the offset distance of the radial trace origin from the origin of the input trace
panel. Negative values are to the left of the origin, and positive values to the right.
The ability to specify the co-ordinates of the radial trace origin allow the transform to
be placed at any 'virtual source' point on a record in order to efficiently capture and
attenuate the noise from that point. In the dip-filter mode, this parameter is computed
by the module.

Radial Dip Transform

Nominal Transform Velocity
This is the apparent velocity of the dipping linear events to be enhanced
Velocity Range for Dip Transform
This parameter defines the total width in velocity units of the narrow fan used in the
radial dip-transform mode.

ADVANCE
Clicking on this button opens the Radial Transform Advance Options dialog as shown
below:

[Radial Transform Advance Options Dialog]

Refractive Index (Curved Radial Traces)

This version of radial trace filtering allows the generation of curved radial traces by
the simple expedient of supplying a 'refractive index' value for very instant of two-way
travel time. Values greater than one cause the radial traces to curve divergently
outward, while values less than one cause convergent curvature. At present, there
are two simple methods supplied for generating curved radial traces...linear refractive
index increment or decrement, and exponential increment/decrement. The default for
this parameter is to specify refractive index to be unity everywhere (straight radial
traces); and this is the preferred option, as the other two are experimental at this
time. DEFAULT THIS UNLESS YOU KNOW WHAT YOU'RE DOING!

Use Constant
Default selection.
Use Linear Trend

GEDCO
1010 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

For advanced users. If selected input the Refractive Index Slope %/Second.

Interpolation Method R-T Transform

This parameter allows choice of the interpolation method used in the radial trace
transform. The linear method provides the smoothest transform with the fewest
artifacts, but at some cost in lateral definition. The nearest-neighbor method, on the
other hand, preserves lateral definition, but leads to the introduction of high-frequency
artifacts into some portions of the resulting X-T panel. The 'soft neighbor' method
provides a reasonable compromise by using interpolation weights proportional to
exponential powers of the distances to the two nearest input samples. If
nearest-neighbor interpolation is chosen, the inverse radial transform interpolation
method is forced to linear, which helps minimize the resulting artifacts.

Power Weighted Value of Two Nearest Samples

If selected specify the Exponent to be used for computing the weights in the 'soft
neighbor' interpolation method described above. A choice of 1 for the exponent is
equivalent to linear interpolation, and the higher the exponent, the more closely
the algorithm approaches 'nearest-neighbor' behaviour.
Linear Interpolation of Two Nearest Samples
If selected provides linear interpolation of two nearest samples.
Assign Value of Nearest Sample
If selected assigns value of the nearest sample.

NOTE:
The RTFor command places values in the Vista header words to make it easier to apply RTRev
1013 . These header words should not be modified between forward and inverse application. Below is a

description of the header words used.

INTERVAL_VELOCIT - Set to R-T velocity of the trace.

Y
TRACE_SEQ_NO - Set to R-T channel no of trace.
VWUSER_10 - Trace count of input X-T record(Shot).
VWUSER_11 - Dip option on.
VWUSER_12 - Time reverse on.
VWUSER_13 - Record time origin coordinate.
VWUSER_14 - Record offset origin coordinate.

If Radial Fan transform.

VWUSER_15 - Minimum radial velocity.
VWUSER_16 - Maximum radial velocity.

If Radial Dip transform.

VWUSER_15 - Nominal velocity..
VWUSER_16 - Dip range velocity..

EXAMPLE
A basic example of the Forward Radial Transform can be constructed as shown in the flow chart
to illustrate this command.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1011

[Radial Transform Advance Options Dialog]

In the above flow the input data (Shots+Scale+FKFilt+Decon) from Tutorial A is utilized and Shot
Point # 167 is examined in the following displays. The input data is in SHOT Order and the
OFFSET_SH_REC variable is already filled in. The main R-T dialog key variables are as follows:

Number of Traces = 1500

Minimum Radial Trace Velocity = -3000
Maximum Radial Trace Velocity = 3000
Time Coordinate R-T Origin = 0
Offset Coordinate R-T Origin = 0

The Input Data Display is shown below:

GEDCO
1012 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Example Input Data]

Result of R-T forward Transform is shown below in Variable display.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1013

[Example R-T Forward Transform Output Data]

11.6.20.8 Reverse Radial Transform

The RTRev icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of RTRev to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The RTRev command (radial trace reverse transform) is a re-mapping of the R-T domain to the
normal X-T seismic domain with co-ordinates of source-receiver offset and two-way travel time into a
domain whose co-ordinates are apparent velocity and two-way travel time. Traces in this domain all
share the same X-T origin and hence are "radial" with respect to that origin (often the shot origin).
Because the radial transform has the same time co-ordinates as the original X-T domain, the
transform operation can be posed as a simple interpolation of trace samples from X-T time slices to
R-T time slices. A major effect of re-mapping seismic data into the R-T domain is that linear events
which have apparent velocity and origin in common with those of radial trace trajectories have their
apparent frequencies dramatically lowered in the radial domain; while events, such as reflections,
which do not share apparent velocity and origin with any radial traces, are unaffected

GEDCO
1014 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

A reference for this process is: Henley, D. C., 1999, The radial trace transform: an effective
domain for coherent noise attenuation and wave field separation: 69th Annual Internat. Mtg., Soc.
Expl. Geophys., Expanded Abstracts, 1204-1207.

Usage
The RTRev command is intended to be applied to seismic trace ensembles representing shot
gathers, receiver gathers, or CDP gathers, although other ensembles are also possible to process.
The one requirement for any ensemble to be processed by RADTRAN is that it have legitimate offset
(or velocity) values in the 'OFFSET' trace header field for each trace, and that all ensembles be
sorted according to 'ascending' OFFSET value. Any panel of seismic traces can be made to conform
to this standard by appropriate use of 'trace header math' operations, and some operation to properly
define ensembles.

The default parameters in RTRev have been chosen to give reasonable results for arbitrary
input, but close attention to the parameter descriptions below can lead to better performance and
more appropriate parameter choices

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[RTRev RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Reverse Radial Transform (R-T to X-T) dialog shown below. This dialog can be
opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1015

[Reverse Radial Transform (R-T to X-T) Dialog]

Reverse X-T Parameters

Toggle between the two (2) options of Restore to Original Record or Parameters Specified
Below. In the latter case the remaining parameters must be set.
Restore to Original Record
Restore R-T domain record back to original X-T domain record. Restores using
parameters set from command RTFor. 1006

Parameters Specified Below

Number of Traces
This is the number of traces in the X-T reverse transform domain.
Minimum Offset
This is the minimum offset required in the X-T panel to be generated by the inverse
transform from an input R-T panel. It is not used in the forward transform, since
offsets are read from trace headers. While this value may be less than the original
minimum offset, no extrapolation will occur for values less than the original value.
Maximum Offset
This is the maximum offset required in the X-T panel generated by the inverse
transform from an input R-T panel. It is not used in the forward transform since
offsets are read from trace headers. While this value may be greater than the original
maximum offset, no extrapolation will occur for values greater than the original value.
Linear Offset, Quadratic, Offset/Travel Linear, Offset/Travel Quadratic
Select one of these parameters to determine the method for generating the set of

GEDCO
1016 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

offsets from the maximum and minimum offsets above. The current choices are linear
offsets, quadratic offsets, the X**2/T**2 domain in which both offsets and travel time
are quadratic, and the inverse X**2/T**2 domain (ordinary X-T recovered from
X**2/T**2. Offset increment is defaulted to the linear method for the radial dip mode.

The following parameters should mirror the parameters used to

create the R-T record (Command RTFor ). 1006

Two toggle radio buttons allows the user the choice of either the conventional fan radial trace
transform mode or the dip transform mode.

Radial Fan Transform

Time Coordinate R-T Origin
This is the two-way travel time of the APPARENT origin of the linear noise to be
filtered. Negative values place the origin above the time zero axis of
conventionally displayed seismic traces, while positive values place it below
(down into the gather). In the dip-filter mode, this parameter is computed by the
module.
Offset Coordinate R-T Origin
This is the offset distance of the radial trace origin from the origin of the input
trace panel. Negative values are to the left of the origin, and positive values to the
right. The ability to specify the co-ordinates of the radial trace origin allow the
transform to be placed at any 'virtual source' point on a record in order to
efficiently capture and attenuate the noise from that point. In the dip-filter mode,
this parameter is computed by the module.

Radial Dip Transform

Nominal Transform Velocity
This is the apparent velocity of the dipping linear events to be enhanced
Velocity Range for Dip
This parameter defines the total width in velocity units of the narrow fan used in
the radial dip-transform mode.

ADVANCE
Clicking on this button opens the Radial Transform Advance Options dialog as shown
below:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1017

[Radial Transform Advance Options Dialog]

Refractive Index (Curved Radial Traces)

This version of radial trace filtering allows the generation of curved radial traces
by the simple expedient of supplying a 'refractive index' value for very instant of
two-way travel time. Values greater than one cause the radial traces to curve
divergently outward, while values less than one cause convergent curvature. At
present, there are two simple methods supplied for generating curved radial
traces...linear refractive index increment or decrement, and exponential
increment/decrement. The default for this parameter is to specify refractive index
to be unity everywhere (straight radial traces); and this is the preferred option, as
the other two are experimental at this time. DEFAULT THIS UNLESS YOU
KNOW WHAT YOU'RE DOING!

Use Constant
Default selection.
Use Linear Trend
For advanced users. If selected input the Refractive Index Slope
%/Second.

Interpolation Method R-T Transform

This parameter allows choice of the interpolation method used in the radial trace
transform. The linear method provides the smoothest transform with the fewest
artifacts, but at some cost in lateral definition. The nearest-neighbor method, on
the other hand, preserves lateral definition, but leads to the introduction of
high-frequency artifacts into some portions of the resulting X-T panel. The 'soft
neighbor' method provides a reasonable compromise by using interpolation
weights proportional to exponential powers of the distances to the two nearest
input samples. If nearest-neighbor interpolation is chosen, the inverse radial
transform interpolation method is forced to linear, which helps minimize the
resulting artifacts.

Power Weighted Value of Two Nearest Samples

If selected specify the Exponent to be used for computing the weights in the
'soft neighbor' interpolation method described above. A choice of 1 for the
exponent is equivalent to linear interpolation, and the higher the exponent,

GEDCO
 1018 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

the more closely the algorithm approaches 'nearest-neighbor' behaviour.

Linear Interpolation of Two Nearest Samples
If selected provides linear interpolation of two nearest samples.
Assign Value of Nearest Sample
If selected assigns value of the nearest sample.

11.6.20.9 Non-Linear Noise Attenuation

The NoiseAtt icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of NoiseAtt to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The NoiseAtt command ....

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[NoiseAtt RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Non-Linear Noise Attenuator dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1019

[Non-Linear Noise Attenuation Dialog]

Parameters
Length of AGC Window
Enter the length of an AGC Window in milliseconds.
Nominal Fold
Enter a number for the Nominal Fold for processing.
Minimum Fold
Enter the Minimum Fold acceptable for processing.
Fold Attenuation Factor
Enter a Factor for the Fold Attenuation. This Factor can be modified as any decimal
number.
Noise Attenuation Factor
Enter a Factor for the Noise Attenuation. This factor can be modified as any decimal
number.
Threshold
Enter a Threshold. Any noise level below this Threshold is not attenuated.
Output Input - Result (Noise Removed)
Check this option to output the Input data with the noise removed. Enter a name for this
data set in the box or accept the default name.

11.6.20.10Dip Coherence

The DipCoh icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link.
It is permissible to send the output of DipCoh to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The DipCoh command outputs a stack of coherence dip stack based on parameters supplied by
user.

GEDCO
1020 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[DipCoh RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Dip Coherence dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

[Dip Coherence Dialog]

Dips
Dips to stack traces on
ADD
Clicking this button will add to the list the value in Dip (Samples Per Trace).
REMOVE
Clicking this button will remove selected (highlighted) dips from the Dip list.

Options
# of Traces
Number of traces to stack together.
Dip Smoother
Smoother to apply to dip selection trace array. Enter a number of samples to smooth

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1021

over.
11.6.20.11Phase Weighted Stack

The PhasWS icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of PhasWS to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The PhasWS command (Phase Weighted Stack) is a tool for efficient incoherent noise reduction.
The input data must be sorted ensembles. An amplitude-unbiased coherency measure is designed
based on the instantaneous phase, which is used to weight the samples of an ordinary, linear stack.
The result is called the phase-weighted stack (PWS) and the output is cleaned from incoherent noise.
PWS thus permits detection of weak but coherent arrivals. The phase-stack (coherency measure) has
values between 0 and 1. Output traces get the headers from the first trace of each data ensemble to
stack.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[PhasWS RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Phase / Phase Weighted Stack dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Phase / Phase Weighted Stack]

Output Phase Weighted Stack

Checking this option makes the output a Phase Weighted Stack.
Output Phase Stack
Checking this option makes the output a Phase Stack.

GEDCO
 1022 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Raise Phase Stack to Power

Enter a value to raise the phase stack to a power.
Smooth Window Length
Enter a Window Length in milliseconds (Ms). This is used for smoothing of the phase
stack weights.

11.6.21 General Applications

The processes in this section are:

AmpSpect - Create Amplitude Spectra.

1023

PhasSpect - Create Phase Spectra.

1023

IFFT 1024 - Inverse FFT (Inverse Fourier Transform).

RotatePh 1025 - Do Phase Rotations.

RotPanel 1026 - Rotate Phase Panel tests.

ZPhase 1027 - Automatic Zero Phase calculation.

AutoCorr 1029 - Compute Auto-Correlations.

Convolve 1030 - Compute the convolution of an operator and data.

Correlate 1031 - Compute the correlation of an operator and data.

VibCorr 1032 - Perform Vibroseis correlation.

Despike1 1033 - Apply first Despiking algorithm.

Despike2 1034 - Apply alternative Despiking algorithm.

Debias 1035 - Calculate and remove any DC bias.

DataRange - Mute out specific data ranges in an input data trace.

1036

ASCData 1038 - Output data sample to an ASCII file.

DivWin 1039 - Divide Trace into smaller window.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1023

11.6.21.1 Amplitude Spectrum

The AmpSpect icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of AmpSpect to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The AmpSpect command works by calculating the forward Fourier Transform of each input
trace. The output is a "trace" whose samples are equal to the amplitude values for each frequency.
The "output trace" is not samples versus time but rather samples versus frequency. They may still be
processed, plotted etc. as if they were samples versus time.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[AmpSpect RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
There are no parameters for AmpSpect.

11.6.21.2 Phase Spectra

The PHSpect icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of PHSpect to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
PHSpect works by calculating the forward Fourier Transform of each input trace. The output is a
"trace" whose samples are equal to the phase angle values for each frequency. The "output trace" is
not samples versus time but rather samples versus frequency. They may still be processed, plotted
etc. as if they were samples versus time.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 1024 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[PHSpect RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Phase Spectrum dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

[Phase Spectrum Dialog]

Parameters
Time Zero Reference
Time zero reference on the time series in milliseconds (Ms).
Un-Wrap Phase
Checking this options creates the unwrapped phase, all phase angles will range from
minus to plus infinity. The phase will start at zero degrees. The algorithm used follows
Berkhout, Geophysical Prospecting, Vol. 30, No. 3, June, 1982 pp 281-291.
Remove Linear Trend
Checking this option when performing Un-Wrap Phase will remove any linear trend
from the phase using a least square method. The trend is calculated within the
specified Trend Start/Trend End frequencies.

11.6.21.3 Inverse FFT

The IFFT icon receives traces from two process icons connected to it by links. It is
permissible to send the output of IFFT to more than one other icon.

Algorithm

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1025

The IFFT command works by using two inputs - the AmpSpect icon and the PHSpect icon. It is
assumed that the two spectra (amplitude and phase) came from identical time series having the same
sample rate and same record length. Vista then combines the two spectra and creates a Fourier
Transform which corresponds to a real time series. Vista then calculates the IFFT (Inverse Fast
Fourier Transform). The output is a time series.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[IFFT RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
There are no parameters for IFFT.

Example Flow:

[Example Flow - IFFT Command]

11.6.21.4 Rotate Phase

The RotPhase icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of RotPhase to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The RotPhase command works by adding a constant phase angle to every frequency sample
after a forward Fourier Transform. For example a Phase Rotation of 180 degrees amounts to a
reversal of polarity.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 1026 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[RotPhase RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Phase Rotation dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

[Phase Rotation Dialog]

Phase Rotation
The use has the option of performing the Phase Rotation by inputting a Phase Angle or by
using a Header word for the Phase Angle.
Phase Rotate by Angle
Select this option for specified input Rotation Angle in degrees.
Phase Rotate by Header Word
Select this option for specified rotation angle in degrees from a Header word. Use the
drop down list to select the desired header word.
11.6.21.5 Rotate Phase Panel Tests

The RotPanel icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of RotPanel to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The RotPanel command works by creating multiple traces of the input, rotated by a user defined
list of rotation.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1027

[RotPanel RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Rotate Phase Tests dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

[Rotate Phase Tests Dialog]

Rotate Phase Panel Tests

ADD
Click the ADD button to add new rotation parameters to the Rotation list specified by the
Rotate Angle - TO - INCR as shown in the above dialog. If the user specifies only a
single angle with a zero increment only one Rotate Angle is added to the list.
REMOVE
Clicking the REMOVE will remove all highlighted values from this list. Click on an item in
the list to highlight it.
11.6.21.6 Automatic Zero-Phase

The ZPhase icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of ZPhase to more than one other icon.

GEDCO
1028 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Algorithm
The ZPhase command tries to calculate the zero-phase angle for a data set given a time window
to work on. The data is rotated and the rotation which creates the maximum amplitude is assumed to
be the zero-phase angle.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[ZPhase RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Automatic Zero-Phase Calculation dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Automatic Zero-Phase Calculation Dialog]

Parameters
Output Header for Phase Angle
Define header word to put calculate phase angle (degrees) into for later use.
DESIGN WINDOW
Clicking on this button opens Auto Zero-Phase Calc. Time-Gate File dialog shown below
to define a Mean scale time window.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1029

[Auto Zero-Phase Calc. Time Gate File Dialog]

See Design Window dialog 1191 details for the Time Window settings.
11.6.21.7 AutoCorrelations

The AutoCorr icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of AutoCorr to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The AutoCorr command works by computing the zero and positive lags ( to the Length specified)
of the auto-correlation of each trace.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[AutoCorr RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Auto-Correlate dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 1030 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Auto-Correlate Dialog]

Length
Length of autocorrelation in milliseconds (Ms). Note: The length can not exceed the trace
length of the input data in milliseconds.
11.6.21.8 Convolve 2 Time-Series

The Convolve icon receives traces from two process icons connected to it by links. It is
permissible to send the output of Convolve to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The Convolve command works by convolving the two input trace streams. The second input is
assumed to be the operator. The second input has the following constraints:

1. It must be a single trace (hence the same operator for every trace of the data).
2. Or it must contain exactly the same number of traces as the data (one operator for every
input data trace).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Convolve RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Convolve Two Time-Series dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Convolve Two Time Series Dialog]

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1031

Length of Output
Length of output in milliseconds (Ms).
Start Time of Operator
Start time of operator in milliseconds (Ms).
11.6.21.9 Correlate 2 Time-Series

The Correlat icon receives traces from two process icons connected to it by links.
It is permissible to send the output of Correlat to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The Correlat command works by correlating the two input trace streams. The second input is
assumed to be the operator. The second input has the following constraints:

1. It must be a single trace (hence the same operator for every trace of the data).
2. Or it must contain exactly the same number of traces as the data (one operator for every
input data trace).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Correlat RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Correlate Two Time-Series dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Correlate Two Time Series Dialog]

Parameters
Length of Output

GEDCO
 1032 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Length of output in milliseconds (Ms).

Start Time of Operator
Start time of operator in milliseconds (Ms).
Normalized Cross-Correlation
Check to normalize the output correlations.

11.6.21.10Vibroseis Correlation

The VibCorr icon receives traces from two process icons connected to it by links. It is
permissible to send the output of VibCorr to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The VibCorr command works by correlating the input trace stream with the sweep. There must
be a single trace (sweep) for each shot. It is assumed that the input data is in shot order. The sweep
input has the following constraints:

1. The sweep may be part of the input data.

2. Or it may be part of another data set, where it will be identified by CHANNEL_NO.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[VibCorr RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Vibroseis Correlation dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1033

[Vibroseis Correlation Dialog]

Pilot Sweep Input

The user can toggle between two types of Pilot Sweep Inputs, and Input Sweep Trace or a
Sweep Channel number.
Input Sweep Trace
If the sweep is not part of the input data stream, then check this box and provide the
name of the data set where the sweep is located from the drop down list.
Sweep Channel
Check this box and provide the CHANNEL_NO where the sweep is located in each shot.
The header word CHANNEL_NO is used from the data to locate the sweep. Make sure
this value is correct.

Correlation Options
Sweep Length

Enter the length in milliseconds (ms) of the sweep.

Sweep Start
Enter the start in milliseconds (ms) of the sweep.

11.6.21.11Despike Type 1

The 1DeSpike icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of 1DeSpike to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The 1DeSpike command works by comparing each sample of every trace to the mean value
(average sample) in the specified time window. Any sample that is "N" times larger than the mean is
set equal to the mean, where "N" is the Despike Scale Value in the Despike Data dialog.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 1034 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[1DeSpike RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Despike Data dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

[Despike Data Dialog]

Despike Scale Value

This is the 'N' value which is any sample that is "N" times larger than the mean and is set
equal to the mean as described in the algorithm description.
Define Calc/Application Window
If checked, a user defined Start Time/End Time window to calculate mean and despike
the data in this window instead of the entire trace.
11.6.21.12Despike Type 2

The 2DeSpike icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of 2DeSpike to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
2DeSpike works by calculating the standard deviation for the samples within a defined WINDOW.
Any sample that is "N" times larger than the Standard Deviation is killed (set to zero). All subsequent
samples are also killed (zeroed) to the Kill Length. In most cases this algorithm (2DeSpike) works
much better than 1DeSpike.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1035

[2DeSpike RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Despike Algorithm 2 dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[DeSpike Algorithm 2 Dialog]

Running Window
Size of window to calculate standard deviation in milliseconds (Ms).
N
Enter a 'N' value. Any sample that is "N" times larger than the Standard Deviation is killed
(set to zero).
Window Slide
Size of slide or overlap from window to window, in percent.
Kill Length
Number of samples to kill, specified in milliseconds (Ms).

11.6.21.13Debias

The Debias icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link.
It is permissible to send the output of Debias to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The Debias command works by calculating the DC bias in a user-defined time window. The DC
bias is simply the sum of all the samples in the time window. This DC bias is then subtracted from all

GEDCO
 1036 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

samples in the entire trace.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Debias RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Debias Data dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on the
flow command icon.

[Debias Data Dialog]

Define DC Calculation window

Check to define the Start Time/End Time to calculate the DC bias in a window. The
value is removed from the entire trace. Note that the end time should not exceed the trace
end time.
11.6.21.14Data Range Set

The DataRang icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of DataRang to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The DataRang command is used to zero out specific data amplitude ranges in an input data
trace.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1037

[DataRang RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Zero Data Range dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

[Zero Data Range Dialog]

Options
Absolute Value Data
Check to ignore the sign of input data for definition of data range.
Zero Inside of Range/Zero Outside of Range
Toggle between the two options to zero data Inside or Outside of defined range.

Data Range
Define data range of input data traces.
Minimum Range
Check to set a Minimum Range and enter the Min Value desired. Default is checked.
Maximum Range
Check to set a Maximum Range and enter the Max Value desired. Default is checked.

GEDCO
 1038 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.21.15Output Data to ASCII File

The ASCData icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of ASCData to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The ASCData command outputs the input data sample values to an output text file.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[ASCData RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Output Data Samples to ASCII File dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Output Data Samples to ASCII File Dialog]

ASCII Output File

OUTPUT FILE
Clicking on the button opens a standard Window file save dialog to define text output file.
The named file appears next to the button and replaces the text OUTPUT FILE.

Output Format
# Of Digits
Define the number of digits in output format.
Automatic Format/Scientific Notation/Floating Point
Toggle between these three options to select the output format.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1039

11.6.21.16Divide Trace into Smaller Window

The DivWin icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link.
It is permissible to send the output of DivWin to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The DivWin command divides the input data into smaller trace windows and outputs each of
these windows.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[DivWin RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Cutup Trace Window dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

Window Length
Enter the length to divide windows into. Value is in milliseconds (ms).

11.6.22 VSP

The processes in this section are:

GEDCO
 1040 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

VSPCMute - Apply corridor muting to a VSP.

1040

VSPUnFlat - Un-Flatten the up-going waves to 2x first break times.

1041

VSPStk 1042 - Perform a corridor stack to a VSP.

VSPDecon - Apply first break wavelet deconvolution to a VSP.

1043

VSPDDecon - VSP deconvolution design down-going.

1045

VSPNmo 1047 - VSP normal move-out (VSP-NMO).

VSPCdpM 1048 - Perform VSP to CDP mapping.

VSP_QInv 1049 - Perform 'Q' inverse data filtering.

VSP_QFor 1050 - Perform 'Q' forward data filtering.

VspTVIQ 1051 - Perform time variant inverse 'Q' data filtering.

VspTVFQ 1053 - Perform time variant forward 'Q' data filtering.

VSP2CRot 1054 - Apply 2-C rotation.

VSPTVRot 1055 - VSP time variant rotation.

VSPSynth 1057 - Create synthetic VSP.

To see how these commands are used in practise study Tutorial C1 and Tutorial C2 in the
Vista for Windows Tutorial Manual.

11.6.22.1 VSP Corridor Mute

The VSPCMute icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
links. It is permissible to send the output of VSPCMute to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The VSPCMute command works by muting (setting samples to zero) the input traces - normally
the unflattened up-going waves.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1041

[VSPCMute RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the VSP Corridor Mute dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

[VSP Corridor Mute Dialog]

Mute Options
Corridor Width
The "corridor" is defined by the first break time. Actually the mute is applied to the
up-going waves after
time shifting them to two times the first break time. The mute starts here on each trace
and only the data
from there for a length of time equal to the Corridor Width is kept. All other data is muted.
Enter the Corridor Width in milliseconds (ms).
Mute to VSP Depth
Muting below the corridor is not done for all traces below this depth. Enter the desired
VSP depth in meters.
Output Outside Corridor Data/Output Inside Corridor Data
Toggle between these two options to output Outside or Inside of the defined corridor
window.
11.6.22.2 VSP UnFlatten

The VSPUnFlat icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
links. It is permissible to send the output of VSPUnFlat to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The VSPUnFlat command works by shifting each trace of the input by a time equal to two times

GEDCO
 1042 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

the first break pick originally made to the data -and now stored in the header word
DATA_FIRSTBREAK. This has the effect of creating "flat" events for the up going waves.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[VSPUnFlat RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the VSP Flatten (Shift to Two-Way Time) dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened
by double clicking on the flow command icon.

[VSP Flatten (Shift to Two-Way Time) Dialog]

Specify Final Max. Time

The user can limit the final end time (maximum length of the output traces) by checking
this box and entering an End Time value in milliseconds (Ms).
11.6.22.3 VSP Stack

The VSPStk icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
links. It is permissible to send the output of VSPStk to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The VSPStk command works by stacking all the traces of the input data (normally Corridor muted
up going waves).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1043

[VSPStk RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the VSP Stack dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on the
flow command icon.

[VSP Stack Dialog]

Replicate Output Trace

Because the entire data set is stacked, there is only one trace output. One may duplicate
this trace as often as one needs - presumably to compare with a 2D seismic stacked
section. Enter the number of traces to replicate.

11.6.22.4 VSP Decon

The VSPDecon icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
links. It is permissible to send the output of VSPDecon to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The VSPDecon command works by using the data immediately behind the first breaks. The
auto-correlations of these data are summed, then a minimum phase (spiking) operator is derived for
the "average" autocorrelation. This operator is then output and may be convolved with the data at a
later time.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
1044 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VSPDecon RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the VSP First-Break Decon dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[VSP First-Break Decon Dialog]

Decon Parameters
Start Window
Enter a start time in milliseconds (Ms) of a window to design decon from.
End Window
Enter a end time in milliseconds (Ms) of a window to design decon from.
Operator Length
Enter the length of the deconvolution operator in milliseconds (Ms.).
Pre-Whitening(%)
Amount of pre-whitening to add to zeroth lag of auto-correlation. Typical values for this
value will be 1%, implying that the zeroth lag of the auto-correlation will be multiplied by
1.01

Apply Mean Scale

Check this option to apply mean scaling to the data after deconvolution is performed. If
checked, enter a Mean value. This is the average output amplitude level. Increase the
output amplitude by entering a larger value.
Apply Filter After Decon
Check this option to apply a filter to the data after deconvolution is performed. Enter the
filter F1/F2/F3/F4 frequency (Hz) value points.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1045

11.6.22.5 VSP Decon Design Downgoing

The VSPDDecon icon receives traces from the (two inputs only) process icon connected
to it by links. It is permissible to send the output of VSPDDecon to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The VSPDDecon command requires as input two data sets input 1 and input 2.

Input 1
The decon design file – typically the separated down-going P wave data flattened on the
first arrivals to an arbitrary time datum.
Input 2
The file to be deconvolved – either up-going or down-going.

If a single trace is selected from input one (1), this trace is used as a decon operator for all input
traces from file 2, otherwise the number of traces and order must match between files 1 and 2 to
perform a trace/trace decon.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[VSPDDecon RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the VSP Deconvolution dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
1046 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VSP Decon Deconvolution Dialog]

VSP Decon Parameters

The decon operator is designed by choosing a Start and End window. It is recommended
that the start window always be 0. For zero offset VSP the end window should be chosen
such that noise is minimized in the design filter.
Start Window
Enter the start time in milliseconds (ms) of the design window.
End Window
Enter the end time in milliseconds (ms) of the design window.
Operator Length
Enter the operator length in milliseconds (ms). This length is usually kept the same as the
length of the window.
Time Zero
Enter the time zero in milliseconds (ms). This time zero is specified as the time the first
breaks have been flattened to.
Pre-Whitening
Enter the white noise level used to control amplitude spectrum whitening. If small the
input will be whitened to the design spectrum.
Apply Reverse Polarity
Check this option if the first arrivals are negative. If the first arrivals are positive, the filter
will not change the polarity of the data. However,If the first arrivals however are negative
the deconvolved data will be reversed polarity. For this case this switch reverse the
polarity so that the polarity convention of the data can be maintained.
Apply Operator Taper
Applies a taper to the operator. Enter the taper Length in milliseconds (ms).
Apply Filter After Decon
VSP decon is an inverse operator, therefore whitens the amplitude spectra from 0 to the
Nyquist frequency. A band pass filter is applied to limit the output data to the signal range
of the input data. Enter the filter frequency (Hz) points.
Output Deconvolved Traces/Output Decon Operator
Toggle between these to options to output either the deconvolved traces or the decon
operator.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1047

11.6.22.6 VSP Normal Moveout

The VSPNmo icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
links. It is permissible to send the output of VSPNmo to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The VSPNmo command performs normal move-out correction of PP or PS VSP data. Data are
corrected to zero offset equivalent VSP time.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[VSPNmo RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the NMO dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on the flow
command icon.

[VSP NMO Dialog]

VSP NMO Velocity File

Click on the button to open a standard Windows file open dialog to load a velocity file
(created using Interactive VSP Velocity Profile). The VSPNmo command requires as

GEDCO
 1048 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

input one file in field recorded (raw) time.

Parameters
Use P Velocity (No P/S ratio)
Select this option if PP-wave NMO is being performed. The output time is P time.
Use P/S Velocity Ratio from File
Select this option if P/S-wave NMO is being performed from the input velocity file.
User Defined P/S Velocity Ratio
Select this default P/S ratio for a user defined ratio in the Velocity File and enter the P/S
Velocity Ratio unless a shear velocity profile has been created in the Interactive velocity
file program. The default value is 1.0. The Velocity file is a standard text file which can be
edited to specify varying User Defined P/S ratios.
FBP Time
Convert to P Time/Convert to S Time
Toggle to select one of the two options. If “Convert to P Time” is selected the mode
converted up-going S time from an interface is replaced by the corresponding P time.
This results in a P/S mode converted VSP in PP time (Note: This function has not been
implemented). If “Convert to S time” is selected the result is a NMO corrected P/S VSP
which when placed in 2 way time will have the equivalent 2wt of P/S converted surface
seismic (Down P time and Up S time).

11.6.22.7 VSP CDP Mapping

The VSPCdpMap icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it
by links. It is permissible to send the output of VSPCdpMap to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
VSPCdpMap command (VSP-CDP Mapping) is often preferred to cross-well migration in the
imaging of cross-well seismic reflection data. The principal advantage of VSP-CDP mapping is that it
can be configured as a one-to-one operation between data in the acquisition domain and data in the
image domain, and therefore does not smear coherent noise such as tube waves, guided waves, and
converted waves as cross-well migration could.

However, unlike cross-well migration, VSP-CDP mapping cannot collapse diffractions and
therefore the lateral resolution of reflection events suffers.

Basically the VSP-CDP mapping uses a time to depth function which is automatically built from
the receiver depths (in the headers) and the first break picks which you must put in the headers by
first picking the breaks. This is the velocity function. After that the algorithm works one trace at a time.

It takes sample i of the trace (time = dt * i) - then gets the depth of that sample from the
time-depth curve. Now it positions it correctly at twice the depth (for two way time) - subtracts off the
receiver depth - ray traces from the source to reflection point, then reflection point to receiver,
calculating the reflection point position by equal angles etc. (The usual way to calculate a reflection
point by extending the ray to a point vertically beneath the receiver - i.e. where it intersects the vertical
well. Then the new straight ray time is the same as the reflected ray time). Everything is known - one
assumes the time-depth function (velocity) is extended laterally from the well (horizontally). Thus if
there is any structure the algorithm is not correct.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1049

[VSPCdpMap RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the VSP to CDP Mapping dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[VSP to CDP Mapping Dialog]

CDP Bin Size

Enter the CDP Bin Size in meters. The bin size should be about half the source offset
distance divided by one-quarter the number of traces. To match the VSP section to a
surface seismic section it can be set to the surface CDP bin size.

11.6.22.8 VSP 'Q' Inverse Filtering

The VSP_QInv icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
links.
It is permissible to send the output of VSP_QInv to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The VSP_QInv command calculates the Q response for each Q value entered in the list.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 1050 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VSP_QInv RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Inverse Q Filter dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

[VSP Inverse 'Q' Filter Dialog]

Q List
The user can generate a Q List by entering a Q Value and pressing the ADD button. Review
QAttenuation 642 in the main manual for the generation of Q values.
ADD
Click this ADD button to add a Q Value to the Q List.
REMOVE
Click this REMOVE button to delete a highlighted item in the Q List. Highlight an item by
clicking on it in the Q List.
11.6.22.9 VSP 'Q' Forward Filtering

The VSP_QFor icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
links. It is permissible to send the output of VSP_QFor to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The VSP_QFor command first calculates the Q response for each Q value entered in the list. The

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1051

input data is then simply multiplied by the calculate responses.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[VSP_QFor RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Forward Q Modeling dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Forward Q Modeling Dialog]

Q List
The user can generate a Q List by entering a Q Value and pressing the ADD button. Review
QAttenuation 642 in the main manual for the generation of Q values.
ADD
Click this ADD button to add a Q Value to the Q List.
REMOVE
Click this REMOVE button to delete a highlighted item in the Q List. Highlight an item by
clicking on it in the Q List.
11.6.22.10VSP Time Variant Inverse-Q Filter

The VspTVIQ icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by

GEDCO
1052 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

links.
It is permissible to send the output of VspTVIQ to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The VspTVIQ command calculates the Q response for each Q-T value sets entered in the list.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[VspTVIQ RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Inverse Time-Variant 'Q' dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Inverse Time-Variant 'Q' Dialog]

Time/Q Pairs
The user can generate a Time/Q Pairs list by entering a Time and Q Value and pressing the
ADD button. Review QAttenuation 642 in the main manual for the generation of Q values.
ADD

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1053

Click this ADD button to add a Time and Q Value to the Time/Q Pairs list.
REMOVE
Click this REMOVE button to delete a highlighted item(s) in the Time/Q Pairs list.
Highlight an item by clicking on it in the Time/Q Pairs list. Multiple Selections are allowed.
One-Way Times/Two Way Times
Toggle between the two options to specify the time description.

Solve
Two methods are available to perform the inverse-Q calculation.
Direct Solve (Fast)/Iterative Solution (Slow)
Toggles between to two to select a solution. The Direct Solve (Fast) method is fast but
can become unstable under certain data conditions. Enter the Condition value. The
Iterative Solution (Slow)
This Iterative method (Conjugate Gradient) is very slow but stable. Enter the number of
Iterations.

FILE
Use to load Time/Q Pairs file created from VSP Interactive Window. Clicking on this
button opens a standard Windows file open dialog for opening the Time/Q Pairs file.
11.6.22.11VSP Time Variant Forward-Q Filter

The VspTVFQ icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
links. It is permissible to send the output of VspTVFQ to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The VspTVFQ command first calculates the Q response for each Time/Q pairs values entered in
the list. The input data is then simply multiplied by the calculate responses.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[VspTVFQ RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Forward Time-Variant 'Q' dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 1054 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Forward Time Variant 'Q' Dialog]

Time/Q Pairs
The user can generate a Time/Q Pairs list by entering a Time and Q Value and pressing the
ADD button. Review QAttenuation 642 in the main manual for the generation of Q values.
ADD
Fill in Time and 'Q' value and press ADD to add the Time/Q pair to the table.
REMOVE
Select Time/'Q' items (Multiple Selection is allowed) and press REMOVE to remove items
from the list.
One-Way Times/Two Way times
Toggle between the two options to specify the time description.

FILE
Used to load Time/'Q' pairs file created from VSP Interactive Window.

11.6.22.12VSP Apply 2-C Rotation

The VSP2CRot icon receives traces from the (two inputs only) process icons connected to
it by links. It is permissible to send the output of VSP2CRot to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The VSP2CRot command works by performing a trace matrix using the user defined rotation
value. The rotated traces are sent to the output.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1055

[VSP2CRot RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Trace Matrix Rotation dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Trace Matrix Rotation Dialog]

Parameters
The user has two options for the Rotation, a user defined Rotation or the use of a Vista
Header Rotation value.
User Defined Rotation Value
Select this option for user specified fixed rotation value.
Header Word Rotation Value
Select this option for a Vista header word which contains a rotation value for each trace.

11.6.22.13VSP Time Variant Rotation

The VSPTVRot icon receives traces from the (two inputs only) process icon connected to it
by links. It is permissible to send the output of VSPTVRot to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The VSPTVRot command (Time Variant Polarization) requires as input 2 data sets in raw field
recorded time. The first file a separated up-going vertical component and the second a separated
up-going oriented horizontal component. Polarity convention for rotated data is as follows. A
down-going P wave pressure pulse causes a negative arrival on the vertical geophone and a positive

GEDCO
1056 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

arrival on the horizontal phone. This relates to a positive arrival on both vertical and horizontal
channels for a positive P wave reflection coefficient (log normal polarity).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[VSPTVRot RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the VSP Time-Variant Rotation dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[VSP Time Variant Rotation Dialog]

TV Rotation Ray Trace Input

The user has two selection for the Ray Trace File - Inputting a Ray Trace file or creating a
Ray Trace file.
Input VSP Ray Trace File

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1057

Selecting this option the user should activate the associated FILE button to open a
standard Windows ope file dialog for reading a VSP ray file. This file can be produced
using VSP interactive ray tracing. See VSP Interactive Ray Tracing 635 .
Create Ray Trace File
Selecting this option the user can create the ray trace file. This ray file for the time variant
angles can be generated at run time by selecting this option and entering the following
variables.
Angle Start
Enter the start angle for the ray trace process.
Angle End
Enter the end angle for the ray trace process.
Number of Rays
Enter the number of rays to create between the above two angles.

TV Rotation Options
Ray Angle Smoother
Enter the number of Traces used to smooth variability in ray paths.
Flip Polarity Input 1/Flip Polarity Input 2
Toggle between these two options If the input data does not follow the polarity convention
of the algorithm, the Polarity of either input may be flipped.
Output TV Rotation Angles
Checked this option to allow the computed time variant angles to be output as a Vista file
with a user define name. Enter the desired file name.

11.6.22.14VSP Create Synthetic VSP

The VSPSynth icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
links. It is permissible to send the output of VSPSynth to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The VSPSynth command takes as input traces that contain velocity information. Output will
contain a number of traces equal to the total depth of the data (found by integrating the input velocity
function) divided by the defined depth interval.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[VSPSynth RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Create a synthetic VSP (Vertical Seismic Profile) dialog shown below. This dialog can
be opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 1058 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Create a synthetic VSP Dialog]

Depth Increment
Enter the depth increment in meters.

All Rays
Selection of this option provides full ray tracing with reflections, transmissions at every
sample.
Primaries Only
Selection of this option provides primaries only. The up-going wave is not reflected at
each sample (event).
First Order Multiples
Selection of this option provides first order multiples. Primaries are suppressed.
Remaining up-going energy is not reflected. The traces in the output are calculated from
the standard formulae: Wyatt, Geophysics 44, No. 6 June 1981 pp 880-891.

11.6.23 Instrument Test

The processes in this section are:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1059

TVAmp 1059 - Calculate Time Variant Amplitude Spectrum of a sweep.

THD_Test 1063 - Total Harmonic Distortion Test.

Xfeed_Test - Cross Feed Test.

1067

ImpRespons - Impulse Response Test.

e 1069

PNoise 1073 - Geophone Noise Test.

DynRange - Dynamic Range Test.

1075

PreAmpG 1079 - Per-Amp Gain accuracy Test.

GainAccurac - Gain Accuracy Test.

y 1081

Noise_Test - Instrument Noise Test.

1085

DCBias 1085 - DC Bias Test.

Refer to Tutorial D - Instrument Tests 1594 for detailed examples of several of the flow
commands.

11.6.23.1 Time Variant Amplitude Spectrum

The TVAmpSp icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
links. It is permissible to send the output of TVAmpSp to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
TVAmpSp works by splitting the data into overlapping windows (by default every 128 ms with a
window length of 256 ms). The amplitude spectrum of each of these short windows is computed and
displayed as a "trace" - in VDF - and posted at a time equal to the midpoint of the window.
The final appearance is of a continuously time varying amplitude spectrum with time.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[TVAmpSp RMB Menu]

GEDCO
1060 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Time Variant Amplitude Spectrum dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Time Variant Amplitude Spectrum Dialog]

Length FFT Window

Enter the length of the FFT Window in milliseconds (ms).
Start Time of Window
Enter the start time of the Window in milliseconds (ms).

EXAMPLE
In this example the time varying amplitude spectrum is generated. The following shows the
results of the flow example for an input trace recorded from a simulated vibroseis baseplate. The
Generate Sweep flow command is used to generate a simulated vibroseis signal. The output of this
simulated data is input to the TVAmpSp flow command to display the Time Variant Amplitude
Spectrum.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1061

[Time Variant Amplitude Spectrum Sample Flow]

The input trace to the bottom flow is shown below:

GEDCO
1062 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Simulated Vibroseis Signal used as Input to the Flow]

The TVAmpSp flow result is shown below:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1063

[Time Variant Amplitude Spectrum of the Simulated Vibroseis Signal]

11.6.23.2 Total Harmonic Distortion Test

The THD icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by links.
Only 1 input file may be specified by the input however the input file may contain multiple field files.

Algorithm
The THD command works by performing a FFT on input data. Input data may be a single file or
multiple files within a single SEGY data set. The fundamental frequency is either specified by the
user or is calculated by finding the number and location of zero crossings. The amplitude at the

GEDCO
1064 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

fundamental frequency is found. The per-cent harmonic distortion at each harmonic is calculated
from:

100*Amplitude of the harmonic/Amplitude at the fundamental frequency

THD = 100 (S Em^2)^(1/2)/Ef

The total harmonic distortion of all frequencies up to the Nyquist is computed. The harmonic
distortion of the second to fifth harmonics will be tabulated and displayed and compared to a specified
percent criteria. The user may also output the results of this test to a text file.

Note that your data length must be a power of 2, That us, 256 ms, 512 ms, 1024 ms...etc.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[THD RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Total Harmonic Distortion dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1065

[Total Harmonic Distortion Dialog]

Report Output File

Specify the output report file name by pressing on the button under Report Output File.
Clicking this button will open a standard Windows file save dialog for entering this file. The
Report Output File has an extension of *.rpt. The entered file name will appear to the right of
the button.

Test Parameters
Test Time Length
Enter the sample time length in milliseconds (ms).
Set Fundamental/Auto-Detect Fundamental
Toggle between these two options to select the Fundamental frequency. If Set
Fundamental is selected enter the Fundamental frequency.

Failure Criteria (Bad Channel) - Distortion (Any Harmonic Freq)>

Single Input File/Multiple Input Files
Toggle between these two options to select Single or Multiple Input Files.
Single Input File
If a Single Input File is selected enter the Failure Criteria value.

GEDCO
1066 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Multiple Input Files

If Multiple Input Files is selected enter the Field Rec(s) # and Failure Criteria.
ADD
Clicking the ADD button will add the Field Rec # and its associated Failure
Criteria for each of the Field Rec #.
DELETE
Clicking on the DELETE button will delete (remove) any highlighted item in the
Field Record list.

EXAMPLE
An example flow using the THD command is shown below:

[An Example Total Harmonic Distortion Flow]

An example of the output from a THD is shown below:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1067

[An Example Total Harmonic Distortion Output]

Note that there is a graph and text display of the test results. Vary the size of the graphs and text
by clicking on and dragging the bar dividing the 2 displays. The text will be saved to the report file
specified in the above dialog box.

11.6.23.3 CrossFeed Isolation Test

The X-Feed icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by links.
Select 1 or 2 records from the input icon into X-Feed.

Algorithm
The X-Feed command works by performing a FFT on input data. Input data is 1 or 2 records. If
two records, one contains even (or odd) driven channels and the other contains odd (or even) driven
channels. If 1 record is the input the even (or odd) channels are driven. The test is performed to
determine signal leakage internally from box to box or externally from cable to cable. Each bank of
channels is analyzed separately.

Odd or even numbered channels are driven by a sinusoidal voltage. The RMS amplitude of each
trace (with DC removed) is calculated to separate fed from unfed channels. Each trace is analyzed to
find the fed signal frequency. The peak signal level is then calculated for this fed signal frequency. For
all unfed channels the maximum signal level around the fed frequency is identified.

The cross feed isolation of each unfed channel is computed as follows:

GEDCO
1068 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Xfeeddb = 20 * log10 (Ef/Eu)

Ef = Peak amplitude of lowest fed channel at the signal frequency (which gives the worst
case).
Eu = Peak amplitude of the unfed channel ( at the fed signal frequency).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[X-Feed RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the CrossFeed Isolation Test (Instrument Test) dialog shown below. This dialog can be
opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

[CrossFeed Isolation Test Dialog]

Report Output File

Specify the output report file name by pressing on the button under Report Output File.
Clicking this button will open a standard Windows file save dialog for entering this file. The
Report Output File has an extension of *.rpt. The entered file name will appear to the right of
the button.

# Channels/Box
Enter the number of channels for each bank or box.
Failure Criteria (BAD Channel)
The failure criteria (dB) is user specified in the X-Feed Isolation Less than box.
Auto-Detect Driven Channels/RMS Lower Limit Driven Channels

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1069

One can toggle to choose to have the driven channels automatically selected by checking
the Auto-Detect Driven Channels box or check RMS Lower Limit Driven Channels
and specify the RMS Lower Value. That is. any channels with a RMS value less than
the RMS Lower Value will be treated as an un-driven channels.

EXAMPLES
The output from a X-Feed test looks is shown below:

[Example CrossFeed Isolation Test Output]

Note that there is a graph and text display of the test results. Vary the size of the graphs and text
by clicking on and dragging the bar dividing the 2 displays. The text will be saved to the report file
specified in the above dialog box.
11.6.23.4 Impulse Response Test

The ImpResp icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by
links. Only 1 record from the input icon is allowed into ImpResp.

Algorithm
The ImpResp command works by having an impulse which is input to all channels. The objective
of ImpResp is to identify channels whose frequency response deviates significantly from the normal

GEDCO
1070 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

of all channels under test.

The proceeds by having the DC bias removed from each channel and a RMS signal level is
computed. A median RMS is also calculated for the entire record. The phase and amplitude spectrum
of individual or a group of channels are computed and displayed. Each spectrum is broken into
frequency windows. A table listing the phase and amplitude values for each channel as well as the
percent difference of each channel from the average pulse is displayed and may be output to a
specified text file.

In the command dialog shown below the user may specify a failure criteria (a tolerance) which is
the maximum difference in percent from the average impulse. Specify the "width" of the frequency
analysis as well as the number of analysis windows.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[ImpResp RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Impulse Response Test (Instrument Test) dialog shown below. This dialog can be
opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1071

[Impulse Response Test Dialog]

Report Output File

Specify the output report file name by pressing on the button under Report Output File.
Clicking this button will open a standard Windows file save dialog for entering this file. The
Report Output File has an extension of *.rpt. The entered file name will appear to the right of
the button.

Channel Box/Bank Defn

ADD
Clicking on the ADD button opens the Channel Bank Defn. dialog shown below:

[Channel Bank Definition Dialog]

Enter the Channel From, Channel To, and the Channel Increment to use in this
Instrument Test.
REMOVE
Clicking on the REMOVE button will delete (remove) any highlighted item in the Channel
Box/Bank Defn list.

GEDCO
1072 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Parameters
Time Window
Enter the size of the Time Window to process in milliseconds (ms).
Analysis Window
Enter the center frequency (Hz) of the analysis window. The harmonics of this frequency
are output to the Max. # of Windows.
Max. # of Windows
Enter the maximum number of frequency windows.
Failure Criteria
Enter the Failure Criteria value in Percentage.

EXAMPLE
An example of an impulse response flow is shown to the below:

[Impulse Response Test Flow Example]

An example of the output from ImpResp command is shown below:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1073

[Impulse Response Test Flow Output Example]

Note that there is a graph and text display of the test results. Vary the size of the graphs and text
by clicking on and dragging the bar dividing the 2 displays. The text will be saved to the report file
specified in the above dialog box.
11.6.23.5 Phone Noise Test

The PNoise icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by links.
One record is input to PNoise.

Algorithm
The PNoise command (Phone Noise) test is used to display RMS noise per channel using a
known reference amplitude record or an absolute RMS noise measurement. A display of RMS
amplitude versus channel as well as a report listing the amplitude of each channel is generated. The
report can be saved to a user specified text file.

The user specifies the Failure Criteria (tolerance) of the RMS Noise amplitude with RMS Noise
Greater Than, however, the user must know the units of the amplitude scale. For the example shown
below, 6 may mean mV, V, or any other amplitude units.

Each trace is divided into the number of windows specified in # of Noise Windows. The DC bias
for each window is removed and then the RMS amplitude of each window is calculated. A median
RMS amplitude for all 5 windows is then calculated and then assigned to each trace. If the median
value is greater than the Failure Criteria then the trace is a "failure".

GEDCO
1074 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[PNoise RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Phone Noise Test dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

[Phone Noise Test Dialog]

Report Output File

Specify the output report file name by pressing on the button under Report Output File.
Clicking this button will open a standard Windows file save dialog for entering this file. The
Report Output File has an extension of *.rpt. The entered file name will appear to the right of
the button.

# of Noise Windows
Enter the number of Noise Windows. Suggested default value of 5.
Failure Criteria (BAD Channel)
Enter the RMS Noise Greater then value which is the Failure Criteria for this test.

EXAMPLE
An example of the test results for PNoise is shown below for a RMS Noise of 0.002 for
demonstration purposes:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1075

[Phone Noise Test Simulated Example]

11.6.23.6 Dynamic Range Test

The DynRange icon receives traces from two process icons connected to it by links. Each
process icon must have only 1 record selected. One of these records must be a noise record.

Algorithm
The DynRange command processing of a system is calculated by inputting 2 records: a signal
record, and a noise record. The gain associated with each channel is ignored. The DC offset is
removed from each record and the average peak signal is calculated. This is also done for the noise
record. Comparison of signal to noise is done to calculate average and peak dynamic range for each
channel. The dynamic range of each channel is tabulated and plotted.

DynRange works by performing a FFT on input data.

In the command dialog shown below the user specifies the failure criteria of the peak dynamic
range for a channel. Any channel which has a dynamic range less than this value will be listed as a
bad channel. The user may choose to output the dynamic range test report as a text file.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
1076 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[DynRange RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Dynamic Range Test (2 Inputs) dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Dynamic Range Test Dialog]

Report Output File

Specify the output report file name by pressing on the button under Report Output File.
Clicking this button will open a standard Windows file save dialog for entering this file. The
Report Output File has an extension of *.rpt. The entered file name will appear to the right of
the button.

Failure Criteria (BAD Channel)

Enter a Peak Dynamic Range Less than value in decibels (dB) for the Failure Criteria
for this test.

EXAMPLE
An example of a DynRange flow is shown below. The DynRange right click commands looks as
shown once the flow is linked with the input icons:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1077

[Dynamic Range Test Flow Example]

Note there are 2 inputs for DynRange and that 1 input must contain a signal record and
the other a noise record. Note that one can swap the order of the signal and noise records.
It's possible that the same SEGYDISK file contains both the noise and signal records. In this
case user would select 2 records using the Data SELECTION option on each input icon. The
Data SELECTION spreadsheet is accessed by a RMB click on the input flow command as
shown below:

[Access of Data/Header SELECTIONS Spread Sheet]

GEDCO
1078 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

An example of the table output from DynRange command output is shown below:

[Dynamic Range Test Output Data Table Example]

Toggle the To icon (Toggle Text/Graph Display) on the menu bar to display a graph summary of
the test results as shown below:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1079

[Dynamic Range Test Output Data Graph Example]

11.6.23.7 Pre-Amp Gain Accuracy Test

The PerAmpG icon receives traces from two process icons connected to it by links.
Each process icon must have only 1 record selected.

Algorithm
The PreAmpG command (Pre-Amp Gain Accuracy) analyzes a series of test amplitudes for
channel to channel accuracy. It then can calculate and display channel by channel difference in dB
from the a previous record. This test was designed for older instruments such as the DFSV. The fixed
gain for each record is compared with what it should be and recorded. The RMS value of the signal
record on each channel is found and DC offset is removed. The median of all these RMS signal
values is also calculated. The percent deviation of each channel's RMS signal level from the median
RMS signal value is calculated.

For each channel the ratio of RMS signal level of the second record to the first record is
calculated. The percent error of this ratio is then calculated. A table summarizing the test results may
be saved to a specified text file.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
1080 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[PreAmpG RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Pre-Amp Gain Accuracy Test dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Pre-Amp Gain Accuracy Test Dialog]

Report Output File

Specify the output report file name by pressing on the button under Report Output File.
Clicking this button will open a standard Windows file save dialog for entering this file. The
Report Output File has an extension of *.rpt. The entered file name will appear to the right of
the button.

Remove DC Bias before Analyzing

Checking this option removes the DC Bias before analyzing the data.
Failure Criteria
Enter the Failure Criteria percentage. Channels whose percent error of the second to first
record is greater than the Failure Criteria percent are flagged as bad channels.

EXAMPLE
The output from this test is similar to the gain accuracy test and is shown below:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1081

[Pre-Amp Gain Accuracy Instrument Test Display]

11.6.23.8 Gain Accuracy Test

The GainAcc icon receives traces from two process icons connected to it by links. Each
process icon passes a selected record to GainAcc.

GEDCO
1082 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Algorithm
The GainAcc command analyzes a series of test amplitudes for channel to channel accuracy and
displays channel by channel difference in dB from the a previous record. This test was designed for
older instruments such as the DFSV.

The fixed gain for each record is compared with what it should be and recorded. The RMS value
of the signal record on each channel is found and DC offset is removed. The median of all these RMS
signal values is also calculated. The percent deviation of each channel's RMS signal level
from the median RMS signal value is calculated.

For each channel the ratio of RMS signal level of the second record to the first record is
calculated. The percent error of this ratio is then calculated. A table summarizing the test results may
be saved to a specified text file.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[GainAcc RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Gain Accuracy Instrument Test dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Gain Accuracy Instrument Test Dialog]

Report Output File

Specify the output report file name by pressing on the button under Report Output File.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1083

Clicking this button will open a standard Windows file save dialog for entering this file. The
Report Output File has an extension of *.rpt. The entered file name will appear to the right of
the button.

Channel Bank Defn

ADD
Clicking on the ADD button opens the Channel Bank Defn. dialog shown below:

[Channel Bank Definition Dialog]

Enter the Channel From, Channel To, and the Channel Increment to use in this
Instrument Test.
REMOVE
Clicking on the REMOVE button will delete (remove) any highlighted item in the Channel
Box/Bank Defn list.

Initial Gain
The input data is initially gained with the value specified in Initial Gain.
Failure Criteria
Channels whose percent error of the second to first record is greater than the Failure
Criteria percent are flagged as bad channels

EXAMPLES
An example of the flow file used with GainAcc is shown below. Note that there are 2 inputs with each
input being a single record. The GainAcc RMB command dialog is expanded to included the input
channels once the flow is linked with the input icons.

GEDCO
1084 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Channel Bank Definition Flow Example]

An example of a GainAcc output is shown below:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1085

[Gain Accuracy Output Test Example]

11.6.23.9 Instrument Noise Test

The INoise icon receives traces from two process icons connected to it by links. Each
process icon passes a selected record to INoise.

Algorithm
The INoise command performs an Equivalent Noise Test of a system using 2 input records: a
signal record and a noise record. The gain associated with each record is ignored. The DC offset is
removed and an RMS signal is calculated for the signal record. The DC offset is removed and the
RMS, maximum and minimum values of the noise record are then calculated. The equivalent input
noise ratio is then computed for each channel.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
1086 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[INoise RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Instrument Noise Test dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Instrument Noise Test Dialog]

Report Output File

Specify the output report file name by pressing on the button under Report Output File.
Clicking this button will open a standard Windows file save dialog for entering this file. The
Report Output File has an extension of *.rpt. The entered file name will appear to the right of
the button.

Failure Criteria (BAD Channel)

Toggle between the two options for Failure Criteria - either Signal to Noise or RMS Noise.
Signal to Noise
The signal/noise ratio failure criteria is specified by the user. Enter the Signal to Noise
Value less than value in decibels (dB). Any channel whose signal/noise is less than the
criteria is listed as a bad channel.
RMS Noise
The RMS Noise Level failure criteria is specified by the user. Enter the RMS Noise Level
Greater than value. Any channel whose RMS Noise level is greater than this value is
listed as a bad channel.

EXAMPLES
An example of a flow file using INoise command and it's inputs are shown below. The INoise RMB

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1087

command dialog is expanded to included the input channels once the flow is linked with the input
icons.

[Instrument Noise Test Flow Example]

A simulated example of the table output is shown here:

GEDCO
1088 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Instrument Noise Test Flow Output Text Example]

Toggle the To icon (Toggle Text/Graph Display) on the menu bar to display a graph summary of
the test results as shown below:

[Instrument Noise Test Flow Output Graph Example]

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1089

11.6.23.10DC Bias Test

The DCBias icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by links.
It is permissible to send the output of DCBias to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The DCBias command performs an DC bias instrument Test of a system using one input record.
The DC bias is calculated from every trace and is flagged bad if the value is greater then user
specified.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[DCBias RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Instrument DC Bias Test dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Instrument DC Bias Test Dialog]

Report Output File

Specify the output report file name by pressing on the button under Report Output File.
Clicking this button will open a standard Windows file save dialog for entering this file. The
Report Output File has an extension of *.rpt. The entered file name will appear to the right of
the button.

Failure Criteria (BAD Channel)

Enter the Maximum Allowable DC Bias in micro-volts (uV). All channels that exceed this

GEDCO
1090 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

bias will be flagged. Note the user should enter the actual decimal volts such as 0.00015.

EXAMPLE
An example flow for the DCBias is shown below:

[Instrument DC Bias Test Flow Example]

The Instrument DC Bias output is shown below:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1091

[Instrument DC Bias Test Output Example]

11.6.24 Attribute

The processes in this section are:

InstPhase 1091 - Calculate the Instantaneous phase of each trace of the input.

InstFreq 1092 - Calculate the Instantaneous frequency of each trace of the input.

Envelope 1093 - Calculate the envelope (Hilbert) of each trace of the input.

InvRefl 1094 - Invert reflectivity (regular seismic trace samples) to pseudo acoustic Impedance.

InvImp 1095 - Invert pseudo acoustic Impedance to reflectivity (regular seismic trace samples).

11.6.24.1 Instantaneous Phase

The IPhase icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a

GEDCO
 1092 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

link. It is permissible to send the output of IPhase to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The IPhase command works by computing the instantaneous phase of each input trace. See
Yilmaz, Seismic Data Processing, 1987.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[IPhase RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
There are no parameters for IPhase.

11.6.24.2 Instantaneous Frequency

The IFreq icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link.
It is permissible to send the output of IFreq to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The IFreq command works by computing the smoothed instantaneous frequency of each input
trace. See Yilmaz, Seismic Data Processing, 1987, Chapter 8.6 for a discussion of trace attributes.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[IFreq RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Instantaneous Frequency dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1093

[Instantaneous Frequency Dialog]

Smooth On
Check this option to smooth instantaneous frequency calculation. Smoothing helps to
eliminate problems caused by zero (or near zero) division in calculation of instantaneous
frequency.
Smooth Length
Smooth length in time (Ms).

11.6.24.3 Envelope (Hilbert Envelope)

The Envelope icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of Envelope to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The Envelope command works by computing the amplitude envelope of each input trace. In
samples, each output sample is equal to (i2 + h2 )1/2 , where 'i' is the input sample and 'h' is the
corresponding sample of the Hilbert Transform trace. See Yilmaz, Seismic Data Processing, 1987,
Chapter 8.6 for a discussion of trace attributes.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Envelope RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
There are no parameters for Envelope.

GEDCO
 1094 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.24.4 Invert Refl. to Acoustic Impedance

The InvRefl icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of InvRefl to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The InvRefl command works by performing recursive inversion on input reflectivity. Each sample
of the input traces is assumed to be the value of a reflectivity coefficient. Thus it is first multiplied by a
scalar (see parameters below). The initial value of the impedance Z (Z0) is also required. Then
process proceeds one sample at a time, calculating the recursive relationship:

1 + Ri
Zi+1 = Zi ---------
1 - Ri

where Z = Impedance
R = Reflectivity
i = Layer subscript

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[InvRefl RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Invert Reflectivity to Acoustic Impedance dialog shown below. This dialog can be
opened by double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Invert Reflectivity to Acoustic Impedance Dialog]

Initial Impedance Value

May be set to one to two times the near surface velocity.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1095

Scale Reflectivity Scale Setting

Check this option to Scale the Reflectivity. Enter a Scale Setting value which Is a
multiplier for each trace sample which converts it to a realistic reflectivity value -
generally very small - e.g. 0.01.

11.6.24.5 Invert Acoustic Impedance to Refl.

The InvImp icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of InvImp to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The InvImp command works by performing recursive inversion on input impedance. Each sample
of the input traces is assumed to be an impedance value. The process proceeds one sample at a
time, calculating the recursive relationship:

Zi+1 - Zi
Ri = -------------
Zi+1 + Zi

where Z = Impedance
R = Reflectivity
I = Layer subscript

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[InvImp RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
There are no parameters for InvImp.

11.6.25 Math

GEDCO
 1096 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The processes in this section are:

Function 1096 - Calculate the output samples as a mathematical function of the input samples.

Power 1098 - Calculate the output samples as the input samples raised to a power.

Constant 1099 - Apply constant value to a trace.

ArcTan 1100 - Calculate the output samples as the arc-tangent of a sample from the first data
set divided by a sample from the second input data set.

AddInput 1101 - Calculate the addition of two data sets with identical number of traces, sample
rate, length of data etc.

SubInput 1102 - Calculate the subtraction of two data sets with identical number of traces, sample
rate, length of data etc.

MultInput 1103 - Calculate the multiplication (sample by sample) of two data sets with identical
number of traces, sample rate, length of data etc.

DivInput 1104 - Calculate the division of two data sets with identical number of traces, sample
rate, length of data etc.

Rave 1105 - Calculate the running average of each input trace.

FillTrc 1106 - Fill trace samples

AddEvent 1108 - Add a Linear Move-out or Hyperbolic Move-out event to data set.

11.6.25.1 Apply Trace Math Function

The Function icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of Function to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The Function command works by calculating the output samples of each trace as the specified
function of the input samples.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1097

[Function RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Seismic Trace Math Functions dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Seismic Trace Math Functions Dialog]

Application Function
The following functions are available from the drop down list.
Absolute Value Absolute value.
Exponentiate Exponential value.
Signed Square Signed square.
Square Square.
Signed Square Root Signed square root.
Square Root Square root.
Signed Natural Log Signed natural logarithm.
Signed Common Log Signed base-10 logarithm.
Invert Invert data( 1.0 / sample).
Cosine Cosine of sample(Radians)
Sine Sine of sample(Radians).
Tangent Tangent of sample(Radians)
ArcCosine Arccosine of sample(Input range -1 to 1).
ArcSine Arcsine of sample(Input range -1 to 1).
ArcTan Arctangent of sample.
Integer Truncation Truncate sample to integer.
Degrees to Radians Convert sample from degree to radian value.
Radians to Degrees Convert sample from radian to degree value.
Add Non Zero Mask Set Non Zero to 1 for all samples.
Zero Mask Inverse Non Zero Mask for all samples.
Convert Interval to RMS Velocity For use on velocity data trace files.
Integrate Integrate trace samples.
Differentiate Differentiate trace samples.
Convert db 20 * Log10(data) Convert value to db.
Inverse db Inverse convert db value back.
Normalize trace (Divide by Max) Normalize trace by maximum.

GEDCO
 1098 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.25.2 Power Samples

The Power icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of Power to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The Power command works by calculating the output samples of each trace as the input samples
raised to the specified power.

sample output = sign-of-Sample * ABS(sample value)^Power Value

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Power RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Power Trace Samples dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Power Trace Samples Dialog]

Power Value

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1099

Enter the power value to raise the trace sample.

11.6.25.3 Apply Constant Value

The Constant icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of Constant to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The Constant command works by combining each sample of each trace with a specified value,
whether it be a constant or the value of a trace header item. The combinations can be any of Add,
Subtract, Multiply, Divide, or Assignment.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Constant RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Apply Constant Value dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

[Apply Constant Value Dialog]

Constant Value
Constant Value
Click on this item and enter a Value if the user wishes to combine this constant with all

GEDCO
 1100 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

the trace samples.

Dictionary Header Value
Click on this item and choose a header word from the drop down list of all possible
header words, if one wishes to combine the value of the chosen header word with all the
trace samples.

Operation
Add
Add constant/header value to samples.
Subtract
Subtract constant/header value from samples.
Multiply
Multiply samples by constant/header value.
Divide
Divide samples by constant/header value.
Assignment
Assign constant/header value to samples.
11.6.25.4 Inverse Tangent Ratio of Two Inputs

The ArcTang icon receives traces from two process icons connected to it by links. It is
permissible to send the output of ArcTang to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The ArcTang command works by using corresponding trace samples from the two input trace
streams. The output sample is calculated as:

Output Sample = Arctan ( First input sample / Second Input sample)

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[ArcTang RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
There are no parameters for ArcTang however after the flow command has been linked the user
can right click on it to see its input order as shown below:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1101

[ArcTang RMB Menu After Links Connected]

Use Swap Input Order to swap the input sequence if required.

11.6.25.5 Add Data

The AddInput icon receives traces from two process icons connected to it by links. It is
permissible to send the output of AddInput to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The AddInput command works by adding the two input trace streams. The second input is
assumed to be:

1. A single trace (hence the same operator for every trace of the data).
2. Or it can contain exactly the same number of traces as the data (one operator for every
input data trace).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[AddInput RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
There are no parameters for AddInput however after the flow command has been linked the user
can right click on it to see its input order as shown below

GEDCO
 1102 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[AddInput RMB Menu After Links Connected

Use Swap Input Order to swap the input sequence.

11.6.25.6 Subtract Data

The SubInput icon receives traces from two process icons connected to it by links. It is
permissible to send the output of SubInput to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The SubInput command works by subtracting the two input trace streams. The second input is
subtracted from the first and is assumed to be a type of operator.

1. It can be a single trace (hence the same operator for every trace of the data).
2. Or it can contain exactly the same number of traces as the data (one operator for every
input data trace).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[SubInput RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
There are no parameters for SubInput however after the flow command has been linked the user
can right click on it to see its input order as shown below:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1103

[SubInput RMB Menu After Links Connected

Use Swap Input Order to swap the input sequence.

11.6.25.7 Multiply Data

The MultInput icon receives traces from two process icons connected to it by links. It is
permissible to send the output of MultInput to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The MultInput command works by multiplying the two input trace streams. The second input is
assumed to be a type of operator.

1. It can be a single trace (hence the same operator for every trace of the data).
2. Or it can contain exactly the same number of traces as the data (one operator for every
input data trace).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[MultInput RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
There are no parameters for MultInput however after the flow command has been linked the user
can right click on it to see its input order as shown below:

GEDCO
 1104 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[MultInput RMB Menu After Links Connected

Use Swap Input Order to swap the input sequence.

11.6.25.8 Divide Data

The DivInput icon receives traces from two process icons connected to it by links. It is
permissible to send the output of DivInput to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The DivInput command works by dividing the two input trace streams. The first input is divided
by the second input and is assumed to be a type of operator.

1. It can be a single trace (hence the same operator for every trace of the data).
2. Or it can contain exactly the same number of traces as the data (one operator for every
input data trace).

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[DivInput RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
There are no parameters for DivInput however after the flow command has been linked the user
can right click on it to see its input order as shown below:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1105

[DivInput RMB Menu After Links Connected

Use Swap Input Order to swap the input sequence.

11.6.25.9 Running Average

The Rave icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link. It
is permissible to send the output of Rave to more than one other icon

Algorithm
The Rave command works by performing various selectable types of averaging from a drop down
list in the Command PARAMETER dialog, on each input trace. Each trace is processed
independently of other traces.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Rave RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Running Average (RAVE) dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 1106 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Running Average (RAVE) Dialog]

Rave Type
The input samples in the window are analyzed and the output value chosen will be one of
the following selected from the drop down list:
Peak Abs Value
Median Value
Mean Value
RMS Value
Debias Value

Length of Window in Samples

Enter the length of the Window in number of samples. The output data samples is
determined for this window centered on the corresponding input sample.

11.6.25.10Fill Trace Samples

The FillTrc icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a link.
It is permissible to send the output of FillTrc to more than one other icon

Algorithm
The FillTrc command works by using time pairs entered by the user to fill (Or Interpolated)
samples of the trace with pairs of amplitudes.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[FillTrc RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Fill Trace Dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on the
flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1107

[Fill Trace Dialog]

Fill Value List

Time and Amplitude pairs can be added to the traces with the Fill Value List.
ADD PAIR
Press the ADD PAIR button to add a set of time and amplitude pairs to the list from the
following variables with specified fill procedure. The pair added is described by the
settings below.
Interpolate/Block Fill
Toggle between these two options to specify the fill procedure. The Interpolate
provides a linear interpolation of the amplitude between the first and second times.
The Block Fill sets the entire block to the specified associated amplitude.
Time
Enter the time from/to values in milliseconds (Ms). By putting the times the same
puts a value just at that time.
Amplitude
Enter the time associated amplitude values.

If the user double clicks on any item in the Fill Value List the following dialog will
appear to aid the user in editing the fill values:

GEDCO
 1108 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Fill Trace Sample Dialog]

REMOVE
Clicking any item pair in the list will highlight it. Then clicking the REMOVE button will
delete (remove) the item pair from the list.
11.6.25.11Add a Moveout Event

The AddEvent icon receives traces from the (one only) process icon connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of AddEvent to more than one other icon

Algorithm
The AddEvent command adds a linear or hyperbolic move-out event to an output seismic trace.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[AddEvent RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Add Moveout Event to Data dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1109

[Add Moveout Event to Data Dialog]

Moveout Event Description

The user selects the type of Move-out and inputs the controlling variables.
Linear Moveout/Hyperbolic Moveout
Toggle between the two options to select the Move-out type.
Zero-Offset Time
Enter the Zero-Offset Time in milliseconds (ms).
Velocity
Enter the Velocity to use for the Move-out in meters/second (M/S).
Amplitude
Enter the Amplitude value for the spike that will represent the Moveout Event.

11.6.26 Standard

The processes in this section are:

GEDCO
 1110 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

CombWin 1110 - This icon will have multiple input arrows and multiple outputs. Combines traces
from multiple streams and passes them on as one. Also allows altering of the
window of the resulting output from this command.

SelData 1112 - Split the stream of traces into two streams according to some test. This icon has
one input arrow and two output arrows.

Window 1116 - Time window of input data traces.

TiRamp 1117 - Apply linear time ramp to input data traces.

TiMerge 1118 - Time merge two input data sets.

Print 1119 - Print scaled data plot to attached windows printer.

Versatec 1124 - Plot scaled data plot to attached Versatec plotter.

Combine 1128 - This icon will have multiple input arrows and multiple outputs. Combines traces
from multiple streams and passes them on as one.

DataRev 1129 - Reverse the traces that pass through the command.

11.6.26.1 Combine Data with Window Option

The CombWin icon receives traces from multiple process icons connected to it by links. It
is permissible to send the output of CombWin to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The CombWin command works by accepting traces in whichever order they appear at either of
the two inputs. The next trace in becomes the next trace out. The resulting output can be windowed
by the user. Control the input order by turn On/Off the Alternate Input control in the flow file window.

[Alternate Input Commands Icon]

Note: For multiple input data sets the user can achieve the combine using the Multiple Input Data
Set 682 flow command.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1111

[CombWin RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Combine Data dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking on
the flow command icon.

[Combine Data Dialog]

Combine Options
Specify the window Start and End Times for the output data if you wish this changed.
Redefine Output Time Window
Check this option if the user wishes the output Time Window changed.
Start Time
Enter the Start Time of the changed window in milliseconds (Ms).
End Time
Enter the End Time of the changed window in milliseconds (Ms).

EXAMPLE
Example flow showing use of CombWin Command

[Simple CombWin Flow Example]

GEDCO
 1112 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

11.6.26.2 Data Selection

The SelData icon receives traces from multiple process icons connected to it by a link. A
maximum of two commands may be connected to SelData on the output side.

Algorithm
The SelData command divides the input stream of traces into two. Some traces go one way to
another icon via a
green arrow (those that pass the test). The remainder go the second route via the red arrow (failed
the test). The parameters for SelData are entered in the Data Selection Window 1187 .

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[SelData RMB Menu]

Data Selections Window

Opens the Data Selections Window dialog shown below. This Window can be opened by double
clicking on the flow command icon. Choose this menu option to enter your "Test" via the Data
Selections Window. Thus the "test" can be any comparison that can be entered in the Data
Selection Window. It may simply be numbers (i.e. only pass traces that have shot (or receiver or
CMP, ...). Numbers in a certain range. Or it may be a test on one or more header words. An initial
view of the Data Selections Window set up to only pass all traces whose DATA_MAXAMPLITUDE is
less than some amount using the View Trace Header Filter Spread-Sheet is shown below:

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1113

[Data Selections Window with Activated Trace Header Filter Spread-Sheet]

The flow for the above initial example is shown below:

[Initial SelData Flow Example for DATA_MAXAMPLITUDE Data Selection]

The test may be on more than one header word. Also using the Boolean operations AND, OR the
user can construct very complex tests.

Clear Existing SELECTIONS

This menu item clears all existing Selections in the Data Selections Window.

BROADCAST Data/Header Selections

Sends data selection(s) to other Vista Windows.

GEDCO
1114 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

RECEIVE Data/Header Selections

Retrieve data selection(s) that where made by using the BROADCAST icon in some other VISTA
window (usually the Attribute Window, Data SELECTION window of the Input Command) to this Sel
Data Data Selections Window.

SWITCH Pass/Fail Links

Make the red(Fail) and green(Pass) arrows switch destinations.

DETAILED EXAMPLES OF CONDITIONAL PROCESSING FLOW SEQUENCES WITH THE

ASSOCIATED DATA SELECTIONS WINDOWS

This example shows 2 output streams from SelData. The data that fails the SelData stream goes
to Mean while the passed data is passed to the Combine command.

[Second SelData Flow Example]

Data Selections Window for the above Flow

[Second SelData Flow Example - SelData Data Selections Window - Filter Spread-Sheet]

For multiple filter selections as shown above the user relates each header word by AND. The

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1115

above filter example can be expressed as: Pass all traces that have a TRACE_SEQ_NO greater
than 11 and concurrently have a SHOT_POINT_NO of 46.

This means that the output traces of the 2 AND filters must meet both conditions concurrently
ie. must be true or no traces will be passed. If one trace in either filter does not lie in both the
ranges specified then no traces will be passed for processing. All header values filtered by AND
must be true or else no traces will be passed.

Data Selections Window Using 'OR's

Examine having two (2) OR filters as shown in the example below.

[SelData Data Selections Window - Filter Spread-Sheet Using 'OR' Logic]

The above filter example can be expressed as: Output any traces that have VWUSER2
values between 3 and 3.5 or output any traces that have VWUSER1 values between 1.2. and 2.4.
One or both filters may be true for traces to be passed.

Data Selections Window Using Both 'OR' and 'AND' Logic

This example is presented below:

[SelData Data Selections Window - Filter Spread-Sheet Using 'OR' and 'AND Logic]

The above filter consists of 2 OR filters and 1 AND filter. It can be expressed as: Pass traces
that lie within the SHOT_POINT_NO range and that also lie within either the 2 OR filters ranges.
If there are no traces with SHOT_POINT_VALUES within the specified range of the AND filter, no
traces will be output.

If there are traces with SHOT_POINT_VALUES that lie within the specified range of the AND
filter these will be passed after being also filtered by the 2 OR statements.

Data Selections Window Using Both 'OR' and 'AND' Logic

A final example is presented below:

GEDCO
 1116 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[SelData Data Selections Window - Filter Spread-Sheet Using 'OR' and 'AND Logic]

The above filter can be expressed as: Pass traces that have SHOT_POINT_NO values
between 10 and 100 and concurrently have CHANNEL_NO values between 60 and 80. If there
are traces which meet the 2 AND filters concurrently then they will be evaluated by the 2 OR
filters and then outputted.

11.6.26.3 Time Window

The Window icon receives traces from any number of process icons connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of Window to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The Window command simply limits data to a user specified time window. If the time window is
greater than the trace length the trace will be padded up to the specified time.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Window RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Time Window Data dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1117

[Time Window Data Dialog]

Start Time
Enter the Start Time of the desired window for the input data in milliseconds (ms).
End Time
Enter the End Time of the desired window for the input data in milliseconds (ms).

11.6.26.4 Linear Time Ramp

The TiRamp icon receives traces from any number of process icons connected to it by a
link. It is permissible to send the output of TiRamp to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The TiRamp command applies a linear top or bottom time ramp to all input data traces.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[TiRamp RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Linear Time Ramp dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by double clicking
on the flow command icon.

GEDCO
 1118 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Linear Time Ramp Dialog]

Parameters
Reverse the Taper Ramp
Check this option to reverse the linear ramp from bottom to top (Instead of top to bottom)
Top Ramp Apply
Check this option to apply a top ramp and enter the Length of Top Ramp value in
milliseconds (Ms).
Bottom Ramp Apply
Check this option to apply a bottom ramp and enter the Length of Bottom Ramp value in
milliseconds (Ms).

11.6.26.5 Time Merge(Two Inputs)

The TiMerge icon receives traces from any TWO process icons connected to it by two
links. It is permissible to send the output of TiMerge to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The TiMerge command takes two input data sets and merges them together. The overlap window
between the two data sets is tapered according to user defined settings. The output data set will have
a time window starting from input data 1 start time and ending at input data 2 end time.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[TiMerge RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Time Merge (Two Input Data Sets) dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1119

double clicking on the flow command icon.

[Time Merge (Two Input Data Sets) Dialog]

Input 1
End Time
Enter the End Time of input data set 1 in milliseconds (Ms). Should be greater then start
time of input data set 2.
Input 2
Start Time
Enter the Start Time of input data set 2 in milliseconds (Ms). Should be less then end time
of input data set 1. These two times (End/Start Time) set the taper between the two data
sets.

Merge Zone Taper

Select the type of merge between the two data sets, Cosine Taper or Linear Taper from
the drop down list.

11.6.26.6 Print Scaled Data(Printer)

The Print icon receives traces from multiple process icons connected to it by links. It is
permissible to send the output of Print to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The Print command takes input sorted ensembles and outputs the data to an attached windows
printer. User can set parameters for the scale, annotation and type of print. For more Information see
Printer Scaled Plot 257 help.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
1120 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Print RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Printer Scaled Plotting Window dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon. Each dialog tab is described below:

Printer Options TAB

[Printer Scaled Plotting Window Dialog - Printer Options]

Plot Title
Title of the scaled plot.
Fit Plot to Page Size
Ignore scaling and output plot to printer default of one page.
Traces/Inch
Scale for the traces.
Inches/Second

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1121

Scale for time.

Overlap (%)
Specifies the overlap of adjoining pages when your plot size exceeds 1 page.
Cm/Inches
Units used for scale parameters.
LToR/RToL
Left to right or visa-versa for output.

PLOT PARAM
Plotting parameters for the data (See Plot Parameters 89 ).
COLORBAR
Color bar settings. (See Color-Bar Overview 1178 Dialog).

PRINT INFO
View details of plot such as numbers of pages, resolution etc.

[Scaled Printer Seismic Plot Dialog - Print Info]

Side Label Tab

GEDCO
1122 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Printer Scaled Plotting Window Dialog - Side Label]

Side Label Definition File

File
Side label file to plot. Create in Side Label Edit/Viewer Window.
View
Open Side Label Edit/Viewer window with this file.
Parameters
Display Side Label Plot
Display a Side Label plot with output scaled plot of data.
Horizontal/Vertical Size
Set the size of the Side Label plot. Values are multiplication factors.
Left/Right/Both Sides
Plot Side Label location relative to the scaled output of the data.

Border Tab

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1123

[Printer Scaled Plotting Window Dialog - Border]

Plot Border
Set the Margin for the plot and option to draw a border around the output plot.
Margins
Enter the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom border dimensions (Cm's) with an option to turn on
and off the Draw Border Around Plot.
Border Size
Size of border in pixels.

Font Tab

GEDCO
 1124 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Printer Scaled Plotting Window Dialog - Font]

Set the Default Font to use in the printer output. Clicking on the FONT Button opens a
standard Windows Font dialog.

11.6.26.7 Plot Scaled Data(Versatec Plotter)

The Versatec icon receives traces from multiple process icons connected to it by links. It
is permissible to send the output of Versatec to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The Versatec command takes input sorted ensembles and outputs the data to an attached
versatec plotter. The user can set parameters for the scale, annotation and type of print.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1125

[Versatec RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
Opens the Versatec Scaled Plotting Window dialog shown below. This dialog can be opened by
double clicking on the flow command icon. Each dialog tab is described below:

Options Tab

[Versatec Scaled Plotting Window Dialog- Options Tab]

Plot Options
Plot Title
Title of the output plot.
Traces/Inch
Scale of traces for output plot. Units are set by Cm/Inches control.
Inches/Second
Scale of time output plot. Units are set by Cm/Inches control.
Overlap (%)
Output plot overlap. Units are set by Cm/Inches control.
Default Font
Versatec font display for default fonts.

GEDCO
1126 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

PLOT PARM
Normal Plot Parameters 89 dialog window control.
SORT
Not active in this dialog.

Gap Tab

[Versatec Scaled Plotting Window Dialog- Gap Tab]

Gap Options
Gap Plot ON
If Gap Plot option is turned on. Output plot will place gaps on plot when a chosen header
value changes. The Attr button bring up common header value groupings for selection in
the drop down list. These common header groupings icons are shown below:

Typical header groupings contents referred to by each icon sequencing from left to right
and using the text abbreviation are:
GEN - TRACE_SEQ_NO
AMP - DATA_SNRATIO
TIME - DATA_FIRSTBREAK
GEO - OFFSET_SH_REC
HZ - ALIAS_FILTER_FREQ
VEL - CVS_VELOCITY
TYPE - DEAD_TRACE
SORT - SHOT_POINT_NO
DATE - DATARECORDED_YEAR
USER - VWUSER_1

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1127

Gap Width
Input the desired width in inches.

SideLabel Tab

[Versatec Scaled Plotting Window Dialog- SideLabel Tab]

Side Label Definition File

File
Side label file to plot. Create in Side Label Edit/Viewer Window.
View
Open Side Label Edit/Viewer window with this file.
Parameters
Display Side Label Plot
Display a Side Label plot with output scaled plot of data.
Horizontal/Vertical Size
Set the size of the Side Label plot. Values are multiplication factors.
Left/Right/Both Sides
Plot Side Label location relative to the scaled output of the data.

See Side label 269 for creating and setting side label parameters for insertion within the
plot.

Output Tab

GEDCO
 1128 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Versatec Scaled Plotting Window Dialog- Output Tab]

Output
Output Attached Versatec Plotter
Data and labels outputted to the attached Versatec Plotter.
Output to Bitmap File(BMP)
Data and labels outputted to a selected *.bmp file (OUTPUT PLOT FILE) rather than
being outputted to the Versatec Plotter.

If the IKON plotter interface card is not installed an error message will appear. This card should
be installed for the Versatec Plotter to work.

11.6.26.8 Combine Data

The Combine icon receives traces from multiple process icons connected to it by links. It
is permissible to send the output of Combine to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The Combine command works by accepting traces in whichever order they appear at either of the
two inputs. The next trace in becomes the next trace out. Control the input order by turn On/Off the
Alternate Input control in the flow window.

GEDCO
 Job Flow 1129

[Alternate Input Commands Icon]

Note: For multiple input data sets can achieve the combine using the Multiple Input Data Set 682 flow
command.

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[Combine RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
There are no parameters for Combine command.

EXAMPLE FLOW
Example flow showing use of Combine command.

[Simple Combine Flow Example]

11.6.26.9 Reverse Data Traces

The DataRev icon receives traces from multiple process icons connected to it by links.
It is permissible to send the output of DataRev to more than one other icon.

Algorithm
The DataRev command simply reverses the data in each trace that passes through it.

GEDCO
 1130 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

RIGHT CLICK MENU DESCRIPTION

[DataRev RMB Menu]

Command PARAMETERS
There are no parameters for DataRev command.

12 Utilities Menu

The Utilities item has the following pull-down items which perform various utility functions.

Tape Functions
Run Vista-Tape program to read, write and convert seismic data stored on disk or an attached
SCSI tape drive.

Tape Command Window

Open a window where you may control an attached SCSI tape drive (Rewind, Forward Skip, etc.)

Plot Data File

Plot any SEGY, SEG2 or SEGD data files existing on disk. (Without the need to read them into a
VISTA project).
See Interactive/Window Display 86 for description of this window.

View Data Headers

View the headers of any SEGY, SEG2 or SEGD file on disk without the need to create a VISTA
project.
See Header Window Display 367 for description.

GEDCO
 Utilities Menu 1131

View LAS Log File

Graph an input LAS Log File.

Edit LAS Log File

View/Edit an input LAS Log file

Compress SEG-Y File

Apply the Aware data compression algorithms to a SEG-Y file on disk.

Uncompress SEG-Y File

Apply the Aware data de-compression to an already compressed file.

12.1 Tape Functions

Tape Functions Overview
Tape Functions (also known as VISTA Tape) is a tape utility which can read from, write to, and copy
tapes through SCSI ports.

You need a SCSI card and the card driver (available from Seismic Image Software) to connect the
SCSI tape drive(s) to your computer.

The Tape device and SCSI card must be compatible. The SCSI card must be able to support either a
differential or single ended Tape drives.

You also need to install the latest ASPI driver (also available from Seismic Image Software) which
allows VISTA Tape to send commands to the tape drives, otherwise the tape device will not be
recognized by VISTA Tape.

Troubleshooting
If VISTA does not seem to recognize your SCSI device, check the following:

1. Does the device name appear during the CPU boot-up?

2. Is the SCSI card and device compatible as described above?
3. Is the proper driver for the SCSI card loaded?
4. Is the driver for the device loaded as desribed above?
5. Is the device terminated properly?
6. Can the SCSI card work with other tape drives?

Vista Tape Formats

Input data can have any of the following formats: SEGA, SEGB, SEGC, SEGD, SEGY and can be
read in from any device. The data can either be converted to SEGY format, or a copy o fthe data can
be made to any output device.

Vista Tape is able to support a wide variety of tape devices including 9-track tapes, and 3480, 3490,
3590. Vista Tape can support SEGA, SEGB, SEGD (8015, 8022, 8024, 8042, 8048, 8058, 8036,
8038), SEGY. Vista Tape also supports SEGB, SEGD formats written on CD ROM. If you come
across a tape format that Vista Tape seems unable to handle, please contact Seismic Image
Software Ltd. 14

Vista Tape can support tapes outputted from a variety of instruments including Sercel 368 and 388,

GEDCO
1132 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Input/Output (I/O) System One, I/O System Two, I/O System 2000, Compuseis, and RAPS.

Reference
The reference for the various tape formats is "Digital Tape Standards" published in 1997 by the SEG.

Description
The Tape Function looks like this when you first open it:

The normal sequence in performing a data conversion (ie. Demuxing SEGA, SEGB, SEGC, reading
SEGD tape, reading SEGY files), or copying data is:

1. Choose the input device by selecting a device from the drop down list. If your SCSI devices are
listed as being available during your system boot up, then should be listed in this drop down list.

2. WIth Unit Status displayed in the drop down list of tape commands, hit EXEC. This will "re-set"
the device.

3. Select either one of the SEGY, SEGD, SEGABC icons. You will be brought into the Vista Tape
Data Conversion Window. In this window, select the Input device and the Output device, and then hit
READ. You will be prompted for the input and/or output file, if you have selected disk input or output.

4. For tape copy choose the SEG GEN icon and then hit EXEC. You will be brought into the Vista
Tape Read Generic Window. In this window, select the Input device and the Output device, and then
hit READ. You will be prompted for the input and/or output file, if you have selected disk input or
output.

5. If you are converting SEGD input to SEGY disk file, shot point numbers, shot line numbers, field
station numbers, and receiver line numbers will be multiplied by 100. This is to take into account
fractional stations and line numbers of the SEGD input. When you are adding the converted SEGY
disk file into a VISTA data set, the SEGY file's trace headers must be read into VISTA using the
VISTA Tape PC Format SEGY Dictionary. This will divide the shot point numbers, shot line numbers,
field station numbers, and receiver line numbers by 100.

6. A SCSI device can only read in 64K bytes or chunks of data in one operation. These chunks of
data goes into a "bucket" of memory. The bucket needs to hold the biggest block record you have.
One block can contain many shot records.

GEDCO
 Utilities Menu 1133

The memory bucket is known as a buffer. The buffer needs to be contiguous; you need a very large
buffer for de-multiplexing. The buffer size is specified in the Tape Command Buffer line of the file
"Vistape.vdf". The file "Vistape.vdf" looks like the following:

VistaTape Default File Version: 100

Screen Update: 1
Output Type 0-PC, 1-IBM: 0
Large Cache Output(Bytes) : 2000000
Tape Command Buffer(Bytes): 60000
Multiplex Buffer(Bytes) : 60000
DeMultiplex buffer(Bytes) : 60000
Copy Tape Buffer(Bytes) : 60000
SCSI Time out Ms: 5000

In general, the settings shown above for the Vistape.vdf file should be fine for most Vista Tape
functions running under Win95/98/NT systems.

If you get an error message similar to the following while trying to execute Vista Tape:

"Could not allocate 2000000, got 400000 bytes"

You need to set the Tape Command Buffer size smaller than 400000 so that it can allocate
contiguous memory chunks of less than 400000 bytes.

For NT systems, we can get around the 1 MByte limit by using the NT system or we can use a driver
to increase the buffer size to 64MBytes. This driver is available from Seismic Image Software Ltd. 14

You may view the data buffer in several ways with Vista Tape as shown below.

See Using Tape Functions - Tape Commands 1133 , Using Tape Functions - Data Conversion 1137 .

12.1.1 Using Tape Functions - Tape Commands

First, select the input device from the drop down device list in the Tape Commands Window. You will
see options for your available SCSI tape drives as well as for Disk (SEGY) files. In addition, Tagged
Disk File and Vanguard Disk Files may also be used as an Input device.

GEDCO
1134 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Tagged disk files may be SEGA/B/C/D file that have been written to a disk device such as a CD.

In a tagged disk file, all the seismic records are contained in 1 disk file. You may then read from this
disk and convert it to SEGY or simply copy it to Tape.

In a Vanguard disk file(s), each seismic record has been written to 2 separate files: a header (*.hd)
file and a seismic data (*.sd) file. For example, a SEGD format of shot record 101 would be contained
in 2 files named File00101.hd and File00101.sd.

Next, select a VISTA Tape command from the drop down menu. Execute the displayed command by

hitting the EXEC icon, . A record of executed Tape Commands is shown in the VISTA Tape Log
Window.

The Tape Commands Window is useful for checking tape errors. If you get a tape error when you are
using the Data Conversion functions (see Using Tape Functions - Data Conversion 1137 ), you should
try to check the tape contents by using the Read Device Tape Command.

The Tape Commands of the drop down menu are:

Unit Status Sends a message to "re-set"

the device. In general you should use this command before trying to read a SCSI
device. The device name will be shown in the Tape Log window. If the input is a
disk file, you will be asked to input its name.

Load
Loads the media onto the device.

Unload On self loading devices, this will

completely unload the media.

Read Device Read the next block on the media. This won't work properly

GEDCO
 Utilities Menu 1135

for disk files.

Each time a block is read, its contents are displayed in the buffer view. You may
then view the buffer's header contents by selecting the sub-icons available from
the View Data Buffer icon, .

For
instance, the first 2 blocks of a SEGY file are the EBCDIC and Binary blocks.
Each subsequent block contain the trace headers and the seismic trace.

If
you pressed Read Device after the tape has loaded, the buffer window displays
the the EBCDIC block.

Pressing the View as SEGY Reel Header sub-icon, of the View Data Buffer
icon, the buffer will display the EBCDIC headers. View the buffer in EBCDIC by
toggling the view using the icon.

Rewind [WAIT Return]

Rewind the device and wait for it to finish before returning to the Tape Command
window. A yellow bar at the top of the screen indicates the tape is rewinding.
When the rewind is finished, you will be returned to the Tape Command Window.
You should rewind your tapes using the WAIT option instead of the Immed option.

Rewind [Immed Return]

Rewind the device immediately and return to the Tape Command window. No
status is given for the rewind operation.

Forward File Skip 1

Move the media forward one file mark (just past EOF).

Forward Block Skip 1

Move the media forward one block (one tape record ).

Reverse File Skip 1

Move the media back one file mark (just past EOF).

Reverse Block Skip 1

Move the media back one block (one tape record).

Forw/Rev File Skip #

Move the media forward a specified number of file marks. When this command is
executed, the following window opens up:

GEDCO
1136 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Forw/Rev Block Skip #

Move the media forward a specified number of blocks. When this command is
executed, the following window opens up:

Skip to EOD [End of Data]

Move the media to the end of the data.

Get Density Returns density code of the

media.

Set Density Select the density of the

media with the following dialog:

Write File Mark FMK Write an End of File Mark on the media.

Get Min/Max Block Size Returns a value for the minimum and
maximum block size on the media.

GEDCO
 Utilities Menu 1137

SCSI Bus Scan Scans and returns a listing of SCSI devices attached to your
computer.

12.1.2 Using Tape Functions - Data Conversion

Convert your data to SEGY format using one of the following icons selected in the Tape Commands
Window.

Read SEGY data and write it to a SEGY file.

Read a demultiplexed SEGD file and convert to a SEGY file.
Read a multiplexed SEGA, SEGB, SEGC file and output a demultiplexed file to SEGY format.

SEGY Read and Write

The will open the following window:

If you have selected Disk files for Input and Output, you will be prompted for their file names.
Once you have specified the Input/Output devices and the Input/Output file names, you will a dialog
similar to the following.

GEDCO
1138 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

# Files to Skip, # Files to Read, #Files to Incr. specifies the file reading sequence.
# Files to Skip:
The starting file to read.
A value of 0 says "read files beginning with the first file".
A value of 2 says "skip the first 2 files and start reading on the third file".
# Files to Read:
The number of files to read starting from the # Files to Skip file.
# Files to Incr:
The increment to use when reading files.
This should be a value of 1 or greater. An increment of 2 says "real all files, incrementing by 2
files".
Write SEGY Headers - writes a SEGY file header on the output device.
This should always be checked for the first output per reel, but may not be checked if you
want to append
traces from multi-reel or multi-file input.
Re-set Trace Counter
Check this for multi-reel or multi-file input, otherwise the trace counter will be set to "1" for
each input reel or file.

The values for Trace Start, Trace End, Trace Incr., Time Start, Time End are read from the
Input SEGY file.
You may force a time window by specifying values for Time Start, Time End.
As well, you may limit the number of sequenctial traces to input by using the Trace Start, Trace
End, Trace Incr. boxes.

For tape input, the values of Trace Start, Trace End, Trace Incr. are 1, -1, 1 respectively.
This indicates that all traces are being read in.

GEDCO
 Utilities Menu 1139

PARAMETERS This opens the following:

Screen Update Skip:

Update progress displayed on screen by the specified file increments.
An increment of 1 means the screen will be updated for every time a new record is read.

SEGY Output Format

Select between Native PC SEGY or Force IBM SEGY. IBM SEGY reverses the byte location
words.
If you are outputting data that will be used by a UNIX machine, choose IBM SEGY, otherwise
choose Native PC SEGY.
Within VISTA Tape only, the Native PC SEGY or Force IBM SEGY dictionaries the values of
the shot and receiver station numbers and shot and receiver line in the output file have
been divided by a factor of 100.

LOG File On
Check to output the specified (from using SET) log file.

DESCRIPTION opens the following dialog where you may force a data description to be read:

GEDCO
1140 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

SELECTION opens the data selection window 1187 where you can select a range of channels, shot
points, traces. etc. for input.

Upon completion of the data conversion the screen shown below will appear.

SEGD Demultiplexed Read and Write

This will read SEGD files and output SEGY files. Currently these are the SEGD
formats which are supported:

8015 De-Multiplexed, 8022 De-Multiplexed, 8024 De-Multiplexed,

8036 De-Multiplexed
8038 De-Multiplexed, 8042 De-Multiplexed, 8044 De-Multiplexed,
8048 De-Multiplexed
8058 De-Multiplexed

If you need to read in Multiplexed data, please contact Seismic Image Software Ltd
14 .

The SEGD Data Conversion window looks like this:

GEDCO
 Utilities Menu 1141

Hit READ icon to start the reading and conversion process. You will be asked to specify an output
SEGY (sgy) file.

If your selected input device is a Tagged Disk File Input or a Vanguard Disk File Input, you must
also specify the input files in addition to the output SEGY file.

To specify the input Tagged Disk File, choose one *.sgd file. All field files contained within the *.sgd
file will then be read in sequentially.

To specify the input Vanguard Disk File, choose a *.hd file. SEGY file will be output for all
subsequent files from this *.hd file. For instance, if you select File0001.hd as the input file, then all
seismic record files numbered from File0001.sd upwards will be sequentially read in.

After the input and/or output files have been specified, the Vista Tape log window will be "filled" with
information from the first shot file as shown.

GEDCO
1142 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The Read SEGD dialog will also appear as shown below.

GEDCO
 Utilities Menu 1143

# Files to Skip, # Files to Read, #Files to Incr. specifies the file reading sequence.

# Files to Skip:
The starting file to read.
A value of 0 says "read files beginning with the first file".
A value of 2 says "skip the first 2 files and start reading on the third file".

# Files to Read:
The number of files to read starting from the # Files to Skip file.

# Files to Incr:
The increment to use when reading files.
This should be a value of 1 or greater. An increment of 2 says "real all files, incrementing by 2
files".

Read ALL Traces

Refers to traces of each shot file. If you check this option, all traces of each shot file will be
read.
If this option is not selected, then you specify the number of traces to be read for each shot in the
Trace Start, Trace End, Trace Incr. boxes.

Write SEGY Headers - writes a SEGY file header on the output device.
This should always be checked for the first output per reel, but may not be checked if you want to
append traces from multi-reel or multi-file input.

Re-set Trace Counter

Check this for multi-reel or multi-file input, otherwise the trace counter will be set to "1" for
each input reel or file.

GEDCO
1144 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Time Start, Time End These 2 values specify the time window to be output.

PARAMETERS
This button will open the following dialog.

Screen Update Skip:

Update progress displayed on screen by the specified file increments.
An increment of 1 means the screen will be updated every time a new record is read.

SEGY Output Format

Select between Native PC SEGY or Force IBM SEGY. IBM SEGY reverses the byte location
words.

If you are outputting data that will be used by a UNIX machine, choose IBM SEGY, otherwise choose
Native PC SEGY.

When a SEGD file is converted to SEGY, the trace header values shot point, receiver station, shot
line, receiver line are mulitplied by 100 in the converted SEGY file. This multiplication is to account for
fractional line and station numbers.

When reading in the converted SEGY file, the shot and receiver station and line number headers must
be divided by 100. This is done for you in VISTA if you choose to use the Vista Tape PC Format
SEGY Dictionary as the Input Dictionary.

If you view the shot and line number trace headers within Vista Tape, the values of the shot and
receiver station numbers and shot and receiver line have been divided by a factor of 100.
DATA DESCRIPTION
This opens up the following box.

GEDCO
 Utilities Menu 1145

Force Data Description

Check this box if you have altered the inital default data description shown in this dialog box, and
you want to force the data to follow the description you specify in the parameter boxes Format Code,
Sample Rate, Time Length, # of Traces.

Format Code
Select a format code from the drop down list.
The choices are:
8015 De-Multiplexed, 8022 De-Multiplexed, 8024 De-Multiplexed, 8036 De-Multiplexed, 8038
De-Multiplexed, 8042 De-Multiplexed, 8044 De-Multiplexed, 8048 De-Multiplexed, 8058
De-Multiplexed

If the default values of Sample Rate, Time Length, #of Traces (per shot record) are wrong, then you
can alter them.

Ignore All AUX Channels

Check this option to NOT include auxilliary traces.
Force # of Traces/Record
Check this option to force the number of traces per record to the specified value in the #
Traces/Record box.

SELECT FILES
Select a range of shot records values (ie. Field File ID values) to be read with the following dialog.

GEDCO
1146 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The window in the above dialog shows that every second file will be input, starting with the Field File
ID number 1. You should check the If Encounter File # Greater STOP Operation box, otherwise
Vista Tape will attempt to read in all files which are numbered greater than the specified file number.

Remove a selection from the window by clicking on it and hit DELETE.

OMIT FILES
Specify the range of files numbers (based on Field File ID number) to ignore when reading in files.

The above dialog shows that Field File ID number 1 will be ignored for input.

Usually you want to omit test records (test records are usually in the range from 900 to 999).

Remove a selection from the window by clicking on it and hit DELETE.

SELECTION
Opens the data selection window 1187 where you can select a range of channels, shot points,
traces. etc. for input.

GEDCO
 Utilities Menu 1147

The example above shows that channel numbers less than 100 are selected to be read by Vista
Tape.
Upon completion of the SEGD conversion, you will see a dsiplay similar to the following:

SEGA, SEGB, SEGC Multiplexed Read and Write

GEDCO
1148 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

This option will open the following dialog.

The parameter settings box, brings up the following dialog.

Demux Data Description

Force Data Description

Check this box if you have altered the inital default data description shown in this dialog box,
and you want to force the data to follow the description you specify in the parameter boxes Sample

GEDCO
 Utilities Menu 1149

Rate, Time Length, Bytes/Scan, # of Traces..

AUX Channels
Ignore All AUX Channels Check this box to ignore auxillary traces.
Place AUX START of Record Set the auxillary traces to be placed at start of each shot record.
Place AUX END of Record Set the auxillary traces to be placed at end of each shot record.

Record Header

This gives a description of the type of SEGA, SEGB, SEGC headers for each record.

File Marker Between Records If file markers are present between records, check this option.

Headers Separate This is the default. Other choices are Headers Attached or No Headers.

Sync Description

Fix Data Sync Errors Click here here fix data sync errors.
Data sync errors may happen if the scan code is missing.
However from other information on the tape, the length of each scan is known.

Scan Code (Hex) Enter the scan code in hexadecimal format.

Start Scan (Bytes) If the Start Scan is missing, it will be replaced by this value.

Apply Gain Code Click on this box to apply gain code.

Block Multiplexed Data The data block which follows the record header may be written out in 32K
byte groups. These groups are known as blocks. Vista Tape can read blocked data by accumulating
each block until the original data block is restored. If you know your data is blocked, check this box,
otherwise accept the default.

The SELECT FILES and OMIT FILES function as described above for SEGD
conversion.

Generic Read/Write

Select this option to perform bit-to-bit copying (eg. tape copying of tape files, copying
tarred file to disk) from one tape device to another tape device, or from tape device to disk file.

Select your input and output devices from your list as shown in the example below.

Next select the button.

You will see the following dialog box.

GEDCO
 1150 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Select a Copy Mode.

Block Copy Copy blocks from sequence # to sequence # . Input values for Block
Start and Block End.

File Copy Copy files from sequence # to sequence # . Input values for File Start and
File End.

Copy Entire Input Copy entire contents of input device.

Long Block Read Check this option for reading long blocks.

Block Write (Large Data Blocks) to Output

Write out long data blocks by writing sections of data.
Max Block Size Set the maximum block size in bytes.
PARAMETERS Brings up the parameter box as explained above in SEGD conversion.

12.1.3 Top Menu Items

The top menu items in Vista Tape are shown below:

The active menu options are:

Edit|Defaults This opens the Parameters dialog. The Parameters dialog is
described in Using Tape Functions - Data Conversion 1137 .
Operation Provides another method of reaching the tape operation options.

GEDCO
 Utilities Menu 1151

Utilites View the trace headers and traces of the converted SEGY files.

Plotting a data file will bring up a window display where you may annotate the display as
explained below.

Window Select display mode of the Vista Tape windows.

GEDCO
 1152 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

12.2 Tape Command Window

First, select the input device from the drop down device list in the Tape Commands Window.
You will see options for your available SCSI tape drives as well as for Disk (SEGY) files.
In addition, Tagged Disk File and Vanguard Disk Files may also be used as an Input device.

Tagged Disk files may be SEGA/B/C/D file that have been written to a disk device such as a CD.

In a tagged disk file, all the seismic records are contained in 1 disk file.
You may then read from this disk and convert it to SEGY or simply copy it to Tape.

In a Vanguard disk file(s), each seismic record has been written to 2 separate files: a header (*.hd)
file and a seismic data (*.sd) file.
For example, a SEGD format of shot record 101 would be contained in 2 files named File00101.hd
and File00101.sd.

Next, select a VISTA Tape command from the drop down menu.

Execute the displayed command by hitting the EXEC icon, . A record of executed Tape
Commands is shown in the VISTA Tape Log Window.

The Tape Commands Window is useful for checking tape errors.

If you get a tape error when you are using the Data Conversion functions, you should try to check the
tape contents by using the
Read Device Tape Command.

GEDCO
 Utilities Menu 1153

The Tape Commands of the drop down menu are:

Unit Status
Sends a message to "re-set" the device. In general you should use this command before trying to
read a SCSI device.
The device name will be shown in the Tape Log window. If the input is a disk file, you will be
asked to input its name.
Load
Loads the media onto the device.

Unload
On self loading devices, this will completely unload the media.

Read Device
Read the next block on the media. This won't work properly for disk files.
Each time a block is read, its contents are displayed in the buffer view. You may then view the
buffer's header contents by selecting the sub- icons available from the View Data Buffer icon, .

For instance, the first 2 blocks of a SEGY file are the EBCDIC and Binary blocks. Each
subsequent block contain the trace headers and the seismic trace.
If you pressed Read Device after the tape has loaded, the buffer window displays the the
EBCDIC block.

Pressing the View as SEGY Reel Header sub-icon, of the View Data Buffer icon, the buffer
will display the EBCDIC headers.
View the buffer in EBCDIC by toggling the view using the icon.

Rewind [WAIT Return]

Rewind the device and wait for it to finish before returning to the Tape Command window. A
yellow bar at the top of the screen indicates the tape is rewinding. When the rewind is finished,
you will be returned to the Tape Command Window. You should rewind your tapes using the WAIT
option instead of the Immed option.

Rewind [Immed Return]

Rewind the device immediately and return to the Tape Command window. No status is given for
the rewind operation.

GEDCO
1154 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Forward File Skip 1

Move the media forward one file mark (just past EOF).

Forward Block Skip 1

Move the media forward one block (one tape record ).

Reverse File Skip 1

Move the media back one file mark (just past EOF).

Reverse Block Skip 1

Move the media back one block (one tape record).

Forw/Rev File Skip #

Move the media forward a specified number of file marks. When this command is executed, the
following window opens up:

Forw/Rev Block Skip #

Move the media forward a specified number of blocks. When this command is executed, the
following window opens up:

Skip to EOD [End of Data]

Move the media to the end of the EOD 68 marker on Tape.

Get Density
Returns density code of the media.

Set Density
Select the density of the media with the following dialog:

GEDCO
 Utilities Menu 1155

Write File Mark FMK

Write an End of File Mark on the media.

Get Min/Max Block Size

Returns a value for the minimum and maximum block size on the media.

SCSI Bus Scan

Scans and returns a listing of SCSI devices attached to your computer.

12.3 Plot Data File

Quickly display a SEG-Y, SEG-2 1215 , or SEG-D file(s) located on a disk drive without the task of
transferring header items associated
with creating and ADDing a NEW dataset to the Project Data List.

Firstly, select the format of the data you wish to view.

Choose either SEGY, SEG2, or SEGD.

Next select the name of the file(s) and then ADD it to the list shown in the bottom window. In the
example below, we have selected "3Dcourse.sgy" from the indicated directory ADDed it to our viewing
list (it is the only file we choose to view).

GEDCO
1156 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

In the following dialog, we next specify the input dictionary to use in translating the trace header
values.
We may also select the number of traces to view as well as a time window as well as the format of the
data
sample values (Data Type).
Usually the default values which appear in the dialog are correct.

GEDCO
 Utilities Menu 1157

For a better description of this input dialog window, see Disk File Input help 1192 .

You will see the data plotted in a window similar to the Interactive/Window Display 86 .
NOTE: This window has less controls available to the user(No Mute/Gate/First-Break Picking...)

12.4 View Data Headers

Quickly view the headers of SEGY, SEG2, or SEGD data files.
Select the input file and the Input Dictionary using the procedure described in the Plot Data File 1155 .

A window similar to the Header Window Display will appear where you will be able to view trace
header values.

NOTE: For SEG-2 data sets a different set of headers will be displayed.
The list shown is the actual headers contained in the SEG-2 file(See SEG-2 Headers 1215 for
Information).
Example of SEG-2 header display is shown below:

GEDCO
 1158 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[SEG-2 Header Display Example]

12.5 LAS Log File

The original LAS standard was introduced by the Canadian Well Logging Society in 1989.
Its intent was to standardize the organization of digital log curve information for floppy disks.
It did this very successfully and the standard is now popular worldwide.

For more information on the standard see web site: http://www.cwls.org/las_info.htm

Example LAS Format shown below:

~VERSION INFORMATION
VERS. 2.0 : CWLS LOG ASCII STANDARD -VERSION 2.0
WRAP. NO : ONE LINE PER DEPTH STEP
~WELL INFORMATION
#MNEM.UNIT DATA DESCRIPTION OF MNEMONIC
#----- ----- ---------- --------------------------
STRT .M 1670.0000 :START DEPTH
STOP .M 1669.7500 :STOP DEPTH
STEP .M -0.1250 :STEP
NULL . -999.25 :NULL VALUE
COMP . ANY OIL COMPANY INC. :COMPANY
WELL . ANY ET AL 12-34-12-34 :WELL
FLD . WILDCAT :FIELD
LOC . 12-34-12-34W5 :LOCATION
PROV . ALBERTA :PROVINCE
SRVC . ANY LOGGING COMPANY INC. :SERVICE COMPANY
DATE . 13-DEC-86 :LOG DATE

GEDCO
 Utilities Menu 1159

UWI . 100123401234W500 :UNIQUE WELL ID

~CURVE INFORMATION
#MNEM.UNIT API CODES CURVE DESCRIPTION
#----------- --------- -------------------------
DEPT .M : 1 DEPTH
DT .US/M 60 520 32 00 : 2 SONIC TRANSIT TIME
RHOB .K/M3 45 350 01 00 : 3 BULK DENSITY
NPHI .V/V 42 890 00 00 : 4 NEUTRON POROSITY
SFLU .OHMM 07 220 04 00 : 5 RXORESISTIVITY
SFLA .OHMM 07 222 01 00 : 6 SHALLOW RESISTIVITY
ILM .OHMM 07 120 44 00 : 7 MEDIUM RESISTIVITY
ILD .OHMM 07 120 46 00 : 8 DEEP RESISTIVITY
~PARAMETER INFORMATION
#MNEM.UNIT VALUE DESCRIPTION
#--------- --------- ----------------------
MUD . GEL CHEM : MUD TYPE
BHT .DEGC 35.5000 : BOTTOM HOLE TEMPERATURE
BS .MM 200.0000 : BIT SIZE
FD .K/M3 1000.0000 : FLUID DENSITY
MATR . SAND : NEUTRON MATRIX
MDEN . 2710.0000 : LOGGING MATRIX DENSITY
RMF .OHMM 0.2160 : MUD FILTRATE RESISTIVITY
DFD .K/M3 1525.0000 : DRILL FLUID DENSITY
~OTHER
Note: The logging tools became stuck at 625 metres
causing the data between 625 metres and 615 metres to be
invalid.
~A DEPTH DT RHOB NPHI SFLU SFLA ILM ILD
1670.000 123.450 2550.000 0.450 123.450 123.450 110.200 105.600
1669.875 123.450 2550.000 0.450 123.450 123.450 110.200 105.600

12.5.1 View LAS Log File

First file dialog will appear, enter name of LAS log file to view.

Next Vista LAS Input Dialog will appear as shown below:

GEDCO
1160 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Vista Input LAS Log File Dialog]

This dialog shows information on the choosen LAS log file. Use the TABS to cycle
through the various information windows. Press OK to continue.

View LAS LOG file window:

[Vista View LAS Log File Window]

GEDCO
 Utilities Menu 1161

Various options of this window are:

Open a different LAS log file.

Swap vertical and horizontal axis.
View options(See View Options 1218 ).

Use list button to display different types of

logs contained in the file.

12.5.2 Edit LAS Log File

12.6 Compress SEGY File

Compress a SEGY file using AWARE data compression.

Input SEGY File

Specify the name of the Input file to be compressed.

Output Compressed File

Specify the name of the Output Compressed File.

Compression Ratio
Specify the compression ratio. A high compression ratio may corrupt data. Accepting the default
value is suggested.

# Traces to Group for Compression

GEDCO
 1162 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Traces will be compressed group by group. The number of traces in each group is specified here.

12.7 UnCompress SEGY file

To uncompress a compressed SEGY file, select this option.

You will be asked for the name of the compressed SEGY file first and then the name of the
uncompressed SEGY file.

[Input Compressed SEG-Y file]

Final dialog will display some information on the uncompressed SEG-Y file.

GEDCO
 Utilities Menu 1163

[Uncompessed SEG-Y Information Dialog]

13 Font Menu
The font selected here will be use as the default font for various windows in VISTA.

14 Window

Arrange the appearance of the various opened or minimized VISTA windows by choosing one of the
display options.
The display options are Cascade, Tile Screen, Tile Vertically, Tile Horizontally, Maximize (the
current window).

Close All Close all opened or minimized windows.

Windows Opens the following dialog which shows a list of all opened or minimized windows.
Double click (or highlight and click ACTIVE) on a listed window description to make it the
current window.

GEDCO
1164 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Window dialog for performing display operations on windows]

The list contains all windows currently setup in Vista. If other windows are opened after opening this
dialog press REFRESH button.
The OPERATION button performs the specified operation on selected windows in the window list.
Select windows to perform a windows operation on, select the window operation and press
OPERATION button.

The DISPLAY button is used to position selected windows on the screen.

GEDCO
 Window 1165

15 Help Menu
Help Menu

Tip Of the Day Click on Tip of the Day to bring up a dialog as shown below:

GEDCO
1166 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Vista Tip of the Day Dialog]

Click on the Next Tip to see other Vista tips.

Help Contents Displays the contents of the Help file.

Help Index Displays the index of the Help file.
Help Search Allows user to search help on various topics.

Watch Vista Movies Will allow user to select one of the Vista installed Movies to view.
The program expects the movies to exist in a directory off of the install directory.

Load Tutorial Projects Will allow the user to load one of the Vista installed Tutorial Projects.
Check out the help on the installed Tutorial Vista Projects 1335 .

Check for Program Updates Will allow the user to download program updates.
The following dialog appears:

[Vista Update Dialog]

Automatically Check once per day If checked program when started uup will automatically
check for any updates.
Updates can be composed of updates to Vista EXE, program files and/or Help file updates.
If updates are available a dialog will appear which allows the user to choose which updates to
download and install.

GEDCO
 Help Menu 1167

[Vista Update window]

NOTE: Some programs and Operating systems will block Vista from checking
for Updates.
Please make note to allow Vista to update from GEDCO's web site.
About
Bring up information related to GEDCO contact, license and GEDCO Vista news from our
web site.

[VISTA About Box Information]

GEDCO
1168 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VISTA About Box License Information]

GEDCO VISTA NEWS

[GEDCO VISTA Support / News]

GEDCO
 Help Menu 1169

16 Miscellaneous
16.1 Add New Notes

This opens a text editable box where you can enter descriptive notes about the display.
The box is movable and scalable. To remove the notes box, right click on it.
The right mouse click menu 103 will appear, then select the item 'DELETE Pasted Note'.

Example Pasted Note in Seismic Window Display.

[Pasted Note Example]

16.2 Adding multiple files to a single data set

Adding multiple files to a single data set may be accomplished by at least 2 methods.

The first method involves adding files to a data set with the use of the N, +, - 53 icons and is useful
when you are adding files to a new data set in the Project Data List. After using the 'N' icon to define
a new data set, click on the '+' icon followed by SEGY (or other types) to bring up the Input Seismic
Files Dialog as shown below and select the multiple files to be inputted.

GEDCO
1170 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Input Seismic Data Files - Multiple Selection]

After opening the selected files the

[Input Seismic Data Files(s) Spreadsheet Dialog]

It is important to note that the sample rates should be the same for all data sets. One can also
select a DICTIONARY other than the Standard SEG-Y Dictionary in column three. In this case the
Disk File Input Dialog is not shown.

At the completion of the above step the minimum/maximum values spreadsheet for the Vista
Headers is displayed.

A Second Method for Multiple Input Files

The second method involves using the Data File Tools 45 . In this tool bar, choose the '+' icon to
add additional data files to a data set as discussed above. The Input Seismic Data Files Spreadsheet
opens for review of the input data. Clicking OK inserts the selected files into the Data File Tools
spreadsheet as shown below. This method is suitable for adding files to an existing data set in the

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1171

Project Data List. The example shown below consists of 2 data files. Both these files are added to a
single Vista data set

[Data File Tools Spreadsheet after Insertion of Multiple Files]

16.3 Axis Right Click Menu

Enter topic text here.

16.4 Bin Grid Dialog - 2D

2D Bin Grid layout parameter dialog:

Parameters Tab

GEDCO
1172 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[2-D Bin Grid Dialog - Parameters Tab]

Bin Spacing
Enter In-line and X-line (cross-line) bin spacing.
The natural in-line bin spacing is one-half the receiver station spacing.
Cross-line spacing should be at least equal to the in-line value.
This setting may be locked by clicking on Lock Spacing.

Total Grid Length

The dimensions of the binned line in the In-Line and cross-line (X-Line) directions.

Grid Azimuth
The in-line azimuth (Degrees). This setting may be locked by clicking on Lock Azimuth.

Grid Origin
The coordinates of one of the corners of the first bin.

Grid Origin Offset

Offset the bin grid with in-line and cross-line values.

Center Stations on Bins

Choose to centre your bins around the receiver stations in the in-line (Center on In-Line)
and cross line (Center on X-Line) directions so that midpoints fall in the center of each bin.
For 2D lines, you should choose to center on X-line.
One may have to experiment to find the setting for the in-line direction.

Auto-Calculate

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1173

Normally, to calculate your bin grid, you click Auto-Calculate.

The bin parameters will then be calculated automatically. Origin orientation used for 3-D
only.
If you edit any of the above describe parameters, you must then press Auto-Calculate so
that the
bin grid automatically calculated while still honouring your edited values.

Display Tab

[2-D Bin Grid Dialog - Display Tab]

Grid Appearance

Display Bin Grid

Toggle display of bin grid.

Line Width:
Bin Grid Line Width setting and the line color can be set with the color bar.

Load/Save Tab

GEDCO
 1174 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[2-D Bin Grid Dialog - Load/Save Tab]

Load/Save Bin Information

LOAD
Opens a standard Windows file open dialog to load the grid information. File extension is
*.grid.

SAVE
Opens a standard Windows File save dialog to save the grid information. File extension is
*.grid.

16.5 Bin Grid Dialog - 3D

3D Bin Grid layout parameter dialog:

Parameters Tab

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1175

[3-D Bin Grid Dialog - Parameters Tab]

Bin Spacing
Enter In-line and X-line (cross-line) bin spacing.
The natural in-line bin spacing is one-half the receiver station spacing.
Cross-line spacing should be at least equal to the in-line value.
This setting may be locked by clicking on Lock Spacing.

Total Grid Length

The dimensions of the binned line in the In-Line and cross-line (X-Line) directions.

Grid Azimuth
The in-line azimuth (Degrees). This setting may be locked by clicking on Lock Azimuth.

Grid Origin
The coordinates of one of the corners of the first bin.

Grid Origin Offset

Offset the bin grid with in-line and cross-line values.

Center Stations on Bins

Choose to centre your bins around the receiver stations in the in-line (Center on In-Line)
and cross line (Center on X-Line) directions so that midpoints fall in the center of each bin.
For 2D lines, you should choose to center on X-line.
One may have to experiment to find the setting for the in-line direction.

Auto-Calculate

GEDCO
1176 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Normally, to calculate your bin grid, you click Auto-Calculate.

The bin parameters will then be calculated automatically. Origin orientation used for 3-D
only.
If you edit any of the above describe parameters, you must then press Auto-Calculate so
that the
bin grid automatically calculated while still honouring your edited values.

Numbering Tab

[3-D Bin Grid Dialog - Numbering Tab]

Bin Numbering
Set options for bin numbering.

Reverse In-Line/X-Line Numbering

Checking this option reverses the bin numbering.

Start In-Line #
Set the In-Line bin numbering value.

Start X-Line #
Set the X-Line bin numbering value.

Display Tab

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1177

[3-D Bin Grid Dialog - Display Tab]

Grid Appearance

Display Bin Grid

Toggle display of bin grid.

Line Width:
Bin Grid Line Width setting and the line color can be set with the color bar.

Load/Save Tab

GEDCO
 1178 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[3-D Bin Grid Dialog - Load/Save Tab]

Load/Save Bin Information

LOAD
Opens a standard Windows file open dialog to load the grid information. File extension is
*.grid.

SAVE
Opens a standard Windows File save dialog to save the grid information. File extension is
*.grid.

16.6 Color Bar Overview

A color scale (vertical color bar at the left hand side) is present with many of the display windows in
VISTA..

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1179

[Color bar display]

The color bar palette may be edited, saved and assigned to seismic window displays.
The list of color bars for VISTA projects maybe view or altered through the Project color bar 62 list
menu.
Also the user may load pre-defined color bars, by accessing the color-bar menu(Right Clicking).

Double-Click on a color level to set the color, double click in the window(Outside the Color Legend) to
access the Color Bar Dialog.
This leads you to a series of menus best explained by the following diagrams.

The color scales will normally default to the maximum value that has to be displayed.
To achieve a consistent color scale, you must lock the color scale.
This means that no matter what you are displaying, any particular color always applies to the same
range of values.
Any changes to edit fields auto instantly reflected in the color bar display.

Settings Tab

GEDCO
1180 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

You can alter the Minimum and Maximum values to be displayed by the color scale.
You can also set the number of Levels (number of color) to use.
The two buttons "<<" and ">>" can change the number of decimal digits appearing on the
color scale annotation.
When Lock Levels is on the color bar values will not be altered by the program. ie: They are
locked.
Locked colours are selected as discussed below and are indicated by an 'X' through the
colour box (see below).

Locked color levels used for Interpolating colors.

Reverse the order of colours in the current colour bar.
Interpolate colours between locked colours of the current colour bar.

Display Tab

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1181

Enter title of color bar.

Display type, choose one of three:
Linear Display Color change linearly with the function value.
Percent Display Color Scale is annotated from 0 to 100%.
dB Display Use the color bar in a logarithmic sense. The first color and maximum
value is set to 0 dB.
The last color is set to the value stated in the color-bar dialog (default
-60).

Read/Write Tab

Read or write the current definition of the color bar to a file. Can also read in a color bar definition
file.

Color bar List Tab

GEDCO
1182 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Allows access to any of the default VISTA color bars.

A list of pre-supplied color schemes is given. Choose one to change the colors in the color bar.

Modifying Colors of the Color Scale

Double clicking on individual colours of the colour scale will bring up the following.

[Set colour dialog with interpolation and Min, Max options]

Modify a colour by sliding the bar for the Red, Green, or Blue. Or simply click on one of the
supplied colours.

Specify the range of values assigned to this colour with values for Min. and Max.
Lock this colour for interpolation by checking Interpolation Lock
OR
Can right-mouse button click on color in the color bar dialog will also lock it.

Colors locked for interpolation will have a 'X' appearance in the colour scale, .

Right Mouse button click in a color bar brings up the following menu:

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1183

Color-Bar Dialog Brings up the standard color bar dialog shown immediately above.

Read Palette Lets you read a disk file containing a different color palette.
Write Palette Save the current color scheme to a disk file (color palette).

Alter Levels Brings up the ALTER dialog documented immediately above.

Reverse Color Reverses the color - same as REVERSE in the color bar dialog.
Reverse Levels Switch Minimum and Maximum values.

Mouse Mode

Rotate Colors
Can alter the range of the mouse colors by pressing the mouse button in the color bar
and dragging an arrow in the display.
This will rotate the colors selected. Example is shown below:

GEDCO
1184 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1185

16.7 Color Set Window

Color Set Window

[Standard Windows Color Set Dialog]

Use the Color Dialog to set the choosen color.

16.8 Contour Display Dialog

Contour Display Parameters
Controls contour display in various windows in Vista(Attribute Window, Velocity Semblance, ..)
Opens up the following dialog.

GEDCO
1186 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Attribute Contour Options Dialog]

Set type of contour display:

Step Display contours using step value to define interval.
Specfic Contour a specified range of values.
Boundary Contour a range of values.

Set Line Width/Color of contour in View.

Display showing contour display in attribute window.

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1187

[Attribute Window with Contour lines]

16.9 Data/Header Selection Spread Sheet

Use this spread sheet to select data traces based on trace header values.

For instance, if one needs to delete all traces with an offset greater than a certain value. One could
view all shot records in offset order and manually pick the traces that have an offset greater than this
certain value, but a more efficient method would be to select all traces that have an offset greater than
this value in the Data Selection spreadsheet.

The Data/Header Selection spreadsheet examples shown below were accessed from the Seismic
Window Display ->Pick Data Kills ->Define Kill Selection on the Kill Trace toolbar, however the
function of the Data Selection spreadsheet is identical from wherever it was accessed from VISTA.

GEDCO
1188 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Data/Header Selection Spread Sheet]

Data/Header Selection Toolbar Icons:

OK-EXIT and Save Selection(s) -Exit the Data\Header Selection window and save the
currently defined selections.

CANCEL-EXIT Do Not Save Selection - Exit the Data Selection and do not keep defined
selections.

View ALL Selections Shot/Receiver/Bin/Filter - View all data selections.

View Shot Selection Spread-Sheet - Opens a view of shot selection spreadsheet.

View Receiver Selection Spread-Sheet - Opens a view of receiver selection spreadsheet.

View CMP Bin Selection Spread-Sheet - Opens a view of bin CMP selection spreadsheet.

View Trace Header Filter Spread-Sheet - Opens a view of the Filter selection spreadsheet.
This spreadsheet allows you to select header items on the basis of logical tests.

Add a Selection - Adds a selection that can be edited - It is necessary for one of the above
selection spreadsheets to be opened for this feature to work.

Reset Currently Defined Selections - Delete selections with the two sub-icons choices below:
Delete ALL Currently Defined Selections - Deletes ALL current defined selections
whether or not you are in a selection spreadsheet. This is a global delete.

Delete ONLY Selected - Deletes a highlighted selection row - one of the above selection
spreadsheets must be open. A row is highlighted by clicking the row RECORD #.

The following 2 icons

Receive Selection Range - Receives a Broadcast Selection Range (GET).
Broadcast Selection Range - Sends a Broadcast Selection Range (PUT).

These icons enable one to transfer selections made from one Data Selection Spreadsheet or
Interactive Attribute Window Display to another Data Selection Spreadsheet or Interactive Attribute

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1189

Window Display or view the selections in the Seismic Display Window.

For example, to transfer selections from a Data Selection Spreadsheet to a second Data Selection
Spreadsheet, hit the Send a Broadcast Selection Range icon in the first Spreadsheet. Next open a
second Data Selection Spreadsheet and within it, choose the Receive a Broadcast Selection Range.
Data from the first Data Selection Spreadsheet will automatically be transferred to the second Data
Selection Spreadsheet.

An Example on How to Use the Data Selection Spreadsheet

To select all traces of shot point number 18, one opens or views the shot selection spreadsheet by
selecting the View Shot Selection Spread-Sheet icon.

[Shot Selection Spreadsheet]

Next click on the Add a Selection icon to add a selection row. One will see the following:

[Shot Selection Spreadsheet with One Selection]

Edit both the SHOT STN-FROM and SHOT STN-TO values to be 18 as shown below.

[Shot Selection Spreadsheet with One Edited Selection]

Press the OK-Exit and Save Selection(s) icon in the Data Selection Spreadsheet to save the
selections and exit this window.

Examples using Trace Header Filter Selection

GEDCO
1190 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[First Example of Header Filter Selection]

In the first example above, one can see 3 header selections, which one reads as follows:

FIELD_RECORD_NO greater than or equal to 21, if the NOT logic is not applied.
OFFSET_SH_REC greater than or equal to 500.
CMP_NO greater than 51.
The Header Items are chosen by right clicking on the desired Header Item and selecting the Header
Item from the drop down list by double clicking the Header selection.

For multiple filter selections as shown above one relates each header word by AND or OR and NOT
logic.
AND means all selections specified by AND must be concurrently be true in order for traces to be
selected.
OR means at least one of the selections specified by OR must be true in order for traces to be
selected.
These selections can have NOT logic applied used the 2nd column logic selections.

Another example of Filter Selection is presented below:

[Second Example of Header Filter Selection]

The above filter consists of 2 OR filters and 1 AND filter.

It says:
Select traces that lie within the SHOT_POINT_NO range 10 to 100 inclusive and that also lie
within either the 2 OR filters ranges.
If there are no traces with SHOT_POINT_NO values within the specified range of the AND filter,
no traces will be select.
If there are traces with SHOT_POINT_NO values that lie within the specified range of the AND
filter these will be selected
after also being filtered by the 2 OR statements.

A final example of Header Filter Selection is presented below:

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1191

[Third Example of Header Filter Selection]

The above filter performs as follows:

Select traces that have SHOT_POINT_NO values between 10 and 110 inclusive and also have
CHANNEL_NO values between 60 and 80.

If there are traces which meet the 2 AND filters conditions concurrently then they will be evaluated by
the 2 OR filters and then selected.

Of course, hit OK to exit and save the selections.

16.10 Design Window Dialog

Design Window Dialog
Many flow commands make use of the Design Window dialog as show below:

The dialog is used to define a time window on a seismic data trace.

The options are:

Entire Trace
Use the entire length of the trace for this command.

Fixed Window
Use a fixed time window defined by Start and End window times for the command.

Time-Gate File
Use a Time-Gate File to define the time windows.
Time-Gate file is designed in the seismic window display using the Time Gate Analysis toolbar
167 .

GEDCO
 1192 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

16.11 Disk File Input Dialog

Disk file input for SEGY data.
Anytime an input from disk of a seismic data file(SEG-Y, and other formats) is required the following
dialog will appear:

[Input SEG-Y/SEG-2/GENERIC .... Dialog Window]

The dialog allows the user to view information on the input disk file.

Reel Header Tab

Displays the input disk files Reel Header, if it has one which the Tutorial A does not
.

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1193

[Input SEG-Y Seismic Data File Dialog - Reel Header Tab]

Reel Header Size Default to 3200 (For SEG-Y) enter an other value if different size.
EBCDIC/ASCII format for the reel header. The list box displays the reel header, box can be scrolled
to view entire contents.

Binary Header Tab

Displays the input disk files Binary Header, if it has one.

GEDCO
1194 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Input SEG-Y Seismic Data File Dialog - Binary Header Tab]

Binary Header Size Enter size of binary reel header record.(Default is 400 for SEG-Y).
Byte Swap the binary header if required.

Trace Header Tab

Displays the input disk files trace header values.

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1195

[Input SEG-Y Seismic Data File Dialog - Trace Header Tab]

Trace Header Dictionary Choose the dictionary to use to map the trace headers from the drop down
menu.
Scroll bar allows viewing of all the trace headers (Using the chosen dictionary).
The list box contains the values of the current trace header as mapped with the chosen dictionary.

Data Info Tab

Displays the input disk files data records.

GEDCO
1196 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Input SEG-Y Seismic Data File Dialog - Trace Header Tab]

Data Type Choose the data type format of the trace records.
Byte Swap Set byte swap if data in trace records are not in PC format (Little-Endian).
The graph can be zoomed and scrolled like any other VISTA graph window.

Header Spreadsheet Tab

Displays the header spreadsheet for the selected Dictionary. Header values as columns and
trance numbers as rows as shown below.

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1197

[Input SEG-Y Seismic Data File Dialog - Header Spreadsheet Tab]

The data can be reviewed by scrolling through both the header values and the trace numbers.

Histogram Tab
Displays a Histogram of all the selected trace amplitudes as shown below.

GEDCO
1198 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Input SEG-Y Seismic Data File Dialog - Histogram Tab]

Data Type Choose the data type format of the trace records.
Byte Swap Set byte swap if data in trace records are not in PC format (Little-Endian).
Number of Traces Input the number of traces to base the Histogram on.
RECALC This button recalculates the Histograms after changing the number of traces parameter.

If disk file input is SEG2 data some Tab Dialog will be different.

SEG-2 Info Tab

Displays the Data File name and path, and the File Description parameters.

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1199

[SEG2 Disk Input Dialog - SEG-2 Info Tab]

SEG-2 Notes Header Tab

Displays the SEG2 notes record. In this sample the header is empty.

GEDCO
1200 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[SEG2 Disk Input Dialog - SEG-2 Notes Header Tab]

SEG-2 Trace Header Tab

The SEG2 Trace header unlike the SEGY displays the actual SEG2 header records for each
trace as shown below.

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1201

[SEG2 Disk Input Dialog - SEG-2 Trace Header Tab]

Note that the Trace Header Dictionary and Trace Header Size are deactivated for the SET-2 data.

SEG-2 Data Info Tab

Displays the input disk files data records. Note that the

GEDCO
1202 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[SEG2 Disk Input Dialog - SEG-2 Data Info Tab]

Note that the Data Type is fixed for the SEG-2 data.

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1203

16.12 Linear Moveout (LMO)

Linear Moveout Function definition Dialog.

NOTE: When picking 2D data sets, user can pick seperate LMO velocity functions for positive
and negative offsets.

NEW
Add 1 or more LMO functions to your dataset by clicking on NEW then specifying the X-Location
and Y-Location for the LMO function.
Automatically defined when using the Seismic Mouse Modes 112 in Seismic Window Display 86 .

<< >>
Scroll through the LMO function list by pressing the << and >> buttons.

DELETE
Press DELETE to remove the current LMO function.

WRITE
The current LMO functions to a file and READ it for editing or to use for later LMO functions.

NEW PAIR
Add velocity-offset pairs to a LMO function by clicking on NEW PAIR to bring up the
Linear Moveout Velocity dialog box shown below.

GEDCO
 1204 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

With this box you enter a Refractor Velocity and the Max Offset Refractor to which this velocity
applies.
Edit an existing velocity-offset pair by double-clicking on it to bring up the dialog box as shown on
the right.

REMOVE PAIR
Remove a velocity-offset pair by clicking on REMOVE PAIR.

LMO Time Shift

Time shift the LMO corrected breaks for each velocity-offset pair by the amount entered in the
LMO Time Shift box.

ADD PAIR
Click ADD PAIR to add a velocity-offset pair. Click on REMOVE PAIR to remove a velocity-offset
pair.
Edit a velocity-offset pair by double-clicking on it. When you click on ADD PAIR or select a pair
for editing the following box appears.

To use the LMO box, type in the new X and Y locations, then hit NEW.
Then specify velocity - offset pairs by using the NEW PAIR button.
Use the arrow keys << and >> to scroll along coordinate locations.
Save the LMO function to a file by using the WRITE button, and read it in by using the READ button.

Double click on a listed velocity and offset pair to edit it.

Shift your data after LMO application by specifying a value for LMO Time Shift.

A simpler method of specifying LMO functions is to use the right mouse menu Seismic Mouse
Modes 112 in the Seismic Display Window.

16.13 McSEIS Data

Enter topic text here.

16.14 Shot/Receiver Display Parameters

Shot Default Options and Receiver Default Options bring up the following options box to display
shot and receiver stations in the Geometry Window Display and the Attribute Window Display.

Station Symbols

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1205

Symbols
Symbol Style Display type for the station.
Draw Symbols Display the station symbols.
Symbol Size Size of the station symbol in project units(Feet or Meters).
Draw Lines Display the station lines..
Symbol Size Size of the line thickness in project units(Feet or Meters).

Set the color of station.

Set the color of selected stations.

Set the color of excluded stations.

Set color of stations included in a shot template.

Set color of duplicate stations.

Stn Labels

GEDCO
1206 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Station Labels
Draw Station labels Display labels for a station.

Set font size(Survey units feet or meters) and color of labels.

Position the labels on the station according to the justify and position settings.
Use line and station increments to set the frequency of the labels.

Line Labels

Line Labels
Draw Line labels Display line labels for a line.

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1207

Set font size(Survey units feet or meters) and color of line labels.
Position the line labels on the at start or end of the lines.
Use line increments to set the frequency of the line labels.

Duplicate Stations

Check for Duplicate Stations Turn on ability to detect and display duplicate stations.
Threshold Determines station threshold for station to be declared as duplicate.
Size Multiplier Display size of duplicate stations.

16.15 Seismic Graph Display

Seismic graph display windows, display multiple data traces in graph form and examine the trace(s)
frequency content.

GEDCO
1208 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Seismic graph Display Window]

Can get to this through Output flow command 710 .

By specifying this option in the Interactive/Window Display 86 .
Or when creating data traces through the Interactive Create Data 449 Set Menu.

Options are:
Graph Parameters
Graph options for the display.
Add New Note
Add pasted notes 1169 to the display window.

/ Graph Items SEPARATELY/Graph Items COMBINED

Toggle display only single trace or all selected traces.

Toggle Frequency Display

Toggles on/off the frequency display of the graphed items.

View Options 1218

Multiple view, snap shots, and print, plot options for the display.

Graph display window options dialog shown below:

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1209

Multiple or Single Trace Display:

If one has more than one trace, the traces will then be plotted as a graph as shown below.

[Multiple Trace Display: Graph of several traces; average trace is colored blue.]

In this graph, each trace is colored. The average trace will be displayed in both cases.
Use the scroll bar to view an individual trace within a multiple trace display. Control the line
thicknesses, symbol annotation and color with the graph parameters icon.
Select View Options with the View Options 1218 icon.
Use the icon to Add New Notes 1169 to the graph.

Single Trace Display:

If the graph window has only one trace, the trace will then be plotted as a graph as shown below.

GEDCO
1210 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Graph of single trace]

Control the line thicknesses, symbol annotation and colour with the icon.
Select View Options with the View Options 1218 icon.
Use the icon to Add New Notes 1169 to the graph.

Frequency Display:
Clicking on the Toggle Frequency Display icon opens a two pane window with the graph on the
left and the frequency display on the right as shown below:

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1211

[Frequency Display Graph Window]

The frequency display on the right above provides Amplitude and Phase in Degrees. In the above
display a single trace and average trace is shown.

See subsection Seismic Graph Display Right Mouse Button 1211 for the various options for the
Graph Display and the Frequency Display.

16.15.1 Graph Display Right Mouse Button

Add New Notes 1169 The Seismic Graph Display Right Mouse Button has one set of options for the
standard graph and then has expanded options with the added Frequency display.

Graph Seismic Trace Right Mouse Button:

GEDCO
1212 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Graph Trace Right Mouse Button Menu]

Add Pasted Note

Add New Notes 1169 to the graph window.
Mouse Mode
The Mouse Mode has two options:
Zoom Mouse
Standard zoom mouse (Default) for zooming Seismic Window View.
Pan Mouse
When set on, holding left mouse button down allow mouse movement to 'PAN'
the display.
Graph Windows Sync
The Graph Window Sync has three options:
Sync TIME Window
Will synchronize all other Graph displays to the current window time axis.
Sync Amplitude
Will synchronize all other Graph displays to the current window amplitude axis.
Seismic Window Display
Opens the current Seismic Window Display 86 .
View/Edit Seismic Headers
Opens the Seismic Header View/Edit 367 Window.
Geometry Binning Display
Opens the Geometry Window Display 323 spreadsheet.
Seismic Attribute Display
Opens the Attribute Window Display 284 .
Graph Parameters
Opens the Graph Seismic Trace Plot Parameter dialog.
Display Grid
Toggles on/off the Graph Display grid. Default is on.
dB Graph Display
Displays the amplitude on a decibel scale.

Graph-Frequency Seismic Trace Right Mouse Button:

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1213

[Graph-Frequency Trace Right Mouse Button Menu]

The following items are in addition to the Graph Display Right Mouse Button.

Amplitude Graph Parameters

Opens the Amplitude Spectrum Display Options dialog for setting the amplitude spectrum
plot display parameters.
Phase Graph Parameters
Opens the Phase Spectrum Display Options dialog for setting the phase spectrum plot
display parameters.
Display Frequency Graph Grid
Toggles on/off the Frequency graph grids.
Display Power Spectrum
Toggles on/off the frequency spectrum graphs as a Power Spectrum.
dB Amplitude Frequency Display
Toggles on/off the frequency spectrum in decibels.
Display All Traces
Toggles on/off all selected traces in both the graph and the frequency display.
Display Average Trace
Toggles on/off the average of the selected traces as one trace in the graph window pane.
Display Freq. Average Trace
Toggles on/off the average of the selected traces as one trace in the frequency spectrum
window pane.
Displays NO Trace(s)
Toggles off/on the trace(s) in the graph window pane. Note that the average trace
remains if this option has been selected.
Color-Bar Visible
Toggles on/off the Trace # color bar. Used when Display All Traces.

GEDCO
 1214 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

16.16 Spread Sheet Displays

Spread sheets are used in Vista in a number of windows.
In the input Project Data List 38 to display the data information of a project.

They are used to choose inputs for various interactive commands.

Also used to display trace header information in the Header/View Window 367 .

Keys for moving and scrolling in a spread sheet.

Press Action
Arrow Keys Move one cell up, down, left or right.
PAGE DOWN Move down one screen.
PAGE UP Move up one screen.
CTRL+HOME Move to beginning of spread sheet.
CTRL+END Move to end of spread sheet.
TAB Move to next cell on row.
SHIFT+TAB Move to previous cell on row.

When the spread sheet is editable then the Right-Mouse Button can be used.
The right-mouse button menu is displayed by clicking in a cell with the right-mouse button.

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1215

Right-Mouse button Spread Sheet menu.

Cut - Cut/Remove the selected text from the cell.
Copy - Copy the currently selected text to the Windows Clip Board.
Paste - Copy the current Windows Clip Board text to the selected cell(Selected text will be
over-written).
Select All - Select all the text in the cell.

16.17 Supported Seismic Data Files

In the Project Data List Window 38 the program supports a number of different file formats that can
be added into the project.

SEG-Y - Standard SEGY.

SEG-1/SEG-2 - Another of format created by some field instruments.
SU - Seismic Unix.
McSeis - Another type of field disk format.
Generic- User can setup the format type.
X
Mirf - Avalon format disk files.

16.17.1 SEG-2 Format

Data acquired by portable engineering seismographs are commonly stored on a hard disk in SEG-2
format.

Vista assigns SEG-2 keywords to VISTA headers using the SEG-2 dictionary which is listed in the
ASCII file called "Vistawin.se2".
This is an entirely different mapping then what is used for SEG-Y/SEG-D header mappings.

A listing of "Vistawin.se2" follows.

The first part of the file shows the VISTA headers that are assigned values from the SEG2 keywords.
The second part of the file lists the keywords of a SEG2 file.

For instance, note that the SEG2 keyword ALIAS_FILTER has 2 values.
The <frequency> and <slope> associated with it.

VISTA will use the SEG2 dictionary and assign the <frequency> value to VISTA header word # 51
(from the VISTA Header file called "Vistahed.vwi") which is ALIAS_FILTER_FREQ.
VISTA will use the SEG2 dictionary and assign the <slope> value to VISTA header word # 52 which is
ALIAS_FILTER_SLOPE.

GEDCO
1216 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

42
ALIAS_FILTER 51 0
ALIAS_FILTER 52 1
AMPLITUDE_RECOVERY -1 0
BAND_REJECT_FILTER -1 0
CDP_NUMBER 5 0
CDP_TRACE 6 0
CHANNEL_NUMBER 0 0
CHANNEL_NUMBER 3 0
DATUM 15 0
DATUM 16 0
DELAY 33 0
DESCALING_FACTOR -1 0
DIGITAL_BAND_REJECT_FILTER -1 0
DIGITAL_HIGH_CUT_FILTER 56 0
DIGITAL_LOW_CUT_FILTER 55 0
END_OF_GROUP -1 0
FIXED_GAIN 41 0
HIGH_CUT_FILTER 58 0
LINE_ID -1 0
LOW_CUT_FILTER 57 0
NOTCH_FREQUENCY -1 0
POLARITY -1 0
RAW_RECORD 2 0
RECEIVER_GEOMETRY 23 0
RECEIVER_GEOMETRY 24 1
RECEIVER_LOCATION 23 0
RECEIVER_LOCATION 24 1
RECEIVER_SPECS 0 -1
RECEIVER_STATION_NUMBER 70 0
SAMPLE_INTERVAL 39 0
SKEW -1 0
SOURCE_GEOMETRY 21 0
SOURCE_GEOMETRY 22 1
SOURCE_LOCATION 21 0
SOURCE_LOCATION 21 1
SOURCE_STATION_NUMBER 4 0
STACK 8 0
STATIC_CORRECTIONS 30 0
STATIC_CORRECTIONS 31 1
STATIC_CORRECTIONS 32 2
TRACE_TYPE 7 0
NOTE 36 0

ALIAS_FILTER <freq> <slope>

AMPLITUDE_RECOVERY <method> <parameters list>
NONE/AGC/SPHERICAL_DIVERGENCE/... <Params>
BAND_REJECT_FILTER <lp freq> <lp slope> <hp freq> <hp slope>
CDP_NUMBER <value>
CDP_TRACE <value>
CHANNEL_NUMBER <Value>
DATUM <Value>
DELAY <Value> Time in seconds of delay.
DESCALING_FACTOR <value> Used to determine the voltage:
Voltage = data_point * DESCALING_FACTOR / STACK
DIGITAL_BAND_REJECT_FILTER <lp freq> <lp slope> <hp freq> <hp slope>

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1217

DIGITAL_HIGH_CUT_FILTER <freq> <slope>

DIGITAL_LOW_CUT_FILTER <freq> <slope>
END_OF_GROUP <Value 0 or 1>
FIXED_GAIN <value>
HIGH_CUT_FILTER <freq> <Slope>
0 - No high cut.
LINE_ID <Char string>
LOW_CUT_FILTER <freq> <Slope>
NOTCH_FREQUENCY <value>
POLARITY < 1 or -1>
RAW_RECORD <File Name> File name(& extensions) of the raw record.
RECEIVER <Type> <# recvs per group>
VERTICAL_GEOPHONE
SH_HORIZONTAL_GEOPHONE
SV_HORIZONTAL_GEOPHONE
ACCELEROMETER, ANTENNA
RECEIVER_GEOMETRY [n] <x-value> [ <y-value> <z-value>]
Location of nth receiver in group is.
RECEIVER_LOCATION <x-value> [ <y-value> <z-value> ]
Location of the center of receiver group.
RECEIVER_SPECS <Manufacture name> <Model number or Freq.>
RECEIVER_STATION_NUMBER <value>
SAMPLE_INTERVAL < SR in seconds>
SKEW <Value>
SOURCE <source> <parameter list>
HAMMER, WEIGHT_DROP, GUN, DYNAMITE, VIBRATOR,...
SOURCE_GEOMETRY [n/N] <x-value> [ <y-value> <z-value>]
Location of nth element of a source array(Consisting of N elements).
SOURCE_LOCATION <x-value> [ <y-value> <z-value> ]
Location of the source(Or center of source array).
SOURCE_STATION_NUMBER <value>
STACK <value> Stack count for this trace.
STATIC_CORRECTIONS <source static> <receiver static> <Total correction static>
TRACE_TYPE <trace type>
SEISMIC_DATA, DEAD, TEST_DATA, UPHOLE, RADAR_DATA
NOTE <text>

16.17.2 SEG-Y Format

The SEG-Y format is one of several tape standards developed by the Society of Exploration
Geophysicists (SEG). It is the most common format used for seismic data in the exploration and
production industry. Many different variations of SEG-Y exist based on the original definition.
SEG technical definition can be found at the SEG website: http://www.seg.org/publications/tech-stand/

The SEG-Y format consists of a 3200 byte block of EBCDIC(Or ASCII) Reel Header and a 400 Byte
Binary header.
This Reel Identification header is then followed by the demultiplexed trace data.

The trace data is made up of a 240 byte trace header and the data samples.

SEG-Y Format:
a 3200-byte EBCDIC descriptive reel header record
a 400-byte binary reel header record

Trace records consisting of a 240-byte binary trace header and trace data follows.

GEDCO
 1218 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

16.17.3 SU - Seismic Unix Format

The Seismic Unix SU data format is based on the trace portion of the SEG-Y format. The primary
difference between the SEGY traces and SU traces is that the data portion of the SU format are
floats, written in the native binary float format of the machine you are running SU on. SU data consists
of the SEGY traces only
The EBCDIC and binary Reel headers of SEG-Y are not part of SU.

16.18 View Tools

The operation of the View Options is standard in all display windows where this icon appears.
Most, if not all of the Viewing options, are available in all display windows where this icon appears.
Refresh current screen display.
Full unzoom of the current screen display.
Double window area, ie. zoom out by 2 times.

Half window area, ie. zoom in by 2 times.

Make multi-screen capture of current sort. Data must be displayed in some sort order,
eg. shot, CMP,
in-line, and each ensemble will be screen captured. You will be asked to confirm creation
of movie.
After the snapshot of the last ensemble, the snapshot viewer (see below) will open where
you may run
the movie.
NOTE: Only available in Seismic Window Display 86 .

For example, if we have a line of 20 shots (shot20.sgy), and we display it in the Seismic
Window Display in Shot Order, then using this first (from left to right) Snapshot icon will
create 20 snapshots - one for each shot in the line. For that same line, if the data were ordered in
CMP Sorted Mode, we would create 281 snapshots (this is the number of CMP's in the line).

There is a header word called PANEL_TEST_COUNT. When you run the Filter Panel
process,
FilterPa 819 , this header word is created. If you use this word as a Sort Index, you will be
able to create "movies" of
your Filter Panel Tests.

Take a single snapshot of the current screen display.

You may make a movie by taking snapshots one at a time and viewing these snapshots
in a
sequence using the Snapshot Viewer 66 .

View current project snapshots using Snapshot Viewer 66 .

Print the current screen display as a screen dump to a Windows printer.

Plot the current screen display to an attached Versatec plotter.

An IKON board and SIS driver is required for this.

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1219

16.19 Vista Axis Windows

In Vista Axis windows can be controled in a number of ways.

[Time Axis Window]

Hold Shift key down and press left mouse button to reverse the axis.

Use Right Mouse Button Menu to

Zoom Mouse Switch mouse control of window to zoom mode.
Pan Mouse Switch mouse control of window to zoom mode.

Properties of Axis
Edit Title Set the title of the Axis Window.
Background Color Set color of background.
Reverse Reverse the axis window, and all windows using it.
Un-Zoom Un-Zoom the axis window.
User Defined Zoom Use dialog to set the Axis window window.

16.20 Zoom, UnZoom, Reverse and Pan Controls

ZOOM, UNZOOM, REVERSE and PAN

Let's explain how to do interactive ZOOM and UNZOOM.

Any time you have a VISTA Window open and something is displayed there, be it seismic plots,
graphs,etc.,
you canzoom as long as the mouse is not doing something else, in which case a yellow message
bar will be displayed.

You ZOOM by clicking the left mouse button and dragging out an area - then letting go.

GEDCO
1220 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

You can also zoom by dragging out an area in the Time Scale (Vertical) area (to the left of the
seismic data plot)
- or dragging out an area in the horizontal scale area (e.g. Trace number - offset, etc.) (I.e.
above the plot).

You UNZOOM by double clicking anywhere in the window.

Or you can UNZOOM by double clicking in the Vertical Time Scale Area (only if you previously
zoomed in by this method)
- and similarily for the Horizontal Scale.

You REVERSE the direction of the plot by Shift clicking in the area where the scale is displayed
(e.g. TRACE NUMBER or TIME).
(Hold down the keyboard Shift key and click once with the left mouse button)

PANNING is easily accomplished anywhere by using the standard horizontal and vertical
windows scroll bars.

You can use the end arrows of the scroll bars to move a little at a time.
You can also click in the blank part of the scroll bar to move one "page" at a time.
Or you can simply grab the scroll bar slider and move it anywhere.

Here's a graphical explanation of zoom, unzoom, reverse, pan.

Zoom and Unzoom:

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1221

[Zoom by dragging out a selected area on the vertical or horzontal scale.

UNzoom by double clicking anywhere in the vertical or horizontal scale.]

GEDCO
1222 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Zoom by clicking and dragging area with mouse. Unzoom by double clicking anywhere in
plot.]

Reverse:

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1223

[Shift click in the horizontal scale to reverse the sequence of trace display.]

Pan:

[Click and drag scroll slider, click on scroll area, or click on arrows to pan.]

Example definition screen:

GEDCO
 1224 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

16.21 References
Here is a list of reference papers for some of the algorithms in VISTA for Windows.

Canales L.L., 1984, Random Noise Reduction, 54th Annual SEG meeting, Atlanta.

Cary P., 1995, Surface Consistent Deconvolution, CSEG Convention

Chun and Jacewitz, 1981, F-K migration , Geophysics V 46,p. 717-733.

Deregowski, S. M., 1986, What is DMO?: , First Break, 4, 7.

Kamal Al-Yahya Geophysics Vol 54, No. 6 Velocity analysis by Iterative profile migration.

Richard Leggott, Scott Cheadle, Peter Whiting, R. Gareth Williams, Veritas DGC Ltd.
Analysis Of Higher Order Moveout in Terms of Vertical Velocity Variation and VTI Anisotropy.

Robinson, E. A., 1983, Migration of Geophysical Data: Int. Human Resources Development Corp..
Stolt, R. H., 1978, Migration by Fourier transform: Geophysics, 43, 23--48.

Sattel, G., P. Frey, and R. Amberg, 1992,

Prediction ahead of the tunnel face by seismic methods - pilot project in Centovalli Tunnel,
Locarno, Switzerland, First Break, 10, 1.

Stolt R., 1978, Migration by FK transform, Geophysics V 43, p.23-48.

GEDCO
 Miscellaneous 1225

Shuang Sun and John Bancroft, CREWES Project - University of Calgary.

How much does the migration aperture actually contribute to the migration result.

Wang, C. S., 1995, DMO in Radon Domain, SEG annual meeting at Houston, Expanded abstract,
1441-1444.

Wang, C. S., 1996, Radon DMO amplitude and frequency preservation, SEG annual meeting at
Denver, Expanded abstract.

Yilmaz , 1987, Seismic Data Processing, SEG Publication

17 VWUser Programmer
Vista User Programmer
Release 6.000 Update - August/14/2006

Processing Flow Tool Programming Manual

[VWUser Job Flow]

VISTA VWUser Programming System

GEDCO
 1226 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

In VISTA many of the processing features are executed with job flows. The VWUser
Programming System allows the user to create specialized job flow functions. A complete
programming interface is provided with detailed examples for job flow function construction.

Geophysical Exploration & Development Corporation

GEDCO
1200, 815 - 8th Avenue, SW
Calgary, Alberta
CANADA
T2P 3P2

Copyright @ 2006, GEDCO

17.1 Overview
Processing Flows Tool Programming Manual
Overview
This manual provides details for the creation of the unique Processing Flow Tools which can be
created from the algorithms and C++ libraries provided in the VWUWER directory. Note that this
manual uses the Microsoft Visual Studio .NET 2003 for the programs construction.

This manual is divided in to several subsections that provide detailed examples and technical
background material for anyone to create their own processing flow tools for Vista through an easy to
use standard interface.

This manual is broken into the following sub sections:

1) Processing Job Flow Procedures 1227

A summary of the operating concepts of job flows.

2) Compile/Debug Overview 1230

A complete summary of how to set up MS Visual Studio .NET 2003 to develop and debug
user job flow functions. There are several critical steps to insure easy debugging that are
outlined in this section.

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1227

3) Program Construction Example 1234

A complete outline of the actual construction of a job flow to compute the Auto-Correlation of
all the traces from an input file.

4) Other Program Examples 1254

In the 'vwuser' directory of the supplied Vista program, there are several other examples
highlighting critical important properties and features of the job flow construction. This section
provides a summary of these highlights for each example provided.

5) Dialog Construction Procedures 1287

Vista uses a custom dialog construction procedure for dynamically creating flow command
dialogs. This section outlines the features of the custom dialog construction procedure.

6) Header Data Extraction 1290

Vista also uses a special procedure for gaining access to each trace header information. This
section summaries these special procedures.

7) Library, *.hpp, *.h Files 1292

The Vista 'vwuser' directory provides a comprehensive library of special functions for the
development of job flow functions. These include special array handling, mathematical
procedures, disk I/O, etc. Complete listings of the *.hpp and *.h listings with commentary are
provided to aid the developer to utilize these library functions. These library functions are
contained in the file sisulib.lib.

17.2 Processing Job Flow Procedures

The detailed use of Job Flow icons in Vista processing is outlined in main manual Job Flows 646

Section.

This outline will provide an overview of the Job Flow concepts as they impact the programming
procedures on an item by item basis. The order of presentation tries to follow the normal generation of
a complete Job Flow. This section is only meant as an overview, and the programming details are
provided in the Program Construction Example 1234 .

Item 1: Vista Flow Command Window

The first step in the generation of a complete job flow is the selection of functions from the Vista
Flow Command Window. The demonstration user functions are at the bottom of the Vista Flow
Command Window and are shown below as an example:

[Vista Flow Command Window - User Group1 Commands]

GEDCO
1228 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The above picture illustrates all of the demonstration job flow functions available in the 'vwuser'
directory. The trace Auto-Correlation function (UTrAcr) is used to used as the main programming
example. However, the other examples (Other Program Examples 1254 ) have other special features
that will be described to illustrate the full capability of creating user Job Flow functions. The display of
these User Group1 commands is controlled and specified by the script file 'Vistawin.prog.vwc' file.
See Script File Generation 1235 for the editing and construction of this script file. It is important after
editing this file in the vwuser directory that it be copied into the main Vista directory.

Item 2: Flow Control

The programming Flow Control functions discussed in this section are discussed in detail in
Program (Part1 - Flow Control) 1242 and references to the program listing in that Section are used in
this discussion. In constructing a job flow the desired Flow Command is dragged into the Flow File
Window as shown below:

[Vista Flow File Window - Single Command]

The Job Flow command is in the upper window above, and the first line of text in the lower
window is derived from the script file, while the second line comes from the Setup String History
function (CVWFlowTrcACrCmd:: SetupStringHistory). Following normal procedure, the next
step would be to set the Command Parameters for the Job Flow Command. This is done by
right-clicking the job flow icon and the Figure below shows the dialog for selecting the Command
PARAMETERS.

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1229

[Command Icon Right Click Dialog]

Clicking on the Command Parameters selection activates the program Flow Control by calling
Command User Program (cvwuser.cpp) function CVWFlowTraceCmd* VWFlowCmdProgram. Since
the Command ID for this icon is known from the script file (5005 in this case), the proper Flow Control
program is then called for the input of the Command Parameters
(CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::GetParameters). This part program uses the special Vista Dialog
Construction Procedures 1287 and generates a dialog for the input of the required parameters as
shown below for this example:

[Command Parameters - Input Dialog Example]

The remainder of this Flow Control program has routines for reading the parameters and writing
them to variables for use when the flow is executed.

Item 3: Execution

The programming Execute functions discussed in this section are discussed in detail in Program
(Part2 - Execute) 1247 and references to the program listing in that Section are used in this discussion.
It is important to note that the Job Flow Command programs normally handle the processing on a
trace by trace basis. The example discussed in this Item this is how the data from the traces is
handled. There are special procedures for handling sorted data, and ensembles such as complete
shots, cmp's, etc. will be discussed in later Items.

Clicking on the Go icon in the Flow File Window activates the program Execute functions by
calling Command User Program (cvwuser.cpp) function CVWExecuteTraceCmd*
VWExecuteCmdProgram. Since the Command ID for this icon is known from the script file (5005 in
this case), the proper Execute function is then called.

There are 5 main functions available in the Execute portion of the program. These are:

1) ::SetupCmd - This is the initialize function, it is passed information on the data, check
parameters, etc. If data input matches what is expected, the function returns TRUE, else
it returns FALSE, and the process terminates.

2) ::ExecuteCmd - Executes the specific command. In the example referenced this is were
the mathematical processing occurs on each trace.

GEDCO
 1230 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

3) :: EndProcess - This function provides cleanup, finishes any special items, adds/alter
history text. For the simple example referenced, this function was not used.

4) ::SendNextProcess - This function allows the process to send data down the pipe. This
function is used when processing more than one trace in the ExecuteCmd portion of the
program. Again for the simple example referenced, this function was not used.

5) ::RequiresGeometrySetup - This function query's Command Parameters to see if one

needs a geometry setup. Again this function not used in the simple example referenced.

For the TrcACr (Auto-Correlation) example only the SetupCmp and the ExecuteCmd functions
were used. Refer to
Library, *.hpp, *.h Files 1292 for the definition of functions and structures that are available. For
example, the 'vwuser.h' contains the definition of the data input structure.

Item 4: Multiple Trace Processing (Ensemble Processing)

Since the basic process in job flows is on a trace by trace basis, a scheme is required to look at
complete records and sorted data. The Ensemble Mean 1270 example illustrates the Vista tools for
performing these processing conditions with data caching functions. It is also necessary to have two
separate input data streams. The Two Input (Math) One Output 1281 example illustrates this type of
processing.

Item 5: Header Values Manipulation

The extract and use of trace header values requires special processing. The example Flow Test
1255provides a simple example of header value manipulation. Also a more complete description is
provided in Header Data Extraction 1290 .

Item 6: Mathematical Processing

The Vista 'vwuser' has a complete library (Library, *.hpp, *h Files) of available mathematical
functions. An example of the use of some mathematical functions is provide in the Rotation 1277
processing.

Item 7: Library Functions

The complete user Vista special functions library 'sislib.lib' is provided for the users programming.
The required *.hpp and *.h files are provided and discussed in Library, *.hpp, *.h Files 1292 . Typical
special functions include array handling, mathematical functions, special caching functions, disk I/O
routines, etc.

17.3 Compile/Debug Overview

Preliminary Outline for the Setup of MSVC.NET 2003 for Program Job Flow
Tools Compiling/Debugging with Vista

The initial setup steps for programming and debugging job flow tools for Vista is outlined in the
following steps:

1) Directory Organization – Though not absolute, the vwuser directory (programs being
debugged and integrated into Vista) should be installed in the current /Program
Files/VistaX.XX directory. This programming setup tutorial was prepared for Vista 550,
however it is applicable to all new Vista versions. Care should be exercised to insure
that proper paths are set for new installation. Make sure that there is no existing *.dll for

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1231

the vwuser program in the Vista450 directory. This will be installed by the MS Visual
Studio compile and link commands.

2) Start up MS Visual Studio.Net 2003 – Start MSVS.NET and open up the MSVS.NET
project file (vwuser.vcproj) in the vwuser directory. If the desired files are not in the
directory then use the Project->Add Existing Item to load in the desired files to be
compiled and linked. The MSVS.NET workspace should look the Figure below for the
cvwmean.cpp example file provided.

[Visual Studio.NET Workspace for VWUSER Programs]

3) Project Properties Settings – This stage of the operation is critical and the sub-steps
should be followed exactly. Enter this MSVC.NET setup dialogs from Project->vwuser
Properties…. Each critical setting will be summarized:

a) Project Properties Setting – Debugging Tab – The Figure below shows the critical
paths that must be set in the 'Command for debug session' and the ' Working
Directory'. Setting this will allow the Vista program (that does not have debug
info) to run and to call the vwuser *.dll program to be debugged. Though normally
the working directory would want to be set to the 'vwuser' directory, it is
mandatory to set the 'Working directory' to the main program Vista directory.

GEDCO
1232 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[ MSVC.NET Project Properties -> Debuging Tab - Critical Path Settings]

b) Project Properties Setting – Linker Tab – The Figure below shows the path that
must be set to indicate where the *.dll file is to be placed after linking. This step is
very critical, it must be placed where Vista expects to find it. In the Linker-Input
tab the might have to add to the Ignore Specific Library "LIBCMT" depending on
the version of MSVC.NET being used.

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1233

[ MSVC.NET Project Properties -> Settings Linker Tab - Output file name: Setting]

c) Project Properties Setting – Build Events -> Post Build Event – In some earlier
versions of Vista, the Demo vwuser programs have used this step set up to copy
the output of the compile and link to the Vista main directory. Please do not use
any steps under this tab.
d) Debug – It has been assumed in all of the above that the MSVC.NET has been
configured to produce a debug output. If have difficulties with the above, make
sure that MSVC.NET Configuration Properties -> General tab has been set for
the debug mode for compiling and linking.

4) Compiling and Linking – Now compile, correct, and build all desired programs. The
output is
automatically inserted into the Vista directory with the setting of the above steps.

5) Copy Vista vwuser Job Control Script into Vista Directory – This script file is called
"Vistawin.prog.vwc"
and it is used to tell Vista which vwuser programs are available, how many there are, and
what there
names are (See Step1: Script File Generation 1235 ). An example of this script is shown
below.

# Version No of Commands[100], Number of Command GROUPS[1]

# Lines with character '#' starting or ignored(So are Blanks).
100 1

# Setup User Groups with Commands

# NumberCommandsInGroup GroupBMPID GroupName
7 5001 USER GROUP1 COMMANDS

# CommandIDNumber CommandAbbrevation CommandDescription.

5001 User1 User Tester
5002 UMean User Mean Scale
5003 UStack User Stack Data.
5004 UEMean User Ensemble Mean Scale
5005 TrACr User Trace Auto-Correlation
5006 URot User Rotate Phase
5007 2InMath User 2-Input (Math) One Output

In the above file make sure that the commands number correspond to the "case"
conditions specified in cvwuser.cpp. This is often an area where a new user might make
a mistake. Also it should be noted that the user should use spaces to separate each item
on the command lines. Do not use tabs to provide the spacing.

6) Debug a User Job Flow Program – One is now ready to debug. In MSVC.NET set a
breakpoint at the line that one wants the debugger to run to in the vwuser program. Press
F9 to set a break point at this point. Then start debugging by using the MSVC.NET
Debug -> Start command. A dialog will open to confirm that Vista is ready to run and then
open the desired project and open the desired new job flow to be debugged. An example
job flow for this debugging is shown in the Figure below. After one presses Go in the Vista
job flow program, the process will stop at the desired break point and single step
debugging can proceed.

GEDCO
 1234 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[User Mean Example Job Flow for Debugging]

To take full advantage of construction your own job flow tools, a more extensive description of
the programs and object libraries available along the key variables is discussed in other
sections. See Library, *.hpp, *.h Files 1292 .

17.4 Program Construction Example

The construction of a job flow file with the 'VWUSER' class program uses the existing 'VWUSER'
programs and modifies them for the new function being created.

This section will provide a step by step process in the construction of a typical simple job flow.
For this example the autocorrelation of the traces is computed.

The basic mathematics of the autocorrelation is:

Corr(Un-Normalized) = åXarr( t) * Yarr( t + t )

Corr(Normalized = Corr(Un-Normalized)/ (Xarr( t )*Yarr( t ))

In this application Xarr is padded with an amount equal to the number of samples in Xarr and Yarr
is equal to Xarr. In the actual program below the indices i, j, k are used for the sample increments.

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1235

The major steps are:

Step 1: Script File Generation 1235

This step updates the existing Vistawin.prog.vwc script program. This script program
provides the icon interface to the job flow tool and assigns the control variables.

Step 2: Job Header Generation 1236

This step generates the header file class functions for the Flow Command Class and the
Execute Command Class for the particular new job flow being created.

Step 3: Command User Program Creation 1239

This step edits the cvwuser.cpp program to allow calling the new Flow Command and the
Execute Command Classes with the program command item ID specified in the Script file.

Step 4: Program (Part 1 - Flow Control) 1242

This step deals with the construction of the TrcACr.cpp program file (Part 1 - Flow
Control) for the Auto-Correlation example. The flow control sets the flow command
parameters for this function.

Step 5: Program (Part 2 - Execute) 1247

This final step deals with the construction of the TrcACr.cpp file (Part 2 - Execute) for the
Auto-Correlation example. The execute portions performs the desired computations
based on the input parameters from the Flow Control portion of the program. Processing
examples are provided.

17.4.1 Step1: Script File Generation

This step updates the existing Vistawin.prog.vwc script program. This script program provides the
icon interface to the job flow tool and assigns the control variables.

The modified script file Vistawin.prog.vwc is shown below:

# Vistawin.prog.vwc
# Version No of Commands[100], Number of Command GROUPS[1]
# Lines with character '#' starting or ignored(So are Blanks).
100 1

# Setup User Groups with Commands

# NumberCommandsInGroup GroupBMPID GroupName
7 5001 USER GROUP1 COMMANDS

# CommandIDNumber CommandAbbrevation CommandDescription.

5001 User1 User Tester
5002 UMean User Mean Scale
5003 UStack User Stack Data.
5004 UEMean User Ensemble Mean Scale
5005 TrACr User Trace Auto-Correlation
5006 URot User Rotate Phase
5007 2InMath User 2-Input (Math) One Output

The second bold line above is the new job flow program that is to be called from Vista Existing
Job Flow window.

The items and their order is important and is detailed below

1) 5005 - CommandsIDNumber number assigned to this job flow process. All vwuser

GEDCO
 1236 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

commands start with 5000.

2) UTrAcr - Name to appear on the job flow tool bit map (Command Abbreviation). This is
usually an abbreviation that relates to the function being performed by the job flow tool.
3) User - This defines that which group of tools are in the script (this is user) for this job flow
tool.
4) Trace Auto-Correlation - Full text summarizing the process to be performed.

The first bold line tells Vista to setup user groups with commands.

The items and their order is important and is detailed below for the settings for this example.
1) 7 - NumberCommandInGroup - Activate all seven (7) items.
2) 5001 - First Command IDNumber in the script.
3) USER - GroupBMPID
4) GROUP1 - Group Type
5) COMMANDS - Function to be performed.

Testing

Even without any further program steps, one can activate Vista and look that the Vista Flow
Command Window and
one will see the icon for the new UTrAcr (Auto-Correlation Job Flow) function displayed in the
User Group1 Commands as shown below.

[Vista Flow Command Window - User Group1 Commands]

Note that one should not try to use the icon until all the rest of the program steps have been
completed and compiled without error.

This completes Step 1

17.4.2 Step2: Job Header Creation

Step 2 deals with the construction of the TrcACr.hpp header file for the AutoCorrelation example
in the construction example.

All processing job flow relies on the creation of two major classes which are derived from the Vista
class CVWFlowTraceCmd and the CVWExecuteTraceCmd library function. These 2 classes are:

1) Flow Command Class - CVWFlowTrcACrCmd (note the current flow tool name is usually
inserted in the bold area). This created class always has the job flow interface setup
functions which are:
a) GetParameters - Dialog construction and data input.
b) ReadParameters - During execution start reads input parameter variables.
c) WriteParameters - During execution writes the input parameter variables.

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1237

d) SetupStringHistory - Display process history in job flow dialog during execution and
setup of parameters.
e) Variables - Define the special input and control variables that are common between
Vista and the new process flow tool.

2) Execute Command Class - CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd (again note the current execute tool
name is usually inserted in the bold area). This created class always has the job flow
execute interface functions which are:
a) SetupCmd - Get ready to process and check data input matches what is expected.
b) ExecuteCmd - Execute the flow command. 'thedata' is the reference variable to
the input data. Note that all programs process on a trace by trace basis. Special
ensemble process can be inserted to work on more than one trace.
c) Variables - Define the special input and control variables that are common between
Vista and the new process flow tool. In this class these variables are 'private'.

The listing for the autocorrelation job flow tool case is provided below. In this case only one
variable is used "corrtype" which is a BOOLEAN value to indicate if the data is to be normalized or
un-normalized. The listing is easily constructed by taking a similar header code and changing the
class names and variables to suit the application being constructed.

#ifndef INCL_CVWTRCACRUSERCOMMANDS
#define INCL_CVWTRCACRUSERCOMMANDS
/*******************************************************************
INCLUDE File: cvwTrcACr.hpp
SOURCE File : cvwTrcACr.cpp

Purpose : Perform AutoCorrelation on each Trace

Class : CVWFlowTrcACrCmd
Inheritance: CVWFlowTraceCmd

Notes:

********************************************************************
* Version 1.02
* Created 10/28/03 by DDC Gedco/SIS
* Modified:
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
********************************************************************
*/
#include "cvwuser.hpp" // has user linkage routines definitions ???

////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWFlowTrcACrCmd
////////////////////////
// The CMD class are inherited from the CVWFlowTraceCmd of Vista
// This class controls the job flow tool input parameters, etc from
// the job flow window of Vista, make a new class for each application.
// all the class functions of this example are always requried to interface to // vista.

class CVWFlowTrcACrCmd : public CVWFlowTraceCmd

{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Create a class to handle vista-windows flow commands..
Input:
item - Structure describing the vista-windows command.
NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CVWFlowTrcACrCmd (tUserCommandItem &cmd); // change to Cmd name

GEDCO
1238 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
GetDialogParameters - Called to get/set parameters for command.
Input:
itsTitle - Title of dialog window.
items - Parameter item setup.
nItems - Number of items in list.
Result:
Returns TRUE if user hit OK, FALSE otherwise.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN GetParameters(int (__cdecl *dialog )(char *itsTitle,
tItemStruct* items, int nItems));

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
ReadParameters - Reads strings from flow file for this command.
Input:
strings - Input strings read for this flow command.
Result:
Return FALSE if any parameters are incorrect.
TRUE otherwise.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN ReadParameters(CArrayStrings& strings);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
WriteParameters - Setup "iostrings" with parameters to be written
out to flow file.
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual void WriteParameters(void);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
SetupStringHistory - Extra strings to add to history list. Also used
when displaying this commands parameters in flow window.
Simply setup string array with strings to add.
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual void SetupStringHistory (void);

BOOLEAN corrtype; // checked dialog to tell if normalized or

unnormalized Corr.
// this application only has one
input parameter variable
// put other variables that
interface with flow here.
protected:
private:
}; // CVWFlowTrcACrCmd

////////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd
////////////////////////////
// The EXECUTE class are inherited from the CVWExecuteTraceCmd of Vista
// This class controls the job flow tool execution, etc from
// the job flow window of Vista, make a new class for each application.
// all the class functions of this example are always requried to interface to Vista.

class CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd : public CVWExecuteTraceCmd

{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Create a class to handle vista-windows flow commands..
Input:
item - Structure describing the vista-windows command.
NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/

// Always change these function names for each application

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1239

CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd (CVWFlowTrcACrCmd& flowCmd, CUserExecuteComm* vistaComm);

//************************************************************
//**************** EXECUTE COMMAND FUNCTIONS *****************
//************************************************************
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: SetupCmd SETUP-PHASE
Get ready to process, make sure data input(If set) matches
what is expected. Returns FALSE(Error-String Set) if an
error occurs. Will abort the process if this happens.
Input:
theData - Data input information.
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN SetupCmd (tUserExecuteSetupStruct& theData);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: ExecuteCmd EXECUTE-PHASE
Execute the command.
Input:
theData - Data input information.
Result:
Returns FALSE(Error-String Set) if an
error occurs. Will abort the process if this happens.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN ExecuteCmd (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData);
protected:
private:
BOOLEAN allDead;
BOOLEAN corrtype;
}; // CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd

#endif //

This completes Step 2.

17.4.3 Step 3: Command User Program Creation

Step 3 deals with the construction of the cvwuser.cpp and the cvwuser.hpp header file for the
AutoCorrelation example in the construction example.

All processing job flow relies on the execution of two major classes combined with the script files
to select which tool is to be processed.

1) CVWFlowTraceCmd - The class to handle vista-windows flow commands

2) CVWExecuteTraceCmd - The class to handle vista-windows flow execute commands

In this program the for the new AutoCorrelation a new job flow number is set up and added to the
case test flow in both the Flow and Execute portions of the program. This allows Vista to connect with
the new programs. The new implementation code for the Trace AutoCorrelation program has been
highlighted in bold in the cvwuser.cpp files below. It is important that these case numbers correspond
exactly with the script file created in Step 1.

The *.hpp file associated with the *.cpp files is provided below. It main purpose is to make sure
that the Vista library functions are provided in the associated include files presented. Though all the
features available from these library functions are not used in this simple demonstration example they
are included for future development.

CVWUSER.CPP

/*******************************************************************

GEDCO
1240 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

INCLUDE File: cvwuser.hpp

SOURCE File : cvwuser.hpp

Purpose : Main User Flow Tool Selection Program

Class :
Inheritance:

Notes:

********************************************************************
* Version 1.02
* Created 10/30/03 by DDC GEDCO/SIS
* Modified:
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
********************************************************************
* $Log: cvwuser.hpp,v $
* Revision
********************************************************************/
#include <windows.h>

#include "dictdefs.hpp"
#include "vwmain.hpp"
#include "cvwuser.hpp" // make sure that have all tool programs specified here
#include "cvwmean.hpp"
#include "cvwstack.hpp"
#include "cvwTrcACr.hpp"
#include "cvwFlowTst.hpp"
#include "cvwinput2.hpp"

tVWProjectInfo mainProject;

// Main communication flow command.

CVWFlowTraceCmd* VWFlowCmdProgram (tUserCommandItem& cmdItem)
{
switch (cmdItem.cmdid)
{
case (5001):
return new CVWFlowTestCmd (cmdItem);
case (5002):
return new CVWFlowMeanCmd (cmdItem);
case (5003):
return new CVWFlowStackCmd (cmdItem);
case (5004):
return new CVWFlowEnsembleMean (cmdItem);
case (5005):
return new CVWFlowTrcACrCmd (cmdItem);
case (5006):
return new CVWFlowRotateCmd (cmdItem);
case (5007):
return new CVWInput2Cmd (cmdItem);
default:
break;
}
return NULL;
} // VWFlowCmdProgram

// Main communication execution command.

CVWExecuteTraceCmd* VWExecuteCmdProgram (CVWFlowTraceCmd& flowCmd, CUserExecuteComm* vistaComm)
{
switch (flowCmd.cmd.cmdid)
{
case (5001):
return new CVWExecuteTestCmd ((CVWFlowTestCmd &)flowCmd, vistaComm);
case (5002):
return new CVWExecuteMeanCmd ((CVWFlowMeanCmd &)flowCmd, vistaComm);

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1241

case (5003):
return new CVWExecuteStackCmd ((CVWFlowStackCmd &)flowCmd, vistaComm);
case (5004):
return new CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd ((CVWFlowEnsembleMean &)flowCmd,
vistaComm);
case (5005):
return new CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd ((CVWFlowTrcACrCmd &)flowCmd, vistaComm);
case (5006):
return new CVWExecuteRotateCmd ((CVWFlowRotateCmd &)flowCmd, vistaComm);
case (5007):
return new CVWExecuteinput2Cmd ((CVWInput2Cmd &)flowCmd, vistaComm);
default:
break;
}
return NULL;
} // VWExecuteCmdProgram

CVWUSER.HPP

#ifndef INCL_CVWUSERCOMMANDS
#define INCL_CVWUSERCOMMANDS
/*******************************************************************
INCLUDE File: cvwuser.hpp
SOURCE File : cvwuser.cpp

Purpose :
Class :
Inheritance:

Notes:

********************************************************************
* Version 1.02
* Created 10/30/03 by DDC GEDCO/SIS
* Modified:
*
*
*
*
*
*
********************************************************************
* $Log: cvwuser.hpp,v $
* Revision
********************************************************************/
#include "vwuser.h"
#include "carrays.hpp"
#include "mathfunc.hpp"
#include "utilrout.hpp"
#include "ccachdat.hpp"

#endif //

Note: At this point in the program development the files generated to this step will not compile without
errors.
Step 4 must be completed before the new Autocorrelation program can be compiled and linked.

This completes Step 3.

GEDCO
 1242 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

17.4.4 Step 4: Program (Part 1 - Flow Control)

Step 4 deals with the construction of the cvwTrcACr.cpp program file (Part 1 - Flow Control) for
the Auto-Correlation example.

The Part 1 cvwTrcACr.cpp project constructs a program that handles the main communication
flow commands to this routine. The executive portion only has the minimum functions to enable
compilation, and testing of the initial part of the program. The complete executable part of the
program is covered in Step 5.

To expand the application of this first part of the program, the compiled program is run to illustrate
its functions. The job flow created to test this application is shown below:

[Job Flow for Testing TrAcr Tool ]

The first tool is the standard input tool, the second (TrAcr) is the Autocorrelation tool, and the third
is the output tool. The objective of this test is to test the setting of the input variables to the new TrACr
tool. Right clicking on TrACr tool, opens up the control dialog for this tool as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1243

[TrACr Right Click Input/Command PARAMETERS Dialog]

Clicking on the Command Parameters opens the input dialog for this tool. The code for this new
dialog is part of the new TrcACr.cpp program. The dialog that is opened is shown below:

[Input PARAMETERS Auto-Correlation Option Dialog]

In the TrcACr.cpp program the input variable is a simple variable 'BOOLEAN corrtype' that is
either TRUE or FALSE. The options specify either perform a Normalized or Un-Normalized
Auto-Correlation. These dialog processes are performed in the
CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::GetParameters portion of the code listed below.

cvwTrcACr.cpp (Part 1)
/*******************************************************************
INCLUDE File: cvwTrcACr.hpp
SOURCE File : cvwTrcACr.cpp

Purpose : Perform Autocorrelation on each trace.

Class : CVWFlowTrcACrCmd
Inheritance: CVWFlowTraceCmd

Notes:

********************************************************************

GEDCO
1244 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

* Version 1.02
* Created 10/29/03 by DDC Gedco/SIS
* Modified:
*
*
*
*
*
*
********************************************************************
*/
#include "cvwTrcACr.hpp"
#include "utilrout.hpp"
#include "dictdefs.hpp"
#include <math.h>

//////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWFlowTrcACrCmd
//////////////////////
CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::CVWFlowTrcACrCmd(tUserCommandItem &theCmd) :
CVWFlowTraceCmd (theCmd)
{
// Set the defaults.
corrtype = 0;
} // CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::CVWFlowTrcACrCmd

// GetParameters
BOOLEAN CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::GetParameters (int (__cdecl *dialog )(char *itsTitle, tItemStruct*
items, int nItems))
{
CArrayStrings corrTypes;
corrTypes.Append( "AutoCorrelation Normalized" );
corrTypes.Append( "AutoCorrelation Un-Normalized" );

tItemStruct items[] =
{
{ 1, 1, 0, 10, DITEM_RADIO, "AutoCorrelation Option", corrtype, 0, 0, "", &corrTypes,
NULL, NULL, 0 }
};

// Run Dynamic Dialog

long dialogRet = dialog( "AutoCorrelation Option", items, 1);
if( dialogRet == DIALOG_CANCEL )
return FALSE;

// Get the parameters.

corrtype = items[0].fdef;

return TRUE;
} // CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::GetParameters

// ReadParameters
BOOLEAN CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::ReadParameters(CArrayStrings& strings)
{
if (strings.Length() != 1)
return FALSE;

if (sscanf(strings[0],"%d", &corrtype) != 1)
return FALSE;

return TRUE;
} // CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::ReadParameters

// WriteParameters
void CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::WriteParameters (void)
{
char string[MAX_STRING_LEN];

sprintf(string, "%d", corrtype);

ioStrings.RemoveAll();
ioStrings.Append (string);
} // CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::WriteParameters

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1245

// SetupStringHistory
void CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::SetupStringHistory (void)
{
// Remove existing strings.
ioStrings.RemoveAll();

if (!corrtype)
ioStrings.Append("TrcACr: Normalized");
else
ioStrings.Append("TrcACr: Un-Normalized");
} // CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::SetupStringHistory

///////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd
///////////////////////////
CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd::CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd(CVWFlowTrcACrCmd& flowCmd, CUserExecuteComm*
vistaComm) :
CVWExecuteTraceCmd (flowCmd, vistaComm),
corrtype (flowCmd.corrtype)
{
} // CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd::CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd

// SetupCmd
BOOLEAN CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd::SetupCmd (tUserExecuteSetupStruct& theData)
{

return TRUE;
} // CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd::SetupCmd

// ExecuteCmd
BOOLEAN CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd::ExecuteCmd (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData)
{

float *inData = theData.data;

theData.nextProcess = TRUE;

return TRUE;
} // CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd::ExecuteCmd

CVWFlowTrcACrCmd Overview Discussion

Each segment of code is summarized as follows:

1) Flow Control and Variable Initiation:

CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::CVWFlowTrcACrCmd(tUserCommandItem &theCmd) :
CVWFlowTraceCmd (theCmd)
{
// Set the defaults.
corrtype = 0;
} // CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::CVWFlowTrcACrCmd

In the above code the flow control is called from the Command User program in Step 3 through
the case selection of the ID number for the TrcACr functions. The variables, only one in this case
'corrtype', is initiated and the program returns to the Vista Tool box program.

2) Input Command PARAMETERS

// GetParameters
BOOLEAN CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::GetParameters (int (__cdecl *dialog )(char *itsTitle,
tItemStruct* items, int nItems))
{

GEDCO
1246 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

CArrayStrings corrTypes;
corrTypes.Append( "AutoCorrelation Normalized" );
corrTypes.Append( "AutoCorrelation Un-Normalized" );

tItemStruct items[] =
{
{ 1, 1, 0, 10, DITEM_RADIO, "AutoCorrelation Option", corrtype, 0, 0, "", &corrTypes,
NULL, NULL, 0 }
};

// Run Dynamic Dialog

long dialogRet = dialog( "AutoCorrelation Option", items, 1);
if( dialogRet == DIALOG_CANCEL )
return FALSE;

// Get the parameters.

corrtype = items[0].fdef;

return TRUE;
} // CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::GetParameters

A CArrayStrings is defined (corrTypes) and the text to be displayed for the input variable is
created with the Append
function.

Then the tItemStruct items[] is defined. See tItemStruct in the Library, *.hpp, *.h Files 1292 . n
Vista this structure has a number of variables that define the dialog for the input parameters. See
Dialog Construction Procedures 1287 for the many dialog construction options available.

Once the dialog 'item' have been defined, the Get Parameter program calls the 'dialog' creation
function. This function has as it variables the dialog title name, the structure items, and the variable
for the number of input items, which is one (1) for this program.

On successful return from the dialog the main variable(s) is set, corrtype = items[0].fdef.

The program then returns to the Vista job flow program

3) Write Parameters

// WriteParameters
void CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::WriteParameters (void)
{
char string[MAX_STRING_LEN];

sprintf(string, "%d", corrtype);

ioStrings.RemoveAll();
ioStrings.Append (string);
} // CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::WriteParameters

Setup "iostrings" (string) with parameters to be written out to flow file. This provides the Vista job
flow process with the latest variables that are preset before execution. Note that all variables are
written into the string at this time. In this case only one variable exists, but in other applications many
can exist.

4) Read Parameters

// ReadParameters
BOOLEAN CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::ReadParameters(CArrayStrings& strings)
{
if (strings.Length() != 1)
return FALSE;

if (sscanf(strings[0],"%d", &corrtype) != 1)
return FALSE;

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1247

return TRUE;
} // CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::ReadParameters

Reads strings from flow file for this command before starting execution of the job flow. The Vista
program examines the data and return FALSE if any parameters are incorrect or TRUE otherwise.
Again note that in this case only one variable is read in, but in other applications with multiple
variables all should be read in at this time.

5) String History

// SetupStringHistory
void CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::SetupStringHistory (void)
{
// Remove existing strings.
ioStrings.RemoveAll();

if (!corrtype)
ioStrings.Append("TrcACr: Normalized");
else
ioStrings.Append("TrcACr: Un-Normalized");
} // CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::SetupStringHistory

As shown in the Command PARAMETERS picture above, the job flow history and current
variable(s) setting are shown in the window below the job flow window. This String History part of the
code sets up the text for displaying the status of the settings for the TrcACr.cpp program status. In
this simple case the 'if'' statement tests the BOOLEAN variable to output the AutoCorrelation input
parameter in text for the String History.

This is the end of Step 4.

17.4.5 Step 5: Program (Part 2 - Execute)

Step 5 deals with the construction of the cvwTrcACr.cpp program file (Part 2 - Execute Control) for
the AutoCorrelation example in this construction example.

The Part 2 cvwTrcACr.cpp project constructs the part of the program that handles the main
communication execute commands to this routine. The executive portion performs the initiation of the
input parameter(s), which in this case is 'corrtype' which tells the program to normalize or not
normalize the autocorrelation.

The computation of the autocorrelation applies the simple math formula:

Corr(Un-Normalized) = åXarr( t) * Yarr( t + t )

Corr(Normalized = Corr(Un-Normalized)/ (Xarr( t )*Yarr( t ))

In this application Xarr is padded with an amount equal to the number of samples in Xarr and Yarr
is equal to Xarr. In the actual program below the indices i, j, k are used for the sample increments.

The complete program is provided below, but in this discussion only the details of the executable
are discussed. See Step 4: Program (Part 1-Flow Control) 1242 for discussion of the first half of the
program.

cvwTrcACr.cpp

GEDCO
1248 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

/*******************************************************************
INCLUDE File: cvwTrcACr.hpp
SOURCE File : cvwTrcACr.cpp

Purpose : Perform Autocorrelation on each trace.

Class : CVWFlowTrcACrCmd
Inheritance: CVWFlowTraceCmd

Notes:

********************************************************************
* Version 1.02
* Created 10/29/03 by DDC Gedco/SIS
* Modified:
*
*
*
*
*
*
********************************************************************
*/
#include "cvwTrcACr.hpp"
#include "utilrout.hpp"
#include "dictdefs.hpp"
#include <math.h>

//////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWFlowTrcACrCmd
//////////////////////
CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::CVWFlowTrcACrCmd(tUserCommandItem &theCmd) :
CVWFlowTraceCmd (theCmd)
{
// Set the defaults.
corrtype = 0;
} // CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::CVWFlowTrcACrCmd

// GetParameters
BOOLEAN CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::GetParameters (int (__cdecl *dialog )(char *itsTitle, tItemStruct*
items, int nItems))
{
CArrayStrings corrTypes;
corrTypes.Append( "AutoCorrelation Normalized" );
corrTypes.Append( "AutoCorrelation Un-Normalized" );

tItemStruct items[] =
{
{ 1, 1, 0, 10, DITEM_RADIO, "AutoCorrelation Option", corrtype, 0, 0, "", &corrTypes,
NULL, NULL, 0 }
};

// Run Dynamic Dialog

long dialogRet = dialog( "AutoCorrelation Option", items, 1);
if( dialogRet == DIALOG_CANCEL )
return FALSE;

// Get the parameters.

corrtype = (short)items[0].fdef;

return TRUE;
} // CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::GetParameters

// ReadParameters
BOOLEAN CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::ReadParameters(CArrayStrings& strings)
{
if (strings.Length() != 1)
return FALSE;

if (sscanf(strings[0],"%d", &corrtype) != 1)
return FALSE;

return TRUE;
} // CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::ReadParameters

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1249

// WriteParameters
void CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::WriteParameters (void)
{
char string[MAX_STRING_LEN];

sprintf(string, "%d", corrtype);

ioStrings.RemoveAll();
ioStrings.Append (string);
} // CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::WriteParameters

// SetupStringHistory
void CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::SetupStringHistory (void)
{
// Remove existing strings.
ioStrings.RemoveAll();

if (!corrtype)
ioStrings.Append("TrcACr: Normalized");
else
ioStrings.Append("TrcACr: Un-Normalized");
} // CVWFlowTrcACrCmd::SetupStringHistory

///////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd
///////////////////////////
CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd::CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd(CVWFlowTrcACrCmd& flowCmd, CUserExecuteComm*
vistaComm) :
CVWExecuteTraceCmd (flowCmd, vistaComm),
corrtype (flowCmd.corrtype)
{
} // CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd::CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd

// SetupCmd
BOOLEAN CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd::SetupCmd (tUserExecuteSetupStruct& theData)
{

return TRUE;
} // CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd::SetupCmd

// ExecuteCmd
BOOLEAN CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd::ExecuteCmd (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData)
{
int nstart, nend;
int i, j, k;
float *Xarr; // X - First array in - padded with zeros to 2*nend

float *Yarr; // Y - Second array - same as first not padded.

float *Corr; // Corr - Autocorrelation output array
float NormFact, CrSum; // NormFact - Normalization Factor, CrSum - Corr sum
float TestFlt; // TestFlt - Used for debug to look at various variables

nstart = 0;
nend = theData.nsamples;

// allcate variable memory

Xarr = new float [2*nend];
Yarr = new float [nend];
Corr = new float [nend];

float *Data = theData.data;

// Set up correlation arrays Xarr has zero padding

for(i = nstart;i < (2*nend); i++)

{
Xarr[i] = 0.0;
}

// Tranfer input data to correlation arrays

for(i = nstart;i < nend; i++)

GEDCO
1250 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Xarr[i] = Data[i];
Yarr[i] = Data[i];
}
TestFlt = Data[1];

// compute normalization factor sum(Xarr*Xarr)

NormFact = 0.0;
for(i = nstart;i < nend; i++)
{
NormFact = NormFact + Xarr[i]*Xarr[i];
}

// compute the correlation

for(k = 0; k < nend; k++)

{
CrSum = 0.0;

for(i = nstart;i < nend; i++)

{
j = i + k;
CrSum = CrSum + Xarr[j]*Yarr[i];
}
if(corrtype == 0)
Corr[k] = CrSum/NormFact; // corrtype = 0 means perform
normalization
else
Corr[k] = CrSum;
}

// Transfer Correlation data for trace to output data pointer.

for(i = nstart;i < nend; i++)

{
Data[i] = Corr[i];
}

//theData.nextProcess = TRUE;

delete [] Xarr;
delete [] Yarr;
delete [] Corr;

return TRUE;
} // CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd::ExecuteCmd

CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd Overview Discussion

Each segment of code is summarized as follows:

1) Execute Control and Variable Initiation:

CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd::CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd(CVWFlowTrcACrCmd& flowCmd, CUserExecuteComm*

vistaComm) :
CVWExecuteTraceCmd (flowCmd, vistaComm),
corrtype (flowCmd.corrtype)
{
} // CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd::CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd

In the above code the execute control is called from the Command User program in Step 3

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1251

through the case selection of the ID number for the TrcACr functions. The variables, only one in this
case 'corrtype', is initiated and the program returns to the Vista Tool box program.

2) Setup Command
/ SetupCmd
BOOLEAN CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd::SetupCmd (tUserExecuteSetupStruct& theData)
{

return TRUE;
} // CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd::SetupCmd

This function lets the program get ready to process, make sure data input(If set) matches what is
expected. Returns FALSE(Error-String Set) if an error occurs. Will abort the process if this happens.
This part of the program is normally used in more complex activities where dead traces, or other
parameters are employed. In this initial demonstration the program is dealing with all and each trace
at at time. Therefore, for simplicity this function was not used. See the cvwstack.cpp program for a
case where this function is employed.

3) Main Executable Code

// ExecuteCmd
BOOLEAN CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd::ExecuteCmd (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData)
{
// A) local variables
int nstart, nend;
int i, j, k;
float *Xarr; // X - First array in - padded with zeros to 2*nend

float *Yarr; // Y - Second array - same as first not padded.

float *Corr; // Corr - Autocorrelation output array
float NormFact, CrSum; // NormFact - Normalization Factor, CrSum - Corr sum
float TestFlt; // TestFlt - Used for debug to look at various variables

// B) define number of samples start and end

nstart = 0;
nend = theData.nsamples;

// C) allocate variable memory

Xarr = new float [2*nend];
Yarr = new float [nend];
Corr = new float [nend];

// D) set a pointer to input/output data

float *Data = theData.data;

// E) Set up correlation arrays Xarr has zero padding

for(i = nstart;i < (2*nend); i++)

{
Xarr[i] = 0.0;
}

// F) Tranfer input data to correlation arrays

for(i = nstart;i < nend; i++)

{

Xarr[i] = Data[i];
Yarr[i] = Data[i];
}
TestFlt = Data[1];

// G) compute normalization factor sum(Xarr*Xarr)

NormFact = 0.0;
for(i = nstart;i < nend; i++)
{

GEDCO
1252 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

NormFact = NormFact + Xarr[i]*Xarr[i];

}

// H) compute the autocorrelation

for(k = 0; k < nend; k++)

{
CrSum = 0.0;

for(i = nstart;i < nend; i++)

{
j = i + k;
CrSum = CrSum + Xarr[j]*Yarr[i];
}
if(corrtype == 0)
Corr[k] = CrSum/NormFact; // corrtype = 0 means perform
normalization
else
Corr[k] = CrSum;
}

// I) Transfer Correlation data for trace to output data pointer.

for(i = nstart;i < nend; i++)

{
Data[i] = Corr[i];
}

// J) Delete allocated array memory space

delete [] Xarr;
delete [] Yarr;
delete [] Corr;

return TRUE;
} // CVWExecuteTrcACrCmd::ExecuteCmd

For clarity comments in bold have been added to the code in alphabetic order and are self
explanatory. As an example of the final output of the Autocorrelation two pictures have been provided
below:

The first picture is a set of input data from Tutorial A.

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1253

[ Data Input to Autocorrelation Job Flow ]

The second picture is the normalized output from Auto-Correlation job flow.

[Auto-Correlation Output]

GEDCO
 1254 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The autocorrelation output is often used as a quality control review. It often indicates specific
noise problems, multiples, and can be used to examine the effects of deconvolution for example. To
further see what the normalized autocorrelation looks like, a graph from a trace near the left of the
display is shown below:

[Example Graph AutoCorrelation Trace Output]

17.5 Other Program Examples

In addition to the detailed trace Auto-Correlation program development description provided in
Program Construction Example 1234 , several other short examples are provided to illustrate complex
dialogs, header data handling, ensemble trace processing, data caching, etc. The examples provided
are:

1) Flow Test 1255 - Illustrates complex dialog construction and simple header variable
processing.

2) Mean 1259 - A simple trace by trace amplitude equalization (normalization) program.

3) Stack 1264 - Implementing sort order checking, dead trace checking, and record by record
processing through the construction of a simple stacking program.

4) Ensemble Mean 1270 - Implementing sort order checking, dead trace checking, data
caching with temporary file read/write, more on record by record processing with last data
trace checking though the construction of an ensemble mean program.

5) Rotation 1277 - A simple phase rotation program. Illustrates the use of some of the Vista
mathematical class functions.

6) Two Input (Math) One Output 1281 - Illustrates the use of two separate inputs, the

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1255

applications of various math functions between the two inputs, and a single output data set.

7) Main 1287 - The 'vwuser' programs require a main.hpp program. An typical example is
provided.

Clicking on each example provides the user with code listings of each example.

17.5.1 FlowTest
This program Illustrates complex multiple dialog construction and simple header variable
processing. This program is meant for demonstration of multiple dialogs from the Command
Parameters and for basic header manipulation. Note that the parameters entered from the dialog do
not have any effect on the processing.

The job flow window for the User FlowTest command is shown below:

[Vista Flow File Window - User TestFlow Implementation]

A right click on the UTest icon brings up the access to the first Command PARAMETERS dialog
for this program. This dialog is shown below:

GEDCO
1256 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[User Flow Test Command Parameters Dialog]

From the above dialog one can see that this program also allows data windowing. It is important
when learning how to use the Vista 'vwuser' set of dialog programming tools to compare the above
dialog with the code provided for each function. The importance of this example is the 'More' button
which brings up an additional dialog as shown below:

[User Flow Test Command Parameters 2nd Dialog]

The second dialog above also demonstrates how to input and output additional files. Clicking on
either the Input or Output button opens a standard Windows file dialog for selecting files.

The *.cpp and *.hpp file listings for the Flow Test program are provided below. All of these listings

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1257

are embedded in the program listings 'cvwFlowTst.cpp and cvwFlowTst.hpp'. In addition to the
multiple dialog example, the program executive also provides an example of writing a value to the
header and adding string to the log file for this execution.

The Flow Test Program (*.cpp)

#include "cvwFlowTst.hpp"
#include "vwmain.hpp"
#include "utilrout.hpp"
#include "dictdefs.hpp"

//////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWFlowTestCmd
//////////////////////
CVWFlowTestCmd::CVWFlowTestCmd(tUserCommandItem &theCmd) :
CVWFlowTraceCmd (theCmd)
{
// Set the defaults.

stime = 0;
etime = 2000;
} // CVWFlowTestCmd::CVWFlowTestCmd

// GetParameters
BOOLEAN CVWFlowTestCmd::GetParameters (int (__cdecl *dialog )(char *itsTitle, tItemStruct* items, int nItems))
{
CArrayStrings dataTypes;
dataTypes.Append( "Noisy" );
dataTypes.Append( "Average" );
dataTypes.Append( "Clean" );

FILE_SPEC inFile, outFile;

// Initialize a bit.
strcpy(inFile.type,"vel");
inFile.name[0] = 0;
inFile.dir = VWProjectDir();
outFile = inFile;

tItemStruct items1[] =
{
{ 0, 1,15, 6, DITEM_LONG, "Window End Time :", etime, 0, 8000, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
{ 1, 1,15, 6, DITEM_FLOAT,"Window Start Time :", stime, 0, 8000, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
{ 3, 1,15, 4, DITEM_LIST, "Types of Data :", 0, 0, 0, NULL, &dataTypes, NULL, NULL, 0 },

{ 6, 1, 5,30, DITEM_FILEIN, "Velocity File:", 0, 0, 0, NULL, NULL, &inFile, NULL, 0 },

{ 8, 1, 5,30, DITEM_FILEOUT,"Output ASCII:", 0, 0, 0, NULL, NULL, &outFile, NULL, 0 },
};

tItemStruct items[] =
{
{ 0, 1,15, 6, DITEM_LONG, "Window End Time :", etime, 0, 8000, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
{ 1, 1,15, 6, DITEM_FLOAT,"Window Start Time :", stime, 0, 8000, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
{ 3, 1,15, 4, DITEM_LIST, "Types of Data :", 0, 0, 0, NULL, &dataTypes, NULL, NULL, 0 },
{ 4, 5,10, 4, DITEM_CHECK,"Check this Data", 0, 0, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
{ 6,10,15, 4, DITEM_DIALOG," MORE ", 0, 0, 0, "Dialog 2 Title", NULL, NULL, items1, 5 },
};

// Run Dynamic Dialog

long dialogRet = dialog( "Test Dynamic Dialog", items, 5);
if( dialogRet == DIALOG_CANCEL )
return FALSE;
else
return TRUE;
} // CVWFlowTestCmd::GetParameters

GEDCO
1258 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

///////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWExecuteTestCmd
///////////////////////////
CVWExecuteTestCmd::CVWExecuteTestCmd(CVWFlowTestCmd& flowCmd, CUserExecuteComm* vistaComm) :
CVWExecuteTraceCmd (flowCmd, vistaComm)
{
} // CVWExecuteTestCmd::CVWExecuteTestCmd

// SetupCmd
BOOLEAN CVWExecuteTestCmd::SetupCmd (tUserExecuteSetupStruct& theData)
{
CArrayStrings strings;

strings.Append ("User Log File Addition");

execCmd->AddLogMsg (strings);

return TRUE;
} // CVWExecuteTestCmd::SetupCmd

// ExecuteCmd
BOOLEAN CVWExecuteTestCmd::ExecuteCmd (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData)
{
int i;
for (i = 50; i < 150; i++)
theData.data[i] = 0;

CItemMap user1(VWUSER_1, theData.header);

user1.Set ((short)5);

return TRUE;
} // CVWExecuteTestCmd::ExecuteCmd

The Flow Test Program (*.hpp)

#include "cvwuser.hpp" // has user linkage routines definitions ???

////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWFlowTestCmd
////////////////////////
class CVWFlowTestCmd : public CVWFlowTraceCmd

{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Create a class to handle vista-windows flow commands..
Input:
item - Structure describing the vista-windows command.
NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CVWFlowTestCmd (tUserCommandItem &cmd);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
GetDialogParameters - Called to get/set parameters for command.
Input:
itsTitle - Title of dialog window.
items - Parameter item setup.
nItems - Number of items in list.
Result:
Returns TRUE if user hit OK, FALSE otherwise.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN GetParameters(int (__cdecl *dialog )(char *itsTitle, tItemStruct* items, int nItems));
float stime, etime;

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1259

protected:
private:
}; // CVWFlowTestCmd

////////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWExecuteTestCmd
////////////////////////////
class CVWExecuteTestCmd : public CVWExecuteTraceCmd
{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Create a class to handle vista-windows flow commands..
Input:
item - Structure describing the vista-windows command.
NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CVWExecuteTestCmd (CVWFlowTestCmd& flowCmd, CUserExecuteComm* vistaComm);

//************************************************************
//**************** EXECUTE COMMAND FUNCTIONS *****************
//************************************************************
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
SetupCmd - Is the initializer, passed information on the
data, check parameters,...
ExecuteCmd - Executes the specifed command.
EndProcess - Cleanup, finish stage, add/alter history.
SendNextProcess - Allows command to send data down the pipe
so to speak.
RequiresGeometrySetup
- Querys commands to set if we need geometry setup.
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: SetupCmd SETUP-PHASE
Get ready to process, make sure data input(If set) matches
what is expected. Returns FALSE(Error-String Set) if an
error occurs. Will abort the process if this happens.
Input:
theData - Data input information.
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN SetupCmd (tUserExecuteSetupStruct& theData);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: ExecuteCmd EXECUTE-PHASE
Execute the command.
Input:
theData - Data input information.
Result:
Returns FALSE(Error-String Set) if an
error occurs. Will abort the process if this happens.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN ExecuteCmd (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData);
protected:
private:
float stime, etime;
}; // CVWExecuteTestCmd

#endif //

17.5.2 Mean
A simple trace by trace amplitude equalization (normalization) program with scaling. A simple job
flow for the User Mean command is shown below:

GEDCO
1260 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Vista Flow File Window - User Mean Implementation]

A right click on the UMean icon brings up the access to the Command PARAMETERS dialog for
this program. This dialog is shown below:

[User Mean Command Parameters Dialog]

From the above dialog one can see that this program also allows data windowing. It is important
when learning how to use the Vista 'vwuser' set of dialog programming tools to compare the above
dialog with the code provided for each function. This program allows is the first working example
illustrating Executive portion of the code.

The *.cpp and *.hpp file listings for the mean program are provided below. All of these listings are

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1261

embedded in the program listings 'cvwmean.cpp and cvwmean.hpp'. The main feature of this simple
example is that the traces are processed individually in a sequential manner.

The Mean Program (*.cpp)

#include "cvwmean.hpp"
#include "vwmain.hpp"

//////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWFlowMeanCmd
//////////////////////
CVWFlowMeanCmd::CVWFlowMeanCmd(tUserCommandItem &theCmd) :
CVWFlowTraceCmd (theCmd)
{
// Set the defaults.
scale = 1.;
window = FALSE;
stime = 0;
etime = 2000;
} // CVWFlowMeanCmd::CVWFlowMeanCmd

// GetParameters
BOOLEAN CVWFlowMeanCmd::GetParameters (int (__cdecl *dialog )(char *itsTitle, tItemStruct* items, int nItems))
{
tItemStruct items[] =
{
{ 1, 1, 0, 10, DITEM_FLOAT, "Output Scale Factor:", scale, .001, 1e10, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
{ 2, 1,10, 0, DITEM_CHECK, "Mean Scale Window", window, 0, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
{ 3, 4,15, 10, DITEM_FLOAT, "Window Start Time:", stime, 0, 1e10, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
{ 4, 4,15, 10, DITEM_FLOAT, "Window End Time:", etime, 0, 1e10, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
};

// Run Dynamic Dialog

long dialogRet = dialog( "Mean Amplitude Scaling", items, 4);
if( dialogRet == DIALOG_CANCEL )
return FALSE;

// Get the parameters.

scale = items[0].fdef;
window = (items[1].fdef == 1.) ? TRUE : FALSE;
stime = items[2].fdef;
etime = items[3].fdef;

return TRUE;
} // CVWFlowMeanCmd::GetParameters

// ReadParameters
BOOLEAN CVWFlowMeanCmd::ReadParameters(CArrayStrings& strings)
{
if (strings.Length() != 1)
return FALSE;

int win;
if (sscanf(strings[0],"%f %d %f %f", &scale, &win, &stime, &etime) != 4)
return FALSE;

window = (win == 1.) ? TRUE : FALSE;

return TRUE;
} // CVWFlowMeanCmd::ReadParameters

// WriteParameters
void CVWFlowMeanCmd::WriteParameters (void)
{
char string[MAX_STRING_LEN];

sprintf(string, "%0.4f %d %f %f", scale, (int)window, stime, etime);

ioStrings.RemoveAll();

GEDCO
1262 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

ioStrings.Append (string);
} // CVWFlowMeanCmd::WriteParameters

// SetupStringHistory
void CVWFlowMeanCmd::SetupStringHistory (void)
{
char string[MAX_STRING_LEN];

// Remove existing strings.

ioStrings.RemoveAll();

sprintf(string,"Mean Scale: %f", scale);

ioStrings.Append(string);

if (window)
{
sprintf(string,"Scale Window: %0.2f - %0.2f", stime, etime);
ioStrings.Append(string);
}
} // CVWFlowMeanCmd::SetupStringHistory

///////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWExecuteMeanCmd
///////////////////////////
CVWExecuteMeanCmd::CVWExecuteMeanCmd(CVWFlowMeanCmd& flowCmd, CUserExecuteComm* vistaComm) :
CVWExecuteTraceCmd (flowCmd, vistaComm),
window (flowCmd.window),
scale (flowCmd.scale),
stime (flowCmd.stime),
etime (flowCmd.etime)
{
} // CVWExecuteMeanCmd::CVWExecuteMeanCmd

// ExecuteCmd
BOOLEAN CVWExecuteMeanCmd::ExecuteCmd (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData)
{
int nstart, nend;
if (window)
{
nstart = (stime - theData.starttime) / theData.samplerate;
nend = (etime - theData.starttime) / theData.samplerate;

nstart = BOUND (nstart, 0, theData.nsamples);

nend = BOUND (nend, 0, theData.nsamples);
}
else
{
nstart = 0;
nend = theData.nsamples;
}

float *data = theData.data;

float sum = 0.f, mean;
int i;

// Average amplitude.
for(i = nstart;i < nend; i++)
{
sum += ABS(data[i]);
}

// Nonzero.
if (sum != 0.)
{
mean = ((nend - nstart) * scale) / sum;

// Now apply the mean scaling.

for(i = 0;i < theData.nsamples; i++)
data[i] *= mean;
}

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1263

return TRUE;
} // CVWExecuteMeanCmd::ExecuteCmd

The Mean Program (*.hpp)

#include "cvwuser.hpp"

////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWFlowMeanCmd
////////////////////////
class CVWFlowMeanCmd : public CVWFlowTraceCmd

{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Create a class to handle vista-windows flow commands..
Input:
item - Structure describing the vista-windows command.
NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CVWFlowMeanCmd (tUserCommandItem &cmd);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
GetDialogParameters - Called to get/set parameters for command.
Input:
itsTitle - Title of dialog window.
items - Parameter item setup.
nItems - Number of items in list.
Result:
Returns TRUE if user hit OK, FALSE otherwise.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN GetParameters(int (__cdecl *dialog )(char *itsTitle, tItemStruct* items, int nItems));

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
ReadParameters - Reads strings from flow file for this command.
Input:
strings - Input strings read for this flow command.
Result:
Return FALSE if any parameters are incorrect.
TRUE otherwise.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN ReadParameters(CArrayStrings& strings);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
WriteParameters - Setup "iostrings" with parameters to be written
out to flow file.
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual void WriteParameters(void);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
SetupStringHistory - Extra strings to add to history list. Also used
when displaying this commands parameters in flow window.
Simply setup string array with strings to add.
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual void SetupStringHistory (void);

BOOLEAN window;
float scale, stime, etime;
protected:
private:

GEDCO
 1264 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

}; // CVWFlowMeanCmd

////////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWExecuteMeanCmd
////////////////////////////
class CVWExecuteMeanCmd : public CVWExecuteTraceCmd
{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Create a class to handle vista-windows flow commands..
Input:
item - Structure describing the vista-windows command.
NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CVWExecuteMeanCmd (CVWFlowMeanCmd& flowCmd, CUserExecuteComm* vistaComm);

//************************************************************
//**************** EXECUTE COMMAND FUNCTIONS *****************
//************************************************************
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: ExecuteCmd EXECUTE-PHASE
Execute the command.
Input:
theData - Data input information.
Result:
Returns FALSE(Error-String Set) if an
error occurs. Will abort the process if this happens.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN ExecuteCmd (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData);
protected:
private:
BOOLEAN window;
float scale, stime, etime;
}; // CVWExecuteMeanCmd

17.5.3 Stack
This simple stacking program illustrates implementing sort order checking, dead trace checking,
and record by record processing. A simple job flow for the User Stack command is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1265

[Vista Flow File Window - User Stack Implementation]

A right click on the UStack icon brings up the access to the Command PARAMETERS dialog for
this program. This dialog is shown below:

[User Stack Command Parameters Dialog]

From the above dialog one can see that this program only allows an either/or selection (Boolean)
data selection for input. It is important when learning how to use the Vista 'vwuser' set of dialog
programming tools to compare the above dialog with the code provided for each function.

The *.cpp and *.hpp file listings for the stack program are provided below. All of these listings are
embedded in the program listings 'cvwstack.cpp and cvwstack.hpp'. The main feature of this simple
example is that the traces are processed in groups of records sequential manner with each sorted
group a record.

Note in the execute function (::SetupCmd) that the 'sortid' variable is checked. This variable
comes from the input data block. If set to -1 then the program exits.

GEDCO
1266 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Note also in the execute function (::ExecuteCmd) that the check for dead trace(s) is made. Then
the program starts with the first good trace and then stacks until the (theData.lastRecTrace ||
theData.lastDataTrace) trace has been reached. These two variables are important processing loop
control variables.

The Stack Program (*.cpp)

#include "cvwstack.hpp"
#include "utilrout.hpp"
#include "dictdefs.hpp"
#include <math.h>

//////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWFlowStackCmd
//////////////////////
CVWFlowStackCmd::CVWFlowStackCmd(tUserCommandItem &theCmd) :
CVWFlowTraceCmd (theCmd)
{
// Set the defaults.
stackType = 0;
} // CVWFlowStackCmd::CVWFlowStackCmd

// GetParameters
BOOLEAN CVWFlowStackCmd::GetParameters (int (__cdecl *dialog )(char *itsTitle, tItemStruct* items, int nItems))
{
CArrayStrings stkTypes;
stkTypes.Append( "Stack Option 1/N" );
stkTypes.Append( "Stack Option 1/ Sqrt(N)" );

tItemStruct items[] =
{
{ 1, 1, 0, 10, DITEM_RADIO, "Stack Option", stackType, 0, 0, "", &stkTypes, NULL, NULL, 0 }
};

// Run Dynamic Dialog

long dialogRet = dialog( "Stack Option", items, 1);
if( dialogRet == DIALOG_CANCEL )
return FALSE;

// Get the parameters.

stackType = items[0].fdef;

return TRUE;
} // CVWFlowStackCmd::GetParameters

// ReadParameters
BOOLEAN CVWFlowStackCmd::ReadParameters(CArrayStrings& strings)
{
if (strings.Length() != 1)
return FALSE;

if (sscanf(strings[0],"%d", &stackType) != 1)
return FALSE;

return TRUE;
} // CVWFlowStackCmd::ReadParameters

// WriteParameters
void CVWFlowStackCmd::WriteParameters (void)
{
char string[MAX_STRING_LEN];

sprintf(string, "%d", stackType);

ioStrings.RemoveAll();
ioStrings.Append (string);
} // CVWFlowStackCmd::WriteParameters

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1267

// SetupStringHistory
void CVWFlowStackCmd::SetupStringHistory (void)
{
// Remove existing strings.
ioStrings.RemoveAll();

if (!stackType)
ioStrings.Append("Stack: 1/N");
else
ioStrings.Append("Stack: 1/Sqrt(N)");
} // CVWFlowStackCmd::SetupStringHistory

///////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWExecuteStackCmd
///////////////////////////
CVWExecuteStackCmd::CVWExecuteStackCmd(CVWFlowStackCmd& flowCmd, CUserExecuteComm* vistaComm) :
CVWExecuteTraceCmd (flowCmd, vistaComm),
stackType (flowCmd.stackType)
{
} // CVWExecuteStackCmd::CVWExecuteStackCmd

// SetupCmd
BOOLEAN CVWExecuteStackCmd::SetupCmd (tUserExecuteSetupStruct& theData)
{
// MUST be a sorted order.
if (theData.sortId == -1)
return execCmd->SetErrorMsg ("ERROR! Input Data must be in Sort Order");

istack.SetLength(theData.nsamples);
data.SetLength(theData.nsamples);

// Not sorted after this command!

theData.sortId = -1;
theData.isStacked = TRUE;

return TRUE;
} // CVWExecuteStackCmd::SetupCmd

// ExecuteCmd
BOOLEAN CVWExecuteStackCmd::ExecuteCmd (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData)
{
// Zero all DEAD traces.
CDeadTraceMap deadTrc(theData.header);
if (deadTrc.IsDead())
VClear (theData.data, theData.nsamples);
else if (allDead)
allDead = FALSE;

float *inData = theData.data;

float *sData = data.Buffer();
int *ipointer = istack.Buffer();
int i;

// First trace.
if (theData.firstRecTrace)
{
allDead = (deadTrc.IsDead()) ? TRUE : FALSE;
nFold = 0;
for (i = 0;i < theData.nsamples; i++)
{
ipointer[i] = 1;
sData[i] = 0.;
}
}

// Add in a trace.
for (i = 0;i < theData.nsamples; i++)
{
if (inData[i] != 0.)
ipointer[i]++;

GEDCO
1268 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

sData[i] += inData[i];
}

// Got a trace.
nFold++;

// Have the number of traces we require OR Have Last trace

if (theData.lastRecTrace || theData.lastDataTrace)
{
// Adjust the data.
if (!stackType) // Normal stack
{
for (i = 0; i < theData.nsamples; i++)
inData[i] = sData[i] / ipointer[i];
}
else
{
float nSqrt;
for (i = 0; i < theData.nsamples; i++)
{
nSqrt = sqrt((double)ipointer[i]);
inData[i] = sData[i] / nSqrt;
}
}

// Make sure not dead trace(Last header may be dead)!!!

// Also make sure not all dead traces.
if (allDead)
deadTrc.SetDead ();

// Count number of traces stacked.

CItemMap fold (VWTRACE_VSTACK, theData.header);
fold.Set ((short)nFold);

// Can continue.
theData.nextProcess = TRUE;
}
else
theData.nextProcess = FALSE; // Do not continue passed.
return TRUE;
} // CVWExecuteStackCmd::ExecuteCmd

The Stack Program (*.hpp)

#include "cvwuser.hpp"

////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWFlowStackCmd
////////////////////////
class CVWFlowStackCmd : public CVWFlowTraceCmd

{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Create a class to handle vista-windows flow commands..
Input:
item - Structure describing the vista-windows command.
NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CVWFlowStackCmd (tUserCommandItem &cmd);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
GetDialogParameters - Called to get/set parameters for command.
Input:
itsTitle - Title of dialog window.
items - Parameter item setup.
nItems - Number of items in list.
Result:

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1269

Returns TRUE if user hit OK, FALSE otherwise.

------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN GetParameters(int (__cdecl *dialog )(char *itsTitle, tItemStruct* items, int nItems));

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
ReadParameters - Reads strings from flow file for this command.
Input:
strings - Input strings read for this flow command.
Result:
Return FALSE if any parameters are incorrect.
TRUE otherwise.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN ReadParameters(CArrayStrings& strings);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
WriteParameters - Setup "iostrings" with parameters to be written
out to flow file.
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual void WriteParameters(void);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
SetupStringHistory - Extra strings to add to history list. Also used
when displaying this commands parameters in flow window.
Simply setup string array with strings to add.
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual void SetupStringHistory (void);

int stackType; // 1/N or 1/Sqrt(N) stack

protected:
private:
}; // CVWFlowStackCmd

////////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWExecuteStackCmd
////////////////////////////
class CVWExecuteStackCmd : public CVWExecuteTraceCmd
{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Create a class to handle vista-windows flow commands..
Input:
item - Structure describing the vista-windows command.
NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CVWExecuteStackCmd (CVWFlowStackCmd& flowCmd, CUserExecuteComm* vistaComm);

//************************************************************
//**************** EXECUTE COMMAND FUNCTIONS *****************
//************************************************************
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: SetupCmd SETUP-PHASE
Get ready to process, make sure data input(If set) matches
what is expected. Returns FALSE(Error-String Set) if an
error occurs. Will abort the process if this happens.
Input:
theData - Data input information.
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN SetupCmd (tUserExecuteSetupStruct& theData);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: ExecuteCmd EXECUTE-PHASE
Execute the command.

GEDCO
 1270 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Input:
theData - Data input information.
Result:
Returns FALSE(Error-String Set) if an
error occurs. Will abort the process if this happens.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN ExecuteCmd (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData);
protected:
private:
BOOLEAN allDead;
int stackType;
int nFold; // Fold counter.
CArrayInt istack; // Stack count.
CArrayFloat data; // Stacking trace.
}; // CVWExecuteStackCmd

#endif //

17.5.4 Ensemble Mean

This Ensemble Mean program implements sort order checking, dead trace checking, data caching
with temporary file read/write, more on record by record processing with last data trace checking. This
demonstration program is only to be used on data that has not been stacked. A simple job flow for the
User Ensemble Mean command is shown below:

[Vista Flow File Window - User Ensemble Mean Implementation]

A right click on the UEMean icon brings up the access to the Command PARAMETERS dialog for
this
program. This dialog is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1271

[User Ensemble Mean Command Parameters Dialog]

From the above dialog one can see that this program allows a scale factor for the data and the
optional selection for setting start and end time of the Mean Scale Window input. Also, the option of
removing dead traces has been added to this example. It is important when learning how to use the
Vista 'vwuser' set of dialog programming tools to compare the above dialog with the code provided for
each function.

The *.cpp and *.hpp file listings for the ensemble mean program are provided below. All of these
listings are embedded in the program listings 'cvwmean.cpp and cvwmean.hpp'. The main feature of
this example is that the traces in each record are stored in temporary data files constructed with the
Vista class CCacheTmpData.

Note in the execute function (::SetupCmd) that the 'sortid' variable is checked. This variable
comes from the input data block. If set to -1 then the Execute portion of the program exits when this
variable is checked.

Note also in the execute function (::ExecuteCmd) that the check for dead trace(s) is made. Then
the program starts with the first good trace and then stores all into the Cache until the
(theData.lastRecTrace || theData.lastDataTrace) trace has been reached. Then the program calls a
new subclass routine (EnsembleScale) which does the actual mathematical processing record and on
completion sends the data on to the next flow item. This process is an additional important processing
loop control procedure.

The program contains a DisplayMessage function that is used to debug the process. This action
is commented out so that the program will run normally. It is provided as an example to look at
variables for debugging.

The Ensemble Mean Program (*.cpp)

//////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWFlowEnsembleMean
//////////////////////
CVWFlowEnsembleMean::CVWFlowEnsembleMean(tUserCommandItem &theCmd) :
CVWFlowTraceCmd (theCmd)
{
// Set the defaults.
removeDead = TRUE;
scale = 1.;
window = FALSE;
stime = 0;
etime = 2000;

GEDCO
1272 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

} // CVWFlowEnsembleMean::CVWFlowEnsembleMean

// GetParameters
BOOLEAN CVWFlowEnsembleMean::GetParameters (int (__cdecl *dialog )(char *itsTitle, tItemStruct* items, int nItems))
{
tItemStruct items[] =
{
{ 1, 1, 0, 10, DITEM_FLOAT, "Output Scale:", scale, .001, 1e10, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
{ 2, 1,10, 0, DITEM_CHECK, "Mean Scale Window", window, 0, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
{ 3, 4,15, 10, DITEM_FLOAT, "Window Start Time:", stime, 0, 1e10, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
{ 4, 4,15, 10, DITEM_FLOAT, "Window End Time:", etime, 0, 1e10, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
{ 5, 1,10, 0, DITEM_CHECK, "Remove Dead Traces",removeDead, 0, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
};

// Run Dynamic Dialog

long dialogRet = dialog( "Mean Amplitude Scaling", items, 5);
if( dialogRet == DIALOG_CANCEL )
return FALSE;

// Get the parameters.

scale = items[0].fdef;
window = (items[1].fdef == 1.) ? TRUE : FALSE;
stime = items[2].fdef;
etime = items[3].fdef;
removeDead = (items[4].fdef == 1.) ? TRUE : FALSE;

return TRUE;
} // CVWFlowEnsembleMean::GetParameters

// ReadParameters
BOOLEAN CVWFlowEnsembleMean::ReadParameters(CArrayStrings& strings)
{
if (strings.Length() != 1)
return FALSE;

int win, rd;

if (sscanf(strings[0],"%f %d %f %f %d", &scale, &win, &stime, &etime, &rd) != 5)
return FALSE;

window = (win == 1) ? TRUE : FALSE;

removeDead = (rd == 1) ? TRUE : FALSE;

return TRUE;
} // CVWFlowEnsembleMean::ReadParameters

// WriteParameters
void CVWFlowEnsembleMean::WriteParameters (void)
{
char string[MAX_STRING_LEN];

sprintf(string, "%0.4f %d %f %f %d", scale, (int)window, stime, etime, (int)removeDead);

ioStrings.RemoveAll();
ioStrings.Append (string);
} // CVWFlowEnsembleMean::WriteParameters

// SetupStringHistory
void CVWFlowEnsembleMean::SetupStringHistory (void)
{
char string[MAX_STRING_LEN];

// Remove existing strings.

ioStrings.RemoveAll();

sprintf(string,"Mean Scale: %f", scale);

ioStrings.Append(string);

if (window)
{
sprintf(string,"Scale Window: %0.2f - %0.2f", stime, etime);
ioStrings.Append(string);

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1273

if (removeDead)
ioStrings.Append("Remove Dead Traces");
} // CVWFlowEnsembleMean::SetupStringHistory

///////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd
///////////////////////////
CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd::CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd(CVWFlowEnsembleMean& flowCmd,
CUserExecuteComm* vistaComm) :
CVWExecuteTraceCmd (flowCmd, vistaComm),
window (flowCmd.window),
scale (flowCmd.scale),
stime (flowCmd.stime),
etime (flowCmd.etime),
removeDead (flowCmd.removeDead)
{
traceCnt = 0;
tmpDataFile = tmpHeadFile = NULL;
} // CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd::CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd

// ~CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd
CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd::~CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd ()
{
DESTROY (tmpDataFile);
DESTROY (tmpHeadFile);
} // CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd::~CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd

// SetupCmd
BOOLEAN CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd::SetupCmd (tUserExecuteSetupStruct& theData)
{
// MUST be a sorted order.
if (theData.sortId == -1)
return execCmd->SetErrorMsg ("ERROR! Input Data must be in Sort Order");

if (!tmpDataFile)
{
// Cache the data and headers, to disk.
tmpDataFile = new CCacheTmpData (theData.nsamples * sizeof(float), 1);
tmpHeadFile = new CCacheTmpData (GetVWHeaderList().vwHeaderSize, 1);

// Open the file for reading and writing.

tmpDataFile->OpenReadWrite (TRUE);
tmpHeadFile->OpenReadWrite (TRUE);
}

return TRUE;
} // CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd::SetupCmd

// ExecuteCmd
BOOLEAN CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd::ExecuteCmd (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData)
{
// NOTE: No data is passed on from here.
// Do not continue passed.
// This process sends all data down the pipe.
theData.nextProcess = FALSE;

// Watch for Dead traces?

if (removeDead)
{
CDeadTraceMap dMap (theData.header);
if (dMap.IsDead())
return TRUE;
}

// Got a trace and header.

if (!tmpHeadFile->PutRecord (traceCnt, theData.header))
return FALSE;
if (!tmpDataFile->PutRecord (traceCnt++, theData.data))
return FALSE;

GEDCO
1274 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

// Have the number of traces we require OR Have Last trace

// Wait for last trace.
if (theData.lastRecTrace || theData.lastDataTrace)
return EnsembleScale (theData);

return TRUE;
} // CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd::ExecuteCmd

// EnsembleScale
BOOLEAN CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd::EnsembleScale (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData)
{
long nstart, nend;
double sum = 0., mean = 1.;
long i, j, nSampCnt = 0;

float *data = theData.data;

if (window)
{
nstart = (stime - theData.starttime) / theData.samplerate;
nend = (etime - theData.starttime) / theData.samplerate;

nstart = BOUND (nstart, 0, theData.nsamples);

nend = BOUND (nend, 0, theData.nsamples);
}
else
{
nstart = 0;
nend = theData.nsamples;
}

// First calc scalar for entire ensemble.

for (i = 0;i < traceCnt; i++)
{
if (!tmpDataFile->GetRecord (i, data))
return FALSE;

for(j = nstart;j < nend; j++)

{
sum += ABS(data[j]);
if (data[j] != 0.)
nSampCnt++;
}
}

if (sum != 0)
mean = (nSampCnt * scale) / sum;

// DisplayMessage for debugging

char string[MAX_STRING_LEN];
sprintf(string,"Tracecnt: %d Mean: %0.4f", traceCnt, mean);
// DisplayMessage(string);

// Now apply the scalar and send the data.

for (i = 0;i < traceCnt; i++)
{
// Output the new trace.
tUserExecuteDataStruct infoData(theData);
float *outData = infoData.data;

// Get original header/trace.

if (!tmpHeadFile->GetRecord (i, infoData.header))
return FALSE;
if (!tmpDataFile->GetRecord (i, outData))
return FALSE;

// Now apply the scaling.

for(j = 0;j < infoData.nsamples; j++)
outData[j] *= mean;

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1275

infoData.firstRecTrace = (!i) ? TRUE : FALSE;

infoData.lastRecTrace = (i == (traceCnt - 1)) ? TRUE : FALSE;

// Watch last trace.

if (theData.lastDataTrace && (i == (traceCnt - 1)))
infoData.lastDataTrace = TRUE;
else
infoData.lastDataTrace = FALSE;

// Send it down.
if (!execCmd->UserSendNextProcess (infoData))
return FALSE;
}

traceCnt = 0; // Reset trace count.

return TRUE;
} // CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd::EnsembleScale

The Ensemble Mean Program (*.hpp)

////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWFlowEnsembleMean
// Same as mean class but performs mean using a sorted ensemble as input.
// Also eliminates any DEAD traces from each ensemble.
// *** MUST have sorted input ***
// Module must hold data before it can run the ensemble mean.
////////////////////////
class CVWFlowEnsembleMean : public CVWFlowTraceCmd
{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Create a class to handle vista-windows flow commands..
Input:
item - Structure describing the vista-windows command.
NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CVWFlowEnsembleMean (tUserCommandItem &cmd);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
GetDialogParameters - Called to get/set parameters for command.
Input:
itsTitle - Title of dialog window.
items - Parameter item setup.
nItems - Number of items in list.
Result:
Returns TRUE if user hit OK, FALSE otherwise.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN GetParameters(int (__cdecl *dialog )(char *itsTitle, tItemStruct* items, int nItems));

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
ReadParameters - Reads strings from flow file for this command.
Input:
strings - Input strings read for this flow command.
Result:
Return FALSE if any parameters are incorrect.
TRUE otherwise.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN ReadParameters(CArrayStrings& strings);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
WriteParameters - Setup "iostrings" with parameters to be written
out to flow file.
Input:

GEDCO
1276 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual void WriteParameters(void);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
SetupStringHistory - Extra strings to add to history list. Also used
when displaying this commands parameters in flow window.
Simply setup string array with strings to add.
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual void SetupStringHistory (void);

BOOLEAN removeDead;
BOOLEAN window;
float scale, stime, etime;
protected:
private:
}; // CVWFlowEnsembleMean

////////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd
////////////////////////////
class CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd : public CVWExecuteTraceCmd
{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Create a class to handle vista-windows flow commands..
Input:
item - Structure describing the vista-windows command.
NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd (CVWFlowEnsembleMean& flowCmd, CUserExecuteComm* vistaComm);
virtual ~CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd();

//************************************************************
//**************** EXECUTE COMMAND FUNCTIONS *****************
//************************************************************
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: SetupCmd SETUP-PHASE
Get ready to process, make sure data input(If set) matches
what is expected. Returns FALSE(Error-String Set) if an
error occurs. Will abort the process if this happens.
Input:
theData - Data input information.
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN SetupCmd (tUserExecuteSetupStruct& theData);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: ExecuteCmd EXECUTE-PHASE
Execute the command.
Input:
theData - Data input information.
Result:
Returns FALSE(Error-String Set) if an
error occurs. Will abort the process if this happens.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN ExecuteCmd (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData);
protected:
private:
BOOLEAN EnsembleScale (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData);

BOOLEAN removeDead;
BOOLEAN window;
float scale, stime, etime;

long traceCnt; // Trace count.

CCacheTmpData *tmpDataFile; // Temporary data file.

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1277

CCacheTmpData *tmpHeadFile; // Temporary header file.

}; // CVWExecuteEnsembleMeanCmd

17.5.5 Rotation
A simple trace by trace phase shift program to demonstrate the use of the mathematical library
calls. A simple job flow for the User Rotation command is shown below:

[Vista Flow File Window - User Rotation Implementation]

A right click on the URot icon brings up the access to the Command PARAMETERS dialog for this
program. This dialog is shown below:

[User Mean Command Parameters Dialog]

From the above simple dialog one can see that this program only has a single input, the phase
rotation degrees. It is important when learning how to use the Vista 'vwuser' set of dialog
programming tools to compare the above dialog with the code provided for each function.

The *.cpp and *.hpp file listings for the Rotation program are provided below. All of these listings
are embedded in the program listings 'cvwmean.cpp and cvwmean.hpp'. The main feature of this
simple example is that the traces are processed individually in a sequential manner with the functions
from the mathematical library.

GEDCO
1278 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The Rotation Program (*.cpp)

//////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWFlowRotateCmd
//////////////////////
CVWFlowRotateCmd::CVWFlowRotateCmd(tUserCommandItem &theCmd) :
CVWFlowTraceCmd (theCmd)
{
// Set the defaults.
rotate = 45.;
} // CVWFlowRotateCmd::CVWFlowRotateCmd

// GetParameters
BOOLEAN CVWFlowRotateCmd::GetParameters (int (__cdecl *dialog )(char *itsTitle, tItemStruct* items, int nItems))
{
tItemStruct items[] =
{
{ 0, 1, 0, 10, DITEM_FLOAT, "Rotate Degrees:", rotate, 0, 360., NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
};

// Run Dynamic Dialog

long dialogRet = dialog( "Rotate Input Data Phase", items, 1);
if( dialogRet == DIALOG_CANCEL )
return FALSE;

// Get the parameters.

rotate = items[0].fdef;

return TRUE;
} // CVWFlowRotateCmd::GetParameters

// ReadParameters
BOOLEAN CVWFlowRotateCmd::ReadParameters(CArrayStrings& strings)
{
if (strings.Length() != 1)
return FALSE;

if (sscanf(strings[0],"%f", &rotate) != 1)
return FALSE;

return TRUE;
} // CVWFlowRotateCmd::ReadParameters

// WriteParameters
void CVWFlowRotateCmd::WriteParameters (void)
{
char string[MAX_STRING_LEN];

sprintf(string, "%f", rotate);

ioStrings.RemoveAll();
ioStrings.Append (string);
} // CVWFlowRotateCmd::WriteParameters

// SetupStringHistory
void CVWFlowRotateCmd::SetupStringHistory (void)
{
char string[MAX_STRING_LEN];

// Remove existing strings.

ioStrings.RemoveAll();

sprintf(string,"Rotate: %f Degrees", rotate);

ioStrings.Append(string);
} // CVWFlowRotateCmd::SetupStringHistory

///////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWExecuteRotateCmd

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1279

///////////////////////////
CVWExecuteRotateCmd::CVWExecuteRotateCmd(CVWFlowRotateCmd& flowCmd, CUserExecuteComm* vistaComm) :
CVWExecuteTraceCmd (flowCmd, vistaComm),
rotate (flowCmd.rotate)
{
} // CVWExecuteRotateCmd::CVWExecuteRotateCmd

// ExecuteCmd
BOOLEAN CVWExecuteRotateCmd::ExecuteCmd (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData)
{
float *inData = theData.data;

// Simply a reverse polarity.

if (rotate == 180.0)
{
VScalarMul(inData, -1., inData, theData.nsamples);
return TRUE;
}

long nsamples = theData.nsamples;

long nTime = Power2Up(nsamples);
long nf = (nTime / 2) + 1;

CArrayFloat calc1 (nf * 2);

float *tmpData = calc1.Buffer();

// Zero the input buffer.

VClear (tmpData, nf * 2L);

// Move the data into it.

VCopy (inData, tmpData, nsamples);
ForwardTransform(tmpData, nTime);

// Return amp & phase(Radians).

Polar(tmpData, nf, 3);

// Rotate 90 degrees.
float rotRadians = rotate * DEG2RADS;
int i;
for (i = 3;i < nf*2 + 1; i += 2)
tmpData[i] += rotRadians;

// Convert back.
Rect(tmpData, nf);
ReverseTransform(tmpData, nTime);

VCopy (tmpData, inData, nsamples);

return TRUE;
} // CVWExecuteRotateCmd::ExecuteCmd

The Rotation Program (*.hpp)

////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWFlowRotateCmd
////////////////////////
class CVWFlowRotateCmd : public CVWFlowTraceCmd

{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Create a class to handle vista-windows flow commands..
Input:
item - Structure describing the vista-windows command.
NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CVWFlowRotateCmd (tUserCommandItem &cmd);

/*------------------------------------------------------------

GEDCO
1280 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Purpose:
GetDialogParameters - Called to get/set parameters for command.
Input:
itsTitle - Title of dialog window.
items - Parameter item setup.
nItems - Number of items in list.
Result:
Returns TRUE if user hit OK, FALSE otherwise.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN GetParameters(int (__cdecl *dialog )(char *itsTitle, tItemStruct* items, int nItems));

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
ReadParameters - Reads strings from flow file for this command.
Input:
strings - Input strings read for this flow command.
Result:
Return FALSE if any parameters are incorrect.
TRUE otherwise.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN ReadParameters(CArrayStrings& strings);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
WriteParameters - Setup "iostrings" with parameters to be written
out to flow file.
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual void WriteParameters(void);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
SetupStringHistory - Extra strings to add to history list. Also used
when displaying this commands parameters in flow window.
Simply setup string array with strings to add.
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual void SetupStringHistory (void);

float rotate;
protected:
private:
}; // CVWFlowRotateCmd

////////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWExecuteRotateCmd
////////////////////////////
class CVWExecuteRotateCmd : public CVWExecuteTraceCmd
{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Create a class to handle vista-windows flow commands..
Input:
item - Structure describing the vista-windows command.
NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CVWExecuteRotateCmd (CVWFlowRotateCmd& flowCmd, CUserExecuteComm* vistaComm);

//************************************************************
//**************** EXECUTE COMMAND FUNCTIONS *****************
//************************************************************
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: ExecuteCmd EXECUTE-PHASE
Execute the command.
Input:
theData - Data input information.
Result:
Returns FALSE(Error-String Set) if an

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1281

error occurs. Will abort the process if this happens.

------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN ExecuteCmd (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData);
protected:
private:
float rotate;
}; // CVWExecuteRotateCmd

#endif //

17.5.6 Two Input (Math) One Output

The 2-Input (Math) program to demonstrates the use of 2 separate inputs being processed by a
mathematical function and then the output of a new set of traces representing the results of this
mathematical operation . A simple job flow for the 2-Input (Math) command is shown below:

[Vista Flow File Window - User 2 Input (Math) Implementation]

In the above flow example the user can use as Input 1 the Brute + FX data and use for Input 2 the
Brute Stack from Tutorial A data. If the subtraction mathematical process is selected with the
Command PARAMETERS dialog the user can observe the differences in the two processes. A right
click on the 2InMath icon brings up the access to the Command PARAMETERS dialog for this
program and this dialog indicates the Input data as shown below:

GEDCO
1282 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[RMB Dialog on Flow Tool 2InMath]

This Command PARAMETERS dialog is shown below set for subtraction:

[2InMath Command Parameters Dialog]

From the above simple dialog one can see that in this program that the mathematical selection
are simple choices. It is important when learning how to use the Vista 'vwuser' set of dialog
programming tools to compare the above dialog with the code provided for each function.

The *.cpp and *.hpp file listings for the 2InMath program are provided below. All of these listings
are embedded in the program listings 'cvwinput2.cpp and cvwinput2.hpp'. The main feature of this
simple example is that the two input traces are processed together in a sequential manner.

The 2InMath Program (*.cpp).

/*******************************************************************
INCLUDE File: cvwinput2.hpp
SOURCE File : cvwinput2.cpp

Purpose : Show how to use 2 inputs to produce one output.

Class :
Inheritance:

Notes:

********************************************************************
* Version
* Created
* Modified
*
*
*

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1283

*
*
********************************************************************
*/
#include "cvwinput2.hpp"
#include "vwmain.hpp"

//////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWInput2Cmd
//////////////////////
CVWInput2Cmd::CVWInput2Cmd(tUserCommandItem &theCmd) :
CVWFlowTraceCmd (theCmd)
{
operation = 0; // Default add.
dualInput = TRUE;
} // CVWInput2Cmd::CVWInput2Cmd

// GetParameters
BOOLEAN CVWInput2Cmd::GetParameters (int (__cdecl *dialog )(char *itsTitle, tItemStruct* items, int nItems))
{
CArrayStrings opTypes;
opTypes.Append( "Add Inputs" );
opTypes.Append( "Subtract Inputs" );
opTypes.Append( "Multiple Inputs" );
opTypes.Append( "Divide Inputs" );

tItemStruct items[] =
{
{ 1, 1, 0, 10, DITEM_RADIO, "Math Operation", operation, 0, 0, "", &opTypes, NULL, NULL, 0 }
};

// Run Dynamic Dialog

if (dialog("Two Input Operation Test", items, 1) != DIALOG_OK)
return FALSE;

// Get the parameters.

operation = items[0].fdef;

return TRUE;
} // CVWInput2Cmd::GetParameters

// ReadParameters
BOOLEAN CVWInput2Cmd::ReadParameters(CArrayStrings& strings)
{
if (strings.Length() != 1)
return FALSE;

if (sscanf(strings[0],"%d", &operation) != 1)
return FALSE;

return TRUE;
} // CVWInput2Cmd::ReadParameters

// WriteParameters
void CVWInput2Cmd::WriteParameters (void)
{
char string[MAX_STRING_LEN];

sprintf(string, "%d", operation);

ioStrings.RemoveAll();
ioStrings.Append (string);
} // CVWInput2Cmd::WriteParameters

// SetupStringHistory
void CVWInput2Cmd::SetupStringHistory (void)
{
char string[MAX_STRING_LEN];

// Remove existing strings.

ioStrings.RemoveAll();

GEDCO
1284 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

sprintf(string,"Operation Command: %d", operation);

ioStrings.Append(string);
} // CVWInput2Cmd::SetupStringHistory

///////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWExecuteinput2Cmd
///////////////////////////
CVWExecuteinput2Cmd::CVWExecuteinput2Cmd(CVWInput2Cmd& flowCmd, CUserExecuteComm* vistaComm) :
CVWExecuteTraceCmd (flowCmd, vistaComm),
operation (flowCmd.operation)
{
} // CVWExecuteinput2Cmd::CVWExecuteinput2Cmd

// SetupTwoInputCmds
BOOLEAN CVWExecuteinput2Cmd::SetupTwoInputCmds (tUserExecuteSetupStruct& theData1, tUserExecuteSetupStruct&
theData2, tUserExecuteSetupStruct& theData)
{
// Make sure they match, samplerate, nsamples for now.
if (theData1.samplerate != theData2.samplerate || theData1.nsamples != theData2.nsamples)
return FALSE;

theData = theData1;

return TRUE;
} // CVWExecuteinput2Cmd::SetupTwoInputCmds

// ExecuteTwoCmds
BOOLEAN CVWExecuteinput2Cmd::ExecuteTwoCmds (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData, float *inputData, char *header,
BOOLEAN theFirst)
{
float *in1 = (theFirst) ? theData.data : inputData;
float *in2 = (!theFirst) ? theData.data : inputData;
float *out = theData.data;
float value;

for (int i = 0;i < theData.nsamples; i++)

{
switch (operation)
{
case 0: // add
value = in1[i] + in2[i];
break;
case 1: // subtract
value = in1[i] - in2[i];
break;
case 2: // multiple
value = in1[i] * in2[i];
break;

default:
case 3: // divide
if (in2[i] != 0.)
value = in1[i] / in2[i];
else
value = 0.;
break;
}
out[i] = value;
}

return TRUE;
} // CVWExecuteinput2Cmd::ExecuteTwoCmds

The 2InMath Program (*.hpp).

#ifndef INCL_CVWFLOWTWOINPUT
#define INCL_CVWFLOWTWOINPUT
/*******************************************************************
INCLUDE File: cvwinput2.hpp
SOURCE File : cvwinput2.cpp

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1285

Purpose : Show how to use 2 inputs to produce one output.

Class :
Inheritance:

Notes:

********************************************************************
* Version
* Created
* Modified
*
*
*
*
*
********************************************************************
*/

#include "cvwuser.hpp"

////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWInput2Cmd
////////////////////////
class CVWInput2Cmd : public CVWFlowTraceCmd
{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Create a class to handle vista-windows flow commands..
Input:
item - Structure describing the vista-windows command.
NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CVWInput2Cmd (tUserCommandItem &cmd);

virtual tSisCmdType CommandType(void)

{ return SISCMDMULTINPUT; }

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
GetDialogParameters - Called to get/set parameters for command.
Input:
itsTitle - Title of dialog window.
items - Parameter item setup.
nItems - Number of items in list.
Result:
Returns TRUE if user hit OK, FALSE otherwise.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN GetParameters(int (__cdecl *dialog )(char *itsTitle, tItemStruct* items, int nItems));

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
ReadParameters - Reads strings from flow file for this command.
Input:
strings - Input strings read for this flow command.
Result:
Return FALSE if any parameters are incorrect.
TRUE otherwise.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN ReadParameters(CArrayStrings& strings);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
WriteParameters - Setup "iostrings" with parameters to be written
out to flow file.
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual void WriteParameters(void);

GEDCO
1286 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
SetupStringHistory - Extra strings to add to history list. Also used
when displaying this commands parameters in flow window.
Simply setup string array with strings to add.
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual void SetupStringHistory (void);

int operation; // 0 - Add, 1 - Subtract, 2 - Multiple, 3 - Divide.

protected:
private:
}; // CVWInput2Cmd

////////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWExecuteinput2Cmd
////////////////////////////
class CVWExecuteinput2Cmd : public CVWExecuteTraceCmd
{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Create a class to handle vista-windows flow commands..
Input:
item - Structure describing the vista-windows command.
NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CVWExecuteinput2Cmd (CVWInput2Cmd& flowCmd, CUserExecuteComm* vistaComm);

//************************************************************
//**************** EXECUTE COMMAND FUNCTIONS *****************
//************************************************************

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: ExecuteTwoCmds EXECUTE-PHASE With TWO INPUTS
Execute the command.
Input:
theData - Data input information(First or second command).
inputData - Data input (First or second command).
theFirst - Is theData the first or second command
lastData - Indicates lastDataTrace for inputData.
firstTime - First time into this call.
Result:
Returns FALSE(Error-String Set) if an
error occurs. Will abort the process if this happens.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN ExecuteTwoCmds (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData, float *inputData, char *header,
BOOLEAN theFirst);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: SetupTwoInputCmds SETUP-PHASE With TWO INPUTS
Get ready to process, make sure data input(If set) matches
what is expected. Returns FALSE(Error-String Set) if an
error occurs. Will abort the process if this happens.
Input:
theData1 - Data input 1 information.
theData2 - Data input 2 information.
theData - Data input information to pass on in the flow.
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN SetupTwoInputCmds (tUserExecuteSetupStruct& theData1, tUserExecuteSetupStruct&
theData2, tUserExecuteSetupStruct& theData);
protected:
private:
int operation;
}; // CVWExecuteinput2Cmd

#endif //

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1287

17.5.7 Main
The 'vwuser' programs require a 'vwmain.hpp program for the construction of the '*.dll' for
integration with the main Vista program. The listings of the this *.hpp is shown below.

The vwmain Program (*.hpp)

********************************************************************
* $Log: vwmain.hpp,v $
* Revision
********************************************************************/
#include "defines.h"

// Forward declare.
class CVWHeaderItemList;

// tVWProjectInfo
struct tVWProjectInfo
{
DIRECTORY vistaWinDir; // Vista-Windows directory.
FILE_SPEC projectFile; // Current project file and directory.
short is3D; // Is 3D
short isMetric; // 0: Meters, 1:Feet
};

// VWProjectDir
DIRECTORY VWProjectDir (void);

// GetProjectInfo
void GetProjectInfo (tVWProjectInfo& info);

// CreateTempFile
BOOLEAN CreateTempFile (FILE_SPEC& tmpFile);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: Vista-Header Information
GetVWHeaderList - return vista-Header item list.
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CVWHeaderItemList& GetVWHeaderList (void);

#endif // MAININTERFACE

17.6 Dialog Construction Procedures

In Vista programming a technique has been developed to generate dialogs from functions without
the need to use classical graphic type dialog generation processes. This section summarizes this
process.

The key to programming the dialogs is to be familiar with the 'tItemStruct' structure and the
'tItemType' list which are provided in the file 'defines.h 1299 '. Each are reproduced below for
discussion purposes.

Dialog Structure
struct tItemStruct
{
// Location of text.
int nrow; // Row location(Index from 0.) for title and edit.
int ncolumn; // Column location(index from 0) for title.
int ncoledit; // Column location for edit. IF 0 auto locate after title.
int nlen; // Length of item in chars.
tItemType type; // Type of item(See above).
char title[100]; // Title of item(If required)

GEDCO
1288 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

// Defaults, min/max range

// Returned values in 'fdef' and 'defstr'
double fdef; // Default value(DITEM_RADIO/DITEM_LIST Index of default Selection
0-N)..
// RETURNED VALUE: For
INTEGER/LONG/FLOAT/DOUBLE
// For check-box 0-Not Checked,
1:Checked.
// For Radio-Button index of radio selected(0
- Len).
double fmin; // Min value(Not used
DITEM_TEXT/DITEM_CHECK/DITEM_RADIO/DITEM_LIST)
double fmax; // Max value(Not used
DITEM_TEXT/DITEM_CHECK/DITEM_RADIO/DITEM_LIST)
char *defstr; // Default string(If Null Program sets string).
// RETURNED Edit String(Not returned for Check-Box or Radio-Button).
// Radio List
CArrayStrings *strList; // Radio/Or List-Button list of strings(DITEM_RADIO, DITEM_LIST)

// File input, output

FILE_SPEC *file; // For input/output files(DITEM_FILEIN, DITEM_FILEOUT).

// Nested dialog(DITEM_DIALOG)
tItemStruct *items; // If DITEM_DIALOG, pops up another dialog on top.
int nItem; // Number of items in above popup dialog.
};

Dialog Item Types

typedef enum
{
DITEM_TITLE = 0,// Static text.
DITEM_TEXT, // Text edit,
DITEM_INTEGER, // Integer
DITEM_LONG, // Long
DITEM_FLOAT, // Float
DITEM_DOUBLE, // Double
DITEM_CHECK, // Checkbox.
DITEM_RADIO, // Radio button list.
DITEM_FILEIN, // File input.
DITEM_FILEOUT, // File output.
DITEM_LIST, // List button of choices
DITEM_DIALOG // Button to access nested dialog.
} tItemType;

Many examples of dialog construction have been provided in the examples. With knowledge of
the two above items, the programming construction of these dialogs is straight forward. For clarity,
the dialog construction for the 'mean' example is reproduced with comments in a step by step manner
from the :: GetParameters function.

Step 1: tItemStruct Construction

tItemStruct items[] =
{
{ 1, 1, 0, 10, DITEM_FLOAT, "Output Scale Factor:", scale, .001, 1e10, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
{ 2, 1,10, 0, DITEM_CHECK, "Mean Scale Window", window, 0, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
{ 3, 4,15, 10, DITEM_FLOAT, "Window Start Time:", stime, 0, 1e10, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
{ 4, 4,15, 10, DITEM_FLOAT, "Window End Time:", etime, 0, 1e10, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
};

In the above tItemStruct which has been assigned to the items[ ] variable there has been chosen
to implement 4 input items in the dialog. For clarity, the first row of the items[ ] structure is detailed
with the variables from the tItemStruct below:

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1289

a) nrow = 1 - Row location.

b) ncol = 1 - Column location.
c) ncoledit = 0 - Column location for edit. IF 0 auto locate after title.
d) nlen = 10 - Length of item in characters.
e) tItemType type = DITEM_FLOAT - Type of item from tItemType list.
f) char title = "Output Scale Factor:" - Title of Item
g) fdef = scale - Default value. Note special note in structure for this item.
h) fmin = 0.001 - Minimum value. Note special note in structure for this item.
i) fmax = 1e10 - Maximum value. Note special note in structure for this item.
j) *defstr = Null - Default string. Note special note in structure for this item.
k) *strlst = Null - Radio/Or List-Button list of strings.
l) *file = Null - For input/output files.
m) *items = Null - If DITEM_DIALOG, pops up another dialog on top.
n) nItem = 0 - Number of items in above popup dialog.

This step repeats for the number of variables or actions required in the dialog.

Step 2: Calling Dynamic Dialog

// Run Dynamic Dialog

long dialogRet = dialog( "Mean Amplitude Scaling", items, 4);
if( dialogRet == DIALOG_CANCEL )
return FALSE;

In programming the dialog call, the only three parameters required are:

a) Dialog Title - In this example it is "Mean Amplitude Scaling".

b) tItemStruct - The constructed structure 'items'.
c) Number of rows in tItemStruct, - In this example there are 4 items in the dialog.

On return from the dialog call, the program automatically checks to determine if the Dialog Cancel
button was pressed.

Step 3: Get the Dialog Parameters

// Get the parameters.

scale = items[0].fdef;
window = (items[1].fdef == 1.) ? TRUE : FALSE;
stime = items[2].fdef;
etime = items[3].fdef;

The tItemStruct (items[ ] in this case) variable 'fdef' was defined as the default value, however it
also contains the results of the input processing done in the dialog. All that is required is indexing the
item[ ] array for each row in the item[ ] structure with the proper index as shown in the 'Get
Parameters' code above.

This concludes the steps necessary for constructing a dialog. Note that the variables must be
defined and the defaults set as shown in the example programs.

For reference the output dialog for the above example is shown below:

GEDCO
 1290 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[User Mean Command Parameters Dialog]

17.7 Header Data Extraction

In Vista programming a technique has been developed to read and write to Vista trace headers
using variable mapping technique. This process was derived to readily handle the various byte size
and variable types normally found in seismic headers. This section summarizes this process and
provides a simple example with references to all the key methods that are used in the demonstration
programs provided.

To start the review, a section of the Vista header listing obtained from the Dictionary main menu
is shown:

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1291

[Partial Section of Vista-Header Dictionary]

As can be seen above typical headers have a mixture of various data types that control the byte
location in the header array. To facilitate the programming with these header values Vista uses a
variable mapping technique to ease reading/writing to and from the header. The partial replication of
the 'dictdef.hpp 1305 ' header shown below is a sample of the definitions of the mapping indices.

/ Dictionary defns.
#define VWTRACE_SEQ_NO 0
#define VWTRACE_SEQ_REEL 1
#define VWFIELD_RECORD_NO 2
#define VWTRACE_NO_FIELD 3
#define VWSHOT_POINT_NO 4
#define VWCMP_NO 5
#define VWCMP_SEQ_NO 6
#define VWTRACE_ID_CODE 7
#define VWTRACE_VSTACK 8
#define VWTRACE_HSTACK 9
#define VWTEST_CODE 10
#define VWOFFSET_SH_REC 11
#define VWELEV_REC 12
#define VWELEV_SHOT 13
#define VWDEPTH_SHOT 14
#define VWELEV_DATUM_REC 15
#define VWELEV_DATUM_SHOT 16
#define VWWATER_DEPTH_SHOT 17
#define VWWATER_DEPTH_REC 18
#define VWELEV_DEPTH_SCALER 19
#define VWCOORD_SCALER 20
#define VWXSHOT 21
#define VWYSHOT 22
#define VWXREC 23
#define VWYREC 24
#define VWUNITS 25
#define VWVELOCITY_WEATHER 26
#define VWVELOCITY_SUBWEATHER 27

[Partial Example of 'dictdefs.hpp' Listing]

GEDCO
 1292 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

First it is important to note when programming that the mapping indices does not correspond to
the Item # in the Vista-Header and does not correspond to the 'dictdefs.hpp' indices. The
'dictdef.hpp' file is upgraded with each release of Vista.

A header file (cvwhmap.hpp 1329 ) is provided with the classes and functions to use these indices
to read/write to the header variables. Several examples of header access with these mapping
functions are provided in the vwuser directory.

A simple example is shown in FlowTest 1255 were a value is written to one of the VWUSER header
variables. This code segment is shown below:

CItemMap user1(VWUSER_1, theData.header);

user1.Set ((short)5);

In the above code, the 'CItemMap' class in 'cvwhmap.hpp' is used to define 'user1' to reference
the header variable VWUSER_1. Then the variable user1 is set to be a short integer with a value of 5.
One can see that the programming is quite easy and straight forward for accessing the header. A
review of the Vista-Header Dictionary for the parameter VWUSER_1 will show that it has been
defined as a 4 byte native float. However, as noted in the above code it is possible to populate this 4
byte region with other short or long integers. The programmer has to keep a record of this change in
variable type in his program.

Likewise the use of the 'CDeadTraceMap' class in 'cvwhmap.hpp' is used in the Ensemble Mean
1270 to check for dead traces. The code segment for implementing this class is shown below:

// Watch for Dead traces?

if (removeDead)
{
CDeadTraceMap dMap (theData.header);
if (dMap.IsDead())
return TRUE;
}

In the above code, the 'CDeadTrace Map' is used to define 'dMap' to reference the dead trace
indicator in the header. One can then use dMap.IsDead() to test if the trace is dead.

It is important that the programmer closely reviews the available functions in 'cvwhmap.hpp' file to
determine the exact implementation of header variable read/writing process for the user's program
objectives.

17.8 Library, * .hpp, *.h Files

This section provides the detailed listings of all the *.h and *.hpp files with summary description of
each file.

These files provide the definitions of all the functions that are accessable by the user programmer
when using the Vista 'sislib'. The documentation is composed of the following subsections.

1) vwuser.h 1293 - Main command data structures with main Flow and Execute Command
function declarations.

2) defines.h 1299 - Provides many data, dialog definition structures, Vista Window types, usual
common variables and

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1293

mathematical parameter, file and directory definitions.

3) basetds.h 1302 - Defines definitions for the basic sized types (word and pointer lengths) to
make sure they are
compatible with the rest of the Vista programs that already are compiled to these standards.

4) dictdefs.hpp 1305 - Provides a linkage variable method to the Vista Header Dictionary
terms.

5) utilrout.hpp 1308 - Contains some miscellaneous functions and class definitions.

6) binaryfn.hpp 1309 - Classes to hand binary file Input/Output.

7) carrays.hpp 1313 - Provides extensive dynamic array classes that grow/shrink with functions
for array handling.

8) ccachdat.hpp 1323 - Provides the implementation of a classes to handle a caching file data
sets.

9) cvwhmap.hpp 1329 - Provides the implementation of a classes to handle the mapping of

Vista header varaibles.

10) mathfunc.hpp 1332 - Provides extensive mathematical functions for the processing of the
seismic data.

17.8.1 vwuser.h
Main command data structures with main Flow and Execute Command function declarations.

The first part of the listing provides the vwuser data structures:

a) tUserCommandItem
b) tUserExecuteSetupStruct
c) tUserExecuteDataStruct
d) tSisCmdType

The next part of the listing provides the vwuser CVWFlowTraceCmd Class functions. These
functions are used in the setup of flow command parameters, etc.

The next part of the listing provides the vwuser CUserExecuteComm Class functions. These
functions are used to set error messages, add log messages, send data down the pipe, etc.

The final part of the listing provides the vwuser CVWExecuteTraceCmd functions. These
functions are used to provide all the execute command functions.

The vwuser.h Listing

#ifndef INCL_CUSERFLOWCMD
#define INCL_CUSERFLOWCMD

#include "defines.h"
#include "cvwhmap.hpp"

// tUserCommandItem

GEDCO
1294 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

struct tUserCommandItem
{
char name[100]; // Command name.
char abbrev[100]; // Abbrevation of name.
int cmdid; // Command Id.
};

// SETUP Execute data structure.

// Allow commands to check for correct input data.
struct tUserExecuteSetupStruct
{
// Type of data being sent.
BOOLEAN isStacked; // Is stacked data.
tSeismicDomain domain; // Data domain.
tSeismicType type; // Type of data.

//
float starttime; // Start time of current data samples.
float endtime; // End time of current data samples.
float samplerate; // Sample rate in SRUnits
long nsamples; // Total number of samples.

// Information on Sorts(If sort is set)

int sortId; // Main sort key(-1 No sort Order).
int sortId2; // Secondary key.
int sortId3; // Third key.
long maxIndexes; // Max number sort indexes for this sort.
long maxLength; // Maximum size in length of all sorts.
};

// EXECUTE data structure.

struct tUserExecuteDataStruct
{
float starttime; // Start time of current data samples.
float endtime; // End time of current data samples.
float samplerate; // Sample rate in SRUnits
long nsamples; // Total number of samples.

char * header; // Vista-Header.

float* data; // Current Input data.

// Information on trace.
BOOLEAN lastDataTrace; // Very Last data trace.
BOOLEAN lastRecTrace; // Indicates last trace of record(If sort order).
BOOLEAN firstRecTrace; // Indicates First trace of record(If sort order).

BOOLEAN panelOn; // Super-Gather or Panel on(For Cmds that use it).

BOOLEAN firstPanelTrace;// Used to indicate start of Panel Gather(CVS,...)
BOOLEAN lastPanelTrace; // Used to indicate end of Panel Gather(CVS,...)

BOOLEAN nextProcess; // Do not send to next process.

};

// Flow command input type.

typedef enum
{
SISCMDSTAND=0, // Common cmd.
SISCMDINPUT, // Standard input.
SISCMDMULTINPUT, // Multiple input
} tSisCmdType;

////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWFlowTraceCmd
////////////////////////
class CVWFlowTraceCmd
{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Create a class to handle vista-windows flow commands..
Input:

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1295

item - Structure describing the vista-windows command.

NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CVWFlowTraceCmd (tUserCommandItem &theCmd) :
dualInput (FALSE),
cmd (theCmd)
{};

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: DESTRUCTOR
Input:
NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual ~CVWFlowTraceCmd()
{};

//************************************************************
//******************* FLOW COMMAND FUNCTIONS *****************
//************************************************************
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
GetParameters - Called(User request) to get/set parameters.
ReadParameters - Reading parameters from flow file.
WriteParameters - Write command parameters to file.
AddHistory - Add parameter info to history, also displayed
in flow window.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
GetParameters - Called to get/set parameters for command.
Input:
itsTitle - Title of dialog window.
items - Parameter item setup.
nItems - Number of items in list.
Result:
Returns TRUE if user hit OK, FALSE otherwise.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN GetParameters(int (__cdecl *dialog )(char *itsTitle, tItemStruct* items, int nItems)) = 0;

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
CommandType - Command has dual inputs.
Input: VOID
Result:
0 SISCMDSTAND - Standard flow command.
SISCMDINPUT - Input command
SISCMDMULTINPUT - Multiple input command.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual tSisCmdType CommandType(void)
{ return SISCMDSTAND; }

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
ReadParameters - Reads strings from flow file for this command.
Input:
strings - Input strings read for this flow command.
Result:
Return FALSE if any parameters are incorrect.
TRUE otherwise.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN ReadParameters(CArrayStrings& strings)
{ return TRUE; }

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
WriteParameters - Setup "iostrings" with parameters to be written
out to flow file.
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual void WriteParameters(void)

GEDCO
1296 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

{};

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
SetupStringHistory - Extra strings to add to history list. Also used
when displaying this commands parameters in flow window.
Simply setup string array with strings to add.
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual void SetupStringHistory (void)
{ return; }

tUserCommandItemcmd; // Command item info.

CArrayStrings ioStrings; // History string(s) or Output strings of parameters.
BOOLEAN dualInput; // Dual Input.
protected:
private:
}; // CVWFlowTraceCmd

//////////////////////////
// CLASS::CUserExecuteComm
//////////////////////////
class CUserExecuteComm
{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:CONSTRUCTOR
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CUserExecuteComm(void)
{};

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
SetErrorMsg - Will set error strings and abort execution.
Input :
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN SetErrorMsg (CArrayStrings& strings)
{ return FALSE; }
virtual BOOLEAN SetErrorMsg (char *string)
{ return FALSE; }

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: LogMsg
Input:
logString - String(s) to add to window/log file.
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual void AddLogMsg (CArrayStrings& strList)
{};
virtual void AddLogMsg (char *string)
{};

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: SendNextProcess EXECUTE-PHASE
Allows command to send data down the pipe so to speak
Input:
theData - Data input information to send.
Result:
Returns FALSE(Error-String Set) if an
error occurs. Will abort the process if this happens.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN UserSendNextProcess (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData)
{ return FALSE; }
protected:
private:
}; // CUserExecuteComm

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1297

////////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWExecuteTraceCmd
////////////////////////////
class CVWExecuteTraceCmd
{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Create a class to handle vista-windows flow commands..
Input:
item - Structure describing the vista-windows command.
NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CVWExecuteTraceCmd (CVWFlowTraceCmd& flowCmd, CUserExecuteComm* vistaComm);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: DESTRUCTOR
Input:
NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual ~CVWExecuteTraceCmd();

//************************************************************
//**************** EXECUTE COMMAND FUNCTIONS *****************
//************************************************************
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
SetupCmd - Is the initializer, passed information on the
data, check parameters,...
ExecuteCmd - Executes the specifed command.
EndProcess - Cleanup, finish stage, add/alter history.
SendNextProcess - Allows command to send data down the pipe
so to speak.
RequiresGeometrySetup
- Querys commands to set if we need geometry setup.
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
DoneCmd - Only require if command is input command, MUST defines
this then. It is called until TRUE is returned!
Input: VOID
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN DoneCmd (void);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
RequiresGeometrySetup - requires geometry class to be setup.
This class is passed in SetupCmd structure.
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN RequiresGeometrySetup (void) const;

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: SetupCmd SETUP-PHASE
Get ready to process, make sure data input(If set) matches
what is expected. Returns FALSE(Error-String Set) if an
error occurs. Will abort the process if this happens.
Input:
theData - Data input information.
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN SetupCmd (tUserExecuteSetupStruct& theData);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: ExecuteCmd EXECUTE-PHASE
Execute the command.

GEDCO
1298 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Input:
theData - Data input information.
Result:
Returns FALSE(Error-String Set) if an
error occurs. Will abort the process if this happens.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN ExecuteCmd (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData);

// *** Functions that follow are for TWO input COMMANDS ***
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: ExecuteSingleTraceCmd EXECUTE-PHASE With TWO INPUTS
*** Only occurs when one input contains just a single trace ***
Execute the command.
Input:
theData - Data input information.
theFirst - First data input.
Result:
Returns FALSE(Error-String Set) if an
error occurs. Will abort the process if this happens.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN ExecuteSingleTraceCmd (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData, float *data, BOOLEAN
theFirst);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: ExecuteTwoCmds EXECUTE-PHASE With TWO INPUTS
Execute the command.
Input:
theData - Data input information(First or second command).
inputData - Data input (First or second command).
theFirst - Is theData the first or second command
lastData - Indicates lastDataTrace for inputData.
firstTime - First time into this call.
Result:
Returns FALSE(Error-String Set) if an
error occurs. Will abort the process if this happens.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN ExecuteTwoCmds (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData, float *inputData, char *header,
BOOLEAN theFirst);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: SetupTwoInputCmds SETUP-PHASE With TWO INPUTS
Get ready to process, make sure data input(If set) matches
what is expected. Returns FALSE(Error-String Set) if an
error occurs. Will abort the process if this happens.
Input:
theData1 - Data input 1 information.
theData2 - Data input 2 information.
theData - Data input information to pass on in the flow.
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN SetupTwoInputCmds (tUserExecuteSetupStruct& theData1, tUserExecuteSetupStruct&
theData2, tUserExecuteSetupStruct& theData);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: SendNextProcess EXECUTE-PHASE
Allows command to send data down the pipe so to speak
Input:
theData - Data input information to send.
Result:
Returns FALSE(Error-String Set) if an
error occurs. Will abort the process if this happens.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
BOOLEAN SendNextProcess (tUserExecuteDataStruct& theData);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: EndCmd. CLEANUP-PHASE
End the command.
Input : VOID
Result:
Inform Command to CleanUp(END-PHASE).
historyStrings - Strings to added to history log file

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1299

for data.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual void EndCmd (void);

tUserCommandItemcmd; // Command item info.

CArrayStrings historyParams; // Flow history parameters.

protected:
CUserExecuteComm *execCmd; // Communication with vista process.
private:
}; // CVWExecuteTraceCmd

#endif //

17.8.2 defines.h
Provides many data, dialog definition structures, Vista Window types, usual common variables
and mathematical parameters, file, and directory definitions.

The defines.h Listing

********************************************************************
*
* Seismic Image Software Ltd.
* Calgary, Alberta, Canada
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1999
* This software is subject to copyright protection under the laws of
* Canada and other countries.
*
*
#include <memory.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>

#define DOS

// Foward declare.
class CArrayStrings;

// File structure.
#define SZ_FNAME 256 // default to long filenames
#define SZ_LEAFNAME 256 // default to long leafnames

// DIRECTORY - directory descriptor

typedef struct s_dir
{
#ifdef XVT_DIRECTORY_FIELD
XVT_DIRECTORY_FIELD;
#else
char path[SZ_FNAME + 5];
#endif
} DIRECTORY, *DIRECTORY_PTR;

// file specification
typedef struct s_filespec
{
DIRECTORY dir; // directory
char type[6]; // file type or extension
char name[SZ_FNAME + 1]; // file name (may be partial path)
char creator[6]; // file creator
} FILE_SPEC, *FILE_SPEC_PTR;

// Type of data.
typedef enum
{

GEDCO
1300 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

FLOATNATIVE = 0, // 0 Floating point native (4 Bytes).

INTEGER32, // 1 Integer long(4 Bytes).
INTEGER16, // 2 Integer Short (2 Bytes).
FLOATDOUBLE, // 3 Float Double (8 Bytes).
FIXEDGAIN, // 4 SEG-D Fixed gain
FLOATIEEE, // 5 Floating point IEEE (4 Bytes).
FLOATIBM, // 6 Floating point IBM (4 Bytes)
BYTEDATA, // 7 Byte Data (1 Byte)
INTEGERDATA, // 8 Special integer, look at size.
BCDDATA, // 9 Binary Coded Decimal, look at size.
ASCIIDATA // 10 ASCII Char value, look at size.
} tDataType;

// Vista-Windows type.
typedef enum
{
SEISMICNORMAL = 0, // Standard seismic data
SEISMICSEMBLANCE, // Semblance data.
SEISMICCVS, // CVS data.
SEISMIC_FILTERPANEL, // Filter panel tests.
SEISMIC_MVFS, // MVFS data.
SEISMIC_IMPED, // Acoustic Impedance
SEISMIC_TVSPECTRUM, // Time-Variant spectrum.
SEISMIC_3DTIMESLICE // 3-D Time Slice
} tSeismicType;

// Type of vista seismic data

typedef enum
{
SEISTIME = 0, // Standard time.
FREQAMPLITUDE, // Ampltiude freq.
FREQPHASE, // Phase freq(Stored in degrees).
SEISDEPTH, // In depth.
FREQPHASEUNWRAP // Unwrapped Phase,
} tSeismicDomain;

// Types of dialog items.

typedef enum
{
DITEM_TITLE = 0,// Static text.
DITEM_TEXT, // Text edit,
DITEM_INTEGER, // Integer
DITEM_LONG, // Long
DITEM_FLOAT, // Float
DITEM_DOUBLE, // Double
DITEM_CHECK, // Checkbox.
DITEM_RADIO, // Radio button list.
DITEM_FILEIN, // File input.
DITEM_FILEOUT, // File output.
DITEM_LIST, // List button of choices
DITEM_DIALOG // Button to access nested dialog.
} tItemType;

// Dialog structure.
struct tItemStruct
{
// Location of text.
int nrow; // Row location(Index from 0.) for title and edit.
int ncolumn; // Column location(index from 0) for title.
int ncoledit; // Column location for edit. IF 0 auto locate after title.
int nlen; // Length of item in chars.
tItemType type; // Type of item(See above).
char title[100]; // Title of item(If required)

// Defaults, min/max range

// Returned values in 'fdef' and 'defstr'
double fdef; // Default value(DITEM_RADIO/DITEM_LIST Index of default Selection
0-N)..
// RETURNED VALUE: For
INTEGER/LONG/FLOAT/DOUBLE
// For check-box 0-Not Checked,

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1301

1:Checked.
// For Radio-Button index of radio selected(0
- Len).
double fmin; // Min value(Not used
DITEM_TEXT/DITEM_CHECK/DITEM_RADIO/DITEM_LIST)
double fmax; // Max value(Not used
DITEM_TEXT/DITEM_CHECK/DITEM_RADIO/DITEM_LIST)
char *defstr; // Default string(If Null Program sets string).
// RETURNED Edit String(Not returned for Check-Box or Radio-Button).
// Radio List
CArrayStrings *strList; // Radio/Or List-Button list of strings(DITEM_RADIO, DITEM_LIST)

// File input, output

FILE_SPEC *file; // For input/output files(DITEM_FILEIN, DITEM_FILEOUT).

// Nested dialog(DITEM_DIALOG)
tItemStruct *items; // If DITEM_DIALOG, pops up another dialog on top.
int nItem; // Number of items.
};

#ifndef BOOLEAN
#define BOOLEAN short int
#endif

#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0L
#endif

#ifdef TRUE
#if (TRUE == 0)
#undef TRUE
#define TRUE 1
#endif
#else
#define TRUE 1
#endif

#ifdef FALSE
#if (FALSE != 0)
#undef FALSE
#define FALSE 0
#endif
#else
#define FALSE 0
#endif

#define MAX_STRING_LEN 250

// Dialog control.
#define DIALOG_OK 1
#define DIALOG_CANCEL 2
#define DIALOG_HELP 3

// Min/Max of a value.
#ifndef MIN
#define MIN(a, b) ((a)<(b)?(a):(b))
#endif
#ifndef MAX
#define MAX(a, b) ((a)>(b)?(a):(b))
#endif

// Max, min for double values.

#define MINDOUBLE -99E+36
#define MAXDOUBLE 99E+36

// Handle ATAN2
#ifdef sun
#define ATAN2(b,a) (((a)*(a) + (b)*(b)) == 0 ? 0 : atan2((b),(a)))
#else
#define ATAN2(b,a) atan2((b),(a))
#endif

GEDCO
 1302 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

// Absolute value.
#define ABS(a) ((a)<0?-(a):(a))

// Bound a between b and c

#define BOUND(a,b,c) ((a<=b)?b:((a<=c)?a:c))

// Round a value to a short.

#define ROUND_SHORT(a) ((a)<0?((short)((a)-0.5)):((short)((a)+0.5)))

// Round a value to a long.

#define ROUND_LONG(a) ((a)<0?((long)((a)-0.5)):((long)((a)+0.5)))

// Interpolate x in space a - b to space A - B.

#define LIN_INTERP(x, a, b, A, B) (((double)(x)-(a))/((b)-(a)) * ((B)-(A))+(A))

// MATH DEFINES
#define PI 3.1415926535897931159979635
#define PI2 6.2831853071795862319959269
#define PID2 1.5707963267948965579989817
#define PID4 0.7853981633974482789994909
#define PI32 4.7123889803846896739969452
#define DEG2RADS 0.0174532925199432954743717 // Degrees to radians.
#define RAD2DEGS 57.2957795130823228646477219 // Radians to degrees.

// Destroy object.
#define DESTROY(object) \
{ \
if( object != NULL ) \
{ \
delete object; \
object = NULL; \
} \
} \

#endif // DefinesFile

17.8.3 basetds.h
The 'basetds.h' should be included in all vwuser programs. It insures consistent definitions for the
basic sized types (word and pointer lengths) to make sure they are compatible with the rest of the
Vista programs that already are compiled to these standards.

The basetds.h Listing

/*++

Copyright (c) 1997-1998 Microsoft Corporation

Module Name:

basetsd.h

Abstract:

Type definitions for the basic sized types.

Author:

Jeff Havens (jhavens) 23-Oct-1997

Revision History:

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1303

--*/

#ifndef _BASETSD_H_
#define _BASETSD_H_

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

//
// The following types are guaranteed to be signed and 32 bits wide.
//

typedef int LONG32, *PLONG32;

typedef int INT32, *PINT32;

//
// The following types are guaranteed to be unsigned and 32 bits wide.
//

typedef unsigned int ULONG32, *PULONG32;

typedef unsigned int DWORD32, *PDWORD32;
typedef unsigned int UINT32, *PUINT32;

//
// The INT_PTR is guaranteed to be the same size as a pointer. Its
// size with change with pointer size (32/64). It should be used
// anywhere that a pointer is cast to an integer type. UINT_PTR is
// the unsigned variation.
//
// HALF_PTR is half the size of a pointer it intended for use with
// within strcuture which contain a pointer and two small fields.
// UHALF_PTR is the unsigned variation.
//

#ifdef _WIN64

typedef __int64 INT_PTR, *PINT_PTR;

typedef unsigned __int64 UINT_PTR, *PUINT_PTR;

#define MAXINT_PTR (0x7fffffffffffffffI64)

#define MININT_PTR (0x8000000000000000I64)
#define MAXUINT_PTR (0xffffffffffffffffUI64)

typedef unsigned int UHALF_PTR, *PUHALF_PTR;

typedef int HALF_PTR, *PHALF_PTR;

#define MAXUHALF_PTR (0xffffffffUL)

#define MAXHALF_PTR (0x7fffffffL)
#define MINHALF_PTR (0x80000000L)

#pragma warning(disable:4311) // type cast truncation

#if !defined(__midl)
__inline
unsigned long
HandleToUlong(
void *h
)
{
return((unsigned long) h );
}

__inline
unsigned long
PtrToUlong(
void *p
)
{
return((unsigned long) p );
}

GEDCO
1304 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

__inline
unsigned short
PtrToUshort(
void *p
)
{
return((unsigned short) p );
}

__inline
long
PtrToLong(
void *p
)
{
return((long) p );
}

__inline
short
PtrToShort(
void *p
)
{
return((short) p );
}
#endif
#pragma warning(3:4311) // type cast truncation

#else

typedef long INT_PTR, *PINT_PTR;

typedef unsigned long UINT_PTR, *PUINT_PTR;

#define MAXINT_PTR (0x7fffffffL)

#define MININT_PTR (0x80000000L)
#define MAXUINT_PTR (0xffffffffUL)

typedef unsigned short UHALF_PTR, *PUHALF_PTR;

typedef short HALF_PTR, *PHALF_PTR;

#define MAXUHALF_PTR 0xffff

#define MAXHALF_PTR 0x7fff
#define MINHALF_PTR 0x8000

#define HandleToUlong( h ) ((ULONG) (h) )

#define PtrToUlong( p ) ((ULONG) (p) )
#define PtrToLong( p ) ((LONG) (p) )
#define PtrToUshort( p ) ((unsigned short) (p) )
#define PtrToShort( p ) ((short) (p) )

#endif

//
// SIZE_T used for counts or ranges which need to span the range of
// of a pointer. SSIZE_T is the signed variation.
//

typedef UINT_PTR SIZE_T, *PSIZE_T;

typedef INT_PTR SSIZE_T, *PSSIZE_T;

//
// The following types are guaranteed to be signed and 64 bits wide.
//

typedef __int64 LONG64, *PLONG64;

typedef __int64 INT64, *PINT64;

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1305

//
// The following types are guaranteed to be unsigned and 64 bits wide.
//

typedef unsigned __int64 ULONG64, *PULONG64;

typedef unsigned __int64 DWORD64, *PDWORD64;
typedef unsigned __int64 UINT64, *PUINT64;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif // _BASETSD_H_

17.8.4 dictdefs.hpp
The 'dictdefs.hpp' file provides a linkage variable method to the Vista Header Dictionary
terms. The trace header can be accessed with these defines (See Header Data Extraction 1290 ).

The dictdefs.hpp Listing

********************************************************************
*
* Seismic Image Software Ltd.
* Calgary, Alberta, Canada
*
* Copyright (C) 1994 - 1998
* This software is subject to copyright protection under the laws of
* Canada and other countries.
*
*
********************************************************************
* $Log: master.hpp,v $
* Revision
********************************************************************/
// Dictionary defns.
#define VWTRACE_SEQ_NO 0
#define VWTRACE_SEQ_REEL 1
#define VWFIELD_RECORD_NO 2
#define VWTRACE_NO_FIELD 3
#define VWSHOT_POINT_NO 4
#define VWCMP_NO 5
#define VWCMP_SEQ_NO 6
#define VWTRACE_ID_CODE 7
#define VWTRACE_VSTACK 8
#define VWTRACE_HSTACK 9
#define VWTEST_CODE 10
#define VWOFFSET_SH_REC 11
#define VWELEV_REC 12
#define VWELEV_SHOT 13
#define VWDEPTH_SHOT 14
#define VWELEV_DATUM_REC 15
#define VWELEV_DATUM_SHOT 16
#define VWWATER_DEPTH_SHOT 17
#define VWWATER_DEPTH_REC 18
#define VWELEV_DEPTH_SCALER 19
#define VWCOORD_SCALER 20
#define VWXSHOT 21
#define VWYSHOT 22
#define VWXREC 23
#define VWYREC 24
#define VWUNITS 25
#define VWVELOCITY_WEATHER 26

GEDCO
1306 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

#define VWVELOCITY_SUBWEATHER 27
#define VWUPHOLE_SHOT 28
#define VWUPHOLE_REC 29
#define VWSTATIC_SRC 30
#define VWSTATIC_REC 31
#define VWSTATIC_TOTAL 32
#define VWLAG_TIME_A 33
#define VWLAG_TIME_B 34
#define VWDELAY_TIME 35
#define VWMUTE_TIME_START 36
#define VWMUTE_TIME_END 37
#define VWNSAMPLES 38
#define VWSAMPLERATE 39
#define VWGAIN_TYPE 40
#define VWGAIN_CONSTANT 41
#define VWGAIN_INITIAL 42
#define VWDATA_CORRELATED 43
#define VWSWEEP_FREQ_START 44
#define VWSWEEP_FREQ_END 45
#define VWSWEEP_LENGTH 46
#define VWSWEEP_TYPE 47
#define VWSWEEP_TAPERLEN_START 48
#define VWSWEEP_TAPERLEN_END 49
#define VWSWEEP_TAPERTYPE 50
#define VWALIAS_FILTER_FREQ 51
#define VWALIAS_FILTER_SLOPE 52
#define VWNOTCH_FILTER_FREQ 53
#define VWNOTCH_FILTER_SLOPE 54
#define VWLOWCUT_FREQ 55
#define VWHIGHCUT_FREQ 56
#define VWLOWCUT_SLOPE 57
#define VWHIGHCUT_SLOPE 58
#define VWDATARECORDED_YEAR 59
#define VWDATARECORDED_DAY 60
#define VWDATARECORDED_HOUR 61
#define VWDATARECORDED_MINUTE 62
#define VWDATARECORDED_SECOND 63
#define VWTIME_BASIS_CODE 64
#define VWTRACE_WEIGHTING_FACTOR 65
#define VWGEOPHONE_GROUP_NUMBER 66
#define VWGEOPHONE_GROUP_FIRSTTRACE 67
#define VWGEOPHONE_GROUP_LASTTRACE 68
#define VWSHOT_SEQUENCE_NUMBER 69
#define VWFIELD_STATION_NUMBER 70
#define VWCMP_INLINE 71
#define VWCMP_CROSSLINE 72
#define VWMID_XPOINT 73
#define VWMID_YPOINT 74
#define VWCMP_XCENTER 75
#define VWCMP_YCENTER 76
#define VWSHOTLINE_NO 77
#define VWRECVLINE_NO 78

// Bin description.
#define VWBIN_XSIZE 79
#define VWBIN_YSIZE 80
#define VWBIN_XSTART 81
#define VWBIN_YSTART 82
#define VWBIN_BEARING 83

// Receiver Seq. NO.

#define VWRECV_SEQUENCE_NUMBER 84

// More information.
#define VWSHOTRECV_AZIMUTH 100

#define VWDEAD_TRACE 101

#define VWREVPOL_TRACE 102

// Data calculated header values.

#define VWDATA_SNRATIO 200

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1307

#define VWDATA_RMSNOISE 201

#define VWDATA_MAXAMPLITUDE 202
#define VWDATA_MAXAMPTIME 203
#define VWDATA_RMSAMPLITUDE 204
#define VWDATA_MEANAMPLITUDE 205
#define VWDATA_MAXAMPFREQ 206
#define VWDATA_RMSAMPFREQ 207
#define VWDATA_MEANAMPFREQ 208
#define VWDATA_MAXFREQ 209
#define VWDATA_EXPAMPDECAY 210

// Other information
#define VW_FIRSTBREAK 300
#define VW_FIRST_BREAK_VELOCITY 301

// Velocity information.
#define VWCVS_VELOCITY 320
#define VW_INTERVAL_VELOCITY 321

// Filter panel test.

#define VWPANEL_TEST_COUNT 350

// DMO Defn.
#define VW_DMO_BIN 360

// Statics defn.
#define VWSTATIC_APPLIED_SRC 500
#define VWSTATIC_APPLIED_RCV 501
#define VWSTATIC_APPLIED_CMP 502
#define VWSTATIC_APPLIED_TOTAL 503
#define VWSTATIC_BULK_SRC 510
#define VWSTATIC_BULK_RCV 511
#define VWSTATIC_BULK_CMP 512
#define VWSTATIC_FIELD_SRC 513
#define VWSTATIC_FIELD_RCV 514
#define VWSTATIC_REFRACTION_SRC 515
#define VWSTATIC_REFRACTION_RCV 516
#define VWSTATIC_REFRACTION_CMP 517
#define VWSTATIC_SURFACECON_SRC 518
#define VWSTATIC_SURFACECON_RCV 519
#define VWSTATIC_SURFACECON_CMP 520
#define VWSTATIC_SURFACECON_RNMO 521
#define VWSTATIC_CMPTRIM 522
#define VWSCALE_SURFACECONAMP_SRC 550
#define VWSCALE_SURFACECONAMP_RCV 551
#define VWSCALE_SURFACECONAMP_CMP 552
#define VWSCALE_SURFACECONAMP_OFFSET 553

// Datum's, misc.
#define VWFINAL_DATUM 600
#define VWFLOATING_DATUM 601
#define VWCORRECTION_VELOCITY 602

// User defined values.

#define VWUSER_1 1000
#define VWUSER_2 1001
#define VWUSER_3 1002
#define VWUSER_4 1003
#define VWUSER_5 1004
#define VWUSER_6 1005
#define VWUSER_7 1006
#define VWUSER_8 1007
#define VWUSER_9 1008
#define VWUSER_10 1009
#define VWUSER_11 1010
#define VWUSER_12 1011
#define VWUSER_13 1012
#define VWUSER_14 1013
#define VWUSER_15 1014
#define VWUSER_16 1015
#define VWUSER_17 1016

GEDCO
 1308 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

#define VWUSER_18 1017

#define VWUSER_19 1018
#define VWUSER_20 1019

#endif // Master.hpp

17.8.5 utilrout.hpp
The 'utilrout.hpp' file contains some miscellaneous functions and class definitions.

a) DeleteFile
b) FileExist
c) ChangeDirectory
d) DisplayMessage
e) CDirSaver
f) CDisplayTextString
g) DisplayStrObject

The utilrout.hpp Listing

********************************************************************
*
* Seismic Image Software Ltd.
* Calgary, Alberta, Canada
*
* Copyright (C) 1994, 1999.
* This software is subject to copyright protection under the laws of
* Canada and other countries.
*
*
********************************************************************
* $Log: utilrout.hpp,v $
* Revision
********************************************************************/
#include "defines.h"

// DeleteFile
BOOLEAN DeleteFile (FILE_SPEC &deleteFile);

// FileExist
BOOLEAN FileExist (FILE_SPEC &existFile);

// ChangeDirectory
BOOLEAN ChangeDirectory (DIRECTORY &dir);

// DisplayMessage
void DisplayMessage (char *msg);

///////////////////
// CLASS::CDirSaver
///////////////////
class CDirSaver
{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Input: VOID
Result:
The current directory is saved.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CDirSaver ( void );

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1309

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: DESTRUCTOR
Input : VOID
Result:
The saved directory will be restored.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
~CDirSaver();

private:
DIRECTORY savedDir; // Saved directory.
}; // CDirSaver

//////////////////////////
// CLASS::CDisplayTextStr
//////////////////////////
class CDisplayTextStr
{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:CONSTRUCTOR
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CDisplayTextStr(char *title);

virtual void AddString(char *aString, BOOLEAN scrollView = FALSE)

{};
virtual void AddString(CArrayStrings& strings, BOOLEAN scrollView = FALSE)
{};
protected:
private:
~CDisplayTextStr();

void *dummyPtr;
}; // CDisplayTextStr

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: DisplayStringObj
DisplayStringObj - Return object to allow display of strings
in window for viewing or printing.
Input:
title - Title of window.
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CDisplayTextStr* DisplayStringObj (char *title);

#endif // UTILROUTINES

17.8.6 binaryfn.hpp
The 'binaryfn.hpp' file provides extensive CBinaryFile class with functions for binary file
Input/Output (I/O) that are part of the 'sisulib.lib

The binaryfn.hpp Listing

********************************************************************
*
* Seismic Image Software Ltd.
* Calgary, Alberta, Canada
*
* Copyright (C) 1994, 1999.
* This software is subject to copyright protection under the laws of
* Canada and other countries.

GEDCO
1310 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

*
*
********************************************************************
* $Log: binaryfn.hpp,v $
* Revision
********************************************************************/
#include "utilrout.hpp"

// LARGE LONG.
#define LONG_64 __int64
#define LONG_64_LSEEK _lseeki64
#define LONG_64_TELL _telli64

#define FILE_READ_ERROR 500

#define FILE_WRITE_ERROR 501
#define PATH_DOES_NOT_EXIST 502
#define FILE_DOES_NOT_EXIST 503
#define FILE_OPEN_ERROR 504
#define FILE_CLOSE_ERROR 505
#define FILE_SEEK_ERROR 506
#define FILE_CREATE_ERROR 507
#define FILE_READONLY 508

// Provide a class for handling binary files.

class CBinaryFile
{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Create a binary file class.
Input: VOID
NOTES:
Must call SetFile to set the file name, since constucting
without a file name.

When performing an operation(OPEN, SEEK, READ, ...),

an error may occur. The operation will return FALSE, to
indicate an error has occured. Use member function GetError
to return the particular error.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CBinaryFile (void);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Create a binary file class.
Input:
file - File to be used.
NOTES:
When performing an operation(OPEN, SEEK, READ, ...),
an error may occur. The operation will return FALSE, to
indicate an error has occured. Use member function GetError
to return the particular error.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CBinaryFile (const FILE_SPEC &file);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: DESTRUCTOR
Destroy a binary file class object.
Input: VOID
Result:
Will close the file if still open.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
~CBinaryFile ();

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: SetFile
Set the file to a new file name.
Input: VOID
Result:
New file will be used for reading/writing.
Old file closed if still open.

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1311

------------------------------------------------------------*/
void SetFile (const FILE_SPEC &newFile);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: GetFile
Return the file structure for this particular object.
Input: VOID
Result:
Will return the structure.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
FILE_SPEC GetFile (void) const;

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: FileOpenR
Open the file for reading.
Input: VOID
Result:
TRUE - File opened ok(For that reading).
FALSE - Problem opening file, check the error status
for the exact error which occurred.
NOTE:
If file is already open, that is not an error. Nothing
is done.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN FileOpenR (void);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: FileOpenW
Open the file for writing.
Input:
createNew - Create/Truncate the file on creation.
Result:
TRUE - File created ok(For that writing).
FALSE - Problem opening file, check the error status
for the exact error which occurred.
NOTE:
If file exists it will be truncated, Overwritten!!!!! Gone!
User should be prompted before here!
NOTE: Only if createNew == TRUE;
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN FileOpenW (BOOLEAN createNew = FALSE);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: FileOpenRW
Open the file for reading and writing.
Input:
createNew - Create/Truncate the file on creation.
Result:
TRUE - File read ok(For that R/W).
FALSE - Problem opening file, check the error status
for the exact error which occurred.
NOTE:
If file is already open, that is not an error. Nothing
is done.
NOTE: Only if createNew == TRUE;
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN FileOpenRW (BOOLEAN createNew = FALSE);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: FileClose
Close the current file from any operation.
Input: VOID
Result:
Will close the file.
An error may occurr closing it.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN FileClose ( void );

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: FileSize
Returns the size of the file.

GEDCO
1312 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Input: VOID
Result:
Will return the size of the file in bytes(-1L if an error occured).
------------------------------------------------------------*/
LONG_64 FileSize ( void );

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: FileSeek
Seek to a byte position in the file.
Input:
position - Byte position to seek to.
fromWhere - As defined below(BORLAND-C++ defines)
SEEK_SET 0 - Seek to file beginning.
SEEK_CUR 1 - Current file posision.
SEEK_END 2 - End of file.
Result:
Will seek to the position indicated.
An error may occurr on seeking.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
BOOLEAN FileSeek(LONG_64 Position, int fromWhere = SEEK_SET);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: FilePosition
Return the current file position.
Input: VOID
Result:
Returns the current position into the file.
Return of -1 indecates an error has occurred.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
LONG_64 FilePosition(void);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: FileRead
Read data from the file.
Input:
array - Memory to place the data read into.
readBytes - Number of bytes to read.
Result:
TRUE - Read number of bytes OK.
FALSE - Error occured reading.

NOTE:
WATCH for memory overwrites!!!!
------------------------------------------------------------*/
BOOLEAN FileRead (void *array, long readBytes);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: FileWrite
Write data to the file.
Input:
array - Write memory out to file.
writeBytes - Number of bytes to write.
Result:
An error may occurr on seeking.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
BOOLEAN FileWrite (void *array, long writeBytes);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: LastErrorNo
Return last error number.
Input: VOID
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
int LastErrorNo (void)
{ return errorNo; }
protected:
private:
FILE_SPEC file; // File description.(Name, Directory).
int fileNo; // File handle returned from Open call.
int errorNo; // Error that has occured.
};

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1313

#endif // CBinaryFile

17.8.7 carrays.hpp
The 'carrays.hpp' file provides extensive dynamic array classes that grow/shrink with functions for
array handling that are part of the 'sisulib.lib'. The various classes available are:

a) CDynamicArray
b) CDynamicList
c) CArray2DMatrix
d) CArray2DSubMatrix
e) CArrayStrings
f) CArrayFloat
g) CArrayFloatIndex
h) CArrayChar
i) CArrayDouble
j) CArrayInt
k) CArrayDouble
l) CArrayLong
m) CArrayShort

The carrays.hpp Listing

Purpose: Implement a classes to handle dynamic/Fixed arrays:

Dynamic Array Classes Grow/Shrink

Inheritance: CDynamicArray

Class : CArrayFloat, CArrayShort, CArrayChar, CArrayDouble

CArrayLong, CArrayInt

Fixed Array Classes

Inheritance: NONE

Notes:

********************************************************************
*
* Seismic Image Software Ltd.
* Calgary, Alberta, Canada
*
* Copyright (C) 1994 - 1999
* This software is subject to copyright protection under the laws of
* the Canda and other countries.
*
*
********************************************************************
* $Log: carrays.hpp,v $
* Revision
********************************************************************/
#include "defines.h"

//////////////////////
// CLASS:CDynamicArray
//////////////////////
class CDynamicArray
{

GEDCO
1314 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

friend class CDynamicArray;

public:
// standard costructor
CDynamicArray (int itsNbyte = sizeof(char),int itsLength = 0, int itsChunk = 10) :
nbyte(itsNbyte),length(0),chunk(itsChunk),buffer(NULL),bufSize(0)
{ SetLength(itsLength); }

// copy constructor
CDynamicArray (const CDynamicArray &copy) :
length(0),buffer(NULL),bufSize(0)
{ *this = copy; }

// destructor
~CDynamicArray ()
{ RemoveAll(); }

// remove all items from array

BOOLEAN RemoveAll (void);

// set the length of the array

BOOLEAN SetLength (int newLength);

// append an item to the end of the array

BOOLEAN Append (const void * theItem);

// Insert an item into array at position i

BOOLEAN Insert (const void * theItem, int i);

// remove the i'th item from array

// if theItem is not NULL, return the removed item
BOOLEAN Remove (int i, void *theItem = NULL);

// push an item onto a stack

BOOLEAN Push (const void * theItem)
{ return Append(theItem); }

// pop an item off of a stack

BOOLEAN Pop (void * theItem = NULL)
{ return Remove(length-1,theItem); }

// return a pointer to an item

BOOLEAN At (int i, void *theItem) const;

// return the number of items

int Length (void) const
{ return length; }

// expose the buffer as (this)

char &operator [] (int i) const;

// copy contents of copy to this

const CDynamicArray& operator=(const CDynamicArray &copy);

protected:
char *buffer;
int nbyte;
int length;
int chunk;
int bufSize;

private:
}; // CDynamicArray

/////////////////////
// CLASS:CDynamicList
/////////////////////
class CDynamicList : protected CDynamicArray
{
public:
// constructor

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1315

CDynamicList( void ) :
CDynamicArray(sizeof(void*))
{;}

// exposed members from CDynamicArray:

BOOLEAN Append (const void *theItem)
{ return CDynamicArray::Append(&theItem); }

BOOLEAN Push (const void *theItem)

{ return CDynamicArray::Push(&theItem); }

BOOLEAN Insert (const void *theItem, int i)

{ return CDynamicArray::Insert(&theItem,i); }

int Length (void) const

{ return CDynamicArray::Length(); }

BOOLEAN SetLength (int newLength)

{ return CDynamicArray::SetLength(newLength); }

// remove an item, returning the pointer

void *Remove (int i);

// return the index of a pointer, -1 if not on list

int Index (const void *theItem) const;

// remove an item, returning the pointer

void *Remove (const void *theItem)
{ return Remove(Index(theItem)); }

// return a pointer on the list

void *& operator [] (int i) const
{ return ((void **)buffer)[i]; }

void *Pop (void)

{ return Remove(length-1); }

void *At (int i) const;

protected:
private:
}; // CDynamicList

////////////////////////
// CLASS::CArray2DMatrix
////////////////////////
class CArray2DMatrix
{
public:
// CONSTRUCTORS.
CArray2DMatrix (long itsNRowLow, long itsNRowHigh, long itsNColLow, long itsNColHigh) :
mB (NULL)
{ SetupMatrix (itsNRowLow, itsNRowHigh, itsNColLow, itsNColHigh); }
CArray2DMatrix (long itsNRows = 0, long itsNColumns = 0) :
mB (NULL)
{ SetupMatrix (0, itsNRows - 1L, 0, itsNColumns - 1L); }
CArray2DMatrix (const CArray2DMatrix& theArray) :
mB (NULL)
{ *this = theArray; }

// OPERATOR =
const CArray2DMatrix& operator=(const CArray2DMatrix& theArray);

// DESTRUCTOR
~CArray2DMatrix();

BOOLEAN SetupMatrix (long itsNRowLow, long itsNRowHigh, long itsNColLow, long itsNColHigh);

float *operator [] (int iRow) const

{ return mB[iRow]; }

long NRows (void) const

GEDCO
1316 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

{ return (nRowHigh - nRowLow) + 1; }

long NColumns (void) const
{ return (nColHigh - nColLow) + 1; }

long NRowLow (void) const

{ return nRowLow; }
long NRowHigh (void) const
{ return nRowHigh; }
long NColLow (void) const
{ return nColLow; }
long NColHigh (void) const
{ return nColHigh; }

BOOLEAN MemoryError (void) const

{ return (mB == NULL); }

float **Buffer (void) const

{ return mB; }
protected:
void FreeMatrix (void);

float **mB;

long nRowLow, nRowHigh;

long nColLow, nColHigh;
private:
}; // CArray2DMatrix

///////////////////////////
// CLASS::CArray2DSubMatrix
///////////////////////////
class CArray2DSubMatrix
{
public:
// CONSTRUCTORS.
CArray2DSubMatrix (const CArray2DMatrix& matrixArr, long newRowLow, long newColLow) :
mB (NULL)
{ SetupSubMatrix (matrixArr, newRowLow, newColLow); }
CArray2DSubMatrix (const CArray2DSubMatrix& theArray) :
mB (NULL)
{ *this = theArray; }

// OPERATOR =
const CArray2DSubMatrix& operator=(const CArray2DSubMatrix& theArray);

// DESTRUCTOR
~CArray2DSubMatrix();

float *operator [] (int iRow) const

{ return mB[iRow]; }

long NRows (void) const

{ return (nRowHigh - nRowLow) + 1; }
long NColumns (void) const
{ return (nColHigh - nColLow) + 1; }

long NRowLow (void) const

{ return nRowLow; }
long NRowHigh (void) const
{ return nRowHigh; }
long NColLow (void) const
{ return nColLow; }
long NColHigh (void) const
{ return nColHigh; }

BOOLEAN MemoryError (void) const

{ return (mB == NULL); }

float **Buffer (void) const

{ return mB; }
protected:

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1317

void FreeMatrix (void);

BOOLEAN SetupSubMatrix (const CArray2DMatrix& matrixArr, long newRowLow, long newColLow);

float **mB;

long nRowLow, nRowHigh;

long nColLow, nColHigh;
private:
}; // CArray2DSubMatrix

// CLASS::CArrayStrings
class CArrayStrings : private CDynamicList
{
public:
// CONSTRUCTORS.
CArrayStrings ();
CArrayStrings (const CArrayStrings& listCmds);

// OPERATOR =
const CArrayStrings& operator=(const CArrayStrings&);

// DESTRUCTOR
~CArrayStrings ();

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
Append - Add a null-terminated! string to this list.
Input:
string - string to be added to list.
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
void Append(const char* string);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
RemoveAll - Remove all strings in this list.
Input: VOID
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
void RemoveAll (void);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: operator[]
Return the string at a specified index.
Input:
i: The (0-based) index of the string to be returned.
Result:
Return value: Will be the ith string item in this List.
Notes:
The item is not removed from the list.
If i < 0 or i >= the number of objects in the List,
NULL is returned.
NULL can be returned, be carefull!!
------------------------------------------------------------*/
char *operator[] (int i) const;

//@ Functions of CDynamicList that should remain public:

//CDynamicList::Length;
int Length (void) const
{ return CDynamicList::Length(); }

protected:
private:
void DestroyStringList (void);
}; // CArrayStrings

////////////////////
// CLASS:CArrayFloat
////////////////////
class CArrayFloat : private CDynamicArray
{

GEDCO
1318 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

public:
CArrayFloat (int itsInitialCapacity = 0)
: CDynamicArray(sizeof(float), itsInitialCapacity)
{};

CArrayFloat (const CArrayFloat& theArray)

: CDynamicArray(theArray)
{};
const CArrayFloat& operator=(const CArrayFloat& theArray)
{ return (CArrayFloat &)CDynamicArray::operator=(theArray);}

BOOLEAN Append (float aElement)

{ return CDynamicArray::Append(&aElement);}

BOOLEAN Append (const float *theElements)

{ return CDynamicArray::Append( theElements );}

BOOLEAN Insert (const float * theElements, int i)

{ return CDynamicArray::Insert( theElements, i );}

BOOLEAN Push (const float * theElement)

{ return CDynamicArray::Push( theElement );}

BOOLEAN Pop (float * elementCopy = NULL)

{ return CDynamicArray::Pop( elementCopy );}

BOOLEAN SetLength (int newLength)

{ return CDynamicArray::SetLength( newLength );}

BOOLEAN Remove (int i, float *elementCopy = NULL)

{ return CDynamicArray::Remove( i, elementCopy );}

void RemoveAll (void)

{ CDynamicArray::RemoveAll(); }

BOOLEAN At (int i, float *elementCopy) const

{ return CDynamicArray::At( i, elementCopy );}

float &operator [] (int i) const

{ return (float &)CDynamicArray::operator[](i);}

float *Buffer (void)

{ return (float *)buffer; }

int Length (void) const

{ return CDynamicArray::Length(); }
}; // CArrayFloat

// Used to store float value and index.

struct tFloatIndexStruct
{
float val; // Float value.
long index; // Index of value.
};

// CLASS::CArrayFloatIndex
class CArrayFloatIndex : private CDynamicArray
{
public:
CArrayFloatIndex (int itsInitialCapacity = 0)
: CDynamicArray(sizeof(tFloatIndexStruct), itsInitialCapacity)
{};

/****************** OPERATOR DEFINITIONS ********************/

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: COPY CONSTRUCTOR
Purpose: ASSIGNMENT
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CArrayFloatIndex (const CArrayFloatIndex& theArray)
: CDynamicArray(theArray)
{};

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1319

const CArrayFloatIndex& operator=(const CArrayFloatIndex& theArray)

{ return (CArrayFloatIndex &)CDynamicArray::operator=(theArray);}

BOOLEAN Append (tFloatIndexStruct& aElement)

{ return CDynamicArray::Append(&aElement);}

void SortArray (void);

tFloatIndexStruct &operator [] (int i) const

{ return (tFloatIndexStruct &)CDynamicArray::operator[](i);}

tFloatIndexStruct *Buffer (void) const

{ return (tFloatIndexStruct *)CDynamicArray::buffer; }

int Length (void) const

{ return CDynamicArray::Length(); }

void RemoveAll (void)

{ CDynamicArray::RemoveAll(); }
}; // CArrayFloatIndex

////////////////////
// CLASS::CArrayChar
////////////////////
class CArrayChar : private CDynamicArray
{
public:
CArrayChar (int itsInitialCapacity = 0)
: CDynamicArray(sizeof(char), itsInitialCapacity)
{};

/****************** OPERATOR DEFINITIONS ********************/

CArrayChar (const CArrayChar& theArray)
: CDynamicArray(theArray)
{};
const CArrayChar& operator=(const CArrayChar& theArray)
{ return (CArrayChar &)CDynamicArray::operator=(theArray);}

BOOLEAN Append (const char * theElements)

{ return CDynamicArray::Append( theElements);}

BOOLEAN Insert (const char * theElements, int i)

{ return CDynamicArray::Insert( theElements, i);}

BOOLEAN Push (const char * theElement)

{ return CDynamicArray::Push( theElement );}

BOOLEAN Pop (char * elementCopy = NULL)

{ return CDynamicArray::Pop( elementCopy );}

void RemoveAll (void)

{ CDynamicArray::RemoveAll(); }

BOOLEAN Remove (int i, char *elementCopy = NULL)

{ return CDynamicArray::Remove( i, elementCopy);}

char &operator [] (int i) const

{ return (char &)CDynamicArray::operator[](i);}

int Length (void) const

{ return CDynamicArray::Length(); }

BOOLEAN SetLength (int newLength)

{ return CDynamicArray::SetLength( newLength );}

char *Buffer (void)

{ return (char *)buffer; }
}; // CArrayChar

////////////////////
// CLASS::CArrayDouble

GEDCO
1320 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

////////////////////
class CArrayDouble : private CDynamicArray
{
public:
CArrayDouble (int itsInitialCapacity = 0)
: CDynamicArray(sizeof(double), itsInitialCapacity)
{};

CArrayDouble (const CArrayDouble& theArray)

: CDynamicArray(theArray)
{};
const CArrayDouble& operator=(const CArrayDouble& theArray)
{ return (CArrayDouble &)CDynamicArray::operator=(theArray);}

BOOLEAN Append (double aElement)

{ return CDynamicArray::Append(&aElement);}

BOOLEAN Append (const double * theElements)

{ return CDynamicArray::Append( theElements );}

BOOLEAN Insert (const double * theElements, int i)

{ return CDynamicArray::Insert( theElements, i );}

BOOLEAN Push (const double * theElement)

{ return CDynamicArray::Push( theElement );}

BOOLEAN Pop (double * elementCopy = NULL)

{ return CDynamicArray::Pop( elementCopy );}

BOOLEAN SetLength (int newLength)

{ return CDynamicArray::SetLength( newLength );}

BOOLEAN Remove (int i, double *elementCopy = NULL)

{ return CDynamicArray::Remove( i, elementCopy );}

BOOLEAN At (int i, double *elementCopy) const

{ return CDynamicArray::At( i, elementCopy );}

void RemoveAll (void)

{ CDynamicArray::RemoveAll(); }

double &operator [] (int i) const

{ return (double &)CDynamicArray::operator[](i);}

double *Buffer (void)

{ return (double *)buffer; }

int Length (void) const

{ return CDynamicArray::Length(); }
}; // CArrayDouble

///////////////////
// CLASS::CArrayInt
///////////////////
class CArrayInt : private CDynamicArray
{
public:
CArrayInt (int itsInitialCapacity = 0)
: CDynamicArray(sizeof(int), itsInitialCapacity)
{};

CArrayInt (const CArrayInt& theArray)

: CDynamicArray(theArray)
{};
const CArrayInt& operator=(const CArrayInt& theArray)
{ return (CArrayInt &)CDynamicArray::operator=(theArray);}

BOOLEAN Append (int aElement)

{ return CDynamicArray::Append(&aElement);}

BOOLEAN Append (const int * theElements)

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1321

{ return CDynamicArray::Append( theElements );}

BOOLEAN Insert (const int * theElements, int i)

{ return CDynamicArray::Insert( theElements, i );}

BOOLEAN Push (const int * theElement)

{ return CDynamicArray::Push( theElement );}

BOOLEAN Pop (int * elementCopy = NULL)

{ return CDynamicArray::Pop( elementCopy );}

BOOLEAN SetLength (int newLength)

{ return CDynamicArray::SetLength( newLength );}

BOOLEAN Remove (int i, int *elementCopy = NULL)

{ return CDynamicArray::Remove( i, elementCopy );}

void RemoveAll (void)

{ CDynamicArray::RemoveAll(); }

BOOLEAN At (int i, int *elementCopy) const

{ return CDynamicArray::At( i, elementCopy );}

int &operator [] (int i) const

{ return (int &)CDynamicArray::operator[](i);}

int *Buffer (void)

{ return (int *)buffer; }

int Length (void) const

{ return CDynamicArray::Length(); }
}; // CArrayInt

///////////////////
// CLASS::CArrayLong
///////////////////
class CArrayLong : private CDynamicArray
{
public:
CArrayLong (int itsInitialCapacity = 0)
: CDynamicArray(sizeof(long), itsInitialCapacity)
{};

CArrayLong (const CArrayLong& theArray)

: CDynamicArray(theArray)
{};
const CArrayLong& operator=(const CArrayLong& theArray)
{ return (CArrayLong &)CDynamicArray::operator=(theArray);}

BOOLEAN Append (long aElement)

{ return CDynamicArray::Append(&aElement);}

BOOLEAN Append (const long * theElements)

{ return CDynamicArray::Append( theElements );}

BOOLEAN Insert (const long * theElements, int i)

{ return CDynamicArray::Insert( theElements, i );}

BOOLEAN Push (const long * theElement)

{ return CDynamicArray::Push( theElement );}

BOOLEAN Pop (long * elementCopy = NULL)

{ return CDynamicArray::Pop( elementCopy );}

BOOLEAN SetLength (int newLength)

{ return CDynamicArray::SetLength( newLength );}

BOOLEAN Remove (int i, long *elementCopy = NULL)

{ return CDynamicArray::Remove( i, elementCopy );}

void RemoveAll (void)

GEDCO
1322 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

{ CDynamicArray::RemoveAll(); }

BOOLEAN At (int i, long *elementCopy) const

{ return CDynamicArray::At( i, elementCopy );}

long &operator [] (int i) const

{ return (long &)CDynamicArray::operator[](i);}

long *Buffer (void)

{ return (long *)buffer; }

int Length (void) const

{ return CDynamicArray::Length(); }
}; // CDynamicArray

/////////////////////
// CLASS::CArrayShort
/////////////////////
class CArrayShort : private CDynamicArray
{
public:
CArrayShort (int itsInitialCapacity = 0)
: CDynamicArray(sizeof(short), itsInitialCapacity)
{};

CArrayShort (const CArrayShort& theArray)

: CDynamicArray(theArray)
{};
const CArrayShort& operator=(const CArrayShort& theArray)
{ return (CArrayShort &)CDynamicArray::operator=(theArray);}

BOOLEAN Append (short aElement)

{ return CDynamicArray::Append(&aElement);}

BOOLEAN Append (const short * theElements)

{ return CDynamicArray::Append( theElements );}

BOOLEAN Insert (const short * theElements, int i)

{ return CDynamicArray::Insert( theElements, i );}

BOOLEAN Push (const short * theElement)

{ return CDynamicArray::Push( theElement );}

BOOLEAN Pop (short * elementCopy = NULL)

{ return CDynamicArray::Pop( elementCopy );}

BOOLEAN SetLength (int newLength)

{ return CDynamicArray::SetLength( newLength );}

BOOLEAN Remove (int i, short *elementCopy = NULL)

{ return CDynamicArray::Remove( i, elementCopy );}

void RemoveAll (void)

{ CDynamicArray::RemoveAll(); }

BOOLEAN At (int i, short *elementCopy) const

{ return CDynamicArray::At( i, elementCopy );}

short &operator [] (int i) const

{ return (short &)CDynamicArray::operator[](i);}

short *Buffer (void)

{ return (short *)buffer; }

int Length (void) const

{ return CDynamicArray::Length(); }
}; // CArrayShort

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1323

17.8.8 ccachdat.hpp
The 'ccachdat.hpp' file provides the implementation of a classes to handle a caching file data sets.
These classes are part of the 'sisulib.lib'. The various classes available are:

a) CCacheFileRecords
b) CCacheTmpData

Also as part of these classes there are various transpose functions available. These procedures
are meant to facilitate handling data records, or other processes where processing is carried out on
multiple traces that must be temporarily stored.

The ccachdat.hpp Listing

Purpose: Implement a class to handle a caching file data.

Class : CCacheFileRecords
Inheritance: CBinaryFile
Notes:

********************************************************************
*
* Seismic Image Software Ltd.
* Calgary, Alberta, Canada
*
* Copyright (C) 1994 - 1999
* This software is subject to copyright protection under the laws of
* the Canada and other countries.
*
*
********************************************************************
* $Log: ccachdat.cpp,v $
* Revision
********************************************************************/
#include "binaryfn.hpp"
#include "carrays.hpp"

class CMemory;
class CArrayChar;

// Type of cache to use.

typedef enum
{
CACHESTANDARD = 0, // Mainly for random access.
CACHEPAGE // Only for blocked read/write forward(NOT RANDOM!!!)
} tCacheType;

// CCacheFileRecords
class CCacheFileRecords : private CBinaryFile
{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Input:
itsFile : The input file.
itsInitialSkip : Starting offset for fixed size records.
itsRecordSize : Size(Bytes) of a record in the file.
itsBlockSize : Size(Byte) of block to read.
itsMaxBlocks : Maximum number of blocks to cache.
NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CCacheFileRecords (const FILE_SPEC &itsFile,
long itsInitialSkip, long itRecordSize, long itsBlockSize, size_t itsMaxBlocks = 100);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: COPY CONSTRUCTOR
Input:

GEDCO
1324 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CCacheFileRecords (const CCacheFileRecords& cacheFile);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: DESTRUCTOR
Input: VOID
Result:
All memory associated with this cache is deleted.
If file is opened it will be closed.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
~CCacheFileRecords();

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: ReadRecord
Input:
nRecord - The record # required from the file.
thedata - The data to read into.
Returns:
TRUE - No problem.
FALSE - Problem reading the data.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
BOOLEAN ReadRecord(long nRecord, void *data);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: WriteRecord
Input:
nRecord - The record # to be written out.
theData - The data to write out.
Returns:
TRUE - No problem.
FALSE - Problem writting the data.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
BOOLEAN WriteRecord(long nRecord, void *data);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: WriteRecord
Input:
Returns:
NOTE: Only used on Cached data, no overlap required.
Fills buffer and writes out when full!
------------------------------------------------------------*/
BOOLEAN WriteRecord(void *data);

/*************** CACHING ROUTINES ***************/

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: FlushCache
Perform any pending writes out.
Input: VOID
Returns:
TRUE - No problem.
FALSE - Problem flushing the cache.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
BOOLEAN FlushCache(void);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: SetCacheSize
Input:
cacheBlocks - Number of headers to keep in the cache.
Result:
Will invalidate the cache, and create new one with this
cache size..
------------------------------------------------------------*/
void SetCacheSize(size_t cacheBlocks);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: SetPageCacheType
Input:
cacheBlocks - Number of blocks to page.
recordOverLap - Percent overlap of blocks.
itsInitialSkip- Bytes to skip at start of file.

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1325

itsBlockSkip - Bytes to skip at start of block.

Result:
NOTE: Set this before opening file for read.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
void SetPageCache(long cacheBlocks, float recordOverLap, long itsInitialSkip, long itsBlockSkip);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: SetPageCacheType
Input:
cacheBlocks - Number of blocks to page.
Result:
NOTE: Set this before opening file for read.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
void SetStandardCache(long cacheBlocks = 100);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: InvalidateCache();
Invalidate the entire cache. Nothing is read/written
in or out.
Input: VOID
------------------------------------------------------------*/
void InvalidateCache(void);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
RecordSize - Return the current record size.
BlockSize - Return the current block size.
Input: VOID
Returns:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
long RecordSize (void) const
{ return recordsize; }
long BlockSize (void) const
{ return blocksize; }
tCacheType CacheType (void) const
{ return cachetype; }

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: MemoryError
Input: VOID
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
BOOLEAN MemoryError (void);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: FileClose
Input: VOID
Result:
Override BinaryFile
------------------------------------------------------------*/
virtual BOOLEAN FileClose ( void );

// Functions required.
virtual BOOLEAN FileOpenR (void);
virtual BOOLEAN FileOpenW (BOOLEAN createNew = FALSE);
virtual BOOLEAN FileOpenRW (BOOLEAN createNew = FALSE);

BOOLEAN FileSeek(LONG_64 Position, int fromWhere = SEEK_SET)

{ return CBinaryFile::FileSeek (Position, fromWhere); }
BOOLEAN FileRead(void *array, long readBytes)
{ return CBinaryFile::FileRead (array, readBytes); }
BOOLEAN FileWrite(void *array, long writeBytes)
{ return CBinaryFile::FileWrite (array, writeBytes); }
protected:
// Paged cache read/writes
BOOLEAN FileOpenRCache (void);
BOOLEAN FileOpenWCache (BOOLEAN createNew);
BOOLEAN FileOpenRWCache (BOOLEAN createNew);

BOOLEAN GetCacheRecord (long nRecord);

void SetRandomCache (void);

GEDCO
1326 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

void DeleteRandomCache (void);

// Random cache read/writes.

size_t AgeAndFindSlot(long recordOffset);
BOOLEAN FlushCache(size_t theSlot);
size_t GetFreeSlot(void);
size_t LeastRecentlyUsed(void) const;

long initialskip; // Skip(Bytes) to first data block.

long blockskip; // Only used in Paged Cache, skip to block.
long recordsize; // Size(Bytes) of one total data block(A Record).
long blocksize ; // The block size, a subset of record to read in.

long maxblocksize; // Total cache size.

unsigned maxblocks; // Max # of blocks in cache.
unsigned nused; // Slots being used.
long *recaddress; // Slot record offsets.
unsigned *usecounts; // Use count for slots.

char *slots; // Pointer to the cache's hslots when locked.

// Only used if SEQ block cache.

BOOLEAN isDirty; // Data block is dirty.
tCacheType cachetype; // Caching type.
BOOLEAN writeOn; // Write mode turned on.
long recordFrom; // Start record held.
long recordTo; //
long recordOverlap; // Record overlap(May be 0).
long recordTotals; // Maximum records in file (Used in READ CACHE MODE).
// Record count in buffer
(Used in WRITE CACHE MODE).
BOOLEAN appendMode; // Appending data on write(No seeking).
private:
void operator=(const CCacheFileRecords&); // Private to insure assignments.
}; // CCacheFileRecords

// CCacheTmpData
class CCacheTmpData
{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Input:
NOTES:
A cached data temporary file. On destuction will delete
this file.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CCacheTmpData (size_t nBytes, size_t cacheBlocks);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR Paged Cache Constructor.
Input:
cacheByteSize - Size of cache to keep records in.
nMaxBlocks - Max blocks in cache.
recordOverLap - Record overlap between caches.
Result:
NOTE: Set this before opening file for read.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CCacheTmpData(size_t nBytes, long cacheByteSize, long nMaxBlocks, float recordOverLap =.3);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: DESTRUCTOR
Input: VOID
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
~CCacheTmpData ();

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: SetPageCache
Input:
cacheByteSize - Size of cache to keep records in.

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1327

nMaxBlocks - Max blocks in cache.

recordOverLap - Record overlap between caches.
Result:
NOTE: Set this before opening file for read.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
void SetPageCache(long cacheByteSize, long nMaxBlocks, float recordOverLap =.3);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: SetPageCacheType
Input:
cacheBlocks - Number of blocks to page.
Result:
NOTE: Set this before opening file for read.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
void SetStandardCache(long cacheBlocks = 100);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: ResetCache
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
void ResetCache (size_t nBytes, size_t cacheBlocks);
void ResetCache (size_t nBytes, long cacheByteSize, long nMaxBlocks, float recordOverLap =.3);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: OpenRead
Input: VOID
Result:
Will open file associated the data,
for reading.
TRUE - Everything opened ok.
FALSE - Problem opening the file.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
BOOLEAN OpenRead(void);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: OpenWrite
Input:
newFile - Will create a new file.
Result:
Will open file associated with this data.
for writting.
TRUE - Everything opened ok.
FALSE - Problem opening the file.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
BOOLEAN OpenWrite(BOOLEAN newFile = FALSE);
BOOLEAN OpenReadWrite(BOOLEAN newFile = FALSE);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: Close
Input: VOID
NOTES:
Close will be called when objects is destroyed.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
BOOLEAN Close(void);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: GetData
Input:
nRecord - Record to load.
Result:
The buffer now contains the data requested.
Notes:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
BOOLEAN GetRecord (long nRecord, void *dataBuffer);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: PutHeader
Input:
nHeader - Trace header to write out.
Result:

GEDCO
1328 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The buffer now contains the header requested.

Notes:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
BOOLEAN PutRecord (long nRecord, void *dataBuffer);
BOOLEAN PutRecord (void *dataBuffer);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: RecordSize
Input: VOID
Result:
Returns the record size used to load read/write block of data into.
Notes:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
size_t RecordSize (void) const
{ return recordsize; }

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: File
Input: VOID
Result:
Returns the file associated with this temp.
Notes:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
FILE_SPEC File (void)
{ return file; }

CCacheFileRecords *cache; // Data cache.

protected:
FILE_SPEC file; // The temporary file.
size_t recordsize; // The size of a block.
private:
CCacheTmpData (const CCacheTmpData& dataRec);
}; // CCacheTmpData

/*************************************************************************
Routine TransposeFile
inFile - Input temp cache file.
outFile - Output temp cache file(Contains transposed file).
nRows - Number of rows in file.
nColumns - Number of columns in file.
columnByteSize - A column size in bytes.
*************************************************************************/
BOOLEAN TransposeFile (CCacheTmpData& inFile, CCacheTmpData& outFile,
long nRows, long nColumns, long columnByteSize, long bufferSize);

/*************************************************************************
Routine TransposeRead
nColumns - Total # of columns to read.
nRows - Total # of rows in file.
nColStart - Start column to read.
columnByteSize - Size bytes of item in column.
rowByteSize - Size bytes of one row.
buffer - Buffer to read into.
*************************************************************************/
BOOLEAN TransposeRead (CCacheTmpData& file,long nColumns, long nRows, long nColStart,long columnByteSize,
long rowByteSize, char *buffer);

/*************************************************************************
Routine TransposeWrite
nColumns - Total # of columns to read.
nRows - Total # of rows in file.
nColStart - Start column to read.
columnByteSize - Size bytes of item in column.
rowByteSize - Size bytes of one row.
buffer - Buffer to read into.
*************************************************************************/
BOOLEAN TransposeWrite (CCacheTmpData& file,long nColumns, long nRows, long nColStart,long columnByteSize,
long rowByteSize, char *buffer);

/*************************************************************************
Routine TransposeWrite

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1329

nSample1 - First sample to write

nSample2 - last sample to write
nRecord1 - First record to write
nRecord2 - Last record to write
Buffer - Buffer to write from.
*************************************************************************/
BOOLEAN TransposeWrite(CCacheTmpData& file,long nSample1, long nSample2,long nRecord1,long nRecord2, char
*memBuffer);

/*************************************************************************
Routine TransposeRead
nSample1 - First sample to read.
nSample2 - last sample to read.
nRecord1 - First record to read.
nRecord2 - Last record to read.
Buffer - Buffer to read into.

Assumes this will fit!!!

*************************************************************************/
BOOLEAN TransposeRead(CCacheTmpData& file, long nSample1,long nSample2,long nRecord1,long nRecord2, char
*memBuffer);

#endif // CCacheData

17.8.9 cvwhmap.hpp
The 'cvwhmap.hpp' file provides the implementation of a classes to handle the mapping of Vista
header variables. These functions are a part of the 'sisulib.lib'. The various classes available are:

a) CVWHeaderItemList
b) CItemMap
c) CDeadTraceMap

Note the 'tHeaderItem' structure which defines how the variable is extracted.

The cvwhmap.hpp Listing

Purpose: Provide classes for mapping of dictionary items.

Class : NONE
Inheritance: NONE

Notes:

********************************************************************
*
* Seismic Image Software Ltd.
* Calgary, Alberta, Canada
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1999
* This software is subject to copyright protection under the laws of
* Canada and other countries.
*
*
********************************************************************
* $Log: cvwhmap.hpp,v $
* Revision
********************************************************************/
#include "cvwhmap.hpp"
#include "carrays.hpp"
#include "defines.h"

// Header Item.
struct tHeaderItem
{
int id; // Dictionary ID as defined in dictdefs.hpp.
char name[MAX_STRING_LEN]; // Item name.
int loc; // Byte location in header (Index starts at 0(ZERO)!!).

GEDCO
1330 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

tDataType type; // Item type Float, short integer, long integer.

};

/////////////////////////
// CLASS::CVWHeaderItemList
/////////////////////////
class CVWHeaderItemList : private CDynamicArray
{
public:
CVWHeaderItemList ();

CVWHeaderItemList (const CVWHeaderItemList& theArray);

const CVWHeaderItemList& operator=(const CVWHeaderItemList& theArray);

BOOLEAN FindHeaderItem (int itemId, tHeaderItem& item);

tHeaderItem &operator [ ] (int i) const;

BOOLEAN Append (tHeaderItem& theElements);

int Length (void) const;

void RemoveAll (void);

int vwHeaderSize; // Vista-Header Size.

}; // CVWHeaderItemList

// Provide a class for handling seismic dictionary mapping of items.

class CItemMap
{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Create a class to handle seismic dictionary items from the
project's vista header definition.
Input:
itemID - Unique item ID(Not AN INDEX)!
geomHeader - The mapping buffer.
NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CItemMap (int itemID, char *headerPtr = NULL);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: Set
Input:
aValue - The value to set this item to.
Result:
Sets the header to the value passed.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*********** (WRITE) **************/
void Set (short aValue);
void Set (float aValue);
void Set (double aValue);
void Set (long aValue);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: Short/Long/Float/Double
Input: VOID
Result:
Returns a Value based on this dictionary item.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*********** (READ) **************/
long Long (void) const;
short Short (void) const;
float Float (void) const;
double Double (void) const;

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1331

void SetBuffer (char *buffer);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
char *Buffer (void) const
{ return headerPtr; }

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
NotFound - Checks if item exists in the geometry header.
ID - Id dictionary #.
Location - Byte location of item.
Type - Type of item.
Input:
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
BOOLEAN NotFound (void) const
{ return notFound; }
int ID(void) const
{ return id; }
int Location(void) const
{ return loc; }
tDataType Type(void) const
{ return type; }
protected:
private:
/**** READ Functions. ****/
char ByteConvert (void) const;
short ShortConvert (void) const;
long LongConvert (void) const;
float FloatConvert (void) const;
double DoubleFloatConvert (void) const;

/**** WRITE Functions. ****/

void SetByte (char aValue);
void SetShort (short aValue);
void SetLong (long aValue);
void SetFloat(float aValue);
void SetDoubleFloat(double aValue);

char *headerPtr; // Memory pointer area.

size_t headerSize; // Header Size.

int id; // The item ID #.
int loc; // Byte location in header (Index starts at 0(ZERO)!!).
tDataType type; // Item type Float, short integer, long integer.
BOOLEAN notFound; // Item not found int header.
}; // CItemMap

///////////////////////
// CLASS::CDeadTraceMap
///////////////////////
class CDeadTraceMap
{
public:
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: CONSTRUCTOR
Provide a class for handling Dead traces.
Input:
geomHeader - The mapping buffer.
NOTES:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
CDeadTraceMap (char *itsBuffer = NULL);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: DESTRUCTOR
Input: VOID
Result:

GEDCO
 1332 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

------------------------------------------------------------*/
~CDeadTraceMap();

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: IsDead
Input:
Result:
Returns TRUE if flag indicates MARKED or KILLED header.
FALSE otherwise.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
BOOLEAN IsDead (void) const;

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: SetDead
Input:
Result:
Header is marked as dead.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
void SetDead (void);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: DeadFlag
Input:
Result:
Returns
#define NOT KILLED 0 - Not deaded
#define MARKED KILLED 1 - Marked as dead.
#define KILL KILLED 2 - Has been killed.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
short DeadFlag (void) const;
protected:
private:
CItemMap *itemMap; // Actual mapper.
}; // CDeadTraceMap

#endif // CItemMap

variables

17.8.10 mathfunc.hpp
The 'mathfunc.hpp' file provides extensive mathematical functions for the processing of the
seismic data. These functions are part of the 'sisulib.lib'.

The mathfunc.hpp Listing

********************************************************************
*
* Seismic Image Software Ltd.
* Calgary, Alberta, Canada
*
* Copyright (C) 1994 - 2000
* This software is subject to copyright protection under the laws of
* Canada and other countries.
*
*
********************************************************************
* $Log: mathfunc.hpp,v $
* Revision
********************************************************************/
#include "defines.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: RoundValue
Input:

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1333

value - Value to be rounded.

roundIncr - Round increment
Result:
Returns
------------------------------------------------------------*/
float RoundValue (float value, float roundIncr);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: RandomNumber
Input: VOID
Result:
Returns values from 0. -- 1.0, random value.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
float RandomNumber (void);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose:
Swapping routines for two values.
Input:
DoubleSwap2 - Swap two float #'s.
FloatSwap2 - Swap two float #'s.
ShortSwap2 - Swap two short integer #'s.
LongSwap2 - Swap two long integer #'s.
Result:
Values will be switched.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
void DoubleSwap2(double& value1, double& value2);
void FloatSwap2(float& value1, float& value2);
void ShortSwap2(short& value1, short& value2);
void IntegerSwap2(int& value1, int& value2);
void LongSwap2(long& value1, long& value2);

// Number of float array functions.

// VSumAbs
// Calculate the average of the absolute values of the samples in buffer
// from its start for n samples
float VSumAbs (const float *buffer, long nsamples);
float VSumRms (const float *buffer, long nsamples);
void VRunAverage(const float *a, float *b, long n, long r );
void VSquareRunAve( float *a, float *b, long n, long r );
void VDivide( const float *a, const float *b, float *c, long n ); // C = A / B
void VClear( float *a, long n ); // A = 0
void VSet( float *a, float b, long n); // A = b
void VCopy( const float *a, float *b, long n ); // A = B
void VMultiple( const float *a, const float *b, float *c, long n ); // C=A*B
void VAdd( const float *a, const float *b, float *c, long n ); // C=A+B
void VSub( const float *a, const float *b, float *c, long n ); // C = A - B
void VSquare( const float *a, float *b, long n ); // B = A * A
void VScalarMul( const float *a, float c, float *b, long n ); // C = A * c
void VScalarDiv( const float *a, float c, float *b, long n ); // C = A / c
void VSquareRoot(const float *a, float *b, long n ); // B = sqrt(A)
float VSum( const float *a, long n );
float DotProduct( const float *a, const float *b, long n );
void ShiftTrace( float *trace, float shift, long frequencies, float *ramp );
void CVConMul( float *a, float *b, float *c, long n );

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: SmoothData
smooth(in, out, length, npts)
Input:
in - floating point in buffer
out - resulting smoothed buffer
length - number of points in buffer
npts - number of points in smoother
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
void SmoothData (float *inBuff,float *outBuff,int length,int npts);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: AgcScaling
Input:

GEDCO
1334 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

nSamples - Number of samples in data input.

nOperator - Length of operator in samples.
agcScale - Output scale.
ignoreHard - Ignore initial hard zeros.
data - Input data.
scalars - Save the scalars if required.
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
void AgcScaling(long nSamples, long nOperator, float agcScale, BOOLEAN ignoreHard, float *data, float *scalars = NULL);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: AgcScaling
Input:
mode - 0 - Average
1 - RMS
nSamples - Number of samples in data input.
nStart - Start sample of mean calc.
nEnd - End sample of mean calc.
meanscale - Output scale.
data - Input data.
Result:
------------------------------------------------------------*/
void MeanScaling (int mode, long nsamples, long nstart, long nend, float meanscale, float *data);

// *** FFT Functions ***

// Power2Up
/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: Power2Up - Returns nearest power of 2 value greater then 'n'.
Input:
n - Value to find power of 2 for.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
long Power2Up( long n);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: ComplexForwardTransform - Forward complex to complex fft.
ComplexReverseTransform - Reverse complex to complex fft.
Input:
b - An array of 'n' complex values.
n - Number of complex values in the array.
------------------------------------------------------------*/
void ComplexForwardTransform(float *b, int n); // n - Number of complex nos.
void ComplexReverseTransform(float *b, int n); // n - Number of complex nos.

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: ForwardTransform - Forward real to complex fft.
Input:
b - An array of n float values.
n - The size of the array data. Must be a power of 2,
although this is NOT CHECKED!
------------------------------------------------------------*/
void ForwardTransform( float *b, int n);

/*------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose: ReverseTransform - Reverse complex to real fft.
Input:
b - An array of 'n' complex values.
b - An array of n/2 complex values.
The real part of the last frequency is stored at
the 2nd position ( data[1] ) Indexed from zero.
n - The size of the array data. Must be a power of 2,
although this is NOT CHECKED!
------------------------------------------------------------*/
void ReverseTransform( float *b, int n);

/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Wiener-Levinson Algorithm //
// Solves the system of single channel equations for least-squares //
// filtering and prediction problems using the Wiener-Levinson //
// recursive algorithm. //
// Parameters lr = filter length (dimension of all arrays) //
// r = input autocorrelation coefficients //

GEDCO
 VWUser Programmer 1335

// g = input cross-correlation coefficients //

// f = output filter coefficients //
// a = output prediction error operator //
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Wiener(long lr,float *r,float *g,float *f,float *a);

// MakeOrmsbyFilter
void MakeOrmsbyFilter(int nfreq, float samplerate,int f1,int f2,int f3,int f4,float *buffer);

// MakeNotchFilter
void MakeNotchFilter(int nfreq, float samplerate,int f1,int f2,int f3,int f4,float *buffer);

// MakeRickerWavelet
void MakeRickerWavelet (int nt, float dt, float fpeak, float *wavelet);

/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// data 1 - input real array of data or complex array (dimensioned from 0).
// data1 2 - input real array of data or complex array (dimensioned from 0).
// Output goes here.
// nf - Number of complex values.
// mode 0: Straight multiplication.
// 1: Conjugate the source(data) prior to multiplication
// 2: Conjugate the destination(data1) prior to multiplication
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void ComplexMult(float *data, float *data1, long nf, long mode);

/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// data - input real aray of data or complex array (dimensioned from 0).
// Result is put here!!!
// nf - Number of complex values.
// mode 1: Return amplitudes of the complex trace.
// 2: Return the phase in radians.
// 3: Return both amplitude and phase, phase in radians.
// 4: Return phase in degrees.
// 5: Return both amplitude and phase, phase in degrees.
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Polar(float *data, long nf, int mode);

/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Rect
// Converts polar form complex values to standard rectangular numbers.
// Does the reverse of Polar.
// data - input complex array.
// nf - Number of complex values.
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Rect (float *data, long nf);

#endif // Math Functions

18 VWTutorial Projects
Vista Tutorial Set
Version 7.000
Revision Date October-18-07

There are several example project tutorials supplied with Vista.

TUTORIAL A 1336 - Process a 20 shot 2D line

TUTORIAL B 1438 - Process a small 3D(135 Shots X 59 Traces).
TUTORIAL C 1473 - Processing a simple Zero Offset VSP
TUTORIAL C1 1494 - Near Offset VSP - 3 Component Data
TUTORIAL C2 1548 - Far Offset VSP - 3 Component Data
TUTORIAL D 1594 - Instrument Test Example.
TUTORIAL E 1618 - User Programmer Tutorial test job flows and raw data.

GEDCO
 1336 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

TUTORIAL F 1619 - Multi-Layer Uphole Statics Test

Benjamin Creek - A large complex 2D data set example.
Tutorial 1619
Gilze3D_Tutorial 1733 - Fully functional 3D project complete with input files, intermediate and
final results.

NOTE: That projects can be recreated new by following the tutorials or simply loaded from the File
Open menu. When using the File-Open menu, the Vista program may query the user to fix/adjust the
project. Simply allow the program to adjust the file system links and the project will load the correctly.

[Vista Tool Fix Moved Project Dialog]

Press the FIX button to proceed to adjust the project file links.

It is suggested that the tutorials directories be copied to a new test directory for experimenting with the
learning process. In this manner if one makes a mistake the files can be reloaded.

18.1 Tutorial A - 2D processing

Tutorial Example A - 2D Processing - 20 Shot line
The Tutorial A files are stored in the directory TUTORIALA under the Vista install directory.

These are the files stored in this directory.

Input Data Set

SHOT20.SGY - Shot20 SEGY file. 2D 20 Shot, 120 channel / shot data set.

Flow Files
S20SCLFL.FLW 1358 - Simple scaling of 3 input shots(107, 108, 113).
S20FLPAN.FLW 1365 - Create filter panels for shot 173.(Using Command Ormsby Filter Panel 819 ).
S20LMO.FLW 1372 - Output displaying showing LMO QC of geometry.
S20SCDFK.FLW 1376 - Scaling with decon application, output from here can then be NMO and
stacked.
S20contvel.flw 1358 - Continuous velocity computation with a CVS display.
S20FBAL.FLW 1382 - Example Post stack frequency balancing(Simpler to use Spectrum Balancing
838 Command).

S20VELAN.FLW 1384 - Velocity analysis flow. Creates outputs for input to Interactive Velocity
Analysis 1460 .
S20BRUT.FLW 1394 - Brute stack of 2D line.
S20BRUTR.FLW 1398 - Brute stack with 2D refraction statics 459 applied.
S20FINAL.FLW - Final brute flow with static application.
S20MCOR.FLW - Calculation of surface consistent statics using MCorrelation 867 command.
S20STKP.FLW - Brute stack with calculation of residual statics(Using StackPower 870 ).

Misc Files
S20DATA.TIM - Time gate file.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1337

S20VEL.VEL - Velocity picks for NMO input.

S20.FKL - FK Filter definition file.

In this first tutorial, one shall load a 2D data set consisting of 20 shots of 120 traces each. This data
already has SEGY headers which we will transfer to VISTA headers and then examine some of them.

One will then set up a flow chart and run these 2400 traces through bandpass filter and display the
result. One will also look at some interactive windows where we can apply mutes, kills and pick first
breaks.

Here are the main sections in this Tutorial Example A:

· Initialize Project 1337
· Command and Flow Windows 1351 - Processing Data
· Dictionary Window 1348 - Input Transfer Formulas
· Header Equations 1348
· Seismic Window Display 1418 - Plot Controls
· Seismic Header View/Edit 1400 - Graph Header values
· Refraction Statics 1422
· Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Consistent 1432

18.1.1 Initialize Project

First let's start VISTA for Windows 7.00
On PC's double click on the VISTA for Windows icon or use Start menu to access the Vista program.

One will see this screen on the initial startup of Vista.

GEDCO
1338 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Vista 7.00 Start up]

Hit the File item on the top menu and select New Project.
Move to the desired sub-directory where you will save all the files for this project and use a name like
tutoriala.
The following NEW Vista Project dialog will appear:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1339

NEW VISTA Project Dialog - Settings

NEW VISTA Project Dialog - Initialization

See New Project Dialog 21 help for more information, at this point simply press OK to leave defaults
in place.

18.1.2 Project Data List Window - Initializing Input Data

Project Data List Window
In the window which appears, one will see the SEISMIC DATA TOOLS at the top of the screen.

Click on one of the icons to create a new 2D, 3D or VW to import data from another VISTA

GEDCO
1340 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

project.
For more help on creating or importing data into the project see help on the Project Data List
Window 38 .

[Project Data List Window - Add a New Data Set]

Initially this seismic data object contains zero traces, so you must add data to it.

Use the ADD Seismic Data to Selected Data Set icon to select sub-icon Add SEG-Y Data to
be added to this seismic data object as shown below.

[ADD Seismic Data To Selected Data Set - Sub-icons]

Clicking on the ADD SEG-Y Data opens a Windows File Open dialog for selection of shot20.sgy as
the input SEG-Y data file as shown below:

[Input SEG-Y Seismic Data File(s) File Open Dialog]

Note that one might have to navigate through the project directory to find the desired file. Click OK
when one has selected the desired file.

After clicking 'OPEN', a subsequent dialog shows one a description of this data. More Information is
found on this dialog in Miscellaneous

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1341

Section under Disk File Input Dialog 1192 .

[Disk File Input Dialog - Data Information]

No changes are necessary - just click on OK. VISTA creates new headers for this data set which
takes a few seconds.
The default settings in VISTA are to:
1. Create new (empty) VISTA headers.
2. Automatically transfer all information in the SEG-Y headers to locations in the VISTA Headers
as specified by the Input Transfer Dictionary 72 (One can view this dictionary by choosing
Dictionary from the top menu followed by Edit Dictionary -> Input Transfer).
3. Automatically create the default Sort Indexes corresponding to the data type (e.g. 2-D, 3-D,
stacked, unstacked, etc.).

On completion of these automatic default tasks, the Transfer Header Information Window will
appear.

GEDCO
1342 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Transfer Header Info Seismic Window - Min/Max Values]

Observe the VISTA clock as it charts the progress of the header transfer operation and building the
SORT indexes. On completion of the transfer, one will see the MIN. and MAX. values of each header
word as derived from "shot20.sgy".

Inspect the range of the header values for correctness; incorrect values likely means that an incorrect
Input Transfer Dictionary was used, i.e., the data set's SEGY headers were incorrectly modified by the
Input Transfer Dictionary.

Close this window in the usual way and you will be returned to the Project Data List window.

You will now get this appearance.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1343

[Project Data List Window - Data Files Loaded]

ALTERNATIVELY, if the defaults are not set, one has to do these tasks manually.
First, the defaults are controlled by selecting Edit (top menu) and Project Sort Defaults in the Edit
sub-menu.
One will open the following dialog:

[Data Creation Defaults Sort Dialog]

In the above dialog, the default settings are selected (Automatic creation). The RESET button will
restore the original defaults if one is not satisfied with any changes one has made to this list. The
DEFAULT button will only affect the default settings for the CMP_NO sort index. The SORT indexes
are set for 2D Unstacked data in this case.

If the Automatic options are turned off you must do the following:

From the Project Data List Window choose these icons in the tool bar. . To transfer the

GEDCO
1344 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

information from the SEGY headers in shot20.sgy to our internal VISTA headers, use the first
(leftmost) Transfer All Header Items icon in the tool bar. On completion of this manual transfer, the
Transfer Header Information Window will appear as it did before with the automatic settings.

An example of how to manually build some VISTA sort indexes is discussed next. Choose the View
Seismic Object's SORT List icon on the Project Data List Window toolbar. This will open the
Sort Data Tools Window as shown below.

Select the Sort index one wants to build by clicking in the box in the SORT# column (left hand side).
(Use CTRL Click - hold CTRL key down and click left mouse button - or Shift click to select more than
one item). Then click on the CREATE ALL Selected Sort Indexes icon at the rightmost end of the Sort
Data Tools .

[Project Data List - Sort Data Window]

As a further example, build a new sort index that might be needed later.

Adding a new sort index.

1. Click on the NEW Seismic Sort Index icon.
2. The Create NEW Sort Index dialog opens as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1345

Create New Sort Index

3. Enter a descriptive Name. Select headers to use for Main Sort Key (always required) and the
Secondary Sort Keys. ID RANGE performs two functions. It limits the sort index to within a range of
header values. It also selects the range of data for further processing. For the example shown
below, Field Record Numbers 1 through 20 have been selected for further processing. The default ID
RANGE is to select all the data.

[ID RANGE -> Define Sort Index Range Dialog

If one has dead traces, (these can be auxiliary channels or traces that one has edited to be dead) the
sort will ignore these traces if the Ignore Dead Traces 35 option is checked. If one then views the
traces in the header spreadsheet or in the seismic display window these Dead Traces will not be
displayed.

The ORDER button opens a dialog to add additional sort criteria and to adjust the order of sorting
as shown in the following dialog:

GEDCO
1346 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[ORDER -> Main Sort Key Order Definition Dialog]

4. The sort index one has defined in the above steps is shown on the Sort Data Tools List below:

[Sort Index Created and

Highlighted]

5. Now click on the to create the sort index. It will now have a 'X' in the little box beside its name
to indicate that the sort index been created. One may edit an existing Sort Index by double clicking on
it to bring up the Create New Sort Index dialog.

This completes the manual option for building VISTA Headers and Sort Indexes. One can return to
the main Project Data List window by clicking on the 'View Project Seismic Object Data List" icon
.

An example of checking the data files belonging to the new data set. In this simple case there is only
one SEGY file.
· By using the key several times in the Data File Tools, you can create a VISTA data set
consisting of many SEGY files.
· Any time you use the icon, one must first select the VISTA data set by clicking in the box
under the DATA# column on the left hand side.

Go to the Data File Tools window by using the "View Seismic Object's INPUT List" icon .
Data File Tools gives a listing of the data sets that were input into a selected data set of the Project
Data List. The Data File Tools window is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1347

[Data File Tools -> Seismic Object's INPUT List]

One can also use the Data File Tools to examine trace headers of the SEGY file. The idea here is
that you start off with byte location and data type of a SEGY trace header.

One can then re-specify the header word's data type and byte location and then examine these
header values using this new specification. This tool can be very useful for determining the correct
data type and byte location when importing SEGY data where the data type and byte location is
unknown. This procedure is illustrated below.

Click on this icon beside each input file to open up the Examine Trace Header Window
associated with the individual data set. The window has the following appearance and operates as
shown.

[How to examine the trace headers using the View Data Header Description Window]

GEDCO
 1348 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

18.1.3 Dictionary Window - Input Transfer Formulas

The standard (supplied) VISTA dictionaries will correctly handle 99% of all data. For those rare
occasions where you encounter some unusual case it is instructive to see how VISTA can handle the
mapping of virtually any data.

A descriptive example of how SEG-Y header values are transferred to VISTA headers is provided.

First choose Dictionary -> Edit Dictionary -> Input Transfer from the top menu to open the
Input-Transfer Dictionary List window. See Input Transfer Dictionary window 72 for more
information.

[Input - Transfer Dictionary List Window - with Explanations]

18.1.4 Header Equations

Header Equations
When one clicks in the small check box just to the right of the Dictionary Name, one will be allowed
to enter a definition/mapping for this item by defining it as a combination of other header items and
arithmetical constants.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1349

[Dictionary Header Equations with Dictionary Item and Constant Defn. Dialogs]

The steps to create a header equation are:

1. Click on the small box beside the name (it will have an

"X" there when one

finishes indicating that this item is defined by an "equation").
2. In the dialog that results (showing the "Dictionary Item" or "Equation" in the centre, choose
from ITEM, CONSTANT, or OPERATION.
3. If one chooses ITEM from the above step, the Item Defn dialogue will appear. One will
normally choose Assign Item and select the actual header word from the pull-down list. Then click
on one of the buttons shown to perform the desired arithmetical function on the selected header
word.

GEDCO
 1350 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Item Defn. Dialog]

4. After clicking 'OK', one will be brought back to the "Dictionary Item" window.
Select additional arithmetical operations from ITEM, CONSTANT, or OPERATION, or hit OK.

5. The small box beside the Dictionary Item Name will have an "X" inside it, indicating that the
Dictionary header has been modified.

18.1.5 Example of using Dictionaries

An example is presented of how to set up the Input Transfer Dictionary for an unusual case.

Example - Setting up line numbers in a 3D

One starts with 3D data provided with complete SEGY headers.

One loads it into VISTA using the Project Data List Window 38 and through the operation of
Transfer Headers in the SEISMIC DATA TOOLS 50 .

In this case, when one displays the geometry in the Seismic Attribute Display 284 (from a right
mouse click on the input data icon in the Flow window), the start and end of each receiver line (and
each shot line) is joined by a straight line, creating a zig zag appearance.

The problem is that the receiver line (and shot line) numbers were all equal to 1 in every trace header
- quickly verified by graphing SHOTLINE_NUMBER and RECEIVERLINE_NUMBER using the "VH"
(View Header) icon in the Project Data List window.

To solve the problem, one decides to set the SHOTLINE_NUMBER equal to the SHOT_POINT_NO
divided by 100 ... and the RECEIVERLINE_NUMBER to FIELD_STATION_NUMBER divided by
100.

This idea was verified by graphing SHOT_POINT_NO and FIELD_STATION_NUMBER in the Project
Data List window.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1351

To change this,
1. One opens the Input Transfer window 72 ( from Dictionary - top menu - and Edit Dictionary )
and selected the SEGY Seismic Header (IBM) rather than the Stand SEG-Y Dictionary because
one knew that the input data was in IBM format.

2. One then locates RECEIVERLINE_NUMBER in the transfer dictionary (upper part of window -
blue text) and clicks in the small box to the right of this name.

3. In the resulting dialog one clicks on DELETE DEFN. first to remove the existing definition, then we
clicked on ITEM and located FIELD_STATION_NUMBER in the next dialog box (Item Defn).

4. Next was Assign Item and OK.

5. Now one clicks on CONSTANT and enters 0.01 and uses the Multiply option.
One could also use Divide with a value of 100.

6. Finally one clicks OPERATION and selects Integer Truncation, then exited all the dialog boxes
with OK.

7. To implement this change, one has to open the Project Data List Window and repeat the Transfer
Header step.

8. One then uses the "VH" (View Header) graphing option to check that the line number was coming
across correctly.

9. And yes, one has to do the same for SHOTLINE_NUMBER, using SHOT_POINT_NO as the item
to be divided by 100. Obviously when one changes both entries in the input transfer dictionary, before
one transferred the headers.

18.1.6 Command and Flow Windows

Command and Flow Windows - Processing the Data.
It is now time to process this data. Close the Seismic Window Display 86 and the Project Data List
window 38 in the usual way taking care to use the top menu item File -> Save Project at this point in
time to safeguard against later errors.

[Job Flow Main Menu]

Click on the Job Flow on the top menu and select Vista Flow Command Window 661 . Next click on
Job Flow again and select New Flow File this time. The two windows are on top of each other. So
now choose Window on the top menu and select Tile Horizontally. One should now get the following
display:

GEDCO
 1352 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Horizontal tiled Command Window and New Flow Window]

The next sub-sections will provided detailed steps on using these windows to build processing flows
that are applicable to the 2-D data of Tutorial A.
18.1.6.1 Build Processing Flow
Now build an example seismic processing flow:

1. Drag a INPUT DATA icon ("Input") from the Flow Command Window to the Flow File Window.
Next drag a FILTERING icon ("Ormsby BP"). And finally an OUTPUT DATA icon ("Output") as
shown below.

2. In the Flow Window select the Create Flow Command Links icon.
Messages describing each icon appear at the bottom right of the window as you move the mouse
across them.

One will be told to "Use Mouse to Define the Flow Connection Links". Click and drag an arrow from
one icon to the next to make the connection. (Move the mouse to the center of one icon, press the left
mouse button down and hold it - then drag the mouse to the centre of the second icon and let go. An
Arrow will be drawn from one icon to the other.) It is normal practice to reselect (clicking) the Flow

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1353

Command Parameters icon to allow setting of the Flow Commands and to Move Commands if
desired.

[Flow File Construction and Running Window with Ormsby Band-Pass Filter]

3. Now double click on each icon in turn and complete the resulting dialog boxes for each icon.
The small color bar in each icon should change color from red to yellow as the parameters are
defined.

Alternatively, do not use this icon, but make a right mouse click on each flow icon in turn. In this
way you can select Command PARAMETERS for each icon and complete the resulting dialogs.

Here are the dialogs for each of the flow icons:

Input
When one performs a right mouse click on the Input icon, one will see this dialog:

GEDCO
1354 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Input Command -> Data INPUT Control Menu]

Double click mouse on "Data INPUT" (Or use Mouse menu as shown above) to get this dialog:

[Input dialog for Data INPUT]

For this example, one does not want to filter the entire line, so one will restrict the input data to 3
shots (107, 108 and 113 - the first 3 shots of the line). Use the right mouse button and click on the
Input icon. Choose Data INPUT Control -> Data/Header SELECTIONS 1187 .

The Data Selection window opens, and then select the "View Shot Selection Spread-Sheet" icon as
shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1355

[Data Selection Window]

When the Shot Selection Spread Sheet is open press the icon to create one new row (range).
Now fill in the entries as shown below:

GEDCO
1356 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Data Selection Window - Shot Selection Spreadsheet]

Exit from this window using the top left icon .

OrmsbyBP
The OrmsbyBP Filter dialog is shown below with their associated parameter settings.

[Ormsby Filter Dialog]

Output
The Output dialog is shown below with their associated parameter settings. It is important to provide
an output file name.
If no file name is entered, Vista inserts the day, date and time as a file name.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1357

[Output Data Dialog]

4. Now click on "Mark/UnMark Flow Commands for Execution". To mark the icons for execution,
either drag a box around all of them and let go, or right click on each one in turn and select the option
"Mark for Execution".. Either way, once done all the icons should have a green color bar.

Alternatively, do not use this icon, but make a right click in a blank area of the flow chart and
select SET All Execute ON.

[Flow File Right Mouse Button Menu]

5. Finally click on the "GO" icon to process the data. A progress window is opened while the data is
being processed.
When the 3 shots are done, VISTA will open a Seismic Window Display and plot the filtered
output data.

6. One can also see the output data if one uses Input -> Project Data List on the top menu.
To plot it click on DATA# column row where the file is located, then on the small seismic wiggle
icon in the row where the file is located.

GEDCO
 1358 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Alternatively, click on the top menu item Interactive -> Seismic Window Display and select the
file name to be plotted from the opening spreadsheet.

18.1.6.2 Continuous Velocity Computation

This Continuous Velocity Computation process allows the generation of a CVS velocity panel and
then selecting a layer to assign that panel velocity at a given picked travel time and CMP position.

The data for the Continuous Velocity Analysis was generated using the job flow file S20contvel.flw.
The job flow diagram is shown below:

[Flow File S20contvel.flw - Continuous Velocity Computation]

The critical input and parameter settings in the flow commands are provided in Continuous Velocity
Data Computation. 581

18.1.6.3 Flow File: S20SCLFL.FLW

S20SCLFL.FLW - Apply Scaling, gain, and filters to 3 shots(107, 108, 173).

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1359

[Flow File: S20SCLFL.FLW]

First go to Job Flow on the top menu and Open Flow File. Select the file called S20SCLFL.FLW.
The command parameters for each icon will be described in turn.

Input
When one performs a right mouse click on the Input icon, one will see this dialog:

[Input Flow Command -> Data INPUT Control Sub-Menu]

Move the highlight to the first item Data INPUT 675 command and click the left mouse button.
Or double click on the Input Command. Double click on any command brings up the parameter
dialog. One will get the Flow Input Command dialog.

GEDCO
1360 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Input dialog for Scaling flow S20SCLFL.FLW]

There are two items to be selected here. First choose the Input Data from the pull-down list. One will
only have one item at the start of your project - namely the "Shot20 - Raw Data ....". And secondly
choose the Sort Order - to be "NO SORT ORDER".

Data/Header Selection
Now right click on the Input icon again. This time, move the highlight to the third item
Data/Header Selections (sub-menu from Data INPUT Control) and click the left mouse button.

The Data Selection Window 1187 will be opened and immediately jump to the Shot Selection
spreadsheet as this flow already has the shots selected as shown below. If starting with a new job
flow, left Click on the "View Shot Selection Spread-Sheet" icon in the Data Selection Window.
Release the mouse button and fill in the values shown. In the Shot Selection one will see that two
entries have been created. The first row defines shots in the range from 107 to 108. The second row
from 173 to 173. Thus a total of 3 shots will be processed in this flow.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1361

[Data Selection Window - Shot Selection Spreadsheet]

Exit from this window by using the button.

This completes the definition for the Input command.

ExpTPower - Exponential Time Power 799 .

The "Exponential Time Power" icon applies time-variant scaling according to an equation T^N,
where T is two-way time and N is some specified parameter.
When the right mouse is clicked or double clicked on the ExpTPower icon, one will get the Command
Parameters dialog for this flow tool as shown below:

[Exponential Time Power Command]

Here one can see that the value of 1.7 was chosen for the parameter "N"

Mean - Mean Scaling 785 .

The "Mean" icon applies constant scaling to each trace such that the average amplitude of the
trace is equal to the "Output Scale Factor" - a user defined parameter. As above for ExpTPower
perform a right mouse click or a double click on the Mean icon to get to the Command Parameters
dialog as shown.

GEDCO
1362 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Mean Amplitude Scaling Dialog]

Here one can see that the value of 1.0 was chosen for the parameter "Output Scale Factor". To see
the design window that is set press the appropriate button to access the following dialog:

[Design Window Option -> Mean Scale Time Window Defn.]

In this dialog one has defined a fixed window from 600 to 1200ms. This means that the data will be
normalised so that the samples in this window will have the same average amplitude. Essentially this
window defines where the good data lies. One does not wish the good data amplitude to be affected
by any noisy areas above or below this time window

OrmsbyBP - Ormsby Filter 814 .

The "OrmsbyBP" icon applies band-pass filtering to each trace. As above for ExpTPower right
mouse click or a double click on the Ormsby icon to get to the Command Parameters dialog as
shown.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1363

[Ormsby Filter Dialog]

Here one can see that the filter settings of 10/15 - 55/60 have been chosen. This means all
frequencies in the range of 15 to 60 Hz. will be passed - with a half-cosine roll off from 10 to 15 Hz
and from 55 to 60 Hz. As will be seen from the Filter Panel Flow (s20flpan.flw) output, this data set
does not contain any high frequencies.

Output - Output Data 710 .

The "Output" icon defines the name of the output data set. As above for ExpTPower right mouse
click or a double click on the Output icon to get to the Command Parameters dialog as shown.

[Output Data Flow Command]

The name of the output data set can be 100 characters long. Options in this dialog allow you to:
- Create Sort Indexes for the output data set (recommended). This will let you use the
various sort methods in the Seismic Display Window.
- Plot or Graph the data after it is created. (i.e. open a Seismic Display/Graph Window for this
data set). One can pre-specify how to plot the data using the PLOT PARAMS.

This completes the description of the icons for s20sclfl.flw. Once all the parameters have been set
and verified, use the "GO" icon to start the job running. When the flow has run, one will see a plot
similar to the one shown below:

GEDCO
1364 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Seismic Display of Scaled and Filtered Shots]

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1365

18.1.6.4 Flow File: S20FLPAN.FLW

S20FLPAN.FLW - Create filter panels for shot 173.

[Process Flow -> S20FLPAN.FLW]

The description of the command parameters for each icon is provided.

Input - Input Data 675

Access the Input Data parameter dialog as shown in the previous example (Example
S20SCLFL.FLW 1358 ). One will get a dialog as before. There are two items to select here. First
choose the Input Data from the pull-down list. One will have two (or more) items at the start of your
project - namely the "Raw Data ...." and "SP's 107, 108 ....". Choose the "Raw Data..". data set. And
next choose the Sort Order - to be "SHOT_POINT_NO".

When the Shot Selection Spread Sheet 1187 is opened, one will see that one entry has been created.
This defines shots in the range from 173 to 173. Thus a total of 1 shot will be processed in this flow.
Of course, 6 filters will be applied to this shot which will create 6 output shots.

[Data Selection Window - Shot Selection Spreadsheet]

GEDCO
1366 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

That completes the definition for the Input icon.

ExpTPow ExpTPow 799

Enter parameters for Exponential Time Power exactly as done in the flow S20SCLFL.FLW 1358 .

Mean Mean 783

Enter parameters for Mean scaling exactly as done in the flow S20SCLFL.FLW 1358 .

FKFilter FKFilter 848

Enter parameters for FK filtering by first clicking on the FILE item. One will now see all files of
extension ".fkl" listed. One should have been supplied with a file in the Tutorial A directory called
"s20.fkl". This is the definition of a pie-slice filter designed on the "shot20" data to remove low velocity
noise. Note that file "s20.fkl" was created in the Seismic Window Display 86 using the FK
Spectrum Analysis Window 187 . The FKFilter command parameters dialog is shown below:

[FK Filter Dialog]

Example Steps for Creating an FK Filter and its File:

One should use Shot 173 from the raw data used by the previous flow (S20SCLFL.FLW). First,
choose Interactive from the top Vista menu, then Seismic Window Display. Now select Shot20
from the Seismic Window Display spreadsheet of data sets - then click OK. The Seismic Window
Display plot window will open.

Click on the icon "Shot Order Spread Sheet 143 " ). This will display the data set in shot order.
Now use the slider bars above the plot to move to the shot (173) of this data set . Next use the
Seismic Analysis Window 173 icon to change the Seismic Analysis Toolbar (rightmost icon).
Click on the pull-down list of analyses and select F-K Spectrum Design/Display Window 187 .
Finally click on the icon and VISTA will calculate the FK-Spectrum of this shot.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1367

[Seismic Analysis Window from Seismic Display Window - FK Spectrum Selection]

After doing a side bar zoom from 0 to 80Hz. One should get the following display.

GEDCO
1368 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[FK Spectrum Design Window]

This completes the definition of the FK filter. Save the FK filter and use the SPL icon to see a split
view (before and after).

FiltPanel - Filter Panel 819 .

Enter parameters for FiltPanel as shown here. To build this for the first time, click on the ADD
item. Then fill in the resulting dialog. Use the left mouse button with the combination of holding down
the Shift key to highlight more than one of the filters. Use the REMOVE key to delete unwanted filters.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1369

[Filter Panel Test Parameters Dialog]

AGC-L1 - AGC Scaling with L1 Norm Equalization 790 .

Enter parameters for AGC in a similar fashion to Mean.

[AGC Scaling (L1 Norm Equalization) Dialog]

Output - Output Data 710 .

The "Output" icon defines the name of the output data set. Make a right mouse click on the Output
icon and select the first item Command Parameters. One will get this dialog.

GEDCO
1370 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Flow Output Command -> Plot Parameters Tab]

This completes the description of the icons for S20FLPAN.FLW.

Once all the parameters have been set and verified, use the "GO" icon to start the job running.

When the flow processing has completed, one will see a plot similar to the one shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1371

[Seismic Display Window - FK Filtered Data Example - Panel 1 of 6]

Use the slider bar at the bottom of the plot to see the other filters, or after creating the Filter Panel
Test as described below, by using the top slider bar. Note that the filter panel output is automatically
displayed using the "Filter Panel Test" sort index.
Steps for Making a Filter Panel Movie:

First select a different Sort Display Order - choose the last sub-icon (User defined Sort Order
Spread Sheet). A dialog appears. Select the last item in the list which should be titled FILTER
PANEL TEST (Band Pass). This comes after the other usual sort indexes - SHOT_POINT_NO,
FIELD_STATION_NUMBER, etc. The display changes to show one shot with a label showing the filter
values. (Note that these steps might already have been done by VISTA).

Now use the View Tools 1218 . Select the fifth icon (Snap Shot Movies of Current Sort).
VISTA will now display each filter panel in turn and take a "snapshot".
After the last one, the snapshot window will open, where you may run the movie.
This feature of the View Tools may be used on any sort index.

This feature of the View Tools may be used on any sort index.
Note: As a tutorial example this data set can be examined by the Seismic Window Display Graph
Trace(s) icon. One can then examine the spectrums of selected traces from each filter panel to
review the effects of the filtering in each panel.

GEDCO
 1372 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

18.1.6.5 Flow File: S20LMO.FLW

S20LMO.FLW - Output displaying showing LMO QC of geometry.

[Process Flow LMO QC Flow]

The description of the command parameters for each icon is provided.

Input - Input 675

When one right mouse clicks on the Input icon, one will observe a pull down menu where you
have various choices - as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1373

[Data Input Control Menu and Sub-Menu Dialogs]

Move the highlight to the first item Data INPUT and click the left mouse button.
One will then open the Flow Input Command dialog as shown below:

[Flow Input Command Dialog]

Window Window 1116

Enter parameters for Window exactly as done in the flow S20LMO.FLW 1358 .

GEDCO
1374 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Set time window start 0, end time to 2500.

LMO LMO 894

Enter parameters for Window exactly as done in the flow S20LMO.FLW 1358 .

BULKShift BulkShift 859

Enter parameters for Window exactly as done in the flow S20LMO.FLW 1358 .

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1375

AddInput BulkShift 859

Add together the output from the Window and BulkShift commands as shown in the flow
S20LMO.FLW 1358 .

This completes the description of the icons for S20LMO.FLW.

Once all the parameters have been set and verified, use the "GO" icon to start the job running.

When the flow processing has completed, one will see a plot similar to the one shown below:

GEDCO
 1376 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

18.1.6.6 Flow File: S20SCDFK.FLW

S20SCDFK.FLW - Apply Scaling, FK Filter, Decon to all 20 shots.

[Flow File: S20SCDFK.FLW]

This flow builds a partially processed data set for line Shot20. Both FK and Decon are time
consuming processes, so we choose to process all the data through these processes. This
intermediate data set will be used as the input to the two Brute stacks (with and without refraction
statics).

The description of the command parameters for each icon is provided.

Input - Input 675

When one right mouse clicks on the Input icon, one will observe a pull down menu where you
have various choices - as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1377

[Data Input Control Menu and Sub-Menu Dialogs]

Move the highlight to the first item Data INPUT and click the left mouse button. One will then open the
Flow Input Command dialog as shown below:

[Flow Input Command Dialog]

There are two items here. First choose the Input Data from the pull-down list. One will have two (or

GEDCO
1378 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

more as shown here) items at the start of your project - namely the "Raw Data ...." and "SP's 107, 108
....". Choose the "Raw Data..". data set. And next choose the Sort Order - to be "SHOT_POINT_NO".
Click OK.

Now make a right click on the Input icon again. This time, move the highlight to the third item Header
SELECTION and click the left mouse button. The Data Selection Window 1187 will be opened as
shown:

[Header Data Selection Window]

In this flow, one will not use any Data Selection. In other words, we will select the entire data set (all

20 shots). Exit from this window using the top left icon and the option. This completes the
definition for the Input icon.

ExpTPow ExpTPow 799

Enter parameters for Exponential Time Power exactly as you did for the flow S20FLPAN.FLW 1365 .

Mean Mean 783

Enter parameters for Mean scaling exactly as you did for the flow S20FLPAN.FLW 1365 .

FKFilter FKFilter 848

Enter parameters for FK Filter exactly as you did for the flow S20FLPAN.FLW 1365 . Note that file "
s20.fkl" was created in the Seismic Display Window using the FK Spectrum Analysis Window 187 .

Decon Decon 829

Enter parameters for the Deconvolution processing by right clicking on the Decon flow and
selecting the Command Parameters in the Deconvolution dialog shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1379

[Deconvolution Dialog]

Enter parameters for Decon as shown above. Now click DESIGN WINDOW to get the Decon
Time-Gate File dialog:

[DESIGN WINDOW -> Decon Time-Gate File Dialog]

The Time-Gate File requires more explanation. This is built from the Seismic Display Window, using
the Define (Pick) Time-Gates 167 icon on the Seismic Display Window toolbar. First, right click on

GEDCO
1380 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

the Input icon then choose Seismic Window Display 86 . The Seismic Window Display window will
open as shown:

[Seismic Display Window -> Time Gate Selection Data Setup Example]

Now using the Time Gate Toolbar, pick the Top and Bottom of the time gate - and save it to disk.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1381

[Seismic Display Window - Time Gate Selection Option Display]

Output - Output Data 710 .

The "Output" icon defines the name of the output data set. Make a right mouse click on the Output
icon and select the first item Command Parameters. One will open the Flow Output Command dialog.

[Flow Output Command Dialog -> Plot Parameter Tab]

GEDCO
 1382 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

That completes the description of the icons for S20SCDFK.FLW. Once all the parameters have been
set and verified, use the "GO" icon to start the flow job processing.

18.1.6.7 Flow File: S20FBAL.FLW

S20FBAL.FLW - Post Stack frequency balancing.

[Flow File: S20FBAL.FLW Example]

This flow takes a Stack section as Input (either the brute stack from s20brut.flw or with statics from
s20brutr.flw). The Frequency Balancing algorithm works by performing different bandpass filtering,
scaling (AGC-L1 790 ) each filtered version of the stack and adding the scaled versions back together.
This has the desired effect of equalising the amplitudes in each frequency band. Some overlap

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1383

between the pass-bands is necessary.

The four OrmsbyB filtering icons have the following filter settings:

0 / 5 - 15 / 20
15 / 20 - 30 / 35
30 / 35 - 45 / 50
45 / 50 - 60 / 65

The four AGC icons all have the same parameters, namely:

[AGC Scaling (L1 Norm Equalization) Dialog]

The remainder of the flow utilizes the AddInput 1101 icon (Math Command) which takes two input
streams and adds traces from each to form one output stream of traces.

NOTE: The Flow Command TVSpBal 838 (Deconvolution Modules) performs the same function as the
flow s20fbal.flw.
In practice one should use this Flow Command as it executes much faster than the flow above.

Here is an example flow (S20FBAL2.FLW) for using TVSpBal:

GEDCO
 1384 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[TVSpBal Flow and Command Parameters - Time Variant Spectrum Balancing Menu]

18.1.6.8 Flow File: S20VELAN.FLW

S20VELAN.FLW - Velocity analysis in 3 zones along a 2D line(Shot20).

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1385

[Flow: S20VELAN.FLW - Velocity Analysis on 2D Shot Data]

This flow builds a CVS (Constant Velocity Stack), Common Offset Stack, and Semblance output data
sets.

Three "zones" are used. These are described below but are basically a group of CMP's around CMP's
50, 100 and 150. The three velocity analysis zones will each contribute a velocity function to the final
output ASCII file. (It is this file that will be used later to create a Brute Stack.)

It is not necessary to create all 3 data sets for velocity analysis - one can do one (e.g. CVS only) or
two (CVS and Semblance) or all three (CVS, Semblance and Common Offset Stack). The Interactive
-> Velocity Analysis 526 window will function correctly with one, two or three data sets. However for
optimum velocity picking it is suggested to use all three zones.

The description of the command parameters for each icon is provided.

VelZone VelZone 685

This job flow command is used when inputting data for velocity analysis. When one performs a
right mouse click on the VelZone icon, one will observe a pull down menu where one has various
choices for DATA INPUT Control as shown below:

GEDCO
1386 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VelZone Menu and Data INPUT Control Sub-Menu]

The VelZone 685 icon acts somewhat like an Input icon - as seen before for the previous flows. The
two items Data INPUT and Header SELECTIONS must both be completed. The first is the Data
INPUT dialog for VelZone 685 .

[Velocity Analysis Zone Selection Dialog]

In this above example each "zone" is defined as consisting of a central CMP and 5 either side (total of
11 CMP's per zone).

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1387

Now make a right click on the VelZone icon again. This time, move the highlight to the second item
Header SELECTION and select it. The Data/Header Selection Window 1187 will be opened and
because the CMP bin selection has already been done the CMP bin selection spreadshee opens as
shown below. For a new data set not already setup, Left Click and hold the "View CMP Bin Selection
Spread-Sheet" icon and choose the CMP Bin icon. Then release the mouse button to open the CMP
Bin Selection spreadsheet and edit as desired.

[Data Selection Dialog -> CMP Bin Selection Spreadsheet for S20VELAN.FLW Flow]

When the CMP Bin Selection Spread Sheet is open one will see that three entries have been created.
This defines CMP's 50, 100 and 150. These CMP numbers are at the centres of each zone. One saw
earlier that 5 CMP's will be added to each side of these CMP's for a total of 11 CMP's per zone.

Exit from this window using the top left icon and the option.
That completes the definition for the VelZone icon.

ExpTPow ExpTPow 799

Enter parameters for Exponential Time Power exactly as you did for the flow S20SCDFK.FLW 1376

Mean Mean 783

Enter parameters for Mean scaling exactly as you did for the flow S20SCDFK.FLW 1376 .

FKFilter FKFilter 848

Enter parameters for FK Filter exactly as you did for the flow S20SCDFK.FLW 1376 .

Decon Decon 829

Enter parameters for Decon exactly as you did for the flow S20SCDFK.FLW 1376 .

OrmsbyBP OrmsbyBP 814

Enter parameters for Ormsby exactly as you did for the flow S20SCLFL.FLW 1358 .

Mean Mean 783

Enter parameters for Mean scaling exactly as you did for the flow S20SCDFK.FLW 1376 . A second
Mean is used to correct for previous processing steps.

CVS Constant Velocity Stack 888

The Velocity Function List is built using the NEW and REMOVE buttons where necessary. There
is an optional stretch mute. 20% is a reasonable value for almost all cases. Note that the setup here

GEDCO
1388 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

implies a total of 45 velocities leading to a total of 1620 traces for the CVS output data set. ( 12 CMP's
times 45 velocities times 3 zones). One has 12 CMP's per velocity panel because of the one trace
dead pad.

Note that the velocities in the CVS data set do not have to match those in the Semblance data set.

[Constant Velocity Stack Dialog]

Note in the above dialog, the Velocity Function List is specified by start velocity, end velocity, and (in
brackets) the velocity increment.

Output Output Data 710

The Output icon defines the name of the CVS data set.

OffSrtStk Offset Sort and Stack 933

The OffsSrtSrt icon performs both Offset sorting and stacking. The input traces to this icon are first
sorted according to increasing offset value (either actual offset or absolute value). Then the traces are
stacked. Traces will be combined into one stack trace output if they fall within "Offset Increment" of
each other.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1389

[Offset Sort/Stack - Records Dialog]

Output Output Data 710

The Output icon defines the name of the Common Offset Stack output data set. This is the data
which is input to the Semblance.

Sembl Semblance Analysis 897

The Semblance icon defines the velocities to be used in the Semblance velocity analysis. Here
one sees that 61 velocities will be applied. Thus the Semblance output data set will have 3 times 61
traces.

[Semblance Output Dialog]

GEDCO
 1390 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Output Output Data 710

The Output icon defines the name of the Semblance output data set.

This completes the description of the job flow command icons for s20velan.flw. Once all the
parameters have been set and verified, use the "GO" icon to start the job processing.

When the flow has completed - and one has built the three output data sets, one can perform
Interactive Velocity Analysis 1390 (from the main Vista menu Interactive -> Velocity Tools ->
Interactive Velocity Analysis) and create an ASCII file of velocity functions (one velocity function per
zone) to be used by the NMO icon in a subsequent Brute Stack flow.

18.1.6.9 Interactive Velocity Analysis

Interactive Velocity Analysis 526

First choose from the top menu Interactive -> Velocity Tools -> Interactive Velocity Analysis. Now
click on the three data sets output from s20velan.flw - as shown here. (Use CTRL click - or Shift click
to select more than one data set).

[Interactive Velocity Analysis Menu -> Sub Menu and Start Display]

Finally click OK Semblance/Gather spreadsheet. One will now be in the Interactive Velocity Analysis
Window as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1391

[2-D Velocity Pick Seismic Data Window]

Interactive Velocity Analysis Window Toolbar Summary:

Velocity Anal. Plot Parameters

This first icon allows one to control the appearance of the 3 parts of the display with this
dialog:

GEDCO
1392 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Velocity Analysis Parameters Dialog - Display View Tab]

The items for each of the 6 tabbed menus are self-explanatory.

Display Current Velocity Picks

Opens the Velocity File Display 592 window for graphical display of the velocity structure.

New Velocity File

Start a new velocity (ASCII) file.

OPEN Existing Velocity File

Open an existing velocity (ASCII) file. The velocity functions will be plotted on top of the data
in the window.

SAVE Current Velocity File

Save the picked velocity functions to a velocity (ASCII) file. Extension (*.vel).

View Options - View Tools 1218

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1393

Pick Velocities
PICK Mode (when in this mode, any time one clicks, one will create a velocity pick for this
zone - see message at bottom right of screen).

Use Mouse to Zoom

ZOOM Mode (when in this mode the mouse will perform zooming by clicking and dragging out
a rectangle- see message at bottom right of screen).

Delete Velocity Picks

DELETE Mode (when in this mode, one clicks and drag rectangles to delete unwanted
velocity picks - see message at bottom right of screen). Note that you can delete unwanted picks
at any time (e.g. when in PICK Mode) by clicking near the unwanted point.

Display UnCorrected Gather

Displays uncorrected Gather in the Gather zone window pane.

Display Corrected (NMO Applied) Gather

Display corrected (NMO Applied) Gather in the Gather zone window pane. Note a veloctiy
data set must be available for this function to work.

Re-Calculate NMO Corrected Gather

Re-Calculate NMO corrected Gather in the Gather zone window pane based on new velocity
picks.

Use these functions to check the accuracy of your picking.

For this example there is no need to use any of these tools. One can simply:

1. Read in the supplied velocity function ASCII file = s20vel.vel with the OPEN Existing
Velocity File icon.

2. Examine the effect of the various modes (ZOOM, DELETE, PICK)

3. When complete, SAVE the modified ASCII file if necessary.

GEDCO
 1394 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[2-D Velocity Pick Seismic Data Window with Tutorial Data]

That completes the section on Interactive Velocity Analysis.

18.1.6.10 Flow File: S20BRUT.FLW

S20BRUT.FLW Brute Stack
A simple example of complete processing without major statics corrections.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1395

[Flow: S20BRUT.FLW - Example Stacking on 2D Shot Data]

This flow builds a Brute Stack with a Coherency enhanced (FX) version as an additional output.

The description of the command parameters for each icon is provided.

Input Input 675

When right mouse clicks on the Input icon, one will observe a pull down menu where one has
the usual choices as described in previous flows. The item Data INPUT must be completed. Note that
in this example one should use the Output data set from flow s20scdfk.flw as the Input to this flow.
One should also use CMP_NO order as the Data Order. This is because the icon CMPStk requires
that traces input to it must be in that order. One should recall that we requested VISTA to build Sort
Indexes for the output of s20scdfk.flw so therefore everything is ready in that data set. Using
Header SELECTION we select CMPs 7 - 287 for all 20 shots in CMP order.

NMO NMO 883

The Command Parameters dialog for this flow tool is shown below. There is an optional
stretch mute. 20% is a reasonable value for almost all cases. Note it is important to select the correct
NMO Velocity File for this data set.

GEDCO
1396 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[NMO Command PARAMETERS Dialog]

CMPStk CMPStk 924

There are 4 choices for stacking using CMPStk.- either Stack Option 1/N or Stack Option
1/Sqrt(N). The normal choice is 1/N. Use 1/Sqrt(N) or Median Stack for noisy data. The only other
requirement for CMPStk is that traces arrive at the flow tool in CMP_NO order. The CMP Stack
dialog is shown below:

[CMP Stack Dialog]

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1397

OrmsbyBP OrmsbyBP 814

Enter parameters for OrmsbyBP exactly as done for the flow s20sclfl.flw.

Mean Mean 783

Enter parameters for Mean exactly as done for the flow s20scdfk.flw.

Output Output 710

The Output flow tool icon defines the name of the Brute Stack output data set.

FXPred FXPred 989

The FXPred (F-X 2-D Prediction) flow tool icon effectively smooths the data across space.
The FX Prediction Design dialog is shown below. Accept the defaults shown.

[FX Prediction Design Dialog]

Output Output 710

This Output flow tool icon allows setting the name of the FX coherency enhanced version
output of the Brute Stack.

That completes the description of the icons for s20brut.flw. Once all the parameters have been set
and verified, use the "GO" icon to start the job processing.

GEDCO
 1398 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

18.1.6.11 Flow File: S20BRUTR.FLW

S20BRUTR.FLW
A simple example (Brute stack) of complete processing with refraction statics applied.

[Flow: S20BRUTR.FLW - Example Stacking on 2D Shot Data with Statics Corrections]

This flow builds a Brute Stack with a Coherency enhanced (FX) version as an additional output.
The only difference between this flow and s20brut.flw is the addition of two StatShft icons after NMO
and before CmpStk. The first StatShft icon applies the results of the elevation replacement static
(move shots and receivers from surface to a fixed datum). The second Statshft icon applies the
results of the Refraction Statics computation (i.e. elevation replacement statics plus one layer
refraction statics replacement) - see later in this tutorial for a description of how these statics are
computed and placed in the VISTA Headers. The additional flow tools setup is provided below.

The parameter dialog for the first StatShft: It applies the Surface to Fixed Datum Total Static.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1399

[Apply Static Shift Dialog - Selection Surface to Fixed Datum Total Static]

The parameter dialog for the second StatShft: It applies Refraction Total Static.

[Apply Static Shift Dialog - Selection Refraction Total Static]

GEDCO
 1400 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

As an tutorial exercise compare the output of these the two stacks with and without statics applied.

18.1.6.12 PSTM Velocity Computation

The data example for the PSTM Velocity Analysis is generated using the job flow file
S20ClnPSTMvel.flw. The job flow diagram is shown below:

[PSTM Velocity Analysis Job Flow - S20ClnPSTMvel.flw]

In this simple example, the PSTM Semblance 899 flow command is the primary processing
function. The input data is the raw shot 20 data in the tutorial. The Output command is used to
define the file name for the output PSTM semblance plot. The key parameters for processing are
entered in the PstmSemb flow command by right clicking the command.

The critical input and parameter settings in the flow commands are provided in PSTM Velocity Data
Example 588 .

18.1.7 Seismic Header View/Edit

Seismic Header View/Edit - Graph Header values

This important window can be opened from many different places:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1401

Interactive / Header Window Display - from the main top menu.

View/Edit Seismic Headers - from the right click menu in the Seismic Window Display.
View/Edit Seismic Headers - from the right click menu in the Attribute Window Display.
View/Edit Seismic Headers - from the right click menu on an Input icon in a Flow Chart.

In this window one can list header values by column - sorted by any of the available sort indexes for
the data set you have chosen (Shot, Receiver, CMP, etc.). And one can create graphs, cross-plots
etc. of the various header word values. One can also insert values into header words via
spread-sheets, ASCII files and so on. One can save header word values to ASCII files - again sorted
by Shot, Receiver, etc. One can create new header words which depend on the statistics of the trace
samples to which the header is attached.

For the raw data in this tutorial A, the Header View/Edit window has the following appearance:

[Seismic Header View/Edit Window Display Tutorial A Data]

Like the Seismic Window Display, this window can be opened from a variety of windows in VISTA. It
performs many useful functions with header values. The columns of header values may be moved,
deleted. formatted, and changed in size as shown below.

GEDCO
1402 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Seismic Header View/Edit Window - Spreadsheet Display Arranging]

Seismic Header View/Edit Toolbar:

The various icons in the Seismic Header View tool bar are described from right to left.

There are three ways to find a header word from the drop down list of all possible words:
1. Simply scroll down till you see it - then click on it (can be very tedious).
2. Type the first letter of the desired word (e.g. "O" for Offset) - type it again to find the next
header word beginning with that letter. Click when you find it.
3. Use the General Header Attributes icon to the left of the list - this can be the fastest way to
find an obscure header word.

Quick Header Select

General Header Attributes

The Attribute icon has a temporary tool bar as shown above. The individual icons allow quick
access to groups of header items. Thus, if one wants to find an item related to, say, elevation, you
would choose the Geographic icon.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1403

Add Header Item Displayed in List Box

Choose the desired header word - then click this icon to display the value of that word for all
traces.

Search Header Functions

Use this function to search for a header value in a list of displayed headers. For example,
suppose one has displayed in the Header Display Window, a list of the headers CMP_NO,
SHOT_POINT_NO and FIELD_STATION_NUMBER. You would like to find the CMP number
associated with shot point number 231 and the field station number 383. To do this:

1) Click on the Search Header Functions icon and select the left sub-icon, Set
Header Selection for Search.
2) One will see the Data Selection Window and its operation was explained in the
earlier discussion of the flow s20sclfl.flw. Select shot point 231 and field station number 383 then
choose OK and exit back to the Header Display Window.
3) Click on the Search Header Functions icon and select the right sub-icon, Search
on Headers. A progress bar will indicate the search is underway. The first occurrence of your search
selections is displayed on the first line of the header display.

Manual Edit Header

Use this feature to manually edit header values as a quick alternative to performing header
math by mapping header values described in the next section, Header Edit/Alter Functions. If one
chooses this option, the columns become a spread-sheet which one may change using the new tool
bar at the top.

In the Seismic Header View/Edit Window (Manual Edit Header mode), highlight the range
of values for the column(s) one wishes to edit by double clicking on the first and last range values,
and proceed as shown below:

GEDCO
1404 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Seismic Header View/Edit Window - Manual Edit Mode Procedures]

When one have completed all required changes exit Manual Edit mode and save by clicking on:

Header Edit/Alter Functions

The 11 sub-tools of this icon allow you to:

- Calculate Specific Data-Related Header Items.(Trace statistics depending on a specified

time gate)

- Define Header Mapping for Header Transfer

- Calculate new Header values from the current Header Mapping

- Recalculate and Display Minimum and Maximum of all Header values.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1405

- Display a histogram of the values of one specified header word

- Calculate VSP interval velocities

- Calculate 2D DMO Bins (Limited Offset Bins)

- Calculate 3D DMO Bins (Limited Offset Bins)

- Calculate 3D Binning parameters

- Calculate Unique Shot/Receiver ID=s.

- Calculate Elevation replacement statics.

- Interpolate 3D

Calculate Specific Data-Related Header Items

Click on this icon and one will open the Data Header Information dialog which allows
one to calculate statistical values for each trace and place these statistical values into
special VISTA header words. The Time Gate is critically important for these
calculations. It can be defined in the Seismic Window Display with the TIME-GATE
PICK TOOLBAR.

The header words all have a special meaning and are calculated according to
formulae within Header Calculation List programs. For example, the item
DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE is the normalised square root of the sum of squares of all of
the samples in the time window one specifies.

Header Calculation List

This is the list of data statistics (trace attributes) calculated by this command. They
are:

DATA_MAXAMPLITUDE Maximum sample amplitude in the chosen

time window (see Time Gate below).
DATA_MINAMPLITUDE Minimum sample amplitude in the chosen time
window (see Time Gate below).
DATA_MAXAMPTIME Time (ms) where maximum amplitude
sample occurs.
DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE RMS value of all samples within the Time
Gate.
DATA_MEANAMPLITUDE Average (mean) amplitude within Time Gate.
DATA_MAXFREQ The frequency value at the maximum of the
amplitude spectrum of the Time Gate.
DATA_MAXAMPFREQ The maximum amplitude value in the amplitude
spectrum, taken over the Time Gate.
DATA_RMSAMPFREQ Average RMS value of the entire amplitude
spectrum.
DATA_MEANAMPFREQ Average value(mean) of the entire amplitude
spectrum.
DATA_SNRATIO Signal to Noise ratio. The time gate file supplied
must contain two time gates for correct calculation of
this item. The value (SNRATIO) is calculated by
assuming that the first time gate contains noise and

GEDCO
1406 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

the second contains signal. The Noise time gate is

typically designed in the area before the first breaks
and the Signal time gate is usually defined
somewhere in the body of the data.
DATA_EXPAMPDECAY The exponential decay of the amplitude.

Note that the calculations performed with this option can also be performed by the
icon CalcHead in the Flow Window. Thus you can do this interactively or in batch
mode.

Define Header Mapping for Header Transfer

Click on this icon and you will get this dialog which allows you to specify formulae to
change existing header values - or calculate new ones.

Use Defined Header Mapping on Current Headers.

Click on this icon and VISTA will calculate the values for those header words you
defined a new mapping for in the dialog immediately above - Define Header Mapping for Header
Transfer.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1407

Calculate/View Min. Max. Header Values

Click on this icon and VISTA will calculate the minimum and maximum values for all
header words of all traces in the data set. This is often necessary when one has used an ASCII file,
for example, to create (fill) header values. The minimum and maximum are also used to calculate
graph scales, etc.

Calculate/View Header Statistics

Click on this icon and VISTA will request the name of one header word. Vista then
calculates statistics of all the different values for this header word - for all traces. The results are
displayed as a histogram.

Calc. 2D DMO Offset Binning

Click on this icon and VISTA will calculate a new header word called DMO_OFFSET.
Essentially a series of Limited Offset bins are created. Each trace offset is examined to see which
DMO offset bin, the trace falls into. This value is used to create a sort index which is applied to the 2D
data prior to 2D DMO. (i.e. Sorts the data into sets of offset panels).

Calc. 3D DMO Azimuth Binning

Same as for the Calculate 2D DMO Offset Binning but for the 3D case.

Calc. 3D CMP Binning

This is the same dialog and same function as found in the 3D binning geometry
window.

Calc Shot/Receiver Unique Seq. No.

Click on this icon and VISTA will calculate two header words called
SHOT_SEQUENCE_NUMBER and RECV_SEQUENCE_NUMBER . These are required by any of
the surface consistent processes like deconvolution or statics (See Flow Chart Manual). Normally
they are computed whenever you exit and save 2D or 3D Geometry. This icon is supplied to help you
calculate them when one has imported data from some other source (e.g. CMP gather data with
so-called fully populated headers).

Calculate Elevation Statics

Click on this icon and VISTA will calculate elevation replacement statics. A dialog appears and you
enter values for a fixed datum elevation and the replacement velocity.

GEDCO
1408 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Elevation Fixed Datum Statics Dialog]

This operation creates values for 3 header words:

STATIC_SURFACETO_FIXEDDATUM_SRC = (ELEV_SHOT - FIXED_DATUM) /
REPLACEMENT_VELOCITY
STATIC_SURFACETO_FIXEDDATUM_RCV =(ELEV_RCV - FIXED_DATUM) /
REPLACEMENT_VELOCITY
STATIC_SURFACETO_FIXEDDATUM_TOTAL=STATIC_SURFACETO_FIXEDDATUM_SRC +
STATIC_SURFACETO_FIXEDDATUM_RCV

These words may then be used in a flow chart to apply statics using icon StatShft 860

Interpolate 3D
Interpolates missing Header values using 3D coordinates. Before selecting this item,
one must select (by clicking the header name at the top of the column) one or more columns of
header words that are to be interpolated. VISTA assumes that most of the values of the header words
are present - but some are missing. The missing values will have a so-called "null" value - typically
this is zero (0). VISTA then interpolates new values for any "null" entries based on one of the
following:
1) Shot coordinates
2) Receiver coordinates
3) CMP coordinates

The dialog for this option is:

[3D Interpolate Dialog]

This can be very useful for fixing missing elevations in a 3D for example.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1409

Export Header Values to a File

Click on the Export Values to a ASCII File icon(first sub-icon from left) and VISTA
will bring up the dialog where you can define which Header words you will use to create an ASCII file
containing a list of the values for the chosen header words. Click on NEW to define each header word
for the output ASCII file.

[Write ASCII Attribute Value Dialog]

The ASCII file resulting from such an operation will consist of columns of numbers. This list may be
restored to the same (or other) Header words according to the operations specified Import Header
Values from File below.

The second and third sub-icons allow you to create shot and receiver SEGP1 files.

Import Header Values from File

There are 8 possible operations here:
- Read header values from an ASCII file using keywords
- Read columns of text(ASCII) file into headers
- Open shot/receiver spread-sheet
- Read shot coordinates from a shot SEG-P1 file
- Read Receiver coordinates from a SEG-P1 file.
- Read Input/Output electronic observer=s log file.
- Read shot+receiver+relationship files in SPS format.
- Read ARAM relationship (patch) files

GEDCO
1410 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Import Values from ASCII File

Clicking on the this icon (first sub-tool from left), VISTA will bring up the Read ASCII File
Values dialog where one can define which Header words will be used as key to read in values for
other Header words.

[Read ASCII File Values Dialog]

Using the Export Values to a ASCII File option allowed the creation of an ASCII file with 6 columns
of header values. This is an example only. VISTA can read any ASCII file with columns of numbers
corresponding to any header words. Thus in the file which is partially listed below, we show the
header word names which make up each column. Header words = SHOT_POINT and CHANNEL_NO
are used as keys or dependencies by which the values of other header words may be filled.

H ASCII file created by VISTA

H Columns contain values of Header words as indicated
H SHOT_POINT_NO
H CHANNEL_NO
H OFFSET_SH_REC

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1411

H STATIC_SRC
H STATIC_REC
H STATIC_TOTAL
H
107.00 1.00 -120.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
107.00 2.00 -120.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
107.00 3.00 -120.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
107.00 4.00 -120.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
.............................................................................
107.00 119.00 1060.00 -1.00 -23.00 -24.00
107.00 120.00 1080.00 -1.00 -25.00 -26.00
108.00 1.00 -140.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
108.00 2.00 -140.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
............................................................................
108.00 120.00 1160.00 -1.00 -28.00 -30.00
113.00 1.00 -240.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
113.00 2.00 -240.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
.
...........................................................................
.
209.00 119.00 1180.00 -18.00 -38.00 -56.00
209.00 120.00 1200.00 -18.00 -38.00 -56.00
213.00 1.00 -1140.00 -18.00 -18.00 -36.00
213.00 2.00 -1120.00 -18.00 -21.00 -39.00
..........................................................................
213.00 119.00 1240.00 -18.00 -38.00 -56.00
213.00 120.00 1260.00 -18.00 -38.00 -56.00

Now we show the dialog used to read this ASCII file:

GEDCO
1412 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Read ASCII File Values Dialog Tutorial Example]

The dependent items are the SHOT_POINT_NO and CHANNEL_NO. The Input items are
OFFSET_SH_REC, STATIC_SRC, STATIC_REC, STATIC_TOTAL. Thus any trace header whose
SHOT_POINT_NO and CHANNEL_NO match an entry (row) in this ASCII file will have the values
from the remainder of that entry (row) read into header words OFFSET_SH_REC, STATIC_REC, etc.

The column numbers for each of these fields are present in the above dialog. One can use CHECK to
get a listing of the interpreted values.
The other options under the Read in File Header Info are as documented earlier.

Sort Display Order

Choose the desired order in which to display the information. The choices are:

- No Sort Order

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1413

- Shot Order
- Receiver Order
- CMP Bin Order
- User Defined Sort Order
- Toggle Sort Spread with Continuous Sort Spread

The User Defined Sort Order allows one to specify one of the Sort Indexes that have
already built in the Project Data List - SORT DATA TOOLS.

Toggle Sort Spread allows one to toggle the sorted order display between
continuous sorted trace mode and ensemble sort order mode.

When processing 3D data two additional icons appear that allow sorting of CMP Bin
X-Line and CMP Bin In-Line data.

Graph Selected Header Columns

Select one or more columns of header values by using Control -> Left Mouse Clicking on the title of
the column. Then use one of the five graphing options here to display the results as shown below.
The five options are:
- Graph Selected Items SEPARATELY
- Graph Selected Items COMBINED
- Cross Plot all Selected Items to First Selected Item
- Three Item CROSS-Plot 1:X Range 2:Y Range 3: Colour
- View 3-D Plot of 3 items

Note that you can change column widths and move columns by grabbing the column title and moving
it. Delete columns by moving them to the left or right side.

Graph Items SEPARATELY

In this plot each column has its own scale. The following is an example of such a graph.

GEDCO
1414 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Graph Items Separately - 3 Items]

Note that the graph has toolbar options for adding notes, view options, and selecting regions for
broadcasting. The graph toolbar also has an options for Mouse Tracking.

Graph Items Combined

Graph selected items on a combined scale - i.e. there is one vertical scale and all selected values are
plotted against that. The following is the data of the previous graph (DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE vs.
SHOT_POINT_NO) plotted on a combined scale graph.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1415

[Graph Items Combined]

CROSS-Plot All Items to First Selected Item

An X-Y graph is created with two selected header values. The first (leftmost) item is used as the X
axis value and the second (rightmost) item is used as the Y axis value. If one selects more than two
items, you will get N-1 graphs all plotted against the first (leftmost) item as the X axis variable .

Here is an example of such a graph where OFFSET_SH_REC is plotted against

DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE.

GEDCO
1416 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Graph -> Cross-Plot]

Three Item CROSS-Plot 1:X Range. 2: Y Range. 3: Color Value

An X-Y graph with a color value ( Z ) plotted at the X,Y position is created. The three chosen header
items must be in the order of left to right with Z value as the rightmost. Use the column click and drag
to rearrange the order if necessary. In the example shown below, we plotted
FIELD_STATION_NUMBER against SHOT_POINT_NO. DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE is the Z value
item.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1417

[Three Items Cross Plot - 1:X Range, 2: Y Range, 3: Z Color Value]

View 3-D Plot - Under Development

An X-Y-Z graph with a color value ( Z ) plotted as the X,Y,Z position is created. In this example of a
3D plot below for shot point 107 of Tutorial A, we selected header words FIELD_STATION_NUMBER,
OFFSET_SH_REC and DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE in trace order.

GEDCO
 1418 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Here one sees the amplitudes as Z values plotted against FIELD_STATION_NUMBER and
OFFSET_SH_REC. The color is also the DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE. If you have 3 items to graph, the
last item will carry the color. One can zoom, tilt axes etc. using the mouse controls in the right click
menu..

18.1.8 Seismic Window Display

Seismic Window Display - Plot Controls
This is a quick summary of how to display seismic data and header values in a variety of ways.
The Seismic Window Display 86 can also perform Trace Editing, Frequency analysis, FK Filter
analysis, and many more options.

One may open this window in a variety of ways:

1. Right Click from an Input icon in a Flow Window.
2. Choose Seismic Window Display in the pull-down list from Interactive in the top menu.
Then double click on the desired data set.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1419

3. Use the small wiggle icon beside each data set in the Project Data List (started from the Input
item in the top menu)

Here is a list of functions available in this window:

View selected items (shots, receivers, CMP's, etc.) in one or more vertical or horizontal windows.
Set display parameters (Excursion, Maximum Clip, VA Bias, Min and Max amplitude, Reverse
Polarity, Display Type (W, W/VA, VD, etc.), Time Grid, Annotation, Colours) all accessed via the Right
Mouse Button menu and sub-menus.

Display data with LMO (Linear Move-out Velocity applied).

Display header values in a graphical form below the plot (by right mouse clicking in the blank area
below the data) - or color the wiggle and/or fill with a header word value.

Display traces on an offset scale or trace number scale (horizontal axis).

Display "tick marks" on traces corresponding to the time value of a specified header word (e.g.
statics). Optionally use the time values of a specified header word to bulk shift (apply time shift) to
each trace in the display.

Use the View Options tools for snapshots, movies, hard-copy etc.

Select the order in which to display the data (By shot, receiver, CMP or header word sort - and offset
ordered or trace number ordered).

Use interactive tools in this window to define:

· Trace kills
· Reverse polarity
· Mutes (Top, Bottom and Surgical)
· First Break Picking
· Time gates

Do Interactive Frequency analysis 196 (Amplitude, Phase spectra) on chosen traces.

Compute FK spectra of chosen data (Shot, Receiver, CMP etc.) And design (interactively) FK filters,
see the inverse transform and save to disk for later application in the Flow Window.

18.1.9 2D Refraction Statics

This example calculates the 2D refraction statics (first-break statics) for our project TUTORIAL A.
There are several steps:

1. Pick first breaks 1420 for the Shot20 Raw Data Set.

2. Use the Refraction Statics windows - activated from Interactive -> Refraction Statics 459 - to
calculate the Statics, Quality control, and finally write the statics to the VISTA Headers.

· Pick the offset range 1423 for the refracting layer.( Pick Refractor Offsets).
· Pick (optionally) the minimum and maximum times 1425 to use. Any first break pick

outside this range will not be used. ( Pick Top/Bottom Time Limits).
· Set the various calculation 1424 and display parameters. (2D Refraction Statics
Parameters).
· Calculate 1426 the statics using the icon.

GEDCO
 1420 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

· View various quality control displays 1428 using these toolbar icons,

.
· Save the static 1430 values to VISTA Header words. (Save Static Results).
3. Add the StaticSh 860 command to the flow chart for the brute stack and recompute the brute
stack with statics after NMO. NOTE: Make sure one picks the same Static Header words that one
originally saved the statics to.

4. Compare the results with and without statics.

In this tutorial, some of the difficult problems one encounters have been avoided in the calculation
and application of statics. One of these problems is when to apply statics.

In general if the static values are small (comparable to one or two wavelengths of the average
frequency - or less than say 100ms.), it is OK to apply statics as soon as possible in the processing
sequence (flow). In other words if the statics are small, apply them immediately after scaling and
certainly before NMO (or velocity analysis). This will result in improved velocity analysis - and easier
velocity picking.

If the static values are large (usually caused by a datum which is much larger or smaller than the
average elevation - or by unusually large elevation changes), one must resort to other methods. One
of the favourites is the so called "Floating Datum". Here one changes the datum in some smooth
fashion at every receiver station. One tries to keep the datum as close as possible to the elevation
values - and hence generate small static values. These statics may be applied as the first processing
step as above.

Later, one must calculate the difference between these "floating datum" statics and "fixed datum"
statics. These "difference" statics are usually large (several hundred ms.) and must be applied after
NMO - and before CMP Stack.

18.1.9.1 Pick First Breaks

Pick First Breaks and Store in VISTA Headers

In an earlier section of this Tutorial manual, first break picking was discussed. Recall that this was
done from the Seismic Window Display 86 using one of the Seismic Data Pick Operations main
toolbar icons. These icons initiated the desired action by replacing the MAIN SEISMIC TOOLBAR
with their own special toolbar for each operation.
The 5 options were:
KILL TRACE 145 Pick seismic traces in data set to KILL.
REVERSE-POLARITY 150 Pick seismic traces in data set to apply
reverse-polarity to.
MUTES 153 (Top, Bottom, Surgical) Define seismic mutes.
FIRST-BREAK PICKING 160 First break pick a data set.
TIME-GATE PICK 167 Define time gate picks.

First-Break Picking
Clicking on this icon replaces the MAIN SEISMIC TOOLBAR with the FIRST-BREAK PICK
TOOLBAR. The use of this toolbar for this example is described below:

NOTE: If you wish to import First-Break pick values from another program simply use the header
import 393 feature of Vista to fill in the DATA_FIRSTBREAK with these values.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1421

[The First Break Pick Toolbar]

NOTE:
When one first opens the FBP window, the program will try to force the data to be displayed as
Shot ensembles in offset trace mode. If the data does not have offsets set correctly all the traces will
appear displayed on top of one another, therefore use the Sort Display Order icon to correct the
display.

To pick the Tutorial A data set Shot 20 Raw Data, first one needs to find the first break velocity.
Click the right mouse button somewhere in the plot window and choose Mouse Mode: LMO
Velocity Edit 1203 from the menu which appears. Click and drag out a line along the first breaks. Click
the mouse at times where the velocity changes. The LMO velocity and its offset range will be
displayed. Double click at the last offset of your velocity pick. A dialog will appear where the user may
save the defined LMO function if desired.

One will observe a velocity of approximately 1500m/s for the first few traces and 2150 m/s from
trace 6 (offset of approximately 300m) to the traces at 1000m approximately. Sometimes, if you click
too fast, you will get a spurious first velocity -often with ridiculous offsets. Simply click on the LMO
Velocity, Offset entry and use REMOVE PAIR to delete it in the dialog.

First-Break Pick Parameters

Next click on this icon and one will open the First Break Pick Options dialog. Enter the values shown
here.

[Tutorial A First Break Pick Parameters]

In general, a larger windows works better. The threshold scalar should normally be 1.0 - you can
try 0.1 to move the picks to earlier times and 10.0 to deeper times. Near trace picks are always
adversely affected by long windows.

GEDCO
 1422 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Auto Pick ALL Records

Now click on this icon (forth icon from the right) and VISTA will pick all traces in this data set. A
progress clock will advise of the status of picking.

NOTE: First break picks are automatically saved into the header word DATA_FIRSTPICK as the user
picks.

18.1.9.2 Refraction Statics Window

Refraction Statics Window

Open the 2D Refraction Statics 459 Window now that the First Break Picks are available in the
file headers. From the top menu choose Interactive -> Statics (Reflection/Refraction) -> 2D Refraction
Statics.

[Interactive Statics Menu]

One will then get the Seismic 2D Refraction Statics window spreadsheet as shown below.
Either double click on the desired data set or select it by clicking then pressing OK.

[Seismic 2D Refraction Statics Window Spreadsheet]

The main Refraction Statics Analysis Window will now appear as shown below (assuming that
one has picked the first breaks).

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1423

[Tutorial A 2D Refraction Statics Window]

The subsequent sub-sections will now use the various toolbar icon a tools to calculate and display
the statics.

Read FBP's from Headers (Create Phantom)

For sparse data sets can use this VISTA icon to create "phantom picks" for line geometries where
the shots are all "long enders". In "phantom picks", receivers are treated as shots and the
corresponding picks are used to create pseudo shots which go in the opposite direction to the regular
shots.

18.1.9.3 Pick Offset Range

Pick Refractor Offsets

Use this second plot sub-icon to open this window - then place the mouse on the picks, click and
drag out a horizontal line from approximately 200m to 1000m. When one releases the mouse button,
the display should look as shown below.

GEDCO
 1424 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Tutorial A Refraction Statics Pick Offset Range]

This window provides all the first break picks displayed on an Offset vs Time graph. The idea is to
pick a range of offsets which corresponds to picks (first break arrivals) from the top of the first
refracting layer.

When one has several layers, one simply sets the range around all of them - thus the statics
solution is an average of all the layers. In almost all cases, this will cause small errors in statics which
can be accurately corrected later through the use of Reflection statics (surface consistent automatic
residual statics).

Close this window when you have selected the offset range.

18.1.9.4 Set the Refraction Statics Parameters

Set the Refraction Statics Parameters 462 .

Use this icon to:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1425

1. Set the Display Parameters

2. Set parameters for the Statics Calculation.
3. Set parameters to control the use of Wild Picks.

[Refraction Statics Parameters Setting Example]

Enter parameters for each dialog exactly as shown here.

Notes: In general it is a good idea to keep the "Min. # Stns in Velocity Analysis" fairly small.

18.1.9.5 Pick the Minimum and Maximum Times

Define Pick Time Limits

Use the TOP icon tool to define the Top Time Window. (Simply double click around 560 ms.).
And use the BOTTOM icon tool to define the Bottom Time Window. (Double click around 140ms.)

GEDCO
 1426 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Pick Time Limits Selection Window]

This process limits the time range for the static computations.

18.1.9.6 Calculate Refraction Statics and QC

Calc. Elev. Statics

Use this icon to perform the calculation of the statics. A progress clock will show the status of the
calculation. For shot20 it should only take a few seconds.

Initial Refraction Statics Quality Control Displays

The use of these icon tools, are discussed here. The output displays will be blank unless
the refracted statics have been calculated beforehand.

Display Pick Difference (Top)

The following display illustrates the Pick Difference data:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1427

[Refraction Statics Analysis Window - Pick Differences Display]

Note that in the bottom panel of the above display, that the Stats on each point are displayed when
the cursor is placed over a specific plot point.

Display Forward/Reverse Rel. Statics (Top)

The following display illustrates the Forward/Reverse Rel. Statics data:

GEDCO
 1428 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Refraction Statics Analysis Window - Forward/Reverse Rel. Statics Display]

Main Static Display Window

Clicking this icon under the plot icon returns the operator to the Main Static Display Window.

18.1.9.7 Refraction Statics Quality Control Displays

Main Statics Display Window

Use this tool icon to show the plot of several important parameters.

First, in green at the top of the screen we have the various "T-" values of the Plus-Minus method.
These are used to calculate the velocity of the second (first refractor) layer.

Next, in blue, the integrated relative static. This is calculated by a cumulative sum of the
averaged time differences from one station to the next.

In red color is the answer - the total static - equal to the sum of the elevation correction and the
weathering static. This value is stored as the receiver static. The shot static is stored as this value

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1429

plus the shot Uphold time. The total static to be applied to each trace is then the sum of the
appropriate shot and receiver statics.

In black, is shown the static correction for elevations (reduce actual elevation to chosen Datum).

In purple, is shown the static correction required to replace the weathering layer with its various
calculated velocities and thicknesses at each station by material of the same thickness but with
constant velocity (replacement).

And finally in yellow, is shown the picks used to calculate the statics - these are the T+ of the
Plus-Minus method.

The display at the bottom of the screen was set using the third of these sub icons (Display Elevation
Information).

Bottom Display Selection Icons

This selected bottom display shows three important graphs:

· Elevation of each station.
· Chosen Datum elevation.
· The calculated bottom of the first (weathering) layer.

GEDCO
 1430 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Main Statics Summary Display Window - Shot 20 Refraction Information Example]

The display at the bottom of the screen is set using the Bottom Display Selection Icons

.These icons are respectively Display Forward/Reverse Picks, Display Velocity Info,
and Display Elevation Info. The bottom display shown above is the Display Elevation Information.

This selected bottom display shows three important graphs:

· Elevation of each station.
· Chosen Datum elevation.
· The calculated bottom of the first (weathering) layer.

The other bottom display panel icons provide Display Forward/Reverse Picks and Display Velocity
Information.

18.1.9.8 Saving the Refraction Statics

Save Static Results

Use this icon to save the statics to headers. Clicking on this icon will open the Save Refraction
Info dialog as shown below:

[Save Refraction Info Dialog]

One can choose any header word for each of the three calculated items. However, it is
recommended one stays with the defaults in order to be compatible with other Vista processes that
use this information.

In the flow chart that is going to be created in the next sub-section, the icon StaticSh 860 will be
used to apply the values contained in header word STATIC_REFRACTION_TOTAL.

After saving the refraction statics, simply close the Refraction Statics Analysis Window in the
normal way.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1431

18.1.9.9 Applying the Refraction Statics in a Flow Chart

This flow chart can be used to create a brute stack with refraction statics applied before NMO.
Flow file - S20BRUTR.FLW.

[Flow File - S20BRUTR.FLW Refraction Statics application in Flow]

The icon StaticSh 860 has a dialog which is shown below:

GEDCO
 1432 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Apply Static Shift Dialog]

If one checks Total Static as shown here, VISTA will use the values of the header word called
STATIC_TOTAL as the values of the time shift to apply to each trace. Alternately, as shown in the job
flow one can use two StaticShf icons and use the Surface to Fixed Datum Total Static in the first, and
use the Refraction Total Static in the second.

Otherwise one can specify any other header word by choosing HEADER Static, then selecting from
the pull-down list in the centre of the dialog box.

The supplied flow called S20BRUTR.FLW can also be used to create a stack with refraction statics.
Note that the input is the output of flow S20SCDFK.FLW so this must be re-run before
S20BRUTR.FLW to include the freshly calculated statics

18.1.10 Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Consistent

Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Consistent Example

Calculate and apply surface consistent trim statics for our project TUTORIAL A Shot20 Raw Data.
There are several steps:
1. Run the flow called s20mcor.flw. The output of the last process icon called MCorrel 867 will
be a file called s20.st1

2. Use the Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con. window 455 - activated from Interactive -> Statics
(Reflection/Refraction) -> Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con.
- to calculate, quality control, and finally write the statics to an ASCII file called s20.srs

3. Add two process icons to the Brute Stack we used earlier - to create a new flow called
s20final.flw.
The first icon, ReadStat will read the static ASCII file called s20.srs and will write static values
to the trace (VISTA) headers.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1433

The second icon, StaticSh 860 will apply these newly written static values to each trace.

4. Compare the results with and without statics.

1. Run S20MCOR.FLW

[Flow S20MCOR.FLW Auto Statics]

Each major dialog in S20MCOR.FLW is described below:

The first (leftmost) Input icon has dialogs which looks like this.

GEDCO
1434 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Flow Input Command Dialog]

First the Data INPUT (right mouse button on the Input). The input data set is the output from flow
s20scdfk.flw described earlier in this tutorial. One must use CMP_NO sort order because the process
Mcorrel requires the data in CMP order.

The first icon StatShf has a dialog which looks like this:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1435

[Apply Static Shift Dialog]

One should check Surface to Fixed Datum Total Static as shown here, VISTA will use the values of
the header word called STATIC_SURFACETO_FIXEDDATUM_TOTAL as the values of the time shift
to apply to each trace. This value has been put here earlier. Thus one will apply Surface to Fixed
Datum statics before the Mcorrel process. One also must apply the
Refraction Total Static as shown below:

The second icon StatShf has a dialog which looks like this:

GEDCO
1436 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Apply Static Shift Dialog]

One should also check Refraction Total Static as shown here, VISTA will use the values of the header
word called STATIC_REFRACTION_TOTAL as the values of the time shift to apply to each trace.
This value has been put here earlier. Thus one will apply Refraction Total Static statics before the
Mcorrel process.

The icon NMO has a dialog identical to that in the s20brut.flw described earlier.

The MCorrel icon has a dialog which looks like this.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1437

[S20MCOR.FLW MCorrel Command Parameters]

There are two input streams of traces to MCorrel. The first contains fully corrected CMP gather traces
(ie. With NMO and refraction and/or elevation statics). The second input contains so-called "model"
traces - one for each CMP in the other Input.

In one CMP, MCorrel takes each CMP gather trace and cross correlates it with the appropriate
"model" trace for that CMP. The cross correlations may be output. They are also picked for a
maximum peak nearest to the zero lag value for the cross correlation. The time value is stored in an
ASCII file called (in this case) s20.st1.

This output file is normally the only output of Mcorrel. It is processed next by Interactive -> Statics
(Reflection/Refraction) -> Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con. by means of Gauss-Seidel iterations into
surface consistent shot and receiver statics and generates an output file of the form *.srs which is
used as input to the final corrections made in the S20final.flw job flow example.

Note the parameters used here. Duplicate these exactly.

GEDCO
 1438 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

18.2 Tutorial B - 3D processing

Tutorial B - 3D Processing (135 shots X 59 traces).
In this tutorial, a 3D data set consisting of 135 shots of 59 traces each is loaded. This data has very
rudimentary SEGY headers. One will examine how this data could be processed through to the final
stack and 3D time slice display. Note that once the 3D raw data file is created it is suggested to back
it up under a different name as some of the processes modify the headers irreversibly. If in a learning
mode, this backup will allow recreation of the data. As noted in the Tutorial Introduction is further
suggested that all the original tutorial work should not be done in the original tutorial directories.

While the data set is small (around 8000 traces total) and many of today's 3D's are large (over
10,000,000 traces), the same principles apply. Our example 3D is also useful in that it only takes an
hour or two to process from beginning to end.

The main sections in this Tutorial Example B are:

Initialize Project 1440

Start new project - DEMO3D
Un-compress DEMO3D.CMP

Import Data Set and Assign Headers 1440

Use flow file FILL_ALL.FLW to populate the headers using ASCII files.
Use ASCII SEG-P1 file called DEMO3D.SP1 to fill first: XSHOT, YSHOT depending on
SHOT_POINT_NO, and
second: XREC,YREC depending on FIELD_STATION_NO.
Use DEMO3D.ELV to fill ELEV_REC and ELEV_SHOT depending on FIELD_STATION_NO
and SHOT_POINT_NO respectively.
Calculate 3D offsets.

3D Geometry 1441
Setup CMP bin grid, set up bins at azimuth = 270 and spacing = 110.
First interpolate/extrapolate the station elevations.
Calculate elevation statics. When calculating the elevation statics use Weathering Velocity =
3500, Replacement Velocity = 7000, Datum =2200

Check 3D Geometry against Seismic Data 1450

Plot data in Seismic Window Display. Check shot and receiver sorts.
Design time gate over first break window (DEMO3DFB.TIM)
Calculate trace statistics for first break window
Cross-plot OFFSET vs DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE to check geometry.
Plot data with LMO applied as geometry check.
Display theoretical first break time superimposed on data.
Use 3D Geometry to calculate elevation statics
Set Weathering Velocity = 3500, Replacement Velocity = 7000, Datum = 2200.
Calculate statics and do QC plot.
Save Depth Shot, Uphole Shot, Elev Shot, Elev Rec, Vw, VR, Elev Datum Rec, Static Src,
Static Rec, Static Total.
Use Attribute window to plot ELEV_REC, then STATIC_REC for one shot at receiver
positions. Check several shots.
Then ELEV_SRC and STATIC_SRC for one receiver at shot positions.
Finally check some shots for DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE
Use File / Save to save project so far.

3D Refraction Statics 1457

Run 3D refraction statics - calculate header words for datum statics and refraction layer

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1439

replacement statics.
These are applied below in flow-charts DEMO3DVA.FLW (Velocity Analysis) and
DEMO3DCG.FLW (compute corrected CMP gathers).

Velocity Analysis 1460

Run Flow Chart DEMO3DVA.FLW and pick the velocities.

Calculate corrected gathers - DEMO3DCG.FLW 1465

Run Flow Chart DEMO3DCG.FLW, which will calculate corrected gathers - without surface
consistent automatic statics.

Calculate automatic statics on corrected gathers - DEMO3DMC.FLW 1465

Run surface consistent automatic statics on the corrected gathers - compute a text file of shot
and receiver statics.

Fully corrected stack - DEMO3DMS.FLW 1467

Apply the automatic statics and compute fully corrected stack.

FXY on final stack - DEMO3DFX.FLW 1469

Apply both FX (which is really a 2D algorithm) and FXY to the fully corrected stack.

The Tutorial B files are stored in the directory TUTORIAL B under the Vista install directory. Again
note that these original files should be copied to a working directory. These are the files stored in this
directory.

Input Data Set

DEMO3D.CMP - Compressed 3D of 135 shots to be used as the input for this project.
Need to run Un-Compress Utility 1162 on this file to create the SEG-Y file.

Flow Files
FILL_ALL.FLW - Use to import the SEG-Y (Or Compressed file DEMO3D.CMP/DEMO3D.SGY)
DEMO3DVA.FLW - Velocity analysis flow. Creates outputs for input to Interactive Velocity
Analysis 1460 .
DEMO3DCG.FLW - Compute corrected gathers (an a brute stack)
DEMO3DMC.FLW - Calculate residual statics on NMO corrected gathers using Stack Power 870

command.
DEMO3DMS.FLW - Read and apply surface consistent static file, then stack the data.
DEMO3DFX.FLW - Applies 2D FX-Prediction and (as a comparison) 3D FXY Prediction to input
stacked data set.

Misc Files
CHANNEL.TXT - Following files are used by flow file FILL_ALL.FLW to define the header
information.
DEMO3D.ELV - Elevations import file (Shot/Receiver)
DEMO3D.SP1 - SEG-P1 import file for (Shot/Receiver)
SHOTPNTS.TXT - Define shot points by using Field Record number.
DEMO3DDA.TIM - Time gate window file.
DEMO3D.VEL - Velocity picks for NMO input.

In this 3D tutorial, one will load a 3D data set consisting of 135 shots of 59 traces each.
This data has very rudimentary SEGY headers. One will then look at how this data could be
processed through to the final stack and 3D time slice display.

GEDCO
 1440 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

18.2.1 Initialize 3D Project

This example 3D project will require approximately 100Mb. of disk for all the various files we will
generate. The actual data (DEMO3D.SGY) is approximately 21Mb. when uncompressed.

First start VISTAWIN and create a new project, name the project DEMO3D. It is recommend that
each VISTA project should be placed in separate sub-directories (folders).
This makes disk organization much simpler and more manageable.

Note you must use option 3-D Survey for the Project Type and you must set the Units to Feet.

[New 3D Project for Tutorial B]

Like TutorialA 1339 tutorial in the previous section you could simply add the SEG-Y data set directly
into the project through the Input / Project Data List 38 window.

However, another way to add data to a project is using the flow Input Commands.
The next section will cover this approach.

18.2.2 Import Data Set and Assign Headers

Use Flow File: FILL_ALL.FLW to read in the DEMO3D.SGY data set and fill in the headers.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1441

[Tutorial B Flow File: FILL_ALL.FLW]

As noted earlier, this data set has very rudimentary SEGY headers. The big challenge here is to set
up the headers to correspond with the 3D geometry. The only source available to the processor is the
observer's notes and 2 ASCII files.

Use ASCII file CHANNEL.TXT to fill FIELD_STATION_NO, depending on CHANNEL_NO. Use ASCII
file SHOTPNTS.TXT to fill SHOT_POINT_NO depending on FIELD_RECORD_NO. First a SEG-P1
file of shot(and receiver) locations. Second a file of Shot(receiver) numbers vs elevations. Finally
uses DEMO3D.ELV file twice to fill ELEV_REC and then ELEV_SHOT depending on
FIELD_STATION_NO and SHOT_POINT_NO respectively.

For one new to Vista it is suggested that the user examines each of the Flow file icons to learn how
the job flow parameters were setup to accomplish the data and headers inputs.

When run, the output data set will contain correct geometry information (Shot/Receiver/Offsets/...).

The next step is to run 3D Geometry Window 349 to setup the binning and calculate elevation statics.
This is covered in the next sub-section.

18.2.3 3D Geometry
Plotting Defaults:
Before starting the 3D Geometry, one should set up the plotting defaults for shots and receivers.
Use Project -> Plotting Defaults -> Shot Defaults to open the Shot Station Display Parameters
dialog where one can set values for plotting shots.

GEDCO
1442 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Edit Menu and Project Plotting Defaults Sub-Menu]

This opens up the following dialog:

[Shot Station Display Parameters Dialog - Station Symbols Tab]

In the above dialog, set the symbol size to 100. Now move to the Stn Labels tab and set the values
as shone below. Most importantly set the FONT size to be 72.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1443

[Shot Station Display Parameters Dialog - Stn Labels Tab]

Now do the same thing for the Project Plotting Defaults for Receivers.

Binning of the Data Set (3D Geometry):

Use Interactive Geometry window 349 to set up binning of data set and calculate the elevation
statics.

Use the Read Geometry Spread-sheet icon and sub-icon Read from Data Headers icon to
read geometry information from data headers.
This will open the following dialog:

[Read 3-D Geometry From Headers Dialog]

The 3D Geometry display should then look like:

GEDCO
1444 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[3D Geometry window of Tutorial B]

Bin Layout (CMP Bin Layout Dialog 1174 ). Use this icon option to set the bin grid to Azimuth =
270 (Locked) and bin spacing to 110 (Locked). Then click AUTO-CALCULATE to fill in the other
parameters as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1445

[3-D Bin Grid Layout Dialog]

To calculate elevation statics first use Calculate --> Interpolate Stn Elevations from the
Right-Mouse button menu to interpolate any NULL station elevations as shown below:

GEDCO
1446 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[3D Geometry Window - Right Mouse Button Menu - Calculate Sub-Menu]

Display the elevations to check the values using the Right Mouse Button Menu Display Mode option
as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1447

[Display Shot and Receiver Elevations Tutorial B]

Calculate Fold/Offset
Now calculate the fold and offset information for this 3D by clicking on this icon to open the Calculate
Fold/Offset/Azimuth dialog as shown below:

GEDCO
1448 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[ Calculate Fold/Offset/Azimuth Dialog]

In the above dialog check the Fold File and the Offset File. The Method sub-dialog is already set to
Common Midpoint. After closing this dialog with 'OK' and reopening it, one will see that the Fold and
Offset is now calculated.

Change Display Type

Clicking on this icon opens up the Display Fold/Azimuth/Offset dialog as shown below:

[Display Fold/Azimuth/Offset Dialog]

By checking the Color Display -> Fold option above and activating the Display Mode -> Display
Fold/Velocity option,

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1449

the CMP fold for the 3D data set can be displayed as shown below:

[Display 3D Geometry Fold]

Write Geometry Spread-Sheet

This save icon options has 5 sub-icons. Use the left most icon (Write Binning Info to Headers) to
save the geometry information to the VISTA headers. See Write Geometry Headers 354 . Utilizing this
options will both create all the geometry header words and the various sort indexes required.
When this option is clicked the follow dialog opens:

GEDCO
 1450 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Save 3D Geometry Info to Headers Dialog]

Note that upon execution of the above dialog the 3D Geometry Log is written to and a window opens
showing the 3D Geometry Log for review.

This completes setting up the geometry for Tutorial B. One may now close the 3D Geometry Window
and - DISCARD -, because one has now transferred all the information in this window to the VISTA
trace headers.

The next sub-section will QC this geometry 1450 .

18.2.4 Check 3D Geometry Against Seismic Data

To Check 3D Geometry against Seismic Data plot the 3D data in Interactive/Seismic Window
Display.

Select a Given SHOT_POINT_NO:

Select the Shot Sort order. Double click the SHOT_POINT_NO label at the bottom left of the window
and double click shot 201 from the list.
One will now see a display of shot 201.

[Seismic Window Display with Choose Sort Index Dialog (SHOT_POINT_NO Selection)]

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1451

Plot Traces in True Offset:

Plot Trace Mode: OFFSET
Next plot the traces in their true offset position by clicking on this icon.

Design a Time Gate:

Define (Pick) Time-Gates
Clicking this icon allows the design a time gate over the first break window. For tutorial purposes one
can load the provided Output file: DEMO3DFB.TIM with the OPEN Time-Gate File icon and the
resulting time-gate display is shown below:

[Display showing defined time gate (Saved as DEMO3DFB.TIM)]

Open View/Edit Seismic Headers Window:

Next we go to the View/Edit Seismic Headers for this data set. The simplest method is to right click
and choose that option as shown next:

GEDCO
1452 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Right Mouse Button Menu -> View/Edit Seismic Headers Selection]

In the View/Edit Seismic Header window one will now calculate trace statistics for the first break
window.

Header Edit/Alter Functions

Clicking this icon opens several sub-icon tools. Click the left most icon Calculate Specific
Data-Related Header Items to open the Data Header Information dialog shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1453

[Data Header Information Dialog]

Click the SET button to enter the time gate file name and the click OK to perform the computations.

Now bring up two header words - OFFSET_SH_REC and DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE

GEDCO
1454 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[OFFSET_SH_REC and DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE selected for cross-plotting]

Cross-plot OFFSET_SH_REC vs. DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE to check geometry.

[Selected Cross-plot to first item]

Display of Cross plotting the two items together.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1455

[Cross-Plot Display OFFSET_SH_REC vs DATA_RMSAMPLITUDE]

LMO Applied as a Geometry Check:

Using the Right Mouse Button Menu Display Options -> Apply Linear Moveout (LMO) generates a
trace data plot with LMO applied as shown below:

GEDCO
1456 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Shot 201 with LMO Applied]

Theoretical First Break Time as Geometry Check:

Display Theoretical First Break time superimposed on data display. Note that one must first pick an
LMO function using the right click menu options Mouse Mode ->LMO Velocity Edit while the data is
shot OFFSET mode. Then select form the right click menu select Theoretical First Break Display.
Now use CTRL N and CTRL P to scan through the 135 shots and check that the theoretical break
times agree with the actual ones.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1457

[Display Theoretical First Break Picks on Data]

Much more QC is possible - but at this point one can be reasonably confident that the geometry is
correct.

18.2.5 3D Refraction Statics

3D Refraction Statics

First of all it is necessary to pick the first breaks - in a similar way to that used in Tutorial A. Add
additional points after defining a first point for the model generation as discussed in Refraction
statics 495 - replace all near surface LVL's.

After the first point has been picked, additional points can be picked by using the Add New Control
Point icon and left-clicking the mouse on a desired center point for the control circle. The
following view shows the screen after the selection of a new control point (in yellow).

GEDCO
1458 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Elevation/Refraction Statics Window - New Control Point and Model Data on Right]

In the above figure, the First Break Picks Window on the right shows the Model data (red) generated
from the previous control points overlayed over the picks for this control point. Clicking on the CALC
Control Point (Based on Model) icon computes the parameters for this Control Point as shown
below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1459

[Elevation/Refraction Statics Window - New Control Point and Parameters CALC on Model Data on Right]

After computation of the new control point above, the Calc Refraction Statics (Control Points)
icon is clicked to compute the refraction statics parameters.
Then the Calc Floating Datum icon is clicked to update the computation of the Floating Datum
parameters for the new variables.

Smooth Control Values

Allows the smooth of the all the picked points by either velocity or depth for each layer with a
given radius around the control point.

Once you have calculated the statics(Elevation and Refraction) you need to save the values for later
application.
Statics values can be written to an output file or to the appropriate Vista headers.

GEDCO
 1460 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Save Statics result to File(Or to Vista Headers).]

18.2.6 Velocity Analysis

In the Velocity Analysis Flow Chart - DEMO3DVA.FLW below, one should select the zones (CMPs)
graphically using the Attribute window. First open the flow chart - then go to the Header Selections
for the Velzone icon (right click on the icon). Next open an Attribute window for the input data (right
click on Velzone icon and select Seismic Attribute Display).

Select One Bin:

Zoom on the central part of the survey and use Select Bins

to select the central bin where the shot and receiver lines cross each other.
Next use the Broadcast Selection Range icon to Broadcast the CMP selection as shown below
(fourth toolbar icon).

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1461

[Attribute Window - Put Bin Selection Broadcast Example]

Open VelZone Header SELECTION Window:

Finally open the Header SELECTION window from the flow chart (Velzone icon Right Click Menu) and
in the Data Selection window click on GET Bin Selection Broadcasts (fourth sub-icon of Receive
Selection Range icon) as shown below:

[Data/Header Selection Window - Activated with Get Bin Selection Broadcasts]

Run Velocity Analysis Flow:

One is now ready to run the velocity analysis flow (DEMO3DVA.FLW) shown below:

GEDCO
1462 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Job Flow: DEMO3DVA.FLW]

Interactive Velocity Analysis

One can now run the Interactive -> Velocity Tools -> Interactive Velocity Analysis.
Select the three outputs for the job flow (Semblance, CoffStack, and CVS data).
Next read in the supplied velocity function DEMO3D CMP 2120.VEL with the OPEN Existing Velocity
File icon.
In the 3-D Velocity Pick Seismic Data window one would normally pick the velocities. However, the
velocity data has been provided for tutorial purposes.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1463

[Interactive Velocity Analysis Window]

Note that in the above display, the Zoom mouse option might be required to properly view the CVS
portion of the display due to the large number of traces involved.
This example has been based on choosing a single bin point. However, in practice several bin points
should be chosen and the slide bar (IL:XX XL: XX) can be used to select various bins for additional
velocity picking.

Alternate Velocity File Display:

One can also display the velocity file using Interactive -> Velocity Tools -> Display Vista Velocity
File option as shown below for the Graph Velocity View of demonstration file provided as shown
below:

GEDCO
1464 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Velocity Display File -> Graph View]

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1465

18.2.7 Calculate corrected gathers - DEMO3DCG.FLW

Run the flow-chart DEMO3DCG.FLW to calculate the initial statics corrections.

[Job Flow: DEMO3DCG.FLW - Initial Statics Corrections to Gathers]

Note the two applications of statics - one will move the shots and receivers from their recording
position (elevation) to a fixed datum at the replacement velocity.
The second will replace the varying velocity refraction layer with material at the replacement velocity.
Both these static header words were computed in above.

The outputs of this flow chart (3D Corrected CMP Gathers and Brute Stack) can now be used in the
next step - computing surface consistent automatic statics.

18.2.8 Calculate automatic statics on corrected gathers - DEMO3DMC.FLW

Run the flow-chart DEMO3DMC.FLW for Stack Power Optimization of Residual Statics.

GEDCO
1466 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Job Flow: DEMO3DMC.FLW - Automatic Statics on Corrected Gatherers]

The dialog for the icon StkPower is shown below, use the default values in the Figure.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1467

[Tracker (Residual Statics) Dialog]

The outputs of this flow chart is an ASCII file called Demo3dsp.txt to be used in the next step
- applying the newly computed surface consistent automatic statics to the corrected CMP gathers.

18.2.9 Fully corrected stack - DEMO3DMS.FLW

Run the flow-chart DEMO3DMS.FLW for fully corrected stack.

GEDCO
1468 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Job Flow: DEMO3DMS.FLW - Fully Corrected Stack]

The dialog for the icon ReadStat is shown below.

This will read the ASCII file (DEMO3DSP.TXT) created by StkPower in the previous flow-chart and
place the results in 3 header words as shown.
The statics can be applied directly in the flow using the "Apply" check boxes.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1469

[Read Static Shifts Dialog]

The dialog for StatShft icon shows the application of the statics read from the ASCII file.

[Apply Static Shift Dialog]

The output of this flow chart is a fully corrected stack data set named 'demo3d - corrected cmp +
Tracker -Coh.mdel'. This file will be the input to the next flow-chart where one enhances the spatial
continuity using two algorithms - FX and FXY.

18.2.10 FXY on final stack - DEMO3DFX.FLW

Run the flow-chart DEMO3DFX.FLW

GEDCO
1470 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Job Flow: DEMO3DFX.FLW - FX and FXY Spatial Continuity Smoothing]

Note that there are two parts to this flow chart. The top portion runs the 2D FX algorithm on the fully
corrected stack created in the previous flow-chart. The lower portion (bottom 3 icons) runs the 3D
FXY algorithm on the same input data.

The FX icon has these parameters:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1471

[FX-Prediction Design Dialog]

And the FXY icon has these parameters:

GEDCO
1472 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[3D F-XY Prediction Design Parameters Dialog]

When one compares the two outputs, one will see that the FX is very harsh - creating an almost
synthetic heavily smoothed appearance. In contrast, the FXY algorithm has a much more natural
appearance - resulting in improved continuity while retaining the character of the input.

Finally use the Interactive -> 3D Seismic Window Display 414 to view the final FXY result in true
3D.
Use the slider bars at the top to adjust the time, in-line and cross-line being displayed.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1473

[Interactive -> 3D Seismic Window Display - F-XY Processed Output]

One should use this display to examine the other FX processed output for visual comparison.

18.3 Tutorial C - VSP Processing

In this tutorial, a VSP data set consisting of 67 traces is loaded for processing. Then the
Interactive->VSP Geometry Window Display is used to fill the SEGY headers.
Finally, a job flow chart is provided which runs these 67 traces through standard VSP processing
steps to a produce final corridor stack output.

Tutorial VSP Processing in VISTA

The demonstration VSP data set provided for processing is a zero-offset VSP.
There are several steps:
1. Start a NEW VSP Project 1474 called VSPDEMO and assign the data VSP.SGY to it.
2. Set up the VSP Geometry 1476 .
3. Pick the first breaks 1480 .
4. Apply the provided flow chart VSPDEMO.FLW 1484 which calculates all desired output data
sets. The details of the flow chart are provided in Examine VSPDEMO.FLW 1486 , and the individual
outputs are shown and discussed in Output from VSPDEMO.FLW 1487 .

GEDCO
 1474 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

18.3.1 Start New VSP Project

1. Start a new project called VSP and assign the data VSP.SGY to it.

Note that this step has already been completed in the Tutorial C1 data provided.
This section is provided to review the steps necessary to input VSP data into the Vista processing
environment.

First start program VISTAWIN and create a new project. Name the new project 'TutorialC'.

Generally when creating a new project it is best to place it in a new directory possibly with the same
project name. This better helps to organize the project files.
Also note that at the start of a new project should set up the plot parameters for the project in the
Edit->Project Plotting Defaults.

Using the File->New Project on the main bar opens up the following dialog for entering the project
name:

[New Vista-Windows Project File - New Name TutorialC]

A Project Window opens which allows the text input of project definitions along with
Project Type and Units selection.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1475

[Vista Project Window - Text Input and Project Type/Units Selection]

Clicking OK opens the Project Data List window to enter the project raw data.

[Tutorial C - VSP Demo Example Input Project Data List]

Now use the Input -> Project Data List to create a new VISTA data set and add the VSP.SGY
SEG-Y file to it.
Change the name to "VSP demo data - raw traces". Now the input Project Data list will look like the
following:

GEDCO
 1476 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Tutorial C - VSP Demo - Project Data List with Raw Data Loaded]

18.3.2 Setup VSP Geometry/Headers

2. Set up the VSP Geometry
Now create the VSP Geometry and put the necessary values into the VISTA headers of the demo
data set. It is suggested that one use the Interactive -> Header Window Display to first examine the
ELEV_REC and DEPTH_RECV items to review the raw existing values. Depending on the data set
the DEPTH_RECV header item might be empty. In some cases the SEGY file has the data stored as
a some power of 10. In this example it is the first value is 52 rather than the correct 520 known from
the field logs. Also one should determine the depth increment. This information will be used in the
follow:

First use Interactive -> VSP Geometry Window Display from the top menu to obtain the VSP
Geometry Window opening spreadsheet as shown below:

[Selection of Input VSP data set to VSP Geometry Window]

Double click on the name "VSP demo data - Raw Traces" and one will open the VSP Geometry
Window 613 as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1477

[Initial Setting of VSP Geometry Window]

In this above window KB_ELEV refers to Kelly Bearing Elevation and the Offset might be divided by
10 as noted above.
MD refers to Measured Depth and TVD refer to True Vertical Depth. The other variables are self
explanatory.

At this time it is necessary to enter the depths manually in the MD column. This is done by using the
Math Function on Selected Cells icon to open the VSP Geometry Math Function dialog. Using this
dialog fill MD column from 520 to 1840 at increments of 20. Note that one must activate the column
being processed by clicking the top row symbol item to turn the column red. The VSP Geometry
Window with the correct values entered are shown below for the top of the window:

[Edit VSP Geometry Window Tutorial C-VSPDemo - Correct Depths]

When one is satisfied with the value editing. use the icon "Save VSP Geometry to Headers". This
opens the VSP Geometry Header Save Dialog.
One may choose which VISTA header words to create from the geometry. Note in this example use
the defaults.

GEDCO
1478 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VSP Geometry Header Save Dialog]

Note that the ELEV_REC header item is not shown in the above dialog list. The variable
DEPTH_RECV is instead. Both header items are filled in with the correct values from the VSP
Geometry window when the data is saved. This dual header use is to maintain past compatibility
while allowing newer tools to use the DEPTH_RECV header variable.

When the geometry has been written to the headers, close the VSP Geometry Window and return
to the Project Data List window.

One can check the geometry by using the icon just to the left of the NAME in the Project Data
List. Check such things as SHOT_POINT_NO, OFFSET_SH_REC etc. The depth of each trace is
held in both the word ELEV_REC and the word OFFSET_SH_REC. These allow the usual sorting
methods in VISTA to work correctly.

A check on the items above in the Seismic Header View/Edit Display is shown below for the
VSPDemo project.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1479

[Seismic VSP Selected Headers]

Sort Indexes were created when the "VSP Geometry Header Save" was executed above.

If one is satisfied with all the header values it is now time to pick the first breaks.

VSP use of Vista Header Words

VISTA header words are used a bit differently in VSP than normal seismic processing.

Here is a list of the most important header words and their contents.
TRACE_SEQ_NO Logical Trace Count (1,2,3... N)
TRACE_SEQ_REEL Set by VSP Geometry=TRACE_SEQ_NO

FIELD_RECORD_NO Normally supplied on the raw input tape

TRACE_NO_FIELD Normally supplied on tape.
SHOT_POINT_NO Set equal to FIELD_RECORD_NO by VSP Geometry.
CMP_NO NULL
CMP_SEQ_NO NULL
TRACE_ID_CODE NULL
ELEV_REC Set by VSP Geometry to be depth of the receiver (below KB)
DEPTH_RECV Set by VSP Geometry to be depth of the receiver.
ELEV_SHOT Set to elevation of shot above Mean Sea Level.
ELEV_DATUM_REC Not used.
ELEV_DATUM_SHOT Set to elevation of KB.
XSHOT Shot coordinate
YSHOT Shot coordinate
XREC Receiver coordinate in same units as shot coordinate
YREC Receiver coordinate

GEDCO
 1480 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

OFFSET_REC_SH Set by VSP Geometry to be equal to ELEV_REC

18.3.3 Pick the First-Break Picks

3. Pick First Breaks and Store in VISTA Headers

In the VISTA manual, First Break Picking 160 is discussed. Recall one did this from the Seismic
Window Display 86 using one of the Seismic Data Pick icon operations on the Seismic Window
Display toolbar sub-tools. These icons initiated the desired action by replacing the MAIN SEISMIC
TOOLBAR with their own special toolbar.
The 5 options were:
KILL TRACE 145 Pick seismic traces in data set to KILL.
REVERSE-POLARITY 150 Pick seismic traces in data set to apply
reverse-polarity to.
MUTES 153 (Top, Bottom, Surgical) Define seismic mutes.
FIRST-BREAK PICKING 160 First break pick a data set.
TIME-GATE PICK 167 Define time gate picks.

In the Seismic Display Window, for VSP data, use the Receiver order sub-icon of the Sort Display
Order icon to display the data in Receiver sorted order (should be identical to the data without
sorting). Next use the Plot Trace Mode: Offset icon of the Seismic Window Display toolbar to display
the traces in their true offset position.

The data is now set up to begin first break picking.

FIRST-BREAK PICK TOOLBAR

Clicking the First-Break Pick icon replaces the MAIN SEISMIC TOOLBAR with the FIRST-BREAK
PICK TOOLBAR.

[The First Break Pick Toolbar]

VSP First Break Picking Steps:

Step 1: Velocity Info

The tutorial data set VSP data set - Raw Traces is used for this picking example. The first step is to
find the first break velocity. Click the right mouse button somewhere in the plot window and choose
Mouse Mode: Velocity Info from the menu which appears.

Click and drag out a line along the first breaks. One will observe a velocity of approximately 4100 m/s
if one goes from first to last trace. The final first break pick display shown at the end of this section
has the velocity estimate line and value displayed.

Step 2: First Break Pick Options

Options to pick the first break picks parameters with the following dialog.
Enter the values shown here.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1481

[VSP Tutorial C First Break Picking Options]

Note that one can use the Display Tab on this dialog to set the color of the First Break Picks.

Step 3: First Break Picking

Automatically Pick Entire Data Set.

Now choose this sub-tool (2nd icon from the right) and VISTA will pick all traces in this data set. A
progress clock will advise of the status of picking. You can fix any "stray picks" with the "Manual" pick
sub-icon. Note in this case there is only one set of data, so this step is not needed.

Note that the manual method works best if you change the "Search Window" and "Sliding Window" to
a much smaller value - say 2 ms. This will honour your pick exactly.

When one has finished picking, the screen should look like this the display shown below.
In this display the side bar zooms and the right mouse click menus Display Options 103 / Plot Scale
Type/Peak Value options to zoom in on the first breaks a get the amplitudes to a suitable viewing
level.

GEDCO
1482 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[First Break Pick VSP Tutorial C- VSPDemo]

Using the XT View First Break-Picks icon to generate a QC plot of the First Break Picks as shown
below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1483

[First-Break X-T Picks Plot of VSPDemo First Break Picks]

One can also use the First Break Pick XT QC Window icon to open additional plots for shots
line/receiver line plots as shown below:

GEDCO
 1484 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[First-Break Pick XT QC Display - Receiver Line/Receiver Stations]

Alternately, the icon in the Project Data List 38 window can be used to open the Seismic
Header View/Edit 367 window and hence get a cross plot of OFFSET_SH_REC (which is really
depth) vs DATA_FIRSTBREAK (which is the first break times you just picked). These QC plots should
show a gradual increase of time with depth. Any "kinks" are due to bad first break picks.

One can also calculate velocities etc. using other header words as described in the VISTA Header
Window Display 367 .

18.3.4 Apply Flow Chart - VSPDEMO.FLW

4. Apply Flow Chart VSPDEMO.FLW

Processing the prepared VSP data.

The demo data set is a zero offset VSP, so the Job Flow shall illustrate that style of processing.
Obviously the job flow can be altered, edited etc. to suit the particular processing needs.

A full sequence of zero-offset VSP processing generally consists of the following 9 steps:

Input Raw VSP zero-offset data set.

1. Static shift to first break times. Do trace to trace amplitude equalization (Mean Scale).
2. Create down going wave with Median Filter.
3. Create up going wave by subtracting down going wave from Input.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1485

4. Deconvolve by applying wave shaping operator designed on down going waves.

5. Apply T**n scaling to up going wave.
6. Static shift up going to 2 * first break. (i.e. Shift to normal incidence time).
7. Apply Median Filter to remove noise from up going wave.
8. Apply Corridor mute and stack all traces.
9. Bandpass (Duplicated) stack traces.

Compare final VSP traces to input seismic data.

To implement the 9 steps above run the job flow chart provided for this demonstration.
Use Job Flow / Open Flow File from the top menu to open VSPDEMO.FLW which will is shown
below:

[Tutorial C VSPDemo Job Flow]

The detailed explanation of the various job flow tools. the various steps, and parameters
is provided in the Examine VSPDEMO.FLW 1486 section.

Note that the entire flow chart can be executed at once, to create all the various outputs.
The VSPDemo directory also contains various smaller job flow processes used to construct
this overall VSP processing job flow. These are provided for tutorial purposes.

GEDCO
 1486 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

18.3.5 Examine VSPDEMO.FLW

This section details the various steps and parameters in the job flow VSPDEMO.FLW.
Note that the entire flow chart can be executed at once, to create all the various outputs.
A list of VSP Commands in Vista 1039 can be examined through this link.

Flatten 866
The first process is to flatten the data on the first break pick times. Thus every trace is time shifted
so that the first breaks all lie at the same (Datum) time - in this case 100ms. This process means that
all the Down going waves will also be "flat".

Mean 783
The next process is Mean. This will scale each trace to equalize trace to trace amplitude
differences. This scaling is normally done in some limited window of data, particularly around the
first breaks to equalize the so-called Down going wavelet.

AtmFilt 855
One uses Alpha Trim Mean filter with parameters set to apply an 11 trace Median Filter to the
flattened data. This eliminates all energy except for flat-lying events . Thus the output of this process
is the Down going waves. Other filters (e.g. FK Filter) can also be used to enhance the flat events
(Down going).

SubInput 1102
One now subtracts the Down going waves from the flattened input scaled data. The output of the
subtraction is the Up going waves. Traditionally up going waves are plotted reverse polarity to the
down going to emphasis the fact that up going waves move form the borehole geophone in the
opposite direction to the Down going waves.

TimePow 799
One scales the up going waves by a function T(^n), where T is two way time and "n" is some
exponent value (typically in the range 1.5 to 2.0). This scaling removes the effects of spherical
divergence and attenuation losses.

VspUnfl 1041
This step "unflattens" the Up going waves. A static shift equal to two times the first break pick is
applied to the Up going waves. This essentially "flattens" all the up going waves. As an option, one
may wish to add a further trace equalization step here (i.e. another Mean scale process). This will
help to balance the up going waves from trace to trace.

AtmFilt 855
One uses the Alpha Trim Mean filter again with parameters set to apply an 11 trace Median Filter
to the flattened up going waves. This eliminates all energy except for flat-lying events . Thus the
output of this process is the Up going waves with noise attenuated.

OrmsbyBP 814
Applies a standard band-pass filter.

VspCmut 1040
Now one applies a "Corridor Mute". A front end mute equal to two times the first break time is
applied. A bottom (back-end) mute is also applied so that the remaining "corridor" window of data has
the requested width. The last (deepest traces) are not back-end muted below a certain depth. One
uses a value of 200 ms for the Corridor Width and 1700 m for the Mute to VSP Depth for this data set.

VspStk 1042
All traces are stacked together to create one final trace. This trace is duplicated 5 times in this
case. The set of 5 traces would then normally be compared to a seismic CMP stacked section around

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1487

the well location.

VspDecon 1043
This special step designs a wave shaping operator from an average of all the traces in a short
window stretching from just before to a little after the first break time. The operator will convert this
first break wavelet shape to a spike. The operator should therefore be convolved with all traces of the
VSP. A simple example of using the VSP Decon Operator on the stacked data is provided in the job
flow VSPconvole1.flw and the sample convolved output is provided in Output from
VSPDEMO.FLW 1487 .

18.3.6 Output from VSPDEMO.FLW

The following screens show the input data and then the output from each step after running the
VSPDEMO.FLW job flow file.

VSPDEMO.FLW Input Display

The is the VSP raw traces input into the VSPDEMO.FLW as shown below:

[VSP Demo data - Raw Traces. Only first 1000 Ms is shown]

VSPDEMO.FLW Output Displays

The VSPDEMO.FLW has various output displays and files. For discussion purposes these outputs

GEDCO
1488 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

outputs are labeled from 1 to 7 from left to right in the job low screen provide in Apply Flow Chart
VSPDEMO.VSP 1484 . Each output screen is shown below and can be displayed by clicking the
appropriate file name in the Project Data List. Note that the vertical scale zoom feature was used to
adjust the vertical scale to optimize display features.

Flow Output 1: Medium Filter Output - Downgoing

[Raw Traces after First Break Alignment and Median Filter - Enhanced Downgoing Waves - Output 1]

Flow Output 2: Upgoing = Flatten Raws - Downgoing

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1489

[Upgoing waves = Flattened Input - Enhanced Downgoing Waves - Output 2]

Flow Output 3: VSP Decon Operator

This operator was not used in the main VSP processing loop. However, a typical demonstration
example output using this operator is provided at the end of this section.

GEDCO
1490 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[ VSP Decon Operator - Output 3]

Flow Output 4: Upgoing - Moved to 2 Times First Break

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1491

[Aligned Upgoing Waves after T**n Scaling and Median Filter Enhancement - Output 4]

Flow Output 5: Upgoing with Corridor Mute

GEDCO
1492 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Aligned Upgoing Waves with Corridor Mute - Ready to Stack - Output 5]

Flow Output 6: Corridor Stack

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1493

[VSP Corridor Stack Traces - Duplicated 10 Times with Band-Pass Filter - Output 6]

As noted above the VSP Decon Operator was not used in the demonstration processing. A simple
example of applying the this Decon Operator was developed through the use of job flow
VspConvol1.flw. This example convolves the Decon Operator with the stacked output data. The
output of this process is shown below:

GEDCO
 1494 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VSP Convol Stack Generated with Job Flow VSPConvlo1.flw]

For clarity the gain of the above display is 6 db below the normal stacked output display.

18.4 Tutorial C1 - VSP Near Offset

In this tutorial, a VSP 3-Component Data set for a Near Offset data set consisting of 85 traces for
each component is loaded for processing with detailed steps for inputting header parameters. Then
the Interactive->VSP Geometry Window Display is used to fill the Vista headers for the depths and
other critical parameters. Finally, several job flow charts are provided which runs these
multi-component traces through standard VSP Near Offset processing steps to produce a final
corridor stack output. Note that in multi-component VSP data the Near Offset is processed differently
than the Far Offset 1548 data.

Tutorial Near Offset VSP Processing in VISTA

The demonstration VSP data set provided for processing is a zero-offset VSP.
There are several steps:
1. Start a NEW Near Offset VSP Project 1495 called Near Offset and assign and edit the
headers for the Zero Offset.SGY input into the project.
2. Set Near Offset VSP Geometry 1501 .
3. Pick the Near Offset First-Breaks 1507 .

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1495

4. Near Offset Processing 1512 - A detailed step by step outline of VSP Near Offset Processing.
5. Near Offset Q Attenuation 1544 - Example of computing 'Q' values for Near Offset data.

18.4.1 Start New Near Offset VSP Project

Start a new project called Near Offset and assign the data Zero_offset.sgy to it.

Note that this step has already been completed in the Tutorial C1 data provided. This section is
provided to review the steps necessary to input VSP data into the Vista processing environment.

First start program VISTAWIN and create a new project. Name the new project 'Near Offset'.

Generally when creating a new project it is best to place it in a new directory possibly with the same
project name. This better helps to organize the project files. Also note that at the start of a new project
should set up the plot parameters for the project in the Edit->Project Plotting Defaults.

Using the File->New Project on the main bar opens up the following dialog for entering the
project name:

[New Vista-Windows Project File - New Name nearoffset]

A Project Window then opens which allows the text input of project definitions along with Project
Type and Units selection.

GEDCO
1496 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Vista Project Window - Text Input and Project Type/Units Selection]

Clicking OK opens the Project Data List window to enter the project raw data.

Next the user should carefully review the format of the input SEG-Y data and the field logs to
insure that the proper input dictionary is employed when loading the data *.sgy file. If a new dictionary
is required, which is true for this example, this window should be closed and the Dictionary->Edit
Dictionary->Input Transfer dictionary should be opened to load into the project the provided example
dictionary file 'SEG-Y Header Seismic_VSP.dic' which provides a DEPTH_ELEV Vista header item.

Press the "Read in New Dictionary File" button from the tool bar, this will open the following window.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1497

Select the "SEG-Y Header Seismic_VSP" file, Now the window look like this, note that dictionary item
has changed.

Now press the "Save Defined Dictionary to Project" button from the tool bar to save this dictionary for
this project. We will use this dictionary when load the SGY file. When closing this window "Save
Changes to Project Dictionary List" dialogue will appear, click on "Save" button.

GEDCO
1498 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Depending on the format of the user's data this procedure might deviate from what is specified. See
Dictionary 68 for detailed procedures for loading a new dictionary into the project.

Now reopen the Input -> Project Data List to create a new VISTA data set and the add the
SEG-Y file to it. Note that the user should check the Input SEG-Y Seismic Data file(s) dialog - Trace
header Tab to determine if the proper trace header dictionary is selected as shown below:

[Input SEG-Y Seismic Data File(s) - Trace Header Tab]

After clicking OK in the above the Project Data List will have the new file displayed. Change the
name to "Zero Offset XYZ". Now the input Project Data list will look like the following:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1499

[Tutorial C1 - VSP Demo - Project Data List with Raw Data Loaded]

Header Editing

For processing flow consistency, Vista has established that the 3-component survey elements
are specified by the ascending order of the TRACE_ID_CODE. This order is:

1st Number - X Component

2nd Number - Y Component
3rd Number - Z Component

Because of the various possible field data formats this TRACE_ID_CODE might not be set
which is the case of this data set. A review of the data field logs will indicate which channel number is
associate with which geophone component. In this data case the channel assignments are:

Channel No. 1 - X Component

Channel No. 3 - Y Component
Channel No. 2 - Z Component

The user must use the Seismic Header View/Edit 367 spreadsheet to edit the
TRACE_ID_CODE for sequential numbers as a function of the above information. Using the Header
Edit/Alter Function -> Define Header Mapping for Header Transfer function and selecting the
TRACE_ID_CODE from the combo box as shown below will edit the TRACE_ID_CODE's.

GEDCO
1500 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Edit/Define Header Mapping and Dictionary Item Conditions]

Clicking OK on the above dialogs and exiting the Edit/Define Header Mapping will apply the
changes required. Note that the above is an example for the data set provided in this Tutorial. Other
data sets might require other mapping procedures. Also it should be noted that some VSP data sets
have a forth item - the source reference. The final header items in the TRACE-ID_CODE are shown
below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1501

[Seismic Header View/Edit Spreadsheet with Corrected Trace ID Code]

The data is now ready to perform the VSP Geometry/Headers process.

18.4.2 Setup Near Offset VSP Geometry/Headers

Set up the VSP Geometry

Now create the VSP Geometry for the Near Offset data and put the necessary values into the
VISTA headers of the demo data set. It is suggested that one use the Interactive -> Header Window
Display to first examine the ELEV_REC and DEPTH_RECV items to review the raw existing values.
Depending on the data set the DEPTH_RECV header item might be empty. In some cases the SEGY
file has the data stored as a some power of 10. However in this example the proper dictionary was
used and any powers of 10 were corrected when loading the *.sgy file. The user should determine
the depth increment to check depth intervals when the VSP Geometry Window is opened. This
information will be used in the following:

First use Interactive -> VSP Geometry Window Display from the top menu to obtain the VSP
Geometry Window opening spreadsheet as shown below:

GEDCO
1502 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Selection of Input VSP data set to VSP Geometry Window]

Double click on the name "Zero_offset XYZ" or select the item in the DATA# and click OK, and
one will open the VSP Geometry Window 613 as shown below:

[Initial Setting of VSP Geometry Window]

In this above window KB_ELEV which refers to Kelly Bearing Elevation and the DATUM must be
entered from the field log data and MD refers to Measured Depth and TVD refers to True Vertical
Depth. The other variables are self explanatory. Enter the KB_ELEV and the DATUM values.

After enter the above 2 variables press the "Calculate TVD from the Measured Depth" button, the
TVD is automatically calculated and displayed.

The VSP Geometry Window with the correct values is shown below for this example:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1503

VSP Geometry Window Tutorial C1 - Correct Parameters and Depths]

When one is satisfied with the values use the icon Save VSP Geometry to Headers icon. This
opens the VSP Geometry Header Items to Save dialog. One may choose which VISTA header words
to create from the geometry. Note in this example use the defaults.

[VSP Geometry Header - Headers Items to Save Dialog]

Note that the ELEV_REC header item is not shown in the above dialog list as the variable

GEDCO
1504 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

DEPTH_RECV is used instead. This dual header use is to maintain past compatibility while allowing
newer tools to use the DEPTH_RECV header variable.

The user can use the VSP Geometry Plot icon to view of graphic of the VSP configuration.

When the geometry has been written to the headers, close the VSP Geometry Window and return
to the Project Data List window.

One can check the geometry by using the icon just to the left of the NAME in the Project Data
List. Check such things as DEPTH_RECV, SHOT_POINT_NO, OFFSET_SH_REC, etc. A check on
the items above in the Seismic Header View/Edit Display is shown below for the this project.

[Seismic Header View/Edit Spreadsheet - VSP Selected Headers for VSP QA]

Sort Indexes are normally created when the "VSP Geometry Header Save" icon was executed
above. However, in some sequence of operation, all sort indexes are not created. Open the Project
Data List -> View Seismic Object's Sort List and confirm that all have been created correctly as shown
below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1505

[Sort Data Tools - VSP Sort Settings]

Make sure that first and second sort keys are set as above if not then double click on "SORT#"
and set the primary and secondary sort keys as shown above. If there are some sort items missing,
insert the proper sorts as shown. Before exiting don't forget to press"CREATE All Selected Seismic

Sort Indexes" icon from tool bar.

Sort Project Defaults

It is critical in VSP processing to insure that the Project Sort defaults are set to those in the above
Figure. The user should proceed to Edit -> Project Sort Defaults and click on this option to open the
Data Creation Defaults dialog shown below:

GEDCO
1506 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Project Sort Defaults - Data Creation Defaults Dialog]

Executing the above procedure insures that all new files created during VSP maintains the
desired sorts created above.

If one is satisfied with all the header values it is now time to pick the first breaks.

VSP use of Vista Header Words

VISTA header words are used a bit differently in VSP than normal seismic processing.

Here is a list of the most important header words and their contents.
TRACE_SEQ_NO Logical Trace Count (1,2,3... N)
TRACE_SEQ_REEL Normally supplied on the raw input
FIELD_RECORD_NO Normally supplied on the raw input
SHOT_POINT_NO Set equal to 1.0.
CMP_NO NULL
CMP_SEQ_NO Usually set to channel number from *.sgy file.
TRACE_ID_CODE Sequential set to identify 3-Component axis type
ELEV_REC Not used - Insure input depth is copied to DEPTH_RECV if not corrected
by input dictionary
DEPTH_RECV Set by input dictionary when loading *.sgy file.
ELEV_SHOT Set to elevation of shot above Mean Sea Level
ELEV_DATUM_REC Not used.
XSHOT Shot coordinate
YSHOT Shot coordinate
XREC Receiver coordinate in same units as shot coordinate
YREC Receiver coordinate in same units as shot coordinate
OFFSET_REC_SH Offset in project units to shot
ABSOFFSET_REC_SH Offset in project units to shot and set by the VSP Geometry Window
KB_ELEVATION Kelly Bushing elevation set by the VSP Geometry Window
TV_DEPTH True Value Depth below Kelly Bushing

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1507

18.4.3 Pick the Near Offset First-Breaks

Pick Near Offset First Breaks and Store in VISTA Headers

In the VISTA main manual, First Break Picking 160 is discussed. Recall one did this from the
Seismic Window Display 86 using one of the Seismic Data Pick icon operations on the Seismic
Window Display toolbar. Open the Seismic Window Display for the Zero_offset XYZ file and click
the First Break Picks icon. This opens the First-Break Pick Window, now display the data sorted
by Trace ID's by selecting the user defined sort order. The First-Break Picks are best done on the
vertical component (Trace ID = 3). The First-Break Pick Toolbar with the top cursor moved to display
the data Trace ID 3 is displayed for reference below: (Note: In this display top annotation was set to
Depth Receiver and Trace ID, user can set it for the project Edit -> Project Plotting Defaults ->
Unstacked Data Options - This will opens the Seismic Plot Parameter Window - go to the "Annotation
Parameters" Tab and set the top annotation to Depth Receiver and Trace ID.

[First Break Window Display Traces for Trace ID 3]

Note that the Time scale has been set for 0 -1500 ms for clarity in picking and "Hide Bottom
Annotation" box has been marked checked.

GEDCO
1508 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

VSP First Break Picking Steps:

Step 1: Velocity Info

The tutorial data set Zero_offset XYZ set to the vertical component is used for this picking
example. The first step is to set the first break picking options. Set the Pick options parameters as
shown in the following window, also set the color of the Fist Break Picks to green under Display tab.

Step 2: First Break Pick Options

Options to pick the first break picks parameters with the following dialog.
Enter the values shown here.

[VSP Tutorial C First Break Picking Options]

Step 3: First Break Picking

Auto First Break Pick.

Use this tool to pick the First Breaks in VSP data. One can fix any "stray picks" with the "Manual"
pick sub-icon. Note in this case only the vertical data needs to be picked as the X and Y components
are not used in the Near Offset. The same procedures can be used in for the Far Offset data as in
that case all three set of data need to be picked.

Note that the manual method works best if you change the "Search Window" and "Sliding
Window" to
a much smaller value - say 2 ms. This will honour your pick exactly.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1509

[First Break Pick VSP Tutorial C1- nearoffset Trace ID 3]

When one has finished picking, the screen should look like this the display shown below. In this
display the side bar zooms and the right mouse click menus Display Options 103 / Plot Scale
Type/Peak Value options to zoom in on the first breaks a get the amplitudes to a suitable viewing level
for checking the picks. Alternately, this latter method can be used by the user to perform the picks as
shown below:

GEDCO
1510 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[First Break Pick VSP Tutorial C1- nearoffset Trace ID 3 - Peak Data Display]

VSP data cannot use the First Break Pick XT QC Window icon for quality control checking.
The user should use the icon in the Project Data List 38 window as an alternate, open the
Seismic Header View/Edit 367 window and select the DEPTH_RECV, DATA_FIRSTBREAK, and
TRACE_ID_CODE from the combo box as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1511

[Seismic Header View/Edit Selection of VSP FBP Variables for Plotting]

In this table it should be noted that all 3 components of the Near Offset FBP were made. By using
the Graph sub-icon Three Item Cross Plot 1:X - Range, 2:X -Range, 3:X Color the user can get a
cross plot of DATA_FIRSTBREAK (which is the first break times one has just picked) vs.
DEPTH_RECV. These QC plots should show a gradual increase of time with depth. This display is
shown below:

GEDCO
 1512 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Seismic Header View/Edit Selection of VSP FBP Variables Graphed]

Any "kinks" are due to bad first break picks. For the near offset process the RED line is the one
that is critical for this Tutorial example. The user can also use the Interactive -> VSP Interactive ->
Velocity Profile Display for quality control. However, this is normally done after separation of the
components into individual files.

Also note that the FBP's can be accomplished after the input file is separated into each of the 3
components data sets. In such case we don't have to bother about the X and Y component picks
which is troublesome and may require manual picking. We recommend FBP's after input file is
separated into each of the 3 components data sets.

18.4.4 Near Offset Processing

The detailed steps for complete processing of VSP Near Offset (N.O.) are provided in this
Section. These steps are outlined below with links to subsections describing each step and
comments describing the process being under taken:

Data Preparation - Steps 1 -> 4.

1. Separation of X, Y, and Z components - Near Offset Component Separation 1514
2. First breaks picked on Z component - Pick the Near Offset First-Breaks 1507
3. Zero offset P-wave velocities derived from VSP - Near Offset Velocity Profile Display 1517

4. Sonic log calibrated to P wave velocities - Near Offset Sonic Log Calibration 1520

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1513

Wave Field Separation - Steps 5 -> 6.

5. Vertical component data flattened to 100ms and mean scaling applied - Near Offset Wave
Field Separation 1524
6. 13pt median filter was applied to separate down-going wave field - Near Offset Wave Field
Separation 1524
7. Down-going wave field subtracted from equalized data to obtain Up-going - Near Offset
Wave Field Separation 1524
Statics Removal - Step 8.
8. Statics removed to place the data in field-recorded time (FRT) - Near Offset Statics
Removal 1528
Non-Decon Stack - Steps 9 - 21.
9. FK design and removal of tube wave and down going shear wave (125ms removable AGC
applied during FK filter) - N.O. Non-Decon Stack 1531
10. Flatten data to 100ms - N.O. Non-Decon Stack 1531
11. Apply trace amplitude correction (Exponential Gain = 1.5) - N.O. Non-Decon Stack 1531
12. Remove flattening statics to place data back in FRT - N.O. Non-Decon Stack 1531
13. Apply Normal Move-out Correction (NMO) - N.O. Non-Decon Stack 1531
14. Reverse flatten on First Break Picks to place data in two-way time (TWT) - N.O. Non-Decon
Stack 1531
15. Multiply First Break Picks by 2 to place them in correct TWT
16. Ormsby bandpass filter (5/10 – 70/80) - N.O. Non-Decon Stack 1531
17. 5pt median filter - N.O. Non-Decon Stack 1531
18. Ormsby bandpass filter (5/10 – 70/80) - N.O. Non-Decon Stack 1531
19. Corridor Mute – 50ms window to 1800m depth - N.O. Non-Decon Stack 1531
20. Full stack TWT data - N.O. Non-Decon Stack 1531
21. Corridor stack of corridor mute - N.O. Non-Decon Stack 1531
Deconvolution - Steps 22 - 23.
22. Deconvolve down-going wave field (500ms design window, 1% Pre-Whitening, 20ms
Operator Taper Length, 10/15 – 70/80Hz Filter) - N.O. Deconvolution 1536
23. Deconvolve up-going wave field using down-going design parameters and apply reverse
flattening to put in FRT. The user should perform several decon runs with a variety of parameters to
determine the best quality data. - N.O. Deconvolution 1536
Decon Stack - Steps 24 - 36.
24. Design and apply FK Filter to FRT data to remove tube wave and down-going shear -
N.O.Decon Stack 1540
25. Flatten deconvolved and filtered data to 100ms - N.O.Decon Stack 1540
26. Apply trace amplitude correction (Exponential Gain = 1.5) - N.O.Decon Stack 1540
27. Remove flattening statics to place data in FRT - N.O.Decon Stack 1540
28. Apply Normal Moveout correction - N.O.Decon Stack 1540
29. Reverse flatten on First Break Picks to place data in TWT - N.O.Decon Stack 1540
30. Multiply First Break Picks by 2 to place them in correct TWT - N.O.Decon Stack 1540
31. Ormsby bandpass filter (10/15 – 70/80) - N.O.Decon Stack 1540
32. 5pt median filter - N.O.Decon Stack 1540
33. Ormsby bandpass filter (10/15 – 70/80) - N.O.Decon Stack 1540
34. Corridor Mute – 50ms window to 1800m depth - N.O.Decon Stack 1540
35. Deconvolved Full Stack of median filtered TWT data - N.O.Decon Stack 1540
36. Deconvolved Corridor Stack of corridor mute - N.O.Decon Stack 1540
Q Attenuation - Step 37.
37. Example Q Attenuation Calculation - Near Offset Q Attenuation 1544

The overall quality and signal to noise of the data was good. However, there was strong tube
wave signal within the up-going data after wave field separation. For the most part this was
successfully removed using an aggressive FK filter in FRT. FK filtering also successfully removed
unwanted shear waves, although these were not a significant problem with this data set. There were
several multiples identified and removed from the data set.

GEDCO
 1514 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

18.4.4.1 Near Offset Component Separation

In VSP processing the various flow tools require that each data directional component (X, Y, Z) be
stored in individual files. For example in Near Surface VSP processing only the vertical component is
used. In Far Offset VSP processing all components are employed.

The separation of the input file into its three X, Y, and Z components is performed using a job flow
as shown below:

[VSP Component Separation Flow]

The following steps are required to setup the Flow Command parameters to perform the required
component separation:

Input -> Data INPUT Control -> Data INPUT

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1515

Right Mouse Button click on the Input Flow Command and move to the Data INPUT to open this
dialog as shown below:

[Flow Input Command Dialog with Near Offset VSP Settings]

Input Data List

Select the file (Zero_offset XYZ) in the Input Data List.
Data Order
Select Sort Order to be 'Sort TRCID' (Trace ID No.). The other values are the default
values.

Input -> Data INPUT Control -> Data/Headers SELECTIONS

Right Mouse Button click on the Input Flow Command and move to the Data/Headers
SELECTIONS to open this spreadsheet and click on the "View Trace Header Filter Spreadsheet" icon
as shown below:

GEDCO
1516 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Data/Header Selection - Trace Header Filter Spread-Sheet]

Header Item
Set to TRACE_ID_CODE from the drop down list. VSP sort of original file.
Operator 1
Set "equal to" for the operator.
Range
Set equal to one (1) for the X component selection. For the Y component this Range is
set to two (2) and for the Z (vertical) this Range is set to three (3).

Make sure that one presses the OK button to save these setting. This function than only
allow the traces that have an TRACE_ID_CODE of the Range setting to be passed on the output.

Output-> Command PARAMETERS

Right Mouse Button click on the Command PARAMETERS to open the Flow Output Command
dialog as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1517

[Flow Output Command Dialog]

Enter the Output file name for the corresponding TRACE_ID_CODE specified in the Input flow
command. Do this for each of the three flows. Then execute the flow to generate the three separate
coordinate files. This operation provides the Raw X, Raw Y, and Raw Vertical files. Proceeding to
the Project Data List allows the user to select and view these files.

18.4.4.2 Near Offset Velocity Profile Display

The zero offset P-wave velocities can be derived from raw vertical VSP data with the Interactive
-> VSP Interactive -> Velocity Profile Display 619 window. Clicking on this Interactive function opens
the Velocity Profile Display window as shown below:

GEDCO
1518 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VSP Velocity Profile]

Clicking on the VSP Data: Read 'P' Velocity icon open up the VSP 'P' Velocity Profile Input
spreadsheet for selecting the Vista file for loading and calculating the velocity information as a
function of True Vertical Depth.

[VSP 'P' Velocity Profile Input Spreadsheet]

Selecting the Vertical component 'Raw Vertical' and clicking OK computes and loads the velocity
information as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1519

[VSP Velocity Profile with File vertical Raw Loaded]

In the above display the left pane is the Travel Time versus True Vertical Depth curve (FB Line),
and in the right pane is the Velocity and Interval Velocity versus True Vertical Depth. Note that the
bottom panes provide both Time and Depth, and First Break Pick time, Measured Depth and True
Vertical Depth as a function of the cursor position.

VSP Right Mouse Button Menu

Allows editing of the First Break Line data and setting the display options.

[VSP Right Mouse Button Menu]

Mouse: ZOOM Mode

Standard Vista zoom option.
Mouse: DELETE Velocity Pick Mode
In this mode a rectangle is drawn around the one or more velocity points to delete in the
left FB Line window. This allows editing of erroneous points.
First-Break Line Display
Opens an Option dialog for settings of the First Break Line such as Line Size, Line Color,

GEDCO
 1520 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

and Symbols type and size.

Velocity Line Display
Opens an Option dialog for settings of the Velocity Line such as Line Size, Line Color,
and Symbols type and size.
Interval Velocity Line Display
Opens an Option dialog for settings of the Interval Velocity Line such as Line Size, Line
Color, and Symbols type and size.

If the user is satisfied with the data quality, one may use the Display Current Velocity Picks icon
to open the VSP Velocity Profile text window as shown below:

[VSP Velocity Profile Text Window]

This window has icon options for saving the data to a *.asc file, printing the data, or clearing the
data.

Finally, the user should use the Save Current Velocity File icon to save the data for future
use. A standard Windows save dialog is opened for entering the save file name. The saved file has
an extension of *.vspvel.

At any time one can use the VSP File: Read 'P' Velocity icon to read in VSP files with
extensions of *.vspvel.

18.4.4.3 Near Offset Sonic Log Calibrate

The sonic log drift calibration can be derived from vertical VSP velocity data with the Interactive ->
VSP Interactive -> Sonic Log Calibrate 623 window. Clicking on this Interactive function opens up a

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1521

Windows file open dialog for loading the required VSP velocity file as shown below:

[Enter Input VSP Profile Velocity File Dialog]

The VSP velocity file that is entered is the one that has been verified by the Velocity Profile
Display. Clicking open after selecting the desired file opens the Sonic Log Calibrate display as shown
below:

GEDCO
1522 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Initial VSP Sonic Log Calibrate Window]

The next step to calculate the Sonic Log drift correction is to use the Open LAS Sonic Log icon
to load in the Sonic Log to calibrate.

[Input LAS Log File Dialog]

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1523

This dialog above provides various tabs to provide the user with all of the Sonic Log parameters.
If the user is satisfied that this is the correct log just click OK and proceed with the calibration after this
data is loaded and the log is integrated and pre-drift computed as shown below:

[VSP Sonic Log Calibrate Window with LAS Data Loaded]

Now use the mouse on the above figure in the Pre-Drift pane and draw long straight line
segments near the pre-drift curve. Double click when finished and the post calibration drift will appear
in the Post-Drift pane as shown below:

GEDCO
 1524 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VSP Sonic Log Calibrate Window with Post-Drift Displayed]

Normally the Post-Drift under optimum conditions should be +/- 1 millisecond. Practically this
Post-drift can be larger depending on the quality of the data used. This completes this calibration
process and the data computed should be saved using the Save Calibrated LAS Sonic Log icon .
This icon opens a Windows save dialog to save the calibrated data in a *.las file.

The sonic log, calibrated sonic log, and VSP internal velocities are displayed in the above window.

18.4.4.4 Near Offset Wave Field Separation

The Wave Field Separation (Processing Steps 5, 6, 7) of the raw vertical data into up going and
down going waves is accomplished in the Flow B_Wave Field_Separation job flow shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1525

[Near Offset Wave Field Separation Job Flow]

Each of the job flow tools are discussed in the Vista Flow Commands 671 help section. For
clarity each tool is outlined with key parameters values.

Input - The input data is the 'raw vertical'. Make sure that the sort is set to Sort - TRCID.

Flatten - The vertical component data is flattened to 100 ms with the Header Value to Flatten On
being the DATA_FIRSTBREAK (Processing Step 5).

Mean - Mean scaling is applied to the traces with the Design Window time window set to a Fixed
Window of 90 - 110 milliseconds to cover the direct arrivals only.

GEDCO
1526 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

AtmFilter - This alpha trim mean/median filter was set to a median filter with 13 points (traces) to
compute the down going wave field (Processing Step 6).

SubInput - This icon subtract the down going wave (alpha trim filter output) from the mean total
wave field to provide the up going wave field.

Output - Various output flow tools are used to provide the flattened up going, down going, and for
reference the flattened mean.

Example Outputs
The three output are summarized below to show the outputs of this processing flow. Note that
only the first 1500 ms are displayed as this is the time window of good signal-to-noise. The VSP data
is usually plotted as travel time versus True Vertical Depth.

Flatten Mean

[Wave Field Separation Process - Flattened Mean]

Down Going (-tt) Wave Field

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1527

[Wave Field Separation Process - Down Going (-tt)]

The added file symbols (-tt) in the file name indicate when the displays have the first-breaks (first
arrivals) and down going P-waves time aligned.

Up Going (-tt) Wave Field

GEDCO
 1528 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Wave Field Separation Process - Up Going (-tt)]

18.4.4.5 Near Offset Statics Removal

In various VSP processing flows it is necessary to restore flatten data (by removing inserted
statics) to Field Recorded Time (FRT) and/or the flattened data events on the near offset VSP are
aligned at the same time coordinate and therefore should be positioned in pseudo-two-way travel time
indicated by the symbols (TWT) or (+tt). The Flow C_FRT & TWT.flw below provides such an
example. This example can be used on non-decon data and decon processed data.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1529

[Near Offset Statics Removal Job Flow]

Each of the job flow tools are discussed in the Vista Flow Commands 671 help section. For
clarity each tool is outlined with key parameters values. These flows carry out Processing Step 8.

Field Recorded Time

Input - The input data is the 'upgoing (-tt)'. Make sure that the sort is set to Sort - TRCID.

Flatten - The vertical component data was flattened to 100 ms with the Header Value to Flatten
On being the DATA_FIRSTBREAK and Flatten on Reverse Time Value is checked to remove the
original applied static.

Mute - The data is muted by selecting Mute by Headed Value and Apply Top Mute
(DATA_FIRSTBREAK).

Output - Provide the output file name *(FRT).

Two-Way-Travel time

GEDCO
1530 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The tools are the same as above with the following added flow tools:

Flatten - The corrected data above is applied an additional Reverse Time Value base on the
DATA_FIRSTBREAK * 2 as specified in the Edit Hed flow tool.

Example Outputs
Examples of the upgoing wave field Field Recorded Time and Two-Way-Traveltime outputs are
shown below:

[Upgoing - Field Recorded Time Display]

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1531

[Upgoing - Two-Way Travel Time Display]

For tutorial purposes only the first 1500 milliseconds is displayed in the above pictures.

.
18.4.4.6 Near Offset Non-Decon Stack
The Non-Decon Corridor Stack provides a complete example for the complete processing for a
corridor stack of the VSP data. This step is repeated after the optimum deconvolution parameters are
determined in the next section. This allows for comparative analysis between the stacked non-decon
and deconvoluted data. The complete VSP Non-Decon Stack is performed with the following job flow
(Flow D_Non-Decon Stacking.flw):

GEDCO
1532 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Near Offset Non-Decon Corridor Stack - Part 1]

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1533

[Near Offset Non-Decon Corridor Stack - Part 2]

The job flow has been divided into two Figures for presentation purposes only. The actual flow in
Tutorial C1 is complete.

Each of the job flow tools are discussed in the Vista Flow Commands 671 help section. For
clarity each tool is outlined with key parameters values. These flows carry out Processing Steps 9
-21.

Input - The input data is the 'upgoing (FRT)'. Make sure that the sort is set to Sort - TRCID.

FK-Filter - The filter file for this function is 'tube remove (No Decon).fkl' with Power = 1, Trace
Smooth = 7, and Freq. Smooth = 5. This filter was developed in the Seismic Window Display ->
Seismic Analysis Window -> FK Analysis Window 187 to minimize the tube waves signals. The
FK-Analysis Window used to develop this filter is shown below for Processing Step 9:

GEDCO
1534 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[FK Analysis Window - FK Tube Wave Filter for Input File 'upgoing (FRT)]

Flatten - The filtered data is flattened to 100 ms with the Header Value to Flatten On being the
DATA_FIRSTBREAK (Processing Step 10).

ExpGain - The exponential gain constant was set to 1.5 for the removal of absorption effects
(Processing Step 11).

Flatten - The gain corrected data was flattened to 100 ms with the Header Value to Flatten On
being the DATA_FIRSTBREAK and Flatten on Reverse Time Value is checked to remove the
previous applied static to place data in FRT (Processing Step 12).

VSPNmo - Apply Normal Move-out Correction. This function requires the *.vspvel developed
earlier (Near Offset Velocity Profile Display) and must be set to Use P Velocity (No P/S ratio)
(Processing Step 13).

Flatten & Edit Hed - Reverse flatten on First Break Picks to place data into Two-Way-Traveltime
(TWT) (Processing Step 14,15).

MuteTrc - Mute by Apply Top Mute Header.

OrsmbyBP -1 - Apply a band pass filter to clean up data (Processing Step 16).

VSPStk - 1 - Set replicate traces to 10. Provides a VSP 'full stack' prior to performing a corridor
mute (Processing Step 20).

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1535

AtmFilter - This alpha trim mean/median filter was set to a median filter with 5 points
(traces).(Processing Step 17).

OrsmbyBP - 2 - Apply a band pass filter to clean up data after median filtering (Processing Step
18).

VSPCMute - Apply a VSP Corridor mute with settings of a 50 millisecond window to a depth of
1800 meters (Processing Step 19).

VSPStk - 2 - Set replicate traces to 10. Provides a VSP corridor stack (Processing Step 21).

Output - Many output files are generated so that the user can examine the outputs at the various
steps.

Summary Example Outputs

Examples of the Non-decon Full Stack and the Corridor Stack outputs are shown below:

[Non-Decon VSP Stack - non-Filtered stack]

GEDCO
 1536 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Non-Decon VSP Stack - Corridor Stack]

The other outputs can be viewed after running this flow in Tutorial C1.

18.4.4.7 Near Offset Deconvolution

In VSP processing deconvolution is under taken with a special process. This Section outlines the
steps for taking advantage of the availability of both down going and up going waves. The VSP
deconvolution is performed with the following job flow (Flow E_Decon Processing):

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1537

[VSP_Decon_Processing.flw]

Each of the job flow tools are discussed in the Vista Flow Commands 671 help section. For
clarity each tool is outlined with key parameters values. These flows carry out Processing Steps 22
-23.

Optimize Decon Parameters

Input - Both input 1 and 2 are the file 'down going (-tt)' for optimizing the decon parameters.

VSPDDecon - The down going wave field is used to optimize the decon parameters. Clicking on
the COMMAND PARAMETERS with the RMB tool dialog opens up the VSP Deconvolution dialog
shown below:

GEDCO
1538 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VSP Deconvolution Parameters Dialog]

The parameters optimized for this tutorial are shown in this dialog. Note that have the option to
output the Deconvolved Traces
or the Decon Operator. For these demonstrations the Deconvolved Traces are output.

Output - The output file is 'Decon Downgoing'.

Use Optimized Decon Parameters

Input - In this second flow the input 1 is the 'down going (-tt) and the input 2 is the 'upgoing (-tt).

VSPDDecon - The optimized parameters shown above are used to perform the deconvolution on
the up going wave field.

Flatten - MuteTrace - These tools are used to create the up going wave field in FRT for use in
the next section decon VSP processing flow for stack generation.

Example Outputs
Example output from the design deconvolution and the desired output deconvolution are provided.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1539

[VSP Downgoing Design Deconvolution Output]

GEDCO
 1540 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VSP Decon Upgoing (FRT) Output]

18.4.4.8 Near Offset Decon Stack

The Decon Corridor Stack Flow provides a complete example for the complete processing for a
decon corridor stack of the VSP data. This step uses the same type of job flow as used in the
Non-Decon Stack (Flow D_Non Decon Stacking) with some parameters changed and using the
deconvoluted upgoing (FRT) wave field as input. The complete VSP Decon Stack is performed with
the following job flow (Flow F_Decon Stacking.flw):

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1541

[Near Offset Decon Corridor Stack ]

The job flow has been divided into two Figures for presentation purposes only. The actual flow in
Tutorial C1 is complete.

Each of the job flow tools are discussed in the Vista Flow Commands 671 help section. For
clarity each tool is outlined with key parameters values. These flows carry out Processing Steps 24 -
36.

Input - The input data is the 'decon upgoing (FRT)'. Make sure that the sort is set to Sort - TRCID.

FK-Filter - The filter file for this function is 'tube remove (Decon).fkl' with Power = 1, Trace
Smooth = 7, and Freq. Smooth = 5. This filter was developed in the Seismic Window Display ->
Seismic Analysis Window -> FK Analysis Window 187 to minimize the tube waves signals
(Processing Step 24).

Flatten - The filtered data is flattened to 100 ms with the Header Value to Flatten On being the
DATA_FIRSTBREAK (Processing Step 25).

GEDCO
1542 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

ExpGain - The exponential gain constant was set to 1.5 for the removal of absorption effects
(Processing Step 26).

Flatten - The gain corrected data was flattened to 100 ms with the Header Value to Flatten On
being the DATA_FIRSTBREAK and Flatten on Reverse Time Value is checked to remove the
previous applied static to place data in FRT (Processing Step 27).

VSPNmo - Apply Normal Move-out Correction. This function requires the *.vspvel developed
earlier (Near Offset Velocity Profile Display) and must be set to Use P Velocity (No P/S ratio)
(Processing Step 28).

Flatten & Edit Hed - Reverse flatten on First Break Picks to place data into Two-Way-Traveltime
(TWT) (Processing Step 29,30).

MuteTrc - Mute by Apply Top Mute Header.

OrsmbyBP -1 - Apply a band pass filter to clean up data (Processing Step 31).

VSPStk - 1 - Set replicate traces to 10. Provides a VSP 'full stack' prior to performing a corridor
mute (Processing Step 35).

AtmFilter - This alpha trim mean/median filter was set to a median filter with 5 points
(traces).(Processing Step 32).

OrsmbyBP - 2 - Apply a band pass filter to clean up data after median filtering (Processing Step
33).

VSPCMute - Apply a VSP Corridor mute with settings of a 50 millisecond window to a depth of
1800 meters (Processing Step 34).

VSPStk - 2 - Set replicate traces to 10. Provides a VSP corridor stack (Processing Step 36).

Output - Many output files are generated so that the user can examine the outputs at the various
steps.

Summary Example Outputs

Examples of the Non-decon Full Stack and the Corridor Stack outputs are shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1543

[Decon VSP Stack - Full Stack]

GEDCO
 1544 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Decon VSP Stack - Corridor Stack]

The other outputs can be viewed after running this flow in Tutorial C1.

18.4.5 Near Offset Q Attenuation

The availability of Near Offset down going VSP data allows the implementation of the Interactive
-> VSP Interactive - Q Attenuation 642 display for estimating Q as a function of depth. For optimum Q
estimates the filter separating the down going wave field from the Raw Vertical data should have the
minimum number of traces employed in the median filter to keep the role off at the edges to a
minimum, while also keeping the up going wave field to a minimum. A typical flow to prepare the
down going data for Q Attenuation processing is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1545

[Q Attenuation Preparation Flow - Q Attenuate Preparation.flw]

Each of the job flow tools are discussed in the Vista Flow Commands 671 help section. For
clarity each tool is outlined with key parameters values.

Input - The input data is the 'raw vertical'. Make sure that the sort is set to Sort - TRCID.

Flatten - The vertical component data is flattened to 100 ms with the Header Value to Flatten On
being the DATA_FIRSTBREAK.

Mean - Mean scaling is applied to the traces with the Design Window time window set to a Fixed
Window of 90 - 110 milliseconds to cover the direct arrivals only.

AtmFilter - This alpha trim mean/median filter was set to a median filter with 7 points (traces) to

GEDCO
1546 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

compute the down going wave field with minimum roll off.

Output - The main output file is 'Downgoing Q In (-tt)'.

Example Q Preparation Flow Output

The output of the Q preparation flow is shown below:

[Example Down going Data for Q Attenuation Processing]

Example Q Attenuation Output

The Q Attenuation 642 display output using the above data and the near offset velocity file as
input is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1547

[VSP Q Attenuation Calculation Display]

There are 3 data panes in the VSP Q Attenuation Calculation display. They are:

1) Left Pane - Near Offset seismic down going data display. The vertical BLUE line indicates
which trace is being used as the reference frequency. A different reference trace can be selected by
holding down Shift Key and clicking on a new trace in this seismic display pane. The two horizontal
BLUE lines defined the time window around the direct arrivals as a function of depth. This time
window is set in the dialog selected by the 'Q Attn. Calc. Options' icon .

2) Center Pane - This pane displays the reference spectrum (BLUE) and the depth spectrum
(BLACK). The latter spectrum changes by the slide bar in the toolbar and by moving the cursor
between the traces in the seismic window. The vertical BLUE lines define the spectrum width to be
used. This spectrum width is set in the dialog selected by the 'Q Attn. Calc. Options' icon . The
RED line indicates the absorption ratio computed within the selected spectrum window.

3) Right Pane - This pane displays the Cumulative Attenuation as a function of depth. Using
the mouse to pick constant straight line segments of 'Q' values as shown. These values can be saved
using the 'Save Q Output File (Q,T,Pairs) icon . This data set can be used in the flow command
'VSP Time Variant Inverse 'Q'.

GEDCO
 1548 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

18.5 Tutorial C2 - VSP Far Offset

In this tutorial, a VSP 3-Component Data set for a Far Offset data set consisting of 85 traces for
each component is loaded for processing with detailed steps for inputting header parameters. Then
the Interactive->VSP Geometry Window Display is used to fill the Vista headers for the depths and
other critical parameters. Finally, several job flow charts are provided which runs these
multi-component traces through standard VSP Far Offset processing steps for to a produce final
VSPCdp output. Note that in multi-component VSP data the Far Offset is processed differently than
the Near Offset 1494 data.

Tutorial Far Offset VSP Processing in VISTA

The demonstration VSP data set provided for processing is a zero-offset VSP.
There are several steps:
1. Start a NEW Far Offset VSP Project 1548 called FAROFFSET and assign and edit the
headers for the FAR_OFFSET_XYZ.SGY data input to the project.
2. Set Far Offset VSP Geometry 1552 .
3. Pick the Far Offset First-Breaks 1563 .
4. Far Offset Processing 1557 - A detailed step by step outline of VSP Far Offset Processing.

Note that the first steps preparation steps are similar to the Near Offset preparation but are
repeated because of differences in the *.sgy files and the shot offsets. Also note that the Sonic Log
Calibration is normally done with the Near Offset data and not with the Far Offset data.

18.5.1 Start New Far Offset Project

Start a new project called FarOffset and assign the data Far_Offset_XYZ.sgy to it.

Note that this step has already been completed in the Tutorial C1 data provided. This section is
provided to review the steps necessary to input Far Offset VSP data into the Vista processing
environment.

First start program VISTAWIN and create a new project. Name the new project 'faroffset'.

Generally when creating a new project it is best to place it in a new directory possibly with the same
project name. This better helps to organize the project files. Also note that at the start of a new project
should set up the plot parameters for the project in the Edit->Project Plotting Defaults.

In this example, use the same steps for opening a New VSP Project provided in Start New Near
Offset VSP Project, but name this project 'faroffset'.

Again, the user should carefully review the format of the input SEG-Y data and the field logs to
insure that the proper input dictionary is employed when loading the data 'Far_Offset_XYZ.sgy' file. If
a new dictionary is required, which is true for this example, this window should be closed and the
Dictionary->Edit Dictionary->Input Transfer dictionary should be opened to load into the project the
provided example dictionary file 'SEG-Y Header Seismic_VSP.dic' which provides a DEPTH_ELEV
Vista header item.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1549

Press the "Read in New Dictionary File" button from the tool bar, this will open the following window.

Select the "SEG-Y Header Seismic_VSP" file, Now the window look like this, note that dictionary item
has changed.

GEDCO
1550 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Now press the "Save Defined Dictionary to Project" button from the tool bar to save this dictionary for
this project. We will use this dictionary when load the SGY file. When closing this window "Save
Changes to Project Dictionary List" dialogue will appear, click on "Save" button.

Depending on the format of the user's data this procedure might deviate from what is specified. See
Dictionary 68 for detailed procedures for loading a new dictionary into the project.

Now open the Input -> Project Data List to create a new VISTA data set and the add the
SEG-Y file to it. In case if a different dictionary is required the user should check the Input SEG-Y
Seismic Data file(s) dialog - Trace header Tab to determine if the proper trace header dictionary is
selected. In this case we use the standard IBM Dictionary as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1551

[Input SEG-Y Seismic Data File(s) - Trace Header Tab]

After clicking OK in the above the Project Data List will have the new file displayed. Now the
input Project Data list will look like the following:

[Tutorial C2 - VSP Demo - Project Data List with Raw Data Loaded]

Header Editing

For processing flow consistency, Vista has established for the VSP Tutorials that the
3-component survey elements are specified by the ascending order of the TRACE_ID_CODE. This
order is:

GEDCO
 1552 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

1st Number - X Component

2nd Number - Y Component
3rd Number - Z Component

Go to the seismic header window to verify that the header values for the "TRACE ID CODE" and
"CHANNEL NO" are similar to the following :

[Seismic Header View/Edit - Manual Edit Header]

18.5.2 Setup Far Offset VSP Geometry

Set up the VSP Geometry

Now create the VSP Geometry for the Far Offset data and put the necessary values into the
VISTA headers of the demo data set. It is suggested that one use the Interactive -> Header Window
Display to first examine the ELEV_REC and DEPTH_RECV items to review the raw existing values.
Depending on the data set the DEPTH_RECV header item might be empty. In some cases the SEGY
file has the data stored as a some power of 10. However in this example the proper dictionary was
used and any powers of 10 were corrected when loading the *.sgy file. The user should determine
the depth increment to check depth intervals when the VSP Geometry Window is opened. This
information will be used in the following:

First use Interactive -> VSP Geometry Window Display from the top menu to obtain the VSP
Geometry Window opening spreadsheet as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1553

[Selection of Input VSP data set to VSP Geometry Window]

Double click on the name "Far_Offset_XYZ" or select the item in the DATA# and click OK, and
one will open the VSP Geometry Window 613 as shown below:

[Tutorial C2 - Initial Setting of VSP Geometry Window]

In this above window KB_ELEV which refers to Kelly Bearing Elevation and the DATUM must be
entered from the field log data and MD refers to Measured Depth and TVD refers to True Vertical
Depth. The other variables are self explanatory. Enter the KB_ELEV and the DATUM values.

After enter the above 2 variables press the "Calculate TVD from the Measured Depth" button, the

GEDCO
1554 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

TVD is automatically calculated and displayed.

The VSP Geometry Window with the correct values is shown below for this example:

VSP Geometry Window Tutorial C2 - Correct Parameters and Depths]

When one is satisfied with the values use the icon Save VSP Geometry to Headers icon. This
opens the VSP Geometry Header Items to Save dialog. One may choose which VISTA header words
to create from the geometry. Note in this example use the defaults.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1555

[VSP Geometry Header - Headers Items to Save Dialog]

Note that the ELEV_REC header item is not shown in the above dialog list as the variable
DEPTH_RECV is used instead. This dual header use is to maintain past compatibility while allowing
newer tools to use the DEPTH_RECV header variable.

The user can use the VSP Geometry Plot icon to view of graphic of the VSP configuration.

When the geometry has been written to the headers, close the VSP Geometry Window and return
to the Project Data List window.

One can check the geometry by using the icon just to the left of the NAME in the Project Data
List. Check such things as DEPTH_RECV, SHOT_POINT_NO, OFFSET_SH_REC, etc. A check on
the items above in the Seismic Header View/Edit Display is shown below for the this project.

GEDCO
1556 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Seismic Header View/Edit Spreadsheet - VSP Selected Headers for VSP QA]

Sort Indexes are normally created when the "VSP Geometry Header Save" icon was executed
above. However, in some sequence of operation, all sort indexes are not created. Open the Project
Data List -> Sort Data Tools and confirm that all have been created correctly as shown below:

[Sort Data Tools - VSP Sort Settings-Tutorial C2]

Make sure that first and second sort keys are set as above if not then double click on "SORT#"
and set the primary and secondary sort keys as shown above. If there are some sort items missing,
insert the proper sorts as shown. Before exiting don't forget to press"CREATE All Selected Seismic

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1557

Sort Indexes" icon from tool bar.

Sort Project Defaults

It is critical in VSP processing to insure that the Project Sort defaults are set to those in the above
Figure. The user should proceed to Edit -> Project Sort Defaults and click on this option to open the
Data Creation Defaults dialog shown below:

[Project Sort Defaults - Data Creation Defaults Dialog]

Executing the above procedure insures that all new files created during VSP maintains the
desired sorts created above.

If one is satisfied with all the header values it is now time to pick the first breaks.

18.5.3 Far Offset Processing

The detailed steps for complete processing of VSP Far Offset (F.O.) are provided in this Section.
These major steps are outlined below with links to subsections describing each step and comments
describing the process being under taken:

Data Preparation (Steps 1 - 3).

1. Separation of X, Y, and Z components - F.O. Component Separation 1559
2. First breaks picked on Z component and transfer of picks to X, Y - Pick F.O. First-Breaks 1563
3. Far offset P wave velocities compared to zero offset velocities - F.O. Velocity Profile Display
1567

Hodogram Rotation (Steps 4).

4. Hodogram rotations of X and Y horizontal channels - F.O. Hodogram Rotation 1569

5. Hodogram rotations of Z and Hmax - F.O. Hodogram Rotation 1569

GEDCO
1558 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Separate Downgoing (Step 6).

6. Wave Field separation of down going P wave from Hmax component - F.O. Separate
Downgoing P from Hmax' 1575
Separate Upgoing (Steps 7 - 8).
7. FK wave field separation of up going data from Z component - F.O. Separate Upgoing Z and
Hmax 1578
8. FK wave field separation of up going data from Hmax' component - F.O. Separate Upgoing
Z and Hmax 1578
Time Variant Orientation (Step 9).
9. Model based time variant rotation of Z and Hmax up going wave fields to separate up going P
and SV components - F.O. Time Variant Orientation 1581
Deconvolution (Step 10).
10. Deconvolve separated up going TVRot based on parameters used to Deconvolve separated
down going P (Hmax'). The data set was then processed to TWT and compared to the near offset
corridor stack to give an indication if decon operator was successful. The results were obtained with a
300ms window length and 5% White Noise - F.O. Deconvolution 1587
Process to VSPCDP (Steps 11 - 18).
11. Flatten deconvolved up going P to 100ms - F.O. Process to VSPCDP 1591
12. Apply trace amplitude correction for up going (exponential gain = 2) - F.O. Process to
VSPCDP 1591
13. Remove flattening statics - F.O. Process to VSPCDP 1591
14. Apply Normal Move out statics and First Break statics to place data in Two Way Time (TWT)
- F.O. Process to VSPCDP 1591
15. FK filter to remove unflattened data - F.O. Process to VSPCDP 1591
16. Ormsby bandpass filter (5/10 – 60/70) - F.O. Process to VSPCDP 1591
17. 5pt Median filter - F.O. Process to VSPCDP 1591
18. VSPCDP mapping process and (5m bin size) and VSP stack - F.O. Process to VSPCDP 1591

Because this is an older data set, the quality of acquisition was not at the same level which is
obtained today. This was the reason for only fair results from the TV Rotation. This Tutorial C2 has
been provided to illustrate an overview of Far Offset processing only.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1559

18.5.3.1 Far Offset Component Separation

In VSP processing the various flow tools require that each data directional component (X, Y, Z) be
stored in individual files. For example in Far Surface VSP processing all the components are used.

The separation into components (Processing Step 1) of the input file into its three X, Y, and Z
components is performed using a job flow as shown below (Flow A_Far_Components Separation.flw:

GEDCO
1560 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Far Offset - VSP Component Separation Flow]

The following steps are required to setup the Flow Command parameters to perform the required
component separation:

Input -> Data INPUT Control -> Data INPUT

Right Mouse Button click on the Input Flow Command and move to the Data INPUT to open this
dialog as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1561

[Flow Input Command Dialog with Far Offset VSP Settings]

Input Data List

Select the file (Far_Offset_XYZ) in the Input Data List.
Data Order
Select Sort Order to be 'Sort TRCID' (Trace ID No.). The other values are the default
values.

Input -> Data INPUT Control -> Data/Headers SELECTIONS

Right Mouse Button click on the Input Flow Command and move to the Data/Headers
SELECTIONS to open this spreadsheet and click on the "View Trace Header Filter Spreadsheet" icon
as shown below:

GEDCO
1562 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Data/Header Selection - Trace Header Filter Spread-Sheet]

Header Item
Set to TRACE_ID_CODE from the drop down list. VSP sort of original file.
Operator 1
Set "equal to" for the operator.
Range
Set equal to one (1) for the X component selection. For the Y component this Range is
set to two (2) and for the Z (vertical) this Range is set to three (3).

Make sure that one presses the OK button to save these setting. This function than only
allow the traces that have an TRACE_ID_CODE of the Range setting to be passed on the output.

Output-> Command PARAMETERS

Right Mouse Button click on the Command PARAMETERS to open the Flow Output Command
dialog as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1563

[Flow Output Command Dialog]

Enter the Output file name for the corresponding TRACE_ID_CODE specified in the Input flow
command. Do this for each of the three flows. Then execute the flow to generate the three separate
coordinate files. This operation provides the Raw X, Raw Y, and Raw Vertical files. Proceeding to
the Project Data List allows the user to select and view these files.

.
18.5.3.2 Pick the Far Offset First-Breaks
Pick Far Offset First Breaks and Store in VISTA Headers

In the VISTA main manual, First Break Picking 160 is discussed. Recall one did this from the
Seismic Window Display 86 using one of the Seismic Data Pick icon operations on the Seismic
Window Display toolbar. Open the Seismic Window Display for the Raw Vertical file and click the
First Break Picks icon. This opens the First-Break Pick Window and displays the data sorted by
Trace ID's if all of the previous steps have been done properly. The steps are the same as discussed
in Pick the Near Offset First-Breaks 1507 . Refer to this section for the detailed steps.

For Far Offset processing it is suggested that the FBP's for the Vertical component of the
3-component data be used for the X and Y component data. This suggestion is made as the
signal-to-noise is usually poor on these latter data sets. Also, note that for Hodogram processing that
two input modes are possible:

1) Use the original 3-component file as input to the Hodogram process with the FBP's
transferred to the X and Y components.

2) Use the separated components as input to the Hodogram process with the FBP's
transferred to the X and Y components.

GEDCO
1564 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Transfer of FBP's from Raw Vertical Component to X and Y Components

For this tutorial, the separated components are utilized. The following provides a brief summary
on how to transfer the FBP's from the Vertical component to the X and Y component separated files.

Step 1: Create a FBP File

Perform the FBP's picking on the Raw Vertical separated data (Far Offset Component Selection
1559 ) and then run the "Flow_B_far_First Break Transfer.flw" Flow. The example provided is to create

a FBP file from the Raw Vertical FBP's and then to load this in the Raw X and Raw Y files. There are
three separate flow in the "Flow_B_far_First Break Transfer.flw" flow file. The user must run these
flows (Flow B1, Flow B2 and Flow B3) in their orders. When running B1 make sure that the other
flows (B2 and B3) are "set to execute off" i.e. exhibit yellow color. Flow B2 and B3 can be run at a
same time however when running these two flows Flow B1 should be "set to execute off".

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1565

[Write ASCII Attribute Values]

Step 2: Load a FBP File - Raw Y Data

The following flow will read the first break from the Ascii file and write them on Raw-x and Raw-Y files.

GEDCO
1566 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Read ASCII File Values]

This completes the selection of FBP's for Far Offset separated files example.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1567

18.5.3.3 Far Offset Velocity Profile Display

The zero offset P-wave velocities can be derived from raw vertical VSP data with the Interactive
-> VSP Interactive -> Velocity Profile Display 619 window. Clicking on this Interactive function opens
the Velocity Profile Display window (Processing Step 3) as shown below:

[VSP Velocity Profile]

Clicking on the VSP Data: Read 'P' Velocity icon open up the VSP 'P' Velocity Profile Input
spreadsheet for selecting the Vista file for loading and calculating the velocity information as a
function of True Vertical Depth.

GEDCO
1568 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[VSP 'P' Velocity Profile Input Spreadsheet]

Selecting the Vertical component 'Raw Vertical' and clicking OK computes and loads the velocity
information as shown below:

[VSP Velocity Profile with File Raw Vertical Loaded]

In the above display the left pane is the Travel Time versus True Vertical Depth curve (FB Line),
and in the right pane is the Velocity and Interval Velocity versus True Vertical Depth. Note that the
bottom panes provide both Time and Depth, and First Break Pick time, Measured Depth and True
Vertical Depth as a function of the cursor position. See Velocity Profile Display 619 section for
complete details of the icons and Right Mouse Button functions.
The user should use the Save Current Velocity File icon to save the data for future use. A
standard Windows save dialog is opened for entering the save file name. The saved file has an

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1569

extension of *.vspvel. At any time one can use the VSP File: Read 'P' Velocity icon to read in
VSP files with extensions of *.vspvel.

In processing the Far Offset data it is important to show a comparison between the Near and Far
offset velocities as normally the Near Offset velocity is more accurate and should be used for any
model development in the Far Offset processing. Below is shown the overlay of the Near Offset
velocity with the Far Offset velocity.

[VSP Velocity Profile with Both Near and Far Velocities]

The above velocities were loaded from the saved near and far *.vspvel files. The GREEN plot
is the Near Offset velocities and the BLUE plot is the Far Offset velocities. For VSP Far Offset
modeling purposes, experience has shown that better results are obtained with the Near Offset
velocity. It is important to note that the basic interval velocities (right pane) compare to each other
showing that the processing to date has been valid.

18.5.3.4 Far Offset Hodogram Rotation

For far offset processing the initial steps before wavefield separation are first break
picking and hodogram rotation. After the first breaks have been picked (usually on the z
channel) two Hodogram Rotations are required for optimum Far Offset processing.
Hodogram Rotation (Processing Steps 4, 5) can be found under the Interactive-> VSP
Interactive -> Hodogram Display. The first rotation is of the X and Y geophone's to orient the
horizontal components toward to source (Hmax and Hmin). The second rotation is in the
plane of the well and source using the oriented horizontal (Hmax) from the first rotation and
Z (vertical component). This maximizes the down going P wave energy onto one channel
(Hmax') with the down going SV on the other (Z') contains predominately up going P wave

GEDCO
1570 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

energy with down going SV.

The First Rotation - X and Y Components
On clicking on the Hodogram Display menu item, the VSP Hodogram Analysis input spreadsheet
opens as shown below:

[Hodogram Display - VSP Hodogram Analysis Input Spreadsheet]

There are two modes of input selection for processing in the Hodogram Display:

1) Use the original 3-component file as input to the Hodogram process with the vertical FBP's
transferred to the X and Y components.

2) Use the separated components as input to the Hodogram process with the vertical FBP's
transferred to the X and Y components.

In this Tutorial, the separated components are used to demonstrate the Hodogram process. Note
that the sequential order in the Project Data List of the desired files is important. For the X - Y rotation
the Y component file must proceed the X component file in the input spreadsheet above. If this is not
the case go back to the Project Data List and use the Up/Down arrows to position the files as shown.
This step is only to allow the files to be read into the processing software in their proper order.
Likewise, in the 2nd step the Vertical file should be listed before the Hmax file which is output from
this first step.

Clicking OK opens the Hodogram Display for the X - Y rotation as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1571

[VSP Hodogram Analysis Display - Input Data X - Y]

On opening this window all processing for all traces is performed. The contents of each window
pane in the display is summarized for the user below:

1) Center Left Pane - The colored line is the cross plot of the two input signals with the line
coloring changing as a function of time. The black line is the slope of the cross plot of the two input
signals.

2) Center Right Pane - This pane is divided into 4 vertical sub-panes. From top to bottom the
signals displayed are:

a) Input Y Signal
b) Input X Signal
c) Hodogram Maximum Signal - The computed slope angle solution is provided. This
signal is the maximum signal in the X-Y plane pointed towards the source.
d) Hodogram Minimum Signal - The computed slope angle solution is provided. This
signal is the minimum signal at 90 degrees from the Maximum Signal (c).

The cross-hatched vertical boxes in each pane is the window about the
DATA-FIRSTBREAK to select data for the Hodogram computations. This window can be re sized
with the RMB 'Seismic Mode: Define Window'.

3) Far Right Pane - A graph of the Hodogram slope angle. Note that the computed slop angle
has been modified by the following equation for plotting purposes:

GEDCO
1572 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Plot Angle = 90 - Computed Angle

The angle provided by the display 'View Current Rotation Angles' icon employs the same
equation above.

As noted in Hodogram Display 628 Right Mouse Button and toolbar icons are provided for
editing various traces and recomputing the Hodogram functions.

X-Y Output (Hmax)

When the user is satisfied with the computations, the computations should be save to the Project
Data List using the 'Save Output to Project' icon. The saved data is labeled in the Project list as two
files:

1) 1 - Hodogram: 'First Input File Name' - Maximum values. Normally, this file name is
re-labeled to 'Hmax', for this tutorial it is labeled 'Hmax [X-Y]'.

2) 2 - Hodogram: 'Second Input File Name' - Minimum values.

For this tutorial the 'Hmax [X-Y]' display is shown below:

[Far Offset Hodogram - Hmax [X-Y] Horizontal Rotation Output Example]

For comparison the 'Hmin' display is shown below to illustrate how the Hologram process
maximizes the signal in the source -receiver plane for the X - Y components.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1573

[Far Offset Hodogram - Hmin [X-Y] Horizontal Rotation Output Example]

The Second Rotation - Hmax and Z (Vertical) Components

The same procedures outlined above is repeated with the 'Hmax [X-Y] (first rotation output) and
the Z (Raw Vertical) component. After completing the process again make sure to save the computed
data to the two output files (Hmax' and Z').

Z - (X-Y) Output (Z', Hmax')

The outputs of this second rotation is shown below:

GEDCO
1574 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Far Offset Hodogram - Rotated Vertical [Z'] Output Example]

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1575

[Far Offset Hodogram - Rotated Vertical [Hmax'] Output Example]

This completes the Hodogram processing.

18.5.3.5 Far Offset Separate Downgoing P from Hmax'

The Wave Field Down Going Separation (Processing Steps 6) of the down going P waves from
Hmax' is accomplished in the Flow C_Far_Downgoing Separation.flw job flow shown below:

GEDCO
1576 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Separation of Down going P from Hmaxp - 2 Examples AtmFilter/FK Filter]

Each of the job flow tools are discussed in the Vista Flow Commands 671 help section. For
clarity each tool is outlined with key parameters values.

Median Filter for Hmax' Down going P

Input - The input data is the Hmax' . Make sure that the sort is set to Sort - TRCID.

Flatten - The vertical component data is flattened to 100 ms with the Header Value to Flatten On
being the DATA_FIRSTBREAK.

Mean - Mean scaling is applied to the traces with the Design Window time window set to a Fixed
Window of 90 - 110 milliseconds to cover the direct arrivals only.

AtmFilter - This alpha trim mean/median filter was set to a median filter with 15 points (traces) to
compute the down going wave field.

Flatten - The vertical component data is reversed flattened form the 100 ms with the Header
Value to Flatten On being the DATA_FIRSTBREAK to provide an output (Field Recorded Time (frt)).

Output - Various output flow tools are used to provide the desired output (frt) and the output from
the various processing steps.

This Median Filter Down going P output is used for the other processing steps.

FK Filter for Hmax' Down going P

Input - The input data is the 'Hmax' (Hmax' [Y-(X-Y)]). Make sure that the sort is set to Sort -

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1577

TRCID and the proper TRACE_ID_CODE is placed in the Data/Header SELECTIONS.

Flatten - The vertical component data is flattened to 100 ms with the Header Value to Flatten On
being the DATA_FIRSTBREAK.

Mean - Mean scaling is applied to the traces with the Design Window time window set to a Fixed
Window of 90 - 110 milliseconds to cover the direct arrivals only.

FK_Filter - The filter file for this function is 'HMAX_DOWN.fkl' with Power = 1, Trace Smooth = 7,
and Freq. Smooth = 5. This filter was developed in the Seismic Window Display -> Seismic Analysis
Window -> FK Analysis Window 187 to isolate the down going waves.

Flatten - The vertical component data is reversed flattened form the 100 ms with the Header
Value to Flatten On being the DATA_FIRSTBREAK to provide an output (Field Recorded Time (frt)).

Output - Various output flow tools are used to provide the desired output (frt) and the output from
the FK_Filter processing step.

Example Down Going P Outputs

Median Filter

[Separated Down going P from Hmax' - Final Output - Median Filter]

FK Filter

GEDCO
 1578 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Separated Down going P from Hmax' - Final Output - FK Filter]

18.5.3.6 Far Offset Separate Upgoing Z and Hmax

The Wave Field Up Going Separation (Processing Steps 7, 8) of the up going P waves from Z and
Hmax is accomplished in the Flow D_Far_Upgoing Separation.flw job flow shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1579

[Separation of Up Going from Z & Hmax]

Each of the job flow tools are discussed in the Vista Flow Commands 671 help section. For
clarity each tool is outlined with key parameters values. In this Tutorial C2 data set the signal-to-noise
of the final rotations is poor. Hence the Raw vertical data and the Hmax data is used to compute the
up going waves. This is permissible as the TV Rot function transforms the data back into this
orientation. One flow is for the Z up going waves, and the second is for Hmax up going waves.

Input - The input data is the 'raw vertical' for the Z up going, and 'Hmax' for the Hmax up going.
Make sure that the sort is set to Sort - TRCID for each data set.

Flatten - The vertical component data is flattened to 100 ms with the Header Value to Flatten On
being the DATA_FIRSTBREAK.

FK_Filter - The filter file for this function is 'Z_FK_Down.fkl' with Power = 1, Trace Smooth = 7,
and Freq. Smooth = 5. This filter was developed in the Seismic Window Display -> Seismic Analysis
Window -> FK Analysis Window 187 to isolate the up going waves. In the FK_Filter 'Applied
restorable AGC' was applied with a Window of 250 milliseconds.

GEDCO
1580 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

SubInput - The down going wave (FK_Filter output) from the total wave field to provide the up
going wave field.

Flatten - The vertical component data is reversed flattened form the 100 ms with the Header
Value to Flatten On being the DATA_FIRSTBREAK to provide an output (Field Recorded Time (frt)).

Output - Various output flow tools are used to provide the output from the processing steps and
the final Z up going and Hmax up going.

Example Outputs of the Up Going Waves

Up going Z

[Separated Z Up Going - Final Output - FK Filter]

Up going Hmax

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1581

[Separated Hmax Up Going - Final Output - FK Filter]

18.5.3.7 Far Offset Time Variant Orientation

The Time Variant Orientation (Processing Steps 9) of the up going waves from Z and Hmax is
accomplished in the Flow E_Time Variant Rotation.flw job flow shown below:

GEDCO
1582 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Time Variant Orientation (Rotation) Flow]

Each of the job flow tools are discussed in the Vista Flow Commands 671 help section. For
clarity each tool is outlined with key parameters values.

Input 1 - The input data is the 'Hmax Upgoing (frt)' for the Hmax up going. Make sure that the
sort is set to Sort - TRCID for each data set.

VSPTVRot - The VSP Time Variant Rotation parameters are set in the Command PARAMETERS
dialog shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1583

[VSP Time-Variant Rotation Command PARAMETERS Dialog]

TV Rotation Ray Trace Input

Input VSP Ray Trace File - Clicking on the FILE button opens a standard Windows input
dialog for inserting the ray trace file ('Far_offset_rays.vwray') generated by the user with the
Interactive -> VSP Interactive -> Ray Tracing 635 option. Note that the number of rays used to
generate this file should be in the range of 1000 -> 2000 rays.
Create Ray Trace File - Alternately the user can use this option creates the ray trace
data required with out using the Interactive Ray Tracing option. Enter the Input VSP Velocity Profile
file and select the desired angles and number of rays.

TV Rotation Options
Ray Angle Smoother - Input the number of traces to smooth for the Ray Angle
calculations.
Flip Polarity Input 1/2 - Depending on the data set characteristics, the user has the
option of flipping the polarity of the Inputs. For this Tutorial use Flip Polarity Input 2.
Output TV Rotation Angles - This option allows the user to generate a file (Input Name)
of the computed TV Rotation Angles.

Output - Enter an output file name ('TVRot 1'). Note that the output consists of 2 data sets
identified by TRACE_ID_CODE numbers. In this case, Trace ID 1 is the SV data set and Trace ID 3
is the P up going data set. It is important to note that these Trace ID's do not correspond to the
sensor component Trace ID's. A separate file is generated if the TV Rotation Angles option is
selected.

GEDCO
1584 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Examples of TVRot Output

Loading the TVRot output file into the Seismic Window Display and sorting by Trace ID's allow
examination of these output data sets.

Trace ID 1 - SV Data Set

[Time Variant Rotation (Orientation) - Trace ID 1, SV Wave]

Trace ID 3 - P Up Going Data Set

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1585

[Time Variant Rotation (Orientation) - Trace ID 3, P Up Going Wave]

Graph One Trace (Depth) of TV Rotation Angle Output

GEDCO
1586 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Time Variant Rotation (Orientation) - Time Variant Rotation Angle (Trace Depth 750 meters)]

Each trace in the Time Variant Rotation Angles output represents a depth of a receiver. In this
case it is receiver number 21 which is 420 meters below the first receiver at 330 meters. Note in the
top left of the Figure above that there is a break where the flat line descends, this point is the FBP of
the data set. The angles are measured from zero (0) corresponding to the vertical line through the
source. These angle plots can be viewed to provide quality control for the process.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1587

18.5.3.8 Far Offset Deconvolution

The Far Offset Deconvolution (Processing Steps 10) of the TVRot up going waves is
accomplished in the Flow F_Far_Deconvolution.flw job flow shown below:

[Far Offset Deconvolution Flow - FarOffsetDecon.flw]

Each of the job flow tools are discussed in the Vista Flow Commands 671 help section. For
clarity each tool is outlined with key parameters values.

GEDCO
1588 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Decon Design Optimization

As discussed in the Near Offset section, the decon design is best performed with the down going
wave.

Input - Both input 1 and 2 are the file 'HMAX' Dg P Mean Median Filt (-TT)' for optimizing the
decon parameters.

VSPDDecon - The down going wave field is used to optimize the decon parameters. Clicking on
the COMMAND PARAMETERS with the RMB tool dialog opens up the VSP Deconvolution dialog
shown below:

[VSP Deconvolution Parameters Dialog]

The parameters optimized for this tutorial are shown in this dialog. Note that the user has the
option to output the Deconvolved Traces or the Decon Operator. For these demonstrations the
Deconvolved Traces are output.

TmpQuer Output - The temporary output file is 'Hmaxp Decon Dwngoing (-tt)', this file can be
save to project if required.

Use Optimized Decon Parameters

Input - In this second flow the input 1 is the 'HMAX' Dg P Mean Median Filt (-TT)' and the input 2
is the 'TV-OR-1'. Note that because of the shallow multiples discussed in the opening text of this flow,
a single deeper depth level was used for input 1. This selection is performed by setting up the
Data/Headers SELECTION as shown below for input 1:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1589

[Input 1 - Data/Header Selection - Select Application for Single Depth Level]

Likewise for the rest of this Tutorial the processing is only interested in the up going TVRot wave
field. The input data 2 is thus sorted for Trace ID = 3 as shown below:

[Input 2 - Data/Header Selection - Select Data Set]

VSPDDecon - The optimized parameters shown above are used to perform the deconvolution on
the up going wave field.

Flatten - Mean - These tools are used to create the up going wave field in FRT for use in the next
section decon VSP processing flow for stack generation.

Output - The output data file is 'Z'' Up-Decon (FRT)'.

Example Decon Output

GEDCO
1590 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Example Decon Output - TVRot Decon Up Going 300 ms (frt)]

Note that the above flows are presented as examples only. The user must design the process to
fit the data that is to be processed.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1591

18.5.3.9 Far Offset Process to VSPCDP

The Process to VSPCDP (Processing Steps 11 - 19) of the up going deconvolved waves is
accomplished in the Flow G_Far_VSP_Process_Out_to_VspCdp.flw job flow shown below:

[VSP_Process_Out_to_VspCdp.flw]

Each of the job flow tools are discussed in the Vista Flow Commands 671 help section. For
clarity each tool is outlined with key parameters values. These flows carry out Processing Steps 11 -
19.

Flow Part 1

Input - The input data is the 'Z" Up-Decon (FRT)'. Make sure that the sort is set to Sort - TRCID.

GEDCO
1592 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Flatten - The filtered data is flattened to 100 ms with the Header Value to Flatten On being the
DATA_FIRSTBREAK (Processing Step 11).

ExpGain - The exponential gain constant was set to 1.0 for the removal of absorption effects
(Processing Step 12).

Flatten - The gain corrected data was flattened to 100 ms with the Header Value to Flatten On
being the DATA_FIRSTBREAK and Flatten on Reverse Time Value is checked to remove the
previous applied static to place data in FRT (Processing Step 13).

VSPNmo - Apply Normal Move-out Correction. This function requires the *.vspvel developed
earlier (Near Offset Velocity Profile Display) and must be set to Use P Velocity (No P/S ratio)
(Processing Step 14).

Flatten - Reverse flatten on First Break Picks to place data into Two-Way-Travel time (TWT)
(Processing Step 14).

MuteTrc - Mute by Apply Top Mute Header.

FK_Filter - SubInput - Apply FK_ Filter to remove unflattened data and subtract from data
(Processing Step 15). FK_Filter file for this Tutorial is 'Zup(+TT)_FK_SV.fkl'.

Flow Part 2

OrsmbyBP 1 - Apply a band pass filter to clean up data (Processing Step 16).

AtmFilter - This alpha trim mean/median filter was set to a median filter with 5 points
(traces).(Processing Step 17).

OrsmbyBP 1 - Apply a band pass filter to clean up data after the use of the alpha trim filter
(Processing Step 17).

VSPCdpMap - Provide VSP to CDP mapping. A CDP bin size of 5 meters was employed
(Processing Step 18).

VSPStk - Set replicate traces to 10. Provides a VSP stack of the CDP mapping (Processing Step
18).

Output - Many output files are generated so that the user can examine the outputs at the various
steps.

Summary Example Outputs

The outputs of the VSPCdp mapping and the stack of this data is provided as examples.

VSPCdpMap Output

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1593

[Far Offset Process to VSPCdp Mapping Output]

VSPStk of the VSPCdpMap Output

GEDCO
 1594 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Far Offset VSPStk of Process to VSPCdp Mapping Output]

It should be noted that when comparing the this Far Offset processing with the Near Offset
processing that different filter settings were employed due to the data noise. Also an additional
exponential gain (2.0) was applied to generate this Figure from the processed file.

18.6 Tutorial D - Instrument Tests

Tutorial Example D - Instrument Tests

This tutorial provides examples of how to perform instrument tests such as:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1595

1) Total Harmonic Distortion 1595

2) Pulse Instrument Test 1601
3) DC Bias Instrument Test 1607
4) Cross-Feed Instrument Test 1609
5) Dynamic Range Instrument Test 1612
6) Gain Accuracy Test 1615
7) Pre-Amp Gain Accuracy Instrument Test 1617

All these tests are contained in the single job flow file instru_tests.flw. This file is found in Tutorial D
install directory.
Some SEG-Y files as well as some examples of report files (*.rpt) are also provided as part of this
tutorial.

First create a new project called inst_tests. Next open the flow file instru_tests.flw from Tutorial D
which is shown below:

[Tutorial D Instrument Test Flow File - instru-tests.flw]

For tutorial purposes each test is provided as an individual job flow and is summarized in each of the
following sub-sections.

18.6.1 THD Instrument Test

THD Test (Total Harmonic Distortion)

GEDCO
1596 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

To start the project open the job flow THDTest.flw.

Highlight(Mark Green) the THD test commands as shown below:

[THD Test Job Flow]

Job Flow Tools:

SegyDisk 678 - Input SEG-Y (CMP SEG-Y) Disk Files

Directly loads the desired SEGY data file (9365.sgy) for this tests. Right click on the job flow icon
and select Set File(s) INPUT, a Windows File Open dialog will open allowing the selection of the
desired file.

THD 1595 - Total Harmonic Distortion Test

This job flow tool performs the calculations for this test and generates and output plot, and a
report for the results of the test. Right click on this job flow icon and select Command PARAMETERS
to open the Total Harmonic Distortion dialog for inputting processing parameters as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1597

[Total Harmonic Distortion Parameter Dialog]

In the above dialog make sure that Report Output File is provided with the correct directory and file
name. For this demonstration allow the default values.

Input Data Display:

Use the menu function Utilities -> Plot Data File -> SEG-Y to display the traces of the input file. A
Windows File Open Dialog opens for the selection of the file to display. Once selected a Input SEG-Y
Seismic Data File(s) dialog opens for data verification. Click 'OK' and the display opens as shown
below:

GEDCO
1598 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Display Instrument Test File: 9365.sgy]

In this test each channel of a field record is fed an identical signal and the THD command calculates
the amplitude
and the harmonics versus amplitude at the fundamental frequency.

Execute the THDTest.flw Job Flow:

Accept the parameters as provided in the flow for the THD command and run the THD test flow. At
execution initiation the Input SEG-Y Seismic Data File(s) dialog opens as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1599

[Input SEG-Y Seismic Data File(s) Dialog]

This dialog above can be used to verify the input data.

The output of this test is saved to a *.rpt file and the Total Harmonic Distortion Instrument Test display
is created as shown below. Channel 74 of the input file is highlighted as a bad channel.

GEDCO
1600 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Tutorial D THD Instrument Test Example]

In the above display the top pane is the amplitude in decibels, the middle pane is the THD%, and the
bottom pane is the output report.

THD Output Graph Toolbar:

Graph Parameters
Opens the Graph Data Parameters dialog as shown below. Controls Amplitude Type, View items,
Scales, and Colors.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1601

[Graph Data Parameters Dialog]

Graph Items SEPARATELY Graphs each channel separately as selected by the slide bar.
Graph Items COMBINED Graphs all channels combined.

View Options 1218

18.6.2 Pulse Instrument Test

To start the project open the job flow THDTest.flw.
Highlight(Mark Green) the THD test commands as shown below:

GEDCO
1602 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Pulse Test Job Flow]

Job Flow Tools:

SegyDisk 678 - Input SEG-Y (CMP SEG-Y) Disk Files

Directly loads the desired SEGY data file (9035.sgy) for this tests. Right click on the job flow icon
and select Set File(s) INPUT, a Windows File Open dialog will open allowing the selection of the
desired file. The input file consists of an impulse recorded at all channels of a record as shown below.
Input data length must be a power of 2 (eg. 512, 1024, 2048 ms).

ImpResp - Impulse Response Test

The objective of Impulse_Response is to identify channels whose frequency response deviates
significantly from the normal of all channels under test. This job flow tool performs the calculations for
this test and generates and output plot, and a report for the results of the test. Right click on this job
flow icon and select Command PARAMETERS to open the Impulse Response Test dialog for
inputting processing parameters as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1603

[Impulse Response Test Parameter Dialog]

In the above dialog make sure that Report Output File is provided with the correct directory and file
name. For this demonstration allow the default values.

Input Data Display:

Use the menu function Utilities -> Plot Data File -> SEG-Y to display the traces of the input file. A
Windows File Open Dialog opens for the selection of the file to display. Once selected a Input SEG-Y
Seismic Data File(s) dialog opens for data verification. Click 'OK' and the display opens as shown
below:

GEDCO
1604 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Display Impulse Instrument Test File: 9035.sgy]

Execute the PulseTest.flw Job Flow:

Accept the parameters as provided in the flow for the Impulse Response command parameters and
run the Pulse test flow. At execution initiation the Input SEG-Y Seismic Data File(s) dialog opens as
shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1605

[Input SEG-Y Seismic Data File(s) Dialog]

This dialog above can be used to verify the input data.

The output of this test is saved to a *.rpt file and the Impulse Response Test display is created as
shown below.

GEDCO
1606 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Pulse Instrument Display]

The amplitude and phase spectrum of each channel is plotted along with the per-cent error
(difference)
between the median and individual trace spectrum. The output report is provided also in the bottom
pane above.

Note you may adjust the size of the graph and text windows by clicking and dragging the horizontal
window divider bars. See THD Instrument Test 1595 section for definition of the above Graph tool bar
items.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1607

18.6.3 DC Bias Instrument Test

The input may be any SEG-Y file.

The DC bias for each channel of the input record is output to a *.rpt file and to the screen as shown
below.

GEDCO
1608 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[DC Bias Instrument Test]

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1609

18.6.4 Cross-Feed Instrument Test

Cross-Feed Test

The test is performed to determine signal leakage internally from box to box or externally from cable
to cable.
Input data is 2 records.
One record contains even (or odd) numbered driven channels and the other contains odd (or even)
numbered driven channels.

Channels are driven with a sinusoidal voltage.

In the instru_tests.flw cable example, record 9112 contains odd numbered driven channels, and
record 9113 contains even numbered driven channels.

Accept the parameters supplied with the X-Feed command and run the flow to obtain the following
results.

GEDCO
1610 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Tutorial D Instrument Tests, Cross-Feed Test 9112,9113]

The RMS amplitude of the unfed channels is graphed at the top.

The cross-feed isolation of each unfed channel for each record is plotted on the bottom graph.

Here is the result of the Cross-feed test for the Box files, 9110-9111.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1611

[Cross-Feed Tests of box files 9110, 9111]

GEDCO
 1612 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

18.6.5 Dynamic Range Instrument Test

Execute the Dynamic Range Test.

Note you need 2 inputs to the DynRange command, a signal record and a noise record.

The signal record looks like this:

[Signal record input to Dynamic Range Test Tutorial D]

The noise record looks like this:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1613

[Noise record input to Dynamic Range Test Tutorial D]

The output from the Dynamic Range Test looks like this:

GEDCO
1614 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Dynamic Range Output]

Hitting the Toggle icon toggles the above text display to a graphical display as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1615

[Dynamic Range Output display Tutorial D]

18.6.6 Gain Accuracy Test

Gain Accuracy

The purpose of the Gain Accuracy is to test channel to channel gain settings.

GEDCO
1616 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The percent deviation of each channel's RMS signal level from the median RMS signal value is
calculated.

For each channel, the ratio of the RMS signal level of the second record to the first record is
calculated.
The percentage error of this ratio is then calculated. These items are output to a rpt file as shown
below.

[Gain Accuracy Output Test]

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1617

18.6.7 Pre-Amp Gain Accuracy Instrument Test

The output from this test is similar to the gain accuracy test.

GEDCO
 1618 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Pre-Amp Gain Accuracy Instrument Test Display]

This concludes our Instrument Test tutorial

18.7 Tutorial E - User Programmer Job Flows

The Tutorial E directory contains the example job flows for the VWUser Programmer 1225 sub-manual.
The raw data (SHOT20.sgy) for this section is identical with the data in Tutorial A and the steps for
project setup in Tutorial A should be followed to generate the project and data for these examples.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1619

18.8 Tutorial F - Multi-Layer UpHole Statics Data Set

The Tutorial F directory contains the example data and job flows for the Multi-Layer Uphole Statics
discussion in the master manual. See Multi-Layer Uphole Statics 470 .

Initial Data Set Up Tasks

Header Data Verification

The Multi-Layer UpHole Statics processing requires confirmation of certain header values are
properly loaded before initiating the Interactive -> Statics -> Multi-Layer Uphole Statics selection.
After opening the project, the header values can be accessed via the Input Data List Window header
selection option for each data set. A typical data header display is provided below for reference of the
key Vista Header variables for this process.

[Seismic Header View/Edit -> Key Header Values Sample for Multi-Layer Uphole Statics]

Example Data
An example processed data file is available for review of the processing.
This file (uphole3layer_DEM.vwuphole) is available and can be loaded with the Read Control File
icon.

18.9 Benjamin Creek Tutorial - A Large Complex Data Set Example

The Benjamin Creek Tutorial is provided with the Vista 6.0 distribution set on a separate DVD.
Install to your hard drive accepting defaults.

The Benjamin Creek Tutorial provides a fully functional project complete with input files,
intermediate and final results. Two Acrobat files are included. "husky_notes.pdf contains many of the
rough field notes that pertain to this data set. "Benjamin Creek Tutorial November 2004.pdf" provides
an overview of the work flow used to process this line. You can open the project in Vista via the File-

GEDCO
1620 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

>Open Project main menu option and make a quick review using the "Benjamin Creek Tutorial
November 2004.pdf" document.

If you like, you may use this tutorial (Benjamin Creek Tutorial - A Large Complex Data Set
Example) as a more detailed guide while stepping through the existing sample project. However,
this tutorial assumes that you want to proceed with a more detailed derivation of processing steps.
Hence it begins with the creation of a new project and gives step by step instructions so that you can
learn to use Vista's many features and tools.

Benjamin Creek Tutorial Introduction

The 2D data set called Benjamin Creek (also called the Husky Canadian Foothills data) data was
shot in the foothills of the Canadian Rockies.
The data set is owned by Husky Oil and Tailisman Energy who have released it for the purpose of
aiding general industry technological development.

There are a total of 39,763 traces comprising 141 shots of approximately 300 traces or less in each
shot.
The sample rate is 4 milliseconds and there are 3 seconds of data.

The surface has considerable topography (elevations) and the structure while complex is
predominantly 2D. Thus 2D migrations work well on this data set with very few 3D effects (out-of-
plane reflections).

Processing Outline
The major processing steps for the Benjamin Creek data tutorial are listed below with links to
each step.

1. Import SEGY Data and Create- Load data into the project and load geometry into the
Geometry 1621 headers. Note this data set is a crooked line.
2. Scaling Test and Dead Trace - Determine the best initial gain and set dead traces.
Specification 1628
3. First Break Picks and Statics 1632 - Pick First Breaks and calculate elevation and refraction
statics and save to headers.
4. Surface Consistent Decon - Calculate surface consistent decon operators (shot and
Operators 1639 receivers)
5. Apply SC Decon, Noise Removal, - Applying surface consistent decon, noise removal (RT),
Whitening 1644 and spectral whitening to the data.
6. Initial Velocity Analysis 1654 - Perform initial velocity analysis (from surface tomography)
7. Initial Brute Stack 1661 - Create first brute stack with data developed to date and
introduce various muting factors.
8. Different Residual Statics - Try different residual statics options and create different
Options 1667 CMP stacks.
9. Repeat Velocity Analysis with - Repeat the velocity analysis with new Residual Statics to
Statics 1685 refine the velocities.
10. Repeat Residual Statics with - Repeat the Residual Statics of Step 8 with New Velocities
New Velocities 1685 of Step 9.
11. Do Additional Pass of Residual - This additional pass of Residual Statics applies the Step 10
Statics 1690 statics before computing the final Residual Statics with the
new Step 9 velocities.
12. Create Final CMP Stack 1693 - Create final CMP stack with Steps 1-6, second velocities
(Step 9), and two sets of residual statics (Steps 10 and 11).
13. Create Finite Difference - Create finite difference migration after final stack.
Migration 1695
14. Preparation for PSTM 1699 Do preparation for PSTM
- All steps for final CMP stack except final stack.
- Plus correlation trim statics with each CMP

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1621

- Plus fix headers to change shot and receiver coordinates to

15. Image Velocity Analysis for
PSTM 1705
16. Pick Best Image Velocities 1715
17. Migration Aperture (Angle)
Analysis 1719
18. Taper Parameters for Migration
Apertures 1727
19. Run PSTM with Final Velocities
1728
line on crooked CMP line with correct offsets.
- Percentage variations of the best stacking velocities.
- Pick best image velocities.
- Use Migration Velocity Angle Analysis with the best image
velocities applied.
- Establish the best aperture angle at different times.
- Produce the final PSTM with correct velocities, etc.

20. Post Stack Clean Up 1731 - Suggestions supplied. No action taken.

21. Fully Annotated Final Section 1731 - Outline for the preparation of a Side Label
22. Closing Comments 1732 - Overview of additional processing procedures

18.9.1 Import SEGY Data and Create Geometry

Step 1: Setup a New Project.
Open Vista. Select File->New Project from the top menu. Browse for or create a new directory for
your project and name the project "BenCreekTut". Now fill in the dialog which appears as shown
below.

If "Create Project Sub-Directories" is checked a directory tree is created to help organize and manage
project files.
It is strongly recommended that you use this option.

Copy the contents of the Flows and MiscFiles directories from the sample tutorial project into the

GEDCO
1622 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

corresponding directories in your new project.

This will allow Vista to readily find the files you will use in the tutorial exercises.
(Note: The default location for the sample tutorial files is C:\Program Files\Vista550\TutorialProjects
\Benjamincreek Tutorial.)

Step 2: Import the BenjaminRaws.sgy Data

Create an entry in the Project Data List ( icon) and ADD the "BenjaminRaws.sgy" file from the

sample tutorial project (Press and hold the icon -> select SEGY).

The normal import procedure is to examine the various tabs in the Input SEG-Y Seismic Data File
(s) dialog. (For details on importing SEGY data see Tutorial A->Project Data List Window - Initializing
Input Data 1339 .)

Note that in the dialog below most of the header values are missing. In this particular data set the
prime header values must be input from the SPS files (Ben.s, Ben.r, Ben.x). Also the
TRACE_SEQ_NO is missing which must be filled in. However, we find that one of the default Vista
Input Dictionaries reads the FIELD_RECORD_NO and CHANNEL_NO from the trace headers.

[Input SEG-Y Seismic Data File(s) Dialog - Trace Header Tab]

Go to the Trace Header tab and select SEG-Y Header Seismic (IBM). Click OK
The Transfer Header Info Seismic window opens showing the minimum and maximum values for
Vista Header items.
Notice that there are 143 field records consisting of 300 channels.

Step 3: Insert Trace Numbers

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1623

Go to the top menu and select Interactive -> Header View/Edit Window Display 368 . Click to highlight
the BenjaminRaws file. Use the drop down list to select the indicate the header value you want to

work with and click the icon. Various graphing, ASCII import/export, math and search functions
are available.
We need to create a trace sequence number for each trace. Since TRACE_SEG_NO is the default

value, simply click the icon to select it. Click the Manual Edit Header icon. In the edit mode,

click the column label to highlight TRACE_SEQ_NO. Select the Math function icon and use the
settings shown below to create sequential values starting at 1. Click OK.

[Manual Editing of TRACE_SEQ_NO with Header Math Functions Dialog Settings]

Click the icon to return to exit the manual edit mode. Specify "KEEP" new header values to save
the values to the Vista header.

Click the button in the upper right hand corner of the Seismic Header View/Edit window to close.

Step 4: Load Geometry Information from SPS

Go to the top menu and select Interactive -> Geometry Window Display. Since Vista knows that this a
2D file, the 2D Geometry Window 325 will open automatically. Specify 'LOAD" 2-D Geometry From
Data Headers.

Note that you can skip Steps 4 and 5 if you already know how to import SPS files and perform
crooked line binning. Simply read in the supplied geometry file.
Click and hold the Read Geometry Spread-Sheet icon and select Read From Geometry File.
Browse for "benjamin-final geometry.geom".
Proceed to Step 6 below.

GEDCO
1624 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Click and hold the Read Geometry Spread-Sheet icon and select the Open SPS Files sub-
icon to load in the geometry files. Click the "S" button to browse for the input files. Vista will default to
the MicsFiles directory under your project directory. (See step 1 above.)

[Input SPS Format Files Dialog]

You may use defaults to load each of these files. Notice however that it is easy to create and save
custom SPS formats. The button for each data field under "Check" highlights data fields for easy
viewing. You can click and drag in the data display to define column ranges and use the "Set" button
to apply.

After loading these files the 2D Geometry Window will fill with the proper values as shown below:

[2D Geometry Window with SPS Files Loaded]

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1625

You can view the geometry set up several ways

View Receiver Spread Sheet
View Stacking Chart
View Surface Display

Step 5: Crooked Line Optimization

This data set appears to be a Crooked Line when viewed in detail in an an expanded Surface
Display.

[2D Geometry Window - View Surface Display (Expanded)]

The red line in this picture is a Surface Line which has been auto-calculated to fit the crooked line.
The Surface Line defines the orientation and location of bins. Since the Surface Line does not quite
conform to the shape of the line the bins are do not provide optimal placement for mid points.

Vista's crooked line binning allows you to better define.To improve the Vista provides a manual
technique for optimizing the Surface Line fit. Using the View Surface Display Right-Mouse-Button
menu Surface Line -> EDIT Surface Line Point(s) allows segmented editing of the auto-calculated
surface line.

An example of the one segment being moved by this feature is shown below:(For details see Crooked
Line Binning 346 and the Vista movie "2D Geometry Crooked Line.avi".) (Right click on map and select
Surface Line -> AutoCalc Surface line.)

GEDCO
1626 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[2D Geometry Window - View Surface Display - Editing Surface Line Points (Start Example)]

This process is continued for the entire line and the finished section above is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1627

[2D Geometry Window - View Surface Display - Finished Surface Line Points]

Step 6: Compute Fold/Offset and Save Data

Once the Surface Line is optimized, the 2D Geometry Window -> Calculate Fold/Offset icon is
clicked to perform the Fold/Offset calculations. The data is then save to the Headers using the 2D
Geometry Window -> Write Geometry Spread Sheet -> Write Binning Info to Headers icon.

It is also a good idea to save the corrected geometry to a new (*.geom) file. Use the 2D Geometry
Window -> Write Geometry Spread Sheet -> Write to Geometry File icon. This will open a Window
File Save dialog for naming the new geometry file.

At this time the user can use the 2D Quality Control icons to check the data preparation.
The following illustrates the plot of the Sub-Surface Fold.

GEDCO
 1628 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[2D Geometry Window - Calculated Sub-Surface Fold Plot]

18.9.2 Scaling Tests and Dead Trace Selection

Using the Interactive->Seismic Window Display, the raw data can be display with different
values of Exponential Gain to determine the best exponential gain for the First Break Picks and initial
data review. The Exponential Gain setting is by selecting the Plot icon in the Seismic Window Display
and selecting the Process Tab as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1629

[Raw Data Displayed in Seismic Window Display with Exponential Gain Selected]

The user should note that these gain values are not stored in the headers and the gain only
effects the Seismic Window Display. Also note that the APPLY button should only be clicked once, as
repeated clicks on the APPLY button will further apply the Exponential Gain to the display.

A value of 1.0 was chosen because the deeper data show up quite strongly and the first breaks
are reduced. A value of 1.5 emphasizes the deep data too much so it is not recommended. In initial
scaling as shown above, it is a good idea to have a fairly weak first breaks and fairly strong deeper
data. This initial apparent imbalance will be corrected in later processing - particularly by the effects
of time variant spectral whitening (TvSpBal) and the action of pre-stack migration (PreKirc 961 ).

A review of all the raw seismic data for Benjamin Creek in the Seismic Display Window will show
that there are some traces with erroneous gain levels from the field acquisition. An example of such a
erroneous traces is shown below:

GEDCO
1630 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Example of Bad Field Acquisition Trace]

Using the Seismic Window Display -> PICK Data Trace Kills 145 icon enables the the Kill Trace
tool bar providing the ability to mark specific traces dead. The display below shows the same display
above in the active Kill Trace toolbar display after the trace has been marked dead.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1631

[Example of Marking a Trace to be Killed]

In the above trace the Killed trace is marked in RED. The user should proceed through the entire
Benjamin Creek raw data and Kill all the distorted traces before proceeding. Note that the
DEAD_TRACE header variable value is changed to indicate that this selection is a dead trace after
the user leaves the selection process. Also note that the Kill Trace toolbar has an option for saving
the killed traces to the data headers. In the Kill Trace toolbar select the Save sub-icon Save KILL
picks to Headers to save the killed traces. This operation must be carried out.

Hint:
For new users of complicated data sets it can be of use to use a simple backup flow as shown
below to save the data from a given step to insure that the user does not have to repeat the
processing step if a mistake is made.

GEDCO
 1632 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Simple Backup Flow]

The backup data can be deleted in the Project Data List at a latter time after the user is confident
that all steps have been done correctly.

18.9.3 First Break Picks and Statics

In this Section the First Break Picks are made and then the Elevation and Refraction statics are
computed.

First Break Picks:

The First Break Picking icon is selected in the Seismic Display Window. The user will notice that
the sort order is automatically placed in Shot Order if not already in this order. The steps to perform
First Break Picking are:

1) LMO Function
Pick a LMO function that will follow the first breaks. It is not necessary to accurately pick the
LMO line. Click the RMB in the Seismic Window Display Mouse Modes->LMO Velocity Edit and
draw out a line clicking where the slope of the line changes. At the end of the LMO selection
double click and a dialog will open showing the LMO selection as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1633

[LMO Selection and the Resulting LMO Function Definition Dialog]

In the above dialog the user can save the setting by utilizing the WRITE button. Clicking the
OK button completes this step.

2) FBP Options
In the First Break Toolbar select the First Break Pick Options icon and enter the picking
parameters as shown below:

GEDCO
1634 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[First Break Pick Options Settings]

For this data set the First Break Pick Options -> Display tab was used to set the FBP line
color to GREEN and the X-Correlate tab was use to set the correlation window to 50 milliseconds
with the Pick Search Mode checked.

In normal operations the Options are selected and the user than selects the "Rauto" (Auto
Pick Current Record) on the First Break toolbar to pick the FBP line. The parameters can be
varied and then this Auto Pick Current Record can be reactivated to review for the best picks.

Once the parameters are confirmed the user then use the "Aauto" icon (Auto Pick ALL
Records) to pick the First Breaks for the remaining records. It is important to note that if the
Signal-to-Noise of the First Break signal if very low that one cannot edit the picks with out
changing the options settings.

3) Manual Picking
If desired the user can use the First Break Toolbar -> Manual FBP and with smaller Search
Window and Sliding Window to edit any breaks that are in deviation from the desired First Break
data line. In this Benjamin Creek data set the breaks near the shots were not optimum and this
step was used to optimize the FPB's and to correct minor far offset points. A final typical first
break image is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1635

[Final First Break Picks Example for Shot 226 of Benjamin Raw Data]

Note in the above display the vertical scale was enlarged to make it easier to perform the
picking. Note that the First Break Picks are automatically stored in the headers.

Elevation/Refraction Statics

It is imperative that the user has picked the First Breaks before proceeding with this process.
The Elevation/Refraction Statics (Model Based) 483 is opened from the main menu
Interactive->Statics->Elevation/Refraction Statics as shown below:

[Interactive -> Statics -> Elevation/Refraction Statics Opening]

GEDCO
1636 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

After clicking the menu item above, the associated data selection spreadsheet opens to select
the file for processing as shown below:

[Selection of the BenjaminRaws File for Elevation/Refraction Computation]

On clicking the OK button above, the Seismic 3D Refraction Statics Window opens.

The tutorial is supplied with a previous picked control file (ben.vwctrl) that can be opened in
the Elevation/Refraction Statics window by clicking on the Open icon on the toolbar. In practical
cases the user must initiate this process. Therefore, the details should be reviewed in the main
manual (Elevation/Refraction Statics (Model Based) 483 ). The recommended procedures are
summarized in the following steps:

1) Options Setup
Set the Options (far left toolbar icon) for the number of layers, weathering velocity, etc. as
shown in the Options dialog below:

[2D/3D Elevation/Refraction Statics Dialog - Parameters Tab]

For this project, accept the default parameters in the Floating Datum Tab. Receiver
Elevations and Elevation Smoother. Under offset Parameters tab set the value 0-1000 for first

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1637

layer and 1500-5000 for second layer.

2) Select Shots Group

Select a group of shots as shown below, usually 2-3 neighboring shots in 2D - or a larger
group of shots from 2 different shot lines in a 3D data set. This provides a degree of
"coupling" between shot lines.

[Elevation/Refraction Statics - Control Point Selection of Shots]

3) Construct Velocities for L1, L2

Select "L1" and draw in the velocity (offset vs. time) for the first layer. Note to activate the
mouse for velocity use RMB -> First Breaks Pick Window -> MOUSE: Velocity Pick option
(click at the start point and then double click at the end point). Repeat and select "L2" and
draw in the velocity for layer 2. If more layers have been selected (not in this example) repeat
the procedure for each layer. The resulting velocity picks for this first station are shown below:

GEDCO
1638 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Elevation/Refraction Statics - Control Point Model Layers Velocities Picks]

4) Check Options
The options for this project have already been set, in this case the "Model Time
Range" (the width of the time corridor around the velocity picks) has been set to 50 ms. In
some cases for widely varying conditions the user might have to set in larger. Also the set the
"Branch Point Delta Offset" has been set to 100 ms. This should be large enough to obtain a
few stations of separation between the layers.

5) Number of Control Points

Normally one control point is sufficient to use the automatic option discussed next. If
there are severe variations in layers and velocities in the survey, the user may need to pick a
few more control points by hand. This was not done in this project.

6) Automatic Add Points

The user now uses the "A+" icon (Add NEW Control Point(s)) to add points automatically.
Typically the user implements circles of radius close to the shot interval so that 3 shots in
each new (automatic) control point are selected with a step size of 1 shot. Vista uses the first
breaks of each of these new automatic control points (3 shots) that fall within the corridor
defined by our first hand-picked control point to fit the velocities for each of the layers. In the
Automatic Add Control Points the radius was set to 160 meters and Shot Positions to meet
the above criteria.

7) Compute the Statics and Check the Results

Calculate the Refraction Statics from the picked Control Points. Once the calculation is
done, the user should check the velocities and statics for each layer looking for anomalies
(bad fit). These can typically happen where a layer disappears - or a new (third for example)
layer appears. Either delete the offending control point - or re-pick it by hand. The statics are
the only meaningful output of this window so one these are satisfactory, save the information

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1639

in a control point file also save the results to headers.

It is suggested that for further processing that the user use the supplied refraction/statics file (ben.
vwctrl) for the rest of the processing until the user is confident of the processing procedures. Hint:
When loading the *.vwctrl file note that the Refraction Statics has already been computed.

When completed computing the refraction statics the user can use the RMB to examine
various Geometry Mode Displays. Shown below is the Layer Thickness in the Geometry Window.

[Elevation/Refraction Statics - Geometry Display - Layer Thickness]

18.9.4 Surface Consistent Decon Operators

The next step is to calculate Surface Consistent Decon Operators (shot and receiver) data for the
processing flow. The flow chart for this processing is provided in the tutorial (Flow A_Sc Dec_Calc.
flw) as shown below:

GEDCO
1640 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Surface Consistent Decon Operators Flow]

A brief outline of each flow command function is provided as follows:

Input 675 - The flow command supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links. It
is the starting flow command. Input the BenjaminRaws data to create the decon output data.

ExpGain 797 - This flow command works by multiplying the traces by an exponential function of
the form = t * e^(nt). This approximates the effect of absorption with some transmission loss.
In this project a exponential value of 1.0 is used as determined in Step 2.

Mean 783 - This flow command works by calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace
samples within the Mean Scale Window (Design Window). The entire trace (all samples) are
then multiplied by Scale / Average. In this project a Design Window file is provided
(Scdecon.tim) and an example of the construction of this time gate can be shown by using
Define (Pick) Time Gates 167 in the Seismic Window Display toolbar. Then use the OPEN
Time Gate File icon to load the supplied Scdecon.tim file. An example of the time gate is
shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1641

[Project Time Gate Data Example - File Scdecon.tim]

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command was added for tutorial purposes only to allow the user to see the effects of the
ExpGain and Mean processing steps. The output is shown below:

GEDCO
1642 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Project sc dec calc.flw Mean Output Example]

SCDDecon 832 - This flow command works as follows:

The average wavelet of each input trace is assumed to be of the form::

Trace wavelet = Shot wavelet « Receiver wavelet « Offset dependent wavelet « CMP
wavelet « Other Components.

Where « means convolution. See the complete description in the main manual. The key
parameters are set in the COMMAND Parameter dialog shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1643

[Surface Consistent Decon (Calc/Solve Components)]

In the above dialog accept the defaults. The DESIGN WINDOW data file is the Time
Gate file (Scdecon.tim) and the OFFSET LIMIT parameters for this project are shown below:

[SC Calc./Solve Decon Offset Limits]

In summary, the spectra of all traces are stacked by Shot, Receiver, CMP, and Offset and stored
as VISTA data sets with those names, plus an extension "4COMP" to indicate one is using 4-
component creation. A line component (average of all traces) is also created and stored. This is
sometimes called a fifth component in the literature. Later in this project only two components (Shot
and Receiver) plus the line component will be applied.

As an example of the output from this flow process one of the output components is shown below:

GEDCO
 1644 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Project sc dec calc.flw Output Example -Shot_Sequence_Number:4 Comp]

18.9.5 Apply SC Decon, Noise Removal, and Whitening

This step creates a new data set with scaling, applied surface consistent decon, noise removal (radial
transform), and time variant spectral whitening.
This data set will be used for input to all subsequent flows. The flow chart for this processing is
provided in the tutorial (Flow B_Decapply.flw) as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1645

[Apply Surface Consistent Decon, Noise Removal, and Spectral Whitening Flow]

A brief outline of each flow command function for each process is provided as follows:

Apply Surface Consistent Decon

The first step in this process applies both the scaling and the surface consistent decon.

Input 675 - The flow command supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links. It is
the starting flow command. Input the BenjaminRaws data to create the decon output data.

ExpGain 797 - This flow command works by multiplying the traces by an exponential function of the
form = t * e^(nt). This approximates the effect of absorption with some transmission loss. In this
project a exponential value of 1.0 is used as determined in Step 2.

Mean-1 783 - This flow command works by calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace
samples within the Mean Scale Window (Design Window). The entire trace (all samples) are then

GEDCO
1646 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

multiplied by Scale / Average. In this project a Design Window file is provided (Scdecon.tim). In this
flow the filter option is applied. This filter does not filter the data but rather uses the data within the
applied frequency range in the mean computations.

SCDApply 834 - The Shot, Receiver, Offset or other user defined components frequency spectrums
are used to derive a decon operator. These operators may be convolved with each trace of the input
data. In this application, the user only applies the shot and receiver components of the solution.
The COMMAND Parameters are enter in the dialog shown below:

[Surface Consistent Deconvolution (Operator Calc/Apply) Dialog]

Mean-2 783 - This flow command works by calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace
samples within the Mean Scale Window (Design Window). The entire trace (all samples) are then
multiplied by Scale / Average. In this project a Design Window file is provided (Scdecon.tim). In this
flow the filter option is applied. This filter does not filter the data but rather uses the data within the
applied frequency range in the mean computations. This Mean-2 parameters are identical to Mean-1.

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This command
was added for tutorial purposes only to allow the user to see the effects of the SCDApply processing
steps. The output is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1647

[Example of the Decon Shots Output]

Radial Transform (RT) Noise Removal

RTFor 1006 - The radial trace transform is a re-mapping of the normal X-T seismic domain with
co-ordinates of source-receiver offset and two-way travel time into a domain whose co-ordinates are
apparent velocity and two-way travel time. See the flow command for complete details. For this
project the COMMAND Parameters are shown below:

GEDCO
1648 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Forward Radial Transform (X-T to R-T) Dialog]

The ADVANCE settings are: Refraction Index (Use Constant Value) and Interpolation (Power
Weighted Value with an Exponent of 5).

The number of samples in the Forward RT transform should be at least equal to the number of time
samples plus the number of traces per shot. Thus the value of "2000" in the Parameter (Number of
Traces) is a generous one. This will take longer to execute but will guarantee artifact free output.

OrmsbyBP 814 - This flow command works by computing the Forward Fast Fourier Transform of each
trace. The frequency samples are then multiplied by a function which set by the input parameters.
After this multiplication (which will set some low and high frequency samples to zero), the result is
passed through an Inverse Fast Fourier Transform to arrive at a time domain result.

The filter between the Forward and Reverse RT should usually be as low as possible (in this project
5/10) to remove noise and to avoid filtering valid data. The top end is usually wide open (250/300).

RTRev 1013 - The radial trace reverse transform is a re-mapping of the R-T domain to the normal X-T
seismic domain with co-ordinates of source-receiver offset and two-way travel time into a domain
whose co-ordinates are apparent velocity and two-way travel time. See the flow command
documentation. The COMMAND Parameters for this flow command is shown below for the settings
for this project:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1649

[Reverse Radial Transform (R-T to X-T) Dialog]

The ADVANCE settings are: Refraction Index (Use Constant Value) and Interpolation (Power
Weighted Value with an Exponent of 5).

Mean-3 783 - This flow command works by calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace
samples within the Mean Scale Window (Design Window). The entire trace (all samples) are then
multiplied by Scale / Average. In this project a Design Window file is provided (Scdecon.tim). In this
flow the filter option is applied. This filter does not filter the data but rather uses the data within the
applied frequency range in the mean computations.

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This command
was added for tutorial purposes only to allow the user to see the effects of the RT processing steps.
The output is shown below:

GEDCO
1650 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Forward Radial Transform (R-T to X-T) Example]

Time Variant Spectral Processing

TVSpBal - Each trace is processed independently. The trace is broken into a series of traces, each of
which corresponds to a different band-pass range. Typically the trace is broken into 10Hz.
components. Thus the first component trace is 0 - 10Hz, the second is 10 - 20Hz and so on.
The COMMAND Parameters dialog for this project is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1651

[Time-Variant Spectrum Balancing Dialog]

The ADVANCE button specifies the Set AGC Start Time (Gate File) (Whiten.tim), which is supplied
with this tutorial. An example of this Start Time Gate File is shown below:

GEDCO
1652 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Example of the AGC Start Time Gate File for this Project]

In the TVSpBal dialog, the user should chose the "True Amplitude" option and set a time gate as
shown above in the "ADVANCE" parameters which lies just below the first breaks. This procedure
will first apply the AGC to each pass-band of the data in the window starting below the first breaks.
The effect of the AGC will then be "undone", after summing all the pass-bands, using the inverse AGC
scaling curve calculated on the input data in the specified frequency range.

Mean-4 783 - This flow command works by calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace
samples within the Mean Scale Window (Design Window). The entire trace (all samples) are then
multiplied by Scale / Average. In this project a Design Window file is provided (Scdecon.tim). In this
flow the filter option is applied. This filter does not filter the data but rather uses the data within the
applied frequency range in the mean computations.

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This command
provides the final output of this flow process.
The output is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1653

[Final Output of the TVSpBal Output for this Project]

Note that when comparing this output with the others in this section that the number of traces per
display was changed from 250 to 500. One can set these parameters at project level under edit ->
project plotting defaults -> Unstacked data options - these step will opens up a window select the
Display Options Tab and set the Trace Display Value to 500.

The data processing at this step uses the widest possible frequency band to process the decon
functions. Latter various Ormsby band-pass filters are used as appropriate. The user can implement
the Seismic Display RMB Display Options -> Interactive Process Apply to review the data with further
AGC and Ormsby band-pass set. Such an display output is shown below:

GEDCO
 1654 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Example of Seismic Display Window - Interactive AGC & Band-pass]

18.9.6 Initial Velocity Analysis

This step performs the initial velocity analysis with statics correction for surface tomography to
create the three data sets for velocity analysis. The input is the final output of Step 5 (RT-WHITE
DCON SHOTS). It is important that the since the user is employing surface topography velocity
analysis that the datum statics and the refraction statics be applied before the surface velocity
analysis. The flow chart for this processing step is provided in the tutorial (velanbrute.flw) as shown
below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1655

[Perform Initial Velocity Analysis using Surface Topography Flow]

The resulting three (3) data sets (CVS, Semblance, and Common Offset Stacks for each of the
analysis zones) can be used by the Interactive -> Velocity Tools -> Interactive Velocity Analysis 526
to construct the output velocity file. A example file (First Velocity_Brute.vel) is provided in the tutorial.

A brief outline of each flow command function for the process is provided as follows:

VelZone 685 - This flow command provides the combination of an input dialog and the Header
SELECTIONS (reached by also using a right mouse button click on this icon), which are used
to construct a set of traces which will be passed to all other icons connected to this one. The
input file is RT-WHITE DCON SHOTS from Step 5. The Data Input Control dialog for this
input is shown below:

GEDCO
1656 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Data Input Control - Velocity Analysis Zone Selection Dialog]

The input file is selected and the CMP Selection Zone is selected. For this project 2-D
Analysis with the # Bins from Center Bin equal to seven (7) is chosen.

The Data/Header SELECTIONS option opens the CMP Selection Spread Sheet 1187 for
the setting of the BIN parameters for this project as shown below:

[Data/Header Selection - CMP Bin Selection Spread-Sheet]

In the above spreadsheet, the InLine CMP Bin have an increment of 1 and the XLine

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1657

have an increment of 200. The XLine range is set to cover the crooked line geometry.

StatShft-1 860 - This flow command works by supplying a time shift to each trace according to the
value in the header word chosen. For this flow command the Surface to Fix Datum Total
Static is chosen.

StatShft-2 860 - This flow command works by supplying a time shift to each trace according to the
value in the header word chosen. For this flow command the Refraction Total Static is
chosen.

OrmsbyBP 814 - This flow command works by computing the Forward Fast Fourier Transform of
each trace. The frequency samples are then multiplied by a function which set by the input
parameters. After this multiplication (which will set some low and high frequency samples to
zero), the result is passed through an Inverse Fast Fourier Transform to arrive at a time
domain result. The settings for this project for the velocity analysis are shown in the
COMMAND Parameter dialog shown below:

[Ormsby Band-Pass Filter Dialog]

AGC-L1 790 (1) - This flow command (Automatic Gain Control L1 - Norm Equalization) works by
calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace samples within a moving AGC
Window. The sample at the center of the window is then multiplied by Scale / Average. The
whole process moves down one sample and starts again. See the flow command details for
the mathematical process description. The COMMAND Parameters for this project are shown
in the dialog below:

[AGC Scaling (L1 Norm Equalization) Dialog]

GEDCO
1658 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

SurfCVS 917 - The True Surface CVS flow command works the same as standard CVS 888 (Same
Parameters) but the calculation of the NMO equation is done by calculating the
source-receiver ray paths separately. CVS works by taking the entire input data set, in the
specified sort order and with any data selection, and applying the steps of NMO, CMP Stack.
The COMMAND Parameters for this project are shown in the dialog below:

[True Surface CVS Dialog]

Output-1 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the output file for the SurfCVS data processing steps.

OffSrtStk 933 - This flow command (Offset Sort Record and Stack) works by sorting CMP ordered
traces into Offset order, then stacking these sorted traces by offset. A new group of stack
traces is started when VISTA senses a new set of CMP's in the input stream of traces. The
input to this process must be in CMP order. The COMMAND Parameters dialog settings for
this project are shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1659

[Offset Sort/Stack - Records Dialog]

AGC-L1 790 (2) - This flow command (Automatic Gain Control L1 - Norm Equalization) works by
calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace samples within a moving AGC
Window. The sample at the center of the window is then multiplied by Scale / Average. The
whole process moves down one sample and starts again. See the flow command details for
the mathematical process description. In the COMMAND Parameters for this project the
Length of AGC Window is set to 200 milliseconds and the other parameters are as per
AGC-L1 (1).

Output-2 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the output file for the Common Offset Stack data processing steps.

SurfSemb 920 - True Surface Semblance works the same as standard Semb 897 (Same
Parameters) but the calculation of the NMO equation is done by calculating the
source-receiver ray paths separately. The COMMAND Parameter dialog with settings for this
project is shown below:

GEDCO
1660 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[True Surface Semblance Output Dialog]

Output-3 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the output file for the Surface Semblance data processing steps.

Once the outputs from this process are calculated the user opens the Interactive -> Velocity Tools
-> Interactive Velocity Analysis 526 to construct the output velocity file. On clicking the Interactive
Velocity Analysis menu item the Semblance/Gather/CVS Files selection spreadsheet.

[Semblance/Gather/CVS Files Selection Spreadsheet]

On clicking OK in the above spread sheet after selection of the desired files, the Interactive
Velocity -2-D Velocity Pick Display opens as shown below. It is suggested that the tutorial supplied
velocity file (First Velocity_Brute.vel) be used initially.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1661

[Interactive Velocity Analysis - 2-D Velocity Pick Display with Tutorial Velocity File Loaded]

The above display shows from left to right the Semblance, Gather, and CVS plots.

It is suggested that after the user has completed this tutorial, that the user returns to this opens
and practices velocity picking and then examining the brute stack in the next Section to practice
optimum velocity picking. For the purposes of this tutorial the supplied velocity file is sufficient at this
time.

18.9.7 Initial Brute Stack

This step performs an initial brute stack with statics correction, surface NMO, and muting to
create the this first brute stack. The input is the final output of Step 5 (RT-WHITE DCON SHOTS).

The first mute applied is "STATIC_APPLIED_TOTAL". This will remove any data above the
original time zero (surface). Such data can be created by filters, scaling, etc. and is not valid. The
mute file called "Mute1.mut" was developed interactively by studying the Coffstack data from the
velocity analysis after applying NMO. The flow chart for this processing step is provided in the tutorial
(Flow D_Brute Stack.flw) as shown below:

GEDCO
1662 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Perform Initial Brute Stack using Statics and Muting]

A brief outline of each flow command function for the process is provided as follows:

Input 675 - The flow command supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links. It
is the starting flow command. The input data is the output of the apply decon step -
"RT_WHITE_DCON_SHOTS". In the Input dialog make sure that the Data Order is set to
CMP_NO. Also the Data SORT List should be checked. The SORT INDEX TOOLS
spreadsheet is shown below:

[Sort Index Tools Spreadsheet]

The job flow provided has this set. It is mentioned for checking purposes.

Also for the brute stacking the Data/Headers SELECTIONS -> Trace Header Filter

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1663

Spreadsheet should be set as shown below:

[Data/Header Selection - Trace Header Filter Spread-Sheet]

StatShft-1 860 - This flow command works by supplying a time shift to each trace according to the
value in the header word chosen. For this flow command the Surface to Fix Datum Total
Static is chosen.

StatShft-2 860 - This flow command works by supplying a time shift to each trace according to the
value in the header word chosen. For this flow command the Refraction Total Static is
chosen.

SurfNMO 913 - This flow command (True Surface NMO) works the same as standard NMO 883
(Same Parameters) but the calculation of the NMO equation is done by calculating the
source-receiver ray paths separately. NMO works by reading the velocities from an ASCII
file. When the input data is 2-D, the velocities are characterized by CMP number and (time,
velocity) pairs. That is, one velocity function at specified CMP's (or possibly Shot numbers,
etc.). The COMMAND Parameters dialog is shown below:

[True Surface Normal Move-Out Dialog]

GEDCO
1664 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Note that the NMO Velocity File path should be set to the proper velocity file. In this case
the "First Velocity_Brute.vel" file generated in the previous step. The NMO Options should be
set as shown.

MuteTrc-1 774 - This flow command can mute by file to define the mutes or use the mute header
words to mute the data. In this first muting case the data is muted by the header word
"STATIC_APPLIED_TOTAL" header word to eliminate any data above the time zero. The
COMMAND Parameters dialog for this case is shown below:

[Mute Data Traces Dialog - Case 1 - Mute by Header Values]

MuteTrc-2 774 - This flow command can mute by file to define the mutes or use the mute header
words to mute the data. In this second muting case the data is muted by file (Mute1.mut) to
mute the data as discussed in the introduction of this Section. The COMMAND Parameters
dialog for this case is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1665

[Mute Data Traces Dialog - Case 2 - Mute by File]

The follow display example illustrates the development of the muting by file by using the
Seismic Window Display - Pick Top/Bottom/Surgical Mutes. 153

GEDCO
1666 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Seismic Window Display - Plot "mute1.mut" File]

AGC-L1 790 (1) - This flow command (Automatic Gain Control L1 - Norm Equalization) works by
calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace samples within a moving AGC
Window. The sample at the center of the window is then multiplied by Scale / Average. The
whole process moves down one sample and starts again. See the flow command details for
the mathematical process description. In the COMMAND Parameters for this project the
Length of AGC Window should be set to 500 milliseconds.

CmpStk 924 - This flow command (CMP Stack) works by stacking traces received in CMP sorted
order. A new stack trace is started when in VISTA a new CMP ensemble is encountered in
the input. The input to this process must be in CMP order. For this portion of the project the
Stack Option is set at 1/N.

OrmsbyBP 814 - This flow command works by computing the Forward Fast Fourier Transform of
each trace. The frequency samples are then multiplied by a function which set by the input
parameters. After this multiplication (which will set some low and high frequency samples to
zero), the result is passed through an Inverse Fast Fourier Transform to arrive at a time
domain result. The settings in the COMMAND Parameter dialog for this step in the project are
5/10/45/60 for the filter settings.

AGC-L1 790 (2) - This flow command (Automatic Gain Control L1 - Norm Equalization) works by
calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace samples within a moving AGC
Window. The sample at the center of the window is then multiplied by Scale / Average. The
whole process moves down one sample and starts again. See the flow command details for
the mathematical process description. In the COMMAND Parameters for this project the
Length of AGC Window should be set to 500 milliseconds.

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the output file for the initial brute stack data processing steps. The output
file name is "Brute Stack with Elv and Refr Static".

The output of the initial brute stack is shown in the display below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1667

[Seismic Window Display of Initial Brute Stack]

Note that when comparing this output with the others in this section that the number of
traces per display was changed to 5000. One can set these parameters at project level under
edit -> project plotting defaults -> Stacked data options - these step will opens up a window
select the Display Options Tab and set the Trace Display Value to 5000, now select Options
Tab and set the Display Type to Variable Density. Similarly the color bar can be set for the
project as well click on edit -> project color bar list -> check on the Stacked radio button,
select the Landmark color bar from the combo box and then press the Set Default button.

18.9.8 Different Residual Statics Options

This step examines the optimization of the Residual Statics. Three Residual Statics files for shots
and receivers are generated with flow file (Flow E_Stkpower). The outputs from these statics
computations are then used to create three different stacks with flow files (Mas1 brute-vel stk.flw,
Mcorr1 brute-vel stk.flw, and Stkpower burte-vel stk.flw). The results of the three stacks are
compared.

In summary, the Mcorr was very poor with many residual statics (often called "statics busts") still
present. The Stkpower was quite good with no area of obvious "static bust". Finally, the Mastt quite
comparable to Stkpowr with no visible "busts". This Mastt algorithm is a third party program (not part
of Vista) created by a software company based in Calgary, Canada (Techco Geophysical). It is
however linked into the Vista flow chart and can be run as if it were part of the Vista package. It must
be purchased and licensed separately however. Interested users by write GEDCO/SIS for contact
information with Techco.

In many cases Stkpower produce a better result with two runs, one with a small window centered

GEDCO
1668 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

on the strong events in this case around 2.5 seconds. This will generate initial statics. Then second
Stkpower run (with the first set of Stkpower statics applied) but this time with a window over all events
of interest. Due to the complexity of the data and some backscattered noise present at shallow, only
the deeper strong event was used for both stkpower solution in this tutorial.

In order to calculate smooth static solution we re-bin our input file with larger bin size "in this case
100m". Keeping in mind that this might create problem for the new VISTA users we created a
duplicate copy of the input file "RT-White-Decon Shots" using the "Run before Flow E_Input Out.flw"
flow. The output of this flow is "RT_Wht Decon_Input for Residual Static".

[Flow Chart to create input file for residual static]

The common flow commands for the above flow are:

Input 675 - The flow command supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links. It
is the starting flow command. The input data is the output of the apply decon step -
"RT_WHITE_DCON_SHOTS". In the Input dialog make sure that the Data Order is set to
CMP_NO. Also the Data SORT List should be checked for the proper SORT INDEX TOOLS
spreadsheet settings as discussed earlier and the Data/Header SELECTIONS for the proper
header filter as discussed in the earlier Section.

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. The
output file for this project is "RT_Wht Decon_Input for Residual Static".

Now the next step is to re-bin this data set "RT_Wht Decon_Input for Residual Static". Interactive

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1669

->Header view/Edit Window Display this step will opens the file selection spreadsheet.

On clicking OK in the above spread sheet after selection of the desired file "RT_Wht Decon Input
for Residual Static", the Header View/Edit Display opens as shown below.

Click on the "fsigma" and scroll down to "Calc 3D CMP Binning" button, this will opens up this
window.

GEDCO
1670 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

set the In-Line spacing to 100 and X-Line to 100, check the "Lock Spacing" radio button on and
then press "AUTO-CALCULATE" button, click "OK". This will opens up sort index dialogue

Click on "CREATE" button and VISTA will automatically re-create the sort indexes. Now save the
project. Now for residual static calculation we will use "RT_Wht Decon Input for Residual Static" as
input file.

Residual Statics Computation

A composite flow chart for the computation of the three types of Residual Statics is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1671

[Composite Flow Chart of the Three Residual Statics Processes]

In the above flow chart it can be seen that the only differences in each flow is the last flow
command tool. The corresponding flow for each type of Residual Statics computation is labeled.

The common flow commands in the three Residual Statics computations are:

Input 675 - The flow command supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links. It
is the starting flow command. The input data is the output of the apply decon step - "RT_Wht
Decon Input for Residual Static". In the Input dialog make sure that the Data Order is set to
CMP_NO. Also the Data SORT List should be checked for the proper SORT INDEX TOOLS
spreadsheet settings as discussed earlier and the Data/Header SELECTIONS for the proper
header filter as discussed in the earlier Section.

StatShft-1 860 - This flow command works by supplying a time shift to each trace according to the
value in the header word chosen. For this flow command the Surface to Fix Datum Total
Static is chosen.

StatShft-2 860 - This flow command works by supplying a time shift to each trace according to the
value in the header word chosen. For this flow command the Refraction Total Static is
chosen.

SurfNMO 913 - This flow command (True Surface NMO) works the same as standard NMO 883
(Same Parameters) but the calculation of the NMO equation is done by calculating the
source-receiver ray paths separately. NMO works by reading the velocities from an ASCII
file. When the input data is 2-D, the velocities are characterized by CMP number and (time,
velocity) pairs. That is, one velocity function at specified CMP's (or possibly Shot numbers,
etc.). Note that the NMO Velocity File path should be set to the proper velocity file. In this

GEDCO
1672 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

case the "First Velocity_Brute.vel" file generated in the previous step.

MuteTrc-1 774 - This flow command can mute by file to define the mutes or use the mute header
words to mute the data. In this first muting case the data is muted by the header word
"STATIC_APPLIED_TOTAL" header word to eliminate any data above the time zero.

MuteTrc-2 774 - This flow command can mute by file to define the mutes or use the mute header
words to mute the data. In this second muting case the data is muted by file (Mute1.mut) to
mute the data.

OrmsbyBP 814 - This flow command works by computing the Forward Fast Fourier Transform of
each trace. The frequency samples are then multiplied by a function which set by the input
parameters. After this multiplication (which will set some low and high frequency samples to
zero), the result is passed through an Inverse Fast Fourier Transform to arrive at a time
domain result. The settings in the COMMAND Parameter dialog for this step in the project are
5/10/45/60 for the filter settings.

AGC-L1 790 - This flow command (Automatic Gain Control L1 - Norm Equalization) works by
calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace samples within a moving AGC
Window. The sample at the center of the window is then multiplied by Scale / Average. The
whole process moves down one sample and starts again. See the flow command details for
the mathematical process description. In the COMMAND Parameters for this project the
Length of AGC Window should be set to 500 milliseconds.

Mas1.flw

Mastt - This flow command is the Techno Software Residual Statics tool. The output file for this
process is "mas1.srs". The COMMAND Parameter dialog for this tool is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1673

[Techo Geophysical MASTT Statics - Mastt Save Tab]

and

GEDCO
1674 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Techo Geophysical MASTT Statics - Mastt Solve Tab]

Note that for Tutorial purposes the data is save in a ..\Temp directory so as not to
overwrite the supplied Benjamin Creek data when testing this Residual Statics process. The
Default Smoothing option is chosen in the Mastt Solve Smoothing tab. Also note that the
associated ****mastt.dll must be available to run this process. The output file "mas1.srs" is
provided to that the user can continue with the tutorial.

Mcorr1.flw

MCorrel 867 - This flow command (MCorrel) works by creating a cross-correlation output trace for
all the traces of the Gather data set with the one corresponding trace of the CMP Stack data
set. Note output from this command is CMP ordered gather traces which have a CMP Trim
Static header word set. The CMP trim static is stored in header word STATIC_CMPTRIM.
This flow command requires the creation of a model before it can be run. The flow (Run
before Flow E_mcorr brute model.flw) shown below generates such a model for this project:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1675

[MCorrel Model Generation - mcorr brute model.flw]

In this model flow the command flow tools are:

Input 675 - The flow command supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by
links. It is the starting flow command. Input the "Brute stack with Elv and Refr static"
file to create the model output data.

FXPred - This flow command (FXPred) works by first calculating the Fourier Transform of
every trace. The complex frequency samples are then multiplexed so that we get a
series of mono-frequency values across space (F-X transform). Next Vista calculates
a two-sided complex Wiener Prediction Filter for each Mono-frequency series. This
filter is then applied and the inverse F-X transform calculated. The effect is to
"smooth" the data across space (X). The COMMAND Parameters for this flow tool for
this project are shown below:

GEDCO
1676 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[FX-Prediction Design COMMAND Parameters Dialog]

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. The
output file for this project is "mcorr brute model".

Once the model data has been created for the MCorrel flow tool, the COMMAND
Parameters for this flow tool can be set as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1677

[Model Correlation (Automatic Statics) Dialog]

and the INPUT MODEL is set as shown below:

GEDCO
1678 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Model Correlation - Input STACKED MODEL Data Set]

The output Residual Statics from this process flow is stored in the file "mcorr1.st1" for use
in the stacking flow which is discussed below.

Stkpower.flw

StkPower 870 - This flow command (StkPower) works on 2D or 3D data to compute surface
consistent statics using stack power optimization. Input data for StkPower is NMO corrected,
muted and properly gained for Auto-Statics. Data must be in CMP order. Partial line
processing may be computed for 2D or 3D data by selecting a range of CMPs or a selecting a
range of inline and cross line numbers. The COMMAND Parameters for this project are
shown below:

[StkPower COMMAND Parameters - Tracker (Residual Statics)]

The output Residual Statics from this process flow is stored in the file "stkpower1.srs" for
use in the stacking flow which is discussed below.

Stacking with the Residual Statics

The outputs from these statics computations are then used to create three different stacks with
flow file (Flow F_Stak with first pass residual.flw). The stacking flow charts are the same as the Initial
Brute Stack with the addition of the ReadStat flow command to input the in each flow the three
different Residual Statics derived above. The basic flow chart is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1679

[General Flow Chart for Residual Statics Stacking]

Since most of the flow command tools are identical in parameters to the Initial Brute Stack only
those flow command tools that are different in the different stacks are presented below. Note that the
input for this flow should be same as the initial Brute Stack flow i.e. "RT_WHITE_DCON_SHOTS" not
the one that we create for residual static calculation.

Mcorr1 brute-vel stk

ReadStat 864 - This flow command (ReadStat) works by reading a specified ASCII file containing
shot and receiver statics in a format identical to the output file created by Interactive /
Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con 455 - or by the command StkPower 870 . The values are
placed in three header words which are defaulted to STATIC_SRC, STATIC_REC and
STATIC_TOTAL (these can be changed if one wishes). The COMMAND Parameters for this
flow are shown below:

GEDCO
1680 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Read Static Shifts - Stkpowr brute-vel stk]

Note that for this process flow the user is loading the file "StkPower1.srs" developed with
the Stkpower procedure. The flow (Flow F_stack with first pass residual static) was run three
time, each time we only change the output file name and the static file in ReadStat 864
command.

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. The output
file for this procedure is "Brute stack with Elv+Refr+Stkpowr1k".

An example of this Stkpowr1 stacked output is shown below in order to compare it to the
other Residual Stacking procedures:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1681

[Added Residual Statics to Stacking Procedure - Stkpowr1 Residual Statics]

Mastt1 brute-vel stk

ReadStat 864 - This flow command (ReadStat) works by reading a specified ASCII file containing
shot and receiver statics in a format identical to the output file created by Interactive /
Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con 455 - or by the command StkPower 870 . The values are
placed in three header words which are defaulted to STATIC_SRC, STATIC_REC and
STATIC_TOTAL (these can be changed if one wishes). The COMMAND Parameters for this
flow are shown below:

GEDCO
1682 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Read Static Shifts - Mast1 brute-vel stk]

Note that for this process flow the user is loading the file "mas1.st1" developed with the
Mastt1 procedure.

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. The output
file for this procedure is "Brute stack with Elv+Refr+mastt1 Static".

An example of this Mastt1 stacked output is shown below in order to compare it to the
other Residual Stacking procedures:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1683

[Added Residual Statics to Stacking Procedure - Mastt1 Residual Statics]

Mcorrl brute-vel stk

ReadStat 864 - This flow command (ReadStat) works by reading a specified ASCII file containing
shot and receiver statics in a format identical to the output file created by Interactive /
Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con 455 - or by the command StkPower 870 . The values are
placed in three header words which are defaulted to STATIC_SRC, STATIC_REC and
STATIC_TOTAL (these can be changed if one wishes). The COMMAND Parameters for this
flow are shown below:

GEDCO
1684 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Read Static Shifts - Mcorr1 brute-vel stk]

Note that for this process flow the user is loading the file "stkkpower1.srs" developed with
the StkPower procedure.

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. The output
file for this procedure is "Brute stack with Elv+Refr+mastt1 Static".

An example of this Mcorr1 stacked output is shown below in order to compare it to the
other Residual Stacking procedures:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1685

[Added Residual Statics to Stacking Procedure - Mcorr1 Residual Statics]

18.9.9 Repeat Velocity Analysis with Statitc

This step utilizes the best Residual Statics from the previous step 8 to upgrade the velocity
estimates. The flow chart call (Flow G_velan-after stkpowr1.flw (shown below)) is almost the same
as the earlier velocity analysis called Flow C_velanbrute.flw (step 6), but with the addition of a
ReadStat flow command. This new flow command both reads and applies the Residual Statics (
stkpowr1.srs). Three new outputs (CVS, Semblance, and common offset stacks) for each of the
analysis zones are created. These can then be interpreted using the Interactive -> Velocity Tools ->
Interactive Velocity Analysis 526 to construct the new output velocity file (Second Velocity_after
Stkpowr1.vel). The flow chart for this processing step is shown below:

GEDCO
1686 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Perform Second Velocity Analysis using Surface Topography Flow and Residual Statics]

An outline of each different flow command function from the previous velocity analysis process is
provided as follows:

ReadStat 864 - This flow command (ReadStat) works by reading a specified ASCII file containing
shot and receiver statics in a format identical to the output file created by Interactive /
Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con 455 - or by the command StkPower 870 . The values are
placed in three header words which are defaulted to STATIC_SRC, STATIC_REC and
STATIC_TOTAL (these can be changed if one wishes). The COMMAND Parameters for this
flow are shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1687

[Read Static Shifts - Mas1 brute-vel stk.flw]

Note that for this process flow the user is loading the file "stkpowr1.srs" developed with
the Stkpowr procedure.

Output-1 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the output file for the new SurfCVS data processing steps. The file name
is "cvs velanstkpowr1-True Surface".

Output-2 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the output file for the new Common Offset Stack data processing steps.
The file name is "coff velanstkpowr1-True Surface".

Output-3 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the output file for the new Surface Semblance data processing steps. The
file name is "semb velanstkpowr1-True Surface".

Once the outputs from this process are calculated the user opens the Interactive -> Velocity Tools
-> Interactive Velocity Analysis 526 to construct the output velocity file. On clicking the Interactive
Velocity Analysis menu item the Semblance/Gather/CVS Files selection spreadsheet.

GEDCO
1688 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Semblance/Gather/CVS Files Selection Spreadsheet]

On clicking OK in the above spread sheet after selection of the desired files, the Interactive
Velocity -2-D Velocity Pick Display opens as shown below. It is suggested that the tutorial supplied
velocity file (Second Velocity_after Stkpowr1.vel) be used initially.

[Interactive Velocity Analysis - 2-D Velocity Pick Display with Tutorial Velocity File Loaded]

The above display shows from left to right the Semblance, Gather, and CVS plots. For the
purposes of this tutorial the supplied velocity file is sufficient at this time.

A feature of Vista is the ability to plot the velocity field as an iso-velocity plot using the Interactive
-> Velocity Tools -> Display Vista Velocity File 592 . An example of the new Residual Statics
corrected iso-velocities is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1689

[New Iso-Velocity View of the Velocity File (Second Velocity_after Stkpowr1.vel)]

The user can use such display to compare the new Residual Statics corrected velocity field with
the original "First Velocity_Brute.vel" which is shown below. Note that on the bottom right the velocity
field appears more realistic.

GEDCO
 1690 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Original Iso-Velocity View of the Velocity File (brute.vel)]

18.9.10 Repeat Residual Statics with New Velocities

This step examines the further optimization of the Residual Statics for the Stkpowr process with
the new velocities generated in step 9. The flow chart "Flow E_Stkpowr1.flw" is repeated with the new
velocities ("Second Velocity_Stkpowr1.vel") applied in the NMO step. The step 10 is integrated with
the next Step 11 for generating the final "Stkpowr2" statics.

18.9.11 Do Additional Pass of Residual Statics

This additional pass of Residual Statics applies the Step 10 statics before computing the final
Residual Statics with the new Step 9 velocities. A extra flow command (ReadStat) is employed to
apply the "Stkpowr1" statics developed in Step 10 to allow the computation of the new "Stkpowr2"
Residual Statics". For comparison second pass residual static for Mastt "mas2" was also calculated.
Note that this file is supplied in the Tutorial as it is assumed the user might not have the Techno
software to perform the following processing.

The flow chart (Flow H_Stkpowr2.flw) for this step is shown below: The input for this flow is
"RT_Wht Decon_Input for Residual Static" file.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1691

[Flow Chart for Step 11 - Second Pass of Residual Statics]

Most of the functions for this flow are same as of "Flow E_Stkpowr1.flw". An outline of those flow
commands that are different from the previous "Flow E_stkpowr1.flw" process is provided as follows:

ReadStat 864 - This flow command (ReadStat) works by reading a specified ASCII file containing
shot and receiver statics in a format identical to the output file created by Interactive /
Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con 455 - or by the command StkPower 870 . The values are
placed in three header words which are defaulted to STATIC_SRC, STATIC_REC and
STATIC_TOTAL (these can be changed if one wishes). The COMMAND Parameters for this
flow are set to read in the "Stkpowr1.srs" file created in Step 10.

SurfNMO 913 - This flow command (True Surface NMO) works the same as standard NMO 883
(Same Parameters) but the calculation of the NMO equation is done by calculating the
source-receiver ray paths separately. NMO works by reading the velocities from an ASCII
file. When the input data is 2-D, the velocities are characterized by CMP number and (time,
velocity) pairs. That is, one velocity function at specified CMP's (or possibly Shot numbers,
etc.). Note that the NMO Velocity File path should be set to the proper velocity file. In this
case the "Second Velocity_after Stkpowr1.vel" file generated in the step 9.

StkPower 870 - This flow command (StkPower) works on 2D or 3D data to compute surface
consistent statics using stack power optimization. Input data for StkPower is NMO corrected,
muted and properly gained for Auto-Statics. Data must be in CMP order. Partial line
processing may be computed for 2D or 3D data by selecting a range of CMPs or a selecting a
range of inline and cross line numbers. The COMMAND Parameters for this flow are same
as of the first pass.The output file for this process is "Stkpowr2.srs".

GEDCO
1692 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Mastt - This flow command is the Techno Software Residual Statics tool. The output file for this
process is "mas2.srs". The COMMAND Parameter dialog settings are the same as for
"mas1.flw" except for the output file name.For Tutorial process the output of this step 11 is
provided for the user to continue with this Tutorial (mas2.srs").

Now repeat velocity analysis. The flow chart call (Flow I_velan-after stkpowr2.flw (shown
below)) is almost the same as the earlier velocity analysis called Flow G_Velan after
Stkpowr1.flw, but with the addition of another ReadStat flow command. This new flow
command both reads and applies the Residual Statics (stkpowr2.srs). Three new outputs
(CVS, Semblance, and common offset stacks) for each of the analysis zones are created.
These can then be interpreted using the Interactive -> Velocity Tools -> Interactive Velocity
Analysis 526 to construct the new output velocity file (Third Velocity_after Stkpowr2.vel).
The flow chart for this processing step is shown below:

[Flow Chart for third Pass velocity analysis]

All of the functions for this flow are same as of "Flow G_Velan after Stkpowr1.flw". An outline of
those flow commands that are different from the previous "Flow G_Velan after Stkpowr1.flw"
process are provided as follows:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1693

ReadStat-1 864 - This flow command (ReadStat) works by reading a specified ASCII file
containing shot and receiver statics in a format identical to the output file created by
Interactive / Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con 455 - or by the command StkPower 870 . The
values are placed in three header words which are defaulted to STATIC_SRC, STATIC_REC
and STATIC_TOTAL (these can be changed if one wishes). The COMMAND Parameters for
this flow are set to read in the "Stkpowr1.srs" file created in Step 10.

ReadStat-2 864 - This flow command (ReadStat) works by reading a specified ASCII file
containing shot and receiver statics in a format identical to the output file created by
Interactive / Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con 455 - or by the command StkPower 870 . The
values are placed in three header words which are defaulted to STATIC_SRC, STATIC_REC
and STATIC_TOTAL (these can be changed if one wishes). The COMMAND Parameters for
this flow are set to read in the "Stkpowr2.srs" file created in Step 10.

18.9.12 Create Final CMP Stack

This section creates the final CMP stack with steps 1 through 6, the second velocities (step 9),
and the two sets of Residual Statics (steps 10 and 11). The input is the final output of Step 5 (RT-
WHITE DCON SHOTS).

The first mute applied is "STATIC_APPLIED_TOTAL". This will remove any data above the
original time zero (surface). Such data can be created by filters, scaling, etc. and is not valid. The
second mute called "Mute.mut" was developed interactively by studying the Coffstack data from the
velocity analysis after applying NMO. The flow chart for this processing step is provided in the tutorial
(Flow J_Stack with 2nd pass residual.flw) as shown below:

[Final CMP Stack Flow Chart - (Flow J-Stack with 2nd pass residual static.flw)]

An outline of each different flow command function from the previous "Flow D_Brute Stack.flw"

GEDCO
1694 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

stack process (Step 7) is provided as follows:

ReadStat-1 864 - This flow command (ReadStat) works by reading a specified ASCII file
containing shot and receiver statics in a format identical to the output file created by
Interactive / Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con 455 - or by the command StkPower 870 . The
values are placed in three header words which are defaulted to STATIC_SRC, STATIC_REC
and STATIC_TOTAL (these can be changed if one wishes). The COMMAND Parameters for
this flow are set to read in the "Stkpowr1.srs" file created in Step 10.

ReadStat-2 864 - This flow command (ReadStat) works by reading a specified ASCII file
containing shot and receiver statics in a format identical to the output file created by
Interactive / Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con 455 - or by the command StkPower 870 . The
values are placed in three header words which are defaulted to STATIC_SRC, STATIC_REC
and STATIC_TOTAL (these can be changed if one wishes). The COMMAND Parameters for
this flow are set to read in the "Stkpowr2.srs" file created in Step 11.

SurfNMO 913 - This flow command (True Surface NMO) works the same as standard NMO 883
(Same Parameters) but the calculation of the NMO equation is done by calculating the
source-receiver ray paths separately. NMO works by reading the velocities from an ASCII
file. When the input data is 2-D, the velocities are characterized by CMP number and (time,
velocity) pairs. That is, one velocity function at specified CMP's (or possibly Shot numbers,
etc.). Note that the NMO Velocity File path should be set to the proper velocity file. In this
case the "Third Velocity_after Stkpowr2.vel" file generated in step 11.

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the output file for the Final CMP Stack data processing steps. The output
file name is "Stack with Elv+Refr+Stkpowr2 Static".

The output of the final CMP stack is shown in the display below:

[Final CMP Stack after Corrections to Statics and Velocity]

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1695

Same flow was repeated with the Mastt static solution (mass1 and mass2 as an input file for
ReadStat-1 and ReadStat-2 respectively). Stkpowr solution was found slightly better. The output of
the final CMP stack from Mastt static solution is shown in the display below:

18.9.13 Create Finite Difference Migration

This step produces a Finite Difference Migration from the output of the final stack in Step12. The
flow chart for this processing step is provided in the tutorial (Flow K_FD Migration.flw) as shown
below:

GEDCO
1696 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Finite Difference Migration of Step 12 Final CMP Stack Flow Chart]

An outline of each flow command function is provided as follows:

Input 675 - The flow command supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links. It
is the starting flow command. The input is the output of Step 12 final stack. The input file
name is "Stack with Elv+Refr+Stkpowr2". Set the Sort Order on the input dialog to "No Sort
Order". The Data Input Control -> Data SORT List should be set up as shown below in the
SORT INDEX TOOLS spreadsheet:

[Data Input Control -> Data SORT List]

MuteTrc 774 - This flow command can mute by file to define the mutes or use the mute header
words to mute the data. In this muting case the data is muted by the header word
"STATIC_APPLIED_TOTAL" header word to eliminate any data above the time zero.

Mean-1 783 - This flow command works by calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace
samples within the Mean Scale Window (Design Window). The entire trace (all samples) are
then multiplied by Scale / Average. In this project step a Design Window is chosen to be
Fixed Window (400 - 2000 milliseconds).

FDMig2D 972 - This flow command works by using the so-called 45 degree approximation to the
wave equation. The COMMAND Parameters settings for this project step is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1697

[2D Downward Continuation (Finite Difference) Migration Dialog]

In the above dialog the Velocity File (Third Velocity_after Stkpowr2.vel) is supplied in the
Tutorial. The user should use the other default variables provided.

OrmsbyBP 814 - This flow command works by computing the Forward Fast Fourier Transform of
each trace. The frequency samples are then multiplied by a function which set by the input
parameters. After this multiplication (which will set some low and high frequency samples to
zero), the result is passed through an Inverse Fast Fourier Transform to arrive at a time
domain result. The settings in the COMMAND Parameter dialog for this step in the project are
5/10/60/70 for the filter settings.

Mean-2 783 - This flow command works by calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace
samples within the Mean Scale Window (Design Window). The entire trace (all samples) are
then multiplied by Scale / Average. In this project step a Design Window is chosen to be
Fixed Window (400 - 2000 milliseconds).

Output-1 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the output file for the Filtered Finite Difference Migration data processing
steps. The output file name is "FD Migrated - Filtered".

An example of the Filtered output is shown below:

GEDCO
1698 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Finite Difference Migration - Filtered Output]

Mean-3 783 - This flow command works by calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace
samples within the Mean Scale Window (Design Window). The entire trace (all samples) are
then multiplied by Scale / Average. In this project step a Design Window is chosen to be
Fixed Window (400 - 2000 milliseconds).

Output-2 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the output file for the Un-Filtered Finite Difference Migration data
processing steps. The output file name is "FD Migrated - Unfiltered".

An example of the Un-Filtered output is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1699

[Finite Difference Migration - Un-Filtered Output]

18.9.14 Preparation for PSTM

This step provides preparation for the PSTM processing. The input is the output of step 5. First
the user applies four sets of statics - refraction layer replacement, fixed datum (elevation static), first
round of Stkpowr statics, and then the second round of Stkpowr statics. Then the user applies NMO
(Surface NMO) using the Third set of velocities derived in step 11. The next process is two sets of
mutes. The first mute simply clears any data above the datum, and the second mute is was then
generated with the second velocity approximation.

AGC is then applied by the user to equalize the data amplitudes. Next a "CMP trim static" is
calculated for all traces within a CMP. These statics remove any "jitter" across the CMP. Basically,
the MCorrel process creates a model trace (the stack trace). Then all traces within the CMP are
cross-correlated with the model trace and static shifted so they all line up with the model trace. It has
been found through experience that this "CMP trim" can greatly "sharpen" or focus the effect of
PSTM. To create the model trace user have to re run the flow "Run before Flow L_mcorr final model"
flow. Input for this flow is "Stack with Elv+Refr+Stkpowr2 Static".

GEDCO
1700 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Finally a filter (open), AGC, and inverse NMO is applied. The data is now almost ready to go into
the PSTM processing. Except for one more step, the last EditHead adjusts the shot and receiver
coordinates for every trace to make them lie on the CMP sub-surface line (stacking bins). This way all
migration will happen along the CMP line - using the correct shot-receiver offset.

The flow chart for this processing step is provided in the tutorial (Flow L_trimpsmprep.flw) as
shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1701

[Preparation for PSTM Processing Flow Chart]

An outline of each different flow command functions not covered earlier or flow commands with
different parameters are provided as follows:

Input 675 - The flow command supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links. It
is the starting flow command. The input data is the output of the apply decon step -
"RT_WHITE_DCON_SHOTS". In the Input dialog make sure that the Data Order is set to
CMP_NO. Also the Data SORT List should be checked for the proper SORT INDEX TOOLS
spreadsheet settings as discussed earlier and the Data/Header SELECTIONS for the proper
header filter as discussed in the earlier Sections.

SurfNMO-1 913 - This flow command (True Surface NMO) works the same as standard NMO 883
(Same Parameters) but the calculation of the NMO equation is done by calculating the
source-receiver ray paths separately. NMO works by reading the velocities from an ASCII
file. When the input data is 2-D, the velocities are characterized by CMP number and (time,
velocity) pairs. That is, one velocity function at specified CMP's (or possibly Shot numbers,
etc.). Note that the NMO Velocity File path should be set to the proper velocity file. In this
case the "Third Velocity after Stkpowr2.vel" file from the tutorial is used.

MuteTrc-2 774 - This flow command can mute by file to define the mutes or use the mute header

GEDCO
1702 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

words to mute the data. In this second muting case the data is muted by file (Mute 2.mut)
from the tutorial.

MCorrel 867 - This flow command (MCorrel) works by creating a cross-correlation output trace for
all the traces of the Gather data set with the one corresponding trace of the CMP Stack data
set. Note output from this command is CMP ordered gather traces which have a CMP Trim
Static header word set. The CMP trim static is stored in header word STATIC_CMPTRIM.
This flow command requires the creation of a model before it can be run. The model file for
this step is "Mcorr Final Model" developed earlier using flow "Run before Flow L_mcorr final
model". The Command Parameters dialog for this flow command is shown below:

[Model Correlation (Automatic Statics) Dialog]

The WINDOW settings are Fixed Window - 400 -> 2600 milliseconds.

CmpStk 924 - This flow command (CMP Stack) works by stacking traces received in CMP sorted
order. A new stack trace is started when in VISTA a new CMP ensemble is encountered in
the input. The input to this process must be in CMP order. For this portion of the project the
Stack Option is set at 1/N.

Output-1 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1703

command provides the output file for the Trim data. The output file name is "Trim Static
Unfiltered". An example of this output file is shown below:

[Example of the Output -"trim unf"]

[****] 814
OrmsbyBP 814 - This flow command works by computing the Forward Fast Fourier Transform of
each trace. The frequency samples are then multiplied by a function which set by the input
parameters. After this multiplication (which will set some low and high frequency samples to
zero), the result is passed through an Inverse Fast Fourier Transform to arrive at a time
domain result. The settings in the COMMAND Parameter dialog for this step in the project are
2/50/80/120 for the filter settings.

SurfINMO 913 - This flow command (True Surface INMO) works the same as standard INMO 883
(Same Parameters) but the calculation of the NMO equation is done by calculating the
source-receiver ray paths separately. NMO works by reading the velocities from an ASCII
file. When the input data is 2-D, the velocities are characterized by CMP number and (time,
velocity) pairs. That is, one velocity function at specified CMP's (or possibly Shot numbers,
etc.). Note that the NMO Velocity File path should be set to the proper velocity file set in
SurfNMO command earlier. In this case the "Third Velocity after Stkpowr2.vel" file from the
tutorial is used.

EditHed 741 - This flow command opens a spread-sheet where you may re-define the values of
single or multiple header items. These new definitions will then be calculated as the Flow is
run. This is identical to the spread-sheet used in the Seismic Header View/Edit 367 window
as opened by the icon Define Header Mapping for Header Transfer. The only difference is
that this option can be run in Batch Mode. The spreadsheet for this flow is shown below:

GEDCO
1704 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Flow Command Edit/Define Header Mapping Spreadsheet]

In the above display the Dictionary Item Scale List dialog with its operations defined for
the XREC header value. Similar operations are performed on the other header items.

Output-2 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the output file for the Trim data. The output file name is "psmprep
Stkpowr2". An portion of this output file in shot order is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1705

[Example of the Portion of the Output -"psmprep Stkpowr2"]

18.9.15 Image Velocity Analysis for PSTM

This step deals with the construction of the data for the Migration Imaging Velocity Analysis 559 .
This data is generated using the Pre-Stack Time Migration 961 (PSTM) flow command (PreKirch). For
the Benjamin Creek data set 11 flows are used to create 11 data sets from 11 flow charts (Flow
M1_vmig85.flw........Flow M11_vmig115.flw) using varying percentages of the second set of velocities
developed earlier. The optimum input velocity is provided in the Tutorial. The percentages used for
this project are 85, 88, 91, 94, 97, 100, 103, 106, 109, 112 and 115. Each of the above flows does a
complete PSTM on the input data from step 14. Alternatively user can use a combined flow for all
(Flow M1-11_vmig85-115.flw), this flow will replace these 11 individual flows. However to run this flow
much of the computer power is required (recommended specs are 3.0GHz or higher processor with at
least 2.0G of ram), this flow may take more than 18 hrs to run.

A summary of the first flow chart provides the basic steps for generating PSTM files. Their are two
major steps in generating this data are:
1) Construction of each of the (PSTM) job flows for processing the data.

2) Perform the 2D binning of the raw data. Note for this Benjamin Creek data this step was
performed in Step 1 - Import SEGY Data and Create Geometry 1621 for the case of a crooked line. For
normal 2D binning (non-crooked line) see General 2D Geometry Binning Display 1711 .

An example job flow provided for this Benjamin Creek project is flow file Flow M1_vmig85.flw. The job
flow for this file is shown below:

GEDCO
1706 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[PSTM Job Flow for Preparation of Data for Imaging Velocity Analysis]

An outline of flow command functions are provided as follows:

PreKirch 961 - This flow command (2D/3D PreStack Time migration) processes raw unstacked
seismic data. The data must have been binned in the 2D or 3D Geometry Window 323 for
this process to work. The geometry window sets up the correct bin grid for the data. The
output will be time migrated stacked traces. The PreKirch Data PARAMETERS are
accessed by right clicking the flow tool icon which is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1707

[Parameter Menu for PreKirch Flow Command]

For this example the default settings are used except for the following:

Data Input Tab

Data Input is the output of step 14 as shown below:

[Data Parameters - Input Data Tab - "psmprep StkPowr2"]

Velocity Tab
The Migration Velocity File tab dialog is shown below:

GEDCO
1708 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Data Parameters - Velocity Tab]

The path to the velocity file must be provided. A file for this example is provided
(Third Velocity_after Stkpowr.vel) in the tutorial. The Percent of RMS Velocity to Use is
varied over the desired range to generate separate outputs for each percentage. Note
that the Output flow tool output file name is updated for each Percent of RMS Velocity. In
the examples in this manual the percentages of 85 , 88, 91, 94, 97, 100, 103, 106, 109,
112 and 115 are used. Note that the processing for each of these percentages is time
consuming and that a separate flow is provided for each percentage.

Parameter Tab
The Parameter Options are shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1709

[Data Parameters - Parameter Tab]

Aperture Limits Tab

The Aperture Limits settings are shown below:

GEDCO
1710 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Data Parameters - Aperture Limits Tab]

Aperture Taper Tab

The Aperture Taper settings are shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1711

[Data Parameters - Aperture Taper Tab]

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the output file for the Image Velocity Analysis for PSTM data processing
steps. The output file name for the first percentage is "PSTM 85". Note that the user should
adjust the output file name for each percentage value processed.

The user should now run all 11 of the image velocity percentage analysis flows to create the data
for the next step of the processing.

18.9.15.1 General 2D Geometry Binning Display

This subsection has been prepared to review general 2D Geometry Binning for non-crooked line
data.

2D Binning (Non-Crooked Line Data)

Before executing the above job flow, the input data must be binned. The basics for this process is
covered in detail in the section 2D or 3D Geometry Window 323 section. The key elements for this

GEDCO
1712 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

example are covered.

The Geometry Binning Display is activated by clicking this topic in the PreKirch menu after
loading the normal 2-D data as the Input data. A portion of this display is shown below for the data
set being processed after the option to load the current file geometry from the headers has been
selected.

2D Geometry Window use for data binning for Shot20 Raw Data in Tutorial A.

[2-D Geometry Spread Sheet Example]

For this binning process the 4th icon from the left (as shown below) is the CMP Bin Defaults
selection icon

Clicking this icon brings up the 2-D Bin Grid Layout dialog. This dialog
has three tabs:

2-D Bin Grid Layout - Tab 1: Parameters

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1713

[2-D Geometry Spread Sheet -> 2-D Bin Grid Layout Dialog - Parameters]

Accept the dialog defaults for this exercise and click on the AUTO_CALCULATE button to
compute the 2-D bins for this data set. It is suggested that one selects the Display Tab before
implementing the AUTO_CALCULATE in order to see the binned output. The Display Tab is
illustrated below:

2-D Bin Grid Layout - Display

GEDCO
1714 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[2-D Geometry Spread Sheet -> 2-D Bin Grid Layout Dialog - Display]

There is also a feature to load/save the computed grid information in a file (*.grid). This
options is provided in the load/save tab shown below:

2-D Bin Grid Layout - Load/Save

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1715

[2-D Geometry Spread Sheet -> 2-D Bin Grid Layout Dialog - Display]

Once the bin data has been computed it must be saved to the data header files. This is done by
clicking on the save icon which bring up the save options icons:

The second icon from the left is used to Write Bin Info to Headers and
this is the one to select for this exercise. After exercising this option the Geometry Log Window is
updated and shown.

Once the binning is complete the job flow can be run for each of the desired Percent of RMS
Velocity setting.

18.9.16 Pick Best Image Velocities

This step uses the Interactive -> Velocity Tools -> Migration Imaging Velocity Analysis 559 to
pick the best Image Velocities created in the 11 flows in Step 15. On clicking on the Migration
Imaging Velocity Analysis option a spreadsheet opens to select the data for analysis as shown below:

GEDCO
1716 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Migration Imaging Velocity Analysis Window File Opening Spreadsheet]

After clicking OK in the above spreadsheet, the Imaging Velocity Analysis Window opens as
shown below:

[Migration Imaging Velocity Analysis Window Display]

Hint: If the display appears black (large number of traces and wrong display type), use the
RMB and click on the Plot Parameters -> Movie Mode Plot Parameters. Under the Options tab
select in the Display Type -> Variable Density. This will produce the display above.

Note in the above display that more control points (CMP's) have been added to those used for the
third set of velocities used in the input velocity file. The user can scroll through the various migrated
data sets for each of the calculated velocity percentages using the arrow keys icons, or selecting from
the drop down percentage list in the toolbar. The red arrow means that the actual velocity pick is at a
higher velocity (lower if the arrow points to the left). A red circle shows the actual pick.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1717

Picking is usually done in the panel mode where the user will see one of the control points at the
center of a group of neighboring traces (in this case 101 traces were used) as shown below:

[Migration Imaging Velocity Analysis Window Display - Panel Mode - CMP 600]

In the above display all 11 velocity percentages are shown. Picking is simply a matter of deciding
which velocity give the best image at each time. A movie has been prepared showing this step (
Vista-BCreek-Velocity-Image.avi). In the above display is shown the control point at CMP 600
showing the 11velocity percentages applied to 101 traces centered on CMP 600.

The final velocities after picking is provided in the Tutorial and the file name is "Final PSTM
Velocities.vel". Load this file in now and then examine this same Panel display CMP 600 to illustrate
the re-picked data for this CMP as shown below:

GEDCO
1718 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Migration Imaging Velocity Analysis Window Display - Panel Mode - Re-Picked Example]

The final velocity file "Final PSTM Velocities.vel has been saved in the Tutorial as a Vista file for
presentation. This final velocity image is shown below:

[Final PSTM Velocity Display]

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1719

18.9.17 Migration Aperature (Angle) Analysis

This step uses the flow command Pre-Stack Time Migration 961 (PSTM) to create a number of
PSTM output data sets at various aperture limits (Migration Image Angle Analysis 568 ) with the
velocities determined in Step 15 and 16 to optimize the migration computation. These set of aperture
(angle) image gathers can then be used to pick the optimal apertures for PSTM as a function of travel
time.

This data is generated using the Pre-Stack Time Migration 961 (PSTM) flow command (PreKirch
). For the Benjamin Creek data set 11 flows are used to create 11 data sets from 11 flow charts (Flow
N1_pstm ang20.flw.......Flow N11_pstm ang70.flw) using angles that vary by 5 degrees. The
optimum input velocity is provided in the Tutorial for the PreKirch flow command. Each of the above
flows does a complete PSTM with variation in the aperture angle on the input data from step 14. In a
similar manner the user may use the Interactive -> Velocity Tools -> Migration Image Angle Analysis
display to pick aperture angles at each time, and at each desired control point. This will be done in
Step 18.

An example job flow provided for this Benjamin Creek project is flow file Flow N1-pstm
ANGLE20.flw. The job flow for this file is shown below:

GEDCO
1720 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[PSTM Job Flow for Preparation of Data for Migration Imaging Angle Analysis]

An outline of flow command functions are provided as follows:

PreKirch 961 - This flow command (2D/3D PreStack Time migration) processes raw unstacked
seismic data. The data must have been binned in the 2D or 3D Geometry Window 323 for
this process to work. The geometry window sets up the correct bin grid for the data. The
output will be time migrated stacked traces.

Data Input Tab

Data Input is the output of step 14 as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1721

[Data Parameters - Input Data Tab - "psmprep"]

Velocity Tab
The Migration Velocity File tab dialog is shown below:

GEDCO
1722 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Data Parameters - Velocity Tab]

The path to the velocity file must be provided. A file for this example is provided
(Final PSTM Velocities.vel) in the tutorial. This is the optimum velocity file developed in
the previous Step 16.

Parameter Tab
The Parameter Options are shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1723

[Data Parameters - Parameter Tab]

Aperture Limits Tab

The Aperture Limits angle setting for this first flow are shown below:

GEDCO
1724 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Data Parameters - Aperture Limits Tab]

Note the Limit By Aperture by Angles is increased by 5 degrees for this project for each
separate angle flow chart until the end angle of 80 degrees is reached.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1725

[Data Parameters - Aperture Taper Tab]

EditHed 741 - This flow command opens a spread-sheet where you may re-define the values of
single or multiple header items. These new definitions will then be calculated as the Flow is
run. This is identical to the spread-sheet used in the Seismic Header View/Edit 367 window
as opened by the icon Define Header Mapping for Header Transfer. The only difference is
that this option can be run in Batch Mode. The spreadsheet for this flow is shown below:

GEDCO
1726 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Flow Command Edit/Define Header Mapping Spreadsheet]

In the above display the Dictionary Item Scale List dialog with its operations defined for
the RMS_VELOCITY header value. Similar operations are performed on the other header
items incrementing the assigned value by 5.

AGC-L1 790 - This flow command (Automatic Gain Control L1 - Norm Equalization) works by
calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace samples within a moving AGC
Window. The sample at the center of the window is then multiplied by Scale / Average. The
whole process moves down one sample and starts again. See the flow command details for
the mathematical process description. In the COMMAND Parameters for this project the
Length of AGC Window should be set to 500 milliseconds.

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the output file for the Image Angle Analysis data processing steps. The
output file name for the first percentage is "pstm ANGLE 20". Note that the user should
adjust the output file name for each angle value processed.

The user should now run all the other angle analysis flows to create the data for the next step of
the processing. Alternatively user can use a combined flow for all (Flow N1-11_pstm ANGLES 20-
70.flw), this flow will replace these 11 individual flows. However to run this flow much of the computer
power is required (recommended specs are 3.0GHz or higher processor with at least 2.0G of ram),
this flow may take more than 18 hrs to run.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1727

18.9.18 Taper Parameters for Migration Apertures

This step uses the Interactive -> Velocity Tools -> Migration Imaging Angle Analysis 568 to pick
the best Image Angles as a function of travel time created in the flows in Step 17. On clicking on the
Migration Imaging Angle Analysis option a spreadsheet opens to select the data for analysis as shown
below:

[Migration Imaging Angle Analysis Window File Opening Spreadsheet]

After clicking OK in the above spreadsheet, the Imaging Angle Analysis Window opens as shown
below:

[Migration Imaging Velocity Analysis Window Display]

GEDCO
 1728 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Hint: If the display appears black (large number of traces and wrong display type), use the
RMB and click on the Plot Parameters -> Movie Mode Plot Parameters. Under the Options tab
select in the Display Type -> Variable Density. This will produce the display above. Also if no
angles have been picked the display opens with no arrows. The user must then pick control
points and then go to the Panel display as discussed below and pick the desired angles. For
tutorial purposes the "Angle File.pangles" file has been loaded.

Picking is usually done in the panel mode (displays each control point), which will initially be
blank. The user should enable the pick mode from the toolbar and pick the desired angles as shown
below:

[Migration Imaging Angle Analysis Window Display - Panel Mode - Picked Example]

When all the control points are picked the user should save the data as a *.pangle file.

18.9.19 Run PSTM with Final Velocities

This step uses the flow command Pre-Stack Time Migration 961 (PSTM) to create the final PSTM
stack for the final migration with the re-picked (PSTM) velocities and the picked angle file *.pangle.
Also a example is provided of the output with the re-picked velocities and angles.

An example job flow provided for this Benjamin Creek project is flow file Flow O_Fianl PSTM.flw.
The job flow for this file is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1729

[PSTM Job Flow for Final Data Migration]

The flow commands have been described in detail in earlier steps, therefore only the key setting for
the Time Migration Parameters are presented:

PSTM Corrected Velocities Only:

Input Tab
The Input Data Set file is "psmprep".

Velocity Tab
The Migration Velocity file is "Final PSTM Velocities.vel".

Aperture Limits
The Limit By Aperture by Angles is selected using the angle file "Angle File.pangle" as shown
below: Note it is important to note that the aperture angle picks where not optimum, but rather
were picked only to demonstrate the procedure.

GEDCO
1730 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Data Parameters - Aperture Limits Tab - Velocity Only Case]

The rest of the parameters are the default values used previously. The final PSTM stack is shown
below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1731

[Seismic Window Display of Final PSTM Stack - Velocity Only]

The above display was constructed by using the Seismic Plot Parameters to chose 2000
traces per display window, use the RMB Display Options -> Display Type -> Variable Density.

The above display was constructed by using the Seismic Plot Parameters to chose 2000
traces per display window, use the RMB Display Options -> Display Type -> Variable Density.

18.9.20 Post Stack Clean Up

In this step no action has been taken such as final FX processing. A simple OrmsbyBP filter and
final scaling may be applied if the user desires.

18.9.21 Fully Annotated Final Section

In this step a fully annotated final section label construction example is provided. The Side Label
Editor is provided in the Interactive -> Seismic Scaled Plot -> Side Label Edit/Viewer 269 menu item.
Review this topic in the Main Manual for the options that are available in the generation of side labels.

This tutorial provides a example side label file "BenCreek.sd". A portion of this side label is shown
below:

GEDCO
 1732 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Example of a Portion of the Demo Side Label Provided in the Tutorial]

18.9.22 Closing Comments

This Benjamin Creek Tutorial has been created using the flows that best describe the processing.
It is important to note that the selections might not be the optimum settings of all the parameters for
the best interpretation of the data. The Tutorial contains many intermediate flow used in this
development. The user should review these additional various flows to further learn the Vista
processing.

In particular, there is a flow "Benjamin Raw + InverseQ.flw" which applies inverse Q to the raw
data. Then there are other flows that examine the application of this application of Inverse Q to the
over all process. The user should review these processes as a step in fully learning the Vista
processing options.

Q.E.D.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1733

18.10 Gilze 3D Tutorial

Gilze 3D Tutorial Introduction
The Gilze 3D Tutorial is provided with the Vista 7.00 distribution tutorial set.

The Gilze 3D Tutorial provides a fully functional 3D project complete with input files, intermediate and
final results.
You can open the project in Vista via the File->Open Project main menu option.

Gilze 3D Background
The Gilze 3D data set was acquired in November and December 1995 as one of the last
achievements of Shell Research’s field crew.
The crew had a limited number of channels, 480 max. Therefore, the survey was acquired in two
passes. First the three receiver lines in the southeastern corner were acquired and then the three
other lines. The shot locations were the same, except something went wrong halfway through the long
shotline (line 1), so that there is some 3 m difference between the shot positions. The coordinates on
the SEGY files are the same (should be good enough), but the correct coordinates can be found on
the diskette with coordinates and other stuff. All receiver lines have an equal number of active
stations.

There are a total of 223,748 traces comprising 518 shots of approximately 432 traces in each shot.
The sample rate is 4 milliseconds and there are 2 seconds of data.

GEDCO
 1734 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

[Gilze 3D Vista Tutorial Project]

18.10.1 Setup Project and Import SEGY Data

This tutorial assumes that the user might want to proceed with a more detailed derivation of 3D
processing steps.
Hence it is suggested to start completely new project "Gilze 3D.vwn" so that the many features of
Vista can be reviewed.
The following preliminary steps are required to import the "*.sgy" data and to pick the first break for a
3D dataset.

Step 1: House Keeping Activities

In the Vista 7.00 version when a new project is created new subdirectories for Flows and
Miscellaneous files (MiscFiles) are created. It is a good idea to maintain these conventions and to
copy the flows from the supplied Flows directory to the newly created Project Flows directory.
Likewise, also copy the files in the Tutorial MiscFiles supplied directory to the Project MiscFiles
directory. This will allow Vista to readily find the files when processing steps are implemented.

Step 2: Setup a New Project.

Select File->New Project and enter the project information, and select 3D and dimension of

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1735

meters.
These first steps are outline in detail in the beginning of Tutorial A 1336 .

Step 3: Import the Gilze_3D.sgy Data

Since the 3D SEGY data is big, this is not supplied separately in CD. Instead users can
import it directly from the Tutorial "Gilze_3D.vwn".
Click on the "New Seismic Data to Add to Project" and select "IMPORT Seismic data from
Existing VW Project".

This will open the following window, select the "Gilze_3D.vwn" file and click on "Open" button.

This will open the following window, select the Raw Gilze_3D data and click on "OK" button. It
probably takes few minutes depending upon the computer specifications. Once data loaded make
sure that you have "223748" traces in your project.

Step 4: First Break Picks 1735

18.10.2 Pick First Breaks

Step 4: First Break Picks

The First Break Picking icon is selected in the Seismic Display Window. The user will notice that
the sort order is automatically placed in Shot Order if not already in this order. The steps to perform
First Break Picking are:

a) LMO Function
Pick a LMO function that will follow the first breaks. It is not necessary to accurately pick the
LMO line. Click the RMB in the Seismic Window Display Mouse Modes->LMO Velocity Edit and
draw out a line clicking where the slope of the line changes. At the end of the LMO selection

GEDCO
1736 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

double click and a dialog will open showing the LMO selection as shown below:

b) FBP Options
In the First Break Toolbar select the First Break Pick Options icon and enter the picking
parameters as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1737

For this data set the First Break Pick Options -> Display tab was used to set the FBP line
color to GREEN and the X-Correlate tab was use to set the correlation window to 50 milliseconds
with the Pick Search Mode checked.

In normal operations the Options are selected and the user than selects the "Rauto" (Auto
Pick Current Record) on the First Break toolbar to pick the FBP line. The parameters can be
varied and then this Auto Pick Current Record can be reactivated to review for the best picks.

Once the parameters are confirmed the user then use the "Aauto" icon (Auto Pick ALL
Records) to pick the First Breaks for the remaining records. It is important to note that if the
Signal-to-Noise of the First Break signal if very low that one cannot edit the picks with out
changing the options settings.

3) Manual Picking
If desired the user can use the First Break Toolbar -> Manual FBP and with smaller Search
Window and Sliding Window to edit any breaks that are in deviation from the desired First Break
data line. A final typical first break image is shown below:

GEDCO
1738 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Note in the above display the vertical scale was enlarged to make it easier to perform the
picking. Note that the First Break Picks are automatically stored in the headers.

Elevation/Refraction Statics

It is imperative that the user has picked the First Breaks before proceeding with this process.
The Elevation/Refraction Statics (Model Based) 483 is opened from the main menu Interactive-
>Statics->Elevation/Refraction Statics as shown below:

After clicking the menu item above, the associated data selection spreadsheet opens to select
the file for processing as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1739

Select the "Raw Gilze_3D" data and then on clicking the OK button above, the Seismic 3D
Refraction Statics Window opens.

The tutorial is supplied with a previous picked control file (Gilze 3D_Tutorial.vwctrl) that can
be opened in the Elevation/Refraction Statics window by clicking on the Open icon on the toolbar.
In practical cases the user must initiate this process. Therefore, the details should be reviewed in
the main manual (Elevation/Refraction Statics (Model Based) 483 ). The recommended
procedures are summarized in the following steps:

1) Options Setup
Set the Options (far left toolbar icon) for the number of layers, weathering velocity, etc. as
shown in the Options dialog below:

For this project, accept the default parameters in the Floating Datum Tab. Receiver
Elevations and Elevation Smoother. Under offset Parameters tab set the value 0-3000 for the
first layer.

2) Select Shots Group

GEDCO
1740 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Select a group of shots as shown below, usually 2-3 neighboring shots in 2D - or a larger
group of shots from 2 different shot lines in a 3D data set. This provides a degree of
"coupling" between shot lines. However for this dataset only two source lines are available
therefore we picked control points as of 2D lines.

Select "L1" and draw in the velocity (offset vs. time) for the first layer. Note to activate the
mouse for velocity use RMB -> First Breaks Pick Window -> MOUSE: Velocity Pick option
(click at the start point and then double click at the end point). The resulting velocity picks for
this first station are shown below:

3) Check Options
The options for this project have already been set, in this case the "Model Time
Range" (the width of the time corridor around the velocity picks) has been set to 50 ms. In
some cases for widely varying conditions the user might have to set in larger. Also the set the
"Branch Point Delta Offset" has been set to 100 ms. This should be large enough to obtain a
few stations of separation between the layers.

4) Number of Control Points

Normally one control point is sufficient to use the automatic option discussed next. If
there are severe variations in layers and velocities in the survey, the user may need to pick a
few more control points by hand. This was not done in this project.

5) Automatic Add Points

The user now uses the "A+" icon (Add NEW Control Point(s)) to add points automatically.
Typically the user implements circles of radius close to the shot interval so that 3 shots in
each new (automatic) control point are selected with a step size of 1 shot. Vista uses the first
breaks of each of these new automatic control points (3 shots) that fall within the corridor
defined by our first hand-picked control point to fit the velocities for each of the layers. In the
Automatic Add Control Points the radius was set to 30 meters and Shot Positions to meet the
above criteria.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1741

6) Compute the Statistics and Check the Results

Calculate the Refraction Statics from the picked Control Points. Once the calculation is
done, the user should check the velocities and statics for each layer looking for anomalies
(bad fit). These can typically happen where a layer disappears - or a new (third for example)
layer appears. Either delete the offending control point - or re-pick it by hand. The statics are
the only meaningful output of this window so one these are satisfactory, save the information
in a control point file also save the results to headers.

It is suggested that for further processing that the user use the supplied refraction/statics file
(Gilze 3D_Tutorial.vwctrl) for the rest of the processing until the user is confident of the processing
procedures.
Hint: When loading the *.vwctrl file note that the Refraction Statics has already been computed.

When completed computing the refraction statics the user can use the RMB to examine various
Geometry Mode Displays. Shown below is the Layer Thickness in the Geometry Window.

Once user is satisfied with the result "Save Static Results" to headers as shown above. Note
that for this dataset refraction static value is too small and may not be necessary to use refraction
static for this dataset.

18.10.3 Surface Consistent Decon

The next step is to calculate Surface Consistent Decon Operators (shot and receiver) data for the
processing flow.
The flow chart for this processing is provided in the tutorial is Flow A_decsave.flw) as shown
below:

GEDCO
1742 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

A brief outline of each flow command function is provided as follows:

Input 675 - The flow command supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links. It
is the starting flow command. Input the Raw Gilze_3D data to create the decon output data.
Note that dead traces has already marked and the value of 1 has been assigned to these
dead traces. In order to exclude them from the processing flow set data header selection
values as shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1743

ExpGain 797 - This flow command works by multiplying the traces by an exponential function of
the form = t * e^(nt). This approximates the effect of absorption with some transmission loss.
In this project a exponential value of 2.0 is used.

Mean 783 - This flow command works by calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace
samples within the Mean Scale Window (Design Window). The entire trace (all samples) are
then multiplied by Scale / Average. In this project a Design Window file is provided
(dcongate.tim) and an example of the construction of this time gate can be shown by using
Define (Pick) Time Gates 167 in the Seismic Window Display toolbar. Then use the OPEN
Time Gate File icon to load the supplied dcongate.tim file. An example of the time gate is
shown below:

SCDDecon 832 - This flow command works as follows:

The average wavelet of each input trace is assumed to be of the form::

Trace wavelet = Shot wavelet « Receiver wavelet « Offset dependent wavelet « CMP
wavelet « Other Components.

Where « means convolution. See the complete description in the main manual. The key
parameters are set in the COMMAND Parameter dialog shown below:

GEDCO
1744 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The DESIGN WINDOW data file is the Time Gate file (dcongate.tim) and the OFFSET
LIMIT parameters for this project are shown below:

In summary, the spectra of all traces are stacked by Shot, Receiver, CMP, and Offset and stored
as VISTA data sets with those names, plus an extension "4COMP" to indicate one is using 4-
component creation. A line component (average of all traces) is also created and stored. This is
sometimes called a fifth component in the literature. In this project only two components (Shot and
Receiver) plus the line component will be applied.

Surface Consistent Decon and Time Variant Spectral Whitening Application

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1745

This step creates a new data set with scaling, applied surface consistent decon, and time variant
spectral whitening. This data set will be used for input to all subsequent flows. The flow chart for this
processing is provided in the tutorial (Flow B_decapply.flw) as shown below:

A brief outline of each flow command function for each process is provided as follows:

The first step in this process applies both the scaling and the surface consistent decon.

Input 675 - The flow command supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links. It
is the starting flow command. Input the Raw Gilze_3D data to create the decon output data.
Note that dead traces has already marked and the value of 1 has been assigned to these
dead traces. In order to exclude them from the processing flow set data header selection
values as shown below:

ExpGain 797 - This flow command works by multiplying the traces by an exponential function of
the form = t * e^(nt). This approximates the effect of absorption with some transmission loss.
In this project a exponential value of 2.0 is used as determined in Step 2.

GEDCO
1746 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Mean-1 783 - This flow command works by calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace
samples within the Mean Scale Window (Design Window). The entire trace (all samples) are
then multiplied by Scale / Average. In this project a Design Window file is provided
(dcongate.tim). In this flow the filter option is applied. This filter does not filter the data but
rather uses the data within the applied frequency range in the mean computations.

SCDApply 834 - The Shot, Receiver, Offset or other user defined components frequency
spectrums are used to derive a decon operator. These operators may be convolved with each
trace of the input data. In this application, the user only applies the shot and receiver
components of the solution; also make sure that the "Apply Line Solution Spectrum" check
box is marked. The COMMAND Parameters are enter in the dialog shown below:

Mean-2 783 - This flow command works by calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace
samples within the Mean Scale Window (Design Window). The entire trace (all samples) are
then multiplied by Scale / Average. In this project a Design Window file is provided
(dcongate.tim). In this flow the filter option is applied. This filter does not filter the data but
rather uses the data within the applied frequency range in the mean computations. This
Mean-2 parameters are identical to Mean-1.

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command was added for tutorial purposes only to allow the user to see the effects of the
SCDApply processing steps. The output file name is DCON. The output is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1747

Time Variant Spectral Processing

TVSpBal - Each trace is processed independently. The trace is broken into a series of traces,
each of which corresponds to a different band-pass range. Typically the trace is broken into
10Hz. components. Thus the first component trace is 0 - 10Hz, the second is 10 - 20Hz and
so on. The COMMAND Parameters dialog for this project is shown below:

GEDCO
1748 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The ADVANCE button specifies the Set AGC Start Time (Gate File) (whitengate.tim),
which is supplied with this tutorial. An example of this Start Time Gate File is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1749

In the TVSpBal dialog, the user should chose the "True Amplitude" option and set a time
gate as shown above in the "ADVANCE" parameters which lies just below the first breaks.
This procedure will first apply the AGC to each pass-band of the data in the window starting
below the first breaks. The effect of the AGC will then be "undone", after summing all the
pass-bands, using the inverse AGC scaling curve calculated on the input data in the specified
frequency range.

Mean-3 783 - This flow command works by calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace
samples within the Mean Scale Window (Design Window). The entire trace (all samples) are
then multiplied by Scale / Average. In this project a Design Window file is provided
(dcongate.tim). In this flow the filter option is applied. This filter does not filter the data but
rather uses the data within the applied frequency range in the mean computations.

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the final output of this flow process. The name of the output file is
"DCONWHITE". The output is shown below:

18.10.4 Initial Velocity Analysis

This step performs the initial velocity analysis with statics correction for surface topography to
create the three data sets for velocity analysis. The input is the final output of Step 3 (DCONWHITE).
It is important that since the user is employing surface topography velocity analysis that the datum
statics and the refraction statics be applied before the surface velocity analysis. The flow chart for this
processing step is provided in the tutorial (Flow C_velanbrute.flw) as shown below:

GEDCO
1750 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The resulting three (3) data sets (CVS, Semblance and Common Offset Stacks for each of the
analysis zones) can be used by the Interactive -> Velocity Tools -> Interactive Velocity Analysis 526
to construct the output velocity file. An example file (First Velocity_3D_Brute.vel) is provided in the
tutorial.

A brief outline of each flow command function for the process is provided as follows:

VelZone 685 - This flow command provides the combination of an input dialog and the Header
SELECTIONS (reached by also using a right mouse button click on this icon), which are used
to construct a set of traces which will be passed to all other icons connected to this one. The
input file is DCONWHITE from Step 3. The Data Input Control dialog for this input is shown
below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1751

The input file is selected and the CMP Selection Zone is selected. For this project 3-D
Analysis a supergather of 7X7 is chosen.

The Data/Header SELECTIONS option opens the CMP Selection Spread Sheet 1187 for
the setting of the BIN parameters for this project as shown below:

GEDCO
1752 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

In the above spreadsheet, the InLine CMP Bin have an increment of 1 and the XLine
have an increment of 200. The XLine range is set to cover the crooked line geometry.

StatShft-1 860 - This flow command works by supplying a time shift to each trace according to the
value in the header word chosen. For this flow command the Surface to Fix Datum Total
Static is chosen.

StatShft-2 860 - This flow command works by supplying a time shift to each trace according to the
value in the header word chosen. For this flow command the Refraction Total Static is
chosen.

OrmsbyBP 814 - This flow command works by computing the Forward Fast Fourier Transform of
each trace. The frequency samples are then multiplied by a function which set by the input
parameters. After this multiplication (which will set some low and high frequency samples to
zero), the result is passed through an Inverse Fast Fourier Transform to arrive at a time
domain result. The settings for this project for the velocity analysis are shown in the
COMMAND Parameter dialog shown below:

AGC-L1 790 (1) - This flow command (Automatic Gain Control L1 - Norm Equalization) works by
calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace samples within a moving AGC

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1753

Window. The sample at the center of the window is then multiplied by Scale / Average. The
whole process moves down one sample and starts again. See the flow command details for
the mathematical process description. The COMMAND Parameters for this project are shown
in the dialog below:

SurfCVS 917 - The True Surface CVS flow command works the same as standard CVS 888 (Same
Parameters) but the calculation of the NMO equation is done by calculating the
source-receiver ray paths separately. CVS works by taking the entire input data set, in the
specified sort order and with any data selection, and applying the steps of NMO, CMP Stack.
The COMMAND Parameters for this project are shown in the dialog below:

GEDCO
1754 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Output-1 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the output file for the SurfCVS data processing steps.

OffSrtStk 933 - This flow command (Offset Sort Record and Stack) works by sorting CMP ordered
traces into Offset order, then stacking these sorted traces by offset. A new group of stack
traces is started when VISTA senses a new set of CMP's in the input stream of traces. The
input to this process must be in CMP order. The COMMAND Parameters dialog settings for
this project are shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1755

AGC-L1 790 (2) - This flow command (Automatic Gain Control L1 - Norm Equalization) works by
calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace samples within a moving AGC
Window. The sample at the center of the window is then multiplied by Scale / Average. The
whole process moves down one sample and starts again. See the flow command details for
the mathematical process description. In the COMMAND Parameters for this project the
Length of AGC Window is set to 400 milliseconds and the other parameters are as per
AGC-L1 (1).

Output-2 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the output file for the Common Offset Stack data processing steps.

SurfSemb 920 - True Surface Semblance works the same as standard Semb 897 (Same
Parameters) but the calculation of the NMO equation is done by calculating the
source-receiver ray paths separately. The COMMAND Parameter dialog with settings for this
project is shown below:

GEDCO
1756 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Output-3 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the output file for the Surface Semblance data processing steps.

Once the outputs from this process are calculated the user opens the Interactive -> Velocity Tools
-> Interactive Velocity Analysis 526 to construct the output velocity file. On clicking the Interactive
Velocity Analysis menu item the Semblance/Gather/CVS Files selection spreadsheet.

On clicking OK in the above spread sheet after selection of the desired files, the Interactive

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1757

Velocity -2-D Velocity Pick Display opens as shown below. It is suggested that the tutorial supplied
velocity file (First Velocity_3D__Brute.vel) be used initially.

The above display shows from left to right the Semblance, Gather, and CVS plots.

It is suggested that after the user has completed this tutorial, that the user returns to this opens
and practices velocity picking and then examining the brute stack in the next Section to practice
optimum velocity picking. For the purposes of this tutorial the supplied velocity file is sufficient at this
time.

18.10.5 Initial Brute Stack_3D

This step performs an initial brute stack with statics correction, surface NMO, and muting to
create the this first brute stack. The input is the final output of Step 2 (RT-WHITE DCON SHOTS).

The first mute applied is "STATIC_APPLIED_TOTAL". This will remove any data above the
original time zero (surface). Such data can be created by filters, scaling, etc. and is not valid. The
mute file called "brt.mut" was developed interactively by studying the Coffstack data from the velocity
analysis after applying NMO. The flow chart for this processing step is provided in the tutorial (Flow
D_Brute Stack.flw) as shown below:

GEDCO
1758 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

A brief outline of each flow command function for the process is provided as follows:

Input 675 - The flow command supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links. It
is the starting flow command. The input data is the output of the apply decon step -
"DCONWHITE". In the Input dialog make sure that the Data Order is set to CMP_NO. Also
the Data SORT List should be checked. The SORT INDEX TOOLS spreadsheet is shown
below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1759

StatShft-1 860 - This flow command works by supplying a time shift to each trace according to the
value in the header word chosen. For this flow command the Surface to Fix Datum Total
Static is chosen.

StatShft-2 860 - This flow command works by supplying a time shift to each trace according to the
value in the header word chosen. For this flow command the Refraction Total Static is
chosen.

SurfNMO 913 - This flow command (True Surface NMO) works the same as standard NMO 883
(Same Parameters) but the calculation of the NMO equation is done by calculating the
source-receiver ray paths separately. NMO works by reading the velocities from an ASCII
file. When the input data is 2-D, the velocities are characterized by CMP number and (time,
velocity) pairs. That is, one velocity function at specified CMP's (or possibly Shot numbers,
etc.). The COMMAND Parameters dialog is shown below:

Note that the NMO Velocity File path should be set to the proper velocity file. In this case
the "First Velocity_3D_Brute.vel" file generated in the previous step. The NMO Options
should be set as shown.

MuteTrc-1 774 - This flow command can mute by file to define the mutes or use the mute header
words to mute the data. In this first muting case the data is muted by the header word
"STATIC_APPLIED_TOTAL" header word to eliminate any data above the time zero. The
COMMAND Parameters dialog for this case is shown below:

GEDCO
1760 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

MuteTrc-2 774 - This flow command can mute by file to define the mutes or use the mute header
words to mute the data. In this second muting case the data is muted by file (brt.mut) to mute
the data as discussed in the introduction of this Section. The COMMAND Parameters dialog
for this case is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1761

TVScale 790 - This flow command (Time Variant Scaling) works by building a "trace" of multipliers.
The parameters supplied by the user are a series of triplets - (start time, end time, apply
time). Each of these triplets defines a data window - (start time, end time). The mean
amplitude of the data is calculated within this window at posted at the apply time. The
following parameters were used for this flow:

GEDCO
1762 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

CmpStk 924 - This flow command (CMP Stack) works by stacking traces received in CMP sorted
order. A new stack trace is started when in VISTA a new CMP ensemble is encountered in
the input. The input to this process must be in CMP order. For this portion of the project the
Stack Option is set at 1/N.

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the output file for the initial brute stack data processing steps. The output
file name is "BRUTE STACK_First Vel_3D_Brute".

The output of the initial brute stack is shown in the display below (In-Line 171):

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1763

18.10.6 Residual Static Calculation

This step examines the optimization of the Residual Statics. For this step we only use Stkpower
static solution as opposed to 2D tutorial where we examined three residual solution. However mastt
residual static solution file has also included in the "Misc Files" directory in case if one like to use
them. The Residual Statics file for shots and receivers is generated with flow file (Flow E_Stkpower1.
flw). The output from this static computations is then used to create stack with flow file (Flow
G_Stack after Stkpowr1.flw).

In many cases Stkpower produce a better result with two runs, one with a small window centered
on the strong events , this will generate initial statics. Then second Stkpower run (with the first set of
Stkpower statics applied) but this time with a window over all events of interest. In this tutorial our first
window is below the strong event between 1200msec to 1700msec and the second window cover all
events of interest between 300msec to 1700msec.

In order to calculate smooth static solution we re-bin our input file with larger bin size "in this case
70m". Keeping in mind that this might create problem for the new VISTA users we created a duplicate
copy of the input file "DCNWHITE" using the "Run before Flow E_Input Out.flw" flow. The output of
this flow is " WHTDCON_for Residual Static Calculation".

GEDCO
1764 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

The common flow commands for the above flow are:

Input 675 - The flow command supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links. It
is the starting flow command. The input data is the output of the apply decon step -
"DCOMWHTE". In the Input dialog make sure that the Data Order is set to CMP_NO. Also
the Data SORT List should be checked for the proper SORT INDEX TOOLS spreadsheet
settings as discussed earlier and the Data/Header SELECTIONS for the proper header filter
as discussed in the earlier Section.

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. The
output file for this project is "DCONWHITE for Residual Static Calculation".

Now the next step is to re-bin this data set "RT_Wht Decon_Input for Residual Static". Interactive
->Header view/Edit Window Display this step will opens the file selection spreadsheet.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1765

On clicking OK in the above spread sheet after selection of the desired file "DECONWHT for
Residual Static Calculation", the Header View/Edit Display opens as shown below.

Click on the "fsigma" and scroll down to "Calc 3D CMP Binning" button, this will opens up this
window.

GEDCO
1766 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

set the In-Line spacing to 170 and X-Line to 70, check the "Lock Spacing" radio button on and
then press "AUTO-CALCULATE" button, click "OK". This will opens up sort index dialogue

Residual Statics Computation

A flow chart for the computation of the Residual Statics is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1767

Input 675 - The flow command supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links. It
is the starting flow command. The input data is the output of the apply decon step -
"DCNWHITE for Residual Static Calculation".

StatShft-1 860 - This flow command works by supplying a time shift to each trace according to the
value in the header word chosen. For this flow command the Surface to Fix Datum Total
Static is chosen.

StatShft-2 860 - This flow command works by supplying a time shift to each trace according to the
value in the header word chosen. For this flow command the Refraction Total Static is
chosen.

SurfNMO 913 - This flow command (True Surface NMO) works the same as standard NMO 883
(Same Parameters) but the calculation of the NMO equation is done by calculating the
source-receiver ray paths separately. NMO works by reading the velocities from an ASCII
file. Note that the NMO Velocity File path should be set to the proper velocity file. In this case
the "First Velocity_3D_Brute.vel" file generated in the previous step.

GEDCO
1768 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

MuteTrc-1 774 - This flow command can mute by file to define the mutes or use the mute header
words to mute the data. In this first muting case the data is muted by the header word
"STATIC_APPLIED_TOTAL" header word to eliminate any data above the time zero.

MuteTrc-2 774 - This flow command can mute by file to define the mutes or use the mute header
words to mute the data. In this second muting case the data is muted by file (brt.mut) to mute
the data.

TVScale 790 - This flow command (Time Variant Scaling) works by building a "trace" of multipliers.
The parameters supplied by the user are a series of triplets - (start time, end time, apply
time). Each of these triplets defines a data window - (start time, end time). The mean
amplitude of the data is calculated within this window at posted at the apply time. The
parameters are the same for this flow as used in step 3 "Initial Brute Stack_3D".

OrmsbyBP 814 - This flow command works by computing the Forward Fast Fourier Transform of
each trace. The frequency samples are then multiplied by a function which set by the input
parameters. After this multiplication (which will set some low and high frequency samples to
zero), the result is passed through an Inverse Fast Fourier Transform to arrive at a time
domain result. The settings in the COMMAND Parameter dialog for this step in the project are
5/10/55/60 for the filter settings.

AGC-L1 790 - This flow command (Automatic Gain Control L1 - Norm Equalization) works by
calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace samples within a moving AGC
Window. The sample at the center of the window is then multiplied by Scale / Average. The
whole process moves down one sample and starts again. See the flow command details for
the mathematical process description. In the COMMAND Parameters for this project the
Length of AGC Window should be set to 500 milliseconds.

StkPower 870 - This flow command (StkPower) works on 2D or 3D data to compute surface
consistent statics using stack power optimization. Input data for StkPower is NMO corrected,
muted and properly gained for Auto-Statics. Data must be in CMP order. Partial line
processing may be computed for 2D or 3D data by selecting a range of CMPs or a selecting a
range of inline and cross line numbers. The COMMAND Parameters for this project are
shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1769

The output Residual Statics from this process flow is stored in the file "stkpower1
Residual_Deep Window.srs" for use in the stacking flow which is discussed below.

Repeat Velocity Analysis

This step use the residual Statics from the previous step to upgrade the velocity estimates. The
flow chart call (Flow F_VelanStkpowr1.flw (shown below)) is almost the same as the earlier velocity
analysis called Flow C_velanbrute.flw but with the addition of a ReadStat flow command. This new
flow command both reads and applies the Residual Statics (stkpowr1 Residual_Deep Window.srs).
Three new outputs (CVS, Semblance, and common offset stacks) for each of the analysis zones are
created. These can then be interpreted using the Interactive -> Velocity Tools -> Interactive Velocity
Analysis 526 to construct the new output velocity file (Second Velocity_3D_after Stkpowr1.vel).
The flow chart for this processing step is shown below:

GEDCO
1770 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

All the parameters are same as of Flow C with addition of "ReadSta command". Parameters for
this command are explained in the stacking process below.

Stacking with the Residual Statics

The outputs from these statics computations are then used to create stack with flow file (Flow
G_Stak after Stkpowr1.flw). The stacking flow charts are the same as the Initial Brute Stack with the
addition of the ReadStat flow command to input the in each flow the three different Residual Statics
derived above. The basic flow chart is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1771

Since most of the flow command tools are identical in parameters to the Initial Brute Stack only
the flow command tool that is different in the stack flow is presented below. Note that the input for this
flow should be same as the initial Brute Stack flow i.e. "DCNWHITE" not the one that we created for
residual static calculation.

ReadStat 864 - This flow command (ReadStat) works by reading a specified ASCII file containing
shot and receiver statics in a format identical to the output file created by Interactive /
Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con 455 - or by the command StkPower 870 . The values are
placed in three header words which are defaulted to STATIC_SRC, STATIC_REC and
STATIC_TOTAL (these can be changed if one wishes). The COMMAND Parameters for this
flow are shown below:

GEDCO
1772 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Note that for this process flow the user is loading the file "StkPower1 Residual_Deep
Window.srs" developed with the Stkpower procedure.

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. The output
file for this procedure is "Stack with Stkpower1".

An example of this Stkpowr1 stacked output is shown below in order to compare it to the
other Residual Stacking procedures:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1773

18.10.7 Repeat Residual Static

This additional pass of Residual Statics applies the first pass statics before computing the final
Residual Statics with the new velocities. An extra flow command (ReadStat) is employed to apply the
"Stkpowr1" statics to allow the computation of the new "Stkpowr2" Residual Statics".

The flow chart (Flow H_Stkpowr2.flw) for this step is shown below: The input for this flow is "
DCNWHITE for Residual Static Calculation" file.

Most of the functions for this flow are same as of "Flow E_Stkpowr1.flw". An outline of those flow
commands that are different from the previous "Flow E_stkpowr1.flw" process is provided as follows:

ReadStat 864 - This flow command (ReadStat) works by reading a specified ASCII file containing
shot and receiver statics in a format identical to the output file created by Interactive /
Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con 455 - or by the command StkPower 870 . The values are

GEDCO
1774 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

placed in three header words which are defaulted to STATIC_SRC, STATIC_REC and
STATIC_TOTAL (these can be changed if one wishes). The COMMAND Parameters for this
flow are set to read in the "Stkpowr1 Residual_Deep Window.srs" file.

SurfNMO 913 - This flow command (True Surface NMO) works the same as standard NMO 883
(Same Parameters) but the calculation of the NMO equation is done by calculating the
source-receiver ray paths separately. NMO works by reading the velocities from an ASCII
file. When the input data is 2-D, the velocities are characterized by CMP number and (time,
velocity) pairs. That is, one velocity function at specified CMP's (or possibly Shot numbers,
etc.). Note that the NMO Velocity File path should be set to the proper velocity file. In this
case the "Second Velocity_3D_after Stkpowr1.vel" file.

StkPower 870 - This flow command (StkPower) works on 2D or 3D data to compute surface
consistent statics using stack power optimization. Input data for StkPower is NMO corrected,
muted and properly gained for Auto-Statics. Data must be in CMP order. Partial line
processing may be computed for 2D or 3D data by selecting a range of CMPs or a selecting a
range of inline and cross line numbers. The COMMAND Parameters for this flow are same
as of the first pass.The output file for this process is "Stkpowr2 Residual_Large Window.srs".

Repeat Velocity Analysis

Now repeat velocity analysis. The flow chart call (Flow I_VelanStkpowr2.flw (shown below)) is
almost the same as the earlier velocity analysis called Flow F_VelanStkpowr1.flw, but with
the addition of another ReadStat flow command. This new flow command both reads and
applies the Residual Statics (stkpowr2.srs). Three new outputs (CVS, Semblance, and
common offset stacks) for each of the analysis zones are created. These can then be
interpreted using the Interactive -> Velocity Tools -> Interactive Velocity Analysis 526 to
construct the new output velocity file (Third Velocity_3D_after Stkpowr2.vel). The flow
chart for this processing step is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1775

All of the functions for this flow are same as of "Flow F_VelanStkpowr1.flw". An outline of those
flow commands that are different from the previous process are provided as follows:

ReadStat-1 864 - This flow command (ReadStat) works by reading a specified ASCII file
containing shot and receiver statics in a format identical to the output file created by
Interactive / Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con 455 - or by the command StkPower 870 . The
values are placed in three header words which are defaulted to STATIC_SRC, STATIC_REC
and STATIC_TOTAL (these can be changed if one wishes). The COMMAND Parameters for
this flow are set to read in the "Stkpowr1 Residual_Deep Window.srs" file.

ReadStat-2 864 - This flow command (ReadStat) works by reading a specified ASCII file
containing shot and receiver statics in a format identical to the output file created by
Interactive / Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con 455 - or by the command StkPower 870 . The
values are placed in three header words which are defaulted to STATIC_SRC, STATIC_REC
and STATIC_TOTAL (these can be changed if one wishes). The COMMAND Parameters for
this flow are set to read in the "Stkpowr2 Residual_Large Window.srs" file.

Repeat Intermediate Stack

GEDCO
1776 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

This section creates the Intermediate CMP stack, the second velocities from the last step, and the
two sets of Residual Statics will be used. The input for this step is the DCNWHITE file.

The first mute applied is "STATIC_APPLIED_TOTAL". This will remove any data above the
original time zero (surface). Such data can be created by filters, scaling, etc. and is not valid. The
second mute called "brt.mut" was developed interactively by studying the Coffstack data from the
velocity analysis after applying NMO. The flow chart for this processing step is provided in the tutorial
(Flow J_Stack_after Stkpower2.flw) as shown below:

An outline of each different flow command function from the previous "Flow D_Brute Stack.flw"
stack process is provided as follows:

ReadStat-1 864 - This flow command (ReadStat) works by reading a specified ASCII file
containing shot and receiver statics in a format identical to the output file created by
Interactive / Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con 455 - or by the command StkPower 870 . The
values are placed in three header words which are defaulted to STATIC_SRC, STATIC_REC
and STATIC_TOTAL (these can be changed if one wishes). The COMMAND Parameters for

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1777

this flow are set to read in the "Stkpowr1 Residual_Deep Window.srs" file.

ReadStat-2 864 - This flow command (ReadStat) works by reading a specified ASCII file
containing shot and receiver statics in a format identical to the output file created by
Interactive / Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con 455 - or by the command StkPower 870 . The
values are placed in three header words which are defaulted to STATIC_SRC, STATIC_REC
and STATIC_TOTAL (these can be changed if one wishes). The COMMAND Parameters for
this flow are set to read in the "Stkpowr2 Residual_Large Window.srs" file.

SurfNMO 913 - This flow command (True Surface NMO) works the same as standard NMO 883
(Same Parameters) but the calculation of the NMO equation is done by calculating the
source-receiver ray paths separately. NMO works by reading the velocities from an ASCII
file. When the input data is 2-D, the velocities are characterized by CMP number and (time,
velocity) pairs. That is, one velocity function at specified CMP's (or possibly Shot numbers,
etc.). Note that the NMO Velocity File path should be set to the proper velocity file. In this
case the "Third Velocity_3D_after Stkpowr2.vel" file generated in previous step.

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the output file for the Final CMP Stack data processing steps. The output
file name is "Stack with Stkpowr1+ Stkpowr2".

The output of the final CMP stack is shown in the display below:

This Gizle Tutorial has been created using the flows that best describe the processing. It is
important to note that the selections might not be the optimum settings of all the parameters for the
best interpretation of the data. In particular we think that the static solution after the second pass of
stkpowr is not optimum and required further testing. We recommend to do another pass using the
third velocity with a window around 200msec to 1500msec.

GEDCO
 1778 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

18.10.8 Application of Trim Static

This step provides the stacking process with trim static applied. The input is the "DCNWHITE".
First the user applies four sets of statics - refraction layer replacement, fixed datum (elevation static),
first round of Stkpowr statics, and then the second round of Stkpowr statics. Then the user applies
NMO (Surface NMO) using the Third set of velocities derived in previous step. The next process is
the two sets of mutes. The first mute simply clears any data above the datum, and the second mute
"brt.mut" will remove all the refraction.

Time Variant Scaling then applied by the user to equalize the data amplitudes. Next a "CMP trim
static" is calculated for all traces within a CMP. These statics remove any "jitter" across the CMP.
Basically, the MCorrel process creates a model trace (the stack trace). Then all traces within the
CMP are cross-correlated with the model trace and static shifted so they all line up with the model
trace. It has been found through experience that this "CMP trim" can greatly "sharpen" or focus the
effect of PSTM.

To create the model trace user have to run the flow "Run before Flow K_mcorr mode fro trim.flw"
flow. Input for this flow is "Stack with Stkpower1+Stkpowr2". This flow is shown below.

The output of the above flow we use as input for "Mcorrel" flow command under "Input Model" tab.
Once the model is created we can run the "Flow K_Stack_after Trim static.flw" flow. This flow is
shown below.

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1779

A brief outline of each flow command function for the process is provided as follows:

Input 675 - The flow command supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links. It
is the starting flow command. The input data is the output of the apply decon step -
"DCOMWHTE". In the Input dialog make sure that the Data Order is set to CMP_NO.

StatShft-1 860 - This flow command works by supplying a time shift to each trace according to the
value in the header word chosen. For this flow command the Surface to Fix Datum Total
Static is chosen.

StatShft-2 860 - This flow command works by supplying a time shift to each trace according to the
value in the header word chosen. For this flow command the Refraction Total Static is
chosen.

GEDCO
1780 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

ReadStat-1 864 - This flow command (ReadStat) works by reading a specified ASCII file
containing shot and receiver statics in a format identical to the output file created by
Interactive / Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con 455 - or by the command StkPower 870 . The
values are placed in three header words which are defaulted to STATIC_SRC, STATIC_REC
and STATIC_TOTAL (these can be changed if one wishes). The COMMAND Parameters for
this flow are set to read in the "Stkpowr1 Residual_Deep Window.srs" file.

ReadStat-2 864 - This flow command (ReadStat) works by reading a specified ASCII file
containing shot and receiver statics in a format identical to the output file created by
Interactive / Auto-Statics 2-D Surface Con 455 - or by the command StkPower 870 . The
values are placed in three header words which are defaulted to STATIC_SRC, STATIC_REC
and STATIC_TOTAL (these can be changed if one wishes). The COMMAND Parameters for
this flow are set to read in the "Stkpowr2 Residual_Large Window.srs" file.

SurfNMO 913 - This flow command (True Surface NMO) works the same as standard NMO 883
(Same Parameters) but the calculation of the NMO equation is done by calculating the
source-receiver ray paths separately. NMO works by reading the velocities from an ASCII
file. Note that the NMO Velocity File path should be set to the proper velocity file. In this case
the "Third Velocity_3D_Brute.vel" file generated in the previous step.

MuteTrc-1 774 - This flow command can mute by file to define the mutes or use the mute header
words to mute the data. In this first muting case the data is muted by the header word
"STATIC_APPLIED_TOTAL" header word to eliminate any data above the time zero.

MuteTrc-2 774 - This flow command can mute by file to define the mutes or use the mute header
words to mute the data. In this second muting case the data is muted by file (brt.mut) to mute
the data.

TVScale 790 - This flow command (Time Variant Scaling) works by building a "trace" of multipliers.
The parameters supplied by the user are a series of triplets - (start time, end time, apply
time). Each of these triplets defines a data window - (start time, end time). The mean
amplitude of the data is calculated within this window at posted at the apply time. The
parameters are the same for this flow as used in step 3 "Initial Brute Stack_3D".

MCorrel 867 - This flow command (MCorrel) works by creating a cross-correlation output trace for
all the traces of the Gather data set with the one corresponding trace of the CMP Stack data
set. Note output from this command is CMP ordered gather traces which have a CMP Trim
Static header word set. The CMP trim static is stored in header word STATIC_CMPTRIM.
This flow command requires the creation of a model before it can be run. The model file for
this step is "Trim Model" developed earlier using flow "Run before Flow K_mcorr mode fro
trim.flw". The Command Parameters dialog for this flow command is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1781

CmpStk 924 - This flow command (CMP Stack) works by stacking traces received in CMP sorted
order. A new stack trace is started when in VISTA a new CMP ensemble is encountered in
the input. The input to this process must be in CMP order. For this portion of the project the
Stack Option is set at 1/N.

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the output file for the CMP Stack with trim static applied. The output file
name is "Trim Static_Unfiltered Stack".

The output of the final CMP stack is shown in the display below:

GEDCO
 1782 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

18.10.9 Post Stack Clean up_FXY

In this step final FXY post stack random noise attenuation and a simple OrmbsbyBP filter was
applied. A post stack scaling can be applied as well if user desire. The input for this process is "Trim
Static_Unfiltered Stack" data from the previous step. The flow for this step "Flow L_Stack_after FXY.
flw" is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1783

Input 675 - The flow command supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links. It
is the starting flow command. The input data is the output of the previous step - "Trim
Static_Unfiltered Stack". In the Input dialog make sure that the Data Order is set to CMP_NO.

MuteTrc 774 - This flow command can mute by file to define the mutes or use the mute header
words to mute the data. In this first muting case the data is muted by the header word
"STATIC_APPLIED_TOTAL" header word to eliminate any data above the time zero.

Mean 783 - This flow command works by calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace
samples within the Mean Scale Window (Design Window). The entire trace (all samples) are
then multiplied by Scale / Average. In this step a fixed window between 200msec to
1700msec was selected.

FXYPred 783- works by first calculating the Fourier Transform of every trace. The
complex frequency samples are then multiplexed so that we get a series of
mono-frequency values across space (F-XY transform). Next we calculate a
two-dimensional two-sided complex Wiener Prediction Filter for each
Mono-frequency series. This filter is then applied and the inverse F-XY transform
calculated. The effect is to "smooth" the data across space (X-Y). The Command
Parameters dialog for this flow command is shown below:

GEDCO
1784 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Design window for this flow was set to 200msec to 1700msec.

OrmsbyBP 814 - This flow command works by computing the Forward Fast Fourier Transform of
each trace. The frequency samples are then multiplied by a function which set by the input
parameters. After this multiplication (which will set some low and high frequency samples to
zero), the result is passed through an Inverse Fast Fourier Transform to arrive at a time
domain result. The settings in the COMMAND Parameter dialog for this step in the project are
10/15/75/85 for the filter settings.

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This
command provides the output file for the CMP Stack with trim static and FXY applied. The
output file name is "Stack after FXY".

The output of the final CMP stack is shown in the display below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1785

18.10.10Finite Difference Migration

This step produces a Finite Difference Migration from the output of the previous step.
The flow chart for this processing step is provided in the tutorial (Flow M_FD Migration.flw) as shown
below:

GEDCO
1786 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Input 675 - The flow command supplies traces to all other process icons connected to it by links. It is
the starting flow command. The input data is the output of the previous step - "Stack after FXY". In the
Input dialog make sure that the Data Order is set to CMP_NO.

Mean 783 - This flow command works by calculating the average absolute amplitude of all trace
samples within the Mean Scale Window (Design Window). The entire trace (all samples) are then
multiplied by Scale / Average. In this step a fixed window between 200msec to 1800msec was
selected.

FDMig2D 972 - This flow command works by using the so-called 45 degree approximation to the wave
equation. The COMMAND Parameters settings for this project step is shown below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1787

Output 710 - This flow command outputs data from a flow to a VISTA project data set. This command
provides the output file for the Final Finite Difference Migrated Stack. The output file name is "Finite
Difference Final Migrated Stack".

The output of the Final Migrated stack is shown in the display below:

GEDCO
1788 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

If one wish can create cube displays for different time slices, can generate attribute display and so
on.
This can be done from Interactive / 3D Seismic Cube Display 414 . Some of the displays are shown
below:

GEDCO
 VWTutorial Projects 1789

Once again it is important to note that we did not use the optimum settings of all the parameters
during this exercise. The user can spend some time to best select the parameters if requires. In

GEDCO
1790 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

particular we think that the static solution after the second pass of stkpowr is not optimum and
required further testing. We recommend to do another pass using the third velocity with a window
around 200msec to 1500msec. We also suggest to calculate the final stacking velocity after trim static
applied. Migration parameters are not optimum either and required further testing.

GEDCO
 Index 1791

ASCII File Export 750

Index ASCII File Import 748

-1-
100% Coverage 937
-2-
2D Auto-Marine Geometry 765
2D Geometry Right Click Menu 344
2D Geometry Window 325
2D Kirchhoff Migration 970
2D Log Stretch DMO 952
2D refraction statics 459
2D Statics Parameters 462
-3-
Attribute Commands 1091
Attribute Window - General Overview 284
Attribute Window Right Mouse Click Menu 288
Auto Save 36
Auto Statics Calculation - 2D 455
AutoCorrelations 1029
AVO Commands 982
AVO Regression/Slope Stacks 984
axis annotation 235, 240, 243
-B-
batch 648
bin display parameters 317
broadcast 675
Broadcast Selection - receiving 318
butterworth 814
ButterWorth Filter 818

3-D Bin In-Fill 769

3D Binning Procedures 357
3D geometry - read in files 351
3D Geometry Right Click Menu 362
3D Geometry Window 349
3D Seismic View (Open GL) 414
3D Stack Grid Resample 828
3D Time-To-Depth Conversion 903
3D Velocity Cube 601
3D Velocity View 601
-A-
Add Data 1101
Adding multiple files to a data set 1169
Adding SEGY data files 53
Adjacent Trace Stack/Summation 940
AGC L1 Norm Equalization 790
Alpha Trim Mean Filter 855
amplitude spectrum 173, 1023
Append to Existing Output 729
Apply Bulk Time Shift 859
Apply F-K Filter File 848
Apply Statics 860
Apply Trace Math Function 1096
arctan 1095
-C-
Calc. Header Information 744
Calculate and View sub-surface Fold 340
Colour Set Window 1185
Colours 1185
Combine Data 1128
Command Window 661
Commands 648, 661
Common Offsets - Generating 526
Compress SEGY File 1161
Compressed SEG-Y File Output 730
constant 1095
Constant Velocity Stack 888
Constant Velocity Stacks - Generating 526
Contact SIS 14
Convolve 2 Time-Series 1030
Correlat 2 Time-Series 1031
Correlation 455
Correlation Gathers/Model(Auto Statics) 867
Create Data 733
Create Data Commands 734
Create Data Set 449
Create Noisy Time Series 736
Create Wavelet 737
crooked 346

GEDCO
 1792 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Crooked Line Binning 346 FK 3D Migration 967

CrossFeed Isolation Test 1067 FK analysis 173
FK filters 173

-D- Flatten to Header Time Value 866

Floating SoftKey License 33
flow 648
Data conversion using tape functions 1137
Flow Window 648
Data File Tools 45
Flows - creating 646
Data Selection 1112
Fold and mippoint map - 2D geometry 342
Data Selection Spreadsheet 1187
Fold and offset calculations - 2D Geometry 340
DC Bias Test 1089
Font 1163
Debias 1035
Forward Radial Transform 1006
Decon 829
Fourier REsample(Integral Power of 2) 825
Decon Panel Tests 836
Frequency analysis 173
Deconvolution Commands 828
function 1095
Default topic 675, 848, 972, 981
F-X 2D Prediction 989
Deleting data sets from the Project Data List 56
FXY 3D Prediction 991
Design Window Dialog 1191
Despike Type 1 1033
Despike Type 2 1034
Dip Coherence 1019
-G-
Divide Data 1104 Gain Accuracy Test 1081
DMO 943 GEDCO 1
Dynamic Range Test 1075 General Applications 1022
Geometry Window - Overview 323

-E- Geometry/Headers Command

Get broadcast selection 318
741

Get Data Sample 756

Edit Headers - manual method 410
editing traces - killing 145
editing traces - reversing polarity 150
Ensemble AGC Scaling 793
-H-
Ensemble Mean Scale 800 Hard Plot 257
Envelope (Hilbert Envelope) 1093 HardKey License 28
Exponential Gain 797 header display 374
Exponential Gain(Panel Tests) 797 Header Edit 741
Exponential Time Power 799 Header Edit - manual edit 410
Export Header Values to Files 398 Header Edit/Alter Functions 400
Header Editing 400

-F- Header Math 400

Header Selection - attribute setting 322
Header Stack 935
FILE 20
header time display 100
filter 814
Header Window Basic Operation 368
Filter Panel Test 819
Header Window Import Header Values 393
Filtering 814
Header Window Sort Order Display 388
First Break Picker 752
History 49
First break picking 160
FK 2D Migration 956
FK 2D Pre-Stack Migration 959

GEDCO
 Index 1793

Linear Move-Out(LMO) 894

-I- Linear Time Ramp 1117

LMO 1203
LMO Control 1203
Import First Breaks 469
Logarithmic Scaling(dBSC) Time-Variant 808
Import Header Values 393
Logifer Filter 995
Import Statics from File 864
Impulse Response Test 1069
Information Displays 338
In-Line Display
-M-
Time-Slice Display 414 Main Seismic Tool Bar - Seismic Window Display
Toggles 414 141
Toggles on the In-Line Display only. 414 Main Static Window 465
Toggles on the Time-Slice Display only. 414 Manual Edit Header 410
Toggles on the X-Line Display only. 414 Map of 2D geometry 342
XL/IL/Time-Slice Display 414 Master Dictionary 69
X-Line Display 414 Math Commands 1095
Input Data 675 Mcorr auto-statics 2D calculation 455
Input Transfer Dictionary 72 Mean Scaling 783
Insert Spike into Data 757 Mid-Points Stack 924
Installing the Program on a PC 2 Migration Commands 955
Instantaneous Freq 1092 Minimum and Maximum Times 465
Instantaneous Phase 1091 Mix N-Trace Weighted Mix 857
Instrument Noise Test 1085 Move Projects 20
Instrument Test Commands 1058 Move Shot/Receiver 319
Interactive menu 84 Move to Existing Output 726
Interactive velocity - overview 526 Movies - creating 1218
Inverse FFT 1024 Multiple Data 1103
Inverse Normal Move-Out(INMO) 886 multiple header 380
Inverse Tangent Ratio of Two Inputs 1100 Mute Data 774
Invert Acoustic Impedance to Refl. 1095 mutes - top
Invert Refl. to Acoustic Impedance 1094 and surgical mutes 153
Iso-velocity Display 597 MVFS +-% Velocity Stack 891

-J- -N-
Job Flow 646 NMO Altered Trace Mute 778
noise reduction 989
Normal Move-Out(NMO) 883
-K- notch 814
Notch Filter 817
killing traces 145
Notes - Adding to Seismic window display 1169
Kolmogoroff Spectral Factorization 840

-L- -O-
Offset Sort and Stack 933
Licenses 27
Offset Stack 931
Licensing Procedure 27
Ormsby 814
Linear Moveout 1203
GEDCO
 1794 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Ormsby Band-Pass 814 Relative Statics 465

Output Data 710
Output Data Commands 709
Output Transfer Dictionary 76
Overview Header Window Display
Required PC Hardware 3
Resample Commands 824
Resample to Non-Integral Power of 2 825
367 Restore Mute 781
Reverse Polarity 773

-P- Reverse Radial Transform 1013

reversing traces 150
Right click menu - 2D geometry 344
Pasted Notes 1169
Right click menu - seismic window display 103
Per-Amp Gain Accuracy Test 1079
RMS Scaling 785
Phase spectrum 173
Rotate Phase 1025
PhaseSpect 1023
Running Average 1105
Phone Noise Test 1073
Pick Differences 465
Pick Minimum and Maximum Times 465
Pick the Offset Refraction Range 464
-S-
Picking Velocities - overview 526 Save Current Mutes 780
Plot at Shot/Receiver/Bin/Midpoints - attribute Saving Statics to Headers 469
window 322 Scaled Plot to Printer 257
Plot Data File - Utilities menu 1155 Search Header Functions 413
Plot display parameters 317 seg2 1192
Plot Scaled Data(Versatec Plotter) 1124 SEG-D SCSI Tape Input 694
Plotting location - attribute window 322 SEG-P1 File Import 763
power 1095 segy 1192
Power Samples 1098 SEG-Y Disk 678
Print Scaled Data(Printer) 1119 SEG-Y Output File 715
Program History 13 SEG-Y SCSI Tape Input 700
Program Purpose 1 SEG-Y SCSI Tape Output 705
Project Data List 38 Seismic Analysis Window 173
Seismic Annotation Parameters 228

-Q- Seismic Colour Bar 1178

QC Header Moitor 759
-R-
Radon 2D DMO 943
Radon 3D DMO 948
Radon Transform 1001
rave 1095
Read 3D Geometry 351
Reading in first breaks 469
Receive broadcast selection
receiver display parameters
Receiver spreadsheet view
Receivers Stack 929
Refraction Statics Overview
Seismic Data Tools 50
Seismic History 49
Seismic Notes 48
Seismic Plot Parameters 89
Seismic Scaled Plot 257
Select Shots/Receivers/Bins - attribute window
321
selections 675
Semblance - Generating 526
Semblance Analysis 897
Set Attribute Setting 322
Set Attribute Setting - attribute window 322
318 Set Colours 1185
317 Set Ensemble Records based on Header ID 755
336 shaping 814
Shaping Filter 821
459 shot display parameters 317

GEDCO
 Index 1795

Shot spreadsheet view 329 Trace Edit Commands 770, 771

Shot Stack 927 Trace Interpolation 826
Snapshots 1218 Trace Padding 781
SoftKey License 30
Sort Data Tools 43
Sort Display Order - Seismic Window Display 143 -U-
Sort Order Display - Header Window 388
Un-compress SEGY file 1162
Spherical Divergence(Spreading) Correction 811
UnSelect Shots/Receivers/Bins - attribute window
SPS 322
SEGP1 files - reading for 3D geometry 351 Using Tape Functions - Data Conversion 1137
Stack Commands 923 Using Tape Functions - Tape Commands 1133
Stack Power Optimization 870
Stacking Chart 337
Standard Commands 1109 -V-
Start 7
Velocity Analysis 526
Starting VISTA 7
Velocity Analysis Zone 685
Static Commands 858
Velocity annotation 240
Statics Quality Control Display 465
Velocity Commands 881
Statistical Graphs 360
Versatec Plot 257
Steps in Using Vista 15
Vertical Sort Stack 939
Subtract Data 1102
Vibroseis Correlation 1032
Summary Description 3
View Data Headers - Utilities 1157
Surface Con. Decon Calc/Solve(PHASE1/2) 832
View Information Displays 338
Surface Con.Decon Apply 834
View Options 1218
Surface Consistent Scale 802
View Images -3D geometry 356
Surface Consistent Scale Application 807
View Stacking Chart 337
View Surface Display 342
-T- Virboseis Sweep Generation 733
Vista Flow Commands 671
Tape Command Window 1152 VSP CDP Mapping 1048
Tape commands 1133 VSP Commands 1039
Tape functions 1137 VSP Corridor Mute 1040
Taup Forward 998 VSP Decon 1043
Taup Inverse 1000 VSP Geometry Window Display 613
Template Scroll Bar 362 VSP Stack 1042
Temporary Output No QUERY 721 VSP UnFlatten 1041
Temporary Output With QUERY 717
TEXT Annotation 230
Time gates - picking -W-
saving 167
Window - Top menu option 1163
Time Merge(Two Inputs) 1118
Write 3D Geometry Spreadsheet 354
Time Variant Amplitude Spectrum 1059
Time Window 1116
Time-Variant Ormsby Band-Pass 815
Time-Variant Scaling 788
Time-Variant Spectrum Balancing 838
Time-Variant Surface Consistent Scaling 805
Top Menu Items - Vista Tape 1150
GEDCO
1796 Vista Seismic Processing 2D/3D Version 7.00

Endnotes 2... (after index)

GEDCO